Skip to main content

Full text of "A grammar of the Hebrew language"

See other formats 


10.  3, "X^ 


LIBRARY  OF  THE  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY 

PRINCETON.     N.    J. 


Presented  by 


6"<?c/jon....t..vX...l.n 

1913 


'M' 


■X 


(^ 


3^.V..VwV^^i  A.  . 


<;{SnfmWf> 


OCT 


1924 


,*, 


GEAMMAE 


OF   THE 


HEBREW  LANGUAGE. 


BY 


WILLIAM  HENRY  GREEN, 

PBOFESSOR    IN    THE   THEOLOGICAL    SEMINARY    AT   PRINCETON,    N.    J. 


THIRD  EDITION, 


NEW  YORK : 
JOHN    WILEY    &    SON. 

15  ASTOR  TLAC'E. 
1873. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  of  1861,  by 

JOHN  WILEY, 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


Poole  &  MACLAucHtAif, 

PRINTERS   AND   BOOKUINUERd, 

205-213  KdSt  Twelfth  61., 
NEW  SOBK. 


PREFACE. 


This  work  was  begun  at  the  instance  of  my  friend, 
preceptor,  and  colleague.  Dr.  J.  Addison  Alexander.  The 
aid  of  his  counsels  and  suggestions  was  freely  promised  in 
the  undertaking ;  and  he  was  to  give  to  it  the  sanction  of 
his  name  before  the  public.  It  appears  shorn  of  these  ad- 
vantages. A  few  consultations  respecting  the  general  plan 
of  the  book  and  the  method  to  be  observed  in  its  prepara- 
tion, were  all  that  could  be  had  before  this  greatest  of 
American  orientalists  and  scholars  was  taken  from  us.  De- 
prived thus  early  of  his  invaluable  assistance,  I  have  yet 
found  a  melancholy  satisfaction  in  the  prosecution  of  a  task 
begun  under  such  auspices,  and  which  seemed  still  to  link 
me  to  one  with  whom  I  count  it  one  of  the  greatest  blessings 
of  my  life  to  have  been  associated. 

The  grammatical  system  of  Gesenius  has,  from  causes 
which  can  readily  be  explained,  had  a  predominance  in  this 
country  to  which  it  is  not  justly  entitled.  The  grammar  of 
Prof.  Stuart,  for  a  long  time  the  text-book  in  most  common 
use,  was  substantially  a  reproduction  of  that  of  Gesenius. 
Nordheimer  was  an  adherent  of  the  same  system  in  its  essen- 
tial features,  though  he  illustrated  it  with  wonderful  clearness 
and  philosophical  tact.  And  finally,  the  smaller  grammar  of 
Gesenius  became  current  in  the  excellent  translation  of  Prof. 
Conant.  Now,  while  Gesenius  is  unquestionably  the  prince 
of  Hebrew  lexicographers,  Ewald  is  as  certainly  entitled  to 


IV  PREFACE. 

the  precedence  among  grammarians ;  and  the  latter  cannot 
he  ignored  by  him  who  would  appreciate  correctly  the  exist- 
ing state  of  oriental  learning. 

The  present  work  is  mainly  based  upon  the  three  leading 
grammars  of  Gesenius,  Ewald,  and  Nordheimer,  and  the  at- 
tempt has  been  made  to  combine  whatever  is  valuable  in 
each.  For  the  sake  of  a  more  complete  survey  of  the  history 
of  opinion,  the  grammars  of  R.  Cliayug,  R.  Kimclii,  Reuch- 
lin,  Buxtorf,  Schultens,  Simonis,  Robertson,  Lee,  Stier, 
Hnpfeld,  Freytag,  Niigelsbach,  and  Stuart,  besides  others  of 
less  consequence  from  Jewish  or  Christian  sources,  have  also 
been  consulted  to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  The  author 
has  not,  however,  contented  himself  with  an  indolent  com- 
pilation ;  but,  while  availing  himself  freely  of  the  labours" 
of  his  predecessors,  he  has  sought  to  maintain  an  independ- 
ent position  by  investigating  the  whole  subject  freshly  and 
thoroughly  for  himself.  His  design  in  the  following  pages 
has  been  to  reflect  the  phenomena  of  the  language  precisely 
as  they  are  exhibited  in  the  Hebrew  Bible ;  and  it  is  be- 
lieved that  this  is  more  exactly  accomplished  than  it  has  been 
in  any  preceding  grammar.  The  rule  was  adopted  at  the 
outset,  and  rigorously  adhered  to,  that  no  supposititious 
forms  should  be  admitted,  that  no  example  should  be  al- 
leged which  is  not  found  in  actual  use,  that  no  statement 
should  be  made  and  no  rule  given  the  evidence  of  which  had 
not  personally  been  subjected  to  careful  scrirtiny.  Thus,  for 
example,  before  treating  of  any  class  of  verbs,  perfect  or  im- 
perfect, every  verb  of  that  description  in  the  language  was 
separately  traced  through  all  its  forms  as  shown  by  a  con- 
cordance ;  the  facts  were  thus  absolutely  ascertained  in  the 
first  instance  before  a  single  paradigm  was  prepared  or  a 
word  of  explanation  written. 

Some  may  be   disposed,   at  first,   to  look  suspiciously 
upon  the  tri})le   division   of  the  Hebrew   vowels,   adopted 


PREFACE. 


from  Ewald,  as  an  innovation:  further  reflection,  however, 
will  show  that  it  is  the  only  division  consistent  with  ac- 
curacy, and  it  is  really  more  ancient  than  the  one  which 
commonly  prevails. 

The  importance  of  the  accent,  especially  to  the  proper 
understanding  of  the  vowels  of  a  word  and  the  laws  of 
vowel-changes,  is  such  that  the  example  of  Ewald  has  been 
followed  in  constantly  marking  its  position  by  an  appropriate 
sign.  He  uses  a  Methegh  for  this  purpose,  which  is  objec- 
tionable on  account  of  the  liability  to  error  and  confusion 
when  the  same  sign  is  used  for  distinct  purposes.  The  use 
of  any  one  of  the  many  Hebrew  accents  would  also  be  liable 
to  objection,  since  they  not  only  indicate  the  tone  syllable, 
but  have  besides  a  conjunctive  or  disjunctive  force,  which  it 
would  be  out  of  place  to  suggest.  Accordingly,  a  special 
symbol  has  been  employed,  analogous  to  that  which  is  in  use 
in  our  own  and  other  languages,  thus   'bjp  Mtal' . 

The  remarks  upon  the  consecution  of  poetic  accents 
were  in  type  before  the  appearance  of  the  able  discussion  of 
that  subject  by  Baer,  in  an  appendix  to  the  Commentary  of 
Delitzsch  upon  the  Psalms.  The  rules  of  Baer,  however, 
depend  for  their  justification  upon  the  assumption  of  the 
accurate  accentuation  of  his  oAvn  recent  edition^of  the  He- 
brew Psalter,  which  departs  in  numerous  instances  from  the 
current  editions  as  they  do  in  fact  from  one  another.  Inas- 
much as  this  is  a  question  which  can  only  be  settled  by 
manuscripts  that  are  not  accessible  in  this  country,  it  seems 
best  to  wait  until  it  has  been  tested  and  pronounced  upon 
by  those  who  are  capable  of  doing  so.  What  has  here  been 
written  on  that  subject,  has  accordingly  been  suffered  to  re- 
main, imperfect  and  unsatisfactory  as  it  is. 

The  laws  which  resculate  the  formation  of  nouns  have 
been  derived  from  Ewald,  with  a  few  modifications  chiefly 
tending  to  simplify  them. 


VI  PREFACE. 

The  declensions  of  nouns,  as  made  out  by  Gesenins, 
have  the  merit  of  affording  a  convenient  and  tolerably 
complete  classification  of  their  forms  and  of  the  changes 
to  which  each  is  linble.  Nordheirner  abandoned  them 
for  a  method  of  his  own,  in  which  he  aimed  at  greater 
simplicity,  but  in  reality  rendered  the  subject  more  per- 
plexed. The  system  of  Ew^ld  is  complicated  with  the 
dei'ivation  and  formation  of  nouns,  from  which  their 
subsequent  modifications  are  quite  distinct.  The  fact 
is,  however,  that  there  are  no  declensions,  properly 
speaking,  in  Hebrew ;  and  the  attempt  to  foist  upon  the 
language  what  is  alien  to  its  nature,  embarrasses  the  subject 
instead  of  relieving  it.  A  few  general  rules  respecting  the 
vowcl-chancccs,  which  are  liable  to  occiu*  in  different  kinds 
of  syllables,  solve  the  whole  mystery,  and  are  all  that  the 
case  requires  or  even  admits. 

In  the  syntax  the  aim  has  been  to  develop  not  so  much 
what  is  common  to  the  Hebrew  with  other  languages,  as 
what  is  characteristic  and  distinctive  of  the  former,  those 
points  being  particularly  dwelt  upon  which  arc  of  chief  im- 
portance to  the  interpreter. 

In  the  entire  work  special  reference  has  been  had  to  the 
wants  of  theological  students.  The  author  has  endeavoured 
to  make  it  at  once  elementary  and  thorough,  so  that  it  might 
both  serve  as  a  manual  for  beginners  and  yet  possess  all  that 
completeness  which  is  demanded  by  riper  scholars.  The 
parts  of  most  immediate  importance  to  those  commencing 
the  study  of  the  language  are  distinguished  by  being  printed 
in  large  type. 


Peinceton,  August  22d,  1861. 


ooisrTE:^TS. 


PAET  I.— ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Divisions  of  Grammar,  §1- 

OETHOGEAPHIO     SYMBOLS. 

The   Letters.— Alphabet,  §  2  ;    Sounds,  §  3  ;    Double  forms,  §  4 ;    Names, 
§  5  ;     Order,  §  6  ;     Classification,  §  7 ;     Words  never  divided,   §  8 ; 
Abbreviations  and  Signs  of  Number,  §  9. 
The  Vowels. — Masoretic  Points,  §10;    Vowel  Letters,  §11;    Signs  for  the 
Vowels,  §12;    Mutual  Relation  of  this  tw^ofold  Notation,  §§13,  14; 
Pure  and  Diphthongal  Vowels,  §  15. 
Sh'va,  silent  and  vocal,  simple  and  compound,  §  16. 
Pattahh  Furtive,  §17. 
Syllables,  §  18. 

Ambiguous  Sir/718. — Hhirik,   Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  §19.1;    Kamets  and 
KametsIIhatuph,  §  19.  2  ;    Silent  and  Vocal  Sh'va,  §20. 
Points  affecting  Consonants: — Daghesh-lene,  §§21,  22. 

Daghesh -forte,  §23;  dltferent  kinds,  §24;  omission  of,  §25, 
Mappik,  §26. 
Raphe,  §  27. 
Points   attached    to   Words. — Accents,   their   design,   §  28 ;    forms  and 
classes,   §29;    like  forms  distinguished,  §30;    poetic  accents,  §31; 
position  as  determined  by  the  character  of  the  syllables,  §32.  1 ;  in 
/  uninflected  words,  §32.  2.  3;  with  affixes,  suffixes  and  prefixes,  §33; 

use  in  distinguishing  words,  §34;  shifted  in  special  cases,  §35. 
Consecution  of  the  Accents  in  Prose. — Clauses  and  their  subdivisions, 
§  36 ;  tabular  view,  §  37 ;  explanation  of  the  table,  §  38 ;  adaptation  of 
the  trains  of  accents  to  sentences,  §  39. 


Vlll  CONTENTS, 

Poetic  Consrc'tfion. — Clauses  and  tlieir  subdivisions,  §40;  tabular  view 
and  ex])liin;iti()n,  §41;    adaptation  of  tlio  trains  of  accents  to  sen- 
tences, §42. 
•      Makkeph,  §43. 

Methegii,  its  form  and  position,  §44;  special  rules,  §45;  K'ri  and 
K'thibli,  meaning  of  the  terms,  §4G;  constant  K'ris  not  noted  in  the 
margin,  §47 ;  their  design  and  value,  §48. 

Accuracy  of  the  points,  §  49. 

ORTHOGKAPniO     CnANGES. 

Significant  mutations  belong  to  the  domain  of  the  lexicon,  §§  50,  51 ;  eu' 
phonic  mutations  to  the  domain  of  grammar,  §52. 

Mutations  of  Consonants  at  the  beginning  of  syllables,  §53;  at  the  close 
of  syllables,  §54;  at  the  end  of  words,  §55  ;  special  rules,  §56. 

Changes  of  Consonants  to  Vovfels  in  reduplicated  syllables  and  letters 
and  in  quiesccnts,  §  57. 

Mutations  of  Vowels,  significant  and  enphonic,  §58;  due  to  syllabic 
changes,  §  59  ;  to  contiguous  gutturals,  §  GO ;  to  concurrent  conso- 
nants, §61;  concurring  vowels,  §  62 ;  proximity  of  vowels,  §  68 ;  the 
accent,  §  64 ;  pause  accents,  §  65 ;  shortening  or  lengthening  of 
words,  §  66. 


PART  II.— ETYMOLOGY. 

Roots  of  "Words. — Design  of  Etymology,  three  stages  in  the  growth  of 

words,  §67;    pronominal   and   verbid   roots,  §68;    formation   and 

inflection  of  words  by  external  and  internal  changes,  §  69 ;  parts  of 

speech,  §70. 

Pronouns  personal,  §71;    pronominal  suffixes,  §72;   demonstrative, '§  73; 

relative,  §  74 ;  interrogative  and  indefinite,  §  75. 
Verbs,  the  sjjecies  and  their  signification,  §§  76-80. 

Perfect  Verbs,  §81;    formation  of  the  species,  §§82,  83;  their  inflection, 
§§  84,  85.  1  ;    paradigm  of  bip^,  §  85.  2. 
JRemarks  on  the  Perfect  Verls. — Kal  preterite,  §  86  ;    Infinitive,  §  87 ; 
Future,  §  88  ;  Imperative,  §  89 ;  Participles,  §  90 ;  Niphal,  §  91 ;  Piel, 
§92;  Pual,  §93;  Iliphil,  §94;  Hophal,  §95;  Hithpael,  §  96. 
Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future,  §  97 ;  and  Imperative,  §  98. 
Vav  Conversive  with  the  Future,  §99  ;  witli  the  Preterite,  §  100. 
Verbs  with  suffixes,  §§  101,  102  ;  ])aradigm,  §  103  ;  Remarks  on  the  Per- 
fect Verbs  with  suffixes,  Preterite,  §  104 ;   Future,  §105;    Infinitive 
and  Imperative,  §  106.  ' 

Imperfect  Verbs,  classified,  §  107. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§108,  109;    paradigm,  §110; 
Remarks,  §§111-115. 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Ayin  Guttural  Verbs,  tlieir  peculiarities,  §116;    jaradlgm,  §117;  Re-. 
'  marks,  §.<  118-122. 

Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs,  tbeir   i)eculiarities,  ^'123;    paradigm,  §124; 
Remarks,  §§125-128. 

Fe  Nua  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §  129  ;    i)aradiym,  §130;    Remarks, 
§§131,  132. 

Ayiu  Doubled  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§133-1S7;   paradigm,  §138; 
Remarks,  §§  139-142. 

Pe  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  143-145  ;    paradigm,  §  14G ;    Re- 
marks, §§147-151. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayln  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  152-154  ;  para- 
digm, §155  ;  Remarks,  §§  156-lGl. 

Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §  162  ;   paradigm,  §  163  ;  Re- 
marks, §§164-167. 

Lamedh  He  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  f§lC8,  169;    paradigm,  §170; 
shortened  future  and  imperative,  §  171  ;  Remarks,  §§  172-177. 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs,  §178. 

Defective  Verbs,  §  170. 

Quadriliteral  Verbs,  §  180, 
Nouns,  then-  formation,  §181;  Class  L  §§182-156;  Class  IL  §§187,  188; 
Class  IIL  §§189-192;  Class  IV.  §§193,  194;  Multiliterals,  §195. 
Gender  and  Kiimber. — Feminine  endings,  §  196  ;  anomalies  in  the  use  of, 
§197;  employment  in  the  formation  of  Avords,  §198;  plural  end- 
ings, §  199  ;  anomalies,  §  200  ;  nouns  confined  to  one  number,  §  201  ; 
Dual  ending,  §202;  usage  of  the  dual,  §203;  changes  consequent 
upon  affixing  the  endings  for  gender  and  number,  §§  206-211. 

The  Construct  State,  its  meaning  and  formation,  §§  212-216. 

Declension  of  Nouns,  paradigm,  §217. 

Paragogic  Vowels  added  to  Nouns,  §§218,  219. 
Nouns  with  suffixes,  §§  £20,  221  ;  paradigm,  §  222. 
Numerals.— Cardinal  numbers,  §§223-226;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §227. 
Prefixed    Particles,   §228;    the  Article,  §229:    the  Interrogative,  §  2S0 ; 

Inseparable  prepositions,  §§  231-238 ;    Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234. 
SErAEATE  Particles.— Adverbs,  §  235  ;    with  suffixes,  §  236  ;    Prepositions, 
§237;  with  suffixes,  §238;  Conjunctions,  §239  ;  Interjections,  §  240. 


PART  III.— SYNTAX. 


OfTice  cf  Syntax,  §  241.  1 ;  Elements  of  the  sentence,  §241.  2. 

The  Subject,  a  noun  or  pronoun,  §242;  when  omitted,  §243;  its  exten- 
sion, §  244. 

T1)C  Article,  when  used,  §245;  nouns  definite  without  it,  §24G;  omitted 
in  poetry,  §  247  ;  indefinite  nouns,  §  248. 

Adjectives  and  Demonstratives  qualifying  a  noun,  §  249. 


X  CONTENTS. 

3''i/?nf?Y/i's.— Cardinal  numbers,  §§250,  251 ;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §252. 

Apposition,  §253. 

The  Construct  state  and  Suffixes,  §§254^256;   resolved  by  tbe  preposition  b, 

§257. 
The  PnEDicATE,  Copula,  §258  ;  Nouns,  adjectives,  and  demonstratives,  §  259. 
Comparison  of  adjectives,  §2G0. 

Yerhs. Hebrew  conception  of  time,  §261 ;    the  primary  tenses:    use  of  tbe 

preterite,  §  202 ;  tbe  future,  §  2G3  ;  paragogic  and  apocopated  future, 
§  264  ;  tbe  secondary  tenses,  §  205  ;  participles,  §  266  ;  Infinitive, 
§§267-269. 
Object  of  Verbs. — The  direct  object  of  transitive  verbs,  §  270  ;  transitive  con- 
struction of  intransitive  verbs,  §  271 ;  indirect  object  of  verbs,  §  272  ; 
verbs  with  more  than  one  object,  §  273. 
Adverbs  and  adverbial  expressions,  §  274. 

Neglect  of  agreement,  §  275  ;    compound  subject,  §  276 ;  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct, §  277 ;  dual  nouns,  §  278 ;  changes  of  person,  §  279. 
Repetition  of  nouns,  §  280  ;  pronouns,  §  281 ;  verbs,  §  282, 
IxTERKOGATivE  Sentexces,  §§  283,  284. 

Compound    Sentences. — Relative    pronoun,   S  285 ;     poetic  use  of  the  de- 
monstrative, §  286 ;  conjunctions,  §  287. 

Grammatical  Analysis,  .....  pago  31" 

Index  I.      Subjects,             .  .            .            •            •  .        "    328 

Index  II.    Texts  of  Scripture,  .            .            .            .  "331 

Index  III.  Hebrew  Words,  .            •            •            -  •          "     ^"^'^ 


Index  IV.  Hebrew  Grammatical  Terms, 


399 


PAET  FIRST. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

§1.  Language  is  the  communication  of  thought  by  means 
of  spoken  or  written  sounds.  The  utterance  of  a  single  thought 
constitutes  a  sentence.  Each  sentence  is  composed  of  words 
expressing  individual  conceptions  or  their  relations.  And 
words  are  made  up  of  sounds  produced  by  the  organs  of 
speech  and  represented  by  written  signs.  It  is  the  province 
of  grammar  as  the  science  of  language  to  investigate  these 
several  elements.  It  hence  consists  of  three  parts.  First, 
Orthography,  which  treats  of  the  sounds  employed  and  the 
mode  of  representing  them.  Second,  Etymology,  which  treats 
of  the  different  kinds  of  words,  their  formation,  and  the 
changes  which  they  undergo.  Third,  Syntax,  which  treats  of 
sentences,  or  ihe  manner  in  which  words  are  joined  together 
to  express  ideas.  The  task  of  the  Hebrew  grammarian  is  to 
furnish  a  complete  exhibition  of  the  phenomena  of  this  partic- 
ular language,  carefully  digested  and  referred  as  far  as  practi- 
cable to  their  appropriate  causes  in  the  organs  of  speech  and 
the  operations  of  the  mind. 

The  Letters. 

^2.  The  Hebrew  being  no  longer  a  spoken  tongue,  is 

only  known  as  the  language  of  books,  aritl  particularly  of  the 

Old  Testament,  which  is  the  most  interesting  and  important 

as  well  as  the  only  pure  monument  of  it.     The  first  step 
1 


2  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §2 

towards  its  investigation  must  accordingly  be  to  ascertain  the 
meaning  of  the  symbols  in  which  it  is  recorded.  Then 
having  learned  its  sounds,  as  they  are  thus  represented,  it 
will  be  possible  to  advance  one  step  further,  and  inquire  into 
the  laws  by  which  these  are  governed  in  their  employment 
and  nuitations. 

The  symbols  used  in  writing  Hebrew  are  of  two  sorts, 
viz.  letters  (ni^nix)  and  points  (O'l'i^p;).  The  number  of  the 
letters  is  twenty -two ;  these  are  written  from  right  to  left,  and 
are  exclusively  consonants.  The  following  alphabetical  table 
exhibits  their  forms,  English  equivalents,  names,  and  numeri- 
cal values,  together  with  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  Rab- 
binical character  employed  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the 
commentaries  and  other  writings  of  the  modern  Jews. 


^3 


LETTERS. 


Order. 

Forms  and  Equivalents. 

i 

Names. 

Rabbinical 
Alphabet. 

Numerical 

values. 

1 

X 

?bjk 

Alepli 

i> 

1 

2 

n 

Bh,  B 

n-'a 

Beth 

3 

2 

3 

^ 

Gh,  G 

^^■•a 

Gi'-mel 

J 

3 

4 

1 

Dh,  D 

V     T 

Da'-leth 

7 

4 

5 

n 

H 

i^r? 

He 

t) 

5 

6 

1 

V 

in 

Vav 

1 

6 

7 

T 

Z 

rt 

Ziiyin 

\ 

7 

8 

n 

Hh 

n^in 

Hhetii 

P 

8 

9 

12 

T 

n^t? 

Teth 

y 

9 

10 

^ 

Y 

'li'^ 

Yodh 

♦ 

10 

11 

3   1 

Kh,  K 

!R? 

Kaph 

1  = 

20 

12 

b 

L 

V  T 

La'-medh 

i 

30 

13 

tt   D 

M 

D^ 

Mem 

CP 

40 

'  14 

3    "i 

N 

r= 

Nun 

P 

50 

15 

D 

S 

^^9 

Sa'-mekh 

P 

60 

ie 

y 

r:^ 

Ayin 

2) 

70 

17 

S  SI 

Ph,  P 

^^ 

Pe 

C|D 

80 

18 

sr 

Ts 

''1^ 

Tsa'-dhe 

1^ 

90 

19 

p . 

K 

5lip 

Kopli 

? 

100 

20 

n 

R 

Tljnn 

Resh 

■5 

200 

21 

w 

Sh,  S 

r» 

Shin 

C 

300 

22 

n 

Th,  T 

in 

T 

Tav 

P 

400 

^3.  There  is  always  more  or  less  difficulty  in  represent- 
ing the  sounds  of  one  language  by  those  of  another.  But 
this  is  in  the  case  of  the  Hebrew  greatly  aggravated  by  its 
having  been  fcr  ages  a  dead  language,  so  that  some  of  its 


4  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^3 

somuls  cannot  now  be  accurately  detennined,  and  also  by  its 
belonging  to  a  different  family  or  group  of  tongues  from  our 
own,  possessing  sounds  entirely  foreign  to  the  English,  for 
which  it  consequently  affords  no  equivalent,  and  which  are  in 
fact  incapable  of  being  pronounced  by  our  organs.  The 
equivalents  of  the  foregoing  table  are  not  therefore  to  be  re- 
garded as  in  every  instance  exact  representations  of  the  proper 
powers  of  the  letters.  They  are  simply  approximations  suffi- 
ciently near  the  truth  for  every  practical  purpose,  the  best 
which  can  now  be  ])roposed,  and  sanctioned  by  tradition  and 
the  conventional  usaQ;e  of  the  best  Hebraists. 

1.  It  wall  be  observed  that  a  double  pronunciation  has 
been  assigned  to  seven  of  the  letters.  A  native  Hebrew  would 
readily  decide  without  assistance  which  of  these  was  to  be 
ado})ted  in  any  given  case,  just  as  we  are  sensible  of  no  in- 
con\'enience  from  the  various  sounds  of  the  Enoflish  letters 

o 

which  are  so  embarrassing  to  foreigners  learning  our  language. 
The  ambiguity  is  in  every  case  removed,  however,  by  the  ad- 
dition of  a  dot  or  point  indicating  which  sound  they  are  to 
receive.  Thus  3  with  a  point  in  its  bosom  has  the  sound  o( 
6,  3  unpointed  that  of  the  corresponding  v,  or  as  it  is  com- 
monly represented  for  the  sake  of  uniformity  in  notation,  dk ;  3 
is  pronounced  as  y,  5  unpointed  had  an  aspirated  sound  which 
may  accordingly  be  represented  byy//,  but  as  it  is  difficult  to 
produce  it,  or  even  to  determine  with  exactness  what  it  was, 
and  as  there  is  no  corresponding  sound  in  English,  the  aspira- 
tion is  mostly  neglected,  and  the  letter,  whether  pointed  ornot, 
sounded  indifferently  asy;  ^  is  d,'i  unpointed  is  the  aspirate 
d/i,  equivalent  to  f/i  in  f/ic ;  2  is  Ic,  3  unpointed  its  aspirate  kit, 
perhaps  resembling  the  German  ch  in  icJi,  though  its  aspira' 
tion,  like  that  of  \  is  commonly  neglected  in  modern  reading  ; 
E  is  jO,  S  unpointed  \s,  ph  or/;  n  is  z',  n  unpointed  th  in  thin. 
The  letter  ir  with  a  dot  over  its  right  arm  is  pronounced  like 
sJi,  and  called  Shin ;  il?  with  a  dot  over  its  left  arm  is  called 
Sin,  and  pronounced  like  s,  no  attempt  being  made  in  modern 


§3  LETTERS. 


usage  to  discriminate  between  its  sound  and  that  of  c 
Samekh.  Althougli  there  may  anciently  have  been  a  distinc- 
tion between  them,  this  can  no  longer  be  defined  nor  even 
positively  asserted ;  it  has  therefore  been  thought  unneces- 
sary to  preserve  the  individuahty  of  these  letters  in  the 
notation,  and  both  of  them  will  accordingly  be  represented 
by  s. 

a.  The  double  sound  of  the  first  six  of  the  letters  just  named  is  purely 
euphonic,  and  has  no  effect  whatever  upon  the  meaning  of  the  words  in 
which  they  stand.  The  case  of  TU  is  different.  Its  primary  sound  was  that 
of  sh.  as  is  evident  from  the  contrast  in  Judg.  12  :  6  of  P^au  shibboleth 
with  ^k^O  sibboleih.  In  certain  words,  however,  and  sometimes  for  the 
sake  of  creating  a  distinction  between  different  words  of  like  orthography, 
it  received  the  sound  of  s,  thus  almost  assuming  the  character  of  a  distinct 
letter,  e.  g.  liuj  to  break,  niiU  to  hope.  That  Sin  and  Samekh  were  dis- 
tmguishable  to  the  ear,  appears  probable  from  the  fact  that  there  are  words 
of  separate  significations  which  differ  only  in  the  use  of  one  or  the  other 
of  these  letters,  and  in  which  they  are  never  interchanged,  e.  g.  biia  to  be 
bereaved,  biizJ  to  be  wise,  bio  to  be  foolish;  "OUJ  to  be  drunken,  lib  to  hire, 
"lio  to  shut  up;  ililJto  look,  lib  to  rule,  110  to  turn  back;  nob  a  lip, 
nsD  to  destroy.  The  close  affinity  between  the  sounds  which  they  repre- 
sent is,  however,  shown  by  the  fact  that  0  is  in  a  few  instances  written  for 
ia,  e.  g.  iiO?  Ps.  4:  7  from  K^J ,  M!:3b  Eccles.  1 :  17  for  M'iso  .  The  original 
identity  of  UJ  and  b  is  apparent  from  the  etymological  connection  between 
"iNb  leaven  and  rilkba  a  vessel  in  which  bread  is  leavened;  "lyb  to  shudder, 
"i1n?b  horrible,  causing  a  shudder.  In  Arabic  the  division  of  single  letters 
into  two  distinguished  by  diacritical  points  is  carried  to  a  much  greater 
length,  the  alphabet  of  that  language  being  by  this  means  enlarged  from 
twenty-two  to  twenty-eight  letters. 

2.  In  their  original  power  t:  t  differed  frond  n  t,  and  2  /a 
from  p  k,  for  these  letters  are  not  confused  nor  liable  to  inter- 
change, and  the  distinction  is  preserved  to  this  day  in  the 
cognate  Arabic ;  yet  it  is  not  easy  to  state  intelligibly  where- 
in the  difierence  consisted.  They  are  currently  pronounced 
precisely  alike. 

3.  The  letter  n  has  a  stronger  sound  than  n  the  simple 
ft,  and  is  accordingly  represented  by  ///i ;  n  is  represented  by 
r,  although  it  had  some  peculiarity  of  sound  which  we  can- 
not at  this  day  attempt  to  reproduce,  by  which  it  was  allied 
to  the  gutturals. 


6  ORTHOGRAPHY,  ^ 

4.  For  two  letters,  N  and  y,  no  equivalent  has  been  given 
in  the  table,  and  they  are  commonly  altogether  neglected  in 
pronunciation,  x  is  the  weakest  of  the  letters,  and  was  prob- 
aljly  always  inaudible.  It  stands  for  the  slight  and  involun- 
tary emission  of  breath  necessaiy  to  the  utterance  of  a  vowel 
unattended  by  a  more  distinct  consonant  sound.  It  there- 
fore merely  serves  to  mark  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  the 
syllable  of  which  it  is  a  part,  while  to  the  ear  it  is  entii-ely 
lost  in  the  accompanying  or  preceding  vowel.  Its  power  has 
been  likened  to  that  of  the  smooth  breathing  (')  of  the 
Greeks  or  the  English  silent  h  in  hour.  On  the  other  hand 
y  had  a  deep  guttural  sound  which  was  always  heard,  but 
hke  that  of  the  corresponding  letter  among  the  Arabs  is  very 
difficult  of  utterance  by  occidental  organs  ;  consequently  no 
attempt  is  made  to  reproduce  it.  In  the  Septuagint  it  is  some- 
times represented  by  y,  sometimes  by  the  rough  and  some- 
times by  the  smooth  breathing ;  thus  innb?  r6jiio^()a,  ^^2? 
'Hli,  p?'a?  'J^ia'kt'jx.  Some  of  the  modem  Jews  give  it  the 
sound  of  7i(/  or  of  the  French  ^n  in  campa(jne,  either  wherever 
it  occurs  or  only  at  the  end  of  words,  e.  g.  y^aiD  Shimang,  "ihv 
gndmbdli. 

§4.  The  forms  of  the  letters  exhibited  in  the  preceding 
table,  though  found  without  important  variation  in  all  existing 
manuscripts,  are  not  the  onginal  ones.  An  older  character 
is  preserved  upon  the  Jewish  coins  struck  in  the  age  of  the 
Maccabees,  which  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  the 
Samaritan  and  still  more  to  the  Phenician.  Some  of  the 
steps  in  the  transition  from  one  to  the  other  can  still  be  traced 
upon  extant  monuments.  There  was  first  a  cm'sive  tendency, 
disposing  to  unite  the  different  letters  of  the  same  word, 
which  is  the  established  practice  in  Syriac  and  Arabic.  This 
was  followed  by  a  predominance  of  the  calligraphic  principle, 
which  again  separated  the  letters  and  reduced  them  to  their 
present  rectangular  forms  and  nearly  uniform  size.  The 
cursive  stage  has,  however,  left  its  traces  upon  the  five  letters 


$3  LETTERS.  7 

whicli  appear  in  the  table  witli  double  forms ;  3  tt  i  B  s  when 
standmg  at  the  begmning  or  in  the  middle  of  words  termi- 
nate in  a  bottom  horizontal  stroke,  which  is  the  remnant  of 
the  connecting  link  with  the  following  letter ;  at  the  end  of 
words  no  such  link  was  needed,  and  the  letter  was  continued 
vertically  downward  in  a  sort  of  terminal  flourish  thus,  T  "i  C]  f , 
or  closed  up  by  joining  its  last  with  its  initial  stroke,  thus  □. 

a.  The  ^('.vf  instances  in  wliich  final  letters  are  found  in  the  middle  of 
words,  as  nsnab  Isa.  9 :  6,  or  their  ordinary  forms  at  the  end,  as  ^n  Neh. 
2  :  13,  5^  Job  3S  :  1,  are  probably  due  to  the  inadvertence  of  early  tran- 
scribers which  has  been  faithfully  perpetuated  since,  or  if  intentional  they 
may  have  had  a  connection  now  unknown  with  the  enumeration  of  letters 
or  the  signification  of  words.  The  same  may  be  said  of  letters  larger  than 
usual,  as  ns3l  Ps.  SO  :  16,  or  smaller,  as  Di5'l3'?a  Gen.  2:4,  or  above  the 
line,  as  n"^^  Ps.  SO  :  14,  or  inverted,  as  i'bca  Num.  10 :  35.  (in  manuscripts 
and  the  older  editions,  e.  g.  thatof  Stephanus  in  1541).  or  with  extraordinary 
points,  as  in]r{l''i  Gen.  33:4,  ix'^'ilJ  Ps.  27  :  13,  in  all  which  the  Rabbins  find 
concealed  meanings  of  the  most  fanciful  and  absurd  character.  Thus  in 
their  opinion  the  suspended  3  in  nisj?^  Judg.  18  :  30  suggests  that  the  idola- 
ters described  were  descended  from  Moses  but  had  the  character  of  Ma-- 
nasseh.  In  "pna  Lev.  11 :42  the  Vav,  which  is  of  unusual  size,  is  the  middle 
letter  of  the  Pentateuch  ;  ^^?."'a^  Gen.  16:  5  with  an  extraordinary  point 
over  the  second  Yodh,  is  the  only  instance  in  which  the  word  is  written  with 
that  letter ;  the  large  letters  in  Deut.  6:  4  emphasize  the  capital  article  of 
the  Jewish  faith.  All  such  anomalous  forms  or  marks,  with  the  conceits  of 
the  Rabbins  respecting  them,  are  reviewed  in  detail  in  Buxtorf's  Tiberias, 
pp.  152  etc. 

§5.  All  the  names  of  the  letters  were  probably  significant 
at  first,  although  the  meanings  of  some  of  them  are  now  doubt- 
ful or  obscure.  It  is  commonly  supposed  that  these  describe 
the  objects  to  which  their  forms  originally  bore  a  rude  resem- 
blance. If  this  be  so,  however,  the  mutations  which  they 
have  since  undergone  are  such,  that  the  relation  is  no  longer 
traceable,  unless  it  be  faintly  in  a  few.  The  power  of  the 
letter  is  in  every  instance  the  initial  sound  of  its  name. 

a.  The  opinion  advocated  by  Schultens,  Fundamenta  Ling.  Heb.  p.  10, 
that  the  invention  of  the  letters  was  long  anterior  to  that  of  their  names, 
and  that  the  latter  was  a  pedagogical  expedient  to  facilitate  the  learning  ol 
the  letters  by  associating  their  forms  and  sounds  with  fi\miliar  objects,  has  ■ 
met  with  little  favour  and  possesses  little  intrinsic  probability.    An  interest- 


b  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^6 

ing  corroboration  of  the  antiquity  of  these  names  is  found  in  their  preserva 
lion  in  tiic  Greek  alphabet,  tiiough  destitute  of  meaning  in  tliat  language, 
the  Greeks  having  borrowed  their  letters  at  an  early  period  from  the  Phe- 
nicians,  and  hence  the  appended  a  ol' "AXcfia,  etc.,  whiclvpoints  to  tlie  Ara- 
maeic  form  XB^x . 

b.  The  Semitic  derivation  of  the  names  proves  incontestably  that  the 
alphabet  had  its  origin  among  a  people  speaking  a  language  kindred  to 
the  Hebrew.  Their  most  probable  meanings,  so  far  as  they  are  still  ex- 
plicable, are  as  Ibllows,  viz:  Aleph,  an  ox ;  Beth,  a  house ;  Gimel,  a  camel , 
Daleth,  a  door  ;  He,  doubtlbl,  possibly  a  window  ;  Vav,  a  hook  ;  Zayin,  a 
wea])on;  Hlieth,  probably  a  fence;  Teth,  probably  a  snake  ;  Yodh,  a  hand  ; 
Kaph.  the  palm  of  the  hand  •  Lamedh.  an  o.r-goad ;  Mem.  water;  Nun,  a 
fish;  Samekh,  a /;rop;  Ayin,  anej/e;  Vc,amouth  ;  Tsadhe.  a  Jish- hook  or 
a  hunter^s  dart  ;  Koph,  perhaps  tJie  back  of  the  h-ead  ;  Resh,  a  head;  Shin, 
a  tooth  ;  Tav,  a  cross  mark. 

§6.  The  order  of  the  letters  appears  to  be  entirely  arbi- 
trary, though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  three  middle 
mutes  nan  succeed  each  other,  as  in  like  manner  the  three 
liquids  b  'a  3 .  The  juxtaposition  of  a  few  of  the  letters  may 
perhaps  be  owing  to  the  kindred  signification  of  their  names, 
e.  g.  Yodh  and  Kaph  f/te  hand,  ]\Iem  loater  and  Nun  a  Jishy 
Resh  the  head^wdi  Shin  a  tooth.  The  antiquity  of  the  existing 
arrangement  of  the  alphabet  is  shown,  1.  by  psalms  dnd  other 
portions  of  the  Old  Testament  in  which  successive  clauses  or 
verses  begin  with  the  letters  disposed  in  regular  order,  viz. 
Ps.  25  (p  omitted),  34,  37  (alternate  verses,  3?  omitted).  111 
(every  clause),  112  (every  clause),  119  (each  letter  eight 
times),  145  (3  omitted),  Prov.  31 :  10-31,  Lam.  ch.  1,  2,  3 
(each  letter  three  times),  4.  In  the  first  chapter  of  Lamenta- 
tions the  order  is  exactly  preserved,  but  in  the  remaining 
three  chapters  'S  and  S  are  transposed.  2.  By  the  corres- 
pondence of  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets,  which  have 
sprung  from  the  same  origin  with  the  Hebrew. 

a.  The  most  ingenious  attempt  to  discover  a  regular  structure  in  the 
Hebrew  alphabet  is  that  of  Iicpsius,  in  an  essay  upon  this  subject  published 
in  1836.  Omitting  the  sibilants  and  Resh,  he  finds  the  following  triple 
corre.'spondence  of  a  breathing  succeeded  by  the  same  three  mutes  carried 
'.hrough  eacU  of  the  three  orders,  the  second  rank  being  enlarged  by  the 
.addition  of  the  liquids. 


^7 


LETTERS. 


Breathings. 

Mutes. 

■-  1 

Liquids. 

Middle 

Smooth 

Rough 

n 

5 

2   a   n 
1  n  o 
B  p   n 

(^=) 

baa 

Curious  as  this  result  certainly  is,  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  alleged 
correspondence  is  in  part  imaginary,  and  the  method  by  which  it  is  reached 
is  too  arbitrary  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  this  scheme  was  really  in 
the  mind  of  the  author  of  the  alphabet,  much  less  to  sustain  the  further 
speculations  built  upon  it,  reducing  the  original  number  and  modifying  the 
powers  of  the  letters, 

b.  It  is  curious  to  see  how,  in  the  adaptation  of  the  alphabet  to  different 
languages,  the  sounds  of  the  letters  have  been  modified,  needless  ones 
dropped,  and  others  found  necessary  added  at  the  end,  without  disturbing 
the  arrangement  of  the  original  stock.  Thus  the  Greeks  dropped  1  and  p, 
only  retaining  them  as  numerical  signs,  while  the  Roman  alphabet  has  P 
and  Q,;  on  the  other  hand  the  Romans  found  13  and  0  superfluous,  while 
the  Greeks  made  of  them  S^  and  ^;  a  and  1 ,  in  Greek  <y  and  ^,  become  in 
Latin  C  and  G,  while  n,  in  Latin  H,  is  in  Greek  converted  like  the  rest  of 
the  gutturals  into  a  vowel  7], 

§  7.  The  letters  may  be  variously  divided : 

1.  Pirst,  with  respect  to  the  organs  by  which  they  are 
pronounced. 

Gutturals     N     n     n     3? 


Palatals 

a     1    s    p 

Linguals 

"1     12     b     3    n 

Dentals 

T      0     2     © 

Labials 

a     1    12    s 

"I  has  been  differently  classed,  but  as  its  peculiarities  are 
those  of  the  gutturals,  it  is  usually  reckoned  with  them. 

2.  Secondly,  according  to  their  respective  strength,  into 
three  classes,  which  may  be  denominated  weak,  medium,  and 
strong  The  strong  consonants  offer  the  greatest  resistance 
to  change,  and  are  capable  of  entering  into  any  combinations 
whicli  the  formation  or  inflection  of  words  may  require.  The 
weak  have  not  this  capacity,  but  when  analogy  would  bring 
them  into  combinations  foreign  to  then-  nature,  they  are  either 


10 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


§7 


liable  to  mutation  themselves  or  occasion  changes  in  the  rest 
of  the  "svord.  Those  of  medium  strength  have  neither  the 
absolute  stability  of  the  former  nor  the  feeble  and  fluctuating 
character  of  the  latter. 


Weak, 


Medium, 


Strong, 


I  N  n  n  y 

T    0    2  TU 


Vowel-Letters, 
Gutturals. 

Liquids, 
Sibilants. 


>- Aspirates  and  Mutes. 


The  special  characteristics  of  these  several  classes  and  the 
influence  which  they  exert  upon  the  constitution  of  words 
win  be  considered  hereafter.  It  is  sufficient  to  remark  here 
that  the  vowel-letters  are  so  called  because  they  sometimes 
represent  not  consonant  but  vowel-sounds. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  Avhile  the  ;j,  k,  and  ^mutes  asrree  in  having 
smooth  S  3  n  and  middle  forms  a  a  t,  which  may  be  either  aspirated  or 
unaspirated,  the  two  last  have  each  an  additional  representative  p  u  which 
is  lacking  to  the  first.  This,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  two  of  the  alpha- 
betic Psalms.  Ps.  25,  34,  repeat  E  as  the  initial  of  the  closing  verse,  has 
given  rise  to  the  conjecture  that  the  missing  p  mute  was  supplied  by  this 
letter,  having  a  double  sound  and  a  double  place  in  the  alphabet.  In  curi- 
ous coincidence  with  this  ingenious  but  unsustained  hypotiiesis.  the  Ethio- 
pic  al]>habet  has  an  additional  p,  and  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets 
agree  one  step  and  only  one  beyond  the  letter  T.  viz.  in  adding  ne.xt  a 
labial,  which  in  Greek  is  divided  into  v  and  <^.  and  in  Latin  into  U  and  V, 
as  "^  into  I  and  J. 

3.  Thirdly,  The  letters  may  be  divided,  with  respect  to 
their  function  in  the  formation  of  words,  into  radicals  and 
seniles.  The  former,  which  comprise  just  one  half  of  the 
alphabet,  are  never  employed  except  in  the  roots  or  radical 
portions  of  words.  The  latter  may  also  enter  into  the  con- 
stitution of  roots,  but  they  are  likewise  put  to  the  less  inde- 
pendent use  of  the  formation  of  derivatives  r.nd  inflections, 
of  prefixes  and  suflixes.      The  serviles  are  embraced  in  the 


§8  LETTERS.  11 

memorial  words  ^)^)  rn»^  "jn^x  (Ethan  Moses  and  Caleb) ;  of 
these,  besides  other  uses,  'jn'^s  are  prefixed  to  form  the  futm-e 
of  verbs,  and  the  remainder  are  prefixed  as  particles  to  nouns. 
The  letters  TPp'asn  are  used  in  the  formation  of  nouns  from 
their  roots.  The  only  exception  to  the  division  now  stated 
is  the  substitution  of  t:  for  servile  ri  in  a  certain  class  of  cases, 
as  explained  §  54,  4. 

a.  Kimchi  in  his  Mikhlol  (bibsiD)  fol.  46,  gives  several  additional  ana- 
grams of  the  serviles  made  out  by  different  grammarians  as  aids  to  the 
memory,  e.  g.  n3''U  '^roiib'Ci^  for  his  work  is  understanding;  n^abii:  "^ix 
2n"i2  /  Solomon  am  writing;  n3:n  ^s  iTDlbiU  o?iIy  build  thou  my  peace ; 
llTsn  3X  bTiaD  like  a  branch  of  the  father  of  midtitude ;  irbx  ::n=i  rraa 
Moses  has  written  to  us.  To  which  Nordheimer  has  added  "^arao  '|in  bstt; 
considt  the  riches  of  my  book. 

\  8.  In  Hebrew  writing  and  printing,  words  are  never 
divided.  Hence  various  expedients  are  resorted  to  upon 
occasion,  in  manuscripts  and  old  printed  editions,  to  fill  out 
the  lines,  such  as  giving  a  broad  form  to  certain  letters,  >^  ri 
S  tiD  ri ,  occupying  the  vacant  space  with  some  letter,  as  p, 
repeated  as  often  as  may  be  necessary,  or  with  the  first  letters 
of  the  next  word,  which  were  not,  however,  accounted  part 
of  the  text,  as  they  were  left  without  vowels,  and  the  word 
was  TVTitten  in  full  at  the  beginning  of  the  following  line. 
The  same  end  is  accomplished  more  neatly  in  modern  print- 
ing by  judicious  spacing. 

§9.1.  The  later  Jews  make  frequent  use  of  abbreviations. 
There  are  none,  however,  in  the  text  of  the  Hebrew  Bible ; 
such  as  are  found  in  the  margin  are  explained  in  a  special 
lexicon  at  the  back  of  the  editions  in  most  common  use,  e.  g. 
1:^1  for  "i^i^l  et  completio  =  etc. 

2.  The  numerical  employment  of  the  letters,  common  to 
the  Hebrews  with  the  Greeks,  is  indicated  in  the  table  of  the 
alphabet.  The  hundreds  from  500  to  900  are  represented 
either  by  the  five  final  letters  or  by  the  combination  of  ri  with 
the  letters  immediately  preceding;  thus  1  or  pn  500,  Q  or  in 
600,  1  irn  or  pnn  700,  C]  or  nn  800,  "j^  or  pnn  900.     Thou- 


12  ORTHOGRAPHY.  '  §10 

sands  are  represented  by  units  with  two  dots  placed  over  them, 
thus  i?  1000,  etc.  Compound  numbers  are  formed  by  joining 
the  appropriate  units  to  the  tens  and  hundreds,  thus  fci^n  421. 
Fifteen  is,  however,  made  not  by  rii ,  which  are  the  initial 
letters  of  the  divine  name  Jehovah,  nin'',  but  by  it:  O-f-O. 

This  use  of  the  letters  is  found  in  the  accessories  of  the 
Hebrew  text,  e.  g.  in  the  numeration  of  the  chapters  and  verses, 
and  in  the  Masoretic  notes,  but  not  in  the  text  itself.  Whethei 
these  or  any  other  signs  of  number  were  ever  employed  by 
the  original  writers  of  Scripture,  or  by  the  scribes  in  copying 
it,  may  be  a  doubtful  matter.  It  has  been  ingeniously  con- 
jectured, and  with  a  show  of  plausibility,  that  some  of  the 
discrepancies  of  numbers  in  the  Old  Testament  may  be 
accounted  for  by  assuming  the  existence  of  such  a  system  of 
symbols,  in  which  errors  might  more  easily  arise  than  in  fully 
written  words. 

The   Vowels. 

§  10.  The  letters  now  explained  constitute  the  body  of 
the  Hebrew  text.  These  are  aU  that  belonged  to  it  in  its 
original  form,  and  so  long  as  the  language  was  a  living  one 
nothing  more  was  necessary,  for  the  reader  could  mentally 
supply  the  deficiencies  of  the  notation  from  his  familiarity 
with  his  native  tongue.  But  when  Hebrew  ceased  to  be 
spoken  the  case  was  different ;  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
pronunciation  could  no  longer  be  presumed,  and  difficulties 
would  arise  from  the  ambiguity  of  individual  words  and  their 
doubtful  relation  to  one  another.  It  is  the  design  of  the 
Masoretic  points  ( fTnio'a  tradition)  to  remedy  or  obviate  these 
inconveniences  by  supplying  what  was  lacking  in  this  mod(^ 
of  writing.  The  authors  of  this  system  did  not  venture  to 
make  any  change  in  the  letters  of  the  sacred  text.  The  signs 
which  they  introduced  were  entirely  supplement aiy,  consist- 
ing of  dots  and  marks  about  the  text  fixing  its  true  pronun- 


§11  VOWELS.  13 

ciatioii  and  auxiliary  to  its  proper  interpretation.  This  has 
been  clone  Avith  the  utmost  nicety  and  minuteness,  and  with 
such  evident  accuracy  and  care  as  to  make  them  rehable  and 
efficient  if  not  indispensable  helps.  These  points  or  signs  are 
of  three  kinds,  1.  those  representing  the  vowels,  2.  those 
affecting  the  consonants,  3.  those  attached  to  words. 

a.  As  illustrations  of  the  ambiguity  both  as  to  sound  and  sense  of  indi- 
vidual words,  when  written  by  the  letters  only,  it  may  be  stated  that  "i-T 
is  in  Gen.  12:  4  i3'n  he  spake,  in  Ex.  6:  29  na'n  speak  and  li'-n  speak- 
ing, in  Prov.  25:  11  "iS'n  spoken,  in  Gen.  37  :  14  "^y^  word,  in  1  Kin.  6 :  16  lin 
the  oracle  or  most  holy  place  of  the  temple,  in  Ex.  9 :  3  "isn  pestilence.  So 
p^""!  is  in  Gen.  29 :  10  P'^.'f^  and  he  watered,  and  in  the  next  verse  pi^'^1 
and  he  kissed;  K3"'1  occurs  twice  in  Gen.  29 :  23,  the  first  time  it  is  xi^;;,  and 
he  brought,  the  second  Nnj'i  and  he  came;  D'^na^ym  is  in  Jer.  32  :  37  first 
O-'rhuin^  and  I  will  bring  them  again,  and  then  D'^naiyn'  and  I  will  cause 
them  to  dwell ;  W'lZ'O  is  in  Gen.  14 :  19  D'^n^y  heaven,  and  in  Isa.  5  :  20  D-iriia 
putting.  This  ambiguity  is,  however,  in  most  cases  removed  by  the  con- 
nection in  which  the  words  are  found,  so  that  there  is  little  practical  diffi- 
culty for  one  who  is  well  acquainted  with  the  language.  Modern  Hebrew 
is  commoily  written  and  read  without  the  points:  and  the  same  is  true  of 
its  kindred  tongues  the  Syriac  and  Arabic,  though  each  of  these  has  a 
system  of  points  additional  to  the  letters. 

§  11.  1.  The  alphabet,  as  has  been  seen,  consisted  exclu- 
sively of  consonants,  since  these  were  regarded  as  a  sufficiently 
exact  representation  of  the  syllables  into  which  in  Hebrew 
they  invariably  enter.  And  the  omission  of  the  vowels  occa- 
sioned less  embarrassment,  because  in  the  Semitic  family  of 
languages  generally,  unlike  the  Indo-European,  they  form  no 
part,  properly  speaking,  of  the  radical  structure  of  the  word, 
and  consequently  do  not  aid  in  expressing  its  essential  mean- 
ing, but  only  its  nicer  shades  and  modifications.  Still  some 
notation  of  vowels  was  always  necessary,  and  this  was  furnish- 
ed in  a  scanty  measure  by  the  vowel-letters,  or,  as  they  are 
also  called,  quiescents,  or  ?/2(2^re5  lectionis  (guides  in  reading). 
The  weakest  of  the  palatals  "^  was  taken  as  the  representative 
of  the  vowels  i  and  e  of  the  same  organ  to  which  in  sound 
it  bears  a  close  affinity ;  the  weakest  of  the  labials  1  was  in 
like  manner  made  to  represent  its  cognates  u  and  o ;  and  the 


14  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §H 

two  weak  gutturals  x  and  ri  were  TVTitten  for  the  guttural 
vowel  a,  as  well  as  for  the  coinpouiid  vowels  B  aud  0  of  which 
a  is  one  of  the  elements.  Letters  were  more  rarely  employed 
to  represent  short  vowels ;  n  or  "^  for  c  is  the  most  frequent 
case  ;  others  are  exceptional. 

a.  Medial  fi  when  written  at  all,  as  it  very  rarely  is,  is  denoted  by  K,  e.  g. 
'C^h  lAL  JuJg.  4  :  21,  axn  dag  Neh.  13:  16  K'thibh,  nsp  kam  Hos.  10:  14, 
bTSTS  'zuzel  Lev.  16:  8,  H'xi  rash  Prov.  10:  4  and  in  a  few  other  passages, 
r-iBX-i  sometimes  for  ramolh,  ~N1S  tsavvar,  -XDX^as  Hos.  4 :  6  )(  not  an 
error  in  the  text  perhaps  for  emasak  ;  final  a.  which  is  much  more  frequent- 
ly written,  is  denoted  by  n,  e.  g.  nba  gala.  H-^ia  malkci,  Hnx  attn,  rarely 
and  only  as  an  Aramaeism  by  X.  e.  g.  SSn  Ithngga  Isa.  19  :  17,  sn-^p  korhhn 
Ezek.  27:  31  K'thibh,  sn:j  gabh^ha  Ezek.  31 :  5  K'thibh.  The  writing  of 
c  and  I,  0  and  u  is  optional  in  the  middle  of  words  but  necessary  at  fhe  end, 
e.  g.  on^ns  or  o'^n'^ii  tsivnthlm,  "'n-'is  tsivnlhl ;  '>'y:i  or  liro  shubhii.  In 
the  former  position  "^  stands  for  the  first  pair  of  vowels,  and  1  for  the  second, 
e.  g.  npiria  menlkoth^  '^nj'iOD  ri'sugholhl;  S  for  e  and  0  so  situated  is  rare 
and  exceptional,  e.  g.  TTXi  resh  Prov.  6  :  11,  30 :  8,  and  perhaps  7x21  yanels 
Eccles.  12:  5  ;  rXT  zolh,  nsis  poro//^  Ezek.  31  :  8,  irx^jn  bitstsolhav  Ezek. 
47:  11.  At  the  end  of  words  e  is  commonly  expressed  by  ■*,  and  0  by  i, 
though  ti  is  frequently  and  X  rarely  employed  for  the  same  purpose,  e.  g. 
•'Dba  malkhey  13^^  malkO;  ii'^n  h'ye,  nsns  paT*0;  xb  /o.  Final  e  is  re 
presented  by  n,  medial  e  if  written  at  all  by  "> ,  e.  g.  nini  yiWye,  nii^nn  or 
na'^nn  tili'yena. 

b.  The  employment  of  the  vowel-letters  in  conformity  with  the  scale 
just  given,  is  further  governed,  (1.)  By  usage,  which  is  in  many  words  and 
forms  almost  or  quite  invariable;  in  others  it  fluctuates,  thus  sobhebh  is 
commonly  ::no  or  3210,  only  once  a">:D  2  Kin.  8:21 ;  ya'kobh  is  3pyi  ex- 
cept in  Jer."  33:26  where  it  is  2ip2"';  thease  is  n-:JiTi,  but  in  Ex.  25:  31 
nirrTi ;  etham  according  to  the  analogy  of  similar  grammatical  forms  would 
be  cnx,  but  in  Ps.  19:  14  it  is  cn\s;  hennr  is  in  Jer.  2:11  written  in  both 
the  usual  and  an  unusual  way,  i"'an  and  I'^ti-'n  ;  viHakhlm  is  czbo  except 
in  2  Sam.  11:1,  where  it  is  D-^sxbo;  g'bhidoth  is  in  Deut.  32:8  nbsa,  in 
Isa.  10:  13  nbiza ,  in  Ps.  74:17  mbiiS;  lo  meaning  not  is  xb,  meaning  fo 
him  is  lb,  tliough  these  are  occasionally  interchanged  ;  zri  is  written  both 
nT  and  IT;  and  po  ns,  id  and  XS.  (2.)  The  indisposition  to  multiply  the 
vowel-letters  unduly  in  the  same  word,  e.  g.  'lo^h  mbx .  'loh'im  c-'nbx ; 
ndlhun  lirD.  jiU/tuiilm  D"';r3  or  ciirs.  (3.)  The  increased  tendency  to  their 
employment  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible,  e.  g.  ms  koVih  Dan.  11:6, 
always  elsewhere  hd  ;  UJnip  kodhesh  Dan.  11 :  30,  for  u:np  ;  T'n  ddvldh  in 
the  books  of  Chronicles,  Ezra,  Nehemiah  and  Zechariah,  elsewhere  com- 
monly iTi .  Tiiis  must,  however,  be  taken  with  considerable  abatement, 
as  is  shown  by  such  examples  as  addirlin  n"'-i">nx  Ex.  15: 10,  C".lx  Ezek. 
32:  18. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  those  cases  in  which  X  is  used  to  record 
vowels  must  be  carefully  d'slinguished  from  those  in  which  it  properly 


^12 


VOWELS. 


15 


belongs  to  the  consonantal  structure  of  the  word,  though  from  its  weak 
ness  it  may  have  lost  its  sound,  as  XSO  matsa,  "iTi'Xi  rlshon.  §  57,  2. 

2.  When  used  to  represent  the  Hebrew  vowels,  a  ia 
sounded  as  in  father,  a  as  in  fat^  B  as  in  there,  c  as  in  met, 
I  as  in  machine,  %  as  in  pin,  b  as  in  note,  o  as  in  not,  u  as  in 
rule,  and  u  as  in  fulL  The  quantity  will  be  marked  when 
the  vowels  are  long,  but  not  when  they  are  short. 

§  12.  There  are  nine  points  or  masoretic  signs  represent- 
ing vowels  (niyi2n  motions,  viz.,  by  which  consonants  are 
moved  or  pronounced) ;  of  these  three  are  long,  three  short, 
and  three  doubtful.  They  are  shown  in  the  following  table, 
the  horizontal  stroke  indicating  their  position  with  reference 
to  the  letters  of  the  text. 


Zon^  Vowels. 

ya^  Ka'-mets     a 

""nk  Tse'-re        B 

Dbin  Hho'-lem    o 


Short  Vowels. 

nns  Pat-tahh  a  ~ 

bto  Se'-ghol  t  - 

?j^bn  "}r,2^  Ka'-mets  Hha-tuph'  o  - 


Doubtful  Vowels, 
yrh     Hhl'-rik         —         f  or  ^ 
pn^fe     Shu'-rek 
^-r^^i     Kib'-buts 


'A 


u  or  u 


All  these  vowel-points  are  written  under  the  hitter  after 
which  they  are  pronounced  except  two,  viz.,  Hholem  and 
Shiuek.  Hholem  is  placed  over  the  left  edge  of  the  letter 
to  which  it  belongs,  and  is  thus  distinguished  from  the 
accent  Il'bhi^  which  is  a  dot  over  its  centre.  When  fol- 
lowed by  t  or  preceded  by  to  it  coincides  with  the  diacritical 
point  over  the  letter,  e.  g.  nT;Ji3  mbshe,  xiis  sbnB ;  when  it 
follows  to  or  precedes  to  it  is  written  over  its  opposite  arm, 


16  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^12 

e.  g.  "I'bis  shbmBr,  ilJS'ip  firjjos.  Its  presence  in  these  cases 
must  accordingly  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If 
preceded  by  a  letter  without  a  vowel-sign,  "0  will  be  us/i  and 
TO  OS ,'  if  it  have  itself  no  vowel-sign,  to  wiU  be  sO  and  to  s/io, 
except  at  the  end  of  words.  Shurek  is  a  dot  in  the 
bosom  of  the  letter  Vav,  thus  ^.  It  will  be  observed  that 
there  is  a  double  notation  of  the  vowel  u.  AVhen  there  is  a 
1  in  the  text  this  vowel,  whether  long  or  short,  is  indicated 
by  a  single  dot  within  it,  and  called  Shurek ;  in  the  absence 
of  1  it  is  indicated  by  three  dots  placed  obliquely  beneath 
the  letter  to  which  it  belongs,  and  called  Kibbuts. 

a.  The  division  of  the  vowels  given  above  differs  from  the  common 
one  into  five  long  and  five  short,  according  to  which  Hhirik  is  counted  aa 
two,  viz.,  Hliiiik  magnum  '^.  =:  Z,  and  Hhirik  parvum  -r  =  ij  and  Shurek 
is  reckoned  a  distinct  vowel  from  Kibbuts,  the  I'ormer  being  u  and  tlie  hitter 
u.  To  this  tliere  are  two  objections.  (1.)  It  confuses  the  masoretic  signs 
witli  the  letters  of  the  text,  as  though  tliey  were  coeval  with  them  and 
formed  part  of  the  same  primitive  mode  of  writing,  instead  of  being  quite 
distinct  in  origin  and  character.  Tiie  masoretic  vowel-sign  is  not"*,  but 
— .  Tlie  punctuators  never  introduced  the  letter  ""  into  the  text;  they 
found  it  already  written  precisely  where  it  is  at  present,  and  all  that  they 
did  was  to  add  the  point.  And  instead  of  using  two  signs  for  i,  as  they 
had  done  in  the  case  of  a,  e,  and  o,  they  used  but  one,  viz.,  a  dot  beneath 
the  letter,  whether  i  was  long  or  short.  The  confusion  of  things  thus  sep- 
arate in  their  nature  was  pardonable  at  a  time  when  the  points  were  sup- 
posed to  be  an  original  constituent  of  the  sacred  text,  but  not  now  when 
their  more  recent  origin  is  universally  admitted.  (2.)  It  is  inaccurate. 
The  distinction  between  "^ .  and  -r-,  1  and  T,  is  not  one  of  quantity,  for  I 
and  u  are  expressed  indifferently  with  or  without  Yodh  and  Vav. 

Gesenius.  in  his  Lehrgebiiude.  while  he  retains  the  division  of  the 
vowels  into  five  long  and  five  short,  admits  that  it  is  erroneous  and  calcu- 
lated to  mislead ;  and  it  has  been  discarded  by  Rodiger  in  the  latest  edi- 
tions of  his  smaller  grammar.  That  whic.h  was  proposed  by  Gesenius, 
liowever.  as  a  ."substitute,  is  perplexed  and  obscure,  and  for  this  reason,  if 
there  were  no  others,  is  unfitted  for  the  wants  of  pupils  in  the  early  stage 
of  their  progress.  On  the  other  hand,  the  triple  arrangement  here 
adopted  after  liie  example  of  Evvald,  has  the  recommendation  not  only  of 
clearness  and  correctness,  but  of  being,  instead  of  an  innovation,  a  return  to 
old  opinions.  The  scheme  of  five  long  and  five  short  vowels  originated 
with  Mo.ses  and  David  Kimchi,  who  were  led  to  it  by  a  comparison  of  the 
Latin  and  its  derivatives.  From  them  it  was  adopted  by  Reuchlin  in  his 
Rudimeiita  Hebraica,  and  thus  became  current  among  Christians.  The 
Jewisli  grammarians,  betbre  tlie  Kimcliis,  however,  reckoned  Kibbuts  anti 
Sl.urek  as   one   vowel,  Hhirik   aa   one,  and   even  Kamels  and   Kamet» 


§13  VOWELS.  17 

Hhatuph  as  one  on  account  of  the  identity  of  the  symbol  employed  to 
represent  them.  They  thus  made  out  seven  vowels,  the  same  number  as 
in  Greek,  where  the  distinction  into  long,  short  and  doubtful  also  pre- 
vails. That  the  literary  impulses  of  the  Orientals  were  chiefly  received 
from  the  Greeks  is  well  known;  that  the  suggestion  of  a  vowel-system 
came  to  the  Syrians  from  this  quarter  is  certain,  both  from  direct  testi 
rnony  to  this  effect  and  from  the  shapes  of  their  vowels,  which  still  betray 
their  origin.  May  not  the  Hebrews  have  learned  something  from  the 
same  school  ? 

b.  The  names  of  the  vowels,  with  the  exception  of  Karaets-Hhatuph 
contain  the  sounds  of  the  vowels  which  they  are  intended  to  represent, 
Kibbuts  in  the  last,  the  others  in  their  first  syllable.  Their  signification 
le  indicative  either  of  the  figure  of  the  vowel  or  the  mode  of  pronouncing 
it.  Kamels  and  Kibbuts,  contraction^  i.  'j.  of  the  mouth  ;  Pattahh,  open- 
ing j  Tsere,  bursting  forth  ;  Qeghol,  cluster  of  grapes  ;  Hhirik.  gnashing ; 
Hholem,  strength;  Kamets-Hhatuph,  hurried  Kamets;  Shurek, whistli^ig. 
It  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  notwithstanding  the  diversity  of  the 
voAvel-systems  in  the  Syriac,  Arabic,  and  Hebrew,  the  name  Pattahh  is 
common  to  them  all. 


§13.  This  later  and  more  complete  method  of  noting 
the  vowels  does  not  displace  but  is  superinduced  upon  the 
scanty  one  previously  described.  Hence  it  comes  to  pass 
that  such  vowels  as  were  indicated  by  letters  in  the  first  in- 
stance are  now  doubly  written,  i.  e.  both  by  letters  and 
points.  By  this  combination  each  of  the  two  methods  serves 
to  illustrate  and  explain  the  other.  Thus  the  added  signs 
determine  whether  the  letters  "'irix  (which  have  been  formed 
into  the  technical  word  ''ins<  EVvi)  are  in  any  given  case  to 
be  regarded  as  vowels  or  as  consonants.  If  these  letters  are 
themselves  followed  by  a  vowel  or  a  Sh'va,  §16,  or  have  a 
Daghesh  forte,  §23,  they  retain  their  consonant  sound ;  for 
two  vowels  never  come  together  in  Hebrew,  and  Sh'va  and 
Daghesh  forte  belong  only  to  consonants  :  thus  ^''^p  kbvekdy 
niS'a  mitsvoth  (where  2  being  provided  with  a  separate  point, 
the  Hholem  must  belong  after  1),  t\)ir\  vliCiyCi  Dtp  kit/yam. 
Otherwise  they  quiesce  in  a  preceding  or  accompanying 
vowel-sign,  provided  it  is  homogeneous  with  themselves ; 
that  is  to  say,  they  have  the  sound  indicated  by  it,  the  vowel- 
sign  merely  interpretmg  what  was  originally  denoted  by  the 


18  ORTIIOGRAPnr.  §11 

letter.  E  and  i  are  iioiiiogcncous  to  "^ ,  o  and  u  io*\  ^  and 
these  being  the  only  vowels  which  they  were  ever  employed 
to  represent,  they  can  quiesce  in  no  others ;  thns  "'3,  bi,  "^^ 
■jit,  s"*!  //v,  ia  bo,  ^b  III,  bnt  "'^to  suraj/,  "^ia  (/u^,  ''■iSa  g^l^iy, 
'\Pitdv,  il?!?  sMltv,  IT  z'lv ;  the  corabination  'T'^  is  prononnced 
dv,  "i^y  and  liy  i/wi/!;,  T'rio  and  "no  sthav.  A,  e,  and  o 
are  homogeneons  to  K  and  n .  These  letters  deviate  so  far 
from  the  rule  just  given  that  S  from  its  extreme  weakness 
not  only  quiesces  when  it  is  properly  a  vowel-letter,  but  may 
give  up  its  consonant  soimd  and  character  after  any  vowel 
whatever,  e.  g.  sissu  tUB,  Tii's^T  rlshda,  n:^s«E  jjiu^Ci ;  n  is 
never  used  as  a  vowel-letter  except  at  the  end  of  words,  and 
there  it  always  quiesces  unless  it  receives  a  Mappik,  §26. 

(7.  As  a  letter  was  scarce'y  ever  used  to  express  o,  the  qniescence  of  " 
In  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  very  rare,  and  where  it  does  occur  the  margin 
always  substitutes  a  reading  without  tiie  i,  e.  g.  f^^^t"^  Jer.  27:20, 
cir-n  Rzeif.  27:  15.  "'ii""'"?"!"^^  Ps.  30:4.  iH-TijO-^  I.sa.  44  :  17.  "biab  Jer. 
33 :  S.  Vi-bina^  Nah.  1:3.  in  ri-'rx  2  Chron.  '8:18.  and  ^P'TaaDeut. 
32:  13,  "1  represents  or  quiesces  in  the  still  briefer  6  of  Hhateph-Kamets, 
§  16.  3. 

b.  In  a  Cqw  proper  names  medial  ri  quiesces  at  the  end  of  the  first 
member  of  the  compound,  e.  g.  ^iknns  Num.  1  :  10,  ij^nb"  2  Sam.  2: 19, 
also  written  bx-n",^?  1  Chron.  2:  16.  In  such  words  as  nnriD  Jer.  22:6, 
nssr  Deut.  21  : 7.  n  does  not  quiesce  in  Kibbuts,  for  the  points  belong  to 
the  marginal  readings  I^WS ,  issiy  §  46. 

§11.  On  the  other  hand  the  vowel-letters  shed  light 
upon  the  stability  of  the  vowels  and  the  quantity  of  the 
doubtful  signs.  1.  As  /  was  scarcely  ever  and  ti  seldom 
represented  by  a  vowel-letter,  Ilhirik  with  Yodh  (">.)  is  almost 
invariably  long  and  Shurek  (i)  commonly  so.  2.  The  occa- 
sional absence  in  individual  cases  of  the  vowel-letters,  does 
not  determine  the  quantity  of  the  signs  for  i  and  /( ;  but 
Iheir  uniform  absence  in  any  particular  words  or  forms  makes 
it  almost  certain  that  the  vowel  is  short.  3.  The  occasional 
presence  of  1  and  ■•  to  represent  one  of  their  homogeneous 
'ong  vowels  proves  nothing  as  to  its  character ;  but  if  in  any 


§  15,  16  VOWELS.  19 

word  or  form  these  letters  are  regularly  written,  the  vowel  is, 
as  a  general  rule,  immutable.  When  1  and  "*  stand  for  theii 
long  homogeneous  vowels,  these  latter  are  said  to  be  written 
fully,  e.  g.  ^ip  ^ul,  i"^?  mr,  niia  mut/i ;  without  these  quies- 
cent letters  they  are  said  to  be  written  defectively,  e.  g 
Ti^ipn  Ifhlimtkl,  cias  kdmds, 

a.  Hhirik  with  Yodh  is  short  in  1"'Fi''^f7.,l  vah^mittlv  1  Sam.  17:35 
?;^rinp->2  bikWrOlhekha  Ps.  45 :  10,  -nri;3^i  ''likk'hath  Prov.  30 :  17.  In 
^r'F;'^^  1  Chron.  12 :  1,  20.  i  is  probahly  long,  although  the  word  is  always 
elsewhere  written  without  the  Yodh;  as  it  sometimes  has  a  secondary 
accent  on  the  first  syllable  and  sometimes  not  (see  1  Sam.  30:  1),  it  may 
have  had  a  twofold  pronunciation  tslk'lag,  and  tsikJag.  Shurek  as  u  ia 
of  much  more  frequent  occurrence,  e.  g.  "'few  hluikke,  ciiJix^  Vummlm, 
nsm  hhukka  Ps.  102  :  5,  fi-'ia^-i^X  2  Chron.  2  ;7,  ns^lT  Ezek.  16  :  34. 

§15.  The  vowels  may  be  further  distinguished  into  pure, 
a,  i,  u,  and  diphthongal,  e,  o ;  e  being  a  combination  of  a  and 
i,  or  intermediate  between  them,  and  o  holding  the  same  re- 
lation to  a  and  u. 


Sh'va. 

§16.  1.  The  absence  of  a  vowel  is  indicated  by  —  Sh'va 
(SltD  emptiness,  or  as  written  by  Chayug,  the  oldest  of  Jew- 
ish grammarians,  sn©),  which  serves  to  assure  the  reader  that 
one  has  not  been  inadvertently  omitted.  It  is  accordingly 
placed  under  all  voweUess  consonant?  except  at  the  end  of 
words,  where  it  is  regarded  as  unnecessary,  the  absence  of  a 
vowel  being  there  a  matter  of  course.  If,  however,  the  last 
letter  of  a  word  be  "] ,  or  if  it  be  immediately  preceded  by 
another  vowelless  letter,  or  be  doubled  by  the  point  called 
Daghesh-forte,  §  23,  Sh'va  is  written  to  preclude  the  doubt 
which  is  possible  in  these  cases,  e.  g.  ai"i'at3'Q,  1\bb)2,  pTpp, 
'^y^^,  ^^,  ^r]?.  Sh'va  is  not  given  to  a  quiescent  letter, 
since  it  represents  not  a  consonant  but  a  vowel,  e.  g.  •^p"'2''n, 
nor  as  a  general  rule  to  a  final   consonant  preceded  by  a 


20  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  115 

quiesc(;nfc ;  tlius  in«iDn ,  rsii  Ruth  3:4;  tT>^m  Isa.  G2  : 3, 
though  in  this  case  it  is  sometimes  written,  e,  g.  ri^?^  2  Sam. 
14  :  3  ;  rr^^nn  2  Sam.  14  -.  2 ;  n-^-ini  Judg.  13  :  3;  rsi-n 
1  Kin.  11 :  13.  55  at  the  end  of  a  word,  preceded  either  by 
a  vowelless  letter  or  a  quiescent,  is  termed  otiant,  and  is  left 
unpointed,  e.  g.  i^'jn  snH  xiin  x^n . 

a.  Final  ^  may  receive  Sh'va  for  the  sake  of  distinction  not  only  from 
T| ,  as  already  suggested,  but  also  from  1  with  which  it  might  be  in  danger 
of  being  conlbunded  in  manuscripts;  Freytag  conjectures  that  it  is  prop- 
erly a.part  of  the  letter,  like  the  stroke  in  the  corresponding  final  i^  \\\ 
Arabic.  In  such  forms  as  "'"'^S'l  Sh'va  is  omitted  with  the  closing  letters 
because  the  "^  is  not  sounded. 

2.  Sh'va  may  be  either  silent  (n3  quiescens),  or  vocal 
(y3  mobile).  At  the  close  of  syllables  it  is  silent.  But  at  the 
beginning  of  a  syllable  the  Hebrews  always  facilitated  the 
pronunciation  of  concurrent  consonants  by  the  introduction 
of  a  hiatus  or  slight  breathing  between  them  ;  a  Sh'va  so 
situated  is  consequently  said  to  be  vocal,  and  has  a  sound 
approaching  that  of  a  hastily  uttered  e,  as  in  given.  This 
will  be  represented  by  an  apostrophe,  thus,  iS'l'aa  b'midhbar, 
DP'li^S  phadhtem, 

a.  According  to  Kimchi  (Mikhlol  fol.  189)  Sh'va  was  pronounced  in 
three  different  ways,  according  to  circumstances.  (1.)  Before  a  guttural 
it  inclined  to  the  sound  of  the  following  vowel,  e.  g.  'iSX';'  i/abbSc/h,  rxia 
t'elh,  >i?n  d"u,  and  if  accompanied  by  Methogh.  §44.  it  had  the  full  sound 
of  that  vowel,  e.  g.  isir  mil.  "^nn  (Ihht,  cBirb  loolam.  (2.)  Before  Yodh 
it  incUned  to  /,  e.  g.  -p?''3  b'ycfkobh^  oi-'S  k'yonu  and  with  Methegh  waa 
sounded  as  Hhirik,  e.  g.  i^a  biyadli.  (3.)  Before  any  other  letter  it  in- 
•Ijned  to  a.  e.  g.  nina  b"rakha,  D''l5"'ba  g'lllivu  and  with  Methegh  was 
pronounced  as  Pattahh  niBripiaa  batnakhelclh. 

3.  Sh'va  may,  again,  be  simple  or  compound.  Some- 
times, particularly  when  the  first  consonant  is  a  guttr.ral, 
which  from  its  weakness  is  in  danger  of  not  being  distinctly 
heard,  the  hiatus  becomes  still  more  audible,  and  is  assimi- 
lated in  sound  to  the  short  guttural  vowel  a,  or  the  diph- 
thongal e  or  0,  into  which  it  enters.   This  assimilation  is  rep- 


§17  vowET.a.  21 

resented  by  combining  tlie  sign  for  Sli'va  with  tliose  for  the 
short  vowels,  thus  forming  what  are  called  the  compound 
Sh'vas  in  distinction  from  the  simpie  Sh'va  previously  ex- 
plained. 

These  are, 

Hhateph-Pattahh      ~;      thus,  ^b?  ""modh. 
Hhatcph-Seghol        ~;      thus,  ^bj«  %idr. 
lihateph-Kamets      tt;      thus,    "'bH  JihHi. 

a.  Hhateph  (w|bn  snatching)  denotes  the  rapidity  of  utterance  or  the 
hurried  character  of  the  sounds  represented  by  these  symbols. 

b.  The  compound  Sh'vas,  though  for  the  moat  part  restricted  to  the 
gutturals,  are  occasionally  written  under  other  consonants  in  place  of  sim- 
ple Sh'va.  to  indicate  more  distinctly  that  it  is  vocal:  thus,  Hhateph- 
Pattahh  =!iT!i  Gen.  2:12,  W'Z'^in  Gen.  27:38:  Hhateph-Kamets  nhpb 
Gen.  2  :  23,  nsririrx  Jer.  31  :  33  ;  but  never  Hhateph-Seghol  except 
f^^jba  2  Sam.  6:5  in  some  editions,  e.  g.  that  of  Stephanus.  This  is 
done  with  so  little  uniformity  that  the  same  word  is  difterently  written  in 
this  respect,  e.  g.  'T^^'s?  2  Kin.  2  :  1,  ir'j^ps  ver,  11. 


Pattahh   Furtive. 

§17.  A  similar  hiatus  or  slight  transition  sound  was 
used  at  the  end  of  words  in  connection  with  the  gutturals. 
When  y ,  n ,  or  the  consonantal  <i  at  the  end  of  words  is  pre- 
ceded by  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  another  than  a), 
or  is  followed  by  another  vowelless  consonant,  it  receives  a 
Pattahh  furtive  — ,  which  resembles  in  sound  an  extremely 
short  a,  and  is  pronounced  before  the  letter  under  which  it 
is  written,  e.  g.  n^-i  rW/Ji,  ?^t?  shamif' ,  ^'k>^  mag]ihi%, 
n?i2©  shamdH,  "in^  yV'UM. 

a.  Some  grammarians  deny  that  Pattahh  furtive  can  be  found  under  a 
penultimate  guttural,  contei\ding  that  the  vowel-sign  is  in  such  cases  a 
proper  Pattahh.  and  that  ri>;';«  should  accordingly  be  read  shamaat,  and 
«|n-  yihhad.  But  both  tlie  Sh'va  under  the  final  letter,  §16,  and  the 
Daghesh-lene  in  it,  §  21.  show  that  the  guttural  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel. 
The  ?ign  beneath  it  must  consequently  be  Pattahh  furtive,  and  represent 
an  antecedent  vowel-sound.  In  some  manuscripts  Pattahh  furtive  is  writ- 
ten as  Hhateph-Pattahh,  or  even  as  simple  Sh'va  ;  thus,  5">p"i  or  3Jip"i  fo( 


22  orthogkaphy.  ^18 

Syllables. 

pS.  1.  Syllables  are  formed  by  the  combination  of 
consonants  and  vowels.     As  two  vowels  never  come  toiiretlici 

o 

in  the  same  word  in  Hebrew  without  an  intei-vening  conso- 
nant, there  can  never  be  more  than  one  vowel  in  the  same 
syllable ;  and  with  the  single  exception  of  'i  occurring  at  the 
beginning  of  words,  no  syllable  ever  consists  of  a  vowel 
alone.  Every  syllable,  with  the  exception  just  stated,  must 
begin  with  a  consonant,  and  may  begin  with  two,  but  never 
with  more  than  two.  Syllables  ending  with  a  vowel,  whether 
represented  by  a  quiescent  letter  or  not,  are  called  simple, 
e.  g.  ^y^VJchCi,  nbiy  o-la.  (The  first  syllable  of  this  second 
example  begins,  it  will  be  perceived,  with  the  consonant  y , 
though  this  disappears  in  the  notation  given  of  its  somid.) 
Syllables  ending  with  a  consonant,  or,  as  is  possible  at  the 
close  of  a  word,  with  two  consonants,  are  said  to  be  mixed : 
thus  urpy^  kam-tem,  P^P^^i  hCi-lakht.  As  the  vocal  Sh'vas, 
whether  simple  or  compound,  are  not  vowels  j)roperly  speak- 
ing, but  simply  involuntaiy  transition  sounds,  they,  with  the 
consonants  under  which  they  stand,  cannot  form  distinct 
syllables,  but  are  attached  to  that  of  the  following  vowel. 
Pattahh  furtive  in  like  manner  belongs  to  the  syllable  formed 
by  the  preceding  vowel.  Thus  ?iiT  z  ro'^,  ''V^  °ni  are  mono- 
syllables. 

2.  Long  vowels  always  stand  in  simple  syllables,  and 
short  vowels  in  mixed  syllables,  unless  they  be  accented. 
But  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or  mixed,  may  con- 
tain indifferently  a  long  or  a  short  vowel. 

a.   The  following  may  serve  as  a  specimen  of  the  division  of  Hebrew 
words  into  their  proper  pyllables  ;  thus. 

cnx         o'^n'^x    ttna       Di^3         ens         nnbi'n  "^ed         irt 

ft-dha'm      'lO-hi'ra   b'ro'       b'yo'm     a-dha'm   to-1'diio'th     ee'-pher      ze' 

Gen.  5 :  I.    irx      nuir      C'fi'rs       rs-i-ia 

O-tho'     a-sa'    ""lo-hi'm    bidh-niQ'th 


§19  SYLLABLES.  23 

6.  The  reason  of  tne  ruie  Tor  the  quantity  of  syllables  appears  to  be 
this.  In  consequence  of  their  brevity,  ihe  short  vowels  required  the  ad 
dition  of  a  ibliovving  consonant  to  make  the  utterance  full  and  complete, 
unless  the  want  of  this  was  compensated  by  the  greater  energy  of  pronun- 
ciation due  to  the  accent.  The  long  vowels  were  sufficiently  complete 
without  any  such  addition,  though  they  were  capable  of  receiving  it  under 
the  new  energy  imparted  by  the  accent.  This  pervading  regularity, 
which  is  so  striking  a  feature  of  the  Hebrew  language,  was  the  foundation 
of  the  systeina  mornrum  advocated  by  some  of  the  older  grammarians  of 
Holland  and  Germany.  The  idea  of  this  was,  that  each  syllable  waa 
equal  to  three  viorae,  that  is,  three  rests,  or  a  bar  of  three  beats ;  a  long 
vowel  being  equivalent  to  two  7norae,  or  two  beats,  a  short  vowel  to  one, 
and  the  initial  or  final  consonant  or  consonants  also  to  one  :  thus  n^i?;^ 
k  (1)  +  a  (2)  =  3,  t  (1)  +  a  (1)  +  It  (1)  =  3.  An  accented  syllable 
might  have  one  mora  or  beat  either  more  or  less  than  the  normal  quan- 
tity. This  system  was  not  only  proposed  by  way  of  grammatical  explana- 
tion, but  also  made  the  basis  of  a  peculiar  theory  ot  Hebrew  prosody.  See 
Gesenius,  Geschichte  d.  Heb.  Sprache,  p.  123. 

c.  The  cases  in  which  short  vowels  occur  in  unaccented  simple  sylla- 
bles, are  all  due  to  the  disturbing  influence  exerted  by  the  weak  letters 
upon  the  normal  forms  of  words;  thus,  rrn  ha-elh  is  for  rrri,  and  N^nr 
ha-hu  for  hah-hu  :  such  words  as  Xir-n  .  X~B,  Kbc,  n^in.  n^p  are  formed 
after  the  analogy  of  T)^^.  A  long  vowel  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable 
is  found  in  but  one  word,  and  that  of  foreign  origin,  '^SS'i^ijba  bel-Vshdts- 
tsd?  ,  though  here,  as  in  the  majority  of  instances  falling  under  the  previ- 
ous remark,  the  syllable  receives,  if  not  the  primary,  yet  the  secondary 
accent,  e.  g.  Tm''"n,  n'^nnn  .  lai'.n.  The  same  is  the  case  when  a  long 
vowel  is  retained  before  Makkeph,  e.  g.  '^p~ra.  In  the  Arabic,  which  is 
exceedingly  rich  in  vowels,  there  are  comparatively  few  mixed  syllables; 
nearly  every  consonant  has  its  own  vowel,  and  this  more  frequently  short 
than  long.  The  Chaldee,  which  is  more  sparing  in  its  use  of  vowels  than 
the  Hebrew,  observes  in  general  the  same  rule  with  respect  to  the  quan- 
tity of  syllables,  though  not  with  the  same  inflexible  consistency. 


Ambiguous  Signs. 

§19.  It  will  now  be  possible,  by  aid  of  the  principles 
already  recited,  to  determine  the  quantity  of  the  doubtful 
vowels,  and  to  remove  the  ambiguity  which  appears  to  exist 
in  certain  vowel-signs. 

1,  Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  in  unaccented  simple 
syllables,  must  be  long,  and  in  unaccented  mixed  syllables, 
short,  e.  g.  tjn^;'  or  iiJT.  yi-rash,  ^in;^  yihh-nu,  i^^n5  or  iSna 
ghliii-lo,   ^i\  or  "i^t^  yuUadh,  0^3  or  D;ii3  kul-lam,  ^ri>^ 


24  ORTIIOGRArilY.  §19 

or  *^'tTQ  mCtKzzl.  In  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or 
mixed,  they  are  always  long,  e.  g.  nn^iri  or  uvr^'Si  sl-hhu,  "''?  /Z, 
bnj  or  b?2a  (fbhid,  ^nirn-i  or  in^is^^  cVra-shii-lui,  the  only  ex- 
ception being  that  llhirik  is  short  in  the  monosyllabic  parti- 
cles DX ,  tJN,  as?,  "jTa,  and  in  some  abbreviated  verbal  forms 
of  the  class  called  Lamedh-He,  e.  g.  T^;},  airn,  ztT'^  . 

The  only  cases  of  remaining  doubt  are  those  in  which 
these  vowels  are  followed  by  a  letter  with  Sh'va,  either  sim- 
ple or  compound.  If  the  former,  it  might  be  a  question 
whether  it  was  silent  or  vocal,  and  consequently  whether  the 
syllable  was  simple  or  mixed.  If  the  latter,  though  the  syl- 
lable is  of  course  simple,  the  weak  letter  which  follows  may 
interfere  with  the  operation  of  the  law.  Here  the  etymology 
must  decide.  The  vowel  is  long  or  short  as  the  grammatical 
form  may  require  ;  thus  in  n^n';',  tjSnn ,  i!5-nx'ii  Gen.  22  :  8, 
which  follow  the  analogy  of  '^J?"? ,  and  in  ''^29  Isa.  10:3-i, 
iiria;?  the  first  vowel  is  short ;  in  nibna ,  T^^ir;'  the  first  vowel 
is  long.  In  a  few  instances  the  grammatical  form  in  which 
Hhirikis  employed  is  itself  doubtful ;  the  distinction  is  then 
made  by  means  of  Methegh,  §44,  which  is  added  to  the  vowel- 
sign  if  it  is  long,  but  uot  if  it  is  short ;  thus,  ^K">';'  yi-rii,  from 
xn^  to  fear,  and  ^bis;'  yislinu  from  '^1  to  sleep ;  but  ^sv 
yir-u  from  nkn  to  see,  and  ^bc;!  yish-nu  from  r.jr  to  do  a 
second  time. 

2.  Kamets  a  and  Kamets-IIhatnph  o  are  both  repre- 
sented by  the  same  sign  (  t  ),  but  may  be  distinguished  by 
rules  similar  to  tliose  just  given.  In  an  unaccented  simple 
syllable  it  is  Kamets ;  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable  it  is 
Kamets-ITliatuph  ;  in  an  accented  syllable,  whether  simple 
or  mixed  it  is  Kamets,  e.  g.  13"=?  dd-bhdr,  ''rEn  hhoph-shl, 
nitt  mO'Veth,  tmi^  Idm-ma,  D'^ra  hot-tim.  Before  a  letter  with 
simple  Sh'va,  the  distinction  is  mostly  made  by  Methegh, 
§44  ;  without  ^Tethegh  it  is  always  Kamets-llhatu])h,  with 
it  connnonly  Kamets,  e.  g.  "'CDn  liltokli-unl,  n'osn  hhd-Kli'md. 
Before  a  guttural  with  Ilhateph-Kamets  or  Kamets- lihaluph 


§19  AMBIGUOUS    SIGNS.  25 

it  is  frequently  6,  tliougli  standing  in  a  simple  syllable  and 
accompanied  by  Metliegli,  e.  g.  '''^ns  bo-hh^ri,  D"?^<J^  io' 
obhcUiBm.  The  surest  criterion,  however,  and  in  many  cases 
the  only  decisive  one,  is '  found  in  the  etymology.  If  the 
vowel  be  derived  from  Hholem,  or  the  grammatical  form  re- 
quires an  0  or  a  short  vowel,  it  is  Kamets-Hhatuph ;  but  if 
it  be  derived  from  Pattahh,  or  the  form  requires  an  <z  or  a 
long  vowel,  it  is  Karaets :  thus  f^'i^3a«l  with  the  prefixed  con- 
junction vo'^7iiyyot]i,  <^tr^v}  with  the  article  liii°niyija  ;  "''227;;  in 
the  Hophal  yd'madh,  ^nn^fn;'  Isa.  44 :  13  in  the  Piel  ytha"- 
rehu.  The  first  vowel  is  u  in  Dl^'^rii  from  "in"i,  D'^ilJ";;?  from 
ir^p,  D^TSTiZJ  from  ffi-iTiJ,  ''^"n;5Tsy  Isa.  38  :  14,  ^>"nn)5  Num.  22  : 
11,  ■'^"nns  "Num.  23  :  7  and  the  like,  and  the  first  two  vow- 
els in  such  words  as  obbys  from  ^vi,  DDCij'a  Isa.  30  :  12  from 
t'^iz,  Dbnn]5  Deut.  20  :  2,  Tiro;;?  Hos.  13  :  14,  ^r^]i  2  Chron. 
10:10,  nif-bni?  2  Kin.  15:10,  because  they  are  shortened 
from  Hholem.  On  the  other  hand  the  first  vowel  is  a  in 
i-hnio  Job  16:19  from  "iniiJ,  D^Lnn  from  irnn,  \n^a  from 
ni32,  and  in  S^v'?'?,  ^^^1?  and  the  like,  because  it  is  originally 
and  properly  Kamets.  The  word  ^^i^'^„  is  in  Ps.  86  :  2  the 
imperative  sJiomru,  in  Job  10:12  the  preterite  shdmrd. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  a  syllable 
bearing  a  conjunctive  accent,  viz.:  ''S'li  Ps.  38:21,  ^3  Ps.  35:  10,  also 
Prov.  19:  7  (in  some  copies),  and  in  the  judgment  of  Ewald  'iJp  Judg. 
19  :  5,  comp;  ver.  8  and  255  Ezek.  41  :  25  ;  in  Dan.  11  :  12  d^ti  the  points 
belong  to  the  marginal  reading  Dtl,  and  the  vowel  is  consequently  Ka- 
mets. There  are  also  a  few  cases  in  which  Kamets  remains  in  a  mixed 
syllable,  deprived  of  its  accent  by  Makkeph,  §43,  without  receiving 
Methegh,  viz. :  -rro  Ps.  16  :  5,  -y^i  Ps.  55:  19,  22.  "=5  Ps.  74:5;  and  a 
final  unaccented  Kamets  is  not  affected  by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive,  §  24,  in  the  initial  letter  of  the  following  word,  e.  g.  Offi  nriir^ 
Gen.  31  :  13.  When  an  accent  takes  the  place  of  Methegh.  it  serves 
equally  to  distinguish  fl  from  o,  e.  g.  'E5;i  Ex.  21:22  T^nagh''phu,  ^~::'9l 
Ex.  21  :  35  umakWru.  §45.  5. 

b.  Inasmuch  as  t^'^np  is  derived  from  "inia  mnhhdr,  its  first  vowel 
might  be  suspected  to  be  a;  but  as  it  is  so  constantly  written  with 
Hhateph-Kamets,  the  preceding  vowel  is  probably  conformed  to  it.  •  It  is 
consequently  regarded  and  pronounced  as  6.  Kimchi  (Mikhlol,  fol.  188) 
declares  that  the  first  vowel  in  "pi'n  1  Sam.  13:  21,  nirnnti  Eccles.  12  :  11 


26  ORTIIOGRAniY.  ^  20 

and  "i^b^  Num.  21 :  7  was  universally  held  to  be  Kamols?.  and  that  with  the 
exception  of  Kabbi  Jonaii  ben  Gannach,  wl\o  was  of  a  contrary  mind,  the 
same  unanimity  prevailed  in  regard  to  the  first  vowel  of  "1^71^  Ezek.  40r 
43.  As,  iiowever,  this  last  word  is  in  every  otlier  place  written  without 
the  Methegh,  and  there  is  no  analogy  lor  such  words  as  those  mentioned 
above  having  Q.  in  their  initial  syllable,  the  best  authorities  are  now  agreed 
that  the  vowel  is  6.  and  the  words  are  accordingly  read  dorbli&n.  etc.  In 
^t'::2  junjter,  and  f"P"in  enifvuld.  Ezek.  28:  13.  which  are  mentioned  by 
Kimchi  in  tiie  same  connection,  the  fir.<;t  vowel  is  Kamets. 

c.  In  some  manuscripts  and  a  few  of  the  older  printed  books,  e.  g.  Ste- 
phanas' Hebrew  Bible  and  Reuchlin's  Rudimenta  Hebraica,  Kamets- 
Ilhatuph  is  denoted  by  (  t:  ).  It  then  differs  from  Kamets,  but  is  liable  to 
be  confounded  with  Hhateph-Kamets.  It  can.  however,  be  distinguishea 
from  it  by  the  circumstance  that  Kamels-Hhatuph  is  always  followed 
either  by  simple  Sh'va,  Daghesh-forte,  or  Methegh  ;  none  of  which  ever 
immediately  succeed  Hhateph-Kamets.  Such  a  form  as  "i^^.l^  Ezek.  26:  9 
in  the  editions  of  Michaclis  and  Van  der  Hoo^ht  is  an  impossihle  one  if  (  t:  ) 
have  its  ordinary  meaning. 

d.  It  is  surprising  that  in  so  minute  and  careful  a  system  of  orthogra- 
phy as  that  of  the  Masorites,  there  should  be  no  symbol  for  v  distinct  frort 
that  for  a;  and  some  have  felt  constrained  in  consequence  to  suppose  that 
the  signs  for  these  two  vowels  were  originally  different,  but  became 
assimilated  in  the  course  of  transcription.  This  seems  unlikely,  however. 
The  probability  is  that  a  and  6.  whose  resemblance  even  we  can  perceive, 
were  so  closely  allied  in  the  genuine  Hebrew  pronunciation,  that  one  sign 
was  thought  sufficient  to  represent  them,  especially  as  the  Masorites  were 
intent  simply  on  indicating  sounds  without  concerning  themselves  with 
granmiaticai  relations. 


§  20.  1.  As  simple  Sh'va  is  vocal  at  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  and  silent  at  its  close,  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  its 
character  Avlien  it  stands  under  initial  or  final  letters.  Pre- 
ceding the  first  vowel  of  a  word  it  must  of  course  be  vocal, 
and  following  the  last  vowel  it  must  be  silent,  ori^^J  z'khartCim, 
nnbT  zOkhart.  In  the  middle  of  a  word,  the  question  Avliether 
it  belongs  to  the  syllable  of  the  preceding  or  the  folfowing 
vowel  must  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If  a  com- 
plete syllable  precedes,  that  is,  either  an  unaccented  long 
vowel  or  a  vowelless  consonant  serving  as  the  complement 
of  a  previous  short  vowel,  it  is  vocal.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
a  sliort  vowel  which  cannot  make  a  com})lete  syllable  with- 
out the  aid  of  a  following  consonant,  or  by  a  long  accented 


^  21  DAGHESH-LENE.  27 

vowel,  it  is  silent :  '^"13T  zo-Ic7irB,  ^"^stn  tiz-kWu,  ^"^ST  -^^/(7/-?  a, 
njVtbpn  lildbl-na.  Sh'va  under  a  letter  doubled  by  Daghesh 
forte,  §  23,  is  vocal,  sucli  a  letter  being  equivalent  to  two^ 
the  first  of  which  completes  the  previous  syllable,  and  the 
second  begins  the  syllable  which  follows :  D"^n3Tri  =  Q^^stt*^ 
haz-zkhdrlm. 

2.  In  addition  to  this  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  Sh'va  is 
vocal  after  what  may  be  called  intermediate  syllables ;  that 
is  to  say,  when  the  consonant  under  which  it  stands  per- 
forms, as  it  occasionally  does,  the  double  office  of  completing 
one  syllable  and  beginning  the  next.  Thus,  when  it  follows 
a  consonant  from  which  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted, 
^T^l??!*!!  vayhhak'sliU  for  vay-yhhali-h'shu,  or  the  first  of  two 
similar  letters,  in  order  that  the  reduplication  may  be  made 
more  distinct,  ^"ibn  haVlu,  ri^bp?  kiClatli,  iS'pa  UiVlo,  ■''ibx 
aVlay,  '^j^i^n  Jihik'ke,  and  in  several  other  cases,  which  \\  ill  be 
more  particularly  described  in  §  22. 

a.  The  same  double  office  is  performed  by  gutturals  beginning  one 
syllable  and  yet  inclining  to  complete  the  one  before  jt.  §18.  2.  c.  In 
r^n,  for  example.  S  belongs  in  a  measure  to  both  syllables.  It  properly 
begins  the  second,  and  yet  it  is  preceded  by  a  short  vowel  just  as  if  it 
ended  the  first,  which  is  accordingly  to  be  reckoned  an  intermediate  sylla- 
ble, being  in  strictness  neither  simple  nor  mixed,  but  partaking  of  the 
nature  of  both. 


Daghesh-Lene. 

§21.  The  second  class  of  signs  added  to  the  Hebrew 
text  are  those  which  are  designed  to  guide  in  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  consonants.  These  are  the  diacritical  point  over 
Shin,  Daghesh-lene,  Daghesh-forte,  Mappik,  and  Raphe. 
The  use  of  the  first  of  these  has  already  been  sufficiently 
explained,  §  3.  1. 

1.  Daghesh-lene  ('^p  ttJ^'^)  is  a  point  inserted  in  the  six 
letters  n  s  d  "i  ^  n  (technically  called  B'ghadli  ICjjJudh), 
to  indicate  the  loss  of  their  aspiration,  e.  g.  l  bh,  3  b,  etc. 


28  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  21 

As  these  letters   are  always  aspirated  after  a  voAvel-sound, 
however  slight,  and  never  as  an  initial  utterance  or  when  fol- 
lowing a  consonant,  they   invariably  require   Daghesh-lene 
whenever  they  are  not  immediately  preceded  by  a  vowel  or 
a  vocal    Sh'va.     It  is  consequently  inserted  in  the  initial 
aspirate  of  a  word  which  begins  a  verse,  tT'T^sina  Gen.  1:1, 
or  which  follows  a  word  bearing  a  disjunctive  accent  (inas- 
much as  this  represents  a  pause  of  longer  or  shorter  dura- 
tion), ^S3  in^n^  Ex.  1 : 1,  "js  1  nn?  Gen.  3  :  22,  or  ending  in  a 
consonant,  V^^'-s ,  "'s-i'i  n-'bi^  Gen.  24  :  42  ;  but  not  if  it  fol- 
lows a  word  ending  in  a  vowel   and  having  a  conjunctive 
accent,  oinri  "Ce,  ^nin  nn-jn  Gen.  1:2.     The  sacred   name 
njro  is  followed  by  Daghesh-lene,  even  though  it  may  have  a 
conjunctive  accent.  Num.  10  :  29,  Dent.  3  :  26,  Josh.  10  :  30, 
11:8,  Ps.  18:21,  because  in  reading  the  Jews  always  sub- 
stitute for  it  the  word  ""i^i!;,  which  ends  in  a  consonant.     In 
a  very  few  cases,  however,  e.  g.  on  ■'D-s?  Ps.  68  :  18,  ^r.hn^ 
Isa.  34:11,  nn  lb',y  Ezek.  23:42,  Daghesh-lene  is  not  in- 
serted after  a  vowel-letter,  which  retains  its  consonant  sound. 
2.   Daghesh-lene  is  inserted  in  a  medial  or  final  aspirate 
preceded  by  a  vowelless  consonant,  whether  this  be  accom- 
panied by  silent  Sh'va  or  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  r>ir)9?'  ^?^^; 
but  not  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  vowel  or  vocal  Sh'va,  whether 
simple  or  compound,  e.  g.  rr^in^,  DJ?'7^?  • 


a.  The  primary  signification  of  the  name  Dairhosli  is  roiiimonly  ex- 
plained from  the  Syriac  wa>^?  (c:'n),  to  wliich  CastellCis  in  liis  lexicon 
gives  tiie  sense  of  piercing.  This  is  by  some  applied  to  the  puncture  or 
point  which  is  its  written  sign,  by  others  to  its  power  of  sliarpening  the 
Bound  of  letters  by  removing  their  aspiration  or  doubling  them.  Buxtorf, 
however,  in  his  Chaldee  Lexicon,  disputes  the  existence  of  such  a  root  in 
oither  Syriac  orClialdee.  alleging  that  in  Prov.  12:  18,  the  passage  quoted 
to  prove  the  word,  the  true  reading  is  ]1^  (wSmi).  The  six  letters  which 
receive  Daghesh-lene  in  Hebrew  have  the  same  twofojd  pronunciation  m 
Syriac,  a  red  dot  called  RukhoKh  {^oh  .trftvesx).  being  written  beneath 
them  when  they  were  to  be  aspirated,  and  another  called  Kushoi  («wk-4raj 
hardness),  being  written  above  them  when  they  were  not. 


§  22  DAGHESH-LENE.  29 

b.  Grammarians  are  not  agreed  whether  the  aspirated  or  unappiraled 
eound  of  these  consonants  was  the  original  one.  There  being  no  data  for 
the  settlement  of  the  question,  each  decides  it  by  his  own  theory  of  pho- 
netic changes.  The  correctness  of  the  Masoretic  punctuation  has  some 
times  been  questioned  in  regard  to  this  matter,  on  the  ground  of  the  im 
probability  of  such  fluctuation  in  the  sound  of  these  letters  in  the  sam« 
word.  But  besides  the  Syriac  analogy  just  referred  to,  the  Sanskrit  lan- 
guage shows  the  almost  unlimited  extent  to  which  euphonic  changes  may 
be  carried  by  a  people  possessing  a  sensitive  and  discriminating  ear.  The 
Sanskrit  aspirates,  besides  being  subjected  to  other  mutations  which  can- 
not here  be  detailed,  regularly  lose  their  aspiration  when  finals,  and  under 
certain  conditions  when  medials,  throwing  it  back,  where  this  is  possible, 
upon  a  previous  letter.  Bopp  Kritische  Grammatik,  pp.  30.  42.  Similar 
laws  prevail  to  some  extent  in  Greek,  e.  g.  6pii,  Tptp(os;  rpicjiw,  ^pe'i/zw;  Ovw, 
lrvdr]v ;  ovk  e;^w,  oup(  e^co ;  /i,€^'  vixiv. 

§  22.  The  absence  of  Dagliesli-lene  in  an  aspirate  some- 
times shows  a  preceding  simple  Sh'va  to  be  vocal  when  this 
would  not  otherwise  have  been  known.  In  most  of  the  cases 
referred  to,  a  letter  originally  belonging  to  the  succeeding 
syllable  is  by  the  prefixing  of  a  short  vowel  drawn  back  to 
complete  the  syllable  before  it ;  instead,  however,  of  giving 
up  its  previous  connection  altogether,  it  forms  an  interme- 
diate syllable,  §  20.  2,  the  Sh'va  remaining  vocal  though  the 
antecedent  vowel  is  short ;  thus,  l^b  Vhltabh  with  the  prefix 
3  becomes  sibs  birbhabh,  not  33ba  bil-babh. 

a.  The  particular  instances  in  which  this  may  occur  are  the  following, 
viz. :  (1)  The  Kal  imperative  of  verbs  and  the  Kal  infinitive  with  suffixes, 
e.  g.  Iis^,  'i'^33 ,  DT^S ,  ^in^S  from  *ib?. ;  yet  with  occasional  exceptions,  as 
D=S0i<3  Lev.' 23  :  39.  (2)  Those  forms  of  Pe  Guttural  verbs  in  which  the 
first  radical  assumes  a  short  vowel  in  place  of  the  silent  Sh'va  in  the  reg 
ular  inflexion,  e.  g.  ^I'lnS"',  D'nDSn  for  !i^2:J•',  mam.  (3)  The  construct 
plural  of  nouns  ■i"i2:y  from  Ci^?. ,  ni'srs  from  m'srs,  ninin  from  ninnn, 
though  with  occasional  exceptions,  as  ''B -;']  Cant.  8  :  C,  but  "'STlJ-i  Ps.  76 : 4, 
•^'•^yi-S.  Isa.  5  :  10,  PiQ"in  Ps.  69  :  10,  ^313  Gen.  50:  23,  but  cn-^ana  .Tudg.  7:6; 
■i")a3.  "inas  from  153  are  peculiar  in  omitting  Daghesh  in  the  singular  with 
suffixes.  (4)  Three  feminine  nouns  ending  in  ri,  r^isba  from  "^^,  r^'ib^ 
from  lb/;!,,  r-i3S  (only  occurring  with  suffixes)  from  133?,  but  not  rl'n"i^ 
Also  a  few  other  nouns  of  different  forms,  viz.:  D'^nsn^.  but  '^ns"^'^,  ^ssd, 
''iy,,  'J"^'?"J^,  D""i3i,'?,  "O^X,  ^i<f?p;'  Josh.  15 :  38^  '  C3."ip7  Josh.  15':'56. 
(5)  After  prefixes,  as  He  interrogative,  e.g.  cn!>'i';in  Gen.  29:5  from 
■^^^lo  and  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  "i"'!S'i^  from  I'^a'n  ,  riina  from  rS'n, 
"ia*n3  from  "iS'^j.    Usage  is  not  -initbrm  in  the  case  of  Kal  infinitives  follow- 


30  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^23 

ing  iiificparablc  prepositions,  e.  g.  -"'nrb,  :".r:3;  ^2:2,  'E:*  ,  Vs:b;  sia^^ 
lea.  31  :4.  N'dsb  Num.  4:23,  8:24;  nisi?,  -lijs.  (6)  The'sufTixes  of  the 
Becoiid  piTson  ?},  C3.  "(3  never  receive  Uaghesh-lene,  r,:3.  ci/ipa. 

TliLsi)  :ules  are  sometimes  of  importance  in  etymoJofry;  thus.  T^^siiTS 
Ezi'k.  27:12  must  have  as  its  ground  form  li-JS,  not  "I'Z^S ;  atul  c£"ix 
Hos.  7  ;6,  =2""^  Ps.  90: 10  cannot  be  infinitives  with  suflixee.  but  must  be 
from  the  segliolates  2";j<.  rnn. 

j  b.  The  omission  of  Diighci>h-lcne  in  the  final  letter  of  hD'PI  Prov.  30:  6, 
abbreviated  from  rpO'in  or  Cip/in ,  is  exceptional.  The  Daghesh  occasion- 
nlly  occurring  in  initial  aspirates  alter  words  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having 
a  conjunctive  accent,  is  best  explained  not  as  an  exception  to  tlie  ordinary 
rules,  but  as  Dairhe^h  forte  conjunctive.  §>  24.  e.  g.  "jSJa  '^^"'^  Gen.  11 :  31 
and  elsewhere,  'ti  n:j-ix  Gen.  46:28,  njis  njjj  Ex.  15:1.  21,  tnbxj  !IT  Ex. 
15:  13.  r.cfe  r.^rn  Deut.  16:  1  (comp.  l:b  n-^''qs  Gen.  20:9).  cs  '"'T?'*7 
Deut.  31:2S  (romp,  -"l  nysxn  Isa.  8:2),  niirS  ^•^":1  Josh.  8:24,  10^20, 
y~^\  '"^r.'i  Gen.  35:29.  12  nrrjisa.  40:7.  See  also' Gen.  39:12.  Ex.  14: 
4.  17.  isa.  10:9.  Job  9:2.  Ex.'^S:  11.  16,  Ps.  35:  10,  Isa.  54:  12,  Jer.  20:  9, 
Dan.  3:3.  5:11.  The  old  strife  as  to  the  Daghesh  in  the  word  c"P;tti  two 
is  not  yet  settled.  Kimchi  explained  it  as  Daghesh-lene  upon  the  suppo- 
sition that  the  word  was  abridged  from  C"ipi'l|!< ;  Schultens  as  Daghesh- 
forte  arising  from  an  assimilated  3,  contending  that  it  was  for  C^nuJ  from 
C^r.^ir ;  Nordheimer  as  an  anomalous  Daghe.'?h-iene,  introduced  as  a 
eu})lionic  expedient  to  prevent  the  combination  of  an  aspirated  r  with  a 
sibilant,  such  as  is  obviated  in  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  by  a  transposition 
that  would  here  he  inadmissible.  The  puzzle  is  still  further  perplexed  by 
the  circumstance  that  it  once  appears  with  the  preposition  )'C  without  the 
Daghesh,  ""rt'is  Judg.  16  :  28,  and  again  with  the  same  preposition  with  it, 
cna^a  Jon.  4:11,  the  Methegh  showing  the  Sh'va  to  be  vocal,  as  might 
also  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted. 


Daghesh-Porte. 

^23.  1.  When  the  same  consonant  was  repeated  with  a 
vowel  or  even  the  shghtest  hiatus  intervening,  so  that  suc- 
cessive movements  of  the  organs  of  speech  were  required  in 
the  pronunciation,  the  Hebrews  invariably  wrote  the  letter 
twice.  When,  however,  there  was  no  inten^al  between  the 
reduplicated  consonants,  and  the  only  audible  result  was  a 
more  protracted  or  vehement  utterance  of  the  same  sound 
effected  by  a  single  effort  of  the  organs,  the  letter  was  written 
but  once.  This  fact  the  ^Masoretic  punctuators  have  indi- 
cated by  placing  a  point  called  Daghesh-forte  (pl^  C?^)  in 
the  bosom  of  a  letter  so  affected,  to  show  that  it  is  to  be 


^  24  DAGHESH-FORTE.  31 

doubled  in  the  pronunciation ;  thus,  ^is"']  vayyimmdl.  Da- 
ghesh-forte  may  be  found  in  any  letter  with  the  exception 
of  the  gutturals  K  n  n  y ,  which  on  account  of  their  weak 
ness  do  not  admit  of  reduplication.  The  letter  i,  par 
taking  of  this  with  other  peculiarities  of  the  gutturals,  re- 
ceives it  only  in  a  very  few  exceptional  cases,  e.  g.  ''^^'^t , 

2.  The  aspirates,  when  ddlibled,  always  at  the  same  time 
lose  their  aspiration ;  thus,  l^fi^  yippdhtdli.  Daghesh-forte 
in  these  letters  is  readily  distinguishable  from  Daghesh-lene 
by  the  consideration  that  a  consonant  cannot  be  pronounced 
double  except  after  a  vowel.  A  point  in  one  of  the  aspirates 
is,  therefore,  Daghesh-forte  if  a  vowel  precedes,  otherwise  it 
is  Daghesh-lene. 

3.  Daghesh-forte  in  1  may  be  distinguished  from  Shurek 
in  the  same  way.  Inasmuch  as  two  vowels  cannot  come  to- 
gether in  the  same  word,  if  a  vowel  precedes  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte,  if  not  it  is  Shurek. 

a.  Some  Grammarians  speak  of  Daghesh-forte  implicitum  in  the  gut- 
turale,  by  which  they  mean  that  these  letters  appear  in  certain  cases  tc 
complete  a  foregoing  syllable  as  well  as  to  begin  that  in  which  they  prop- 
erly sta-nd,  in  spite  of  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  which  analogy  would  re- 
quire them  to  receive.  As  these  are  included  under  what  have  already, 
§  20.  2.  a.  been  explained  as  intermediate  syllables^  it  is  not  thought  neces- 
sary to  employ  an  additional  term. 

b.  The  Arabs  have  a  BJgn  of  reduplication,  Teshdid  (  «  ),  which  ia 
written  above  the  doubled  letter.  The  Syrians  have  no  written  sign  for 
this  purpose,  and  it  is  disputed  whether  their  letters  were  ever  doubled  in 
pronunciation.  According  to  Asseraan  Biblioth.  Orient.  III.  2.  p.  379,  the 
Western  differed  from  the  Eastern  Syrians  in  this  respect,  "  Oecidentales 
nullibi  literas  geminant." 


§  24.  Different  epithets  have  been  applied  to  Daghesh- 
forte  to  describe  its  various  uses  or  the  occasions  of  its  em- 
ployment. 1.  When  separate  letters,  whether  originally 
alike,  or  made  so  by  assimilation,  are  by  the  inflection  oi 
formation  of  words  brought  into  juxtaposition,  the  Daghesh- 


32  ORTnOGRAPIIY.  ^  24 

forte  which  represents  such  a  doubling  is  cailed  compensa 
tive;  e.  g.  '^r?'':^,  formed  by  appending  the  syUable  "'n  to  the 
root  rns ;  "^rn:  composed  of  the  same  syllable  and  the  root 
■jn: ,  whose  last  letter  is  changed  to  n  to  conform  with  that 
which  follows  ;  "^26  from  220.  2.  When  the  reduplication  is 
indicative  of  a  particular  grammatical  form  the  Daghesh- 
forte  is  called  characteristic,  e.  g.  in  the  Piel,  Pual,  and 
Hithpael  of  verbs ;  as,  ^|n,  ^^nrn,  and  certain  forms  of  nouns, 
as,  i*aa .  3.  When  it  has  arisen  from  the  necessity  of  con- 
verting a  previous  simple  syllable  into  a  mixed  one  in  order 
to  preserve  the  quantity  of  a  short  vowel  which  it  contains, 
it  is  Daghesh-forte  conservative;  e.  g.  ^b"!  for  20^.  4.  When 
the  initial  letter  of  a  w^ord  is  doubled  under  the  influence  of 
the  final  vowel  of  the  word  preceding,  it  is  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive;  e.  g.  "i-n^,  "rjlp-n;):!;!,  ^K2z  ^12'^p.  5.  When  the 
last  letter  of  an  intermediate  syllable  is  doubled  in  order  to 
make  the  following  hiatus  or  vocal  Sh'va  more  distinct,  it  is' 
Daghesh-forte  dirimens  or  separative,  because  the  letter  which 
/eceives  it  is  thus  separated  in  part  from  the  syllable  to  which 
it  belongs ;  e.  g.  "'ifS'  inrihliB  for  "^^.yj  inbht.  0.  When  the 
first  letter  of  a  final  syllable  is  doubled  under  the  influence 
of  a  previous  vowel  bearing  the  accent  (mostly  a  pause  ac- 
cent, ^  36.  2.  «.),  for  the  sake  of  increased  fullness  and  force 
of  pronunciation,  it  is  Daghesh-forte  emphatic ;  e.  g.  ^5in  for 
^'5"n .  Ill  the  first  three  uses  named  above  Daghesh-forte  is 
said  to  be  essential,  in  the  last  three  it  is  euphonic. 


a.  Dncrliesli-forte  conjunctive  occurs  regularly  after  the  pronoun  ^73, 
e.  g.  CSS-.TOii  2ia  nia  Ps.  133:  1,  and  in  a  multitude  of  cases  after  final  Ka- 
mets  or  Seg-hol  in  words  accented  on  the  penult  or  followed  by  Makkeph, 
§43.  e.g.  r5<T-nn;?.b  Gen.  2:  23.  cir-nbrx  Deut.27:7.  ib  nr':ni  Num.25:  13, 
^s-nr3S  Gen.  SoTsS;  rrn»-nT  Num.' 34:6.  7.  9.  ^^N|'n':;^  E.x.  13:1 
(where  the  accent  is  on  tlie  ultimate),  "t""^'?^  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  edi 
tiona),  more  rarely  after  other  vowels,  e.g.  !ixs  !i"2!ip  Gen.  19:  14.  X^  n-^rx^^ 
1  Sam.  8:  19.  once  after  the  liquid  i,  e.  g.  5<b  i^N'?  1  Kin.  11 :  22.  See 
also  §22.  6.  In  a  few  instances  words  thus  united  are  written  as  one,  e.  g. 
nj-a  Ex.4: 2  for  n;  ma,  so  M^ia  Isa.  3:15,  HsjbnTa  Mai.  1:13,  nsjsxqa 


§  25  DAGHESH-rORTE.  33 

Isa.   27:8,   and  possibly  t^X'iN  Isa.    33:7.     See    Dr.  Alexander's   Com- 
mentary upon  this  passage. 

b.  Daghesh-forte  separative  occurs  only  in  the  following  examples  : 

n-i3X  Hos.  3:2.  -ri-ilsM  Sam.  28 :  10.        1^20  183.9:3,10: 

^j-^ni^is^a  Ps.  45 :  10.  nD3-nir&3  (?)     Ezek.  ^'  "      27. 

cnr.Tn  Am.  5 :  25.  '  '                        13  :  20.  ^"ip.  Dent.  32 :  32. 

nriTS'.^sri  Gen.  18:21.  ?;nib25  Isa.  33: 1.  "'rr??  2    Sam.   23: 

'  rrinsn  Gen.  37  :  32.  "i'^?"^  of"  ''^'^'^^  ^^-  ^7,  .Ten.  29 :  27. 

'^{zir^  Gen.  17  :  17.  '  "             89 :  45.  cr-^as?  Isa.  58  :  3. 

Cn^x-nn  1  Sam.    10:  ni-:a^  Joel  1:17.         cq-rntis  Am.  5:21. 

24,    17:25,  ninn^?-?  Job  9 :  1 S.  '   "^rpjr  (?)Cant.  1  :8. 

2  Kin. 6:  32.  X'^l-^.  Nah.  3  :  17.  r-::;?^  Ps.  89  :  52. 

criiiTsr;  .Tob  17:2.  rn;3TS  Ex.  15  :  17.  "iT:'!"!'^  Ps-  ~~  :  20. 

irsan  Ex.  2  :  3.  n^;?^  Deut..  23:11.  r-iz'iy  Prov.  27 :  25. 

iins-in-in  (?)  JiKlg.20:  1nx3  .Inb  30  :8.  "SPP^'-.j  Ps.  119  ;  139. 

43.  nns:  Ps.  141  :3.  •':inpr:a  Ps.  88 :  17. 

n-srT.ri  1  Sam.  1 :6.  ri-;sj:  Prov.  4:  1.3.  cninV;^  (?)  Ps.  37:. 

-^i?fen  Isa.  57:6.  !in!i:;3.r:  Judg.  20: 32.  '       '     15.1sa.5:28. 

rnpj-;  Gen.  49:10.  i=20  Jer.  4  :  7.  •'^3!l3  Zech.  4  :  12. 

rn;5^b  Prov.  30: 17.  '  '  h^b^^_  Ps.  58  :  9. 

This  list  is  corrected  and  enlarged  from  Gesen.  Lehrg.  pp.  86  ff.   Those 
words  wiiich  are  followed  by  a  note  of  interrogation  (?)  are  found  in  some 
editions  but  not  in  others.     Daghesh  separative  maybe  found  after  He- 
interrogative  in  some  instances  not  included  in  the  above  list. 

c.  Daghesh-forte  emphatic  occurs  only  in  ^^"in  Judg.  5:7,  1  Sam.  2:5; 
«^n-i  Job  29  :  21  ;  sinn^.  or  ^mn;^  Job  21 :  13  ;  iinfi'':  Isar  33:  12,  Jer.  51  :  58  ; 
r^^^^'c>  Ezek.  21:  15;  rjipj  Ezek.  6:9;  nn'!r3  Jer.  51:30;  !l2r2  Ezek.  27- 
19;!!^-c;^(?)  Isa.  19:6;  and  probably  ^^nnn  Job  13:9  (not  in  pause). 


§  25.  In  order  to  the  distinct  utterance  of  a  reduplicated 
consonant,  it  must  be  followed  as  well  as  preceded  by  a 
vowel-sound.  Dagliesh-forte  is  consequently  never  written 
in  a  final  vowelless  letter,  with  the  exception  of  the  two  words 
rs ,  nrp ,  both  of  which  end  in  aspirates  whose  pronuncia- 
tion would  be  changed  by  the  removal  of  the  Daghesh.  In 
every  other  instance  the  doubling  is  neglected,  even  though 
the  letter  be  an  aspirate,  which  will  for  this  reason  resume 
its  aspiration ;  e.  g.  bj? ,  ^?jb;  no,  "^ao;  '^r]^^  abridged  from 
nsn^i ;'  ^k1^  from  'r^^T^. .  In  a  medial  letter  with  Sh'va 
Daghesh  may  be  written,  because  the  Sh'va  being  thus  ren 
dered  vocal  the  reduplication  can  be  made  audiljle  by  means 


31  oRTiioGiiAriiY.  §26  27 

of  the  hiatus  which  it  represents ;  it  is,  however,  quite  as 
frequently  omitted,  the  Sh'va  commonly  remaining  vocal  as 
if  it  Averc  inserted,  and  compound  Sh'va  being  occasionally 
substituted  for  simple  to  indicate  this  fact,  §  10.  3.  b.;  e.  g. 
W'^')V  for  n^"?^?,  ixcs  for  i^'oS,  particularly  after  prefixes,  as 
Vav  conversive,  the  article  and  preposition  12,  so  ''i7!'5,  t'^nrn. 
It  is  seldom  omitted  from  a  medial  aspirate  on  account  of  the 
change  in  its  sound  involved :  yet  even  this  is  done  occasion- 
ally, e.  g.  n^23^  Judg.  8  :  2  for  ^^23^,  ^snn  Isa.  22  :  10  for 
^inri,  "jinsT  from  ')'i"i2T.  In  a  few  rare  instances  it  is  dropped 
from  a  letter  followed  by  a  vowel,  wdien  the  laws  of  syllables 
will  permit  and  the  pronunciation  will  not  be  materially 
affected ;  e.  g.  rcirn  Ruth  1:13  for  n:i?n . 

Mappik. 

§  20.  jMapplk  (P"'S^  hrwgiug  out  or  uttering),  is  a  point 
in  one  of  the  letters  i?  Hi'',  showing  that  it  represents  a 
consonant  and  not  a  vowel,  or  in  other  words  that  it  does 
not  quiesce  in  the  preceding  voAvel-sign.  It  is  unnecessary, 
however,  to  employ  any  notation  for  this  purpose  in  the  case 
of  i?  1  and  ■>,  for  their  quiescence  can  be  readily  determined 
in  aU  cases  by  the  rules  already  given,  §  13.  Although  it  is 
much  more  extensively  used  in  manuscripts,  therefore,  ]\Iap- 
pik  is  in  modern  editions  of  the  Hebrew  Bible  only  inserted 
in  fina'i  n  when  it  retains  its  consonantal  power ;  e.  g.  !^i";'i? 
artsdh,  ?i2nx  artsd,  ?^npb  Vl-dhkuU,  nnpb  liJchhd.  The  point 
four  times  found  in  x,  ^S^^i^i  Gen.  43:20,  Ezra  8:18, 
^K^in  Lev.  23  :  17,  ^iS"^  Job  33  :  21,  though  called  aDaghesh 
in  the  Masoretic  notes  in  the  margin,  is  probably  to  be  re- 
yarded  as  Mappik. 

Raphe. 

^27.  Raphe  (r.Ei  wealc),  is  a  small  horizontal  stroke 
placed  over  a  letter,  and  denotes  the  opposite  of  Daghesh- 


§  28  ACCENTS.  35 

iene,  Dagliesh-forte,  or  Mappik,  as  the  case  may  be.  As  no 
mconveiiience  can  arise  from  its  omission,  it  is  only  occa- 
sionally used  in  modern  Bibles,  and  not  with  entire  uni- 
formity in  the  diflPerent  editions.  It  is*  chiefly  found  where 
a  Mappik  has  been  omitted  in  n ,  which  according  to  analogy 
might  be  expected  to  be  inserted,  e.  g.  !^*'79,^r^  Ex.  9:18, 
nyjt^  Lev.  13:4,  riij"~2  Num.  15:28,  nb  Num.  32:42, 
r^-^y^^  Job  31 :  22  in  some  copies.  In  ^^-rw^n  Ex.  20:4, 
Deut.  5:8,  it  is  the  opposite  of  Daghesh-forte,  an^  shows 
that  b  may  either  be  doubled  agreeably  to  the  point  in  its 
bosom  or  not.  In  n^^ri  i5b  Ex.  20  :  13,  Deut.  5  :  17,  it  is  the 
opposite  of  Daghesh-lene,  and  shows  that  the  Ji  may  either 
have  its  unaspirated  sound,  as  the  Daghesh  indicates,  or 
may  be  aspirated.  It  is  often  referred  to  in  the  marghial 
^lasoretic  notes  even  where  it  is  no  longer  found  in  the  text, 
e.g.  Judg.  16:16,  28. 


Accents 

§  28.  The  third  class  of  ^lasoretic  additions  to  the  text 
are  those  which  relate  to  the  words.  These  are  the  accents, 
Makkeph,  Methegh,  and  the  K'ri.  An  accent  ( D?i2 )  is  writ- 
ten upon  every  word  with  a  twofold  design,  1st,  of  marking 
its  tone-syllable,  and  2dly,  of  indicating  its  relation  to  other 
words  in  the  sentence.  The  great  number  of  the  accents 
has  respect  entirely  to  this  second  function,  there  being  no 
difference  in  the  quality  of  the  stress  laid  upon  particular 
syllables,  such  for  example  as  is  marked  by  the  Greek  acute, 
grave,  and  circumflex,  but  only  that  difference  .in  its  amount 
which  arises  from  the  unequal  emphasis  natiyally  laid  upon 
the  different  members  of  a  clause  or  period.  The  punc- 
tuators have  attempted  not  only  to  indicate  the  pauses  to  be 
made  in  reading,  as  is  done  by  the  stops  in  use  in  other  Ian 
guages,  but  to  represent  to  the  eye  the  precise  position  held 


«J6  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §29 

by  cacli  \\ord  in  the  structure  of  the  sentence,  and  the 
various  grades  of  attraction  or  repulsion  arising  from  the  re- 
lations whether  co-ordinate  or  subordinate  which  subsist 
among  them.  Evefy  sentence  is  fancifully  regarded  as  a  ter- 
ritory, which,  partitioned  into  its  several  clauses,  forms  em- 
pires, kingdoms,  and  principalities,  ruled  by  their  respective 
sovereigns,  each  of  whom  has  his  oAvn  train  of  inferiors  and 
dependants.  The  accents  are  accordingly  divided  into  Dis 
junctives  or  Rulers  (Q'^ibia),  and  Conjunctives  or  Servants 
(D'^'hn?).  The  former  indicate  that  the  word  upon  which 
they  are  placed  is  more  or  less  separated  from  those  that 
follow ;  they  mark  thus  the  end  of  a  clause  or  of  the  section 
of  a  clause  over  which  they  exert  control.  The  latter  indi- 
cate that  the  word  over  or  under  which  they  are  written  is 
connected  with  what  follows  and  belongs  to  the  clause  oi 
section  ruled  by  the  next  succeeding  Disjunctive. 

a.  The  stress  of  voice  denoted  by  the  accent  must  not  he  confounded 
with  quantity.  An  accented  syllable  may  nevertheless  be  short,  the 
energy  with  which  it  is  pronounced  not  necessarily  affecting  its  length. 

b.  The  Jews  made  use  of  the  accents  as  musical  notes  in  the  cantilla- 
tion  of  the  synagogue,  whence  they  are  also  called  r'i3"'53.  In  the  judg- 
ment of  some  this  is  a  part,  and  perhaps  a  leading  part,  of  their  original 
design.  Their  great  variety,  the  frequent  occurrence  of  accents  of  oppo- 
eite  powers  upon  the  same  word,  and  the  distinct  system  of  poetical 
accents,  favor  this  opinion.  Such  as  are  curious  to  know  the  details  may 
find  the  mode  of  thekr  employment  for  this  purpose  explained  at  length  in 
Bartoloccii  Bibliotheca  Magna  Rabbinica,  vol.  iv.  pp.  427-444. 

§  29.  The  Disjunctive  accents  may  be  divided  into  four 
classes  of  various  rank  or  power,  as  follows,  viz : 


Class  I.  Eminrors. 

*1.    Silllik 

(,) 

tpiio 

*2.  Athnahh 

(») 

n3P» 

•u  1  - 

§  29 


ACCENTS. 

Class  II.  Kings. 

3. 

fe'gholta  • 

n 

l^ostp. 

4. 

Zakeph  KatOa 

{') 

Ti'JI5  ^PJr 

5. 

Zakeph  Gadhol 

C) 

"^"^M  =ih:j 

*6. 

Tiphhha 

(J 

Class  III.  Lukes. 

Nnsa 

*7. 

R'bhr 

(•) 

35ih-1 

*8. 

Shalsheleth 

C) 

rhxh^_ 

*9. 

Zarka 

n 

'^Prll 

postp. 

10. 

Pashta 

C) 

:<-jaJ3 

poslp. 

11. 

Y'thibh 

L) 

-'^^'?. 

prep. 

12. 

T'bhir 

(  ) 

37 


Class  IV.   Counts. 


•13. 

Pazer 

/  ^  \ 

••    T 

14. 

Karne  Phara 

I  '^''  \ 

ilTE  '^'pXi 

15. 

T'llsha  Gh'dliijia 

/  ^\ 

n^ina  ^iy^x^ 

prtp? 

16. 

Geresh 

/  r  \ 

^•?i 

17. 

G'rashayim 

1  "  \ 

fiVffl-ia 

*18.  P'sik  (i)  .p^ca 

The  Conjunctive  accents,  or  Servants,  are  the  following, 


VIZ 


*19. 

Meika 

\<) 

/T  :  r 

*20. 

Munahh 

\  J  / 

21. 

Merka  Kh'phula 

^  ji  ' 

<ji        :         T  :  r 

*22. 

Mahpakh 

\<  / 

r^sna 

23. 

Darga 

\«  / 

^'■r'-'^. 

*24:. 

Kadhma 

,  ^ . 

xrip 

♦25. 

Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

\  y/ 

I'ri^— ]2  nn;^ 

26. 

TMl^Jia  K"tar;;.a 

(^  \ 

fiiiriT  x":^"';r 

38  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  30 

a.  Merka  Kli'phula  lias  sometimes  been  reckoned  among  llie  Disjune 
tiveti,  as  by  Gesenius  in  Iiis  Lelirgebaude  ;  but  the  abgence  of  Dagliesli* 
lene  in  the  word  ibllowiiig  lliat  on  wliich  it  stands  in  Ex.  5:15.  Ezek, 
14:4,  proves  that  it  is  a  Conjunctive. 

b.  According  to  their  mo.st  probable  significations,  the  names  of  the 
accents  appear  to  be  in  part  boiroweil  lioni  their  Itjrms  and  in  part  from 
their  uses.  Thuii  the  Disjunctives:  Siliuii.  e*/f/;  Athnahh.  rf«/;  Segholta, 
hunch  of  grapes  ;  Zakeph.  small  and  great,  causing  sn.'ipensio)! ;  Tiphhiia, 
palm  of  the  hand;  R^bh'i",  square  or  reposing  ;  Shalsheieth,  c/io//?;  Zarka, 
dispersion;  Pushtu,  c.r pans  ion  or  letting  (/own  (the  voice);  Y'thibh.  s*7- 
ting  still ;  T'bhir,  inlerriiplion  ;  Piizer,  separator  ;  Karne  Phnra,  a  heifers 
horns;  T'iisha.  great  and  small,  shield ;  Geresh,  e^ptdsion ;  G'rasliayim, 
double  Geresh  ;  P'sik,  cut  off.  Conjunctives:  Merka,  prolonging ;  Mu- 
nahh,  (a  trumpet)  a<  rest,  i.e.,  in  its  proper  position;  Merka  Kh"phuia, 
double  iMerkii  ;  Malipakh,  (a  U-un\\>ci)  hicerted  ;  Dnrga.  progress  ;  Kadh- 
ma,  beginning  ;  Yerahii  ben-Yomo.  moon  a  day  old. 

Other  names  are  given  to  some  of  these  accents,  particularly  where  they 
occur  in  certain  situations  or  combinations;  thus  Tiphhha  is  also  called 
Tarhha  (  xn-^::  ).  Munahh  with  P'sik  is  called  L'gharmeh  (  nia-isb  ),  etc. 

c.  The  classification  of  the  Disjunctives,  according  to  their  respective 
powers  and  tluj  laws  of  their  consecution,  lias  been  the  work  of  Christian 
Avriters,  from  whom  all  accurate  investigations  of  the  accentual  system 
have  proceeded.  In  liict,  this  whole  subject  is  treated  by  the  Jewish 
grammarians  in  the  crudest  and  most  perplexed  manner.  Buxtorf  says,  in 
liis  Thesaurus  Grammaticus.  p.  45:  Accentuum  ratio  hactenus  nee  a  quo- 
quam  nostrorum  nee  ab  ipsis  etiain  Hebraeis  sufficienter  explicata  est. 
Tlie  division  exiiibitcd  above  is  the  one  now  commonly  adopted.  The 
current  names.  Imperatores.  Reges.  Duces.  Comites,  are  those  used  by 
Wasmuth  in  his  Institutio  Accent.  Heb.  1664.  Others  have  divided  them 
ditlerently.  The  learned  Pfeilfer.  author  of  the  DubiA  Vexata,  distin- 
guishes one  Emperor,  one  Archduke,  lour  Dukes,  seven  Counts,  and  five 
Barons.  Boston,  the  well-known  author  of  the  Fourfold  State,  in  an  elab- 
orate Latin  treatise  upon  this  subject  left  by  him  in  niarmscript  and  pub- 
lished shortly  after  hi.s  death,  distributes  them  into  three  classes  of 
superior  and  one  of  inferior  rank.  Mention  is  made,  in  a  commendatory 
preface  by  Mill,  the  distinguished  critic  of  the  New  Testament,  of  another 
manuscript  in  English,  in  which  Boston  aj)plied  his  views  practically  in  a 
twofold  translation  of  the  first  twenty-three  chapters  of  Genesis,  with 
copious  notes,  both  philolosfical  and  theological.  This,  it  is  believed,  has 
never  been  published.  A  curious  little  book  upon  the  Canon  by  Ferdinand 
Parkhurst.  London.  1G60,  makes  six  Regal  and  ten  Principial  Disjunctives 
Y'thibh  and  P'sik  being  omitted  altogether. 

§30.1.  Pourtecn  of  tlie  accents  are  written  over,  and  eleven 
under,  the  words  to  wliieli  they  arc  attached.  P'sik,  whose 
only  use  is  to  modify  the  power  of  other  accents,  is  written 
after  the  word  to  which  it  belongs,  and  in  the  same  line 


§  30  ACCENTS.  39 

witli  it.  The  place  of  the  accents  is  either  over  or  under  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  with  the  exception  of  the 
prepositives  Y'thibh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  which  always  ac- 
company the  initial  letter  of  the  word,  and  the  postpositives 
SVzlnlta,  Zarka,  Pashta,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna,  which  stand 
upon  the  final  letter.  Y'thibh  is  only  used  when  the  first  is 
the  tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  repeated  if  the  word  on  which 
it  stands  is  accented  on  tlie  penult,  e.  g.  ^nn  Gen.  1  :  2,  or 
ends  "with  two  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  'ti'^t']  Ruth  3  : 7,  or  if 
the  last  letter  has  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  yV""  Gen.  33  :  13,  and 
in  some  manuscripts  and  editions  there  is  a  like  repetition  of 
S'gholta  and  Zarka.  When  a  word  bears  the  other  preposi- 
tive or  postpositives,  there  is  nothing  to  mark  its  tone-syllable 
unless  this  may  chance  to  be  the  one  upon  which  the  nature 
of  the  accent  in  question  requires  it  to  be  placed. 

2.  Silluk  has  the  same  form  as  Methegh,  <5>  44 ;  but  the 
former  invariably  stands  on  the  tone-syllable  of  the  last 
word  in  the  verse,  while  Methegh  is  never  WTitten  under  a 
tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  likewise  distinguished  from  Kadhma 
only  by  its  position  upon  the  last  letter  of  the  word,  and 
after  the  superscribed  vowel,  if  there  be  one,  e.  g.  "it^S!  Gem 
1  : 7,  i2xbT2  Gen.  24 :  7,  while  Kadhma  is  placed  upon  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  e.  g.  "i^iif  Gen.  2:19:  where 
this  chances  to  be  a  final  letter  the  laws  of  consecution  only 
can  decide ;  thus,  in  ^?-iT  Gen.  26  : 4,  ^ri552  Deut.  16:3,  the 
accent  is  Pashta,  but  in  ^?"iTbi  Gen.  17  : 8,  ^nxa  1  Sam. 
29  : 6,  it  is  Kadhma.  Y'thibh  is  distinguished  from  Mahpakh 
by  being  written  under  the  first  letter  of  the  word  and  taking 
precedence  of  its  vowel  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  nil? y  Gen. 
1  :  11,  ^5  Gen.  31 : 6,  Deut.  10:17;  Mahpakh  belongs  under 
the  consonant  which  precedes  the  tone-vowel,  and  after  its 
vowel-sign  if  this  be  subs^-ribed,  e.  g.  ^\}}T}  Gen.  2  :  14,  "^3 
Gen.  32  :  33,  Deut.  4  :  7.  AVhen  the  initial  syllable  bears  the 
tone  and  there  is  no  suljscribed  vowel,  the  laws  of  consecu- 
tion  must  decide ;  thus,  in  S'n  the  accent  is  Y'thibh  in  Gen. 


40  ORTUOGRAPHT.  §  31 

3:15,    44:17;    Deut.    10:17;    but    Malipakli   in    Josk 

17:1. 

§  31.  The  accents  already  explained  are  called  the  prosaic 
accents,  and  are  found  in  all  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament 
with  the  exception  of  the  Psalms  (a'^lsrin).  Proverbs  ("'Ipi^P), 
and  the  poetic  portion  of  Job  (^'i''^),  whose  initials  form  the 
technical  word  r^s .  Here  a  different  system  of  accentua- 
tion prevails.  Thirteen  of  the  prosaic  accents,  one-half  of  the 
whole  number,  nowhere  occur  in  the  books  just  named,  viz. : 
S'gholta,  Zakeph-Katon,  and  Zakeph-Gadhol  of  the  Kings, 
Paslita,  Y'thibh,  and  T'bhir  of  the  Dukes,  Karne  Phara, 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  Gcresh,  and  G'rashayim,  of  the  Counts, 
JMerka  Kh'phula,  Darga,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna  of  the  Con- 
junctives. Such  as  are  common  to  both  systems  are  in  the 
previous  table  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  The  powers  of 
some  of  these,  however,  are  altered,  so  that  a  new  arrange- 
ment of  them  is  necessary ;  and  they  are  supplemented  by 
additional  signs  formed  by  combinhig  the  prosaic  accents  or 
assigning  them  unusual  positions.  The  scale  of  the  poetical 
or  metrical  accents  thus  constituted  is  as  follows,  viz.  : 


Disjr 

NCTivK  Accents. 
Class  L 

1. 

Silluk 

(•.) 

5  Tibsn 

2. 

Atliniilili 

(J 

''"^r?" 

3. 

Merka-Mnhpakh 

C) 

Class  11. 

*Ti=|r3 

4. 

R-bhi" 

(*) 

T      - 

5. 

Pazcr 

C) 

*ii=3n 

G. 

R'hhi"  Gcresh 

n 

niisn 

7. 

Tiphhlia  initial 

(,) 

prep. 

8. 

Zarka 

D 

•n-i^rn 

postp. 

9. 

P'sik 

(-) 

nirsn 

postp. 

U2 


POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT. 


41 


10.  Merka 

11.  Merka-Zarka 

12.  Mahpakh 

13.  Mahpakh-Zarka 

14.  Munahh 

15.  Munahh  superior 

16.  Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

17.  Kadhma 

18.  Tiphhha 

19.  Shalsheleth 


CoNjTjNOTivE  Accents. 

C)  ^^V?^ 

C)  ^^^^ 

(v)  -^^'^t-! 

(J  ''^T^n 


a.  It  will  be  perceived  that  there  are  fewer  Disjunctives  but  more 
Conjunctives  than  are  exhibited  by  the  prosaic  accents.  iVIerka-Mahpakh 
answers  substantially  to  S'gholta;  R'hbi"-Geresh  to  Tiphhha  before  Siliuk, 
and  Tiplihha  initial  to  Tiphhha  before  Athnahh.  Tiphhha  and  Shalshe- 
leth  are  transferred  from  the  list  of  Disjunctives  to  that  of  the  Conjunc- 
tives, whence  it  comes  to  pass  that  if  a  word  bearing  either  of  these 
accents  terminates  in  a  vowel,  Daghesh-lene  will  not  be  inserted  in  a  fol- 
lowing initial  aspirate,  e.  g.  Di'Da  n^-q^  Ps,  31:  10,  n"'nr3  Ni^^  Prov.  8:  3, 
m'HT732  siirsjn-:  Ps.  10:2. 

6.  P'sik,  in  the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  is  never  used  alone  but 
always  in  conjunction  with  another  accent.  It  serves  to  strengthen  Dis- 
junctives and  to  reduce  the  power  of  Conjunctives  without  disturbing  the 
order  of  their  consecution.  It  is  thus  used  with  Merka-Mahpakh  Ps.  5:13, 
Pazer  Ps.  10 :  14,  Tiphhha  initial  Ps.  31:4,  Mahpakh  Ps.  5 :  9,  Munahh 
Prov.  1:22,  Merka  Ps.  10:13,  Kadhma  Ps   10:5,  Shalsheleth  Ps.  7:6. 


Position  of  the  Accent 


§  32.  The  accent  in  Hebrew  may  fall  either  upon  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate  syllable,  but  never  at  a  greater 
remove  from  the  end  of  the  word.  In  the  former  case 
words  are  technically  termed  Milra  (^'ib'Q  from  below),  aud 
in  the  latter  Milel  ("s^i^'sTa  from  above). 


42  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  33 

1.  The  position  of  tlie  accent  may  be  considered  in  rela- 
tion either  to  the  syllabic  or  to  the  etymological  structnrc 
of  a  word,  that  is  to  say,  as  affected  by  the  nature  of  its  syl- 
hibles  on  the  one  hand  or  of  the  elements  of  which  it  is  com 
posed  as  a  significant  part  of  speech  on  the  other.  It  is  so 
far  determined  by  the  syllabic  structure  of  words,  that  a 
long  mixed  sellable  or  a  short  simple  syllable,  whether  in  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate,  must  receive  the  accent,  §  18.  2. 
thus:  pn^^  ~?7'^?^!i,  "i^Cr',  ^T.. 

2.  Considered  in  reference  to  their  etymological  structure, 
words  exist  in  two  conditions,  (1.)  their  primary  uninflected 
state,  by  which  their  essential  and  proper  meaning  is  con- 
veyed;  (2.)  with  added  affixes  and  prefixes,  by  which  that 
meaning  is  variously  modified.  In  their  nude  or  primary 
state  all  words,  whether  primitives  or  dtrivatives,  are  ac- 
cented upon  the  ultimate,  and  so  continue  to  whatever  flexion, 
involving  no  terminatiunal  appendages,  they  may  be  sub- 
jected.   Thus,-;!??,  ^p2,  npb,  "ips,  ^ps,  -p3%  "ipsr.n;  ]Tci , 

3.  The  only  exception  is  a  class  of  words  called  Se- 
gholates,  in  which  the  last  vowel  does  not  belong  originally 
or  essentially  to  the  form,  but  is  introduced  for  the  sake  of 
softening  the  pronunciation,  §G1.  2;  these  are  accented  on 
the  penultimate,  as  tjb^,  nsb,  nr;,  r^s,  ^nr\,  r:n3,  bro ,  b.^^, 

a.  ■T^'^"3  Is.  50:  8  is  said  to  be  llie  only  instance  of  a  word  accented  on 
the  antepenult.  The  proper  tone-syllable  of  this  word  is  the  ultimate,  but 
upon  the  reces.sion  of  the  accent  by  §  35.  the  vowel  next  precedinnr.  wliich 
has  arisen  from  ShVa  and  is  unessential  to  the  form,  cannot  receive  it,  so 
that  it  necessarily  fills  upon  the  one  still  furthtr  back. 

^  33.  The  additions  wliich  words  may  receive  at  the  be- 
ginning or  end  affect  the  accent  in  proportion  to  the  respect- 
ive weight  accorded  to  them.  Additions  to  the  end  of  words 
are  of  two  sorts,  which  may  be  distinguished  as  affixes  and 
suffixes.     Affixes  are  so  welded  to  the  word  or  merged  in  it 


^33  POSITION    or    THE    ACCENT.  43 

tliat  in  the  popular  consciousness  tliey  have  become  an  in 
tegral  part  of  it,  and  their  independent  existence  or  separate 
origin  is  no  longer  thought  of;  such  are  the  personal  inflec- 
tions of  verbs  and  the  terminations  indicating  gender  and 
immber  in  nouns  and  adjectives.  Suffixes  are  not  so  inti- 
mately blended  with  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  as 
to  have  lost  their  individual  identity  and  independent  charac- 
ter, and  consequently  are  of  greater  weight  as  respects  the 
accent;  such  are  the  fragmentary  pronouns  appended  to 
verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions. 

1.  If  the  appendage  consists  of  a  vowel  (as  n^,  h,  ^, 
i,  r,  r.),  or  begins  with  one  (as  fi^,  \,  i^,  n\,  ri,  tf^,  tj..,  d^, 
)^,  D^.,  ^'!,),  and  can  consequently  only  be  pronounced  by 
the  aid  of  the  final  consonant  of  the  word  to  which  it  is  at- 
tached, it  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself  or  to  its  initial  vowel 
from  a  noun,  adjective,  participle,  or  preposition,  as  '^^y^ , 
inn'^,  nnn^,  inn-v,  ^'^'^^'^1 ,  ^^^"^1  from  nbn;  Q-'iri^,  ^i'-j^, 
from  thp .  Such  an  appendage  to  a  verb,  if  a  suffix,  will 
so  far  accord  with  the  rule  just  given  as  to  carry  the  accent 
forward  one  syllable ;  but  the  accent  will  remain  in  its  origi- 
nal position  if  it  be  an  affix,  unless  it  is  either  dissyllabic  or 
causes  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  previously  accented ;  D"^^nn 
with  a  suffix  a^^":^nv) ,  but  with  an  affix  ^^^"^nn ;  ^^-J  with  a 
suffix  r-^X  >  t)ut  with  an  affix  r\ys ,  rriv ;  D]? ,  ni2^  ,  ^^j? ;  bp , 
"^fe  ,  ^-P  ,  ""'^'^i? ;  ^bi? ,  ?^?v^ .  ^Kk"^^..  ■  It  is  to  be  obseiTcd, 
however,  that  a  paragogic  n^  or  ri  ,  §  Gl.  G,  attached  to 
nouns,  pronouns,  aud  adverbs,  and  occasionally  a  paragogic 
"'.  does  not  disturb  the  position  of  the  accent,  e.  g.  7"ni* , 
n^>v;  n:,r-.3:;  so  n^n,  -5y,r,/£fe,  >rk-\  Lam.  1:1,  but 
''rixb'c  Isa.  1:21;  neither  does  the  feminine  ending  n.. , 
which  is  a  Segholate  formation,   e.  g.  "lii  j^ ,  r^';)S'j'a . 

a:  Paragogic  M^  receives  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  in  D';!*.  tiD'ni: 
Gen.  2S  :  2,  5,  6,  7. ' 

2.  The   appending  of   a   simple  syllable,   such   as   the 


44  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  33 

suffixes  "i; ,  'IS ,  'in ,  n ,  i^ ,  or  the  verbal  affixes  n ,  ^n ,  ^3 ,  np, 
will  not  alter  the  position  of  the  accent  provided  it  originally 
stood  upon  the  ultimate ;  if,  however,  its  original  place  was 
the  penult,  or  if  the  syllable  in  question  be  attached  to  the 
word  by  a  union  vowel,  the  accent  must  be  carried  forward 
one  syllable  to  prevent  its  standing  on  the  antepenult,  which 
is  never  admissible:  ncs ,  ^nis,  iiass,  "^rriG?;  cs"a,  rcxis, 
i:pcsi2  ;  bjb,  riijp,  ^•^■5(? .  Suffixes  appended  to  a  word  ending 
with  a  consonant  mostly  require  a  connecting  vowel,  and  con- 
sequently shift  the  position  of  the  accent.  Affixes,  by  reason 
of  the  less  weight  accorded  to  them,  commonly  do  not.  The 
suffix  ^  follows  the  general  rule  when  preceded  by  a  union 
vowel,  but  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  when  it  is  not,  e.  g. 
"? ,  ^"? ,  'h^C  5  ^"'^^  •  A  consonantal  appendage  to  a  long  un- 
accented vowel,  inasmuch  as  it  converts  the  ultimate  into  a 
mixed  syllable,  necessarily  draws  the  accent  upon  it  from  the 
penult,  §32.  1,  e.g.  "^ncs^,  ^''ncx^,  D^i?9i?'9;  ^■^■^: ,  r  J^''^?  • 

3.  A  mixed  syllable,  w^hether  an  affix  as  dp,  in,  or  suffix 
as  03,  1^ ,  on,  in,  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself,  cp^rn 
from  tj^n;  oisbia,  c^-'Db^,  from  ^b^;  Dnbnn  from  c^nn  .  In 
the  unusual  form  an53  2  Sam.  23  :  6,  the  accent  stands  upon 
the  union  vowel. 

4.  The  only  prefixes  which  exercise  any  influence  upon 
the  position  of  the  accent,  are  the  Vav  conversive  of  the 
futm'c,  which  draws  back  the  accent  from  a  mixed  ultimate 
to  a  siitiple  penult,  I'as?^  nrs'^:},  nir;^,  mri;^ ;  and  the  Vav  con- 
versive of  the  preterite,  which  throws  it  forward  from  the 
penult  to  a  simple  ultimate,  r^'^hi< ,  P-iissn,  p^ur;,  Pnc;^i , 

a.  Some  laniruages  invariably  accent  flie  same  part  of  the  word  ;  thus, 
Bohemian  ami  Lettish  tlie  initial  syllable.  Polisii  and  Lazian.  one  of  the 
Caucasian  tongues,  the  penult  of  all  polysyllables.  Otiiers.  in  which 
more  freedom  is  allowed,  have  no  respect  to  the  etymological  structure  of 
words,  but  are  guided  entirely  by  the  character  of  their  syllables.  Tlius, 
in  Arabic  and  Latin  words  are  accented  according  to  the  quantity  of  the 
penult;  the  accent  is  given  to  the  penult  if  it  is  long,  to  the  antepenult 


§  34,  35  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  45 

if  the  penult  is  short.  In  others  still  the  etymological  principle  is  the 
prevailing  one,  and  this  often  has  a  wider  scope  than  in  Hebrew.  Thus, 
in  Greek  the  accent  has  the  range  of  the  last  three  syllables.  In  San- 
scrit it  may  stand  upon  any  syllable  whatever  even  of  the  longest  wordia. 
In  English,  it  is  almost  equally  free.  e.  g.  peremptorily,  inconsi deration,  its 
removal  from  its  primary  position  upon  the  radical  portion  of  tl»e  word 
being  conditioned  by  the  respective  weight  of  the  formative  syllables  ap- 
pended, e.  g.  person,  personate,  personally,  personify,  personality,  per- 
sonijicdtion. 


§  34.  The  location  of  the  accent  being  thus  influenced 
by  the  etymological  structure  of  words,  it  may  serve  to  dis- 
tinguish words  of  like  appearance  but  different  formation. 
Thus,  nn^  Gen.  30  : 1,  nkn  Gen.  29  :  6,  are  participles,  but 
T\tfci  Gen.  35  :  18,  nsi  Gen.  29  :  9,  are  preterites,  the  femi- 
nine affix  receiving  the  accent  in  one  case  but  not  in  the  other, 
§  33.  1.  So  ^33  thei/  built  from  nba,  but  r.^  in  us;  ini^  tliey 
carried  captive  from  niis ,  but  ^3^  tUey  returned  from  y^ ; 
rnx  he  has  seized,  but  TJisj  Job  23  :  9  I  shall  see  from  nTn  ; 
'sh'2  it  shall  be  evil  from  y?"! ,  '$')'}.  he  shall  feed  from  ns'n  ; 
Tvrq  he  ivas  rebellious,  «T^^  it  was  bitter  from  ^^  ;  ''^ip  arise 
thou  (fern.),  ''^'^p  my  rising  up. 

§  35.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  shifted  from  the 
following  causes,  viz. : 

1 .  A  Conjunctive  is  frequently  removed  from  the  ultimate 
to  the  penult  if  a  Disjunctive  immediately  follows,  whether 
upon  a  monosyllable  or  a  dissyllable  accented  on  the  penult, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  unpleasant  concurrence  of  two  ac- 
cented syllables  in  closely  connected  words,  e,  g.  nb'^'b  x"!^ 
Gen.  1  :  5,  n^:^  n^  Gen.  4  :  17,  t  ^^T??  Deut.  32**  36, 
Xh  ^"i:i^n)  Ps.  2  -.12,  Tjb  nr^b  Isa.  30:8.  In  a  few  excep- 
tional cases  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  remains  to  mark 
the  original  tone-syllable,  after  the  principal  accent  has  been 
thrown  back,  l^p,  nynb  Num.  24  :  22,  T^  bnD  Isa.  40  : 7, 
bs  y^.-iJn  Deut.  4  :  33. 

2.  The  special  emphasis  given  to  the  last  word  of  a 
clause  or  section,  and  represented  by  what  are  called  the 


46  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  2Cx 

pause  accents,  §  3G,  2,  a,  is  sometimes  rendered  more  distinct 
by  a  change  of  the  accented  sellable  from  the  ultimate  to  the 
penult,  e.  g.  v:s? ,  ''Dis  ;  nnx ,  nps ;  rhv ,  r^:^'^^  -,  i33 ,  ^ibs ;  or 
from  the  penult  to  the  ultimate,  particularly  in  the  case  of 
forms  with  Yav  conversive  of  the  future  ^^H ,  ^^?1 ;  so 
brpi ,  Dp;'^ ,  n'ci5''i .  The  accent  is  in  a  few  instances  at- 
tracted to  a  short  final  syllable  ending  in  a  weak  letter,  which 
either  loses  its  sound  entirely,  converting  the  syllable  into  a 
simple  one,  or  requires  considerable  effort  and  energy  of  voice 
to  make  it  distinctly  heard,  e.  g.  i?^!?  Gen.  41  :  33  for  i5"ii] ; 
so  .Hiri  Zech.  9  :  5,  Mic.  7  :  10,  S^irn  Ps.  39  :  14  for  :?tn  . 


Consecution  of  Accents  in  Prose. 

§36.  1.  The  second  use  of  the  accents  is  to  point  out 
the  relation  of  w^ords  to  one  another.  The  Disjunctives  in- 
dicate a  greater  or  less  separation  between  the  word  on  which 
they  stand  and  the  following  one  ;  the  Conjunctives  indicate 
a  connection.  The  greatest  separation  of  all  is  effected  by 
Silluk,  which  is  written  under  the  last  word  of  every  verse, 
and  is  followed  invariably  by  two  dots  vertically  placed  ( : ), 
called  Soph  Pasiik  (p^cs  qio  end  of  the  verse).  The  next  in 
power  are  Athnahh  and  S'gholta.  When  a  verse  was  to  be 
divided  into  two  clauses,  Athnahh  was  placed  under  the  last 
word  of  the  first  clause,  Silluk  maintaining  its  position  at 
i\\<*  end  of  the  verse.  If  it  was  to  be  divided  into  three 
clauses,  ^vhich  is  the  greatest  number  that  any  verse  can 
have,  the  last  word  of  the  first  clause  receives  S'gholta,  the 
last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and  the  last  of  all  Silluk. 
Verses  of  one  clause  range  from  Gen.  26:6,  containing 
three  Avords,  to  such  as  Jer.  13: 13  and  1  Chron.  28  : 1,  con- 
taining more  than  twenty:  the  most  common  division  is  into 
two  clauses,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:1'.  7>^n  .  .  .  D^n:s  ;  three  clauses 


^  '37        CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         4/ 

fire   nmcli   less   frequent,    Gen.    1:7  ')'?..  ?"^)^"?i?  •  •  •  ^'"^PTO 
23  :  16,  24  :  30,  26  :  28. 

a.  In  Job  1  :  8   S'gholta  occurs  in  a  verse  of  two  clauses  without  Ath 
nahli,  probably  because  the  accentuation  is  conformed  to  that  of  Job  2  :  3. 

2.  Each  of  these  clauses  is  capable  of  subdivision  ta 
whatever  extent  its  length  or  character  may  seem  to  demand 
by  the  Disjunctives  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhol,  Il'bhi% 
Pazer,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  according  to  the  number  of  sec- 
tions to  be  made  and  the  various  degrees  of  their  completeness. 
Thus,  ill  Josh.  1  : 8  the  clause  of  Athnahh  is  divided  into 
five  sections,  ""n  .  niifj^^b  . .  nb^5  . . .  ^^b^  . . .  m'Q'; ,  in  2  Kin. 
1  :  6  into  six,  pn^p?  .  .  .  irJn'ib  n?tj  .  bxTij;'^  . .  nnh;'  . .  vBx . 
The  choice  of  the  accent  to  govern  a  particular  section  de- 
pends not  only  upon  its  power,  but  likewise  upon  its  rank, 
the  more  exalted  officer  standing  in  ordinary  cases  nearer 
the  sovereign.  Accordingly  toward  the  beginning  of  a*  clause , 
an  inferior  Disjunctive  will  be  used,  even  though  the  separa- 
tion is  such  as  would  require  an  accent  of  much  higher 
power  to  indicate  it  in  a  more  advanced  portion  of  the  same 
clause.  These  accents,  moreover,  have  not  a  fixed  value  like 
the  stops  in  other  languages ;  their  poAver  is  not  absolute  but 
relative,  and  varies  endlessly  with  the  ckcumstances  of  the 
case.  Atlma'.ih  in  Gen.  1 :1  marks  the  greatest  division  in  the 
verse,  but  that  is  not  sufficient  to  require  a  comma.  In  the 
next  verse  Zakeph  Katon  is  equal  to  a  semicolon  in  the  first 
clause  and  less  than  a  comma  in  the  second.  In  Gen.  27:16 
the  separation  indicated  by  R'bhi*  is  wholly  rhythmical. 

a.  Those  accents  which,  as  above  described,  mark  the  limits  of  clauses 
and  sections,  are  denominated  pause  accents. 

^37.  In  the  sections  thus  created  the  accents  are  dis- 
posed relatively  to  the  Disjunctive  which  marks  its  close. 
Each  ruler  has  his  servant  and  subordinate  officer,  whose 


48 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


§37 


function  it  is  to  wait  upon  liim.  In  other  words,  cacli  I)is« 
junctive  is  regularly  preceded  by  a  particular  Conjunctive  and 
inferior  Disjunctive;  and  the  train  of  accents  in  each  section' 
is  formed  hy  arranging  the  Disjunctives  in  their  fixed  order 
of  succession  with  or  without  their  regular  Conjunctives  until 
all  its  words  are  supplied.  The  trains  proper  to  the  different 
sections  are  shown  in  the  following  table  : 


1 

1 

PRiMAny 

SECTIONS. 

^  Ik 

2^ 

O 

d 

y.  ^ 

^  J 
w.  '-J 

O 

5 

1 

(5 

o 
I'. 

u 

O 

FT! 

(J 

u 

y. 

c 
O 

* 
1 

> 

SJ 

•/ 

,(;l) 

/o 

Xkj. 

A 

J 

A 

.A.) 

~ 

.(,)l)' 

Seconpart 
sections. 

J   -1 

L) 

,0L)' 

:i 

• 

./,)„0 

H 

1 
J  J  J  J 

1 

;> 

TTxrsnAi, 
Sections. 

1 

y  J  J  J  J  J 

§  38       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         49 

a.  Accents  of  like  forms  are  reaJily  distinguishable  in  the  table  by  the 
column  in  which  they  stand.  Where  perspicuity  requires  it  the  distinction 
will  hereafter  be  made  by  appending  their  initial  letters,  thus  :  Kadhma  * 
Pashta  '^,  Mahpakh  '"',  Y'thibh'''. 

§  38.  Eocplanation  of  the  Table. — The  trains  preceding 
the  three  principal  accents  are  exhibited  in  the  horizontal 
lines  of  the  uppermost  division ;  those  of  the  ordinary  de- 
pendent sections  in  the  middle  division,  and  those  of  rare 
occurrence  at  the  bottom. 

1 .  Train  of  Silluk. — If  Silluk  be  immediately  preceded 
by  a  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Merka ;  if  a  Disjunctive  precede 
it  in  the  same  section,  with  or  without  an  intervening  Merka, 
it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  If  there  be  a  Conjunctive 
before  Tiphhha,  it  will  be  Merka,  Gen.  1  : 1 ;  if  two  Con- 
junctives, which  occiu-s  but  fourteen  times,  they  will  be 
Merka  Kh'phula  and  Darga,  Gen.  27:25,  Lev.  10:1,  2 
,  Chron.  20  :  30.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Tiphhha,  iti 
the  same  section,  will  be  T'bhir,  Gen.  1:4.  If  T'bhir  be  pre- 
ceded by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Darga,  Gen.  1:12,  or 
Merka,  Gen.  1  :  26 ;  if  by  two,  the  second  will  be  Kadhma, 
1  Sam.  15  :  33,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  2:4;  and  if  by  three, 
the  third  will  be  T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:19.*  The  next 
Disjunctive  before  T'bhir,  in  the  same  section,  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  26  :  11,  27  : 4,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  23  :  4.  If  Geresh 
be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen. 
24  :  7,  or  Munahh,  Isa.  60  :  17 ;  if  by  a  second,  it  will  be 
T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Munahh  with  1^'sik,  Gen. 
28  :  9 ;  if  by  a  third,  it  will  be  Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34  ;  if 
by  a  fourth,  it  will  also  be  Munahh,  Deut.  1:19. 

a.  The  parentheses  of  the  table  contain  alternate  accents.  Thus, 
Merka  is  substituted  for  Darga  and  for  Mahpakh  (before  Pashta  in  the 
clause  of  Zakeph  Katon)  if  no  more  than  one  vowel  intervenes  between 
the  Conjunctive  and  the  king  which  it  precedes,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  :  22,  Gen. 
1 :  24,  26  ;  Gen.  5:  17,  Deut.  1  :  2.  35.  Munahh  is  also  regularly  substi- 
tuted for  Kadhma,  whenever  the  accent  stands  on  the  initial  letter  of  the 
word,  Gen.  25 :  8.  Gen.  19 :  35  ;  1  Kin.  19  :  7,  Deut.  1  :  28  ;  Gen.  19  :  12  ; 
4 


60  ORTHOCRAPnT.  §  38 

Eccl.  5  :  7.  G'rashayim  takes  the  place  of  Geresh  providerl  the  accent'  ia 
on  the  ultimate  and  it  is  not  preceded  by  Kadhma  either  on  the  same  or 
the  previous  word,  Ex.  16  :  23,  36  :  3.  When  two  accents  are  included  in  a 
parenthesis  the  meaning  is  that  if  an  additional  accent  is  required,  these 
two  will  take  the  place  of  the  one  before  the  parenthesis.  P'sik  has  no 
separate  place  in  the  consecution,  but  is  joined  with  the  other  accents  to 
modily  their  power.  It  is  constantly  associated  with  the  Disjunctive 
Shalsheleth  to  add  f.o  its  strength,  and  occasionally  with  the  ditTerent 
Conjunctives  to  reduce  their  strength,  but  without  disturbing  the  order 
of  their  consecution,  e.g.  with  Merka  Ex.  16:5,  Muiiahh  Gen.  46:2, 
Mahpakh  Ex.  30:34,  Kadhma  Lev.  11:32,  Darga  Gen.  42:13,  T'liaha 
K'tanna  1  Sam.  12  :  3. 


2.  Train  of  AihnaJih. — If  Atlmalih  be  preceded  by  a 
Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Munahb,  Gen.  1:1;  if  by  a  Disjunc- 
tive in  its  own  section,  it  will  be  Tiplihlia,  Gen.  1:1.  The 
accents  which  precede  Tiphhha  have  already  been  mentioned 
in  explaining  the  train  of  Silluk. 

3.  Train  of  S'yltolfa. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
S'gholta  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  3:3;  if  there  be  two,  the 
second  will  be  Munahh,  Lev.  8  :  31,  or  Merka,  Gen.  3  :  14. 
The  first  Disjunctive  in  its  section  will  be  Zarka,  Gen.  1  :  28; 
and  if  this  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Mu- 
nahh, Gen.  1  :  7,  or  Merka,  1  Chron.  5:18;  if  by  two,  the 
second  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen.  30  :  16,  31  :  32 ;  if  by  three, 
the  second  will  be  Munahh  and  the  third  Kadhma,  Lev. 
4  :  35.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Zarka  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  24  :  7,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  39  :  3.  The  accents  pre- 
ceding these  have  been  explained  in  1. 

4.  Train  of  Zakeph  Katon. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
Zakeph  Katon  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  2,  the  second  like- 
wise Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  45.  The  first  Disjunctive  will  be 
Pashta,  Gen.  1:2;  or,  if  the  proper  place  of  the  accent  be 
the  first  letter  of  the  word,  Y'thibh,  Gen.  1  :11,  2:11 
The  first  Conjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be  Mahpakh,  Gen. 
1 : 9,  or  Merka,  Gen.  1:2;  the  second,  Kadhma,  Gen. 
39  :  19,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  1:12;  the  third  wiU  be  T'lish:t 
K'tanna,  Ezr.  3:11.     The  Disjunctive  before  Pabhta  will  l,c 


^  38  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  51 

Geresh,  Gen.  1  :  24,  or  G'rasliayim,  Gen.  1:11;  the  furtbeJ 
consecution  is  explained  in  1. 

a.  In  some  instances  Pashta  is  found  not  in  the  train  ofZakeph  Katon, 
but  seeming  to  govern  an  independent  section,  e.g.  Ex.  29:20,  Deut. 
9  : 6,  Josh.  10:11,2  Sam.  14  :  7,  2  Chron.  18  :  23. 

5.  Zakepli  Gadliol  is  mostly  used  instead  of  Zakeph 
Katon  when  no  other  accent  precedes  it  in  its  own  section, 
whether  upon  the  same  word  or  one  before  it :  "lip^  tjs  Gen. 
9  :  4  (in  some  editions),  in  which  it  is  preceded  by  Munahh, 
is  exceptional. 

6.  Train  of  R'bhi^. — The  first  Conjunctive  before  U'bhia' 
will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:9;  the  second,  Munahh  commonly 
with  P'sik,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Darga,  Gen.  6:15;  the  third, 
Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen.  7  :  23,  31 :  29,  or  Merka,  Ex. 
14  :  10.  The  Disjunctive  before  R'bhi*  wiU  be  Geresh,  Ex, 
16:3,  or  G'rashayim,  Deut.  1:11,  which  are  preceded  as 
in  1. 

7.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34,  by  two,  Ezek.  9:2,  by  three,  1 
Sam.  14  :  34,  or  by  four,  Isa.  QQ  :  20. 

8.  Train  of  Tlisha  GJidhoIu. — T'lisha  Gh'dhola  is  the 
weakest  of  the  Disjunctives  which  are  ever  set  to  rule  inde- 
pendent sections.  Its  weakness  is  in  fact  such,  that  it  is 
sometimes  drawn  into  the  section  of  a  stronger  Disjunctive  ; 
thus,  in  Gen.  1  :  12,  Lev.  4  :  7,  1  Sam.  17  :  51,  Isa.  9  :  5, 
Neh.  5  : 1 8,  it  takes  the  place  of  T'hsha  K'tanna  among  the 
antecedents  of  Pashta,  standing  between  it  and  Geresh  or 
G'rashayim ;  in  Gen.  13  : 1,  21  :  14,  Deut.  26  :  12,  it  stands 
similarly  between  T'bhir  and  Geresh  or  G'rashayim.  And 
in  many  cases,  perhaps  in  most,  when  it  rules  a  section  of 
its  own,  this  is  a  mere  subsection,  not  so  much  a  division  of 
one  of  the  principal  clauses  as  a  fragment  broken  off  from 
one  of  the  larger  sections  at  a  point  where  T'Hsha  K'tanna 
would  have  stood  had  the  connection  been  sufficiently  close 


62  ORTHOGRAPHT.  §  39 

to  require  a  Conjunctive,  e.  g.  Gen.  19  :  2,  1  Kin.  20  :  28, 
That  tliis  is  not  always  so  appears,  however,  from  examples 
like  2  Sam.  14  :  32,  Gen.  7  :  7,  Isa.  6Q  :  19,  Jer.  39  :  5,  and 
particularly  Gen.  31  :  52,  where  nns'nx'i  corresponds  to  the 
preceding  "'^S'cs .  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  may  be  preceded  by 
one  IMunalih,  Gen.  27  :  46,  by  two,  Josh.  2:1,  by  three, 
or  by  four,  1  Kin.  2:5. 

9.  Shalsheleth  occurs  but  seven  times,  viz..  Gen.  19:1G, 
24  :  12,  39 :  8,  Lev.  8  :  23,  Isa.  13:8,  Am.  1  :  2,  Ezr.  5:12, 
and  in  every  instance  stands  upon  the  initial  word  of  the 
verse,  and  is  accompanied  by  P'sik.  It  has  consequently  no 
antecedents. 

10.  Karne  Phara  is  only  used  sixteen  times.  Its  section 
never  contains  less  than  three  w^ords :  its  immediate  prede- 
cessor is  always  Ycrahh  ben  Yomo,  to  which  may  be  added 
one  Munahh,  Num.  35  :  5,  Neh.  5:13,  13:5,  2  Chron. 
24  :  5  ;  two,  2  Kin.  10  :  5,  Jer.  38  :  25,  Est.  7  :  9,  Neh.  1  : 6, 
2  Chron.  35  :  7 ;  three.  Josh.  19  :  51,  2  Sam.  4  :  2,  Jer. 
13:13;  four,  1  Chron.  28  : 1 ;  or  five,  Ezek.  48: 21. 

§39.  1.  The  complete  trains  of  the  several  accents  con- 
tain one  Disjunctive  from  each  of  the  inferior  orders,  dis- 
posed in  due  succession  of  rank,  with  one  Conjunctive 
immediately  preceding  the  first  class  of  Disjunctives,  two 
Conjunctives  preceding  the  second  class,  three  the  third  class, 
four  or  more  the  fom-th  class.  These  trains  are  adapted  to 
sections  of  different  length  and  character  by  omitting  such 
of  the  Conjunctives,  and  more  rarely  by  repeating  such  of 
the  Disjunctives,  as  the  mutual  relations  of  the  words  may 
seem  to  require,  and  breaking  off"  the  series  as  soon  as  every 
w^ord  in  the  section  is  su2:)plied.  Thus,  while  the  general 
order  of  consecution  is  fixed  and  invariable,  there  is  the 
utmost  liberty  and  variety  in  particular  cases. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  Conjunctives  go  beyond  the  number 
here  aBsigned.     Thus,  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  two  Munahhs  in  Ex.  3:4, 


§  39       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE,        53 

kind,  according  to  some  editions,  in  Isa.  48:  11.  T'bhir  is  preceded  by  foui 
Conjunctives,  Joslr.  10:  11,  2  Chron.  22:  11,  Isa.  66:20;  Pashta  by  four, 
Ex.  5  : 8,  2  Kin.  5  :  1,  and  even  by  five,  Josh.  19  :  51. 

2.  If  a  section  consists  of  but  a  single  word,  this  will  re- 
ceive the  appropriate  Disjunctive,  the  entire  antecedent  series 
of  the  table  being  then  omitted  as  unnecessary ;  thus,  Silluk 
J  rm  Gen.  5:5;  Athnahh  n^X'^T  Gen.  24  :  34 ;  Zakeph 
Katon  nbDn  Isa.  1  :30;  R'bhi^  D:'i2ni  Gen.  7:19;  Pazer 
^mh  Gen.  22  :  2  ;  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  p5  Gen.  19  :  8.  This, 
as  has  been  already  said,  is  the  regular  length  of  the  sections 
of  Zakeph  Gadhol  and  Sbalsheleth;  but  those  of  S'gholta 
are  never  composed  of  less  than  two  words,  and  those  of 
Karne  Phara  never  of  less  than  three. 

3.  In  sections  of  greater  length  there  is  a  disposition 
towards  a  regular  alternation  of  Disjunctives  and  Conjunc- 
tives upon  successive  words,  e.  g.  Gen.  23  :  11  '•  ,  ,  ^  ,  ,  , , 
Gen.  24  :  7  \,  "^  '  '^,  and  consequently  though  two  or  more 
Conjunctives  may  be  allowed  before  a  particular  Disjunctive, 
only  the  first  of  these  is  in  the  majority  of  cases  employed. 
Tbe  actual  relations  of  words  may,  however,  so  interfere  with 
this  regularity  as  on  the  one  hand  to  cause  the  intervening 
Conjunctives  to  be  dropped  entirely,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  :  22  ,,.,., 
1  Cliron.  15  :  18  '''',/''',  or,  on  the  other,  to  introduce 
as  many  Conjunctives  as  the  table  will  admit,  e.  g.  Gen. 
3-14  "\,  ,  \^  '''\  But  if  either  of  the  three  primarv  sec- 
tions consist  of  but  two  words,  the  first  must  have  a  Dis- 
junctive accent,  however  close  its  relation  may  be  to  the 
second,  e.  g.  :  Dn3  ya^i  Gen.  9  :  20,  D3^r?  1)71???^  Gen.  3  :  5, 
bsir^  nnp  Gen.  19:4. 


a.  In  Gen.  24  :  15,  where,  however,  editions  differ,  Silluk  is  in  a  section 
of  two  words  immediately  preceded  by  Merka. 

6.  Sometimes  an  excluded  term  of  the  series  will  take  the  place  of  the 
eecondary  accent  MeLhegh,  §44.  Tiphhha  is  thus  five  times  written  upon 
*he  same  word  with  Silluk.    e.  g.  Nun.     15  :  21,  and   eleven  times  with 


64  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  40 

Athnahh.  e.  g.  Num.  28 :  26.  Munahh,  Gen.  21  :  17,  for  which  Kadhma  la 
Eometimcs  substituted,  Gen.  18:  21,  ot'ien  stands  upon  the  same  word  with 
Zakeph  Katon.  Kadlima  is  also  joined  in  this  manner  with  Munahh,  Lev. 
10:12,  Merka,  Judg.  21:21,  Neh.  12:44,  Mahpakh,  Lev.  25 :  46,  and 
Geresh,  Ex.  16  :  15.  21  :  22,  35.     Mahpakh  with  Munahh,  Lam.  4  :  9. 

4.  Occasionally  a  subordinate  Disjunctive  or  its  alternate 
is  repeated  in  the  same  section  with  or  without  its  ante- 
cedents.     Thus,    T'blm-,  Deut.   2G:2 '^^  .   '^  so 

Deut.  30  :  20,  1  Sam.  20  :  21,  2  Kin.  17  :  36.  Zarka,  2  Kin. 
1  :  16  ■■//"/,  so  ver.  6,  Gen.  42  :  21,  Jer.  21 : 4,  Neh. 
2:12.  Pashta,  Gen.  24:14,  42,  48,  65;  1  Kin.  20:9. 
Pashta,  Pashta  and  Y'thibh,  2  Kin.  10:30,  Ezr.  7:25. 
Geresh  and  G'rashayim,  Gen.  28  :  9. 

a.  There  is  a  double  accentuation  of  part  of  Gen.  35:22,  and  of  the 
entire  decalogue,  both  in  Ex.  20 :  2-17,  and  Deut.  5  :  6-21,  which  involvei 
a  double  vocalization  in  certain  words,  e.g.  :  ^33  Ex.  20:3,  i.e.  either 
'."'ja  or  "^is.  Single  words  also  occur  with  alternative  accents,  e.g.  with 
G'rashayim  or  Gere.sh  and  T'lisha  Gli'dhola  nY  Gen.  5 :  29.  ISip  Lev. 
10  :  4,  ^nb'  2  Kin.  17  :  13,  n|i<b?i  Ezek.  48  :  10,  nwxY  Zeph.  2:15. 


Poetic  Consecution. 

§40.  1.  The  princi}3le  of  the  consecution  is  the  same  in 
the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  although  there  is  consid- 
erable diversity  in  the  details.  There  is  a  like  division  of 
verses  into  clauses  and  sections  rided  by  a  Disjunctive  at  the 
end,  which  imposes  upon  them  its  own  special  train  of 
accents.  The  sections  are  fewer,  however,  and  the  trains 
shorter  than  in  prose,  on  account  of  the  greater  brevity  of 
the  sentences  in  poetry  for  the  most  part.  But  this  reduc- 
tion is  more  than  compensated  by  the  new  complexity  arising 
from  the  latitude  allowed  in  the  choice  of  Conjunctives, 
which  it  seems  impossible  to  reduce  to  fixed  rules,  and  is 
probably  to  be  referred  to  their  use  as  musical  notes  for  the 


^  40  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  55 

cantillation  of  the  synagogue.  It  should  be  added,  that  the 
embarrassment  arising  from  this  inherent  complexity  of  the 
subject  is  seriously  aggravated  by  the  numerous  discrepancies 
in  the  different  editions  of  the  Bible,  by  which  the  true  ac- 
centuation in  the  three  poetical  books  is  often  involved  in 
doubt  and  uncertainty. 

a.  In  addition  to  availing  himself  of  the  researches  of  others,  particu- 
larly of  Nordheimer  and  Evvald  in  their  discussions  of  this  subject,  the 
author  has  examined  verse  by  verse  the  entire  book  of  Proverbs  and  the 
first  division  of  the  Psalms  (Ps.  1-41),  as  well  as  other  selected  Psalms 
and  portions  of  Job,  As  the  result,  he  confesses  himself  quite  unable  to 
disentangle  the  mystery;  and  as  the  only  contribution  he  can  make 
towards  its  solution  he  has  concluded  to  present  in  detail,  and  in  as  con- 
venient a  form  as  possible,  the  facts  observed,  hoping  that  some  future  ex- 
ploration may  discover  the  principle  of  order,  if  any  such  principle  there 
be,  in  this  apparently  inextricable  confusion. 

2.  Verses  may  consist  of  one,  two,  or  three  clauses,  dis- 
tinguished by  the  three  Disjunctives  of  the  first  class.  If 
the  verse  contain  but  one  clause,  Silluk  will  be  written  upon 
the  last  word,  Ps.  4:1;  if  it  contain  two  clauses,  the  divi- 
sion will  be  made  by  Athnahh,  Ps.  1:4,  or  by  Merka- 
Mahpakh,  Ps.  1  :  2.  3  :  3,  upon  the  last  word  of  the  first 
clause  ;  if  it  contain  three,  the  last  word  of  the  first  will  have 
Merka-Mahpakh,  the  last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and 
the  last  word  of  the  third  Silluk,  Ps.  1  :  1.  Clauses  may 
consist  of  a  single  section  when  no  subdivision  of  them  is 
necessary ;  or  they  may  consist  of  two  or  more  sections, 
when  the  subdivision  is  effected  by  R'bhi^  or  Pazer,  e.  g. 

:,...'  Ps.   18:51,  :    . '  Prov.   1  :  10, '.  "  Ps. 

41:7, *  ."  Ps.  7:6,/. '  .."Ps.  17:14. 


56 


OIlTIIOGUArilY. 


HI 


^41.  The  order  of  the  accents  iu  the  various  sections 


is  exhibited  in  the  following  table 


Principal 
Sections. 

O  03 

«   ■< 

Conjunctives. 

Conjcnctives. 

• 
1 

.^.);.  OiO^T.  '■' 

- 

.;.(.);< 

or  ■'s                : 

:      -'''■'     :-' 

A 

1     :    1    1 .   ! 
j^  V  I .  j-j  I  ^.  j^  js  !> 

1      •         •   1    1 

^  in. 

■h-(h:i 

"\:-0'-\\s\ 

> 

fl 

CVJ 

Sl'BORDIXATE 

Sections. 

• 

%-m-\ 

H 

■%\¥^ 

Explanaiion  of  the   Table. 

a.  Train  of  Si  link.— U  Silliik  is  preceded  by  a  single  Conjunctive,  it 
will  be  Munahh,  Prov.  1 :  4,  or  Merka  either  alone  as  Prov.  1:2,  or  com- 
pounded with  Zarka,  Ps.  10:  5,  and  P'sik,  Ps.  10  :  3.  If  it  be  preceded  by- 
two  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  ^  Ps.  5:  5,  ^  ^  Ps.  10  :C,^  ^  Prov.  12:  1 
(in  some  editions),  ^  ^  Prov.  25  :  26,  \^  Ps.  IS  :  7,  '  '  Ps.  36  :  1,  or  '  '  Prov. 


§41  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  57 

8: 13.    If  it  be  preceded  by  three  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  ,  ,  Ps.  24:6 

'Ps.  10:2(or        'Ps.  7:6),  Prov.  26:25  (or  ^       "Ps.  28:8  or 

Prov.  29 :  13),  ,  .  ■*  Ps.  4:8,^^  '  Prov.  3 :  27,  ■*  ■"  .  If  it  be  preceded  by 
four  Conjunctives,  they  vs^ill  be  ^  ^  \  Ps.  89:2,  ^  ^  /  ^'  Ps.  32:5,  or 
"'  ■*  *^  Ps.  3  :  3  (in  some  editions  ""  ""  \).  If  it  be  preceded  by  five  Con- 
junctives, they  will  be  ^  ^  \  ^  Job  32:6,  37:12  (in  this  latter  example 
some  editions  substitute  a  Makkeph  for  Merka). 

If  Silluk  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
R'^ii^-Geresh,  Ps.  1:1,  5:3,  10.  R'bhi"-Geresh  maybe  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,^  Ps.  5:  4  ;  by  two,^  ^  Ps.  8:2,  or^^  Ps.  31:10,  19;  by  three, 
or,  ^^  Ps.  73:4. 
There  are  occasional  deviations  from  the  Conjunctives  of  the  table; 
thus,  R'bhi^-Geresh  is  in  Ps.  34:8  preceded  by  ^  "  ^.  In  some  of  these 
cases,  however,  editions  differ  in  their  notation  of  the  accents.  Thus,  in 
Ps.  5:7  some  editions  have  '  before  Silluk,  others  ';  in  Ps.  18:36, 
Prov.  30:  17,  some  have  ,  ,  others  ,  ;  in  Ps.  20:2  some  have  ^  ^ ,  others 
J  ,  ;  in  Prov.  24  :S  some  have  ,  ^  ,  others,  ,  the  two  words  being  joined 
by  Makkeph.  So,  again,  some  editions  have  in  Ps.  9:  11  ^  before  R'bhi"- 
Geresh,  in  Ps.  18:44  ,  in  Prov.  27:19  .  in  Prov.  21:17  ;  while 
other  editions  do  not  depart  in  these  passages  from  the  order  given  in  the 
table.     Similar  discrepancies  exist  in  the  other  sections  likewise. 

b.  Train  of  Afhnahh. — Athnahh  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive, 
^  Ps.  5:8  (or  ^^  Prov.  8:30,34),^  Ps.  5 : 3  (or  ^,  Ps.  35:21,,  "  Ps.  69:2), 
^  Prov.  23:3,^  Ps.  14:3,  Prov.  6:3  (or  _  ^  Pro'v.  16:  10) ;  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:8  (or^  ^^  Ps.  7:17),  ^  ^  Prov.  28:25,  Ps.  5:2  (in  some  editions  the 
latter  example  has  _  ^  ^  ),  ^  _  Ps.  14 : 5,  ^  ^  Prov.  11:12,  14-.21, ,  '  Ps. 
37  :  1, ,  ^  Prov.  8  :  21,  ^  ^  Ps.  25  :  16  ;  by  three,  ^  ^  ,  Prov.  24  :  21,  ^  ^\  Ps. 
6:6(or,  ^  /  Ps.  9:10,  or^^  _^  Ps.  16:10),  ,  ^  '  Ps.  10:17.  ^  ^' '/ Prov. 
8:13,  ^^  ,^  Ps.  18:50,  ,,  ^  ,,  Ps.  10:13,  "'  Prov.  6:27./  Vps.72:3; 
by  four,  ^^  ^  Prov.  3: 12,  ^  ^  ^  ,  Prov.  24 :  16,  ^^  ^^  Ps.  34:7,  ^  ^  ""^  Ps 
32 : 2  (in  some  editions),  ""  \  , ,  Prov.  1:19,^"    '  \  Ps.  65 :  2. 

If  Athnahh  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 

Tiphhha  initial,  Ps.  1 : 6,  26  :  4,     Tiphhha  initial  may  be  preceded  by  one 

Conjunctive,  ^   Ps.  5  : 6  ;  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps.  9 :  19  (or        "  Ps.  14  :  1,  or  Ps. 

16:9),^   'Ps.  32:11,^^  Ps.  35:14,15,^    /   Prov.  25:20;  by  three.^\^^ 

Ps.  23:6,  ,     ^     '  Ps.  27:1,^    ,\  Ps.  12:5  (or  "  Prov!  27:  14),""  '  * 

''  Ji<  ji<  -"ji 

Ps.  9  :  14. 

c.  Train  of  Merka-Mahpalih.—Merka-Mahpakh  maybe  preceded  by 
one  Conjunctive,  which  is  almost  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  Ps.   1:1 


68  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  42 

though  occasionally  it  is,  in  some  editions  at  least,  Merka,  Ps.  15:5,  35:  10, 
or  Mahpakh,  Ps.  24:8,  31:10.  If  it  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its 
own  section,  Zaika  will  be  employed,  Ps.  1 :  1,  Prov.  1:11. 

Zarka  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps.  12:  7  (or  j  Prov 
1 :  22),  ^  Ps.  6  :  3,  ^ ,  Ps.  12 :  3,  /  Ps.  31:12;  by  two,  ^  ^ '  Prov.  30 :  15  (in 
some  editions      '),        Ps.  24  :  10  (or  Ps.   13:6).  Ps.  21  :  10,     ' 

Ps.  27 :  2  (or  ,\  ■   Ps.  35  :  26),  /  '  Ps.  7  ;  10  ;  by  three, ,  ,  '  ,  Ps.  29  :  9, 

*     Ps.  31:14.     *     "       Ps.  10:  14:  or  by  four,  '     Ps.  40  :  6. 

d.  Train  of  Ji^bhi". — R'bhi"  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps. 
5  :  1, ,  Ps.  8  :  2  (or  ^  "  Ps.  23  :  4,  or  ^  ^  Ps.  6  :  7),^  Prov.  28  :  22.  ■"  Ps.  22  :  2?, 
'  Ps.  11  :2(or,  '  Ps.  5  :  11);  by  two,  ^  ^  Prov.  8 :  33,  ^  ^  Ps.  28  : 7  (or  ^  ^  ^ 
Ps.  18  :  3).  *  Ps.  9:7,  "  Ps.  1 1 :  4,  '  Ps.  26  :  1.  ■"  Ps.  27  :  6  (or  ■*  " 
Ps.  5:9).  'Prov.  6:22,  '  Ps.  18:1  (or  '  "  Ps.  7 :  7.  or  '  "  Ps. 
39  :  5),  /  ■"  Job   16  :  10  ;  or  by  three,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  40  :  7,  ^  _  \  Ps.  41  :  7  (or 

"     '     Ps.  39:6,  or     "     '     "  Ps.  3 : 8,  or        '     "   Ps.   41:14),  ■"    '      Ps. 
19 :  14  (or  ■■  ^  \'  Ps.  39  :  12),  ■*  /  ■*  Ps.  40  :  1 1,  ^     ^  "  '  Prov.  24  :  31. 

e.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  ^  Ps. 
89:20  (or_  ^  Prov.  .30:8),*  Ps.  32:5  (or  _  Ps.  17:14);  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
5:  10,  Prov.  7:23  (or  ^  _^  Ps.  28:  5),  ^  '  Ps.    .3:3  (or  ^  /  Prov.  27:  10), 

Ps.  90:4.     '     Ps.  7:6,     '      Ps.  39:13,         Ps.  11:2,    'Ps.  5:12:   or 

J«  ■!«  II  'V«  'V  ' 

by  three,  ^    ^  Ps.  22 :  35,  23 :  4,  ^  ^  ^    Prov.  2'6 :  29   (where    sone  editions 
have         ). 

§42.  The  trains  of  these  several  accents  are  adjusted 
to  sections  of  varying  lengtli  by  expedients  similai  to  those 
employed  with  the  prose  accents,  viz. :  1 .  Omitting  the  Con- 
junctives in  whole  or  in  part.  2.  Repeating  the  Disjunc- 
tives, e.  g.  "  Ps.  14  : 1,  "  Ps.  17  :  14,  or  their  equivalents,  e.  g. 
Tiphhha  initial  before  "  Ps.  7:10,  before  '  Ps.  9:1;  "  before 
"  Ps.  18  : 1,  before  '  Ps.  22  :  15  ;  '  before  Tiphhha  initial  Ps. 
16:17.  3.  Writing  two  accents  upon  the  same  word, 
an^niss^n^  Ps.  5:11,  ^?nin  Ps.  27:11,  ^s"?:!]  Ps.  18:16. 
4.  Uniting  two  or  more  words  by  jMakkeph,  so  that  they 
require  but  a  single  accent.  5.  Writing  the  different  parts 
of  a  compound  accent  upon  separate  words ;  thus,  ]\Ierka- 
Mahpakh  ^?«  b5tti<  Ps.  6 : 3,  Merka-Zarka  r?'^  "^?  Ps.  22:9, 
Mahpakh-Zarka  nsn  ''5  Prov.  6:3. 


§43  MAKKEPH.  59 

a.  Sometimes  when  two  accents  are  written  upon  the  same  wor  1.  one 
is  the  alternate  of  the  other;  thus,  y^2  I'rov.  1 :  19,  may  be  either  r^3  or 
ysc2  according  as  the  accent  remains  in  its  proper  position  in  the  ultimate, 
or  is  thrown  back  upon  the  penult  in  consequence  ol^  the  next  word  being 
accented  upon  its  initial  syllable 


Makkeph. 

§43.  Makkeph  (^y^  joining)  is  a  horizontal  stroke  by) 
which  two,  three,  or  even  four  words  may  be  united.) 
?l^-'}r)X,  '''is-nic^n-nx  Gen.  30:81,  biir-'b-TZJ^  Gen.  33:11, 
iS-mcs-bs-nsi  Gen.  12  :  20,  25  :  5,  Ex.  20  :  11,  yirs-nnvba-by 
Ex.  22  :  8,  fnir-^rs-bi-b:?  Job  41 :  26.  It  belongs  properly 
to  the  accentual  system,  words  which  are  closely  related 
being  often  connected  in  this  manner  in  order  to  obviate 
the  necessity  of  unduly  multiplying  Conjunctive  accents. 
Thus,  the  first  fifteen  words  of  Ex.  22  : 8  are  in  this  manner 
reduced  to  eight.  Monosyllabic  particles  are  frequently,  and 
some  almost  constantly,  linked  with  the  succeeding  or  pre- 
ceding word,  of  which  they  may  be  regarded  as  in  a  manner 
appendages ;  thus,  bi« ,  b:? ,  rx ,  bis ,  bj^ ,  ]d  ,  Da ,  i^D ,  etc.  Exam- 
ples are  not  wanting,  however,  of  longer  words  similarly 
united,  e.  g.  D^irnrjbiJ^  Deut.  19:15,  nb^TT^ss  1  Kin.  17  :  21, 
n'inpi2i?  Isa.  31:4.  This  use  of  Makkeph  is  not  to  be  con- 
founded with  that  of  the  hyphen  in  modern  languages  between 
the  members  of  a  compound,  as  self-same,  master-builder. 
Words  united  by  Makkeph  are  still  as  separate  as  ever  in  char- 
acter and  signification ;  but  they  are  pronounced  together  and 
are  accented  as  though  they  formed  but  one  word.  Plence, 
whatever  number  of  words  be  thus  joined,  the  last  only  will 
receive  an  accent.  And,  as  a  further  consequence,  if  a  Avord 
preceding  Makkeph  properly  ends  in  a  long  mixed  syllable, 
this  will,  by  the  loss  of  the  accent,  be  shortened,  "^iic-nij, 
qis^bs,  nrtf^nnn,  or  failing  tliis,  will  commonly  receive  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  Cioi-^-niiJ,  nJ!?n;^-i^5j . 


60  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^44 

a.  Tsere  remains  before  Makkcph  in  "13,  ">3,  1?,  yS  ;  it  sdmctimes  re- 
mains and  is  sometimes  shortened  in  DlU,  \ad  six,  rs  e.g.  Gen.  16:13 
nin7~C!U.  but  ver.  15  "iss'ctj.  It  once  remains  according  to  some  editions 
in  TN  Job  '11:26,  a  word  whicli  is  three  times  written  rx  without 
Maiik^ph,  Ps,  47  :  5   60 :  2,  Prov.  3  :  12.     Comp.  §  19.  2,  o. 

b.  Makkeph  is  pccasionally  found  in  the  middle  of  a  long  word,  wliich 
lias  been  erroneously  divided  into  two,  e.g.  n^S"!!?"^  Jer.  46 :  20,  and 
perhaps  JiipTifrc  Isa.  61 :  1.  Sometimes  words  are  thus  divided  without 
a  Makkeph  to  unite  the  sundered  parts,  e.g.  Dijr  ^3  Lam.  4:  3.  cn'r's  "ina 
2  Chron,  34:  6,  and  probably  ■nzri  dnx  Hos.  4:  18.  ni-is  -iBnb  Isa.  2  :'20'. 
(See  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentary  on  this  passage.)  The  last  two  ex- 
amples are  plainly  intended  by  the  punctuators  to  be  read  as  separate 
words.  This  micht  likewise  be  done  in  the  preceding  examples  if  they 
were  pointed  CJi)  13  and  ch^ri3  nna  . 


Methegh. 

§  44.  Methegh  (sn'a  bridle),  a  small  perpendicular  stroke 
under  the  initial  letter  of  the  syllable  to  which  it  belongs, 
is  a  secondary  accent  denoting  a  stress  of  voice  inferior  to 
the  main  accent.  As  this  latter  always  has  its  place  in 
Hebrew  either  upon  the  ultimate  or  the  penult,  distinctness 
was  promoted  and  monotony  relieved,  especially  in  long 
words,  by  giving  prominence  to  one  or  more  of  the  antece- 
dent syllables.  There  is  a  natural  tendency  to  heighten  the 
force  of  the  accent  by  passing  lightly  over  the  immediately 
preceding  syllable,  this  diminished  force  creating  in  its  turn 
a  new  stress  upon  that  next  beyond  it,  and  so  on  in  alternate 
elevations  and  depressions  to  the  beginning  of  the  word. 
Agreeal)ly  to  the  principle  just  stated,  Metliegh  regularly 
stands  in  polysyllables  upon  the  second  syllable  before  the 
accent,  and  again  upon  the  fourth  if  the  word  have  so  many, 
e.  g.  D"7sri ,  qcs;; ,  '^:x-'2i;' ,  Dh"^na ,  Dn^ninac^^ ,  nirD'^pn^i . 
And  so  upon  two  or  more  words  connected  by  Makkeph, 
which  are  pronounced  as  one,  e.  g.  Vrrrxn';'  Gen.  22  :  8, 
onVos-'S  1  Sam.  21:7. 

a.  Sometimes,  however,  particularly  when  the  nature  of  the  syllables 
requires  it,  §32.  1,  Methegh  takes  the  place  of  the  principa.  accent  before 


§45  METHEGH.  61 

Makkeph  irrespecti^^e  of  the  position  of  the  accent  upon  the  following 
word,  i'i-TjNain  Num.  21:3n,  'i^'afi"^^  Num.  21 :  33,  bi3~^.7:  Jer.  34:1 
Diin-nb-bDi  Gen.  30:32,  iiKsibri/l  Sam.  21 :  12,  ■'if-^S  Ex.  19'':  5. 

6.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  position  of  Methegh  is  determined  bj 
that  of  the  tone-syllable,  not  by  that  of  the  accentual  sign  when  these  are 
not  coincident,  as  Ir-equently  happens  with  prepositives  .and  postpositives, 
e.  Of.  '■TiT'S.'n  Deut.  4:26.  «irini'!l  Josh.  22:27,  where  the  tone  fails  on 
the  penult,  cp^ini  Jer.  26:21,  where  the  tone  is  upon  the  ultimate. 


§45.  The  secondary  accent  is  liable  to  be  shifted  from 
its  normal  position  for  the  following  reasons,  viz. : 

1.  If  the  syllable  which  should  receive  it  is  mixed,  it 
may  be  given  in  preference  to  an  antecedent  simple  syllable, 
e.  g.  nnrirnr^^i  2  Sam.  2.2  :  24,  ?f'?nnrte^  Job  1 : 7,  niihnpnr 
Ezek.  42  :  5,  ■©^sn-bsis  Gen.  43:7;  or  if  none  such  precede, 
it  may  be  omitted  altogether,  e.  g.  np^^^l  Jer.  33  :  24, 
■'?5<?7r'^  1  Kin.  21  : 1,  ni^^n-bs-ns?  Deut.  6:25. 

2.  It  is  always  given  to  simple  syllables  when  followed 
by  a  vocal  ShVa,  whether  simple  or  compound,  or  a  vowel 
which  has  arisen  from  ^h'va,  the  slight  pronunciation  proper 
to  the  Sh'va  or  its  derivative  giving  new  prominence  to  the 
preceding  vowel,  ^'^'nik'^ ,  n^n"^. ,  iTCii.b,  ninj^m  Gen.  30  :  38, 
^inn,^ ;  sometimes  to  intermediate  syllables,  §  20.  2,  e.  g? 
''DID  Isa.  9:17,  10:34,  Ti^-av  Obad.  ver.  11,  particularly 
after  He  interrogative  or  when  Daghesh-forte  has  been 
omitted  as  after  the  article,  Vav  conversive,  and  the  prepo- 
sition p ,  e.  ff.  biij^an ,  n^wnn ,  ibbn ,  nin:3 ,  nij^'inssn  ,  nszs^ab . 
"^T}'^'}  ;  rarely  and  only  as  an  exception  to  a  mixed  syllable 
standing  in  the  first  place  before  the  principal  accent,  e.  g, 
KTZinn  Gen.  1:11,  D^pan  Ex.  12  :  7,  Zech.  14  :  2. 


a.  It  hence  appears  how  Methegh  comes  to  be  of  use  in  distinguishing 
the  doubtful  vowels,  §  19,  and  to  what  extent  it  can  be  relied  upon  for  thia 
end.  As  it  invariably  accompanies  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable  when 
followed  by  vocal  Sh'va,  it  must  always  be  found  with  a,  I,  and  u  preced- 
mg  Sh'va.  inasmuch  as  this  will  necessarily  be  vocal.  Initial  i  u.  the  un 
emphatic  conjunction,  is  an  exception,  with  which  it  is  commonly  not 
written,  e.  g.  naj^J!!  Gen.  6:  19,  nxbbii  Gen.  31  :  4,  though  it  is  sometimea, 


62  ORTIIOGUAPHY.  §45 

e.  g.  ^''^I^Ht?  Gen.  1  :  IS,  nat^i  Judg.  5:  12.  The  absence  of  Methegh, 
except  in  llie  case  just  mentioned,  is  consequently  conclusive  fvidence  of 
the  sliorlness  of  tlie  vowel.  As,  however,  short  vrtwels  in  intermediate 
syllables,  and  in  a  few  rare  instances  even  in  mixed  sylial)les,  may  receive 
Methegh.  the  presence  of  this  sign  does  not  of  itself  determine  the  vowe' 
to  be  long;  the  ultimate  decision  must  in  this  case  depend  ou  other  con 
siderations. 


3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  prececUng  rnle  Me* 
thegh  comes  to  stand  in  the  first  place  before  the  accent, 
another  Methegh  is  nevertheless  occasionally  found  in  the 
second  place,  the  two  thus  standing  in  immediate  succession, 
e.g.  niriTaa  Gen.  32  :  22,  ^h^il}.  Gen.  45  :  25  ;  and  even  three 
occur  upon  successive  syllables,  e.  g.  T|'ii2?'a'Qi  Isa.  22  :  19. 
But  commonly  where  there  is  more  than  one  Methegh,  their 
position  relatively  to  each  other  is  governed  by  the  same 
rules  as  the  position  of  Methegh  generally  with  relation  to 
the    principal    accent,    e.  g.    =iiny^'©''^ ,    rihrni ,    ^jninnxn , 

4.  Methegh  is  sometimes  written  under  a  letter  with 
Sh  va,  e.  g.  xrnbir  Job  1 :  11,  2  :  5,  icx-^r^  Job  19  :  6,  n{5p:3 
Ps.  2  :  3,  nsEH^as  Jer.  49  :  18,  "^y^a  Ruth  1:11. 

a.  A  Methegh  so  situated  is  called  Gaya  (N^^^a  bellowing-)  by  Jewish 
grammarians,  and,  according  to  Elias  Levita,  it  occurs  eighty-four  times, 
the  number  yielded  by  its  name  arithmetically  reckoned.  Methegh  upon 
a  short  vowel  before  a  compound  Sh'va  was  called  Ma"rll<h  (  "^  ;N.^  pro- 
longing), with  a  short  Hhirik  it  was  called  HhlrQk  (pli'^n  gnashing). 

5.  The  place  of  Methegh  is  frequently  supplied  by  an 
accent  chosen  agreeably  to  the  laws  of  consecution,  ^39. 
3.  .5.,  e.  g.  as^TOX  Isa.  66:13,  Dhr-bs^^  Dent.  12:31, 
O'^^c.v?)  Zech.  7:14,  xni^-byi  Num.  10:23,  ^-nj^!'?  Josh. 
22  :  12. 


o.  The  want  of  consistency  or  of  uniformity,  which  maybe  occasion 
ally  observed,  in  regard  to  the  insertion  or  omission  of  Methegh,  e.  g 
r^lHV:  Cant.  1 :  7.  tii^nut  Cant.  3:1;  cn«i  Cant.  6  :  5,  on^r  Lam.  4 :  9 


§46  K*Ri  AND  k'thibh.  63 

md-is  Num.  31:12,  ria"iS  Josh.  4:  13,  and  the  discrepancies  between 
different  manuscripts  and  editions,  e.  g.  ns^x  or  ni^x  Gen.  45 :  2S, 
nnai-s.xb  or  n^TSt-ilsia  Ps.  81  :  3,  if  not  arising  in  the  first  instance  from 
clerical  errors,  are  prokibly  to  be  attributed  to  the  inferior  importance  of 
the  sign  itself,  whose  place  might  be  presumed  to  be  sufficiently  determine)] 
pven  if  not  written. 


K'ri  and  K'thibh. 

§46.  Various  notes  extracted  from  the  Masora  (n^ica 
traditioii),  a  collection  of  remarks  upon  the  text,  are  found 
in  the  margin  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  which  are  explained  in 
the  glossary  at  the  end  of  most  editions.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  are  the  various  readings  known  as  the  K'ri 
(■^'np  read)^  and  K'thibh  (i'^ns  written).  If  in  any  instance 
traditional  usage  sanctioned  a  reading  different  from  that 
which  was  written  in  the  text  or  the  K'thibh,  the  punctuators 
did  not  venture  to  alter  the  text  itself  for  the  sake  of  making 
the  correction ;  they  went  no  further  than  to  connect  with 
the  letters  of  the  text  the  vowels  of  the  word  to  be  substi- 
tuted for  it  in  reading  or  the  K'ri,  with  a  reference  to  the 
margin  where  the  letters  of  the  substitute  might  be  found. 
Thus,  Avith  the  word  T^.^i?^!]  Josh.  6  :  7  is  connected  the 
marginal  note  "^"ip  "TaKil,  The  vowels  here  attached  to  the 
K'thibh  belong  not  to  it  but  to  the  unpointed  word  in  the 
margin,  which  is  accordingly  '^'a^^i .  The  proper  vowels  for 
the  pronunciation  of  the  K'thibh  are  not  written,  but  must 
be  supplied  from  a  knowledge  of  the  form  indicated  by  the 
letters,  which  in  this  case  is  l"i^!spi .  Again,  in  ver.  9,  l^pri 
in  the  text  refers  to  J?  ''ypn  in  the  margin ;  the  K'ri  is  here 
''^pn,  and  the  K'thibh,  whose  vowels  are  left  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  reader,  ^5^jn.  Jer.  42:6  has  VDi|!  where  the 
marginal  note  is  ^~\\>  i:n:i5 ;  the  K'ri  is  accordingly  ^:n2s? , 
and  the  K'thibh  ^is: .  In  order  to  indicate  that  a  given  word 
was  to  be  omitted  in  reading,  it  was  left  unpointed,  and  the 


64  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  47 

note  ""ip  x^l  I'^nD,  loritten  hut  not  r<?«^,  placed  in  the  margin, 
e.g.  ©lan  Ezek.  48:1(3,  s:  2  Kin.  5:18,  inT  Jer.  51:3. 
If,  on  the  other  hand,  a  word  was  to  be  supphed,  its  vowels 
were  inserted  in  the  text  and  its  letters  placed  in  the  margin, 
with  the  note  itd  sbi  inp,  read  hut  not  written,  e.  g.  Judg. 
20:13  in  the  text  _.. ,  and  in  the  margin  "'in,  to  be  read 
:.:a;  so  Jer.  31 :  38  D\s:a  .  In  1  Kin.  21 :  8  the  first  letter 
of  D"^"iBcn  is  left  unpointed  as  superflnous,  and  in  Job  2 : 7 
n?^  is  explained  by  the  margin  to  stand  for  ^?i :  so  Jer.  18:23 
^^n,.'!  for  T1y^^ . 

a.  The  number  of  these  marginal  readings  differs  in  different  editions. 
Elias  Levita  states  that  there  are  848.  Others  have  computed  them  to 
be  1,000;  others  still,  1,200. 

§47.  Sometimes  a  different  reading  from  that  of  the  text 
is  suggested  by  the  points  alone  without  a  marginal  note 
being  added  in  explanation,  as  when  a  particular  word  or 
orthography  is  regularly  substituted  for  another  of  frequent 
occurrence.  These  cases  are  presumed  to  be  so  familiar  to 
the  reader  as  to  require  no  other  index  of  their  existence 
than  the  presence  of  the  appropriate  vowels.  Thus,  the 
divine  name  T'\^r\'^ ,  which  the  Jews  had  a  superstitious  dread 
of  pronouncing,  was  and  still  is  read  by  them  as  if  it  were 
■'ins  Lord,  whose  points  it  accordingly  receives,  rrih^ ,  unless 
these  two  names  stand  in  immediate  connection,  when,  to 
avoid  repetition,  it  is  read  D'^n'^s*  and  pointed  nnh;;  Gen. 
15:2,  Hab.  3:19.  The  antiquity  of  this  superstition  is 
attested  by  the  Kvpi,o<;  of  the  Septuagint,  followed  in  the 
English  as  well  as  in  other  modern  versions  by  the  rendering 
Lord.  The  trae  sound  of  the  name  never  having  been 
noted,  is  now  lost ;  the  only  clue  that  is  left  being  its  ety- 
mology and  the  form  which  it  assumes  in  composition, 
§  G2.  1,  from  which  the  conclusion  has  been  variously  drawn 
that  it  was  nin;;',  nin;; ,  or  nnn'; .  The  common  pronunciation 
Jehovah  is  manifestly  founded  upon  the  error  of  combining 


§48  k'ri  and  k'thibh.  Gn 

the  consonants  of  this  word  with  the  vowels  of  another  and 
an  entirely  different  one.  There  is,  however,  especially  as  it 
is  uncertain  whether  Ya/we  or  Ya/i"va,  or  either  of  these,  was 
its  original  sound,  no  good  reason  for  abandoning  the  pro- 
nunciation familiar  to  the  Christian  world  and  hallowed  by 
the  association  of  constant  usage  for  the  sake  of  adopting 
another  which  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  phonetically  more 
exact,  any  more  than  we  need  be  guilty  of  the  pedantry  of 
preferring  YesUayahi  to  Isaiah  because  it  approaches  more 
nearly  to  the  original  pronunciation  of  the  prophet's  name. 
Other  standing  K'ris,  unnoted  in  the  margin,  are  xin ,  the 
form  of  the  pronoun  of  the  third  person  feminine  which  is 
used  throughout  the  Pentateuch ;  this  is  designed  to  be  read 
x^n ,  though  the  sound  indicated  by  the  letters  is  in  all  proba- 
bility i^^n .     So  nii'^/f  ^  read  "liis^ ,  and  qpTC^"^^  read  ^']^-^r\^.  . 

§48.  In  the  absence  of  definite  information  respecting 
the  origin  and  sources  of  these  various  readings,  it  is  difficult 
to  determine  wath  absolute  precision  the  Aveight  to  which 
they  are  respectively  entitled.  The  current  opinion  of  the 
ablest  Hebraists,  based  upon  a  careful  scrutiny  of  their  in- 
ternal character  aud  the  relation  which  ordinarily  appears  to 
subsist  between  them,  is  that  while  tlie  K'ri  may  perhaps,  in 
a  few  cases,  correct  errors  in  the  K'thibh,  and  so  restore  the 
original  reading,  it  is  in  the  great  majority  of  instances  an 
explanatory  gloss  rather  than  an  emendation.  With  the  rare 
exceptions  already  suggested,  the  K'thibh  is  esteemed  the 
true  reading,  the  object  of  the  K'ri  being  to  remove  ortho- 
graphical anomalies,  secure  grammatical  uniformity,  substi- 
tute usual  for  unusual,  prevailing  for  obsolete  words  and 
forms,  and  occasionaUy  to  introduce  euphemistic  expressions. 
While  the  K'ri  is  probably  not  to  be  esteemed  the  original 
reading,  therefore,  it  deserves  attention  as  the  grammatical 
or  exegetical  comment  of  a  steadfast  tradition. 


66  orthography.  §  19 

Accuracy  of  the  Points. 

§49.  1.  All  the  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text  designed 
to  facilitate  its  reading  have  now  been  considered.  The  cor- 
rectness of  the  pronunciation,  which  they  yield,  is  vouched 
for  not  only  by  the  esteem  in  which  they  are  universally 
held  by  the  Jews,  but  by  the  scrupulous  minuteness  of  the 
system,  its  consistency  with  itself  and  with  the  vowel-letters 
of  the  text,  its  affinity  with  and  yet  independence  of  the 
vocalization  of  the  kindred  languages  the  Arabic  and  Syriac, 
and  the  veneration  for  the  already  established  text  which 
evidently  characterized  its  authors,  since  they  did  not  venture 
to  change  the  text  even  in  the  slightest  particular. 

2.  The  only  additional  information  which  has  come  down 
to  us  respecting  the  true  sound  of  Hebrew  words,  is  furnished 
by  the  mode  of  writing  proper  names  in  the  Septuagint 
version,  and  the  few  Hebrew  words  preserved  by  ancient 
authors,  particularly  Origen  and  Jerome.  These  have  been 
subjected  to  an  elaborate  comparison  with  the  Masoretic 
punctuation,  and  the  result  has  been  to  establish  their  sub- 
stantial agreement  in  the  main,  with,  however,  not  a  few 
remarkable  points  of  divergence.  In  relation  to  this  subject 
it  should  be  observed,  that  the  Hebrew  pronunciation  of  the 
Seventy  is  inferred  entirely  from  their  mode  of  spelling 
proper  names,  not  from  words  in  living  use  in  the  language. 
The  chances  of  inaccuracy,  on  the  part  of  the  translators,  are 
here  peculiarly  great.  Many  names  were  not  familiar  and 
were  of  rare  occurrence ;  and  as  no  system  of  vowel  notation 
then  existed,  they  were  left  entirely  to  their  independent 
knowledcre  of  the  sound  of  each  individual  word.  These 
words  were  written  by  them  in  a  foreign  alphabet,  whose 
sounds  did  not  coincide  precisely  with  those  of  the  Hebrew, 
and  in  which  the  proper  equivalents  varied  somewhat  accord- 
ing to  their  combinations.     The  true  sound  was  also  de- 


^49  ACCURACY    OF    THE    POINTS.  67 

parted  from  sometimes  because  the  laws  of  Greek  euphony 
forbade  its  exact  reproduction.  The  neghgence  with  which 
they  are  chargeable  elsewhere  was  also  probably  aggravated 
here,  and  in  fact  there  are  many  instances  in  which  they  not 
merely  deviate  from  the  vowels  but  transpose  or  change  the 
letters.  Leaving  out  of  view,  therefore,  such  incidental  dis- 
crepancies as  are  to  be  accounted  for  in  the  ways  now  sug- 
gested, a  thorough  and  extended  examination  of  the  subject 
reveals,  with  all  the  general  agreement,  a  number  of  regular 
and  systematic  deviations. 

a.  These  are  thus  stated  by  Ewald,  Lehrbuch.  p.  1 16.  (1.)  An  e  or  e  de- 
rived from  a  is  written  a,  as  nnpi  0apa,  CS^b2  BaA.aa/x.  "il'^a  Ta^awv.  C^^TO 
Mapia/x ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  a  is  sometimes  written  e,  ni3^"'bnx 
OAty8e/x.a.  Tip  Kevet,.  PJ  TeS^,  especially  before  n,  as  nn'p  Kope,  niT  Zape. 
(2.)  e  is  written  for  i  and  6  for  u,  dns  Xerratot,  cbnij  Teevva,  V^'14 
TeSecov,  Q":'°!:f^  Meo-pai/x  rn-ns^  Oxo^a^,  n^T;'  O^ta,  (3.)  for  the  diph- 
thongal e  and  o  their  constituents  ai  and  au  are  substituted,  IJ";;;  Kaivav, 
123  Na^au.  (4.)  The  vowel  letters  are  softened  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  X'^p.''^  ovLKpa,  "'3"!'^!i  owtSa/J^jp.  (5.)  Vocal  Sh'va  is  written  as  a 
full  vowel,  commonly  a,  or  if  an  o  follow,  0,  niwXns  2a/3aa).^,  bx^is'n  TayovrjX, 
fi^tns  XepovBLjj.,  CIO  2o8o/xa ;  the  final  vowel  of  Segholates  is  also 
written  6  if  o  precedes,  Ti^'^  MoXox,  "i^A"  yop,op. 

3.  The  regularity  of  these  deviations  seems  to  be  best 
accounted  for  by  the  assumption  that  the  pronunciation 
represented  in  the  Septuagint  is  that  which  prevailed  among 
the  Jews  in  Egypt,  which  would  naturally  be  less  pure  than 
that  of  Palestine  represented  in  the  vowel  points,  and  which, 
moreover,  betrays  in  the  particulars  recited  above  a  strong 
leaning  to  Aramaean  forms  and  sounds.  Accordingly  the 
view  now  commonly  entertained  is  that  the  vowel  notation 
of  the  Masorites  is  correct,  at  least  in  all  essential  particulars, 
and  that  it  is  properly  to  be  put  at  the  basis  of  all  investiga* 
tions  into  the  phenomena  of  the  language. 


68  ORTHOGllAPHT.  ^  50 


Orthographic  Changes. 

^50.  The  signs  thus  far  described  represent  all  the 
sounds  of  the  Hebrew  language.  Its  stock  of  words  is 
formed  by  combining  these  in  various  significant  ways.  The 
laws  of  such  combinations,  and  especially  the  nmtations  to 
which  they  are  subject,  or  which  they  occasion,  next  demand 
attention.  When  a  particular  idea  has  been  attached  to  a 
certain  combination  of  sounds,  its  different  modifications 
may  naturally  be  expressed  by  slightly  varying  those  sounds. 
This  may  take  place, 

1.  By  the  substitution  of  one  letter  for  another  of  like 
character,  and  for  the  most  part  of  the  same  organ,  e.  g. : 

n^n  to  be.  exist,  M^n  to  live  ;  s'33  to  pour  forth.  N23  the  same  idea  ap- 
plied to  words,  to  prophei^!/ ;  ~3S  to  encircle  the  neck  with  an  ornament, 
pan  to  strangle,  poN  applied  to  sounds  uttered  in  strangulation,  to  groan  ; 
bji  to  go  about  as  a  s}>y,  hzn  to  go  about  as  a  merchant;  0:3  to  collect, 
C'^na  treasures;  S'^aa  a  cup,  J'^IS  or  S2ip  a.  helmet  (of  similar  shape); 
""]  tender,  delicate,  pT  thin  ;  "isri  to  make  straight,  isn  to  straighten  the 
beam  of  the  balance,  to  weigh  ;  "133  firstborn,  "'iss  first  ripe,  ^|?3  the  first 
portion  of  the  day,  the  morning  ;  nbn  to  suspend,  nb'n  applied  to  a  bucket, 
to  let  down;  "^la  to  cut,  iSf?  to  reap;  3nt  gold,  3Hs  yelloxo ;  '{^'^  to  con- 
ceal, "(S^U  and  "lEii  to  hide  away  as  treasures,  "ED  to  cover  with  boards ; 
]'r3  to  destroy  by  tearing  down.  l!Jr3  to  destroy  by  uprooting ;  nr::  to  slay, 
n3T  to  sacrifice ;  bsn  to  bind,  bsa  to  bound  ;  n"i3  to  break  up,  jite,  nng 
to  break  out,  blossom,  p"is  to  break  in  pieces ;  33p  to  cut  ofi".  3sn  to  hew 
stone,  3:2n  to  cut  wood  ;  "iP3  to  surround,  "la?  to  encircle  the  head  with  a 
crown  ;  Tjr3  to  pour  out,  ~p3  to  pour  in  libation  or  in  casting  metals ;  "•ns 
to  shine,  "in::  to  be  pure;  nnn  to  engrave,  uinn  to  plough;  ins  to  prove, 
"ins  to  approve,  choose  ;  nrny  /o  r/rnz/r.  its  causative  npil'n  ;  ~rn  to  break 
through,  ipn  to  investigate  ;  3S3  to  place,  its  reflexive  3S]Pn. 

2.  By  the  transposition  of  letters,  e.  g.  : 

l^ns  lo  deal  violently,  iSB  to  urge  ;  "'Sp  to  cut  with  the  sickle,  reap,  V"i|3 
to  cut  with  the  teeth,  bile;  Ti'^i:  to  blow,  i:JE3  breath;  033  to  collect,  033 
riches,  P'i3lD'0  storehouses. 

3.  By  the  addition  of  a  letter  : 

Thus,  from  the  letters  i3l,  in  which  inheres  the  idea  of  compression, 
are  formed  ii; a  to  bind,  ^'^:i  to  press  together, '^:iii   to  heap   up,  "S^    to  be 


^  51  ORTHOGRAPHIC    CHANGES.  69 

straitened.  "^^J  to  guard,  besiege,  "iSi'  to  restrain,  "isn  an  enclosure  ;  from  Tl 
are  formed  ^la  to  cut,  fis  /o  czji  of,  TIJ  io  c?t^  /oose,  go  away.  TT5  /o  shear, 
bta  ?o  plunder,  ni^a  Aeu)/z  stone;  t"'^a  ^o  unfold,  make  distinct,  fir"nB  f^ 
spread  out ;  D"i3  a  vineyard,,  i'^o'iS  a  garden. 

^51.  Such  literal  changes  as  those  just  recited  not  onl) 
serve  to  express  new  shades  of  meaning,  but  even  where  the 
meaning  remains  precisely  the  same,  they  may  represent 
diversities  of  other  sorts.     Thus,  the  distinction  may  be, 

1.  In  point  of  currency  or  style :  One  form  of  the  word 
being  in  more  common  and  familiar  use,  the  other  more  rare 
and  savoring,  perhaps,  of  the  elevated  or  poetic  style,  e.  g. : 

^:i;  to  guard,  ^133  poetic;  ll'iia  cypress,  nii3  once  in  poetry;  "iJO  to 
s/tvt,  rarely  "i?0  ;  "T^^'P  storm,  nnriu  rare  and  poetic;  "?0  to  cover,  once 
T\^h  :  T|^^  to  be  quenched,  once  T\"_l ;  2J"ri  to  abhor,  once  jXn  ;  ^30.  to  be 
foolish,  once  ^"03 ;  ■^^!'?  iniquity,  once  Hibs  . 

2.  Of  antiquity :  The  pronunciation  of  a  word  or  its 
form  may  undergo  changes  in  the  lapse  of  time.  Of  the 
few  instances  of  this  sort,  which  our  imperfect  data  enable 
us  to  fix  upon  Avith  some  measure  of  confidence,  the  follow- 
ing may  be  taken  as  specimens,  e.  g. : 

To  laugh  in  the  Pentateuch  pn:i ,  in  other  books  (Judg.  16  :  25  ex- 
cepted) pnia  ;  to  cry  out  in  the  Pentateuch  prs  ,  only  once  (Ex.  2  :  23) 
pST  which  is  the  more  frequent  form  in  other  books  ;  niL^S  ,  f^2':3lr  a.  lamb, 
occur  in  the  Pentateuch  interchangeably  with  iuss  ,  nbns ,  which  are  the 
only  forms  found  in  other  books ;  a  sceptre  ijaa  .  but  in  the  book  of  Esther 
a'^nnttJ  ;  Damascus  pb^a':?  .  in  Chronicles  pii;^"!^  ;  how  1  Chron.  13  :  12, 
Dan.  10  :  17  rrn  ,  in  earlier  books  TpX  . 

3.  Of  Dialect :  The  same  word  may  come  to  be  pro- 
nounced differently  by  those  who  speak  distinct  though  re- 
lated languages.  Thus,  the  Aramaean  dialects,  the  Chaldee 
and  Syriac,  in  very  many  words  regularly  substitute  N  for  the 
Hebrew  final  n ,  and  the  corresponding  Unguals  for  the  He- 
brew sibilants,  2  being  sometimes  still  further  weakened  by 
the  loss  even  of  the  lingual  sound  to  that  of  the  guttural  ^ , 
e.g.: 


70  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  52 

Heb.  nrn  to  u-ander,  Chald.  xr-j  .  Syr.  \Ll  ;  Heb.  =nj  oro/r/.  ChalA 
-"■^j    Syr.  ).soi?;  Heb.  nia  a  /m7f,  Cliiikl.   nrj  ,    Syr.   ]iiLi  ;  Heb.  dbo 

5   ^    ^ 

fAree.  Chald.  n^P)  ,  Syr.  L^Z ,  Arab.  ^^,^0  5  Heb.  y-X  //it  fa///i.  Arab. 
^jO.(  .  Clialil.  "^x,  Syr.  ll^?j  .  Other  consonant  changes:  Heb.  "2  a  son, 
Arab,  ^'t  ,  Chald.  ^3,  Syr.  j-c  ;  Heb.  hzsp^  to  kill.  Arab.  ^JJ3 ;  Heb. 
^12^-:,  Syr. '\a4ai5;  Heb.  XS3  «  //iro«e,  Chald.  -D-jnSjSyr.  i-lrjoa,  Arab. 
llr^;  Heb.  np^bn  a  Jield,  Chald.  xbpn  ,  Syr.  \L1 ,  Eth.  /!l^A  '.  . 

4.  Of  simple  euphony :  An  alternate  form  of  a  word 
may  be  produced  to  facilitate  its  pronunciation  or  make  its 
sound  more  pleasing,  e.  g. : 

■)iQi>"iX ,  ""-""15?  purple;  c::r ,  ■|::":J  to  hate;  ns'l'b  ,  Hr^:  chamber, 
'iSs/izy  Achan ;  -ax:n=!l33  ,  ^SXinDi:?  Nebuchadnezzar;  5X^ ,  a.'J'il 
Doeg ;  Cy^bx,  o-'Hiabx  almug  OT  algum  trees  ;  nis'nb-Q,  ni3?^n^  teeth. 

a.  Mere  varieties  of  orthography  must  not  be  mistaken  for  consonantal 
chano-es,  e.  g.  xb  occasionally  for  lb  and  vice  versd.  probably  r^brb  for 
Piiibro,  and  such  permutations  of  gutturals  as  abound  in  the  manuscripts 
of  the  Samaritans,  who,  making  no  distinction  in  the  sounds  of  these 
letters,  perpetually  confounded  them  in  writing,  Gesen.  Sam.  Pent.  p.  52. 
A  like  faulty  pranunciation  has  been  attributed  to  the  Galileans,  to  which 
there  is  a  probable  allusion  in  Matt.  26:73.     Buxtorf  Lex.  Chald.  p.  434. 

§52.  The  changes  thus  far  described  result  in  the  pro- 
duction of  distinct  words,  and  belong  to  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon  rather  than  of  the  grammar.  The  lexicographer  re- 
gards such  words  as  cognate,  and  traces  them  back  to  their 
common  source ;  but,  in  the  view  of  the  grammarian,  they 
are  totally  distinct.  The  nnitations  with  which  the  latter 
concerns  himself  are  such  as  take  place  in  the  direct  deriva- 
tion and  inflection  of  words.  These  are  altogether  euphonic, 
are  more  restricted  in  their  character,  and  take  place  within 
far  nari-ower  limits,  than  those  heretofore  considered.  When 
words  are  subjected  to  grammatical  changes  their  sounds 
are  brought  into  new  connections,  attended,  it  may  be,  with 


^  53  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  71 

a  difficulty  of  utterance  which  demands  some  measure  of 
rehef,  or  they  pass  readily  and  naturally  into  other  sounds, 
which  are  easier  of  pronunciation  or  more  agreeable  to  the 
ear.  The  mutations  thus  induced  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 
Consonant  Changes,  the  Conversion  of  Consonants  into 
Vowels,  and  Vowel  Changes.  These  will  require  to  be  con- 
sidered separately. 


Consonant  Changes. 

§  53.  The  first  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
afiect  the  consonants.  These  mostly  arise  from  the  concur- 
rence of  two  consonants,  creating  a  difficulty  in  the  pronun- 
ciation or  yielding  a  sound  displeasing  to  the  ear.  This  may 
take  place  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  closfe  of  a  syllable. 
Syllables  in  Hebrew  may,  and  often  do,  begin  with  two  con- 
sonants, §18.  1  ;  but  the  necessity  of  this  is  avoided  in 
certain  cases  by  the  following  expedients  : 

1.  In  the  beginning  of  words  the  weak  letter  Si  is  some- 
times prefixed  with  a  short  vowel,  thus  creating  a  new  initial 
syllable  to  which  the  first  consonant  may  be  transferred. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  this  are  afforded  by  the  second  and  seventh 
conjugations  of  verbs,  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael,  e.  tj.  ^i:|3in  =  ^iii^?"!  for 
ba;?? ;  b-jpnn  probably  for  ^^py\  §82.  5.  h.  In  irn'nx  Ezek.  14 :  3  X  is 
prefixed  instead  of  n .  Prosthesis  is  more  common  in  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon,  where  N  is  always  the  letter  used,  e.g.  SJinT .  SiTTS  arm  ;  ^"ron, 
biianx  yesterday.  A  prefixed  X  is  even  occasionally  employed  to  soften 
the  pronunciation  without  the  necessity  stated  above,  e.  s,.  cniinx,  D'SSX  , 
cibn'nx,  D"'ptx^.  So  in  Chaldee  Cix  Wood,  Heb.  M ;  "isx  garden.Hfih. 
15.  In  Arabic  the  concurrence  of  two  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word  is  regularly  obviated  by  prefixing  t .     Comp.  Greek  x^^'^>  ^X"^^'^- 

2.  The  first  of  the  concurrent  consonants,  if  it  has  a 
comparatively  feeble  sound,  is  sometimes  dropped. 


c 


72  ORTllOGRAniY.  §  53 

a.  This  occurs  regularly  in  verbs  wliose  first  radical  is  "^  or  3 ,  and  in 
nouns  derived  ii-oin  such  verbs,  e.g.  -h  ibr  -t;^ ,  nj-n  lur  nrn-i.  b^ia  for 
bsiii ,  in  for  ",r3 .  ■'n  Ezek.  2  :  10  for  ■'ris ,  bsuin  Ezek.  1:4  for  br  wins ,  and 
perhaps  "isS  Am.  8  :  8  tor  iK";?  . 

X  is  liius  dropped  in  i:n:  for  !l3n:s.Ui  forit;N;  also  in  a  few  instances  from 
the  bfiTiiining  of  the  second  syllable  of  words,  e.g.  "(Ir.S?^'',  Ezek.  28:16 
■  )r  r,i?NN.;  ;  t'tx  -Tob  32:  11  for  t'-nx  ;  o-A^on  Eccl.  4:  14  for  cniioxn ; 
:^53-n  2  Chron.  22:5  for  C^B-ixn  ;  rno^^  Ezek.  20:37  Ibr  r-)OSr;  rVs^ 
1  Kin.  5:25  with  Daghesh-lorle  conse'-vative  lor  rbzN^l?  ;  rnx  Prov. 
8:17  for  =nXN ;  "pTp  Prov.  17:4  for  TT^^;  Mr^d  1  Sam.  1:17  ibr 
TinbNUJ .  These  examples  likewise  admit  ol"  a  dili'erent  explanation  ;  j^ 
may  give  up  its  consonantal  power,  losing  its  sound  in  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding vowel,  agreeably  to  §57.  2  (2),  after  which  it  may  readily  be 
dropped  altogether. 

a  is  occasionally  dropped  from  the  participles  of  the  Pual  or  fourth 
conjugation,  as  njjp  for  njsbT:  ;  h  in  n;^  for  n;rb ;  n  in  rib  Ex.  3:2  for 
rinb;  ^h"^^  Ex.'7:22  Ibr'cn^^-b  Ex.  7:11;  and  perhaps  3  in  nrao 
Gen.  49 :  11,  which  appears  to  be  for  nhncs . 

b.  The  rejection  of  a  consonant  from  the  beginning  of  a  syllable,  when 
not  immediately  followed  by  another  consonant,  is  exceptional  ;  as  in 
Judg.  9:11  for  in'; ;  nnn  2  Sam.  22:41  n)r  nnpD ;  in  Ezek.  33:30  for 
nnx;  msan  Neh.  3:13  for  risirsri;  "'ribnnn  Jodo-.  9:9  for  ^nbinnn,  and 
j>erhaps  ni'r  Jer.  42:  10,  which  seems  to  be  ibr  aid';. 


3.  The  second  consonant  is  sometimes  dropped,  if  it  is  a 
letter  of  feeble  sound. 


a.  This  is  reiiuiarly  the  case  with  n  of  the  article  and  of  verbal  pre- 
fixes, ano  "^  as  the  final  radical  of  verbs,  e.  g.  n?ab  for  n^anb;  blj;?^  for 
bbi^n^;  !iba  for  1^'ba. 

It  occurs  besides  in  a  few  sporadic  examples  with  these  same  letters, 
and  more  rarely  still  with  !<  ,  i,  and  S,  e.g.  if  for  iriT ,  ''3  Ezek.  2 :  10  for 
•^n: .  :;b'-T'  for  lib'^in";!,  "S^isp'^  and  ^Pi^^:;?  with  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive foV'sinry-Jp?*'  and  inr^-jp  ;  si^i  Lam.  3:53  for  ^^1^1,  "ri'^n  Gen. 
3:  16  for -^•'•in';  njE^-?  .Tob  35  :  1 1  for  !i:E^xr  .  C^kn  Ex.  26:24  forc^fexFi, 
bin":  Isa.  13  :  20  for  bfix"^ .  ^:nTni  2  Sam.  22  :'40  for  ^S'nTxnn  ;  "^3  Isa.  3  :  24 
for  ■'"3,  '^'S  for  •'I?. .  cia^  for  cii^"^ ;  "'a  as  a  particle  of  entreaty,  probably 
for  ■'ra  ,  npTi;3  Am.  8:  8  (K'thibh)  for  ni-pt': ;  ba  the  name  of  a  Baby- 
lonish deity  for  bsa  is  a  foreign  contraction.  The  conjecture  that  133 
Mic.  1  :  10  is  for  i3?a  in  Accho'xs  ingenious  and  favoured  by  the  occurrence 
of  r;3  in  Gath  in  the  parallel  clause;  but  it  is  at  variance  with  the  points, 
which,  upon  this  hypothesis,  should  be  "isa. 

b.  In  rare  cases  this  rejection  occurs  even  after  a  mixed  syllable, 
whose  final  consonant  is  thus  drawn  forward,  e.  g.  nrs  for  ^^'>y!<  ,  nrn 
Job  29:0  for  nxrn,  akrn  Ex.  2:4  for  ak'rn  and  probably  p©i<  Ps. 
139:8  with  Daghesli-forte  conservative  for  pbpx  . 


§54  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  73 

^  54.  When  the  concurrence  takes  place  at  the  close  of 
a  syllable,  whether  the  second  consonant  belongs  to  the  same 
syllable  with  the  first  as  at  the  end  of  words,  or  to  a  ditler- 
ent  syllable  as  in  the  middle  of  words,  the  following  changes 
may  be  produced, 

1.  An  aspirate  following  another  consonant  loses  its 
aspiration,  §21 ;  or  if  it  be  brought  into  juxtaposition  with 
its  like  so  as  to  form  a  doubled  letter,  the  aspiration  of  both 
will  be  removed,  §  23.  2,  unless  the  combination  occurs  at 
the  end  of  a  word,  where  the  reduplication  is  not  expressed, 
§  25.  Thus,  n^  for  nnia ,  ofenn  for  D^nnn ,  ^h^b  for  -nnnb , 
but  nn  from  nnn,  ti'i-qri  1  Kin.  1  :  15  for  r\r))t-i2  or  nnnir^, 
ni™  Ezek.  4  :  3  for  ^nia,  mt^  Mai.  1 :  14  for  nnnir^  . 

2.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  in  certain 
cases  assimilated  to  the  second,  the  doubling  thus  occasioned 
being  expressed  as  in  the  case  of  letters  originally  alike  by 
Daghesh-forte,  except  at  the  end  of  words,  §25,  where 
Daghesh  disappears  or  is  only  virtually  present,  being  re- 
sumed upon  the  addition  of  a  fresh  vowel  or  syllable.  This 
is  most  frequently  the  case  with  the  liquid  2 ,  rarely  with  b 
and  T  and  only  in  particular  words ;  so  n  of  the  Hithpael 
of  verbs  before  1  and  13 ,  and  in  a  few  instances  before  sibi- 
lants and  other  letters,  and  1  at  the  end  of  a  few  words 
before  n .  Thus,  "jn^  for  "jna^ ,  nnia  for  r\;pDT3 ;  n'^^  for  njpb:' , 
ns3  Ezek.  27  :  23  for  nibs  Am.  6:2;  ^jw  for  ''b  itcn  ;  ^ia^^^ 
for '^ss^ri'?,  NisJai  for  siat^n;',  ^3-7n  for  ^i^rnn,  niaiii^n  for 
oiaiffinn ,  ^siasn  for  ^&^35nn ,  n©3n  for  n&snn ;  nb  for  mb ,  nnx 
for  n^nx . 

a.  So  perhaps  3  in  nki2  according  to  Gesenius  for  iifes^  and  Oa  for 
S3B.  Compare  Greek  avyyev-q^  for  o-wyevTjSj  TeVu/A/Aat  for  TeTUTr/xai,  and 
Eng.  il-logical,  ir-religion,  im-mature  formed  by  the  negative  prefix  in. 

3.  A  few  isolated  cases  occur  of  the  reverse  process  more 
common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  by  which  a  doubled  letter  is 
resolved  into  two  different  consonants  by  the  change  of  the 


74  ORTlIOGRAniY.  §  55 

first  or  tlic  second  member  of  the  I'ediiplicalion  to  a  liquid 
"I  or  3,  e.g.  '^■i^'a  forbiD^a,  pi?^"i"^  for  p'^.^l ,  ^""-.yj^  Isa. 
23  :  11  for  n-^Tyia,  ■•ipp  Job  18:2  in  the  judgment  of  some 
for  ■'ip  e?ids,  though  others  make  the  2  a  radical,  and  give 
the  word  the  sense  of  snares.  The  conjectm-e  that  ^i^in  Ps. 
C4  :  7,  Lam.  3  :  22  is  for  ^isr)  is  unnecessary  and  unwar- 
ranted. 

4.  When  n  of  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  would  stand  before 
a  sibilant,  it  is  transposed  with  D  and  113 ,  and  with  s  it  is  in 
addition  changed  to  12.  Thus,  nrinc^  for  npcn^,  ^iint^  foi 
ni2TEn;i ,  nynir:*  for  "lyiwro ,  py^i'?  for  pv^"ri? . 

a.  Ill  n;:;i2it."rin  Jcr.  49 :  3  the  transposition  does  not  take  place  in  con- 
sequence ot"  the  number  of  simihir  letters  wiiich  would  thus  be  brought 
into  proxiiniiy.  In  tiie  cognate  laniruagL's  n  is  likewise  transjjosed  with  t 
and  changed  to  "i:  thus,  Chald.  "K'lin  for  "jainn;  so.  also,  in  Syriac  and 
Arabic.  The  only  example  of  a  Hebrew  verb  whose  first  letter  is  T  ap- 
pearing in  this  conjugation  is  !l2Tn  Isa.  1:16,  where  T\  is  assimilated 
agreeably  to  2.  Compare  with  these  transpositions  the  frequent  Doric 
change  of  ^  (=:  8cr)  into  aS,  as  avpiaBiD  for  crvpt^a). 

§  55.  The  occurrence  of  a  consonant  at  the  end  of  a 
word  may,  inasmuch  as  the  succeeding  word  nmst  necessarily 
begin  with  one,  be  regarded  as  an  additional  case  of  the  con- 
crn'rence  of  consonants.  As  the  contact  is  less  close,  how- 
ever, than  when  they  meet  in  the  same  word,  it  is  less  fruitful 
of  changes  than  in  the  cases  already  considered. 

1.  There  are  three  instances  in  which  it  has  been  doubt- 
fully conjectured  that  a  final  )  has  been  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing initial  'Q ;  viz.  DiiiJto^  Isa.  35:1  presumed  to  be  for 
Iict;^.  Di^ns  Num.  3  :49  for  'jr'iB  Ex.  21  :  30,  Ps.  49  :  9  ; 
D^oGen.  28:12. 


a.  Pinal  consonants  are  in  Sanskrit  perpetually  modified  by  the  initia4 
letter  of  the  following  word.     But  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that  this  is  so  in 
Hebrew,  even  in  the  examples  alleged,  as  the  forms  admit  of  a  difTcrent 
explanation.     See  in  regard   to  the  first  passage,  Dr.  Alexander's  Com 
mentary. 


^56  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  75 

2.  A  few  cases  occur  of  the  rejection  of  a  letter,  chiefl)' 
'J  and  ^ ,  from  the  end  of  a  word. 

a.  T  of  the  verbal  endings  '|1  and  "j"^ ,  is  almost  always  dropped,  being 
only  retained  as  an  archaic  or  emphatic  form,  and  cliiefly  at  the  end  of  a 
clause,  e.  g.  l^s'i;;  Dent.  8  :  16,  but  mostly  ^li'-i';;;  "^l-i^nn  Gen.  32:20,  com- 
monly 1"i3iri;  T'^"..^  Ruth  3:4,  commonly  "'^^n .  So,  too,  in  some 
proper  nouns,  li^?^  Zecii.  12:  11.  ^^yq  Josh.  12  :2l  ;  "i^'^HJ,  whose  original 
T  is  shown  in  the  derivative  "'iil3"'d  and  is  perpetuated  in  the  modern  name 
Seilun. 

h.  In  like  manner  a  is  rejected  from  the  dual  and  plural  terminationa 
of  nouns  upon  their  entering  into  the  close  connection  of  the  construct 
state  with  the  following  word,  "^iTX  ll-om  C^JIN,  "^ria  from  0'n3 . 

c.  If  the  feminine  endings  n^  and  n^  have,  as  is  probable,  a  common 
origin,  this  may  be  best  explained  by  the  assumption  that  n  is  in  many 
cases  rejected  li-om  the  termination,  leaving  only  the  vowel,  though  it  ia 
always  retained  when  any  addition  is  made  to  the  word:  thus,  the  con- 
struct state  niDDn,  absolute  nrian,  but  with  a  suffix  ■^n'ODn ;  n^::;? 
(comp.  n"?T5<  Deut.  32  :  36),  ''ir^'C'P; .  It  is  to  be  observed  here,  that  this 
phenomenon  does  not  establish  the  possibility  of  an  interchange  between 
the  consonants  n  and  n,  -because  n  in  this  case  represents  not  h  but  the 
vowel  a. 

§  56.  A  few  other  changes  remain  to  be  mentioned  which 
are  due  to  special  causes. 

1.  Nun  is  often  inserted  in  certain  forms  of  verbal 
suffixes  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  two  vowels,  ^rcnny;; 
Jer.  5  :  22,  or  §  53.  3.  a.  ^^-nn^p.  Isa.  33  :  21  for  '.nnny;. , 
inDibiainx  Ex.  15:  2  for  ^r.b^inN! .  Comp.  Gr.  avoaio^  and 
English  indefinite  article  a7i. 

2.  Vav  at  the  beginning  of  words  is  changed  to  "^ ,  e.  g. 
"T?^^  for  ^?i ,  ^"7":  for  lb;) ,  bibp;!  for  bbjpi .  The  only  exceptions 
are  the  four  words  ^^ ,  nn  Prov.  21  :  8,  "i^i  Gen.  11  :  30, 
^b";  2  Sam.  6  :  23  (K'ri),  and  the  prefixes  Vav  Conjunctive 
and  Vav  Conversive. 

3.  Vav,  though  capable  of  being  reduplicated,  e.  g.  "i?ii? 
is  in  most  instances  relieved  from  this  necessity  by  the  sub- 
stitution of  '',  or  by  doubling  the  following  letter  in  its 
stead,  e.  g.  D!;pN  or  DTaipji:  for  D^i^s  • 


76  ORTHOGRAPflY.  §57 

a.  In  one  instance  after  such  a  change  of  1  to  "'j  a  followincr  "^  euffers 
the  contrary  change  to  1  to  pjcvent  the  triple  recurrence  of  the  sama 
letter,  Ti^.t'!''?:  Isa.  0:9  for  Tjll'ji'^N^. 

4.  Yodh  before  the  plural  termination  w^ ,  is  in  a  few 
cases  changed  to  K  to  prevent  the  conjunction  of  like 
sounds,  D^sibn  Hos.  11  :  7  for  n'^ibn  Josh.  10  :  20;  D^xiaa 
Hos.  11:8  for  D'^hs  Gen.  10  :  19 ;  n-^k-i^n  from  ''"i^^;  D-'icns 
(also  nifiiaii)  for  u^'-j^i  -,  ^s,^^  Jer.  38  :  12  for  "'iba  (or  as  some 
read,  r'^i^)  ver.  11. 


a.  In  like  manner  "i  is  changed  to  S  before  Hi  in  the  word  r-ixs  for 
ni^S  from  ni3;  it  is  consequently  unnecessary  to  assume,  as  Gesenius  does, 
a  singular  ni<2  which  never  occurs. 


Change  of  Consonants  to  Vowels. 

§57.  The  second  class  of  changes  is  the  conversion  of 
consonants  into  vowels,  or  the  substitution  of  the  latter  foi 
the  former.     This  occurs, 

1.  Occasionally  in  reduplicated  syllables  or  letters,  aiia 
for  nsn? ;  nis-Lpit:  for  niBt:si2;  bi:a  for  b^bn  Gen.  11:9;  ninb? 
2  Chron.  35  :  13  from  nn^s  Prov.  19  :  24. 

2.  Much  more  frequently  with  the  quiescents. 

(1)  A  prefixed  )  is  softened  to  its  homogeneous  voAvel  u 
before  other  labials  or  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  rr'i^,  ni^i;  the 
softening  of  an  initial  "^  io  i  only  occurs  in  '''fc''K  1  Chron. 
2:13  for  ^i?!'  ver.  ]  2,  ©i?  2  Sam.  14 :  19,  Mic.  6  :  10  for  CJ: . 

(2)  Medial  or  final  quiescents  without  vowels  of  their 
own  often  lose  their  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel. 
This  is  invariably  the  case  with  1  and  ''  following  their  homo- 
geneous vowels,  e.  g.  Ti^n  for  Tiin  §  59,  n^^roa  for  n^in^'a, 
unless  they  are  doubled,  as  ""ii?!*^ ,  f^^^,  and  occasionally  even 


§  57  CHANGE    OF    CONSONANTS    TO    VOWELS.  77 

then,  e.  g.  ''t?''^  for  '^'k'^'o .  Pinal  K  always,  and  medial  X  fre- 
quently, gives  up  its  consonant  sound  after  any  vowel  what- 
ever, e.  g.  ss^ ,  s'i^ ,  nsib  for  Pxi'a . 

a.  Medial  S  regularly  loses  its  consonantal  power  in  the  (liture  Kal  of 
Pe  Aleph  verbs,  e.g.  bix^  ;  in  -i?2X  preceded  by  b,  thus  nrixb  ;  in  Q^n'^X 
and  certain  forms  ol'  'ins  preceded  by  the  prefixes  2^31,  thus,  c^n'bsb , 
iri''bx^  but  riii^xib;  "^nxb,  T'psb,  ■'nxb  but  ')i"i5<.b  .  -"inxb .  ii^-flihwNib .  The 
tbllowing  examples  are  of  a  more  individual  character,  e.g.  ni>fD  for  n^N3, 
nb\>ti  1  Kin.  11:39  for  ns^xv  -bsoxn  Num.  11:4,  c^fsTxa  Jer.  40:'l, 
n'^nsaNuJ  Isa.  14:  23.  In  a  few  cases  this  has  led  to  a  change  of  ortho- 
graphy, the  s  which  is  no  longer  heard  being  dropped,  or  another  vowel 
letter  substituted  for  it.  e.  g.  lb=ii  Ezek.  42:5,  and  b-'iis  Hos.  11 :4  from 
biij,  -iiffliT  Job  8:8  for  "iiiX"),  ^i"i  Deut.  32:32  for  ^\s-i,  and  the  exam- 
ples cited  §53.  2,  a. 

b.  The  consonant  n  never  loses  its  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel 
like  the  rest  of  the  quiescents.  The  letter  n  is  often  used  to  denote  a 
vowel,  but  if  in  any  word  it  properly  expresses  a  con.<=onant  this  is  never 
converted  into  a  vowel,  or  vice  versd.  The  exceptions  are  apparent  not 
real,  as  in  the  frequent  abbreviation  of  the  ending  ln^  in  proper  names  to 
rrj,  thus  li^^i^fn,  rt^i:?7n  .  The  change  here  does  not  consist  in  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  1  and  the  softening  of  the  consonant  n.  but  the  syllable 
in  is  dropped,  whereupon  final  Kamets  is  written  by  its  appropriate  vowel 
letter,  §11.  1,  a.  just  as  >in'^3"'7:  after  the  rejection  of  ^in^  becomes  ni"!^  . 
So  in  those  rare  cases  in  which  n  is  substituted  for  the  suffix  PT ,  e.g. 
nnrb  Lev.  13:4  for  "t'"''^'-  The  proper  name  bxnns  Num.  34:28  is  de- 
rived not  irom  ITiQ  but  nia,  a  root  of  kindred  meaning,  of  whose  exist- 
ence, though  otherwise  unattested,  this  word  is  itself  a  sufficient  voucher. 

(3)  Medial  i5  often  gives  its  vowel  to  a  preceding  vowel- 
less  letter  and  rests  in  its  sound;  "^  occasionally  does  the 
same  with  a  homogeneous  vowel,  when  preceded  by  a  vowel- 
less  prefix. 

a.  Thus,  N:  D^iiixn  for  Q'^iixi ,  nxisn  for  nx'jn ;  ?i'JJ<ttJ  Ezek.  25:6 
from  ax'l?  ver.  15;  X^lOJ  Ps.  139:20  for  ^VI)3  .  so  n^V^"^  Jer.'l0:5;  ''i^ilX-i 
from  •nilwsn;  DX-iia  Neh.  6:8for  nxni's  ;  sin  Isa.  51:20,  "iXFl  Deut.  14:5; 
D-'xph  1  Sam. 'l4:33  for  Q-'N'jn ; 'n^3X3  Isa.  10:13  for  "iiaw><3;  iirrsT 
Zech.  11:5  for  laiS'X'^;  tliis  even  occurs  after  mixed  syllables,  e.  g.  riD.sbia 
for  nrxb^  ;  1^X3^  trjr  7"Xj^;  ^^''^i^b  for  nxipb,  particularly  in  proper 
nounsbxr^odi  for  bxs^ir"^  ,'bsj-in  for  bxsnn.'  So,  "':')i'in"'3  Eccles.  2: 13 
for  "|inn':3;  nbb-ii  Jer.  25:36  tor  nHb^l ;  nri;5"ib  Prov,  30:17  for  r^i;5';'b . 
There  is  no  instance  of  this  with  l .  on  the  contrary,  niSip  Cant.  5:2,  12. 

(4)  At  the  end  of  words  1  and  "^ ,  when  without  a  vowel 
of  their  own  and  preceded  by  a  vowelless  letter,  invariably 


78  OBTHOGRAPHT.  ^58 

quiesce  in  their  homogeneous  vowels,  "^  in  an  unaccented  m, 
■i  in  7,  which  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  and  frequentl}' 
causes  the  dissolution  of  a  previous  syllable  and  the  rejection 
of  its  vowel,  'iniii  for  'it^a ,  ^npx"?  for  inpir-i ;  ^n-;  for  "jro ,  ^"^a 
for  ;^ns ,  ^TQT  for  ^-tt^  . 

(5)  Wlien  preceded  or  accompanied  hy  heterogeneous 
vowels,  1  and  "'  are  sometimes  dropped,  or  if  the  vowel  be  «, 
they  not  unfrequently  combine  with  it,  forming  the  diph- 
thongal 0  and  e,  §62.  l,e.  g.  pic^n  for  p^^n,  n'bii  for  ^'55,  nSa 
for  "iSa,  D)?  for  D-ip,  D-^pn  for  n^'ipn,  ntt  for  nnia;  n-cin  for 
a^iLhn ,  TC'Hp  for  Tcin? ,  ni)b  construct  state  of  nj-a ,  n-^i  const, 
of  n^i ,  b^^^n  for  b^^;^n ,  n^j^^  for  ^"^T. . 

a.  Vav  rarely  remains  with  a  heterogeneous  vowel  unless  accompanied 
by  weak  letters,  by  contrast  with  which  it  becomes  comparatively  strong, 


Vowel  Changes. 

§  58.  1.  The  third  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
take  place  in  the  vowels.  The  primary  office  of  the  vowels 
is  to  aid  in  pronouncing  the  consonants,  to  which  conse* 
quently  they  are  quite  subordinate,  merely  occupying,  so  to 
speak,  the  interstices  between  them.  Their  number  and 
variety  being  greater,  however,  than  is  demanded  for  this 
single  piu'pose,  they  have  besides  to  a  certain  extent  an  in- 
dependent value  and  meaning  of  their  own  in  the  constitu- 
tion of  words.  (1)  Changes  of  vowels,  while  they  cannot 
like  a  difference  of  consonants  create  distinct  verbal  roots,  are 
yet  fruitfid  of  those  minor  modifications  of  which  etymology 
takes  cognizance,  such  as  the  formation  of  derivatives  and 
grammatical  mflexions,  e.  g.  '^n^i  to  be  (/reat,  ^"iS  (/rcatness, 
bi^a  ffrcat;  -"07  he  tilled,  bii2p  fo  kill,  Vap  kill  thou,  bt?p 
killing,  ^"^  killed;  c^D  a  horse,  nc^D  a  mare.  (2)  They 
may  indicate  differences  in  the  forms  of  words  which  have 


^58  VOWEL    CHANGES.  79 

arisen  in  the  lapse  of  time;  n?:  in  the  Pentateuch  means  in- 
differently girl  or  hoy,  in  later  books  girl  is  nn?? ;  x^n  in  the 
Pentateuch  he  or  she,  in  other  books  site  is  always  s'^n ;  the 
form  of  the  demonstrative  ni^n  is  found  only  in  Genesis, 
T^n  in  writers  after  the  time  of  Moses,  ^T"in  in  Ezekiel ; 
the  plural  of  the  demonstrative  in  the  Pentateuch  bs  or  n>i« , 
elsewhere,  with  a  single  exception,  n5s  .  The  imperfect  no- 
tation of  the  vowels  in  the  original  mode  of  waiting  by  letters 
alone  has,  however,  left  us  without  the  means  of  ascertaining 
to  what  extent  such  changes  may  have  taken  place.  (3)  They 
may  indicate  diversity  of  dialect,  e.  g.  b"Jp  to  kill,  Chald.  b^p, 

Syr.  V^  ,  Arab.  Jj;S- ,  Ethiop.  ^i-A : . 

2.  The  vowel  changes  with  which  orthography  is  con- 
cerned, on  the  other  hand,  are  purely  euphonic,  being  in 
themselves  void  of  significance,  and  springing  solely  from  the 
natural  preference  for  what  is  easier  of  utterance  or  more 
agreeable  to  the  ear.  Orthographically  considered,  vowels 
are  either  mutable  or  immutable,  the  latter  being  unaffected 
by  those  circumstances  which  occasion  changes  in  the  former. 
A  vowel  may  be  immutable  by  nature,  or  made  so  by  posi- 
tion. A  short  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  before  the  ac- 
cent is  ordinarily  immutable  by  position,  being  beyond  the 
reach  of  the  common  causes  of  mutation,  e.  g.  "i^^^,  '^VmV^  • 
Long  vowels  are  immutable  by  nature  in  certain  words  or 
classes  of  words ;  but  they  are  only  distinguishable  as  such 
by  a  knowledge  of  the  etymological  forms  which  require 
them.  It  may,  however,  be  observed,  as  a  general  though 
not  an  invariable  rule,  that  the  vowels  of  such  words  and 
forms  as  are  prevailingly  written  with  the  vowel  letters  are 
less  liable  to  mutation  than  those  which  are  prevailingly 
written  without  them.  Mutable  vowels  are  liable  to  changes 
both  of  quantity,  from  long  to  short,  and  the  reverse,  and 
of  quality  from  pure  to  mixed  {ii  to  o,  i  to  e,  a  to  r)  and  the 
reverse,   these  changes  being  confined,'  except  in  rare  in- 


80  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  59,  GO 

stances,  to  the  cognate  forms ;  thus,  i  never  passes  into  u  or 
0,  nor  these  into  a.  Only  as  c  stands  in  rekition  to  both  i 
and  «,  it  serves  to  mediate  the  interval  between  them,  and 
thus  accounts  for  the  occasional  changes  of  i  to  a  or  the  re- 
verse, e.  g.  ^^'Jpn ,  r\b"j]?n ;  rn  for  n:a ,  '•na ;  c^ ,  ubyi'^,  comp. 

a.  The  exreptional  change  from  it  nr  o  to  e  orcnrp  only  in  the  pro- 
nouns, e.g.  cr.biip .  belbre  suffixes  in~ap  ;  and  in  the  particle  TN .  before 
suffixes  rx,.  There  are  also  a  few  examples  of  the  change  of  .*hort 
vowels  in  mixed  syllables  before  the  accent,  e.  g.  "^^^iTa  ,  construct  r^snis, 
plural  niisniq. 

§  59.  The  mutations  of  vowels  are  due  to  one  or  other 
of  the  following  causes,  viz. :  1.  Syllabic  changes.  2.  The 
influence  of  consonants.  3.  The  influence  of  vowels.  4.  The 
accent.  5.  The  shortening  or  lengthening  of  words.  As  the 
vowel  of  unaccented  mixed  syllables  is  always  short,  and  that 
of  simple  syllables  long,  ^18.  2,  it  is  evident  that  a  change 
in  the  character  of  a  syllable  will  involve  a  corresponding 
change  in  its  vowel,  imless  the  accent  interfere  to  prevent. 
Accordingly,  when  for  any  cause  a  mixed  syllable  becomes 
simple,  its  short  vowel  will  be  converted  into  a  long  one ; 
and  when  a  simple  syllable  becomes  mixed,  the  reverse 
change  will  take  place,  e.  g.  "in ,  Dinn ;  rrcp ,  p'cp .  In 
the  case  of  the  vowels  i  and  u  there  is  frequently  an  addi- 
tional change  of  quality,  viz.,  of  /  to  e  and  u  to  o,  e.  g.  O'^pn 
for  n^ipn ;  p^i^  for  "ji^D  in  place  of  1^3  ^  56.  3. 

a.  Daghcsh-fortc  is  thus  resolved  by  the  prolonfration  of  the  previous 
vowel  in  "OiTsp.  iriTs-'p ;  ^J5|q  ,  Ti':'l?'2 ;  "^li"'?'! ,  "'i'^^n  ;  c^j.-n'o,  c-iji-i--:; 
ipn.  "ipin;  c-^ipii^  Eccies.  9:12  for  ciijs^TD  §:]3. 2.a;  ^nporn  for  "-cnn ; 
nn-'S  Lam.  1:8.  if  this  is  for  !Tn3  see  ver.  17;  and  if  the  conjecture  of 
Gesenius  (Thesaurus,  p.  483)  be  correct  as  to  the  true  reading  in  1  Chron. 
23:6,24:3  Cibbm  for  cp^nv 

^  GO.  Contiguous  consonants  may  give  rise  to  vowel 
changes  by  their  individual  peculiarities,  as  is  the  case  with 


^60  VOWEL    CHANGES.  81 

the  gutturals,  or  by  their  concurrence.     The  peculiarities  of 
the  gutturals  are  fourfold,  viz. : 

1.  A  preference  for  the  vowel  Pattahh  of  the  same  organ, 
into  which,  consequently,  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
is  frequently  converte.l,  e.  g.  nbr  for  nbir ;  ays  for  D>E ;  l^aro 
for  i^Hro ;  y^©  for  y:2Ti5 ;  r\i^,yiij  from  i?:© . 

a.  The  instances  in  which  this  permutation  occurs  cannot  easily  be 
embraced  under  any  general  rules.  In  some  cases  it  was  optional;  in 
others, usage  derides  for  it  or  against  it  without,  however,  being  absolutely 
uniform.  The  following  statements  embrace  what  is  of  most  importance. 
(1)  The  stability  of  the  vowel  often  depends  upon  the  weight  attached  to. 
it  in  the  etymological  form  ;  thus,  Sisir  in  the  imperative  but  not  in  the  in- 
finitive for  rbi::;  5-731^7  for  riir^,  but  riiu  not  rrb  ihr  ria.  (2)  The 
vowel  preceding  the  guttural  is  more  liable  to  change  t.h,an  that  which 
succeeds  it.  e.  g.  r^d^  always,  but  ^J'ts^  and  hs'C'r];  n;ni  but  Onnl;  flp">. 
but  =n"2^  .  (3)  An  accented  vowel  is  sometimes  retained  where  one  un- 
accented would  suffer  change,  e.  g.  'in'^  but  "|n»j;  "^n'fi;  cn^.  (4)  O  and 
n  are  less  subject  to  alteration  than  /  and  e,  e.g.  ^5?3  for  ^^Q :  a  which  is 
already  cognate  with  the  gutturals  is  mostly  retained,  though  it  occasion- 
ally becomes  a  before  n  .  e.  g.  C"'nN  from  nx,  "^nDSTS  Job  31 :24  (in  most 
copies)  from  ria::^,  0537  from  r!n:>3i .  (5)  X  in  many  cases  prefers  the 
diphthongal  vowels  ^and  n  thus  -tipx,  •'nNi^;3,  "Nirn,  "iDNl  but  C!l"ipx-_; 
Ka^ ,  ?rX"'.  (6)  "1  partakes  of  this  preference  for  d  to  a  limited  extent, 
e.g.  ^^^^  for  '^p^?]  or  "^0^";  ni^t  from  f^xn^  . 

2.  The  reception  of  Pattahh  furtive,  §  17,  at  the  end  of  a 
word  after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  any  other  than 
a),  or  before  a  vowelless  final  consonant,  e.  g.  ^i  ,  ^''^'0,  ni  „ 


a.  This  is  necessary  when  the  vowel  preceding  a  final  guttural  cannot 
be  converted  into  Pattahh.  Sometimes  the  form  with  Pattahh  and  that  with 
Pattahh  furtive  occur  interchangeably,  e.  g.  n^'^b  and  n^w"b  ,  or  with  a. 
slight  distinction,  as  ri|'rx,  in  pause  tn^'rx;  HST^,  construct  nSTn.  In 
a  few  instances  a  guttural  preceding  a  final  vowelless  letter  takes  simple- 
Sh'va  instead  of  Pattahh  furtive,  e.g.  rinpb  1  Kin.  14:3,  and  in  most 
editions  nnsaJ  Jer.  13  :  25.  As  final  S  is  always  either  quiescent  or  otiant, 
it  never  receives  Pattahh  furtive.  The  letter  "i  never  takes  it  unless  it  be 
in  a  single  instance,  and  that  in  a  penultimate  syllable  r,^-:'  Ps.  7 :  6, 
which  is  probably  to  be  read  yi'rdoph ;  though  it  might  be  pronounced 
yiraddoph,  which  some  conceive  to  be  an  anomalous  form  for  rn'Ti.^  ,  after 
the  analogy  of  pri:^^  Gen.  21:6,  the  compound  Sh'va  being  lengthened 
into  a  vowel  followed  by  euphonic  Daghesh,  as  in  the  related  words 
6 


82  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  GO 

n^^sn  Isii.  1:6,  arul  nnnn  Isa.  53:5.  while  others  adopt  the  explanation 
ol"  tlie  olil  Jewish  Gratiiiiiariaiis,  that  it  is  a.  peculiar  combination  of  the 
Kal  r|'"n"J":  and  the  Piel  ti^-^l- 

3.  A  preference  for  compound  rather  tlian  simple  Sh'va, 
§16.  8,  whether  silent  or  vocal,  inasmuch  as  the  gutturals 
arc  more  readily  made  audible  at  the  beginning  than  at  the 
close  of  a  syllable,  and  the  hiatus  accompanying  them  as- 
sumes more  of  the  complexion  of  a  vowel  than  is  usual  with 
stronger  consonants. 

a.  The  gutturals  occasionally  retain  simple  Sh'va  when  silent.  This 
is  regularly  done  by  a  final  radical  n .  n  or  S.  followed  by  a  servile  letter, 
e.  ar-  Pnij)  ''2^!"!!r>  ^^^.'2''.,  ^^"V^."^  •  "'Pins'-V"^  >  with  iew  exceptions  aa 
r,n3;n7  Hos.  8:2,  rpir??  Gen.  26:  29,  cizv'i^in  2  Sam.  21 :  6.  Other  cases 
have  more  of  a  casual  or  sporadic  character,  and  occur  chiefly  with  the 
stronger  gutturals  n  and  n.  njin^. .  -BnD,  f^'ri-^ .  banp,  rin-'rn.  riirnig 
but  mirn?2.  u;in^_  but  liuin^,  n3n:  a  ijussftmiuii,  i)ut  nbrii  from  bni  a 
brook;  more  rarely  wilh  N  and  V.  cs^'J  Lev.  4  :  13,  Nisrs  1  Kin.  15:16, 
C^Sa  Isa.  11  ;  15,  r\yjh  Dcut.  25  :  7  but  in  pause  innsr  isa.  28  :  6.  ■'•"^X.? 
Ex.  15  :  6;  i  has  for  the  most  part  simple  Sh'va  rii2i ,  cC"i5^ ,  though  in 
a  few  instances  it  has  compound  ist^.  ^ns";:^]. 

b.  (l)  Among  the  compound  Slrvas  the  preference,  unless  there  is  some 
reason  for  choosing  another,  is  ordinarily  given  tolihateph  Pattahh,  as 
the  simplest  and  most  in  accordance  with  the  nature  of  the  gutturals,  and 
to  this  an  antecedent  Hiiirik  when  unessential  to  the  form,  ia  tommonly 
made  to  correspond,  e.  g.  n^?. .  1"2^.^_  for  "i^y7  .  Sometimes,  particularly 
with  X  (see  1.  a.  5.)  Hhateph  Seghol  is  taken  n^i^^x  .  n:n"2x  .  n^jx .  rrx , 
^iax.  cinx.  cn^-^n,  t^it:?,  ni::y,  rii-.r  Joel  2:5,  Tj'tTnN^  Jrr.  13:21,  which 
not  infrequently  becomes  Hhateph  Pattahh  upon  the  prolongation  of  the 
word  ^i^X  ,  ""'''2X  Prov.  25:7.  iri^N  .  "^■biiX  .  nnirn.N'i  Judg.  10:2.  or  the 
carrying  forward  of  its  accent  "^nTixn,  "'n■!?^5^^ ,  "'P^nnn,  ■'M":iqni . 

(2)  If,  however,  z  or  d,  characteristic  of  the  form,  precede,  this  commonly 
determines  the  ShVa  to  be  selected,  e.  g.  T'SSri  for  "ftt^'n.  tir;:  for  "its';;, 
•'^ys  lor  "ly^'S;  thoutjh  sometimes  Hhateph  Pattahh  is  retained  and  the 
intermediate  syllable.  §20.  2,  resolved  into  a  simple  one  by  prolonging  the 
vowels,  e.  g.  ri~2?n  Josh.  7  :  7.  n^r.h.  Iprs  I.«a.  1  :  31.  Hhirilc  may.  how- 
ever, ren)ain  short,  e.  g.  "Hnpi .  yfe3?.0,  I'l^VL"  Job  6:  22.  particularly  if  a 
Daghesh-forte  lias  been  onutted  from  the  guttural,  e.g.  hex:  Jer.  3:8, 
though  even  in  this  case  the  as.similation  sometimes  takes  place,  e.  g. 
«n;i  Gen.  30:39  for  I^PI"",  =l"^n5<  Judg-  5:28  for  npix.  If  a  vowel  hag 
been  rejected  from  the  form,  the  corresponding  Hhateph  is  generally  pre- 
ferred, e.  ff.  n^-iE^^  Horn  -SS.  D-'Cnn.  "''^n-in  Ezek.  16:33,  "'n^  Gen. 
16:13;  ir-^rn  l  Kin.  13  :  20  from  S-'irn  :  ^'z'tr^.  Gen.  37  :  22  from  l"Cr\. 
There  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same  word  being  variously  written 
m  this  respect,  e.g.    ■'inx   Ruth  3:15,  ^inx  Cant.  2:15j  'innxn^   and 


§61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  83 

innsri';  Ina.  44: 13 ;  1^"2^^rt^  Job  16: 16  (K'ri  in  some  copies),  'n^'n^n  Lam. 
1 :  20,'  insn  Isa.  52  :  u',  'i-ixn  1  Sam.  28  :  14. 

c.  Before  another  guttural  the  compound  ShVa  is  frequently  re- 
placed by  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  e.g.  7|^Nn  for  7(^xn,  ^riTiSJn 
tor  "'n'T'i'n  ,  C3"inNri  for  cp'nxn  ;  and  occasionally  under  N  by  a  long 
vowel  betbre  other  letters  as  well  as  gutturals,  or  by  a  short  vowel  with 
Daghesh.  e.  g.  oipHN  for  n-'p.-ix,  linh-ix.  O^iSN  for  D^iix ,  -lilX  for  niiS , 
"lex  for  "iDN  .  This  disposition  to  render  the  gutturals  niore  audible  by  the 
aid  of  a  vowel  is  further  shown  by  their  attracting  to  themselves  the 
Vowel  of  another  letter,  particularly  in  triliteral  monosyllables,  e.  g.  snt 
for  35-1T  {-J"}},),  suJn,  yij.  -ci^,  rnj?  2  Kin.  12:9,  lixa  for  rxs,  -'xaj 
also'  "iS^-ip  Ex.  2:20  for  jxnp' Ruth'l  :  20,  ^linxPi  Prov.'l :  2'^  lor  'lin.wNn, 
sinBDxn  Job  20:  26  for  -inyaxn,  D-i^-oxl  Zech.  7 :  14  for  U'^vviii,  and  by 
their  sometimes  causing  an  antecedent  or  accompanying  vowel  to  be  re- 
tamed  where  analogy  would  require  its  rejection,  e.  g.  ''XSI^  for  ^l<siia 
from  wxiio,  ""XwH,  "'itJO,  ■i6-'":0  and  "O"^":©,  c^ninS  from  -iina  comp. 
1.  a.  (4),  •1~X^'3-;  Deut.  32:10;  n*nr^.  f'^vv}'. 

4,  An  incapacity  for  being  doubled,  whence  they  never 
receive  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  previous  syllable  thus  becom- 
ing a  simple  one,  its  vowel  is  generally  lengthened,  §  59,  a  to 
a,  I  to  8,  a  to  6,  e.  g.  )^'q  for  is?'^ ,  isia  for  ^ih  >   T3^?  for 

a.  Sometimes  an  intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2.  is  formed,  and  the  vowel 
remains  short.  (1)  This  is  commonly  the  case  before  n,  frequently  be- 
fore n,  less  often  before  5.  rarely  before  X,  never  before  1,  e.g.  Dn3, 
^no,  "ITTQ,  ::rr! ,  yso  .  (2)  It  is  more  likely  to  occur  in  the  body  of  a  word 
than  after  a  prefix,  e.  g.  '^nbrp  Ps.  119  :  43  from  bn^,  but  p^n;;  Job  38:24 
from  pBn  .  (3)  When  the  guttural  comes<to  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word 
the  short  vowel  is  often  resumed,  e.  g.  "'^npi  Prov.  22  :  24  from  ninnPi,  -I'rn 
Ps.  141:8  from  n'ni^ri  but  "ijrJn  Deut.  2:9.  There  are  a  very  few  in- 
stances in  wh.ich  Da^hesh-forte  is  found  in  i ,  e.  g.  Tjii'^  n'nS  Ezek.  16  :  4, 
rti^  Prov.  14:  10.  T(ti-n5?^^  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  editions),  ■'liix'^d  Cant. 
5 :  2,  see  also  §  24.  6. 

§61.  The  concun^ence  of  consonants  gives  rise  to  the 
following  vowel  changes,  viz.  : 

1.  When  two  vowelless  letters  come  together  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  syllable  in  contravention  of  the  law  in  §  18,  the 
impossible  combination  is  relieved  by  giving  to  the  first  of 
them  a  short  vowel.  This,  if  there  be  no  reason  for  prefer- 
ring another,  will  be  the  briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  e.  g. 


84  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^61 

■'■ia?  for  ^12^ ,  nina  for  "in-3 ,  ^pm  for  ^pjn .  If  a  vowel  has 
been  omitted  from  tlie  word,  the  corresponding  short  vowel 
is  frequently  employed,  e.  g.  ''ibi?  for  "^sb-a  from  'ij'pTQ  ( if^'h ) ; 
'^i)^  from  l(^ ;  ""Ipan  from  bnn ,  v^in"^  for  ^ifn;"  from  "jfr  .  Or 
if  one  of  the  consonants  be  a  guttural,  the  vowel  mostly  con- 
forms to  the  compound  Sh'va,  which  it  has  or  might  have, 
e.  g.  ''"ia?  for  '^'13? ,  ^prn^  for  ^pyn'^ ,  i^nb  for  ■'rn: ,  ibnb  for 
nbnb ,  ?jby3  for  ?|by3 . 

a.  Vav  before  a  guttural  follows  the  rule  just  given;  before  "",  and 
sometimes  before  n  or  n  tbilowed  by  ''j  it  takes  Hiiirik;  before  other 
vowelless  letters  it  gives  up  its  consonant  sound  and  quiesces  in  its  homo- 
geneous vowel  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (1),  thus  in^";  .  ^n-'i .  rni  and  r^y^^ .  zih^, 
rn.T  -I . 

b.  In  triliteral  monosyllables  or  final  syllables  with  the  vowel  P*ittahh, 
the  first  letter  sometimes  receives  an  accent«vl  Segliol.  to  which  the  fol- 
lowing Patlahh  is  then  assimilated,  e.  g.  Cirs  for  Cirs  construct  of  TM, 
rs^oi:  for  r35Ta?a  ,  the  Seghols  being  liat:le  to  be  changed  to  Pattahhs  by 
the  presence  of  a  guttural  rnB-''2  for  rJiSt'^a  . 

c.  In  oixi^ia  Gen.  32  :  20  for  TDN^a  the  vowelless  letters  belong  to 
different  syllables,  and  the  introduction  of  the  new  vowel  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  lengthen  the  one  before  it. 

2.  Although  two  vowelless  letters  are  admissible  at  the 
end  of  a  word,  §18,  the  harshness  of  the  combination  is 
commonly  relieved  by  tlie  insertion  of  Seghol,  e.  g.  a")"^  for 
a"!'^ ,  f  35  for  rob  .  If  either  letter  is  a  guttiu-al,  Pattahh  is 
mostly  used  instead,  e.  g.  ns? ,  bys,  'jn'i .  If  either  letter  is 
"',  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hhirik  is  used ;  if  the  second  letter 
is  1,  it  will  rest  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (4.),  e.  g.  n-a,  ^bs,  ^np, 
but  n-.ib . 

a.  When  tlie  penultimate  letter  is  !i  or  n,  it  in  a  few  instances  takes 
Seghol,  as  bnx,  -jna  ,  cn3,  cnn.  When  the  final  letter  is  N,  it  either 
remains  otiant.  §16.  or  requires  Seghol,  X'^iia,  N"i!! ,  it';!^! .  Sf^B  ;  a  penulti- 
mate 6<  either  quiesces  in  the  antecedent  vowel  or  attracts  it  to  itself, 
§60.3.  c.  rx?^.  rxb  or  f^it'q ,  iriii.  The  alternate  mode  of  facilitating 
the  pronunciation  of  gutturals  before  a  vowelless  letter  at  the  end  of  a 
word  by  means  of  Pattahh  furtive,  has  been  explained  §60.  2. 

3.  Wlien  the  same  letter  is  repeated  witli  or  without  a 
mutable  vowel  intervening,  there  is  often  a  contraction  into 


§  61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  85 

one  doubled  letter,  and  the  vowel  is  rejected  or  thrown  back 
upon  the  precedmg  consonant,  e.  g.  ^3©?  for  ^^^^'^ »  -^^^  foi" 
niap;'  (Daghesh-forte  disappearing  at  the  end  of  the  word), 
nb  for  nnb,  r^^^Z)-^  Job  31  :  15  for  ^22:12;'  (see  4.  below);  if 
another  consonant  immediately  follow  the  contracted  letters, 
a  diphthongal  vowel  '^..  or  i  maybe  inserted  to  render  the  re- 
duplication more  audible  and  prevent  the  concurrence  of 
three  consonants,  ''O'^SP,  f"'?"'^?'^!- 

4.  In  accented  syllables  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  and  0 
are  employed  before  two  consonants  or  a  doubled  consonant 
in  preference  to  the  pure  I  and  ti,  e.  g.  i"'t?r\ ,  "piipn ;  n^p , 
n:T9p;  b^ibpn,  ^^rr'^I?^,  so  "'^on,  'Jirp,  '^f^::^ .  This  is  still  the 
case  when  at  the  end  of  a  word  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or  Pattahh 
has  been  inserted  between  the  letters  (according  to  2.),  e.  g. 
■jci^ ,  "lED ,  b^JB,  nppTa  from  p^ria ,  or  the  reduphcation  of  the 
doubled  letter  is  no  longer  heard  aud  the  Daghesh-forte  does 
not  appear,  §  25,  e.  g.  non  comp.  bitDpn , 

a.  The  vowel  e  if?  in  like  circumstances  often  reduced  to  one  of  its  con- 
stituents a.  e.  Of.  "'n^6pn  from  ^"^h'vf,  "'f?^i?p  ^'om  ^ap ,  '"iPr^P}  from  T\?'P\, 
nST^'Pi.  nD-i3jri,  ^xcn,  awd  occasionally  to  its  other  constituent  ?",  e.  g. 
cn'r'ni?pn  from  ^■i;:?rn  ,  cfnd--;i  from  C-n;!.  The  only  example  of  Shurek 
in  a  Segholate  form  is  n^lbri  Lev.  5  :  21. 

5.  In  unaccented  syllables  t  and  ii  are  preferred  to  e  and 
6  before  doubled  letters,  "ni« ,  ■'nif: ;  -nn ,  inr\ ;  ninpn  from 
npn ;  no^n ,  -^z^o-^  -,  m-a  comp.  b-jp^ ,  -pn ,  ^pn ,  though  such 
forms  as  "'pin,  Tijy,  r'^3,  n^n'a  likewise  occur. 

6.  A  vowel  is  occasionally  given  to  a  final  consonant  to 
soften  the  termination  of  the  word,  and  make  the  transition 
easier  to  the  initial  consonant  of  that  which  follows ;  thus, 
^'^,  nb;'?;  nnba  for  r\% ;  nn,  nriri;  bs,  nbx ;  "^x,  si^X;  ^sh, 
liEh;  n^i.)i2,  '^ni3;^'a;  n^^n,  inrri;  i^ss  Ex.  15:10;  ^^^P?!' 
Ex.  15:  5. 

a.  These  paragogic  vowels  have  established  themselves  in  the  cur- 
rent forms   of  certain   words,  as  n??^ ,  nari,  nsx,  lix ,  inx,  "^B.     But, 


86  OllTIIOGKAl'lIY.  ^  G2 

witli  these  rxcopfions,  ihoy  are  chiefly  fomu]  in  poetry.  The  vowels  "*  ^ 
and  "i  are  mostly  attached  to  words  in  wiiat  is  called  the  construct  state, 
n  ^  to  words  in  llie  absolute;  and  all  of  them  to  the  Icminine  ending  n. 
Examples  of  i :  isa  Num.  23 :  18,  24  :  3.  15,  in^n  several  times,  "ii-rT:  Ps. 
114:8.  Examples  of  ■«.:  Ti^inx  Hos.  10:  1 1,  "^^px  Gen.  49:  IJ,  "^aa  't>id., 
"n^ra  Gen.  31:39,  "r^r^  I's.  110:4.  ^zzri  Ps.'ll4:S.  -rr";  Ps.  i23:l, 
•'n^a;^  Ps.  113:5,  ""'^^^S'w'^  vcr.  G,  •'S'^po  ver.  7,  ■'i"'lL"*n  ver.  8.  "'i'lriia 
ver.  9,  "rxsri  Isa.  l:i!l,  "'•^-^5  Ex.  15:6.'  'biiv  Zech.  11:17,  Tsn  Lam! 
1  :  1,  ■'riy^y  ibid.,  ■'isi'  Deut.  33 :  16.  It  is  also  attached  to  ilu;  fir.«t  member 
of  the  compound  in  many  proper  names,  e.g.  -Xi"i2r\,  p"!:j"isb^.  to  certain 
partichis,  as  ^P^a  ,  "P^^',  '^t'O,  and  perhaps  to  such  participial  forms  as 
■'naqi  Jer.  22  :  23.  Of  n  ^ :  nrti^N  Ex.  15:16,  r^-l-^iik  isa.  8 :  23.  Job  34 :  13, 
37  i  12,  no-in  Judg.  14  :  IS,  nrrvr^'  Ps.  3  :  3.  80  :  3,  Jon.  2:10.  nb-^  almost 
constantly,  nn^i  Ps.  1 16  :  15,  nbni  Num.  34,:  5,  Ps.  124  :  4  nrp^y  Ps.  92: 16 
(K'ri).  125 :  3.  Ezek.  28  :  15.  Hos.'  10:  13.  nrbi?  Job  5:  16.  nrnfr  Ps.  44:27, 
63:8,  94:17,  nns?  Job  10:22,  nri-:ri  Jo.-^]"  19:43,  Judg.  iV:  1.  and  regu- 
larly in  the  third  person  I'eiuinine  of  the  preterite  of  nb  verbs.  In 
modern  Persian  z  is  similarly  appended  to  nouns  in  close  connection  with  a 
following  word,  to  remove  the  obstruction  of  the  final  consonant  and  serve 
as  a  uniting  Iiid\. 

§  62.  The  changes  due  to  the  influence  of  vowels  may 
arise  from  their  concurrence  or  proximity. 

1.  Concurring  vowels  may  coalesce;  a  uniting  with  a 
forms  a,  uniting  with  /  or  n  it  forms  the  cli})hthongtil  e  or  o, 
e.  g.  n-Dcn  Neh.  3:13  from  n-srsn  after  the  rejection  of  x 
by  §  53.  2.  b ;  fT'S  after  the  softening  of  "^  to  i  becomes  rr^? ; 
^nSipp  by  the  rejection  of  n  becomes  i'itpjp ;  in;'  prefixed  to 
proper  names  is  from  '^T\i   for  'in;' ,  ^57.  2  (4\ 

2.  One  of  them  may  be  hardened  into  its  corresponding 
semi-vowel ;  I  "^  .  with  i  "^  may  form  I  '^  .,  or  the  first  i  may 
be  changed  to  1?/,  which,  upon  the  leduplication  of  the  "^  to 
presei-ve  the  brevity  of  the  antecedent  voAvel,  §  24.  3,  becomes 
■"' . ,  e.  g.  "^nnj?  witli  D"" .  becomes  Q-'nns?  or  a-'hny .  So,  \  be- 
fore n ,  forms  n^ . ,  and  before  i  forms  i' . ,  e.  g.  npny , 
ni'inny ;  in  like  manner  ^  is  changed  before  i  into  uv,  form- 
ing i^.  ,  which,  by  §  56.  3,  becomes  i".  ,  e.  g.  n^ib"?? ,  by  the 
substitution  of  ni  for  n ,  ni'^Dbia .  J^  followed  by  Ti  'i  forms 
Iv,  in-^rib-Jip,  TPbi:]?;  ^n-'S,  i-'D;  rhriT)  for  r^'qi27\  Josh.  14  :  8. 
U  "• .  before  I  "^ .  or  u  ^  is  resolved  into  <5y,  which,  joined  with 
the  appropriate  semi-vowels,  becomes  "^ .  and  T" , ,  the  virtual 


§  63  VOWEL    CHANGES.  87 

reduplication  of  the  final  consonant  in  the  one  case  preserv- 
ing the  short  vowel,  which  is  lengthened  in  the  other ;  thus 
iD^D  with  ■> .  becomes  "^oio  ,  and  with  ^n ,  "i'^D'^d  .  The  same 
resolution  of  "^ ..  occurs  before  final  tf ,  forming  ^^ .,  and  by 
§01.2  T. .,  thus  ■'■i^y?  with  1\  becomes  ?I?n^3?2 . 

o.  Grammarians  have  disputed  whether  in  such  words  as  C'^i^as. 
TTzb^  ihe  point  in  "^  is  Daghesh-forte  or  Mappik.  §26,  and  accordingly 
whetfier  they  are  to  be  read  ibhn'yylrn,  inalkhuyyoth,  or  ibhilyini^ 
vialkhuyoih.  If  the  exphmation  given  above  be  correct,  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte  Conservative.   Comp.  C^p,  U^p_ . 

b.  Such  forms  as  "''^"iQ.  'i''"}3.  c^na  from  """iS  are  only  apparent  excep- 
tions to  the  above  rules.  The  word  is  properly  1'iQ  ,  and  to  this  the  addi- 
tions are  made,  the  auxiliary  Hhirik  being  dropped  with  the  cessation  of 
the  cause  from  which  it  originated,  §57.  2.  (4).  In  D-'i<"'::"ir  2  Chron.  17  :  11 
from  "'S'lS  and  D"!  _  the  vowels  are  kept  separate  by  an  interposed  X. 

c.  In  words  of  nb  formation,  such  as  Tvav.  iib^,  Q^or  from  niL"3?  and 
M^,  i,  c^  ,  it  might  appear  as  though  one  vowel  were  rejected  before 
another.  But  the  correct  explanation  is  that  "^  is  the  true  final  radical, 
and  the  forms  above  given  are  lor  J^^iiJi',  'i"'Cy,  n^'CS"  (like  D"b:;'|r)  from 
which  "^  is  rejected  by  §53.  3.  In  the  same  way  ^i"S' .  ""ry.  etc.,  from  Hii"? 
are  for  1''bs .  ^"'ii^^.  In  such  alternate  forms  as  ^'^'^'^  from  n-iQ.  the  radi- 
cal "^  is  retained  by  preserving  the  antecedent  vowel,  which,  before 
Daghesh-forte  Conservative,  becomes  Hhirik,  §61.  5. 

§  03.  The  following  euphonic  changes  are  attributable  to 
the  proximity  of  vowels,  viz.  : 

1.  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  is  often  changed  to  Seghol 
if  another  a  follows,  and  the  same  change  sometimes  occurs 
after  a  guttural  if  another  a  precedes. 

The  particular  cases  are  the  following': 

a.  When  (_)  stands  before  a  guttural  with  (^)  always  before  n,  e.g. 
ann  for  :nn,  nii-j;^  Prov.  21:22.  cznn.  Ti^nrn  (also  when  n  has 
Hhateph  Kamete,  e.g.  D"'C"7nn ,  ■'r/'^nn  judg.  9:9),  often  before  n  and  s , 
particularly  if  it  receives  the  secondary  accent,  e.g.  Ci"^.riii  for  D^""n. 
nnnb  but  rrnb,  ^^n-jli;  r^'^v^^.  n-ti^'  n?:.  rarely  before  X  and  i,  r^-h 
Gen.'  14:10,  ni:£x:  Neh.  9 :  IS,  26  but  ^("'r'i^xD  Ezek.  35 :  12. 

6.  When  (  )  before  a  guttural  is  followed  by  another  consonant  with 
(.)  or  (J  ^■^n;;,  ib^^n';;  but  ^V-nn^,  sin:  but  nx^ns,  xan';],  once  before 
the  liquid  b,  e.g.  '^\^'^.^,  Ex.  33:3  for  "i^i^X ,  and  once  before  3,  e.g. 
njrnb  for  R:3nb.  '  ' 

c.  In  f^x^p.x;  1  Sam.  28:15  and  the  combination  ^T)  cbis)  a  similar 
change  takes  place  after  a  guttural  to  prevent  the  repetition  of  the  vowel 
a;  so  in  n:^"]?  Ps.  20:4,  and  n:i<i  n:x  after  the  liquid  5. 


88  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  64,  G5. 

2.  Pattahh  is  soinetinics  assimilated  to  a  following 
Segliol,  or  to  a  preceding  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

a.  The  as-siniilatioii  to  (  .)  takes  place  rcgiilarly  in  wliat  are  called 
Segiiolate  forms,  in  wiiicli  an  auxiliary  Segliol  lias  by  §61.  2  been  intro- 
duced between  two  vowelless  letters,  Tjbt;  lor  ~(^.o,  'Z~}\  lor  -"!'!,  y^X  for 
y^M )  but  n"a .  ere  ;  only  belbre  1 ,  wliich  can  combine  with  a  and  not 
with  e,  a  is  retained  and  lengthened  to  (J  by  §59,  "X,  T\'7\.  Rarely  in 
other  cases  can;)  for  ci"!^,  where  the  change  is  facilitated  by  the  pre- 
ceding "^ . 

b.  The  assimilation  to  (J  occurs  in  a  ^cvf  cases  after  a  guttural  with  n 
prefixed,  e.  g.  ci"n  for  ci'n,  "^r-.T)  for  ^^'^'^ .  7"!i<^  for  fX^ . 

c.  The  assimilation  to  (  )  occurs  in  the  Kal  future  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs 
where  the  alternate  forms  are  -ti|]  and  yi?"'']. 

§  G4.  The  following  vowel  changes  are  due  to  the  accent, 
viz.  : 

1.  If  a  long  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  be  deprived  of  its 
accent,  it  will  be  shortened,  §  IS,  e.  g.  "i^airn,  "^'21?^;  =^o^ , 
-9t- ;  o'^?j  °^'t"^;  ^''^?,->  "^T?,-  • 

a.  If  a  vowel  preceding  Makkcph  is  incapable  of  being  shortened,  it 
will  receive  the  secondary  accent  Methegh.  agreeably  to  §43. 

2.  The  accent  prefers  to  be  immediately  preceded  by  a 
simple  syllable  and  a  long  vowel.  Accordingly  an  antece- 
dent vowelless  letter  often  receives  what  may  be  called  a  pre- 
tonic  vowel.  This  is  commonly  the  simplest  of  the  long 
vowels  a,  e.  g.  'I5j^ ,  ^c;' ,  rnj:b ,  "S-n;; ,  occasionally  B,  e.  g. 
bp-i ,  n'-bTD ,  yr^i ,  yn2ikr\ ,  rarely  0,  e.  g.  '^T^'^"!^^ .  Such  a 
vowel  is  sometimes  inserted,  even  though  a  pre-existing 
mixed  syllable  is  thereby  destroyed,  e.  g.  in  the  plurals  of 
Segliolates  jnid  of  feminine  nouns  derived  from  them,  W'2)i2 
from  i^V,  niibti  from  nib^ . 

§G5.  The  special  emphasis,  with  which  the  last  word  of 
a  clanse  is  dwelt  upon,  gives  rise  to  certain  vowel  changes 
in  connection  with  the  pause  accents,  §36.  2.  <2.  These  are 
(1)  lengthening  short  vowels,  viz.,  (.)  and  not  infrequently 
(.)  which  has  arisen  from  (.)  to  (,),  e.  g.  ntx,  n^x ;  pnn2, 
p=rr-  px,  pS;    W,  i2'j^  and  brinmnof   back   Kamets 


§  GQ  VOWEL    CHANGES.  89 

Hhatupli  shortened  from  Hliolem  to  its  original  length  trgh , 
^^r^  •  (~)  Restoring  vowels  which  have  been  dropped 
in  the  course  of  inflection,  e.  g.  ^"^y ,  ^tn:^" ;  T\2'^ ,  ^in'^ ; 
Tixiv ,  ^~b?  ,  (3)  Changing  simple  Sh'va  in  trilileral  sylla- 
bles and  before  the  suffix  ^  to  Segliol,  e.  g.  ^^"^3,  ^n'^3 ;  ^n^, 
'^Ti^  ;  DDT^  ,  DD'C  .  (4)  Changing  compound  Sh'va  to  the  cor- 
responding long  vowel,  e.  g.  "'iii:,  ■'?«;  ''S?'!!  (i"'^'7),  ^^^ ;  "^f^, 

a.  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  without  change,  e.g.  "is  Ps.  132:12, 
n-^S-n  2  Sara.  2:27,  «3ba3  Jer.  7:10,  "nn:.:.  Prov.  30:9.  "Tipn::  Job  34 :  n, 
:'^rr53N  Neh.  5:14.  Seghol  more  frequently,  7(^5..  p"!^. •  ^lij-  "H'^.  and 
T("!'n  .  Long  vowels  are  mostly  unaltered;  only  Tsere  is  in  mixed  syllable^ 
occasionally  changed  to  Pattahh.  e.g.  :Trn  Isa.  18:5  lor  tnn.  so  !3\rn 
Isa.  12:22,  fsn  Gen.  17:14,  br_j*1  Gen. '21:-8,  -^^]  Gen.  25:34,  which, 
in  one  word  of  Segliolate  formation,  is  converted  to  Seghol.  e.  g..  "d^  , 
Sd'^ .  Where  the  same  word  has  alternate  forms,  one  is  sometimes  se- 
lected as  the  ordmary  and  the  other  as  the  pausal  form,  thus  ysn;; ,  ^sn;;; 
irin^;,  il"3~:: ;  '^^^^  i  P!];^'!' 5  ■''^^^'^\  '  "'^^i?'^  Glen.  43:14;  p")^  Eccl. 
12:  il,  :"i^"i^  1  Sam.  l'3:21;  i:s,  MS  Gen.  49:3.  rairn .  radp  Lev. 
26:34,  35;  ^T^"3"',  l-ilJS^  .  Sometimes,  instead  of  changing  the  Sh'va  be- 
fore ^  to  Seghol,  its  vowel  is  shifted  thus  T^3.  "3;  T\^ .  T(^^,,  ti^N ,  and  in 
Ex.  29:  35  nzrx.  The  position  of  the  pause  accent,  so  far  as  it  differs 
from  that  of  the  ordinary  accent,  has  been  explained  §35.  2. 

b.  Of  the  pause  accents,  or  those  which  mark  the  limits  of  clauses  and 
sections,  the  first  class,  viz.,  Silluk,  Athnahh,  and  Merka  with  Mahpakh, 
almost  always  give  rise  to  the  vowel  changes  which  have  been  described; 
the  second  and  third  classes,  S'orholta.  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhol, 
R'bhi"  and  Shalsheleth,  e.  g.  ^-fi^Jl  Isa.  13:  8.  do  so  frequently ;  the  fourth 
class.  Pa zer,  e.g.  2  Kin.  3:25,'Prov.  30:4,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  e.g. 
Ezek.  20  :  21,  but  seldom.  Pausal  forms  are  occasionally  found  with  other 
Disjunctives,  thus,  Tiphhha  fl3bn  Deut,  13  :  5,  Pashta  ^i-ri'rn  ibid,,  Geresh 
rbd  Ezek.  40  :  4,  and  even  with  Conjunctives,  e.  g.  "^rx  Isa.  49  :  IS  ,  nb^^n 
Ezek.  17  :  15,  1^3  2  Chron.  29 :  31. 

^QQ.  1.  The  shortening  and  lengthening  of  w'ords  has  an 
effect  upon  their  vowels.     The  shortening  may  take  place 
(1)  At  the  end  of  a  word  by  the  rejection  of  a  vowel. 

This  occurs  only  with  („)  or  (..)  in  certain  forms  of  hb  verbs,  e.  g.br«ri  from 
n^jn,  i^?!!  for  i^-i.^'^?,  in^i)  1  Sam.  21 :  14  for  n'iir'^T,  rni'lll  for  nn^T'^l  .  In 
the  last  two  examples  the  short  vowel  is  lengthened  upon  its  receiving  tiie 
accent,  comp.  §64.1.  If  the  rejected  vowel  was  preceded  by  two  con- 
Bonants,  these  will  now  stand  totrether  at  the  end  of  the  word,  and  be  lia- 
ble to  the  changes  described  §61.  2,  e.  g.  "j"?!  tor  nc"in  . 


90  ORTIIOCKArilY.  §00 

(2)  111  tlic  body  of  a  word  by  shortening  a  lc):ig  \ owcl  in 
a  mixed  syllable,  which  innst,  of  course,  be  the  one  benring 
the  accent,  §82.  1,  or  rejecting  a  long  vowel  in  a  simple  syl- 
lable before  the  accent  (the  pretonic  vowel,  §  C'l.  2),  "lii , 

a.  Tliis  is  in  fjciieral  the  only  reduction  possible.  The  vowel  of  a 
mixed  syllable,  if  short  already,  is  capable  of  no  further  abbreviation;  and 
it  cannot  be  rejected,  or  there  would  be  a  conmrrence  of  vowellcss  con- 
sonants which  the  language  seeks  to  avoid  (Pip"n  Prov.  30:6  is  an  excep- 
tion). And  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable,  if  short,  must  have  the  accent, 
§32.  1,  which  preserves  it  from  rejection.  The  ciianges  above  recited  are 
confined  to  the  last  two.  or,  in  case  the  accent  is  upon  the  penult,  the  last 
three  syllables  of  the  word;  for  the  antecedent  portions  of  polysyllables 
are  already  abbreviated  to  the  utmost.  Contractions  due  to  the  peculiari- 
ties of  certain  letters,  as  the  gutturals  and  quicscents.  wliich  have  been 
before  explained,  are  not  here  taken  into  the  account,  e.g.  ?^'J ,  S'?^ ; 
niiQ ,  n'o ;  D"^-!; ,  '>'}'^ . 

b.  Where  the  last  vowel  cannot  be  shortened,  it  sometimes  experiences 
a  change  of  quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal,  such  as  is  produced  by  the 
pressure  of  two   following  consonatits.  §61.  4.  e.  g.  is'^l^  ,  --^2:";  -"'Cin, 

2.  If  a  word  be  lengthened  by  additions  at  the  end,  its 
vowels  are  liable  to  changes  in  consequence. 

(1)  Such  additions  create  a  tendency  to  shorten  the  pre- 
vious part  of  the  word  in  the  manner  just  described.  For 
the  normal  length  of  words  in  Hebrew  being  dissyllabic,  the 
genius  of  the  language  is  opposed  to  transcending  this  limit 
any  further  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  If  the  addition  is 
not  of  sufficient  weight  to  affect  the  position  of  the  accent, 
no  abbreviation  results.  But  if  it  is  of  weight  enough  to 
remove  the  accent,  an  abbreviation  follows  if  it  is  possible  for 
one  to  be  made,  e.g.  nil,  n^^2i ,  DD^nni  for  ai^^nT  by 
§61.1. 

(2)  They  produce  changes  in  an  ultimate  mixed  syllable. 
If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  consonant,  the  antecedent 
vowel  will  now  be  succeeded  by  two  consonants  and  be  liable 
to  the  changes  consequent  upon  such  a  ])osition,  §  01.  4,  e.  g. 
nib-jpr  fi-om  ^^t2pr> ;  T^}'qp  from  D-p ;  Tr'^I?'^  fi'om  -^w^n ; 


§66 


VOWLL    CHANGES. 


91 


"^nbtip  from  ^Dp .  If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  vowel,  it 
will  attach  itself  to  the  final  consonant,  which  will  in  conse- 
quence be  drawn  away  from  its  own  syllable  to  begin  the  new 
one.     This  may  occasion  the  following  changes  : 

(«)  If  the  preceding  vowel  is  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or 
Pattahli,  introduced  to  facilitate  the  pronunciation  of  the 
second  of  two  vowelless  consonants,  §  61.  2,  it  will  be  rejected, 
inasmuch  as  it  is  no  longer  required  for  this  purpose,  e.  g. 
isbig  from  tfbt ,  innp  from  nnp . 

{b)  If  it  be  a  short  vowel,  it  must  either  be  lengthened 
to  adapt  it  to  the  simple  syllable  in  which  it  now  stands,  or 
rejected  on  account  of  the  disposition  to  abbreviate  words 
upon  their  receiving  accessions  at  the  end,  e.  g.  •^^'Jj'  and 
nrjj5  from  "^i?]^ .  The  cases  are  very  rare  in  which  a  short 
vowel  remains  unchanged  in  consequence  of  its  having  the 
accent,  §  18.  2,  e.  g.  rnn-i^  1  Kin.  19:15  from  "lii^,  nb^irn 
Fzek.  8  :  2  from  b^icn . 

(c)  If  it  be  a  long  vowel,  it  may  be  rejected,  as  i^'^"^"! 
from  bi:p;i ,  ^^izii  from  Di? ,  or  retained  either  unaltered,  as 
ri72"ipn  from  D"^pn,  '•isTr^  from'j5ffi^,or  with  a  change  of 
quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal  or  the  reverse,  n^in^  from 
pin^ ,  "^n^ics  from  y^b} ,  ^:^pn  from  nyn ,  n'^bba  from  I2"^bs , 

TABLE  SHOWING  THE  CHARACTER  AND  AFFINITIES  OF  THE  VOWELS 
AND  THE  ORDINARY  LIMITS  OF  EUPHONIC  CHANGES. 


Guttural,  . 
Palatal,     . 


Long, 


a 


Short. 


.  pure 

C  dijMiongal    B 
( pure  I 


Labial,     . 


C  diphthoiifjal   b 


I  pure 


PART  SECOTs^D. 

ETYMOLOGY. 
Roots  of  Words. 

§  G7.  EtimolOgy  treats  of  the  various  kinds  of  words, 
their  foriwation  and  inflections.  Three  successive  stages  are 
here  to  be  distinguished.  The  first  is  the  root  or  radical 
portion  of  words.  This  embraces  those  fundamental  sounds, 
in  which  the  essential  idea  originally  inheres.  Roots  do 
not  enter,  in  their  nude  or  primitive  form,  into  the  current 
use  of  language,  but  they  constitute  the  basis  upon  whicTi  all 
actually  occurring  words,  with  the  exception  of  the  inorganic 
interjections,  are  constructed.  The  second  stage  is  the  word 
itself  in  its  simple  uninflected  state ;  this  is  formed,  if  a  prim- 
itive, directly  from  the  root,  if  a  derivative,  from  a  pre-existing 
primitive,  by  certain  changes  or  additions,  which  serve  to  con- 
vert the  radical  idea  into  the  precise  conception  intended, 
which  is  as  yet,  however,  expressed  absohitely.  The  third 
and  only  remaining  stage  is  the  word  as  it  a])pears  in  the  ac- 
tual utterances  of  speech,  so  modified  by  inflections  as  to 
suggest  the  definite  qualifications  of  the  idea,  such  as  the 
tense  of  verbs,  the  gender  and  number  of  nouns,  and  the  de- 
gree of  adjectives,  or  its  relations  whether  of  agreement  or 
subordination,  such  as  the  persons  and  modes  of  verbs  and 
the  cases  of  nouns. 

^  68.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  most  languages,  two 
classes  of  roots,  which  may  be  denominated  respectively  pro- 


^  68  ROOTS    OF    WORDS.  93 

nominal  and  verbal.  Pronominal  roots  form  the  basis  of  snch 
words  as  express  the  relations  of  things  to  the  speoker  or  to 
one  another,  viz.,  pronouns  and  certain  prepositions,  adverbs, 
and  other  particles.  From  verbal  roots,  which  are  by  far 
the  more  numerous,  spring  words  expressive  of  ideas,  viz., 
verbs,  nouns,  and  such  particles  as  are  derived  from  them. 
Verbal  roots  consist  exclusively  of  consonants,  and  are  almost 
invariably  triliteral.  The  introduction  of  a  vowel  or  vowels, 
even  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing  them,  destroys  their  abstract 
radical  character,  and  converts  them  into  specific  words  of 
this  or  that  description.  Nevertheless,  for  reasons  of  conve- 
nience, the  letters  of  the  root  are  usually  pronounced  by  the 
aid  of  the  vowels  belonging  to  them  in  the  simplest  form  of 
the  corresponding  verb,  which  is  mostly  the  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  preterite,  e.  g.  ^t2j5 ,  ?y^i3 .  This  must  not  be 
suffered,  however,  to  lead  to  the  confusion  of  identifying 
that  particular  verbal  form  with  the  proper  radical,  nor  of 
supposing  the  verb  to  be  the  radical  part  of  speech  from 
which  nouns  in  all  cases  are  derived :  verbs  and  nouns  are 
rather  to  be  regarded  as  co-ordinate  branches  springing  from 
a  cipmmon  root. 

a.  The  few  quadriliterals  and  quinquel^erals  which  occur  are  mostly 
fiirmed  from  pre-existing  triliterals  by  the  addition  of  a  weak  letter,  or  a 
letter  similar  to  one  of  the  original  radicals,  e.  g.  BD13  to  lay  loasle  comp. 
CDS;  vi?bT  to  burn  comp.  Cii'j ;  nEJ"~iO  a  branch  comp.  nQ?D  ;  C^s^nb 
thoughts  comp.  n''Q3!b ;  ijiiiiy  a  sceptre  comp.  t:^'b ;  'isVr  tranquil 
comp.  'JX.'i?;  ^'iJIS  to  spread  comp.  ti~E  ;  or  hy  blending  tAVO  ditierent 
roots,  e.g.  l^Sti^i  to  be  fresh  composed  of  -tJT  and  IL'Ei:  ;  "^i^^s  a.  certain 
one  =  ■'itbx  "'i'^^S  ;  VD^.^  c  frog  from  ^E:j  to  leap  ynn  (in  Arabic)  a 
marsh.  Some,  which  are  not  thus  reducible,  may  perhaps  be  ol'  foreign 
origin. 

b.  Many  of  the  triliteral  roots  appear  to  be  based  upon  pre-existing 
biliterals.  Thus,  the  cognates  "itj  ,  bn.  TT5,  ma,  T'na,  T!ia ,  have  in  com- 
mon the  two  letters  U  with  the  associated  idea  of  cutting.  §50.3.  The 
frequent  examples  of  this  description,  together  with  the  fact  of  the  exist- 
ence of  a  few  biliterals,  e.  g.  2X  father^  nx  brother^  CN  mother,  have 
suggested  the  thought  that  the  ultimate  roots  may  in  all  cases  have  been 
biliterals,  and  that  the  triliterals  were  a  secondary  formation.  Various  in- 
genious but  unsuccessful  attempts  have  been  made  to  demonstrate  this 


94  ETYMOLOGY.  »  ^69 

position  by  an  actual  analysip,  and  to  efTfct  the  rndnrtion  of  all  roots  to 
two  primitive  letlcrs.  Still  more  extravagant  and  tiuiritiil  i.s  the  endea- 
vour, w  liicli  has  actually  been  made,  to  exj)lain  the  ori<j:iM  of  roots  from  the 
individual  letters  of  which  they  are  composed,  and  to  deduce  their  mean- 
ings from  tiie  names,  the  shapes,  or  other  peculiarities  of  those  letters. 
The  existence  of  roots  and  the  nieaninga  attached  to  them  nuiPt  be  ac- 
cepted as  uiiiaiate  facte.  Some  have  arisen,  no  doubt,  from  the  imitation 
ol' .soulld^:  ill  nature;  but  in  nio.^l  cases  no  satisfactory  reason  can  be  given 
why  a  given  combination  of  sounds  has  that  particular  sense,  which  is  in 
fact  connected  witli  it. 

§  09.  The  formation  of  words  and  their  inflection  are  ac- 
complished partly  by  internal  changes  and  partly  by  external 
additions.  The  internal  chanij;es  are  the  insertion  of  vowels 
and  the  reduplication  of  consonants  in  various  significant 
ways,  e.  g.  ^"jp ,  ''op ,  biop ,  b'jj^  .  The  external  additions  are 
significant  syllables  welded  to  the  root  or  to  the  word,  either 
at  the  beginning  or  the  end,  e.  g.  ^up ,  i^^'^p ,  "^bp;',  ^rbiajinn. 

a.  The  triliteral  and  exclusively  consonantal  character  of  Semitic 
roots  is  their  most  remarkable  peculiarity  in  distinction  from  those  of  the 
Indo-European  languages  which  are  as  prevailingly  monosyllabic,  the 
vowel  being  an  essential  constituent,  while  the  number  of  consonants  is 
variable.  The  fact  of  the  vowel  being  an  integral  part  of  the  root  in 
these  languages  interferes  with  their  employment  of  internal  changes  for  • 
purpost-s  af  derivation  and  inflection,  and  confines  them  almost  entirely  to 
external  additions,  e.  g.  men.  vocabam.  vocatio.  rocabuhnn.  %'ocifo,  etc. 
The  composition  of  words  ol' which  such  large  use  is  made  in  the  Indo- 
European  tongues,  e.  g.  ad-voco,  in-roco,  etc.,  is  almost  unknown  in  He- 
brew except  in  the  formation  of  pn)per  names. 

b.  Dilferent  languages  differ  greatly  in  their  flexibility,  that  is  to  say, 
in  the  variety  of  words  wiiich  may  spring  from  a  common  root,  and  the 
number  of  forms  which  the  same  word  may  assume  to  express  the  various 
relations  into  which  it  enters.  Relations,  which  in  some  languages  are 
expressed  by  flection,  as  the  cases  of  nouns,  tenses  of  verbs,  concord 
of  adjectives,  are  in  others  indicated  by  additional  words,  as  prepo- 
sitions, auxiliary  verbs,  etc.,  or  suggested  by  the  order  of  words  in  the 
sentence. 

c.  Formative  syllables,  added  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  end  of 
words  for  the  sake  of  inflection,  are,  in  the  ordinary  consciousness  of  those 
who  use  the  language,  completely  amalgamated  with  them,  so  thai  their 
separate  oriL'in  and  signification  is  never  thought  of.  They  are  thus  to 
be  distinguished  from  those  words  which,  by  reason  of  their  dependent 
character,  are  attached  to  others  as  prefixes  or  suffixes,  but  yet  preserve 
their  separate  identity  as  prefixed  conjunctions  and  prepositions  and  suf- 
fixed pronouns. 


§70,  71  PRONOUNS.  95 

§70.  The  parts  of  speech  in  Hebrew  are  either  declina- 
ble as  prononns,  verbs,  and  nouns  (including  adjectives) ;  or 
indeclinable,  as  the  article,  adverbs,  .prepositions,  conjunc- 
tions, and  interjections.  As  most  if  not  all  of  the  syllables 
employed  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  verbs  and  nouns 
are  of  pronominal  origin,  it  will  be  necessary  to  consider  the 
pronouns  first. 

a.  The  classification  usual  with  the  Jewish  grammarians  is  into  verbi 
(c^^::'D  actions),  nouns  (riad  names),  and  particles  (D"'^^  words). 


pRONOtJNS. 

fEESONAL     PEONOtTNS. 

§  71.  The  Hebrew  pronouns  are  personal,  demonstrative, 
I'elative,  and  interrogative  or  indefinite.  The  personal  pro- 
nouns are  the  following,  viz. : 

SINGULAR.  PLtBAL. 

•    1.     I  "^^-K,     ''i^  We      wiij:,    isni,  i;j$ 

^  j  Thou  vi.  mPS?  Ye  m.     Qnx 

I  Thou/.      P5?,    --ns?  Ye/.       -iPfi?,  nspi? 

o   (He  s^n  They  wz.  on,    niGn 

'^•(She  N^n  They/     in,     n^n 

There  are,  it  will  be  perceived,"  distinct  forms  for  singular 
and  plural  in  the  three  persons,  and  for  masculine  and  fem- 
inine in  the  second  and  third.  There  is  no  form  for  the 
neuter,  as  that  gender  is  not  recognized  in  Hebrew. 

a.  (l)  The  alternate  forms  of  the  first  person  singular  ''3bi<  (in  pause 
''33X  with  the  accent  on  the  penult  except  Job  33  :  9),  and  ''Si*  (in  pause 
"'JSi)  are  used  interchangeably  and  with  perhaps  equal  frequency.  It  has 
been  observed,  however,  that  while  the  former  is  the  more  common  in 
the  Pentateuch,  it  never  occurs  in  the  books  of  Chronicles,  and  but  once 
in  Ezekiel.  viz..  36:28.  a  passage  borrowed  from  the  Pentateuch.  The 
usual  plural  of  this  person  is  *i:n:X;  IsriD  occurs  but  six  times,  viz.,  Gen. 


96  ETYMOLOGY.  §71 

42  :  11.  Ex.  16  :  7.  8,  Num.  32  :  32.  2  Sam.  17  :  12,  Lam.  3  :  42  ;  !i35<.  thou<:h 
common  in  later  Hebrew,  occurs  but  once  in  the  Old  Testament,  viz.,  Jer. 
42 :  6  K'tliibli,  where  the  K'ri  eubstilutes  the  usual  form. 

(2)  The  second  person  masc.  sing,  nris  (m  pause  occasionally  nps  Ps. 
2  :  7.  25  :  27.  40  :  18.  70  :  6.  but  mostly  nnx  )  is  in  five  instances  written  px 
without  the  final  He,  which  is  however  restored  in  the  K'ri,  viz.,  1  Sam. 
24  ;  19,  Ps.  6  :  4,  Job  1  :  10,  Eccies.  7  :  22,  Neh.  9 :  6.  and  in  three  instances 
ns  without  the  final  vowel  Num.  11  :  15,  Deut.  5  :  24.  Ezck.  28  :  14.  The 
feminine  Fix  is  occasionally  written  "^nx  .Tudg.  17:2,  1  Kin.  14:2.2  Kin. 
4  :  16.  23.  8  :  1,  Jer.  4  :  30,  Ezek.  36  :  13  ;  the  K'ri  invariably  retrenches  the 
superfluous  "^j  though  it  is  probable  that  the  original  pronunciation  proper 
to  this  orthography  was  "^nx  .  The  feminine  plural  "nx  occurs  only  Ezek. 
34:  31,  where  a  few  manuscripts  read  "itnx  ;  the  alternate  form  n;rx  oc- 
curs Gen.  31 :  6.  Ezek.  13  :  11,  34  :  17  ;  in  Ezek.  13  :  20  most  editions  have 
nrnx . 

(3)  The  third  person  fern.  sing.  X'^rt  occurs  but  eleven  timof;  in  the 
books  of  Moses,  viz..  Gen.  14  :  2,  20:  5,  38:  25,  Lev.  2'-  15  (in  some  editions). 
11  :  39,  13:  10.  21,  16:31,  21  :  9.  Num.  5:  13,  14.  In  its  stead  is  found  XiH 
a  combination  of  the  letters  of  the  masculine  with  the  vowel  of  the  fem- 
inine. The  explanation  of  this  is  that  xin  hu  was  at  that  early  period  of 
common  gender  and  used  indifl'erently  for  both  masculine  and  feminine. 
As  this  primitive  usage  subsequently  became  obsolete,  the  word,  when 
used  for  the  feminine,  was  read  X"'n  /il  according  to  the  uniform  practice 
of  the  later  books,  and  the  punctuators  have  suggested  this  by  giving  it 
the  corresponding  vowel.  §  17.  According  to  Kimchi  "jfi  Ruth  1:13  and 
nrn  2  Sam.  4  :  6,  Jer.  50:5,  stand  for  the  masculine  plural;  this  assump- 
tion is  unnecessary,  however,  as  in  the  first  passage  the  feminine  may 
have  the  sense  oi"  the  neuter  "these  things,""  and  in  tlie  last  two  it  is  an 
adverb  of  place,  meaning  here. 

b.  (I)  The  pronoun  ^bbx  unites  the  palatal  found  in  the  nominative 
singular  of  the  first  person  in  Indo-European  languages,  Gr.  cyw,  Lat.  ego. 
Goth.  ik.  with  the  nasal  of  its  other  parts  Gr.  fj.e,  vwi,  Lat.  me.  770.s.  Goth. 
mik.  The  same  combination  is  found  in  the  Coptic  and  the  Phcpnician. 
The  Arabic  and  Syriac  have  retained  only  the  abbreviated  form  in  the 
singular  and  the  prolonged  form  in  the  plural.  The  second  person  npiX 
is  based  upon  the  lingual  n  as  tlie  Doric  tv,  Lat.  /?/,  Ger.  clu,  Eng.  thou  ; 
and  tlie  third  person  X^in  upon  the  guttural  n  as  the  Zend  ho.  Gr.  6, 
Lat.  hie.  Eng.  he. 

(2)  Words  in  such  constant  and  familiar  use  as  tlie  pronouns  are  sub- 
ject to  more  or  less  irregularity  in  all  languages.  The  original  plural 
termination,  as  will  be  shown  more  fully  hereafter  in  the  case  of  verbs 
and  nouns,  i-?  csi.  In  the  first  person  D  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  concur- 
rence of  nasals  in  the  same  syllable,  "'^{J. ,  *3X  ;  the  plural  of  the  prolonged 
lorm  seems  to  be  best  explained  by  supposing  it  to  have  been  originally 
■'SJJX  ,  which  WHS  in  the  singular  softened  to  "bsx  by  §57.1,  and  in  the 
jilural  by  a  transposition  and  weakening  of  the  palatal  to  a  guttural  (cnmp. 
Gr.  iyu).  Sans.  oAa?«).  became  Isn'jX^  or  by  §53.2,  sisni .  The  plurals  of 
the  second  and  third  persons  were  originally  Cinx,  Cin,  which  are  still 


^72  PRONOUNS.  07 

preserved  in  the  Arabia,  and  have  left  their  trares  in  the  inflections  of 
verbs,  e.g.  "ibz^iT^j  "i^'Sinsap  ,  The  vowel  m  however,  which  in  the  plu- 
rals of  masculine  nouns  has  been  converted  into  I.  has  in  the  pronouns 
undergone  a  still  further  modification  into  the  diphthongal  e  Cii  or  e  CFiX  . 
The  distinction  of  gender  is  indicated  in  the  plural  not  by  affixing  the 
characteristic  termination  of  that  gender  as  in  nouns,  but  by  a  change  of 
the  final  nasal.  An  unaccented  n  ^  is  often  added  by  §61.  6.  to  relieve  the 
harshness  of  the  consonantal  ending. 

c.  In  the  technical  language  of  the  Jewish  grammarians  pronouns  are 
called  C^liS  cog-immina  ;  the  first  person  is  ^2T^  the  speaker^  the  second 
N3T33  present^  the  third  "rp:  hidden  or  absent. 

§  72.  When  the  pronouns  are  used  in  their  separate  form 
as  distinct  words  they  have  the  fonns  ah'eady  given.  When, 
however,  they  stand  in  a  relation  of  dependence  to  verbs, 
nouns,  and  particles,  they  are  appended  to  them  in  the  follow- 
ing abbreviated  forms,  called  the  pronominal  suffixes  : 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

1. 

Com. 

1 

■^3 

^5 

2. 

{  Masc. 

^ 

0? 

\  Fern. 

n 

P 

3. 

(  Masc. 

^n 

D 

on 

\  Fern. 

ri 

n 

1 

10 

In  the  first  person  singular  "^ .  is  attached  to  nouns,  and 
''5  to  verbs.  In  the  second  person  the  palatal  D  is  substituted 
for  the  lingual  n  of  the  separate  pronoun.  For  a  similar 
change  in  the  first  person  see  §  85.  «.  (i).  The  modifications 
in  the  forms  of  the  suffixes,  occasioned  by  the  endings  of  the 
words  to  which  they  are  attached,  will  be  considered  here- 
after, §§101,220.  The  third  plural  forms  cn,  "jn  aroused 
with  plural  nouns  ;  Q ,  1  with  verbs  and  singular  nouns. 

The  suffixes  of  the  second  and  third  persons  plural  DD , 
1?  ,  DO .  10  are  called  (jrave,  the  rest  are  UgM.  The  former 
being  mixed  syllables,  always  receive  the  accent,  §  33.  3,  and 
tend  more  strongly  to  shorten  the  words  to  which  they  are 
attached  than  the  latter. 


98  ETYMOLOGY.  §  73,  74 


Demonstrative  Pronouns. 
^73.  1.  The  ordinary  demonstrative  is — 

Maac.     Fern.  Common. 

Singular,   nr     rsT  f/iis        Plural,   ^i?     n^i?  f/tese. 

The  poetic  form  IT  is  sometimes  a  demonstrative,  Ps. 
12  : 8,  Hab.  1  :  11,  hut  more  frequently  a  relative  (like  the 
English  f/iat),  in  which  case  it  is  used  without  change  for 
both  genders  and  numbers.  The  feminine  is  occasionally 
written  without  tbe  final  n  and  with  a  diiferent  vowel  letter 
rlT  or  it .  The  plural,  coming  from  a  different  root,  is  suffi- 
ciently distinguished  without  the  usual  termination ;  bx  occm-s 
eight  times  in  the  books  of  Moses  and  once  in  1  Chron.  20:8; 
in  all  other  places  the  consonantal  termination  is  softened  by 
an  appended  n  . . 

2.  The  singular  of  this  pronoun  is  in  a  few  instances 
compounded  with  b  either  without  any  change  of  meaning,  or, 
as  Ewald  and  Nordheimer  follow  Jarchi  in  supposing,  in  the 
sense  of  the  remote  demonstrative  t/taf.  Thus  (with  the 
article  0  prefixed) — 

Masc.  Fern.  Ccm. 

Sing,    this  or  that     nf  |n         ^T^n         tSh 

a.  The  first  form  occurs  twice  in  Genesis  (24  :  65,  37: 19),  the  third  sLt 
times  in  the  post-Mosaic  books  as  a  masculine  (Judg.  6  :  20,  1  Sam.  14  :  1, 
17:26.  2  Kin.  23:  17,  Dan.  8:16,  Zech.  2:8).  and  once  as  a  feminine 
(2  Kin.  4 :  25),  the  second  once  in  Ezekiel  (36  :  35). 

3.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  K'.n  is  used 
for  the  remote  demonstrative  that. 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§  74.  The  rcliitive  who,  which  is  it"i<  ,  which  may  be  cm- 
ployed  as  a  separate  word,  or  may  be  shortened  to  a  prefix  "O 


§75  INTERROGATIVE    AND    INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS.  99 

with  Dagliesh-forte  compensative  in  the  following  letter, 
unless  it  be  a  guttural  and  consequently  incapable  of  receiv- 
ing it,  §23.  1.  In  a  few  instances  the  prefix  ts  takes  the 
vowel  (.)  followed  by  Daghesh-forte,  Judg.  5  :  7,  Cant.  1  :  7, 
Job  19  :  29  ;  once  it  has  (J  before  J?  Judg.  G  :  17,  and  twice 
{.)  Eccl.  2  :  22  (in  some  copies),  3:18.  The  relative  suffers 
no  change  for  gender  or  number  either  in  its  separate  or  its 
prefixed  state.  Its  objective  relation  to  verbs  and  particles 
and  its  possessive  relation  to  nouns  are  expressed  without 
changing  the  relative  itself,  or  removing  it  from  its  position 
at  the  beginning  of  its  clause  by  appending  the  appropriate 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing  word,  e.  g.  '^'nbt  it's?  ?r//o 
/te  sent  him,  i.  e.  whom  he  sent,  is?"!!  iiox  w/iic7t  its  seed,  i.  e. 
whose  seed-  It  may  also  receive  an  adverbial  sense  froQi 
being  followed  by  the  pronominal  adverb  Qi^  tZ/ere,  e.  g. 
00  —  nt!5?  w/iere,  n72i»  —  nrs  iD/dt/wr,  nm  —  ncs  ichence. 

a.  The  prefix  '>!J  occurs  to  the  exchision  of  the  full  form  of  the  relative 
in  the  Song  of  Solomon,  and  with  great  frequency  in  another  production 
of  Solomon's,  Ecclesiastes.  There  are  besides  occasional  examples  of  it  in 
other  books,  e.  g.  Judg.  5 :  7,  6 :  17,  7 :  12,  8  :  26.  2  Kin.  6:11,1  Chron.  5 :  20, 
Job  19:  29,  Ps."l22-124,  129,  133-137,  144,  Lam.  2:15,  16.  The  word 
njida  Gen.  6:3  is  in  several  ancient  versions  and  in  the  common  English 
translation  rendered  as  though  it  were  made  up  of  the  preposition  3  ,  the 
relative  IS  and  the  particle  u\  for  that  also;  but  the  most  recent  inter- 
preters derive  it  from  the  verb  asiij  lo  err,  and  translate  in  their  erring. 

b.  "ICK  or  lU  is  also  used  for  the  conjunction  that.     Comp.  Lat.  quod. 

Interrogative  and  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

§75.  1.  The  pronouns  "^'Q  who?  or  zr/zoerer  relating  to 
persons,  and  nia  what?  or  whatever  relating  to  things,  are 
employed  both  as  interrogatives  and  in  an  indefinite  sense. 
They  experience  no  change  for  gender  or  number. 

The  vowel  of  •".'a  is  regulated  by  the  initial  sounds  of 
the  succeeding  word.  Before  a  letter  capable  of  receiving 
Daghesh-forte  it  is  pointed  t^  and  the  following  letter  is 
doubled,  e.g.  i7bT|-ri^  Ex.  3  :  13.     Before  the  stronger  gut- 


100  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  76 

turals  n  and  n  it  also  commonly  receives  (.),  e.  g.  s^'^nT.^ 
Ps.  39  :  5,  T«t?n  TVQ  Gen.  31  :  36.  Before  the  weaker  gut- 
turals X ,  'J  and  "1 ,  it  commonly  takes  (J,  e.  g.  r.^s-nTa  Zech. 
1 :  <J,  7|-a?  ni2  2  Kin.  8:13,  cn\s:n  np  Judg.  9  :  4S.  Before 
n ,  n ,  and  r  with  Karaets,  and  occasionally  before  other  let- 
ters it  takes  (..),  §  63. 1.  r/,  e.  g.  i^  '^^T'^^  Ex.  32  : 1,  ^ns-bn-ma 
Gen.  20 : 9,  r.^ir-nia  ib.,  bip  nia  1  Sam.  4 :  14,  ^iti2  n^ 
2  Kin.  1:7.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  vowel  letter  is 
omitted  and  the  inteiTogative  is  joined  with  the  following 
word,  e.  g.  niia  Ex.  4  : 2,  r.'^)')2  Isa.  3:15,  nkbra  Mai.  1 :  13, 
DTO  Ezek.  8  :  6  K'thibh. 

2.  Another  interrogative  is  formed  by  prefixing  the  par- 
ticle ''X  to  the  pronoun  nr ,  rsT ,  thus  ni  •'X  which?  or  lohat? 
1  Kin.  13  :  12,Eccles.  11:6,  ns^rb  \>{/or  ichat?  lohij?  Jer.  5:7. 

3.  The  words  ''ibbx  ■'ibs  which  are  always  used  in  com- 
bination, or  contracted  into  one  ''ibbs ,  arf  in  usage  equivalent 
to  an  indefinite  or  indeterminate  pronoun,  Eng.  a  certain  one, 
\j^i.  quiclau) ,  Gr.  6  helva;  they  are,  however,  derived  not  from 
pronominal  but  verbal  roots. 

Verbs. 

THEIR     SPECIES. 

§76.  1.  Hebrew  verbs  have  seven  different  forms  which 
have  been  denominated  species  or  conjugations  (D''r^22  build- 
i?iffs).  These  represent  as  many  modifications  of  the  verbal 
idea,  and  arc  as  follows,  viz. : 

1.  bp         Kal  Simple  active. 

2.  b?E3         Niphal  "      passive. 

3.  brs         Piel  Intensive  active. 

4.  bys         Pual  "  passive. 

5.  b-i^En         Hiphil  Causative  active. 
0.       bytn         Ilophal  "  passive. 
7.     byenn         llithpacl        Reflexive. 


§77  SPECIES    OF    VERBS.  101 

a.  The  term  conjttgations  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin,  and  is  very  gen- 
erally employed  in  Hebrew  grammars  and  in  those  of  the  cognate  hm- 
giiages.  It  must  he  borne  in  mind,  liowever,  tliat  Hebrew  conjugations 
are  totally  unlike  the  conjugations  of  Latin  and  Greek.  The  latter  denote 
the  various  modes  of  inflection  adopted  by  different  roots.  The  former  are 
modifications  of  the  same  root,  which  differ  in  meaning  while  their  inflec- 
tions are  substantially  alike.  They  correspond  rather  with  voices  or  with 
derivative  verbs,  such  as  frequentatives  and  causatives.  although  they  not 
infrequently  require  to  be  translated  by  words  radically  distinct.  The 
term  species  proposed  by  Schultens,  though  less  commonly  adopted,  is 
more  descriptive. 

2.  Kal  means  li^/d,  and  denotes  that  species  in  which  no 
other  than  the  thr^e  radical  letters  appear,  and  these  only  in 
then*  single  power.  The  other  species  are  called  /leavj/ 
(D'nns),  because  burdened  by  the  reduplication  of  the  radi- 
cals or  the  addition  of  other  letters.  Their  names  arc  de- 
rived from  bi's  to  do,  which  was  the  model  for  inflection,  the 
form  assumed  by  this  verb  in  each  species  serving  as  its 
designation.  Unusual  verbal  forms  are  in  like  manner  de- 
noted by  the  corresponding  forms  imposed  upon  its  radicals. 

3.  Other  technical  expressions,  such  as  the  names  of  the 
various  classes  of  verbs,  are  also  to  be  traced  to  this  source. 
A  verb  whose  first  radical  is  a  guttural,  a  Nun,  or  a  Yodh,  is 
called  a  Pe  Guttural,  Pe  Nun  (i'e),  or  Pe  Yodh  (^S)  verb, 
Pe  as  the  initial  of  bys  becoming  the  technical  designation 
of  a  first  radical  generally.  So  a  verb  whose  second  radical 
is  Vav  is  called  an  Ayin  Vav  ("ic ) ;  one  whose  third  radical 
is  He,  a  Lamedh  He  {^^) ;  one  whose  second  and  third  rad- 
icals are  alike  an  Ayin  Doubled  (55?),  etc. 

§77.  The  general  idea  of  the  several  species  already 
stated  is  liable  to  certain  modifications  in  the  variety  of  cases 
to  which  it  is  applied. 

1.  The  Niphal  is  commonly  the  passive  of  Kal  or  of  the 
simple  idea  of  the  verb,  sia  to  steal,  Ni.  fo  he  stolen ;  sns  to 
write,  Ni.  to  he  icritten. 

2.  Sometimes,  like  the  Greek  middle  voice  which  coin-  ■ 
cides  with  the  passive  in  certain  of  its  forms,  it  lias  a  reflex- 


102  ETYMOLOGY.  §73 

ive  signification,  lis-j  to  hide,  Ni.  io  hide  ones  self ;  i^C  to 
keep,  Ni.  io  keep  one's  self,  ^vKuTreaOaL;  onp  Ni.  to  lupent, 
lit.  to  grieve  ones  self,  fierafxeXeadat;  or  expresses  recii)rocal 
acticQ,  yy^  to  counsel yls'i.  to  take  counsel  together ;  cnb  Ni.  to 
fight,  iid-)(e.<xQai,,  lit.  to  devour  one  another.  In  some  verbs  it 
has  both  a  passive  and  a  reflexive  sense,  li^s  Ni.  io  be  sold 
and  io  sell  one's  self ;  nxn  Ni.  io  be  seen  and  io  let  one^s  self 
be  seen,  io  appear. 

3.  Sometimes  when  the  Kal  is  intransitive  and  does  not 
admit  of  a  ])roper  passive,  the  Niphai  is  either  identical  with 
it  in  signification,  3^]^  K.  and  Ni.  to  approach,  or  retains  a 
shade  of  its  original  force  by  representing  the  state  or  condi- 
tion not  absolntely  as  in  Kal,  but  as  something  effected  and 
involving  a  change  from  another  previous  condition,  ^712  to 
be  full,  Ni.  io  be  filed,  rrjiri  to  be,  Ni.  to  become. 

§78.  1.  The  Piel  gives  new  intensity  to  the  simple  idea 
of  the  verb,  by  wliich  its  meaning  is  variously  modified  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  case,  t:y'a  to  be  few.  Pi.  to  be 
very  few ;  5l"7  io  follow,  Y\.  io  follow  ardently,  to  pursue ; 
"ins  to  fear.  Pi.  to  fear  constantly,  io  be  timid ;  '-i?c  io  ask. 
Pi.  io  ask  repeatedly  and  earnestly,  io  beg ;  N'^3  io  create, 
as  God,  Pi.  io  form  with  pains  and  labour,  as  man ;  ins  to 
write,  Pi.  io  icrite  much  with  the  implication  that  it  is  to  little 
purpose,  io  scribble ;  "i3p  to  bury.  Pi.  io  bury  fjreai  numbers. 

2.  The  energy  resident  in  this  species  dis})lnys  itself  by 
signifying  the  producing  or  causing  of  that  which  is  denoted 
by  the  simple  idea  of  the  verb,  thus  quickening  intransitive 
verbs  into  transitives,  and  making  such  as  were  transitive 
before  to  be  doubly  so.  In  this,  which  is  the  more  frequent 
case,  it  becomes  virtually  equivalent  to  a  causative,  ^3X  to 
perish,  Pi.  io  make  io  perish,  io  destroy  ;  112b  to  learn.  Pi.  to 
teach,  i.e.  cause  to  learn.  Both  these  senses  are  occasionally 
found  united  in  the  same  verb,  I'll?  Pi.  io  be  very  near  and  io 
bring  near ;  rnc  Pi,  to  be  very  corrupt  and  io  corrupt  or  de- 
stroy. 


§79,80  SPECIES    OF   VERBS.  103 

3.  Pual  is  the  passive  of  Piel,  and  therefore  can  only  exist 
when  the  sense  of  the  latter  is  such  that  a  passive  is  possible. 

§79.  1.  The  Hiphil  denotes  the  causing  or  producing  of 
that  which  is  signified  by  the  simple  form  of  the  verb,  and, 
as  in  the  corresponding  case  of  Piel,  intransitive  verbs  become 
transitive,  and  such  as  admitted  of  one  object  before  are  now 
capable  of  receiving  two :  l'^^  to  descend,  Hi.  to  cause  to  de- 
scend, hriiig  doion ;  i^is  to  come.  Hi.  to  hring ;  nijn  to  see.  Hi. 
to  show. 

2.  In  some  verbs  Hiphil  has  an  intransitive  sense,  but 
in  most  of  these  cases  there  is  either  an  ellipsis  of  the  object 
or  the  idea  of  production  and  causation  can  still  be  obscurely 
traced,  si"]?  Hi.  to  he  attentive,  prop,  to  make  {one's  ear)  at- 
tend;  pln"a  Hi.  to  be  sweet,  prop,  to  cause  sweetness ;  ^ii?  Hi. 
to  be  wise,  prop,  to  act  loiselj/,  exliibit  loisdom ;  f  i3«  Hi.  to  be 
brave,  prop,  to  act  bravely;  Ij?!  Hi.  to  (jrow  old,  prop,  to  acquire 
aye.  In  a  few  instances  both  senses  are  found  united  in  the 
same  verb,  nSa  Hi.  to  cause  to  bud  and  to  put  forth  buds; 
tjnij  Hi.  to  p'olong  and  to  be  long ;  nijy  Hi.  to  enrich  and  to 
groio  rich ;  'j'QTri  Hi.  to  make  fat  and  to  become  fat  (comp. 
YiVi%.  fatten^. 

3.  Hophal  is  the  passive  of  Hiphil. 

a.  When  Kal  has  hoth  a  transitive  and  an  intransitive  sense,  Hiphil. 
as  the  causative  of  the  latter,  becomes  substantially  identical  with  the 
former,  nisj  K.  to  extend  or  to  bend,  trans,  and  intrans..  Hi.  id.  trans.  In 
Job  23  :  1 1,  Ps.  125 : 5.  Isa.  30  :  11,  where  the  Hiphil  of  this  verb  appears  to 
be  used  intransitively  in  the  sense  of  turning  aside,  there  is  an  ellipsis  of 
its  proper  object,  to  bend  [the  steps). 

§80.  1.  The  Hithpael  is  reflexive  or  reciprocal  of  the 
idea  of  the  verb,  mostly  as  this  is  expressed  in  the  Piel  spe- 
cies (from  which  it  is  formed,  §82.  5),  the  particular  shade 
of  meaning  being  modified  according  to  the  circumstances 
of  the  case.  (1)  It  indicates  that  the  subject  is  hkewise  the 
direct  object  of  the  action,  '0}"^  Pi.  to  deliver,  Hith.  to  escape, 
deliver  one's  self;  p-5?  Pi.  to  juslifg,  Hith.  to  justify  o^^'^ 


104  ETYMOLOGY.  §80 

txn  Pi.  to  secic,  Ilith.  io  disguise  ones  self,  prop,  to  let  ones 
self  he  sought  for ;  nsn  Pi.  to  make  sick,  Ilitli.  io  make  one's 
self  sick  whether  in  rcaUty  or  in  the  esteem  of  others,  i.  e.  to 
feign  sickness  ;  cin  Hith.  to  show  ones  sef  wise  whether  in 
reahty  or  in  his  own  conceit.  (:2)  Or  that  he  is  the  inchrect 
object  of  the  action,  which  is  for  his  benefit,  or  relates  en- 
tirely to  him,  nns  Pi.  to  ojjen,  Hith.  to  open  for  one  s  self  ; 
-n:  Hith.  to  inherit  {for  one's  self) ;  "J?"  Pi.  to  make  gracious, 
Hith.  to  implore  favour,  prop,  to  make  to  he  gracious  to  ones 
self  (3)  Or  that  the  action  is  mutual  between  two  or  more 
parties,  "iT^p  Pi.  to  hind,  Hith.  to  conspire,  prop,  to  hand  to- 
gether ;  n^7  to  see,  Hith.  to  look  upon  one  another. 

2.  This  species  is  sometimes  a  mere  passive  like  the 
Niphal  niffi  to  forget,  Hith.  to  he  forgotten ;  "is?  Pi.  to  atone, 
Hith.  to  he  atoned ;  '1P5'  Pi.  to  prepare,  Hith.  to  he  prepared. 
In  a  few  instances  the  reflexive  and  the  passive  senses  are 
found  in  the  same  verb,  "li"*?  Hith.  to  sell  ones  self  and  to  he 
sold. 

a.  (1)  The  affinity  hptAveen  the  Piel  and  Hiphil  species  is  such  as  in 
very  many  verbs  to  reiuier  it  unnecessary  to  retain  tliem  both,  and  one  or 
the  other  has  been  allowed  to  fail  into  disuse.  Where  both  exist,  they 
are  often  nearly  or  quite  synonymous,  and  arc  used  indiscriminately,  li-""!^ 
Pi.  and  Hi.  to  sanctify,  or  differ  only  in  the  frequency  of  their  employment, 
n^'::  Pi.  and  Hi.  (rare)  to  send,  rid  Pi.  (rare)  and  Hi.  io  cause  to  hear. 
In  othe-.-  cases  tlu'y  are  distinguished  by  adhering  to  those  significations 
of  the  species  in  which  they  depart  palpably  from  one  another,  nr^  Pi. 
(intens.)  to  grow  lu.Tunantly,  Hi.  (caus.)  to  make  to  grow,  bio  Pi.  (caus.) 
to  make  foolish.  Hi.  (intrans.)  to  act  foolishly  ;  or  by  developiuir  them  from 
different  significations  of  the  root,  btba  Pi.  to  cook  (food),  Hi.  to  ripen 
(fruit);  Tp2  Pi.  to  bless  (prop,  to  kneel  in  worship).  Hi.  to  cause  to  kneel 
(as  a  physical  act),  cir  Pi.  to  break  the  bones  ( criS;),  Hi. /o  render 
.strong ;  or  by  restricting  them  to  special  np|)licati()ns.  ni:[?  Pi.  to  burn  in- 
cense {to  idols),  Hi.  to  burn  incense  (to  God);  rBii  Hi.  to  change.  Pi.  io 
change  (the  clothes);  wCD  Hi.  to  strip,  Pi.  to  strip  (the  slain  in  battle). 

(2)  It  is  still  less  connnon  to  find  both  Niphal  and  Hithpael  in  the  same 
verb.  Where  this  does  occur  they  are  sometimes  used  interchangeably, 
at  others  a  di.-:tinction  i.<  created  or  adhered  to,  ~£'^  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  be 
joured  out;  "^i'n  Ni.  and  Iliih.  to  talk  with  one  another;  ""^^  Ni.  to  be 
llesseil.  Hith.  to  bb-ss  oni\t  sf/f;  u.""in  Ni.  to  be  ploughed,  Hith.  to  keep {one^s 
self)  (/uift ;  lib;?  Ni.  to  be  bound,  Hith.  to  conspire. 

(3)  When  in  particular  vcibs  two  species  have  substantially  the  same 


§S1  PERl'ECT    VERBS.  105 

sense,  it  sometimes  happens  that  parts  only  of  each  are  in  use.  one  supple- 
menting tiie  deficiencies  ol"  the  otlier,  or  that  one  of  the  active  species, 
losing  its  proper  passive,  is  supplied  by  another  whose  corresponding 
active  is  wanting.  Thus  hb^  to  be  able  has  a  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  ; 
but  its  future  is  Hophal  (strictly,  to  be  made  able,  but  in  usage  the  equiva- 
lent of  Kal);  riD3  to  be  pale  ^  CJ2  tu  draw  near.  ~nj  to  be  poured  out,  have 
their  futures  in  the  Kal  but  their  preterites  in  tlie  Niphal;  viC'^  to  add  has 
both  a  Kal  and  a  Hiphil  preterite,  which  are  synonymous,  but  only  a 
Hiphil  future.  Again,  in  ii  j3  to  separate  and  "ir\r  to  destroy,  the  Kal  has 
yielded  to  the  Hiphil  (strictly,  to  cause  separation^  dettt ruction),  but  the 
Niphal  is  retained  as  its  pas.sive  ;  "J^nT  to  bathe  and  ~ "J  (o  sprinkle,  have 
in  the  active  the  Kal  form  and  in  tlie  passive  the  Pual. 

(4)  All  verbs  are  found  in  one  or  more  of  these  species  or  conjugations, 
but  very  few  in  the  whole  of  them.  Of  the  1,.332  triliteral  verbs  in  the 
Hebrew  Bible,  530  appear  in  some  one  species  only.  360  in  two  species, 
235  in  three.  118  in  four,  70  in  five,  12  in  six,  and  but  7  in  the  entire  num- 
ber, viz.:  J'ibzi  to  cleave  asunder,  nba  to  uncover,  n^n  to  be  sick,  i'T^  to 
know,  nB;  to  bring  forth,  "tjTQ  to  visit,  c^in  to  be  high.  The  number  of 
species  in  which  a  given  verb  appears,  is  sometimes  limited  by  the  ne- 
cessity of  the  case,  as  when  its  meaning  will  not  admit  of  the  modifica- 
tions denoted  by  all  the  species;  or  by  usage,  as  when  certain  species  are 
dropped  as  uimecessary.  the  ideas  which  they  would  convey  being  ex- 
pressed in  another  manner;  or  by  the  circumstance  that  in  the  small  vol- 
ume of  the  Old  Testament,  examples  may  not  occur  of  all  the  species 
which  actually  were  in  use. 

b.  Instances  occur  in  which  the  active  species,  and  less  frequently  the 
passives,  derive  their  meanings  not  directly  from  the  root,  but  from  some 
noun  which  has  sprung  from  it.  These  are  called  Denominatives.  Thus, 
r|"n?  K.  to  break  the  neck  (rjiiy);  ^'ib'J  K.  to  tithe  (nirr  ten);  "ibb  to  make 
bricks  (njab);  :sb3  Ni.  to  be  possessed  of  imderstanding,  or,  according  to 
others,  to  be  devoid  of  %mder standing  (-ib  heart);  'iHS  Pi.  to  act  as  priest 
(•nis);  -jSp  Pi.  to  build  a  nest  (";?);  J'S"^^  Pu.  part.  s(^ware  (S3^x /oi<r); 
"i'^t-Q  Pu.  almond-shaped  ("'jb'T);  y^no  Pu.  dyed  scarlet  (i'^ip);  ^"'I'^'n  Hi. 
to  snow  (sV'^);  "pi^^Cl  Hi.  to  give  earC^jk);  nsn  Hi.  to  snare  (ns);  n^rn 
Ho.  to  be  salted  (n^i);  "n^rri  Hith.  to  make  o)ie's  self  a  Jew  (■'T'^); 
I'V^n  Hith.  to  supply  one's  self  with  provision  (T'ii).  A  verbal  form  may 
ooca.sionally  arise  even  from  an  adverb,  i^^j'^f!!.?  Ni.  part,  removed  far  away 
('Tikhn),  or  an  interjection,  oh^]  Hi.  a7id  he  stilled  (on  husk!). 


Perfect  Verbs. 

^81.  There  is  one  normal  standard  for  the  formation  of 
these  several  species  and  their  further  inflection,  to  which  all 
verbs  conform  miless  prevented  by  the  character  of  their 
radicals.     There  are  no  anomalous  or  irregular  deviations 


106  ETYMOLOGY.  §  82 

from  this  standard,  sucli  as  arc  found  in  other  languages,  for 
which  no  explanation  can  be  given  but  the  fact  of  their  oc- 
currence. A\'hatever  deviations  do  occur  result  from  the 
presence  of  letters  in  the  root  which  do  not  admit  of  certain 
combinations  and  forms,  and  compel  the  adoption  of  others 
in  their  stead.  Verbs  are  hence  distinguished  into  perfect 
and  imperfect.  They  are  styled  perfect  when  their  radical 
letters  are  capable  of  entering  into  all  those  combinations 
and  exhibitinn;  all  those  forms  which  conformitv  with  the 
standard  requires.  They  are  imperfect  when  the  root  con- 
tams  a  weak  letter,  §7.2,  or  is  otherwise  so  constituted  as 
to  lead  to  a  departure  from  the  standard  inflections. 

§S2.  1.  In  perfect  verbs  the  Kal  is  formed  by  giving 
Pattahh,  or  more  rarely  one  of  its  compounds,  Tsere  or 
Hholem,  to  the  second  radical  as  its  essential  or  characteristic 
vowel,  and  to  the  first  radical  a  pretonic  Kamets,  §  G4.  2, 
thus:  '^bjp,  ^4?,  PI?. 

a.  The  number  of  verbs,  perfect  and  imperfect,  whose  second  radical 
has  Tsere  or  Hholem.  or  as  they  are  technically  called  middle  e  and  mid- 
dle 0,  is  quite  inconsiderable.  They  are  mostly  of  aa  intransitive  sig- 
nification. 

(1)  The  ibllowing  have  Tsere,  viz.  : 

■,j:_j  to  be  old.  -1=3  (Isa.  24:20  ^Z-z)  lo  be      na  to  die. 
ykX)  io  delight.  heavy.  i>33  to  fade. 

si:n  to  hew.  ^iis  to  be  right.  sr^j  to  thirst. 

nna  to  be  clean.  tz^  and  vih  to  put  on.  hhp^  (Isa.    33:9  h'Zp^)  to 

Xra  to  be  unclean.  i<b"3  trans.or  intrans.  (Esth.  wither. 

•i'i^  to  be  dry.  7  :  5   n"^"9   trans.)  to  N.:b  to  hate. 

^"11  to  fear.  fill  or  be  full.  ic'l"  to  be  brought  low. 

(2)  The  following  have  Tsere  in  pause.  §  65.  3.  a.  or  as  a  pretonic  vowel, 
§64.  2.  belore  a  sulli.x,  but  Pattaiih  in  other  cases.  Such  as  only  occur  in 
pause  or  with  siillixes  are  printed  with  T.sere. 

rrx  to  lore.  bnj  to   be    or  become  h^J^  to  cease. 

ntx  to  be  guilt y.  great.  ycT\  to  be  leavened. 

pxn  to  swell.  p~'n  to  cleave  to.  r;n  to  })e  pnfaned. 

■1^5  to  prevail.  '|lE'n  to  grow  fat.  "On  to  lack. 


§  8.2  PERFECT    VERBS.  107 

isn  to     blush     (distin-  tsi^  to  he  strong.  2"?"^  to  be.  sated. 

guished  from  "^En  piH^  to  come    upon,  to  ri?2'J  to  rejoice. 

to  dig).  prosper.  n^O  to  forget. 

C|i"'  to  he  weary.  uinp5  to  he  holy.  *|3'>^  to  dwell. 

t""!"'  to  possess.  Z'^\^  to  come  near.  ^"^.'^  io  be  desolate. 

DS3  to  be  pleasant.  -Sn  to  be  hungry.  sair  to  hear. 

Several  others  are  marked  with  Tsere  in  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius,  in 
which  that  vowel  does  not  occur. 
(3)   The  following  have  Hholem: 

•^ij<  to  shine.  V:d'^^  to  be  able.  Sn  (Ps.  18  :  15   3;n  )  to 

dia  to  be  ashamed.  IL'p^  to  snare.  shoot. 

ii-i  to  be  good.                   hh  (see  §86.  a)  ^o/owj.  bid  (Gen.  43:14  "Tibr-e;) 

•i"'  to  dread.  pj?  to  be  small.  to  be  bereaved. 

2.  The  Niphal  is  formed  by  prefixing  ?  to  the  letters  of 
the  root ;  thus,  ^'op: ,  which  by  §  61. 1.  becomes  bbipp . 

3.  Tiie  Piel  and  Pual  are  formed  by  doubhng  the  second 
radical   and  attaching  the  appropriate  vowels ;  thus,  bcij? , 

4.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal  are  formed  by  prefixing  n 
with  the  proper  vowels ;  thus,  ^"^Pipn ,  '^'^Ipv? . 

5.  The  Hithpael  is  formed  by  prefixing  tin  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive  of  the  Piel ;  thus,  ^^(?rin  ,  If  the  first  radi- 
cal be  one  of  the  sibilants  0 ,  T2J  or  to ,  the  n  of  the  prefixed 
syllable  will  be  transposed  with  it,  ^Inon,  ?j2riirn,  r^nniDn. 
If  the  first  radical  be  2 ,  the  T\  will  be  transposed,  and  in 
addition  changed  to  t: ,  e.  g.  p"^i?^n  ,  If  the  first  radical  be 
one  of  the  Unguals  T ,  t:  or  ri ,  the  n  will  be  assimilated  or 
united  to  it  by  Daghesh-forte,  'pk'^'p' ,  "intpn ,  Diann , 

a.  In  one  instance  n3:;i:Tc5rti  Jer.  49:3  n  remains  before  u3  without 
transposition,  which  would  brit)g  three  Unguals  in  close  connection,  and 
once  it  is  assimilated  to  d,  Eccl.  7:  16  CTsittJ";,  elsewhere  ciind';i ;  c  is 
likewise  assimilated  to  the  sibilant  T  in  the  only  Hithpael  form  in  Avhich 
tliat  letter  is  the  initial  of  the  root  ISmH  Isa.  1:16.  In  one  instance 
C"ps'nn"3  Juflg.  19:22  n  remains  without  assimilation  before  1.  The  n 
may  either  be  assimilated  or  not  to  the  initial  3  of  two  verbs  S^J,  Niu;. 
and  the  initial  3  of  two  '13.  "iE3.  It  is  assimilated  to  the  3  ofDS3.  which 
occurs  but  twice  in  the  Hithpttel,  to  the  3  of  7X3,  which  only  occurs  once, 
and  in  one  instance  to  "i,  viz.  cii-iiik  Isa.  33:10  but  caiin^  Dan.  11:36. 


108  ETYMOLOGY.  §  83 

b.  The  seven  species  may.  agreeably  to  their  formation,  be  reduced  to 
three  willi  thrir  derivatives,  viz.: 

Active  1.  Kill  2.  Piel  3.  Hiphil 

Passive  Pual  Ho])hal 

Middle  Niphal  Hithpael 

(1)  The  prefixed  letters  of  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael  3  and  n  (with  n 
prostlic'tic.  §53.  1.  a)  are  probably  in  their  origin  fragmentary  pronouns 
signifying  self;  whether  they  are  referable  to  "'3N  and  npx  of  the  first 
and  second  persons  must  be  left  to  conjecture.  The  idea  primarily  sug- 
gested is  that  of  performing  an  action  upon  one's  self;  but  in  the  Niphal 
usually,  and  in  the  Hithpael  occasionally,  the  reflexive  signification  has, 
as  in  certain  tenses  of  the  Greek  middle  and  in  the  reciprocal  verbs  of 
some  modern  languages,  given  place  to  the  passive.  In  the  Aramaean 
the  forms  with  a  prefixed  PS  have  not  only  quite  lost  their  original  char- 
acter as  reflexives,  but  have  superseded  all  other  passives. 

(2)  Ttie  idea  of  causation  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal,  if  the  author  may 
venture  to  ofier  his  own  opinion  upon  this  perplexed  subject,  is  not  due, 
as  in  the  Indo-European  causatives,  to  the  introduction  of  a  syllable 
directly  suggesting  it.  It  appears  to  be  primarily  another  intensive  form, 
with  which  usage  lias  ordinarily  connected,  as  it  frequently  has  with  the 
Piel,  the  notion  of  productive  energy  or  the  quickening  of  an  intransitive 
into  a  transitive.  As  in  the  Piel  and  its  derivatives,  the  idea  of  intensity 
is  suggested  by  giving  a  doubled  and  consequently  more  intense  pronun- 
ciation to  the  central  radical;  so  in  the  Hiphil.  by  a  like  symbolism,  the 
power  of  the  root  is  augmented  by  the  accession  of  a  new  initial  syl- 
lable, whether  the  weak  letter  n  is  merely  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing 
the  vowel,  which  seems  likely  from  the  corresponding  K  in  Aramajan  and 
Arabic,  or  is  itself  significant,  in  which  case  it  must  be  of  pronominal 
origin,  related  possibly  to  K^in  of  the  third  person,  and  having  a  prepo- 
sitional or  intensive  ibrce. 

(3)  The  distinction  between  active  and  passive  in  the  intensive  and 
causative  species  is  made  by  the  vowels  alone,  and  that  in  a  way  perfectly 
simple,  and  yet  as  clearly  marked  as  possible.  Of  the  three  pure  vowela 
i  and  ?t  ofl'er  the  most  striking  contrast,  and  these  are  severally  set  in  op~ 
posite  syllables  in  the  forms  to  be  distinguished;  i  or  its  cognate  e  marks 
the  second  syllable  of  the  actives,  m  or  its  cognate  o  the  first  syllable  of  the 
passives,  the  other  syil.ible  receiving  in  every  case  the  simplest  and  only 
remaining  vowel :  thus,  ^"'^ipn  ,  ^^k!  —  '4i?  •  -'4"^  •  F'^"'  ^''''^  ^  primarily 
belonged  to  the  fir.-^t  syllabic  of  both  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  apparent  from  its 
retaining  its  place  throughout  these  species  with  the  exception  of  the 
preterite,  and  from  its  preservation  in  the  cognate  languages. 

^83.  If  ''^1?  fo  kill  be  taken  as  the  representative  of  tlie 
regular  verb,  the  various  species  with  their  significations  \Yill 
be  as  follows,  viz. : 


§  83  PERFECT   VERBS.  109 

1.  Kal  btD;p  to  kill 

2.  Niphal  bbpD  to  be  killed. 

3.  Piel  ^k"?  to  kill  many  or  to  massacre, 

4.  Pual  ^Dp  to  he  massacred. 

5.  Hipliil  ^"^tjpn  /o  cause  to  kill. 

6.  Hophal  ^"^PO  ^"^  ^^  caused  to  kill. 

7.  Hithpael  ^tspnn  <fo  kill  one's  self. 

a.  It  is  in  each  case  the  tliird  person  masculine  singular  of  the  preterite 
which  is  given  above,  and  the  strict  signification  therefore  is  lie  has  killed^ 
etc.  These  being  the  simplest  forms  of  the  various  species,  however,  and 
destitute  of  any  sign  of  tense  or  person,  are  commonly  used  to  represent 
the  species ;  and  in  this  sense  the  proper  equivalent  is  the  infinitive,  which 
is  the  form  used  for  designating  verbs  in  English. 

h.  The  verb  ^a;5  is  well  fitted  for  a  model,  and  is  now  generally  so 
employed.  The  consonants,  which  compose  its  root,  have  no  peculiarities 
to  interfere  with  its  inflection,  it  has  a  signification  capable  of  being  car- 
ried through  all  the  species,  and  as  it  exists  likewise  in  the  cognate  lan- 
guages, it  offers  a  good  basis  for  their  comparison.  It  occurs,  indeed,  but 
three  times  in  the  Bible,  Job  13:15,  24:14,  Ps.  139:19,  and  in  but  one 
species;  still  the  very  rarity  of  its  occurrence  only  restricts  it  more  com- 
pletely to  its  use  as  a  representative  or  typical  verb.  The  old  Jewish 
model  M'S,  §76.2,  is  objectionable  on  account  of  its  weak  letter  ^^  and 
on  account  of  the  twofold  sound  of  its  initial  radical  S,  which,  with  its 
Daghesh-lene,  might  prove  perplexing  to  beginners. 

c.  (1)  The  existence  of  other  and  less  usual  species  is  a  needless  as- 
sumption. The  Poel,  File!,  Pilpel  and  the  like,  are  not  additional  species 
but  identical  in  character  and  signification  with  those  already  named.  The 
more  copious  Arabic,  with  its  nicer  shades  of  distinction,  has  greatly  mul- 
tiplied the  number  of  its  species  or  conjugations,  incorporating  into  ita 
standard  paradigm  forms  corresponding  to  some  of  these  which  the  He- 
brew only  occasionally  employs.  In  the  latter  language,  however,  they 
are  at  the  utmost  alternate  forms  substituted  in  place  of  the  ordinary 
ones,  and  found  for  the  most  part  in  the  imperfect  verbs,  to  the  nature  of 
whose  radicals  they  owe  their  peculiarities  of  structure.  When,  as  is  the 
case  in  a  very  few  instances,  there  is  a  double  form  to  a  particular  species 
in  the  same  verb,  usage  has  mostly  created  an  arbitrary  distinction  be- 
tween them,  e.g.  Pi.  UJnd  to  uproot  and  lania  to  take  root;  Pi.  D^p  to 
cause  to  stand,  applied  to  covenants  and  oaths,  to  ratify,  and  C'sip,  in  a 
physical  sense,  to  raise  up;  Hi.  n"';n  to  cause  to  rest,  to  set  down,  and 
n"'3n  to  leave,  to  let  alone.  There  is  no  objection  to  the  employment  of 
these  names  as  convenient  designations  of  particular  modes  of  formation, 
provided  it  is  understood  that  they  mean  nothing  more. 

(2)  There  are  very  few  instances  of  what  may  be  called  compound 
species;  thus,  Niphal  of  Pual  ^i^X^is  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  4 :  14,  <o  be  exceed- 


110  ETYMOLOGY.  §84 

ingly  defied,  stronger  than  tlie  simple  Niplial  bxss ;  Niphal  of  Hithpael 
^nB?3  Ezek.  23  :  48,  nsrj  Deut.  21:8,  :  nine?  Prov.  27 :  15, 

§84.  To  each  of  these  species  belong  a  preterite  and  fu- 
ture, two  forms  of  the  infinitive,  an  absohite  and  a  construct, 
a  participle,  and,  except  to  the  Pual  and  IIoi)hal  which  as 
pure  passives  cannot  express  a  command,  an  imperative.  The 
Kal  has  both  an  active  and  a  passive  participle,  one  more,  con- 
sequently, than  the  other  species.  The  preterite  of  each 
species  is  the  form  already  described,  §  83.  The  remaining 
pai'ts  are  formed  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 

1 .  The  absolute  infinitive  is  formed  by  changing  the  last 
vowel  in  Iliphil  and  Hophal  to  Tsere,  and  in  each  of  the 
other  species  to  Hholem,  observing  likewise  that  llhirik  in 
the  penult  of  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  to  be  changed  to  Pattahh. 
(See  Paradigm  of  the  Perfect  Verb.)  This  rule  gives  to 
Niphal  the  infinitive  bibjipp ,  which  form  actually  occurs,  §91.  <5. 
If,  however,  the  original  Sh'va  be  suffered  to  remain  after 
the  prefixed  3,  §82.  2,  thus,  ^^ip?,  a  prosthetic  n  will  be  re- 
quired in  order  to  its  pronunciation,  §  53. 1.  a,  after  which  3 
will  be  assimilated  to  the  following  letter,  §  54.  2,  and  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §64.  2,  added  to  the  P  in  order  to  give  full 
effect  to  the  reduplication ;  thus  Viijjn ,  wdiich  is  the  form 
W'ritten  in  the  paradigm. 

2.  The  construct  infinitive  is  formed  from  the  absolute 
in  the  Kal  by  rejecting  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §82.  1,  in 
Niphal  by  changing  the  last  vowel  to  Tsere,  and  in  the  re- 
maining species  by  making  the  last  vowel  conform  to  the 
corresponding  vowel  of  the  preterite. 

3.  The  future  is  formed  from  the  construct  infinitive  by 
the  approi)riate  personal  prefixes ;  if  the  first  letter  of  the 
infinitive  be  n,  it  is  rejected,  §  53.  3,  and  its  vowel  given  to 
the  prefix. 

a.  (1)  Some  verbs  take  Pattahh  in  the  last  sj'llaWe  of  the  Kal  future 
instead  of  the  Hholem  of  the  construct  infinitive.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  intransitive  verbs.     Such  as  have  Tsere  in  the  preterite  regu- 


§,84  PERFECT    VERBS.  Ill 

larly  lake  Pattahh  in  the  future;  of  the  list  given  §82.  1.  a.  (1)  and  (2) 
but  three  -^n,  bis,  )hd  talte  Hholem,  and  two  ^cn  and  Dn^  take  indif- 
ferently Hholem  or  Pattahh.  Of  verbs  with  middle  o  in  the  preterite 
three  hh,  ppD  and  hS^  take  Pattahh  in  the  future;  the  rest  either  do  not 
occur  in  the  future,  or  have  imperfect  letters  in  their  root  which  obscure 
their  true  formation. 

(2)  The  following  verbs  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  Pattahh 
likewise  in  the  Kal  future.  Those  which  do  not  occur  in  the  Kal  preterite, 
or  occur  only  in  forms  which  do  not  reveal  the  character  of  the  vowel  fol- 
lowing the  second  radical,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  Verbs  having 
a  Pattahh  in  the  future,  which  is  due  to  imperfect  letters  in  the  root,  (e.  g. 
Pe  Yodh,  Ayin  Guttural,  Lamedh  Guttural),  are  not  included  in  this  list. 

t2S  to  mourn.  1^3:  lo  come  near.  y^^  'o  ^^^  down. 

*rb5<  to  learn.  ^'^'3  (intrans.)  to  fall  li"i  to  rage  ov  tremble. 

*  y tx  to  be  strong.  off.  * ''^.1  to  be  wet. 

*r:x  to  be  angry.  *'^\^}  to  be  poured.  -3T  to  ride. 

*b2n  to  become  vain.  p^O  {^SQ>.b.)  to  ascend.  *'iS"i  to  spread. 

pm  to  be  strong.  "(IIJ^'  to  smoke.  *-p'^  to  rot. 

CDn  to  be  wise.  *p'^^  to  be  jemoved.  251;^  to  lie  down. 

~^n  to  be  dark.  ^P*^^  to  be  righteous.  ab'^  to  ride. 

*b03  to  be  foolish.  bbp  to  be   lightly  es-  *Dbo  to  be  complete. 

'T^ab  to  learn.  teemed.  *')'?^  to  grow  fat. 

pr!?2  to  be  sweet.  *"'r?i^  to  be  attentive. 

(3)  The  following  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  both  Pattahh  and 
Hholem  in  the  future. 

153  to  deal  treacher-      Can  to  be  hot.  T|^5  to  bite. 

ously.  "in  to  be  gracious.  bra  to  do. 

"in  fut.  (5,  to  tear,  fut.  *d'in  fut.  o,   to  plough,  i:U3Q  to  strip  off. 

a,  to  resolve.  Cut.  a,  to  be  silent.  t^'O'^  to  use  divination. 

"brt  (mostly  fut.  e)  iog-o.  vi'i:^  to  tear.  *iS)5  {\xx..o,tocutoff,^\ii. 
DyT  to  curse.                     "ik^  to  form.  a,  to  be  short. 

*'i~n  to  bind.  bj'^  to  trespass.  PSTT  to  rest. 

*u:bn  lut.  0,   tn  subdue,      Ti3  toflee.  Dsri  to  be  finished. 
fut.  a,  to  be  weak.       ""ij  to  vow. 

b.  Some  imperfect  verbs,  chiefly  Pe  Yodh,  take  Tsere  in  the  second 
syllable  oi  the  Kal  future,  e.  g.  niii^. ,  ir\1 . 

4.  The  imperative  has  the  same  form  with  the  construct 
iiilinitive  except  in  Hiphil,  where  the  last  vowel  is  Tsere  as 
in  the  infinitive  absolute. 


112  ETYMOLOGY.  §85 

a.  Where  the  Kal  future  has  Pattahh  or  Tscre  the  imperative  takes 
the  same. 

5.  The  Kal  active  participle  takes  the  form  Vjjs  and  the 
passive  ^^'^p.  The  participle  of  the  Niphal  lengthens  the 
last  vowel  of  the  preterite  from  Pattahh  to  Kamets ;  those 
of  tlie  other  species  are  formed  by  prefixing  ^  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  rejecting  n  where  this  is  the  initial  letter, 
§  53,  3,  and  lengthening  the  last  vowel  where  this  is  short. 

§85.  1.  The  preterite  and  future  are  inflected  through 
three  persons,  the  imperative  only  in  the  second  person,  a 
command  presupposing  the  form  of  direct  address.  There 
are  also  distinct  forms  for  the  singular  and  plural  numbers 
and  for  the  masculine  and  feminine  genders.  Verbal  inflec- 
tions are  made  by  means  of  pronominal  fragments  added  to 
the  end  of  the  preterite  and  imperative,  and  for  the  most  part 
prefixed  to  the  future. 

a.  The  following  are  the  fragments  used  for  this  purpose  in  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb : 

Preterite  C^i:^). 

(1)  Singular.  3rd  pers.  masc.  The  third  person  alone  has  no  per- 
sonal ending  in  any  of  its  forms;  as  each  of  the  others  has  such  a  termi- 
nation, none  was  needed  for  the  sake  of  distinction.  Nothing  more  was 
required  than  to  indicate  the  gender  and  number.  The  masculine  singu- 
lar is  expressed  by  the  simple  form  of  the  species  with  no  appended  sign 
whatever. 

3 fern.  The  original  feminine  termination  is  n_,  which,  appended  to 
the  masculine,  would  give  r^Ui;?.  a  form  used  before  suffixes,  §  101. 1.  in 
Lamcdh  He  verbs  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  §S6.  6.  Coninioidy.  Jiow- 
cver.  in  verbs  as  in  nouns  and  adjectives,  the  final  n  is  dropped.  §55.  2.  c, 
and  the  previous  vowel,  which  thus  comes  to  stand  in  a  simple  syllable,  ie 
lenglhcned,  '"^'^ri^- 

2  masc.     The  appended  Pi  is  derived  from  nrx  . 

2  fern,    n  from  tnx  . 

1  com.  "Tl  changed  from  ''S  of  ''ibx  ;  compare  the  pimilar  relation  of 
the  suffixes  r\ .  na  to  the  pronouns  nnx  ,  cnx  §72.  The  Ethiopia  retains 
the  k  unaltered,  katalku. 


^85  PERFECT   VERBS.  113 

Plural.  3  com.  The  original  plural  termination  §71.  b.  (2)  is  a  nasal 
C  or  ■)  preceded  by  the  vowel  >i .  The  full  ending  ]'^  is  still  found  in  a 
very  few  instances,  §86.6,  generally  the  "J  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  a. 

2  masc.     CO  from  CRX  . 

2  fern.     ")n  from  *,nx  .  Hi 

1  com.     ^13  from  'iJi*  . 

Future  (Tn:?). 

(2)  Singular.  3rd  pers.  wnfsc.  The  prefixed  "^  is  from  X^in  ;  the 
vowel  w,  which  distinguishes  the  masculine  pronoun,  is  changed  to  the 
corresponding  semivowel  1,  and  this  at  the  beginning  of  words  becomes  '', 
§56.2. 

2  fern,     n,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  is  here  prefixed. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  The  prefixed  t]  is  from  >~irix,  'FiN,  from  the  latter 
of  which  is  derived  the  appended  "i  _  of  the  feminine. 

I  com.     The  prefixed  X  is  from  ""iN  . 

Plural.  3  masc.  and  2  masc.  The  same  plural  termination  as  in  the 
preterite  is  appended  to  the  corresponding  singular  forms. 

3  fern,  and  2  fern.     The  feminine  plural  is,  as  in  the   pronouns  nsin , 
njFiX ,  denoted  by  ns  appended  to  the  singular,  the  2  fem.  sing,  termina-  ■ 
tion  "'.  being  dropped  as  superfluous. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  3  is  from  ^ISX. . 

Imperative  C*^^?),  etc. 

(3)  No  designation  of  the  person  is  here  necessary  as  the  second  is  the 
only  one  in  use.  Gender  and  number  are  indicated  by  the  same  termina- 
tions as  in  the  corresponding  person  of  the  future.  The  future  forms  will, 
in  fact,  in  every  case  directly  yield  those  of  the  imperative  by  rejectino- 
the  prefixed  n ,  the  sign  of  the  second  person,  and  restoring  the  n  in 
those  cases  in  which  it  has  been  suppressed. 

(4)  The  Infinitive  (lip's  fountain,  whence  other  forms  are  derived)  is 
an  abstract  verbal  noun  commonly  masculine,  but  sometimes  with  a  femi- 
nine termination. 

(5)  The  Participle  (''il'S'^a  intermediate  between  the  preterite  and  the 
future)  shares  the  inflections  of  nouns  and  adjectives. 

2.  The  inflections  of  tlie  perfect  verb  in  all  the  species 
stfe  shown  by  the  paradigm  of  b'J)?  upon  the  next  page. 


P. 

aiADIGil    OF 

KAl.. 

NIPllAL. 

MEL. 

PUAL. 

Phet. 

3  m. 

^t:i? 

^t2p? 

^l^P 

b^p 

3/. 

^^^R 

nbifp? 

nbtcp 

^W 

\. 

2  m. 

nbtip 

T  :    -It 

nbtipD 

T  :  — 1;  • 

nbt2p 

tM 

2/ 

rbbp 

:  :   — 'r 

jil^^^P? 

nb^p 

r^b^p 

1  c. 

"^r^i^ 

"l^^^P? 

*nb^p 

T'ffep 

Plur. 

3   c. 

^bi:p 

^^PP? 

^bt^p 

^bifp 

2  TO. 

Di^f^I? 

C3t?bt:pp 

cii^^^^p 

cirbi^p 

2/ 

ife^'^i? 

l^^Pi?? 

l^r"^i? 

t^^R 

1   c. 

^;bi:p 

^jbtpD 

^■^P 

^"-^fep 

Infin. 

absol. 

bitbj^ 

bbpn 

blip 

bi2p 

constr. 

btisp 

^^P 

'0^) 

FUT. 

3  ??t. 

bbp; 

'^^i?r 

^fep' 

"^'dc 

3/. 

biipn 

5^t?i5n 

^fepn 

b^pn 

2  m. 

bi:|:pri 

^^^I^^ 

biopn 

btopn 

2/ 

^^^ifiTi 

"^Pj^P 

^bifpn 

^bi^pn 

1  c. 

^^p^ 

^^P^ 

^t2p^ 

-^P^ 

Plur. 

3  in. 

^'^*9P" 

^br:p^ 

:  liT- 

^^^'P.': 

^^W. 

3/ 

nibtij^n 

n:bt:pn 

T  :    "It    • 

^})^T^'^ 

J^.^r^pP! 

2  ??i. 

^btfpn 

iibtpp^n 

^btppn 

^ib-cfprn 

2/ 

JiDbtipn 

T  ;      ':    • 

nrbtpn 

T  :    ■•It    • 

M^btspn 

T  ;     •• '—    : 

1   c. 

^^P.- 

^^P? 

bfep: 

'•^-k? 

Imteu. 

2  ?ra. 

brijD 

'^H?pri 

-fep 

2/. 

^bpp 

^bt:pr! 

•     :  (it    • 

^bt2p 

Plur. 

2  HI. 

^b-jp 

^brpjsri 

^bifp 

wanting 

■ 

2/ 

n:br:p 

n:bt:pn 

T  :    -It    • 

-:^^:p 

Part. 

act. 

^i:p 

^t2P^ 

. 

pass. 

bitip 

btpp 

^tcp^ 

114 


Perfect  Verbs. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL, 

IIITHPAEL. 

KAL  (7ni<Z,  e). 

KAL  {mid.  u). 

b-tpj^n 

^PO 

^^P^^I 

in!) 

bi'^ 

nb-t:pn 

nbtjpn 

nbifpnn 

T   ;  IT 

■f    :    rr 

pbtppn 

nbt:pn 

nb^pnn 

T  ;  —  r 

T  :        r 

i^^^P^! 

^'rtps? 

rbbpnn 

n-i3 

:  ;       T 

*ribt:pr; 

^nbt:pn 

•  ;  — ';    r 

^rib^pnn 

^niiD 

^rbiiT 

iib-'tppri 

Jibippn 

^bt2pnn 

:  rr 

iibijiz: 

Ci:ibt:pri 

Dribtjpn 

V  :  — *;    r 

Dnb^prn 

cn-ns 

(nrib;^) 

•^pibt:pri 

■jribtipn 

l^i^^P^'f? 

1^7^? 

(|j?^5^) 

ii:bt:pn 

^Dbibpn 

^Dbt^pnn 

:  — T 

JiDbiDt: 

^■j^pn 

^PO 

(btipsnn) 

T 

T 

^■^I?»j 

^'^kr\5 

nn^ 

biiD 

'^'Pp: 

^^p: 

^^12^? 

"^^T, 

b:3i2:" 

^■^P^ 

bt:pr) 

btbpt^ri 

^-ZTS 

b|tn 

^■^pJD 

bDpr) 

btpnn 

lipj^ 

biirri 

^bTbpri 

"?Ppp) 

^bipprn 

^^asn 

*b5irn 

^'^p^ 

^^P^ 

^fepf?'^ 

"^^^ 

bs^^i? 

^b^p^_ 

^^^p: 

^^tcpn: 

iiin^*' 

^bair^ 

njbt2pri 

T  :    ■•';    — 

rijbtipn 

T  :   — <;    T 

n-btDprn 

riDii^n 

n:b2t:p 

iib^tppn 

^bt2pn 

:  ':    T 

^btDpnn 

iiin^n 

^bsirn 

^.^^^pp) 

r;:bi:pri 

npbtspnn 

n^^sn 

r;:b2irri 

^'PP^ 

^to 

^^P^? 

t|52 

^1'^? 

^^pfl 

^fepnn 

"??? 

""^"^pn 

^btppnri 

'7t? 

^b^'bpn 

wanting 

iibtcprn ' 

ilinS 

»^5bi:pn 

{-irbtjp^n 

T  :    ■••—  :     • 

^75? 

^"^P'^ 

btbpn-^ 

"^m 

■ 

115 


116  ETYMOLOGY.  §  SO 

a.  In  order  to  a  better  understanding  of  the  preceding  paradigm,  it 
should  be  observed  that  certain  changes  result  from  attaching  the  per- 
sonal iiiHcctions  to  the  verb,  wiiich  are  to  be  exphiined  by  the  general 
laws  of  sounds  and  sylhvhles. 

(1)  The  prefixes  of  tlie  future  occasion  no  changes  unless  they  stand 
before  n  whicli  is  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given  to  the  prefix.  §53.  3,  e.g. 
^Bp"^  for  I5i2pn7,  or  stand  before  a  vovvelless  letter  when  the  Sii'va  of  the 
prefix  becomes  Hhirik.  §61,  1,  thus  forming  a  new  syllable  to  which  the 
initial  radical  is  attached,  e.  g.  ^i^-"?  for  ''-ii^"?-  Where  K  of  the  first  per- 
son singular  would  receive  Hhirik,  it  takes  the  diphthongal  Seghol  in- 
stead, §60. 1.  a  (5),  e.  g.  bt:;::j<,  V^?,^^. 

(2)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  vowel,  viz.,  n^  and  "^  .  of  the  femi- 
nine singular  and  1  of  the  plural,  occasion  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  in 
the  ultimate,  §66.  2,  which  is  no  longer  n(!eded,  except  in  the  Hiphil  whose 
long  "^  is  retained  in. the  preterite  and  future,  and  takes  the  place  of  („) 
in  the  imperative,  e.g.  !^?'^i^,  '^■Jp/n  but  nbii:;:?n  .  In  the  Kal  impera- 
tive the  rejection  takes  place  although  it  creates  a  necessity  for  the  forma- 
tion of  a  new  syllable,  "''^•^i?,  ^^^p  for  ''V'fR'  ^'''■?'T  ^''^'"  ^'-^i^i  §61.1. 

(3)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  consonant  Pi  or  of  a  simple  syllable 
Fi.  ^n.  ^13.  n3  occasion  no  change,  except  the  compression  of  the  antece- 
dent vowel,  which  now  stands  before  two  consonants,  to  (.)  in  the  preterite, 
and  from  "^ .  to  (J  in  the  future,  riV^PH ,  !^?V^"^'  §*51.4.  But  verbs 
with  miiidle  o  retain  the  Hholem  in  the  Kal  preterite,  '''^^.pi  • 

(4)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  mixed  syllable  rri,  "jn  occasion  the 
same  compression  of  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  and  inasmuch  as  they 
always  receive  the  accent,  §33.  3,  they  likewise  cause  the  rejection  from 
the  penult  of  the  Kal  preterite  of  the  pretonic  Kamets.  which  owes  its  ex- 
istence to  the  proximity  of  the  tone  syllable,  §82.  1,  cna::!^  from  Vi'.:;?. 


Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs. 


§86.  a.  Prrterite.  Verbs  with  middle  Tsere  exchange  this  for  Pat- 
taldi  upon  the  accession  of  a  personal  afllx  beginning  with  a  consonant. 
Tiiose  with  middle  Hiiolem  retain  this  vowel,  unless  it  be  deprived  of  the 
accent  when  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatnph,  Fi":^!;'.  ""fii^^^ »  '''?^^?i 
nb2;jl.  '."nb:-;.  The  second  vowel,  whatever  it  be.  is  regularly  dropped 
before  atTixes  beginning  with  a  vowel,  but  here,  as  elsewhere  throughout 
the  paradigm,  is  restored  and  il"  need  be  lengthened  on  the  reception  of  a 
pause  accent,  e.g.  ^"'i^Q,  "^^?7)  '^'tt  •  "^'"^  words  ^isn  Judg.  5:5, 
nkij  Isa.  63:  19.  64  :  2^^  are  by  Kimchi,  Mikhol  fol.  5,  regarded  as  Kal 
preterites  from  hh  Jlowed.  in  which  case  the  second  must  be  added  to  the 
list  of  forms  with  Dagheshforte  emphatic.  §24.  c.  by  Gesenius  as  Niphal 
preterites  from  V^f  s/iuuk,  comp.  ^1:33  Gen.  11:7,  17=3  Am.  3:U  from 
b^a.  Tia. 


§87  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  117 

6.  Sing.  2  fern.  The  old  form  with  n  is  found  constantly  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  occasionally  in  Lamedh  Aleph,  and  in  two  instances  besides, 
nbTX  Deut.  32  :  36  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  of  a  following 
monosyllable,  §35.  1.),  and  rr^  Ezek.  46  :  17  from  Z^-d .  The  vowel  letter 
X  is  once  written  in  place  of  n ,  Nrina  Ezek.  31 :  5  KUhibh,  §  11.  1.  a. 

2  masc.  The  vowel  letter  n  is  sometimes  appended  as  in  the  pro- 
noun nnx  from  which  the  termination  is  taken,  nnT:3  Mai.  2 :  14,  nri::^j 
Jer.  17:4;  so  in  other  species  besides  Kal,  npiSD33  Gen.  31  :  30,  nnr'n^ 
Job  38  :  12  K'thibh,  fin^rsH  Ps.  73  :  27.  In  the  last  example  the  n  of  the 
root  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte  with  the  n  of  the  personal  affix  ;  this 
union  regularly  occurs  between  roots  ending  with  n  and  affixes  beginning 
with  the  same  letter  T}^:?:  Job  23:17,  riarn  Ps.  89:45,  "^narn  Isa. 
16:10,  cnacn  Ex.  5:5,  riiit  Ezek.  28:8,  '"^n^  Gen.  19:19,  •'rinrni 
Jer.  49:37. 

2fem.  The  full  termination  ''ri  of  "'PS*  is  frequently  added  in  Jere- 
miah and  Ezekiel  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  "^n^rT  Ezek.  10:22,  and 
repeatedly  in  the  same  chapter,  "^rn"]^  Ruth  3:3;  so  in  other  species 
•^Pina^  Jer.  3:5,  "^Piiab  Jer.  13:21.    'See  also  Jer.  4 :  19,  22:23,  46:11. 

1  com.  The  vowel  letter  "^  is,  contrary  to  the  ordinary  rule,  §11.  1.  a, 
omitted  in  four  instances  in  the  K'thibh,  though  it  is  supplied  by  the  K'ri, 
PIS'!;  Ps.  140  :  13,  Job  42  :  2,  n^ia  1  Kin.  8  :  48,  n-^bs  Ezek.  16  :  59. 

Plur.  3  com.  The  full  ending  '1  only  occurs  in  '\^'y^1  Deut.  8  :  3,  16 
'^p^  Isa.  26:  16,  and  "i^bp?  Isa.  29:21  from  bp^ ,  the  restoration  of  the 
Hholem  before  the  pause  accent  causing  the  rejection  of  the  Kamets, 
which  is  a  pretonic  vowel  and  can  only  remain  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  accent;  the  form  is  thus  sufficiently  explained  without  the  neces- 
sity of  assuming  it  to  l)e  the  future  of  a  verb  UJip  which  nowhere  else 
occurs.  An  otiant  N,  §16. 1.  is  twice  added  to  this  person,  as  is  regularly 
the  case  in  Arabic,  N^iibn  Josh.  10:24.  N^ix  Isa.  28:  12.  The  forms  of 
similar  appearance  i^lbj  Ps.  139 :  20,  M'H^i  Jer.  10 :  5,  are  in  reality  of 
different  character  as  the  tt  is  in  these  a  radical,  whose  vowel  has  been 
shifted  to  the  preceding  letter,  §57.2.  (3).  The  occasional  omission  of  the 
vowel  letter  1  from  the  K'thibh,  e.  g.  "i^X  1  Sara.  13:  19,  ^3p  Estli.  9:27, 
nis-r  Deut.  21:7,  n^n  Josh.  18:12.  14.  19  indicates  a' difference  of 
reading.  The  words  of  the  text  are  in  the  singular,  and  require  the 
pointing  "it:x;  etc.  i^isij^  etc.;  the  K'ri  has  substituted  'I'^'SiJ,  ^-^^  etc. 
for  the  sake  of  a  more  exact  concord  of  the  verbs  with  their  subjects,  §48, 

2  masc.  and  fern.  There  is  no  example  of  a  verb  middle  o  in  the 
second  person  plural ;  the  forms  in  the  paradigm  are  inferred  from 
analogy,  to  indicate  which  they  are  enclosed  in  parentheses.  In  n;p:brn 
Am.  4:3,  n^  is  added  to  the  2  fern,  as  to  the  corresponding  pronoun. 

§87.  Infinitive.  The  Hholem  of  the  construct  is  usually  written  with- 
out 1,  "isa  Isa.  33  :  1,  though  not  invariably,  'pr  and  Tii"^.  'ii?  and  ':5"r3, 
and  before  Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph.  §64.  I,  "cop  Ezek. 
21 12&.  28.  34.     The  Hholem  of  the  absolute  infinitive  is  usually  thougii 


118  ETYMOLOGY.  §  88 

not  invariably  written  with  1.  e.  g.  Taa  Isa.  48 : 8  but  -30  Lev.  15:24, 
and  is  inimutiible.  The  construct  infinitive  has  Pattahh  in  place  of  Hho- 
leni  in  -io  1  Kin.  1:2\  et  passim  and  bed  Eccles.  12:4.  The  feminine 
form  of  llie  construct  infinitive  occurs  repeatedly  in  imperfect  thouj^h  it  is 
of  rare  occurrence  in  perfect  verbs,  e.  g.  •^J^^'^  Deut.  11  :  22,  30  :  20,  Josh. 
22:5,  nx:a,  ri'znn,  pn";.':'-  "t^^  J^r.  31  ;'l2'  nHi:n  Ezek.  16:5,  nx^a 
Lev.  15  :  32.  In  Pe  Yodli  and  Lumedh  He  verbs  the  feminine  is  the  cus- 
tomary form. 

§88.  Future.  3  masc.  The  Hholem  is  commonly  written  without  Vav, 
though  often  with  it  Tp^"|,  -'ri^^  and  2inr'^,  and  before  Makkeph  is 
shortened  to  Kamets  Hhaluph,  §64.  1,  'T\^^^  Isa.  32:  I,  the  Vav  being  in 
such  cases  rejected  by  the  K'ri  if  found  in  tlie  K'tliibh,e. g.^'rsx  Hos. 
8:  12;  in  "biz;^  Josh.  18:  20  tlie  Hholem  remains.  The  vowel  of  the  last 
syllable  is  rejected,  as  is  tlie  case  throughout  the  paradigm,  upon  the  recep- 
tion of  a  vowel  uffi.x,  §66.  2.  inde.«s  retained  or  restored  by  the  pause  accent, 
§65.2.  ^-'^^7  Prov.  8:  15.  ^"i^~ri  Jer.  10:  12;  twice,  however,  instead  of  re- 
jection Hholem  is  changed  to  Slmrek  ^iciiSU*  E.x.  18  :  26,  "'il--:n  Ruth  2:8. 
Alike  form  appears  in  the  K'thibh,  Prov.  4  :  16  "ibics"' . 

3  fern.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  is  in  two  instances  added  both  at  the 
beginning  and  the  end  of  the  verb.  viz.  :  nrxi^n  Deut.  33:16,  i^rx'^iri 
Job  22:21,  paragogic  Si^  being  appended  to  the  former,  §f)7.  Land  a 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  latter.  A  like  duplication  of  llie  sign  of  the 
second  person  feminine  occurs  in  rs<in  1  Sam.  25:34  K'ri,  where  the 
K'thibh  has  the  fuller  ending  Txan  . 

2fem.  '  is  sometimes  added  to  the  long  vowel  with  which  this  person 
ends  "ir^nn  Ruth  2:8,  "ri^n  Ruth  3:4.  ^-Sntn  1  Sam.  1 :  14.  Occa- 
sionally the  feminine  ending  is  omitted  and  the  masculine  form  used  in- 
stead, e.  g.  "r'";=n  Isa.  57  :  8. 

1  com.  pcx  P.=.  130:8.  though  by  some  grammarians  referred  to  P03, 
js  probably  for  pHpJ*  from  r"r9-  the  liquid  b  being  excluded,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  conservative  inserted  in  the  previous  letter,  §53.  3. 

Plur.  2  masc.  and  3  masc.  The  full  plural  termination  '')  is  of  more 
frequent  occurrence  here  than  in  the  preterite,  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  being  either  retained  or  rejectCKl,  "|l"ii»P7  Ruth  2:  9,  ■>i''^'Pi  Josh. 
24:15,  -(iH-^n;;  Ex.  9:29,  'il^NC"'  Jo.sh.  4:0,  ?apl??,  ?:-3t'7  Ps.  104:28, 
•(iS'i':  1  Sam.'  2 :  22.  Josh.  2  :  s'  llnr cn  Deut.  1 1  *:  22,  ',-;^Nr>'  Jer.  21:3;  so 
in  other  species,  "psrs-'  .Tob  19:23.  '(^^Ej?-^  Job  21 :21, -iins'-iri  Gen.  32:20 
and  "i^^S'in  Ps.  58:2^  "(Wprp  2  Kin.*6:'l9.  ■,rj'i'Eri  Mic' 2:  8,  fi!i:£^2r7 
Job  9:6.  It  is  chiefly  found  at  the  end  of  a  clause  or  verse,  the  pausal 
emphasis  delighting  in  lensrthened  n>rnis.  or  before  words  beginning  with 
a  weak  letter,  to  separate  liie  final  vowel  more  completely  from  that  of  the 
l()llowing  initial  syllable.  In  the  judo-ment  of  IVordliein)er  C^irw^  Isa. 
35  :  1  preserves  this  ending  in  a  still  older  form  :  Ewald  thinks  the  final  1 
has  been  assimilated  to  the  initial  «  of  the  following  word,  §55.  1;  in  all 
probability,  however,  D  is  here,  as  it  usually  is,  the  3  piur.  suffix,  and  it  is 


§89  REMARKS    ON    THE   PERFECT   VERBS.  119 

properly  so  rendered  in  the  common  English  version  shall  be  glad  for 
them. 

3  fern.  In  a  very  few  cases  the  initial  "^  of  the  masculine  form  is  re- 
tained, the  distinction  of  gender  being  sufficiently  marked  by  the  termina- 
tion np^a?.,:  Dan.  8:22,  ri^^hl  Gen.  30:38,  njni!^-:  1  Sam.  6:12;  or,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  termination  ^  of  the  masculine  is  retained,  the  gender 
being  sufficiently  indicated  by  the  prefixed  tn .  :!in::stn  Jer.  49:  11,  ^i"ipn 
Ezek.  37  : 7;  sometimes  the  gender  is  neglected  entirely  and  the  masculine 
form  used  for  the  feminine,  e.  g.  ^ijb-i'^  Hos.  14  :  1.  The  assumption  that 
the  3  fern.  plur.  is  used  lor  the  3  fern.  sing,  in  njK'npF!  Ex.  1  :  10,  njnnn 
Job  17:16.  njD^nn  Isa.  28  :  3,  ri:":=^Ti  Isa.  27  :  1  J.'njnSrn  Judg.  5V26, 
is  unnecessary ;  in  the  first  passage  ntnba  ,  the  subject  of  the  verb,  is 
used  in  a  collective  sense,  wais  shall  occur;  the  others  are  to  be  similarly 
explained  with  the  exception  of  the  last,  where  nj  maybe  the  suffix  with 
j\un  epenthetic  in  place  of  the  more  usual  Ibrm  fisnbcn  her  Imnd  —  she 
puis  it  forth.     Comp.  Obad.  ver.  13. 

2  and  3  fern.  The  vowel  letter  ti  is  occasionally  in  the  Pentateuch, 
and  more  rarely  in  other  books,  omitted  from  the  termination  JiJ ,  particu- 
larly when  there  are  other  vowel  letters  in  the  word,  ^"pf^=^?  Gen.  27  :  1, 
;iXi:n  Gen.  30:38,  ^Vi'sni  Gen.  33:6,  ;n}m  Ezek.  3:20,  ;r^.nn  nine 
times  in  the  Pentateuch,  three  times  in  Ezekiel,  and  once  in  1  Samuel. 

When  the  root  of  the  verb  ends  with  "  this  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte 
with  the  affix  n: .  §25.  nssrn  Ezek.  17:23,  n^iipn  Ezek.  32  :  16,  or  with- 
out Daghesh,  nj-jrn  Ruth  1 ;  i3,  :  n:72xn  Isa.  60  :  4,  r;.S"]n  Ps.  71 :  23  in  most 
editions.     So  in  the  fem.  plur.  imperative,  i^iixn  Gen.  4:  23. 

§89.  Imperative.  Sing.  masc.  The  Hholem  of  the  last  syllable,  as  in 
the  future  and  infinitive  construct,  is  mostly  written  without  1,  e.  g-'ipS , 
yet  not  always,  ~3a  and  TpEi? ;  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets 
Hhatuph  T)^?  Judg,  9  :  14.  It  may  perhaps  be  similarly  shortened  with- 
out Makkeph  in  "irp  Judg.  19:5,  comp.  ver.  8,  §  19.  2.  a,  or  the  vowel  may 
be  Kamets  lengthened  from  Pattai\h  by  the  accent,  which  does  occur, 
though  rarely,  with  conjunctives.  §65.  3.  b. 

Fem.  sing,  and  masc.  plur.  The  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  is  com- 
monly Hhirik,  but  under  the  influence  of  the  rejected  Hholem  it  is  occa- 
sionally Kamets  Hhatuph,  §61.1,  ^2^^  Judg.  9:10,  ^=u;^  Ezek.  32:20 
(but  ^b'JtJ  Ex.  12:21,  lor  the  Methegh  see  §45.2),  iibs  Zeph.  3:14, 
•"n-ij^  Mic.  1:16.  and  (with  i  retained  in  the  K'thibh)  '''q"op^  1  Sam.  28:8, 
Judg.  9:  12.  Upon  the  restoration  of  the  original  vowel  by  the  pause  ac- 
cent, the  vowel  under  the  first  radical  is  dropped  as  no  longer  necessary, 
'rSho  Zech.  7  :  9,  ^i^?.  Nah.  2  : 9.  When  the  third  radical  is  an  aspirate 
it  rarely  receives  Dagesh-lone  in  this  mood  though  preceded  by  Sh'va, 
§22.  a.  (1);  such  cases  as  "^ebn  Isa.  47:2,  "'SOX  Jer.  10:17,  are  excep- 
tional. 

Fem.  plur.  The  final  vowel  n^  is  dropped  in  1^'5?lli  Gen.  4 :  23.  §90; 
occasionally  n  is  not  written  though  the  vowel  remains,  jx^^  Ruth.  1:  9. 


}-20  ETYMOLOCiV.  §00 

§  90.  Participi.es.  Actire.  Tlie  Ilholcin  of  tlie  first  syllabic  is  written  in- 
//ilVercMitly  with  or  without  Vav,  1:2  and  ll?i2,  mo.stly  without  when  addi- 
lioiis  arc  made  to  tlie  word.  In  n-^a  Prov.  25:  J9  Sliurek  is  substituted 
for  Hholcni,  unless,  as  Ewald  suirgests,  it  is  a  Pual  participle  with  a 
omitted  ;  or,  as  others  propose,  it  is  to  be  taken  as  an  abstract  noun.  The 
Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  is  written  without  "^  except  Z'Z'D  2  Kin.  8:21 ; 
it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  in  c^in  Isa.  41  :  7,  upon  the  recession  of  the  ac- 
cent, -■''^'in  Ps.  16:  5  and  ricni  Isa.  29:  14,  38  :  5,  Eccles.  1 :  18.  have  been 
iinproperly  resrarded  as  particij)les  with  Hhirik  in  place  of  Tsere.  The 
Ibriner  is  tiie  Hiph.  fut.  of  the  verb  T\^1 ,  which  is  Ibund  in  Arabic  though 
it  occurs  only  in  this  place  in  Hebrew,  and  means  Ihoii  will  enlarge;  the 
latter  is  the  ordinary  Hiphil  future  ofClO^,  and  the  construction  is  ellip- 
tical, I  {am  he  who)  will  add,  see  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentaries.  Partici- 
ples are  rarely  formed  li-om  neuter  verbs,  yet  ^Zi  fadiiig,  cxp  desolate, 
verbal  adjectives  of  the  same  form  with  the  preterites  middle  e  and  0 
being  mostly  used  instead,  H^'O  full,  "iJ^T  old,  "i5^  afraid. 

Passive.  This,  in  the  few  cases  in  which  it  is  in  use  in  intransi- 
tive verbs,  has  the  sense  of  the  active,  UJis  and  t"l3b  wearing,  '|3ia  and 
'ID'J  dwelling,  Jniba  trusting ;  there  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same 
thing  in  transitive  verbs,  "i^Dt  remembering,  nfix  holding.  The  last 
vowel  is  with  few  exceptions  as  cri3  Deut.  32:34,  crrii.  nxD  written 
with  Vav. 

There  are  n  very  few  instances  in  which  participles  appear  to  be  in- 
flected in  the  different  jiersons  by  means  of  the  terminations  proper  to  the 
preterite.  Tiiis,  aUliough  common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  occurs  in  He- 
brew only  in  the  following  examples  : 

2  fern.,  sing.  T}~i'^-^  Gen.  16:11.  .Tudg.  13:5,  7 ;  and  with  the  fuller  end- 
ing "'Fi^iji,  Tl^ipia  Jer.  22  :  23,  Tiria  Jcr.  51  :  13.  The  punctuators  must 
have  regarded  these  terminations  as  personal  inflections,  because  the 
simple  form  of  the  feminine  participle  and  that  which  it  always  has  when 
joined  with  a  noun  of  the  tliird  |)erson.  is  ri^'^  Gen.  17:19,  and  with  ■• 
paragogic  in  the  K'thihh  '^riC'^  Ezek.  27  :  3. 

2  masc.  plur.  cn-innr^  Ezek.  8  :  16.  the  Hithpael  participle  of  nn'r . 
There  is,  it  is  true,  an  abrui)tncss  and  diOicully  in  the  construction,  they, 
ye  were  worshipping,  which  can  only  be  explained  upon  the  assumption 
that  after  describing  the.-^e  bold  transgressors  in  the  third  person.  Ezekiei 
turns  to  tiiem  and  directly  addresses  them  in  the  second,  or  that  his  mean- 
ing is,  not  only  they  but  ye  too  (the  people)  were  worshipping  in  these 
your  representatives,  lint  in  view  of  the  frequent  and  sudden  changes  of 
person  found  in  the  prophets,  and  the  unusual  forms  and  bold  constructions 
which  abound  in  Ezekiei,  almost  any  e.xplanation  seems  preferable  to  an 
unauthorized  change  of  the  text,  with  most  modern  interpreters,  to  the 
ordinary  plural  Cinrir^  which  is  contained  in  a  very  few  manuscripts, 
but  not  enough  to  overcome  the  presumpiion  in  favor  of  the  more  diflicult 
reading;  or  the  supposition  of  a  mongrel  word  compounded  of  the  two 
roots  nnr  to  wor.s-hip.  and  rih'^  to  corrupt,  in  order  to  suggest  the  idea  of 
a  corruj)l  or  corrujitiug  .service. 


§  91  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  121 

3  'plur.  !  "^Jl^biTTS  ihey  are  cursing  vie,  Jer.  15:10.  Kimchi  explains 
this  word  as  a  compound  of  the  roots  hhp^  to  curse,  and  n^;:?  to  treat  as 
vile;  Gesenius,  as  a  confusing  of  two  distinct  readings,  the  participle 
''zlhp^-q  and  the  preterite  "'Il^ibiri;  and  Ewald  changes  the  text  to  "'pr^b;^^, 
though  his  conjecture  is  unsustained  by  a  single  manuscript,  and  Nun 
epenthetic  never  occurs  with  particij)les.  The  suggestion  is  here  offered 
that  the  letters  of  the  word  may  be  regarded  as  the  plural  of  the  partici- 
ple inflected  after  the  manner  of  the  preterite,  with  the^  added  suffix,  so 
that  the  proper  pointing  would  be  '^i'^h'bp^-Q  ;  the  punctuators,  however,  have 
eougiit  here,  as  not  infrequently  elsewliere,  §48.  to  establish  a  more  exact 
agreement  between  the  participle  and  its  subject  n'^3  by  pointing  the 
former  as  a  singular,  whereupon  the  Vav  must  be  looked  upon  as  epen- 
thetic or  superfluous,  :  "^r  bbiro  as  if  for  ;  ■'3^^"^ .  In  fact,  a  few  manu- 
scripts omit  the  Vav,  while  others  remark  liiat  it  is  superfluous;  the 
weight  of  authority  is  certainly  in  favor  of  retaining  it,  though  the  other 
reading  may  be  accepted  as  an  explanatory  gloss. 

NIPn  AL. 

§91.  a.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  Some  copies  have  S"^??  Jer.  50:23 
with  Seghol  under  the  prefixed  N.un  lor  J''^?? . 

b.  Infinitive.  The  following  may  be  mentioned  as  examples  of  the 
shorter  form  of  the  absolute  7)0=5  Gen.  31 :  30,  cHbD  Judg.  11 :25,  n'PSD  1  Sam. 
2:27,  N'np?  2  Sam.  1:6;  of  the  longer  form  given  in  the  paradigm  'ptft 
•Ter.  32  :  4,  which  once  appears  with  prosthetic  N  in  place  of  n  Ezek.  14  : 3 
ti'i^N ,  §53.  1.  a.  The  construct  infinitive  usually  has  Tsere  "Ell'n  Ezek. 
16:  36.  but  is  in  one  instance  tn^^  Ps.  68  :  3.  formed  as  in  Kal  by  rejecting 
the  pretonic  Kamets  from  the  absolute.  There  are  a  {"ew  examples  of  the 
construct  form  used  for  the  absolute  11^55^  1  Kin.  20  :  39,  Tit'ti  Deut. 
4  :  26.  The  prosthetic  n  is  commonly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions 
*n|f?Q~^  which  are  less  closely  connected  with  the  word  than  the  formative 
prefixes  of  the  future;  it  is,  however,  rejected  in  ii"-333  Prov.  24:17, 
comp.  cb''r3n3  Dan.  11:34.  Tiie  Tsere  of  the  last  syUable  of  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  as  well  as  of  the  future  and  imperative  which  are  formed 
from  it.  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing  its  accent,  "iricn  .lob  34:22, 
cnsn  Judg.  9:  38,  'i=^':  Eccles.  7:26,  rarely  to  Pattahh,  njrn  Job  18:4. 
In  the  Imperative  "I'P.i"!!  the  form  with  Seghol  is  the  usual  one.  that  with 
Tsere  only  occurring  in  Isa.  7:4.  The  pretonic  Kamets  of  this  species  is 
singular  in  not  being  liable  to  rejection  on  the  shifting  of  the  tone,  e.  g. 
cinr-tn  Ezek.  21  :  29,  '|W-3^  Ps.  37  :  9. 

r.  Future  Sing.  1  cow.  The  prefixed  St  occasionally  has  Hhirik, 
UE-i-S  Ezek.  20:36,  1  Sam.  12:7,  C^.nx  Ezek.  14:3,  nnssx  Ex.  14:4,  17. 

Plvr.  fem.     Tsere  rarely  remains  in  the  second  syllable  i^JS^'fi!  Ruth 
1:13,  being,  as  in  the  Piel  preterite,  commonly  changed  to  Pattalih  before  j 
the  concurring  consonants,  n;bDxn    Jer.  24:2,  so   with  a  pause  accent, 
n:n3Tl'n  Isa.  iT^ :  16  K'ri,  ZechVl4:'2  K'ri,  MDCp/iPi  Isa.  28:  3;  the  first,  as 
the  original  form,  is,  however,  placed  in  the  paradigm. 


122  ETYMOLOGY.  §  92 

d.  Imperative.  Ewald  regards  *S3p3  Isa.  43:9,  Joel  4:11.  ^<'^_^  Jer. 
50 :  5.  as  imperatives  without  the  usual  n  prosthetic  ;  but  this  assuniption 
is  needless,  for  they  can  readily  be  explained  as  preterites. 

e.  Participle.  In  1  Sam.  15:9  tij3^3  co?i/emj3<i6/e,  is  in  form  aNiphal 
participle  from  tlic  noun  n.l^^  coiilempl. 

,  PIEL. 

§92.  a.  The  intensive  species  is  usually  formed  by  doubling  the 
eecond  radical;  in  bb25  Ezek.  28:23,  and  the  passive  form  ip'^X  the 
third  radical  is  doubled  instead,  an  expedient  resorted  to  repeatedly  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  and  occasionally  in  Ayin  guttural.  In  "^Siirrss  Ps.  88  :  17 
both  radicals  are  doubled  ;  the  entire  second  syllable  is  repeated  in  "H'lt^p 
Ps.  38:11.  iinTD-i^n  Lam.  2:  11,  1 :  20  a  passive  Ibrm,  as  shown  by  the 
Hhateph-Kamets,  §82.  .5.  h  (3),  and  in  ^lin-inx  Hos.  4  :  18.  provided  this 
is  to  be  read  as  one  word,  §43.  b;  if.  according  to  the  division  in  the 
Masoretic  text,  s-n  is  a  separate  word,  it  is  tiie  imperative  of  in^  to  give ^ 
though  this  is  always  elsewhere  pointed  i:;n  .  In  r^s'E^  Ps.  4.5:3.  the 
first  syllable  is  repeated,  the  o  under  the  first  letter  indicating  it  to  be  a 
passive  form. 

h.  Intensity  may  likewise  be  denoted  without  a  reduplication  by  insert- 
ing the  long  vowel  Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  root.  This  is  often 
done  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  but  only  in  the  following  instances  in  others, 
jyret.  "^FirnT'  I  Sam.  21:3,  ^-ia  Isa.  40  :  24.  ^r-iT  Ps.  77:18,  ''niid  Isa. 
10:13/«/.  -'Vb')  Hos.  13:3.  inf.  abs.  Van  and  'i'in  Isa.  59:  13,  ivf.  const. 
cipria  Am.  5:11,  ;;ar^  ""psiap  Job  9:15.  ''JClba  Ps.  101:5  K'thibh. 
Tliese  are  called  Poel  forms  by  many  grammarians,  and  those  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  Pilel,  Pulal,  Pealal,  etc.  They  are  in  re.alily.  however, 
only  modified  Ibrms  of  the  Piel,  whose  signification  they  share. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  inasc.  The  original  Pattahhof'the  first  syllable 
§82.  5.  b  (3)  is  preserved  in  "^ITTJ  Gen.  41  :  51.  The  second  syllable  has 
Seghol  in  -S'n  (in  pause  ■'^.'n),  -^tfZ.  oks  (twice  C2S),  Pattahh  in  13S.  b'i)? 
(b'n;  inpausf),  pin.  'J^B  .  "^Mp.  C^q  (in  pause  !^"3^l^"  Isa.  19:21),  and  before 
Maklie'pli  ill  -n:?^ ,  -::^p  (:  -J^-z  in  pause) ;  a  appears  likewise  in  the  pausal 
form  i^^^p  Mic.  1  :  7.  The  Tsere  is  always  retained  in  the  infinitive  con- 
struct and  future,  and  with  the  exception  of  5^3  Ps.  55:  10,  in  the  impera- 
tive; thougii  throughout  the  species  it  is  shortened  to  Soghol  upon  losing 
the  accent,  T,^3p  Deut.  30:  3,  't^^p.  Ex.  13:2,  -c^'i-;  Deut.  7: 10. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  primitive  form  of  the  infinitive  absolute  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  e.  g.  ^S]  Ps.  118:  18,  ns;d  1  Kin.  19:  10,  nbS  Ex.  21:  19.  Tp'^a 
Josh.  24:  10.  Most  commonly  it  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable  like  the 
infinitive  construct,  n2i<  Jer.  12:  17,  isb  Jer.  32:  33.  'Si-q  Jer.  39: 18,  ^a;? 
Mic.  2:  12.  cs'r  Ex.  21  : .%;  and  in  one  instance  it  has  Hnirik  in  the  first 
syllable  like  the  preterite  ■j'X?  2  Sam.  12 :  14.  There  is  no  need  of  assum- 
ing a  similar  form  for  the  infinitive  construct  in  ^'i^  Lev.  14:  43,  Avhich 
can  readily  be  ex|)laiiicd  as  a  preterite.  Tsere  di'  the  construct  is  short- 
ened to  Sfgliol  before  Makkeph,  "^i?  J.-<a.  'j\]:  1.3,  or  on  the  recession  of  the 


§  93  EEMAKKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  123 

accent,  pH^  Gen.  39:  14,  17,  and  in  one  instance  besides,  cnb  Judg.  5:S. 
Tliere  are  a  kw  examples  of  the  construct  infinitive  with  a  feminine  ter- 
mination, n-isn  Lev.  26:18,  rrnnT  Ps.  147:1,  n=^'a  Isa.  6:13,  T^riP'^.^ 
Ezek.  16:5^' 

e.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  K  is  commonly  prefixed  with  Hhateph-Pat- 
tahh;  it  has,  however,  the  diphtliongal  Hhateph-Seghol  in  n^jN  Lev. 
26:  33,  §60.  3.  6,  and  draws  to  itself  the  full  vowel  which  has  hence  arisen 
to  a  preceding  1,  in  0'b?:0^.!i  Zech.  7:  14  for  Dn?^ON_",  §60,  3.  c. 

Plur.  2  and  S  fern.  Tsere  under  the  second  radical  is  sometimes 
changed  to  Pattahh,  though  not  with  the  same  frequency  as  in  the  Niphal, 
njc-4"in  Isa.  13 :  IS,  but  •"';'? i-in  Job  27 :  4,  and  in  pause  Prov.  24  :  2. 

PtlAL. 

§93.  a.  Of  the  vowels  proper  to  the  first  syllable  of  the  passive, 
§S2.  5.  b  (3).  Pual  ordinarily  has  u.  which  is  preferred  before  a  doubled 
consonant  c^'iJ,  §61.  5,  and  Hophal  6  before  concurrent  consonants  "litSn. 
This  distinction  is  not  steadfastly  adhered  to,  however,  and  Pual  occasion- 
ally appears  with  Kamets  Hhatuph,  r^^  Ezek.  16:4,  f^j^^  Nah.  3:7, 
*l^3  Ps.  72:20,  !1S3  Ps.  80:11,  Prov.  24:  31,'7;n:in'i  Ps.  94:20,'cnxri  passim. 
This  seems  to  furnish  the  best  explanation  of  the  disputed  words  WS'iri  or 
sinann  Ps.  62:4,  "^ic^a  Ps.  101:5  K'ri,  'in^Dxri  Job  20:26.  Gesenius're- 
gards  these  ns  Piel  forms  with  (.)  lengthened  to  (^)  on  the  omission  of 
Daghesh  forte,  §59.  a;  but  the  absence  of  Methegh,  which  Gesenius  in- 
serts without  authority,  shows  the  vowel  to  be  6  not  a.  Others  think  that 
inbjXPi  is  the  Kal  future  for  >inb3xn,  the  vowel  being  attracted  to  the 
guttural  from  the  previous  letter,  §60.  3.  c.  There  is  no  difficulty,  however, 
in  regarding  them  all  as  Pual  forms,  and  translating  severally  may  you  be. 
slain,  aruied  with  the  tongue  (of  a  slanderer),  shall  be  made  to  consume 
him.  In  Ps.  62;  4  the  reading  of  Ben  Naphtali  !inS"iFi  is  probably  to  be 
preferred  to  that  of  Ben  Asher,  which  is  found  in  the  conuuon  text;  the 
former  is  a  Piel  and  has  an  active  sense:  (how  long)  will  ye  slay  or  mur- 
der!    See  Alexander  and  Delitzsch,  in  loc. 

b.  The  vowel  0,  of  the  first  syllable  is  occasionally  written  with  Vav, 
nr^iT  Ezek.  16:34,  !!lb|in  Ps.  78:63,  t^'ni  Judg.  18:29,  13:8,  Job  5:7, 
^TilSia  Ezek.  27  :  19,  but  mostly  without  it. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  2  masc.  An  instance  of  paragogic  n.  appended  to 
the  preterite  is  tbund  in  !^B^i'  Ezek.  31 :  15. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  form  occurs  in  ^25  Gen.  40 :  15 ;  there  is 
no  example  of  the  construct. 

e.  Participle.  As  '20^,  Ti^'^s^ ,  *ii5^^;  in  a  few  instances  the  initial 
a  is  omitted.  n;?b  2  Kin.' 2: 10  for  nisb'ia,  nii^b  (with  Daghesh-forte 
euphonic)  Ezek.  21:15,  16,  C!-^ir;^!li  Ecclea.  9:l2  for  D-^ir;?;'^ ,  §59.  a. 
Some  of  the  forms  in  which  this  has  been  alleged  may  however  be  better 
explained  as  preterites. 


124  ETYMOLOGY.  §94 


§04.  a.  Prf.teritf,.  The  first  vowel  is  usually  Hhirik  but  occasionally 
Seghol.  e.g.  c'i'^brn  l  Sam.  25:7.  particularly  in  Pe  guttural  and  a  few 
LametlhHe  verbs.  '  Once  X  is  prefi.xetl  instead  of  n.  ;  ipibxjs  Isa.  63:3j 
in  Isa.  19:6  inirixl-i  is  not  a  double  Iliphil  witli  both  N  and  n  prefixed, 
but  is  a  denominative  from  n:TX,  a  derivative  of  njT.  which  does  not 
indeed  occur  in  its  simple  form  but  is  justified  by  the  analogy  of  -J^s  from 
DTS.  n  takes  the  place  of  n  in  "^nS^-^n  Hos.  11:3;  so  likewise  the  future 
rnnrn  Jer.  12:5,  and  participle  ntinnp  Jer.  22:  15,  though  the  corres- 
ponding preterite  is  '"'~nn  Neh.  3:20. 

Sing.  3  masc.  The  I  of  the  second  syllable  is  almost  always  written 
with  Yodh,  rarely  without  it.  e.  g.  b^nin  1  Sam.  12  :  24,  but  in  every  other 
place  i>"''n:n.     So  in  the  participle  cb:?3  Job  11:3  but  n-^iT?  Judg.  18 :  7. 

b.  Infinitive.  Absolute.  The  Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  which  be- 
fore Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Seghol  "nsn  Prov.  24 :  23.  28:  21.  is  mostly 
written  without  "^ ,  thusbnsn,  nsrn .  \ar^n,  birn,  'SDri.  t-Jrpn,  rsrn, 
Ti^srn.  tlioucrh  sometimes  with  it  TiiirnAm.  9:8  but  "irrn  Isa.  14:23, 
b-rin  and  srirn ,  twice  C'Srn  ,  nine  times  earn.  i"'l|:~fi;  T^i? 0  •  Hhirik 
in  this  syllable  is  rare  and  exceptional,  b^5'-'n  Ezek.  21  :  ."^l.  "i"'i"'^  Josh. 
7:7.  N  is  prefixed  instead  of  n  in  c^srN  Jer.  25:  3  and  T\^Zit  Gen.  41:  43, 
provided  the  latter  is  a  Hebrew  and  not  a  Coptic  word. 

Constnicl.  The  second  vowel  is  commonly  Hhirik  written  with  "^ , 
ti'i'npri.  ~"'?'.::"H  rarely  and  as  an  exception  without  "',  li":;"?  Isa.  23:11, 
or  with  Tsere  bnsn  Dcut.  32:8,  nirrV  Deut.  26:12,  Neh.  10:39,  -iV-s 
Dan.  11:35.  In  a  few  instances  the  first  vowel  is  Hhirik  as  in  the 
preterite  '^-irrri  Deut.  7:24.  28:48.  Josh.  11:14,  1  Kin.  15:29,  t'^J'in 
Jer.  50:  34,'n3-'nin  Jer.  51:33.  niii^n  Lev.  14:43.  The  initial  n  is 
mostly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions,  though  it  is  sometimes  rejected, 
as  n-'itib  Am.  8:4  but  n-^si^'nb  Ps.  8:3,  larb  once  but  l"'i-'nb  fifteen 
times. 

c.  FuTiRE  Pn'R.  In  a  very  few  instances  Hhirik  is  rejected  upon  the 
addition  of  the  masculine  plural  termination  'ipinn^i  1  Sam.  14:22.  31:2, 
f.i-in'i  Jer.  9:2.  There  is  no  example  of  this  without  the  presence  of 
Vav  conversive  unless  it  be  "^""SHP)  Job  19:3,  which  may  be  regarded 
as  Kal. 

d.  Imperative  Sing,  innac.  The  second  syllable  u.^ually  has  Tsere 
without  Yo.ih  wfrrn,  "brn.  and  before  Makkeph,  Seghol  "1=0"  Job 
22:21,  ""i?in  1  Sam.  23:  ll',  -:;2n  Isa.  64:8.  There  are  a  very  few  ex- 
amples with  Hhirik  in  pause.  !  ?"'Bin  Ps.  94: 1,  to  which  some  would  add 
N^i-in  Isa,  43:  8,  but  see  Alexander,  n-iiin  Prov.  19:25,  K-'in  Jer.  17:  IS. 

e.  Participle.  In  NS'ti  Ps.  135:7,  Tsere  is  taken  in  place  of  Hhirik 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent;  iPipT?  Isa.  53:  3  is  not  a  participle  but  a 
noun,  Alexander  in  loc.     Hhirik  is,  in  a  few  exceptional  cases  occurring  in 


§95,  9G  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  '  125 

the  later  books,  rejected  in  the  plural,  ci^na  Zech.  3:7  for  Di2ii:n?2, 
D^-6hnT2  Jar.  29:8,  c^ntr^  2  Chron.  28:23,  n-''^:rn?3  1  Chron.  15:24  K'ri', 
2  Chron.  7:6  K'ri.     Comp.  Chald.  "pi^n??  Dan, '3:  25. 

HO  PH  AL. 

§95.  a.  The  first  vowel,  though  mostly  Kamets  Hhatuph  Tj^rfi,  lobsrr, 
nrbirri,  is  occasionally  Kibbuts,  both  vowels  even  appearing  in  the  same 
verb,  rs-rn  Ezek,  32:32,  -"lisdn  ver.  19,  aiuip  2  Kin.  4:32;  Ti^ain  Dan. 
8:  11,  Pi=^in  Isa.  14:19,  ^hh^^'n^Kzek.  IG-.o^r^q-o  2  Sam.  20 :  21  •  N-Jirn 
Lev.  6:15,  nip^a  Mai.  1  :  il,  Nfrsn  ,  c-irrsp  ;'  'cb'ds^a ,  psiTO.  ri'^pi 
Ezek.  Si9:18.   '  "'  '  '  "'  '  '  ' '  "'        "' '^ ' 

h.  Preterite.  In  'nbnnn  am  I  obliged  to  leave?  Judg.  9:9,  11.  13, 
the  characteristic  rj  is  rejected  after  n  interrogative. 

c.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable,  ^nnn 
Ezek.  16  :  4,  "ijn  Josh.  9  :  24.     The  construct  has  Pattahh,  IDIM  Ezr.  3:11." 

d.  Imperative.  This  mood  occurs  twice,  ni3':3n  Ezek.  32 :  19,  ^issri 
Jer.  49-:  8. 

e.  Participle.  In  ms^pfi^  Ezek.  46:22  n  remains  after  the  pre- 
formative  a . 


HI THP AEL, 


§96.  a.  Preterite.  In  two  instances  tix  is  prefixed  instead  of  nrj, 
viz.,  ^innx  2  Chron.  20 :  35,  i^bindx  Ps.  76  :  6!  In  the  verb  "if^D  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  the  second  radical  and  the  previous  vowel  lengthened, 
§59.  a.  =i^~Qrri,  ''"^RSn'^  Judg.  20:  15,  17,  "tirJsn^  Judg.  21  :  9,  in  addition 
to  which  the  vowel  of  the  prefixed  syllable  is  6  in  ^npQrfi  Num.  1  :  47, 
2:33,26:62,  1  Kin.  20  :  27.  In  three  verbs  upon  the  assimilation  of  n  to 
the  first  radical,  the  prefix  takes  m,  §61.  5,  nj^'nrt  (the  accentuation  is 
unusual)  Isa.  34:6,  nx'Sl^r'  Deut.  24 :  4  (but  in  the  future  always  ^Y^"^ 
Lev.  21  :  i  and  repeatedly  elsewhere),  D^sii  (ni/i  const.)  Lev.  13:  55.  56. 
These  are  sometimes  called  Hothpaal  and  regarded  as  passives  of  Hith- 
pael.  Where  both  forms  exist  in  the  same  verb,  however,  as  in  1|?S  and 
xai: ,  there  appears  to  be  no  distinction  in  their  meaning ;  they  seem 
rather  to  have  arisen  from  a  disposition  to  give  to  the  Hithpael,  where  it 
has  a  passive  signification,  §80.  2,  the  vowels  of  a  proper  passive  species, 
§82.  5.  b  (3).  In  ^O^Jrrt  Jer. 25:  16,  !n!35;ari"i  Jer. 46: 8  (elsewhere  illlissn'^), 
and  1 7^^^  Isa.  52 :  5,  o  prolonged  from  u.  on  account  of  the  absence  of 
Daghesh-Jbrte,  is  for  a  like  reason  given  to  the  first  radical. 

6.  The  last  vowel  of  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future,  impera- 
tive and  participle,  is  Tsere  written  without  Yodh,  ~^nnn ,  b'nsn^ 
3i5n'^,  uSnirrn  inf.  const.,  ^^'sr'n  iniper.,  122na,  which  before  Makkeph 
is  shortened  to  Seghol,  "iT'riirirn  Isa.  30 :  29,  ""^nnin  Gen.  6 : 9,  "cibsn7 
Job  6  :  16.  Frequently,  however,  Pattahh  is  used,  or,  with  a  pause  accent, 
Kamets,  r|ar:nn  pret.,  F-Tnnn  prel.  and  imper.  (but  irif.  const,  and  part. 


l'2G  ETYMOLOGY.  §97 

with  e.  fut.  a  and  e).  vi^irrn .  t'jprr;,  tVpBrn.  "^/-PS? .  iTl^^Jtr''.  i''-.^^^"', 
:  insbr^ .  :  •|'':f t?'^"' )  •  ''-1?^;'?  Ezek.  27  :  'So] :  "'lu'.^Ern  Mic.  1  T  lO'  K'ri.  I'V^J-^ 
Isa.  52  : 5.  Pattiihh  is  also  sometimes  fonnd  in  the  feminine  phiral  of  the 
future.  njiVnrri  Zech.  6:  7  hut  njrEnilJri  Lam.  4:  1,  where  some  copies 
have  njnsnuJn.  Hhirilc  occurs  instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  preterites, 
''f:it"^5"f^>  '''P'-'^i?r;r'^  Kzei<.  38  :  23,  cri;i'n;?rni  Lev.  11 :  44.  20  :  7.  each  of 
which  has  Vav  conversive,  throwing  the  accent  more  strongly  on  the  final 
syilahU^. 

c.  There  is  no  example  of  the  infinitive  absolute. 


Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future  and  Imperative. 

§  97.  The  paucity  of  moods  in  Hebrew  is  partially  com- 
pensated by  modifications  of  the  future,  known  as  the  para- 
gogic and  apocopated  futures. 

1.  The  paragogic  or  cohortative  is  formed  from  the  ordi- 
nary future  by  appending  the  termination  n^  to  the  first  person 
singular  or  plural,  and  in  a  very  few  instances  to  the  third 
person  singular,  thus  converting  it  from  a  simple  declaration 
of  futm'ity  to  an  expression  of  desire  or  determination, 
*ib©s  I  shall  keep,  •^''9^^  I  luill  surely  keej)  or  let  me  keep ^ 
Ps.  39  :  2 ;  n)?r\D3  let  us  break,  nrSr?  let  us  cast  away,  Ps. 
2:3;  nirin;!  let  him  hasten,  Isa.  5:19. 

a.  The  third  person  of  the  paragogic  future  occurs  besides  the  example 
just  given,  in  nxisn  let  it  come  Isa.  5:  19,  i"iErPi  be  it  dark  (by  some  ex- 
plained as  a  noun,  darkness)  Job  11 :  17,  njTa'i''  maij  he  accept  (as  fat),  or, 
according  to  Kimchi,  maij  he  reduce  to  ashes.  Ps.  20  :  4,  «^i"^n  Prov.  1  :  20, 
8  :  3.  and  after  Vav  conversive  rnisrni  Ezek.  23  :  20,  and  ver.  16  K'ri.  It 
has  also  been  suspected  in  nnnp-i  Lev.  21  :  5  K'thibh. 

6.  Instead  of  n^,  n..  is  appended  in  nx'np^N';  1  Sam.  28:15,  T\z^'}'^ 
Ps.  20 :  4.  §63.  1.  c;  so  in  the  imperative  ny'n  or  nrn  Prov.  24  :  14. 

2.  The  apocopated  or  jussive  futm'e  is  an  abbreviation  of 
the  second  or  third  persons  singular  and  expresses  a  wish  or 
command,  or  with  a  negative,  dissuasion  or  prohibition.  In 
the  perfect  verb  it  has  a  separate  form  only  in  the  Iliphil 
species,  the  ''.  of  the  ultimate  being  changed  to  (..),  or  before 
]\Iakkcph  to  (..),  p'^S"'?  he  ivill  cause  to  cleave,  p3'7!'  may  heov 
let  him  cause  to  cleave ;  ^"'^ti'i?  thou  icilt  understand,  ^?t'ri 


§  98  PARAGOGIC    FUTURE,    ETC.  127 

thou  mayest  understand  or  understand  thou,  Dan.  9  :  25, 
— L2bTrn~bx  may  it  not  or  let  it  not  rule^  Ps.  119  :  133.  In 
some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs,  as  in  the  Ayin-Vav  and  par- 
ticularly the  Lamedh-He,  it  is  used  in  other  species  still. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  the  abbreviated  future  occurring  in  the  first 
person  are  pjnx  Isa.  42:6  and  Nnj  Isa.  41:23  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri 
has  nx-i3. 

h.  The  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures  may  be  regarded  as  mutually 
supplementary,  and  as  forming  together  something  like  a  complete  Opta- 
tive or  Subjunctive  mood.  The  apocopated  future  has,  it  is  true,  no  sep- 
arate form  for  the  second  fern.  sing,  or  the  second  and  third  pers.  phir.,  in 
which  the  verb  has  terminal  inflections,  but  it  may  be  regarded  as  coin- 
ciding in  these  with  the  ordinary  future,  except  that  it  never  has  the 
final  "i .  So  in  those  species  in  which  it  is  indistinguishable  from  the 
ordinary  future,  it  may  yet  be  regarded  as  included  under  it.  Neither  the 
apocopated  nor  the  paragogic  futures  occur  in  the  strictly  passive  species, 
viz.,  the  Pual  and  Hophal,  self-determination  and  command  both  implying 
that  the  subject  is  the  originator  of  the  action.  The  more  flexible  Arabic 
has  three  varieties  of  the  future  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  one.  to  express 
as  many  modifications  or  moods. 

c.  The  apocopated  future  derives  its  name  from  the  apocopation  of  the 
final  letter  by  which  it  is  characterized  in  n'b  verbs;  the  brevity  of  its 
form  is  adapted  to  the  energy  and  rapid  utterance  of  a  command.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  speaker  dwells  upon  the  wor,d  expressive  of  his  own 
desire  or  determination,  thus  giving  rise  to  the  prolonged  form  of  the 
paragogic  future.  The  appended  ti^  may  perhaps  be  identical  with  a  like 
termination  added  to  nouns  to  indicate  motion  or  direction,  denoting  as  it 
does  the  direction  of  the  speaker's  will  or  wishes  towards  that  which  the 
verb  expresses. 

§98.  1.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  the 
masculine  singular  of  the  imperative,  softening  the  command 
into  an  earnest  entreaty  or  expression  of  strong  desire,  SJ'bffl 
hear  (thou),  nib'Q©  oh,  hear!  or  pray,  hear!  ^TTipn  listen, 
'^^■^'^"IrD  pray,  listen!  The  addition  of  this  vowel  to  the  im- 
perative and  to  the  future  causes,  as  in  the  regular  inflections 
of  the  paradigm,  §  85.  2.  a.  (2),  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  of 
the  ultimate  syllable,  except  in  the  Hiphil  where  "'.  remains 
in  the  future  and  is  restored  in  the  imperative.  In  the  Kal 
imperative  this  rejection  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two 
vowelless  consonants,  the  first  of  which  must  accordingly 
take  a  short  vowel,  §  61.  1 ;  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hho- 


128  ETYMOLOGY.  §  99 

lem  this  will  be  Kamets-llhatiiph,  otherwise  it  will  be  the 
briefest  of  the  vowels,  llhirik,  2h ,  nil?  Jcr.  49  :  11 ;  nSr, 
nJDT  2  Chron.  G  :  42,  nio ,  nis©  Gen.  39  -.  7.  12. 

a.  In  a  few  instances  the  vowel-letter  remains  in  the  K'thihh  though 
invariably  thrown  out  in  the  K'ri,  e.  g.,  nsT^S  K'thibh.  nsn::  K'ri  Ps. 
26:2.  nsib'a  K'thibh.  nib^  K'ri  Jiidg.  9:8;  nbipu;xi  K'thiVir.  i^'-;^.ir5<l 
K'ri  Ezr.  8:25;  .TJipcx  K'tliil)ii.  rrjpdN  K'ri  Isa.  18:4.  Tiiis  niiiy  not 
iiitlicate.  however,  the  retention  of  the  lull  vowel  but  only  ol'  an  audible 
remnant  of  it.  §  13.  a,  which  is  iiltewise  attested  by  the  occasional  appear- 
ance of  Hhafeph  Kamets,  ~n;r;riJ;  1  Kin.  19:20,  nj^rxi  Dan.  S:  13  (in 
some  copies)  or  Hhateph  PattaTih  nSpiTNl  Ezr.  8  :  26.  Jer.  32  :  9.  and  by 
the  fact  that  the  resulting  Sh'va.  even  when  simple,  is  always  vocal, 
§22.  a  (1).  Occasionally  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  the  paragogic  im- 
perative when  the  vowel  of  the  ordinary  imperative  is  Patiahh  ;  thus, 
2np  Lev.  9 :  7.  ^^-.^  Ps.  69  :  19,  and  on  the  contrary,  nn=ia  Gen.  25  :  31, 
ful.  ^3127  Ex.  21  :7,  riAas  (with  Daghesh  separative)  Ps.'ui  :  3. 

2.  As  the  imperative  is  itself  a  shortened  form  there  is 
little  room  for  further  abbreviation ;  it  sometimes,  however, 
suffers  apocopation  of  the  final  n^  of  the  feminine  plural, 
p_i2\D  Gen.  4:23  for  niyiao ,  §01.  2,  ixip  Ex.  2:20  for 
n:s-)p ,  §  GO.  3.  c,  and  in  Lamedh  He  verbs  of  final  ri  of  the 
masculine  singular,  "-rn  2  Kin.  0:18  for  nsn  Ezek.  0:11, 
ba  Ps.  119  :  IS  for  r,33 ;  rinn  Dent.  9  :  14  for  ns-in  Judg. 
11 :  37,  but  without  any  evident  change  of  meaning. 


Vav  Conversive. 

§99.  1.  The  primary  tenses  are  supplemented  by  two 
others,  formed  in  a  peculiar  manner  by  what  is  called  Vav 
Conversive  (!i^sn  ii).  This  prefix  has  the  remarkable  effect, 
from  which  its  name  is  derived,  of  converting  the  ordinary 
future  into  a  preterite  and  the  ordinary  preterite  into  a  future. 
The  following  appear  to  be  the  reasons  of  this  singular  phe- 
nomenon. Past  and  future  are  relative  and  depend  for  their 
signification  in  any  given  case  upon  the  point  of  time  from 
which  they  are  reckoned.  This  may  be  the  r.ioment  of  speak- 
ing, when  all  anterior  to  that  moment  will  be  past,  and  all 


§99  VAV    CONVEUSIVE.  129 

posterior  to  it  future.  Or  by  some  conventional  method 
understood  between  the  speaker  and  his  hearers,  an  ideal 
present  may  be  fixed  distinct  from  the  real  present  and  the 
measurements  of  past  and  future  made  from  the  former. 
Now  Vav  Conversive  placed  before  a  future  indicates  that  its 
tense  is  to  be  reckoned  not  from  the  actual  present  but  from 
the  time  denoted  by  some  previous  w^ord,  whether  verb, 
noun,  or  adverb.  And  when  the  stand-point  is  thus  taken 
in  the  past,  events  may  be  described  as  future  with  reference 
to  it,  though  they  have  actually  taken  place  at  the  time  of 
narration.  Vav  is  properly  the  copula  and ;  when  this  is 
prefixed  to  the  future  for  the  purpose  already  designated,  it 
is  followed  by  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte,  which  give  to  it  the 
force  of  and  then  or  and  so,  indicating  that  what  follows  is 
the  sequel  of  what  precedes.  Consequently  a  narration  be- 
gun in  the  preterite  may  be  continued  in  the  future  with  Vav, 
Conversive,  the  opening  words  fixing  the  initial  point  from 
which  all  that  come  after  proceed  in  regular  succession ;  and 
the  future  so  employed  is  converted  into  what  may  be  called  ' 
a  continuative  preterite.  Thus,  in  the  account  of  the  crea- 
tion in  Gen.  1,  the  original  condition  of  things  is  described 
in  the  preterite,  ver.  2,  the  earth  ivas  •^r^'^vJ  tvithout  form  and 
void.  The  subsequent  scene  is  then  surveyed  from  this  point. 
The  next  statement  is  accordingly  made  by  a  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  3,  l^x'^1  and  God  said,  in  its  primitive  im- 
port, a7id  then  God  says  or  loill  say,  his  speaking  being  future 
to  the  state  of  things  previously  described.  This  fixes  a  new 
stand-point  from  which  the  next  step  in  the  process  is  a  fresh 
advance ;  it  is  hence  followed  by  another  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver,  4,  55^-^  <^^'^^  ^^^  saiv ;  and  so  on,  ^^^V\  and 
he  divided,  ver.  5,  i^'^jp!^!!  and  he  called,  etc. 

a.  The,  nature  of  this  prefix  would  he  more  precisely  expressed  perhaps 
by  cnlling  it  Vav  Consecutive,  as  Ewald  and  others  propose.     But  as  Vav 
Conversive  is  the  name  in  common  use,  and  as  this  sufficiently  characterizes 
its  most  striking  effect,  it  is  here  retained.     There  have  been  various  con-  - 
9 


130  ETYMOLOGY.  §99 

jectiires  respecting  its  origin.  In  the  judgment  of  some  ^  is  an  abbrevia- 
tion of  the  verb  n^ri  was,  hence  I^SX']  /le  was  or  it  was  (so  that)  he  will 
saij  i.  e.  he  was  about  to  say  or  was  sayin<r,  which  is  tlien  likened  to  the 
Arabic  combination  of  tlie  preterite  of  the  substantive  verb  with  tlie 
future  tense  to  express  past  action;  but  ^  evidently  has  the  sense  of  tlie 
conjunction  and.  ^^X'3  does  not  mean  he  said,  but  and  he  said.  Others 
regard  it  as  an  abbreviation  of  n^ni  and  he  was  ;  Ewald  of  TXi  and  then. 
Rodiger  thinks  that  the  vowel  has  no  inherent  significance,  but  is  attached 
to  the  conjunction  on  account  of  the  emphasis  of  its  peculiar  use.  Perhaps 
tlie  best  suggestion  is  tiiat  of  Schnlteris.  Jiistit.  p.  42i.  that  is;X'l  maybe  for 
•ntJX'ni,  by  §  53.  3  ;  i"}  prefixed  to  a  noun  is  the  definite  article,  and  points 
it  out  as  one  previously  known  ;  its  use  in  this  particular  case  is  to  define 
the  time  of  the  action  of  the  verb  before  which  it  stands  by  pointing  it  out  as 
known  from  what  preceded.  The  vowel  of  this  prefix  is  upon  this  hypothesis 
analogous  both  in  its  origin  and  its  effects  to  the  augment  e  in  Greek,  or  a 
in  Sanskrit,  by  which  a  preterite  is  formed  from  a  present  or  a  future, 
TVTTTw,  eruTTTov;  Tt'i/'w,  €Tvij/a,  and  which  is  traced  by  Bopp  to  a  pronominal 
root  having  a  demonstrative  sense,  Ver^leichende  Grammatik  pp.  786  ff. 
The  lact  that  the  Samaritan  Pentateuch  sometimes  substitutes  !i  for  1 
conversive  might  seem  to  lend  confirmation  to  this  theory  of  its  derivation. 
But  as  n  stands  with  equal  frequency  for  1  copulative,  and  "l  for  the  arti- 
cle n.  it  is  probable  that  these  commutations  are  to  be  classed  with  the 
other  numerous  inaccuracies  of  this  edition. 

2.  This  employment  of  Vav  Conversive  to  alter  the  mean- 
ing of  the  tenses  by  transporting  the  mind  of  the  hearer  or 
reader  to  an  ideal  present  in  the  past  or  future  is  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  idioms  of  the  Hebrew  language,  and  one 
which  may  appear  to  be  extremely  arbitrary,  as  it  certainly 
is  in  some  of  its  applications,  at  least,  quite  difficult  of  con- 
ception and  foreign  to  our  habits  of  thought.  It  neverthe- 
less imparts  a  beauty  and  a  vividness  to  Hebrew  description 
which  are  altogether  peculiar  and  which  are  incapable  of 
being  adequately  transferred  to  any  other  language.  The 
narrator  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  which  he  records,  and 
watches  its  progress  step  by  step  telling  what  he  sees.  This 
peculiarity  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  may  perhaps  be  illustrated 
by  an  antilogous  though  far  more  restricted  usage  in  English, 
by  which  certain  tenses  may  be  transferred  to  another  sphere 
than  that  which  they  describe  if  measured  from  the  time  of 
narration,  without  any  confusion  or  liability  to  mistake  re- 
sulting from  it.     Thus,  the  present  may  be  used  of  past 


§99  VAV   CONVERSIVE.  131 

events,  as,  Then  the  devil  faketk  him  up  into  an  exceeding 
high  mountain  and  shetoeth  him,  etc.  Or  the  present  and  the 
perfect  may  be  used  of  what  is  still  future,  as,  When  thou 
art  converted  strengthen  thy  brethren ;  When  he  is  come  he 
will  reprove  the  world  of  sin. 

3.  Vav  Conversive,  it  has  already  been  stated,  is  prefixed 
to  the  future  with  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  the  follow- 
ing letter,  T3|?^"i,  ^3'^'?^^,  T}h.  If  the  first  letter  of  the 
future  be  Yodh  with  Sli'va,  Daghesh  is  commonly  omitted, 
§  25,  but  rarely  if  it  be  5 ,  and  never  if  it  be  Pi ,  since  its  re- 
moval in  this  case  would  change  the  sound  of  the  letter  by  re- 
storing its  aspiration,  '^T!'^ ,  '^sp^'^  but  Ts'^n^ ,  "isosT .  Before 
i5  of  the  first  person  singular,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh, 
§  23.  1,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets,  §  60.  4,  1\j^^ , 
lii'1^3 .  In  the  Hiphil  "^  .  is,  with  few  exceptions,  e.  g.  '^'^'^^.'] 
Ps.  105  :  28,  compressed  to  (..)  as  in  the  apocopated  future, 
^^?1?!T ,  ^"Tf^l?!! ,  and  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  (..) 
"^pl .  In  the  first  person  singular,  however,  "^  .  remains  in 
the  Hiphil,  and  a  paragogic  n  ^  is  not  infrequently  appended 
in  all  the  species,  e.  g.  tjiSirs;j ,  tfHirxi  or  ^3'^?t^xi  ;  "i^ssn  or 
15S?1;  ^■^^"'i^'i?} ;  nob^QSi;  '^li^^  or  nnanN:^'; ;  paragogic  n^ 
also  occurs  though  more  rarely  in  the  first  pers.  plur.  rrabnil 
Gen.  41  :  11,  n-anisi ,  nirpisi  Ezr.  8  :  23,  n:^B2i  ver.  31. 

a.  The  tendency  to  abbreviation  produced  by  Vav  Conversive  is  much 
more  apparent  in  some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs.  Tims,  final  n  _  is  re- 
jected from  H'b  verbs  as  in  the  apocopated  future  Mb.r  .  baJi  ,  ^'^l".,  bail; 
the  accent  is  drawn  back  from  a  mixed  ultimate  to  a  simple  penult  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  of  Ayin  doubled  verbs  and  of  those  which  have  a  quiescent 
for  their  first  or  second  radical,  in  consequence  of  which  the  vowel  of  the 
last  syllable,  if  long,  is  shortened,  §64.  1,  ID^,  no^;!*;  baxi ,  b^ii'^];  =Ti;;i, 
D^.^1;  a-'OI'i,  Sdl'i;  c^ip;,  c;:?^];  D-'p;;,  CJ?fi.  The  same  drawing  back 
of  the  accent  and  shortening  of  the  ultimate  syllable  occurs  in  the  Piel 
of  the  following  verbs,  whose  middle  radical  is  "i ,  ""JS'?!,  ^"!?'?V  nnC'^^ 
but  not  in  vj^n^l ;  so  in  'Tiiii^i  Hah.  3:  6,  and  the  Hillipael  crcnni  Dan. 
2:1.  It  occurs  also  in.  the  Niphal  of  a  few  verbs,  which  form  the  ex- 
ception, however,  not  the  rule,  C|?i*^,  tir;|!';ii,  fisxiii  or  tiD!<;]'i ,  cyeni 
but  inS"!!,  I3^'!'j,  Ti^'a'^!],  "lii^'],  mSi:^''^,  etc.  The  first  person  singular 
is  mostly  exempted  from  shortening  or  change  of  accent,  ^?J<V  -^!!f,J) 


132  ETYMOLOGY.  §100 

OMpXI  or  Cpxl ,  CpXJ ,  though  it  sometimes  suffers  apocopation  in  iih  verbs 
Knsi ,  "^b^^  •  The  proloiigi'd  phiral  ending  ^l  is  very  rarely  used  after  Vav 
Conversive  ;  it  does,  however,  occur,  e.  g.  "-ihP]  Deut,  1:22,  *)!n^rm 
Deut.  4:  11,  'lin'T  Judg.  11  ;  IS.  '    '~ 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  Vav  Conversive  takes  Pattahh  before  i*.  its 
vowel  being  conformed  to  the  compound  Sh'va,  whicli  follows,  e.  g.  lU'ijJXl 
Judg.  6 :  9.  wnrtx^T  2  Sam.  1:10,  T|E=x.T.  Ezek.  16:  10  but  nssx,,;  ver.  S, 
'^^n>'<.,l  ^^^  o0':'26,  nri-nsT_  Ps.  73:  IG."" 

§100.  1.  Vav  Conversive  prefixed  to  the  preterite  makes 
of  it  a  continuative  future  or  imperative,  by  connecting  with 
it  the  idea  of  futurity  or  command  expressed  in  a  preceding 
verb.  It  is  properly  the  conjunction  )  and,  whose  pointing  it 
takes,  its  pecuhar  force  being  derived  from  its  connecting 
power.  Accordingly,  in  speaking  of  coming  events,  the 
stand-point  is  first  fixed  in  the  future  by  the  opening  words, 
and  the  description  is  then  continued  by  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus,  in  Samuel's  recital,  1  Sam.  10: 1-8, 
of  what  was  to  happen  to  Saul,  he  first  refers  the  whole  to 
the  future  by  the  word,  ver.  2,  ^ri^'^  upon  thy  depart- 
in(j,  and  then  proceeds  with  preterites  with  Vav  prefixed, 
nsiiai  thou  shaltf?id,  ^'i'ax'i  and  they  shall  say,  ver.  3,  P'SbnT 
and  thou  shall  pass  on,  etc.  etc.  In  like  manner  injunctions 
begun  in  the  imperative  are  continued  in  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus  the  Lord  directed  Elijah,  1  Kin.  17:3 
1\^  (imper.)^(9,  ri"':s^  (pret.)  and  turn,  VT^^^r')  (prct.)  andhide, 
n^nn  (pret.)  andj  it  shall  he. 

2.  This  prefix  commonly  has  the  eff'ect  of  removing  the 
accent  to  the  ultimate  in  those  forms  in  which  it  ordhiarily 
stands  upon  the  penult ;  and  if  the  penult  be  a  long  mixed 
syllable,  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  of  verbs  with  llholem,  it  will 
in  consequence  be  shortened,   X^^l ,   'P;^,^'^  . 

a.  The  shifting  of  the  accent,  which  served  in  some  measure  to  indicate 
to  the  ear  the  alteration  in  the  sense,  takes  place  chiefly  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

(1)  It  occurs  with  great  regularity  in  the  first  and  second  persons  sin- 
gular of  every  species,  ^lr^^i  ^hoit  hast  gone.  Pr^r.i  ami  thou  shall  cro, 
•ina^n'.  and  I  will  go,  so' pi-iani .  iprrni.  ■'nsVnnn^,  though  "n^s;-; 
Zeph.   1  :  17,  except  in  vi'h  and  n'b  verbs,  where  the  accent  usually  re- 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  133 

mains  in  its  original  position  although  the  usage  is  not  uniform,  "'n'^ss!! 
Lev.  26  :  9,  '"T^ni^  1  Kin.  18  :  12.  n^anni  1  Chron.  4  :  10,  Tn'^inndnT  1  Sam. 
15  :  30,  ''n-'Sn;'  Isa.  8  :  17  but  n"^E!!<1  'Lev.  24  :  5,  nxni  Gen.  6  :'l8,  '^r.-^^';?}) 
*'l^"'!)Sr'?  Lev.  26:9,  rsrni  Ex.  26':  33.  In  the  first  person  plural  of  all 
verbs  the  accent  generally  remains  upon  the  penult,  13nin  Ex.  8 :  23, 
:!i3?bni,  ^Dnf^bn  Gen.  34:  17. 

(2)  It  occurs,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  third  feminine  singular 
and  third  plural  of  the  Hiphil  of  perfect  verbs,  and  of  the  various  species 
of  Ayin-Vav  and  Ayin-doubled  verbs,  n^i'nan;^  Ex.  26:33,  i^X'^S^!!'  Lev. 
15:29,  nnji  Isa.  11:2,  >i5j?i,  ^Mm  Hab.'  1:'8  'but  l^-^irni  Ezek.  43:24, 
!9d£1  Hab."l:  8.  '  '  '  .'    ' 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

§101.  Pronouns  are  frequently  suffixed  to  the  verbs  of 
which  they  are  the  object.  The  forms  of  the  suffixes  have 
already  been  given  §72.  It  only  remains  to  consider  the 
changes  resulting  from  their  combination  with  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb. 

1.  The  personal  terminations  of  the  verbs  undergo  the 
following  changes : 

I^reterite. 

Sing.  ^fem.  The  old  ending  ri_ ,  §85.  ^  (1),  takes  the 
place  of  n^ . 

2  masc.  R  sometimes  shortens  its  final  vowel  be- 
fore the  suffix  '^3  of  the  first  person. 

2  fern.  The  old  ending  "'ri ,  §  86.  b,  instead  of  n . 
Plur.  2  masc.  ^n  from  the  old  pronominal  ending  DTO  , 
§  71.  (5  (2),  takes  the  place  of  dpi  .  The  fem- 
inine of  this  person  does  not  occur  with 
suffixes. 

Future. 

Plur.  2  and  S /em.  The  distinctive  feminine  termina- 
tion is  dropped,  and  that  of  the  masculine 
assumed,  ^'^ippn  for  nr'sibpn . 


134  ETYMOLOGY.  ^101 

a.  In  several  of  thepe  cases  it  would  be  more  correct  to  say  that  it  is 
the  uncompoiiiicled  stiite  of  the  verb  in  wliicli  the  cliange  has  taken  place, 
and  tlmt  btlbre  suffixes  the  originnl  form  has  been  preserved,  the  added 
Eyliable  having  as  it  were  protected  it  Irom  mutation. 

2.  Changes  in  the  suffixes  :  The  suffixes  are  joined 
cUrcctly  to  those  verbal  forms  which  end  in  a  vowel ;  those 
forms  which  end  in  a  consonant  insert  before  the  suffixes  of 
i(^  the  second  pers.  plur.  D3 ,  "JD  ,  and  the  second  masc.  sing.  T^ ,  a 
vocal  Sh'va,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  a  full  vowel, 
which  in  the  preterite  is  mostly  a  and  in  the  future  and  im- 
perative mostly  e. 

The  3  fem.  sing,  preterite  inserts  a  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  third  pers.  plural,  and  e  before  the  second  fem.  singular ; 
when  it  stands  before  the  third  sing,  suffixes  ^n ,  n ,  there  is 
frequently  an  elision  of  n ,  requiting  Daghesli-forte  conserva- 
tive in  the  verbal  ending  fi  to  preserve  the  quantity  of  the 
previous  short  vowel,  wvjj^  for  'inin'?^!? ,  ^»?r^)?  for  vivrVi?  > 
see  §57.  2.  d. 

When  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  in  is  preceded  by  (,), 
the  n  may  be  elided  and  the  vowels  coalesce  into  i ,  i^^jp  for 
^nrjjp ;  when  it  is  preceded  by  ■• . ,  Shurek  may  be  hardened 
to  its  corrcsjjonding  semi-vowel  1,  iT^fPip  for  irr'rib'jp  §62.  2. 

When  the  third  fem.  suffix  ri  is  preceded  by  (J,  final 
Kamets  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  the  same 
sound,  fiS-jp  for  nS-jp. 

AVhen  in ,  n  of  the  third  pers.  singular  are  preceded  by 
(..),  the  vowel  of  union  for  the  future,  a  3 ,  called  Nun  Epen- 
thetic, is  sometimes  inserted,  particularly  in  emphatic  and 
pausal  forms,  to  prevent  the  hiatus  betAveen  the  two  vowels, 
(..)  being  at  the  same  time  shortened  to  (..) ;  n  is  then  com- 
monly elided  and  a  euphonic  Daghcsh-forte  inserted  in  the 
Nun,  is'p'^jP''  for  inrjp'' .  The  same  shortening  of  the  („)  and 
insertion  of  Daghesh  may  occm-  in  the  fii-st  person  singular 
and  plural  and  the  second  masculine  singular ;  this,  like  the 
preceding,  takes  place  chiefly  at  the  end  of  clauses. 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  135 

a.  The  Nun  Epenthetic  of  the  future  and  the  Preterite  vowel  of 
union  a.  which  is  abbreviated  to  Sii'va  before  ^,  CD,  "jD,  may  be  rehcs 
of  old  forms  of  the  verb  still  represented  in  the  Arabic,  where  the 
Preterite  ends  in  a,  and  one  mode  of  the  future  has  an  appended  Nun. 
Dai^hesh-forte  in  the  sutBxes  of  the  first  and- second  persons  may  be  ex- 
plained, as  is  usually  done,  by  assuming  the  insertion  and  assimilation  of 
Nun  Epenthetic,  J^]?I?P?  for  T]:b::pi ;  or  it  may  be  Daghesh-forte  emphatic, 
§24.  6,  and  the  Cew  cases  in  which  Nun  appears  in  these  persons  may  be 
accounted  tor  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh.  §54.  3,  instead  of  tlie  Daghesh 
having  arisen  from  the  assimilation  of  Nun,  so  that  Ti3bi;p*  may  be  for 
^b::p^  instead  of  the  reverse. 

6.  The  sutfixes.  since  they  do  not  in  strictness  form  a  part  of  the  word 
with  which  they  are  connected,  are  more  loosely  attached  to  it  than  the 
pronominal  fragments  which  make  up  the  inflections;  hence  vowels  of 
union  are  employed  with  the  former  which  serve  to  separate  as  well  as 
to  unite.  Hence  too  the  vocal  Sh'va,  inserted  before  the  suffixes  of  the 
second  person,  does  not  so  completely  draw  the  final  consonant  of  the  verb 
to  the  appended  syllable  as  to  detach  it  from  that  to  which  it  formerly  be- 
longed ;  this  latter  becomes,  therefore,  not  a  simple  but  an  intermediate 
syllable,  §20.2.  A  like  distinction  exists  between  prefixed  prepositions, 
etc.,  and  the  personal  prefixes  of  the  future.  The  latter  form  part  and 
parcel  of  the  word,  while  the  former  preserve  a  measure  of  their  original 
separateness.  Hence  when  they  form  a  new  initial  syllable  by  the  aid  of 
the  first  consonant  of  the  word,  this  is  properly  a  mixed  syllable  after  a 
personal  prefix  but  intermediate  after  a  preposition,  'zi'nz']  but  mfisa, 
§22.  a.  Hence,  too,  a  liability  to  contraction  in  one  case  which  does  not 
exist  in  the  other,  y^,?^1  but  bvip^tib.  Vqi  but  Vs23. 

3.  Changes  in  the  body  of  the  verb  : 

Except"  in  the  Kal  preterite  those  forms  which  have  per- 
sonal terminations  experience  no  further  change  from  the 
addition  of  suffixes ;  those  which  are  without  such  termina- 
tions reject  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  before  suffixes  re- 
quiring a  vowel  of  union  and  shorten  it  before  the  remainder, 
^S-jp\  '^?^'5-9j?\  V6j5-.^  ^rT^]^\  '^rVT^  t)ut  \  of  the  Hiphil 
species  is  almost  always  preserved,  ''?^'^Ppn ,  '^PrpJ?!' . 

In  the  Kal  imperative  and  infinitive  the  rejection  of  the 
vowel  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two  voweUess  letters  at 
the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  impossible  combination  is 
obviated  by  the  insertion  of  Hhirik  to  form  a  new  syllable ; 
or,  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hholem,  by  the  insertion  of 
Kamets  Hhatuph. 


136  ETYMOLOGY.  §102 

In  the  Kal  preterite,  where  both  vowels  are  liable  to  mu- 
tation, a  distinction  is  made  by  rejecting  the  first  l)efore  suf- 
fixes and  the  second  before  personal  inflections  where  this  is 
possible,  e.  g.  bi?;?,  nic]?,  irjj?  but  f^^VI?,  'i'^Vi?-  Accordingly 
upon  the  reception  of  a  suffix  the  vowel  of  the  second  rad- 
ical, whether  it  be  a^  e,  or  o,  must  be  restored,  and  if  need 
be  lengthened,  whenever,  in  the  course  of  regular  inflec- 
tion, it  has  been  dropped,  and  the  vowel  of  the  first  rad- 
ical, wherever  it  remains  in  the  regular  inflection,  must  be 
rejected. 

a.  Final  mixed  syllables,  as  shown  in  2  6,  ordinarily  become  interme- 
diate upon  appending  C3,  '3,  ^,  and  consequently  take  a  short  vowel 
notwithstanding  the  following  vocal  Sh'va.  This  is  invariably  the  case 
before  CD  and  '(3.  unless  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  has  a  long 
immutable  vowel  in  the  ultimate  which  is  of  course  incapable  of  being 
shortened;  it  is  also  usually  the  case  before  ?j,  the  principal  exception,  so 
far  as  verbal  forms  are  concerned,  being  the  a  and  e  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
a  of  tlie  Kal  future,  and  i  of  the  Hiphil,  ^'jsnj  ,  T-iSrS ,  Tjsnx  ,  r,bS":JS , 
i]5n2x ,  ^\^^'\.^:  but  ^"larn,  ^:£Sp,  Vj-.sx. 

§102.  1.  The  first  and  second  persons  of  the  verb  do 
not  receive  suffixes  of  the  same  person  with  themselves,  for 
when  the  subject  is  at  the  same  time  the  object  of  the  action 
the  Hithpael  species  is  employed  or  a  reciprocal  pronoun  is 
formed  from  the  noun  TiJsi  soul,  self,  as  ''t'S?  wyself.  Suffixes 
of  the  third  person  may,  however,  be  attached  to  the  third 
person  of  verbs,  provided  the  subject  and  object  be  distinct. 

a.  There  is  a  single  example  of  a  verb  in  tlie  first  person  with  a  suffix 
of  the  first  per.'son,  but  in  this  case  the  pronoun  expresses  the  indirect 
object  of  the  verb,  '':n"'b?.  I  have  made  for  me,  Ezek.  29  :  3. 

2.  Neuter  verbs  and  passive  species,  whose  signification 
does  not  admit  of  a  direct  object,  may  yet  receive  suffixes 
expressive  of  indirect  relations,  such  as  would  be  denoted 
by  the  dative  or  ablative  in  occidental  languages,  ''iri'a?  i/e 
fasted  for  me  Zech.  7  :  5,  ^i^'f^  thou  shalt  he  forgotten  by  me, 
Isa.  44  :  21. 


§103  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  137 

3.  The  infinitive  may  be  viewed  as  a  noun,  in  which  case 
its  suffix  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  possessive,  and  represents  the 
subject  of  the  action ;  or  it  may  be  viewed  as  a  verb  when 
its  suffix  represents  the  object,  e.  g.  "^^ipj^  my  killing,  i.  e.  that 
which  I  perform,  ''?1?"9)?  hilling  me.  The  participle  may  also 
receive  the  suffix  either  of  a  verb  or  a  noun,  the  pronoun  in 
either  case  denoting  the  object,  '^aish  seeing  me  Isa.  47  :  10, 
''i?:^  hating  me,  Ht.  7ng  haters,  Ps.  35  :  19. 

a.  The  infinitive  with  a  verbal  suffix  represents  the  subject  in  ''t^ltia 
at  my  returning^  Ezek.  47  :  7. 

\  103.  The  paradigm  upon  the  next  page  exhibits  certain 
portions  of  the  regular  verb  ii?!?  with  all  the  suffixes. 

a.  The  parts  of  the  verb  selected  are  sufficient  representatives  of  all 
the  rest,  and  by  the  aid  of  the  rules  already  given  w\\\  enable  the  student 
to  determine  any  other  required  form  for  himself.  The  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  undergoes  no  change  in  the  body  of 
the  verb,  will  answer  mutatis  mutandis  for  all  the  forms  in  that  species 
ending  with  ihe  final  radical.  The  third  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite, 
which  suffers  a  change  in  its  last  syllable  only,  will  in  like  manner  answer 
for  all  the  forms  in  that  species  ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  Kal 
preterite  is  given  in  all  the  persons,  both  on  account  of  the  peculiarity 
of  that  tense,  which  suffers  changes  in  both  its  vowels,  and  in  order  to 
exhibit  the  changes  in  the  personal  terminations  which  apply  equally  to 
the  preterites  of  the  other  species.  The  Kal  infinitive  and  imperative 
are  peculiar  in  forming  a  new  initial  syllable  which  echoes  the  rejected 
vowel.  The  third  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future  affords  a  type  of  all 
the  forms  in  that  tense  which  end  with  the  final  radical;  and  the  third 
plural  of  the  same  tense  is  a  type  of  all  the  future  forms  in  this  and  in 
the  other  species  which  have  personal  terminations  appended.  The  par- 
ticiples undergo  the  same  changes  in  receiving  suffixes  with  nouns  of  like 
formation,  and  are  therefore  not  included  in  this  table. 


Paradigm  of  the  Perfect 


Singular. 

1  com.        2  maac.         Ifem.        3  masc.  ?,fcm. 

Kal  Preterite. 

Sing.  3  masc.      ^pVjp         'T^"^^         Tl^tip       ^"Slip  )  Ti^'O^ 

2,fem.    nnS^p    ^r^^^P    ^O^^P  ^r;n?i:iD )  Mr.Bt:j? 

2  masc.  ^2nbt2p )  ^"rib'up )  nnbr:p 

nribt:^  j  inbr:p ) 

^■i^r^P ) 

1  com.     ^"ribi:p  T^^nbtip    rrbi^p  vTnbt2p 

Plug.  3  co7«.     ^p^btip     !r|^br:p      Tjib^p    ^n6i:p  v^bt:p 

2  mrtsc.  ^a^nbiip     ^ninbiip  n^ribt:p 

i,om.      '^l^ibtip    T]^:bt:p  ^n^:bt:p  v^:bt:p 


Infinitive.  ^btpp  |      ^btip         "qb-^p  ibtfp  nbtpp 

•^sbop 

•  ••    :  <T 

Future. 
Sing.  3  mem.     ^rbuip:  )     ^bt:p:^  )    ^btip^     ^nStjp:  )      nbtpp^ 

-2bDp:  \  ;|bi:p:  j  ^0r:p: )  r::^i:p: 

plue.  3  masc.  ''p^bipp:  '^j^^tfp:  ^^btpp:  ^n^b^p:    v^bipp: 


Imperative. 
Sing.  2  maac.       ^jSpp       ^"btpp  Mbtjlp 

Piel  Pretehite. 
Sing.  3  masc.       *:btpp         iTjbtip         Ti'btfp  ibtip  nbt2p 


HiPHiL  Preterite. 

Sing.  3  masc.  ^sb'tppn  'Tjb-tipri  T]b't:pr7    ib"t:pri    rib-tppn 


138 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

1  com. 

2  TOasc. 

Plural. 

^fem. 

3  ?«««(:. 

8/m. 

.ti:ribt2p 
ii]"ribt:i^ 

!i2^nbt:p 

D5nbt:p 

Dbtip 
cinbt^p 

—  T  t': 

Dnbt:p 

T  :  — ': 

ci^nbt^jD 
tD^nbt:]: 

Dlbt^jD 

d^nbtip 
n^:bt:)^ 

"^r,bt2)^ 

DD^bt:p 

it': 

C3i^3bt2p 

li^nbtip 

"i^^f^h* 

^^^^1? 

Dibt:p 

V  :   T ' : 

l?^?I? 

dbt:p 

T    :  It 

i^^I? 

iij^btp]^;^ 

^2btpi5 

t2??)^ 

iliStpp 

Qib^I? 

|5^?P 

Dbt2p 

)5^^p 

^Db^tpjpti 

t33^'?i?rj 

i^r-?^n 

tJ^'tppn 

\^  'fir'.' 

139 


140  ETYMOLOGY.  §  104 

r 

Remarks  ox  the  Perfect  Verbs  with  Suffixes. 


PKETEE  IT  E. 


§104.  a.  There  arc  two  examples  of  (  )  as  the  union  vowel  of  the 
preterite,  "onS?  Isa.  8:11,  T\^i<'^  Jutlg.  4:20.  Daghesh-fbrte  euphonic  is 
sometimes  inserted  in  the  suffix  of  the  first  pers.  sing.,  "'it''??  !*«.  118:18, 
^2?-i  Gen.  30:6. 

6.  The  suffix  of  the  second  masc.  sing,  is  occasionally  7\^  in  pause  iTi^i^.Q 
Isa.  55  :  5,  so  with  the  infinitive.  Tn?2Ti.'n  Ueut.  28  :  24.  45 ;  and  a  similar 
form  with  the  future  may  perhaps  be  indicated  by  the  K'thibh  in  Hos.  4:6 
ixcx-^.s.  §11.  1.  a.  where  the  K'ri  has  Tiox^ox .  With  Nb  and  rib  verbs 
this  form  of  the  suffix  is  of  frequent  occurrence,  !  ~3»  Isa.  30  :  19.  Jer.23:37, 
"xnsn  Eztk.  28  :  15.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  a  is  represented  by  the 
vowel  letter  n,  and  the  suffix  is  written  ns,  nz-i:::;;;!  1  Kin.  18:44, 
nzniirn  Prov.  2: 11,  nsiiina';!  Ps.  145:  10,  '"i2=i:<7.  Jer.  7:27. 

c.  The  suffix  of  the  second  fern.  sing,  is  commonly  T^^,  "X^p  Isa.  54:6, 
T("NQ  Isa.  GO  :  9,  except  after  the  third  fem.  sing,  of  the  verb,  when  it  is 
T\...  Ti^!^^!^?:  Ruth  4:  15,  T|rs^ii:J  Isa.  47:  10;  sometimes,  especially  in  the 
later  Psalms,  it  has  the  Ibrm  "^3  corresponding  to  the  pronoun  "^PiJ* , 
•^DnsTX  Ps.  137  :  6,  i3Vjy?:r]  Ps.  103  :  4. 

fZ.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  sing,  is  written  with  the  vowel  letter  n 
instead  of  1  in  nb";Q  Ex.  32  :  25,  nid;?  Num.  28 :  8,  and  in  some  copies  r6zi< 
1  Sam.  1:9,  where  it  would  be  feminine;  this  form  is  more  Irequently  ap- 
pended to  nouns  than  to  verbs. 

e.  In  a  few  instances  the  rt  of  the  third  fem.  suffix  is  not  pointed  with 
]Mappik,  and  consequently  represents  a  vowel  instead  of  a  consonant, 
n-i'^'j  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  followed  by  an  accented 
syllable)  Am.  1  :  11.  so  with  the  infinitive,  "T^O^jn  Ex.  9:  18,  i^^^^.f^  Jer. 
44  :  19,  and  the  future,  rrnrinpii  Ex.  2:3. 

f.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  plur.  receives  a  paragogic  l'  once  in  prose, 
•irn':;-.!;  Ex.  23:31,  and  repeatedly  in  poetry,  iiSNbisn.  i-cri-iin  Ex.  15:9; 
once  1  is  appended.  ^^^027  Ex.  15:5;  en  is  used  but  once  as  a  verbal 
suffix,  nn-NEX  Deut.  32:26. 

^.  The  suffix  of  the  third  fem.  plur.  "j  is  seldom  used,  '"''v"'^'?  I^a.  48:7, 
'^"n?  Hah.  2:17;  more  frequently  the  masculine  D  is  substituted  for  it, 
C^inp  Gen.  26:  15,  18,  cncna-^i  Ex.  2:  17,  cnON^-  1  Sam.  6:  10.  so  Num. 
17  : 3,  4,  Josh.  4  :  8,  2  Kin.  IsTlb,  Hos.  2  :  14,  Prov!  6:21;  'n  is  never  used 
with  verbs.  When  attached  ta  infinitives  a  paragogic  ti^  is  sometimes 
added  to  1,  njx's  Ruth  1 :  19,  njnnb  Job  39 :  2. 

h.  Verbs,  which  have  Tserc  for  the  second  vowel  in  the  Kal  preterite,  re- 
tain it  before  suffixes,  ^i^nx  Deut.  7  :  13,  ci'sb  Lev.  16:4,  nNrj  Deut. 
24:3,  sins'.xn'ii  Job  37:24.  The  only  example  of  a  suffix  appended  to  a 
preterite  whose  second  vowel  is  Hholem,  is  VPibs^  Ps.  13  :  5  from  "^ri^i^, 


/*' 


§  105  PERFECT   VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  141 

the  Hholem  being  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph  by  the  shifting  of  the 
accent.  Tsere  of  the  Piel  species  is  mostly  shortened  to  Seghol  before 
?].  CD.  -,3.  V]S3p  Deut.  30:3,  Tj^fap';!  ver.  4,  but  occasionally  to  Hhirik, 
ci::rNX  (the  Methegh  in  most  editions  is  explained  by  §  45.  2)  Job  16  : 5, 
r,-a-2i-ix  Isa.  25 : 1,  CD;:;'n;5ri  Ex.  31  :  13,  c=^"iQ  Isa.  1:15.  Hhirik  of  the 
Hiphil  species  is  retained  before  all  suffixes  with  very  few  exceptions, 
!l3"i\r^;i.  1  Sam.  17:25,  Ps.  65:  10;  in  r,n:;;]  Deut.  32:7,  the  verb  has  the 
form  of  the  apocopated  future. 

i.  The  third  fem.  preterite  sometimes  takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  in 
its  full  form,  ^innSa:,  Prov.  31:  12.  inn^DN  Ezek.  15:  5,  so  in  pause  iwrinns. 
1  Sam.  18:28,  Wnbsx^  Gen.  37 :  20, ' :  innDao  Isa.  59:16,  and  sometimes 
contracted  by  the  exclusion  of  n  ,  IB^^a^  1  Sam.  1 :  24,  Wnb';'  Ruth  4  :  15, 
iPiSja  Job  21  :  18.  The  third  fem.  suffix  is  always  contracted,  nninx  Jer. 
49:24,  nnpbn  Isa.  34:  17,  nn6>'3  1  Sam.  1  :  6.  The  suffix  of  the  third 
masc.  plural  is  D_,  not  D^,  with  this  person  of  the  verb,  the  accent 
falling  on  the  penult,  Dn:b;a  Gen.  31 :  32,  nri<:i73  Ex.  IS :  8,  cn^S3  Ps. 
119:129,  epsnb  Isa.  47:14. "  In  the  intermediate  syllable  before'?!  the 
vowel  is  usually  short  in  this  person,  ^rinb^  Jer.  22:26,  ?^^^2S<  Ezek. 
28: 18,  though  it  is  sometimes  long,  ^r'^^H  Cant.  8:5,  as  it  regularly  is  in 
pause  :  ^jriT^!'  ibid.;  so  before  "^3  and  =13  of  the  first  person,  ^sribax  Ps. 
'  69  :  10,  :  ^inxisa  Num.  20  :  14.  '"^^  ' 

j.  The  second  masc.  sing,  preterite  usually  takes  Pattahh  before  "i?  ex- 
cept in  pause,  "'Snnpri  Ps.  139:  1,  ■'3nnn  Job  7:14,  ''?p;3??.  Ps.  22:2.  It 
takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  either  in  its  full  form.  :  sinrj'iES  Ezek. 
43:20,  or  contracted,  I'nsON  2  Kin.  5:6.  "irirb  Hab.  1:  12,  ir£p_  (accent 
thrown  back  by  §  35.  1)  Num.  23  :  27,  intern  Ps.  89 :  44. 

k.  The  second  fem.  sing,  preterite  assumes  (.),  commonly  without  Yodh, 
§11.  1.  a,  before  suffixes,  and  is  accordingly  indistinguishable  from  the  first 
person  except  by  the  suffix  which  it  receives,  §  102.  1,  or  by  the  connection 
in  which  it  is  found,  "'an"?!?'?  Jer.  15:10,  "'Jn^a^  Cant.  4:9,  ''3rii52'i  1  Sam. 
19:  17,  wn-iaa  Ex.  2:  id;  once  it  takes  (..).  =i:ni':!'in  Josh.  2: 18,  and  in  a 
few  instances  the  masculine  form  is  adopted  in  its  stead,  :  >l3rir3irrj  Josh. 
2:17,  20,  Cant.  5:9,  isnnb'^  Jer.  2:27  K'ri,  ifixnn^  2  Sam.  uVlO.'  ' 

I.  The  plural  endings  of  the  verb  may  be  written  fully  ^  or  defectively 
(.),  thus,  in  the  third  person,  "^ssiino  Ps.  18:6,  "'3230  Hos.  12:1;  the 
second  ''3n^3S  Zech.  7:5,  *i3n"'b^:n  Num.  20:5,  21:5;  and  the  first  inim'n 
1  Chron.  13:  3.  ''"' 

FTTTTJEE. 

§  105.  a.  The  union  vowel  a  is  sometimes  attached  to  the  future,  thus  "^J., 
"■^ibanri  Gen.  19:19,  ''ais!?*?,  Gen.  29:32,  "'iN-i-'  Ex.  33:20,  Num.  22:33, 
•'sfi'nn^  Isa.  56:3,  iSSab;;' Job  9:18;  !13^,  ^^^"21  Isa.  63:16;  1  (for  tn  J, 
ia^-i*:' Hos.  8:3,  insbn  Ps.  35:8,  ispn^  Eccles.4:l2,  isuJ-^l  iSam. 21:14, 
60  in  the  K'thibh,  1  Sam.  18:  1  ■anvs'il,  where  the  K'ri  has  winx*!;  tn^ 
(for  rij,  rrys^'l  Gen.  37:33,  tninm  2  Chron.  20:7,  nV^E?!!:::  Isa.  2Q:5] 
D^,  nt'ab'i  Ex.  29:30,   Da-^b^   Deut.  7:15,   C;^'^3   Num'.  2l':  30,  c:/?  Ps. 


142  ETYMOLOGY.  §106 

74:8.  cV^iss,  Ps.  118:10;  1,.  "(rrS;  Ex.  2:17.  In  1  Kin.  2:24  the  KVi 
has  "':5"'iri'^.  while  the  K'tliibh  has  the  vowel  letter  "^  representing  tJie 
ordinary  e,  ''5''S"'UJT> . 

6.  The  suffixes  with  Daghesh  inserted  occur  chiefly  in  pause  ;  thus  ■'3„, 
"nri""  Jer.  50  :  44  ;  "3 . ,  •':?-i:n  Gen.  27 :  19,  :  "'Srr  2n  Job  7  :  14,  9 :  34  ;  !i:\ 
(Kst  plur.),  >I3?!13^  Job  3l:15V;n.,,  :"(-!;3pi<.  Isa.  43:5.  70!?:  Isa.  44:2^ 
''  ~Q''i<  Ps.  30:  13;  !13 ,.  (3  masc.  sing.),  ^iS^psn.  :  !is:nsn"job  7:  IS,  IS^IS"^ 
Job  41:2  K'ri,  ^'^V-.^-C"!  Hos.  12:5;  ns  . ,  ns-rrn  Ps.'65:10,  or  without 
Daghesli,  nrnyirn  Judg.  5 :  26,  Obad.  ver.  13  ;  tlie  unemphatic  form  of  the 
suffix  and  that  with  Daghesh  occur  in  conjunction,  i^y^^Dt;;;  ni^^'Bd;;  Isa. 
26 :  5.  There  are  a  very  few  examples,  (bund  only  in  poetry,  of  3  inserted 
between  the  verb  and  the  suffix  without  further  ciiangc,  '^3D13Z"'  Ps.  50  :  23, 
:7,2;rrix  Jer.  22:24.  wnnr;!  Jer. 5:22,  I'lnjrn:';'  Ps.  72:  15,  iin:-:^":  Deut. 
32':'l6,'  :  wr^^Sx^  Ex.'r5:2. 

c.  Tlie  plural  ending  *!i  is  in  a  few  instances  found  before  suffixes,  chiefly 
in  pause,''''33snir'';i,  •'rinqdn ,  :  i::nst2';i  Prov.  1:28,  :  ri3W3li"7  Ps.  63:4, 
T.i^iOi'^  Ps.  91^2,  •nriin-id'i  Isa.' 66:7,  10,  nns-nrisi  Jer.  5:22,  ',n:^nvix.'^ 
Jer.  2:24;  twice  it  has  the  union  vowel  a.  "'SSIXS'iri  Job  19:2.  i373P7 
Prov.  5 :  22. 

d.  When  the  second  vowel  of  the  Kal  future  is  o,  it  is  rejected  before 
suffixes  requiring  a  union  vowel,  compound  ShVa  being  occasionally  sub- 
stituted for  it-  in  the  place  of  simple.  D^SX  Hos.  10:10.  'iSEnn;]  Num. 
35:20,  5!^3;^SX  Isa.  27:3,  :  ^sajp-^  Isa.  62 :  2'  "S  ■I'l'i  Ezek.  35:'6,  risspiDX 
Jer.  31 :  S3  ;  once  the  vowel  remains,  but  is  changed  to  Shurek.  :  C^^^^iaPl 
Prov.  14:  3  ;  a,  on  the  other  hand,  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel.  §64.  2, 
•^siiab";  Job  29:14,  tsfcsb;'  Ex.  29:30,  n|'^:3^X  Cant.  5:3,  ''3)?3iri  Gen. 
19:19.  Hholem  is  shortened  before  ".  ca  ,  "d,  though  the  vowel  letter 
1  is  occasionally  written  in  the  K'thibh,  '?]"^'i2N  Jer.  1:5. 

e.  The  following  are  examples  of  feminine  plurals  with  suffixes:  2  fem. 
plur.  '^rN'^n  Cant.  1:  6,  2  fern.  plur.  •"3iuinn  Job  19:  15.  "nD-n  Jer.  2:  19. 
The  masculine  form  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  feminine,  rj1"ni'X7  , 
rjlSbn^  Cant.  6:9. 

INFINITIVE    AND    IMPERATIVE. 

§  100  a.  Kal  Iiifinilii-e.  Before  T],  C3 ,  '3,  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Ka- 
mets  Hhatuph,  ?"|"53X  Gen.  2:  17,  ?"|"i^?  (Methegh  by  §45.  2)  Obad.  ver. 
11,  cibrs  Gen.  3:5,  ninrx  Mai.  1:7.  Pattahh  remains  in  the  single 
example,  nD33n  Isa.  30  :  18  ;  sometimes  the  vowel  of  the  second  radical 
is  rejected  before  these  as  it  is  before  the  other  suffixes,  and  a  short 
vowel  given  to  the  first  radical,  commonly  Kamets  Hhatuph.  ^p^S  Deut. 
29:11,  VIsiSTa  2  Kin.  22:19,  cinar  Deut.  27:4,  once  Kibbuts,  C="is;:7 
Lev4p3:  22,  sometimes  Hhirik,  pinsd  Gen.  19:  33.  35  but  'iisili  Ruth  3:4, 
irjb  Zech.  3:1.  "^.Bes  2  Sam.  I:i0,  inrc  Neh.  8:5.  and  occasionally 
Pattahh,  ^?.p"?  Ezek.  25  :  6.  In  the  feminine  form  of  the  infinitive,  as  in 
nouns,  the  old  feminine  ending  n  is  substituted  lor  n,  inrriU  Isa.  30:19, 
•ir^rn  Ho,<5.  7  :  4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  retains  its  pretonic  Kamets  before 
euffixes,  C="^3Tn  Ezek.  21  :  29. 


§  107  IMPERFECT    VERBS.  143 

b.  Kal  Imperative.  The  first  radical  commonly  receives  Kamets  Hhatuph 
upon  the  rejection  of  Hholem,  ■'?"i3J,  ''S'i'.pQ  Jer.  15  :  15,  but  occasionally  it 
takes  Hhirik,  rjn^i?  (with  Daghesh-lbrte  euphonic)  Prov.  4:  13. 


Imperfect  Verbs. 

§107.  Imperfect  verbs  depart  more  or  less  from  the 
standard  already  given,  as  the  nature  of  their  radicals  may 
require.     They  are  of  three  classes,  viz. : 

I.  Guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  guttural  letter 
in  the  root. 

II.  Contracted  verbs,  two  of  whose  radicals  are  in  cer- 
tain cases  contracted  into  one. 

III.  Quiescent  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  quiescent  or 
vowel  letter  in  the  root. 

These  classes  may  again  be  subdivided  according  to  the 
particular  radical  affected.  Thus  there  are  three  kinds  of 
guttural  verbs : 

1.  Pe  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  a 
guttural. 

2.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  radical  is 
a  guttural. 

3.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical 
is  a  guttural. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  contracted  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Nun  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Nun, 
and  is  liable  to  be  contracted  by  assimilation  with  the  second. 

2.  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  and  third 
radicals  are  alike,  and  are  hable  to  be  contracted  into  one. 

There  are  four  kinds  of  quiescent  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Yodh  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Yodh. 


144  ETYMOLOGY.  §108,109 

2.  Ay  in  Vav  and  Ay  in  Yodli  verbs,  or  tliosc  whose 
second  radical  is  Vav  or  Yodh. 

3.  Lamedli  Aleph  verbs,  or  tliosc  whose  third  radical  is 
Aleph. 

4.  Lamedh  He  verbs,  or  those  in  which  He  takes  the 
place  of  the  third  radical. 

The  guttural  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  the  vowels 
only  ;  the  tirst  division  of  the  contracted  verbs  differ  only  in 
the  consonants ;  the  quiescent  and  the  second  division  of  the 
contracted  verbs  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants. 

a.  The  third  class  of  imperfect  verbs  may  either  be  regarded  as  hav- 
ing a  quiescent  letter  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is  changed  into 
a  vowel,  or  as  having  a  vowel  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  ibrms  is 
changed  into  a  quiescent  letter.  As  the  settlement  of  this  question  is 
purely  a  matter  of  theory,  the  usual  name  of  quiescent  verbs  has  been 
retained  as  sufliriently  descriptive. 

b.  Tile  orisrin  of  these  various  technical  names  for  the  different  kinds 
of  imperfect  verbs  is  explained  §76.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§108.  Gutturals  have  the  fom-  following  peculiarities, 
§60,  viz.  : 

1 .  They  often  cause  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
to  be  converted  hito  Pattahh. 

2.  They  receive  Pattahh  furtive  at  the  end  of  a  word 
after  a  long  heterogeneous  vow^el  or  before  a  vowelless  final 
consonant. 

3.  They  take  compound  in  preference  to  simple  Sh'va. 

4.  They  are  incapable  of  being  doubled,  and  conse- 
quently do  not  receive  Daghesh-fortc. 

§109.  Pe  guttural  verbs  are  affected  by  these  peculiari- 
ties as  follows,  viz.  : 


§109  PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  145 

1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  preform atives  is  changed  to  Pat- 
tahh  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal  future,  if  the  second 
vowel  be  Hholem,  'iw'^_  for  "i^^"^ ;  but  if  the  second  radical 
has  Pattahh  this  change  does  not  occur,  because  it  would 
occasion  a  repetition  of  the  same  vowel  in  successive  sylla- 
bles, §G3.  1.  5.  In  the  Kal  future  r^,  therefore,  in  the  Niphal 
preterite  and  participle,  where  the  vowel  of  the  second  sylla- 
ble is  likewise  a,  and  in  the  Hiphil  preterite,  where  /  is 
characteristic  and  therefore  less  subject  to  cliange,  Hhirik  is 
compounded  with  Pattahh,  or,  in  other  words,  is  changed  to 
the  diphthongal  Seghol,  prn;; ,  n^^D ,  'l^'b^n  .  Seghol  accom- 
panying N  of  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future, 
§60.  1.  a  (r.),  and  Kamets  Hhatuph,  characteristic  of  the 
Hophal  species,  suffer  no  change.  The  same  is  true  of 
Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  participle,  Hhirik  of 
the  Piel  preterite,  and  Kibbuts  of  the  Piial  species,  for  the 
double  reason  that  these  vowels  are  characteristic  of  those 
forms,  and  that  their  position  after  the  guttural  renders  them 
less  liable  to  mutation,  §  60.  1.  «  (2) ;  the  second  reason  ap- 
plies likewise  to  the  Hhirik  of  the  feminine  singular  and 
masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  imperative,  which,  as  the  briefest 
of  the  short  vowels,  is  besides  best  adapted  to  the  quick  ut- 
terance of  a  command,  '^i^^  ,  Ti^^  . 

2.  As  the  guttiu:'al  does  not  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
there  is  no  occasion  for  applying  the  rule  respecting  Pattahh 
furtive ;  this  consequently  does  not  appear  except  in  "^n^ ,. 
apocopated  future  of  nin ,  and  in  one  other  doubtful  exam- 
ple, §114. 

3.  Wherever  the  first  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va 
the  guttural  takes  compound  Sh'va  instead ;  this,  if  there  be 
no  reason  for  preferring  another,  and  especially  if  it  be  pre- 
ceded by  the  vowel  Pattahh,  will  be  Hhateph  Pattahh,  whose 
sound  is  most  consonant  with  that  of  the  gutturals ;  this  is 
the  case  in  the  Kal  second  plural  preterite,  construct  infini- 
tive, future  and  imperative  with  Hholem,  and  in  the  Hiphil, 

10 


146  ETYMOLOGY.  ^110 

infinitives,  future,  impcmtive,  and  participle,  Dn"^?,  1^?;^. 
If,  liowever,  the  guttural  be  preceded  by  another  vowel  than 
Pattahh  the  compound  Sh\a  will  generally  be  conformed  to 
it ;  thus,  after  Seghol  it  becomes  llhateph  Seghol  as  in  the 
Kal  future  and  ini])crative  a,  the  Niphal  preterite  and  par- 
ticiple, and  the  Iliphil  preterite,  ptn;; ,  '^''^^Ivl ,  and  after 
Kamets  Ilhatnph  it  becomes  Hhateph  Karnets  as  in  the 
Ilophal  species,  "i^^n .  If  this  compomid  Sh'va  in  the 
course  of  inflection  comes  to  be  followed  by  a  vowelless 
letter,  it  is  changed  to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  §G1. 1, 
thus,  (.)  becomes  (.)  in  the  second  feminine  singular  and  the 
second  and  third  masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  future;  (,)  be- 
comes (.)  in  the  third  feminine  singular  and  the  third  plural 
of  the  Niphal  preterite ;  and  (^)  becomes  (J  in  the  corres- 
ponding persons  of  the  preterite  and  future  Ilophal,  "'"'syp, 

T     :    viv   '  T     :    T    IT 

a.  Tlie  simple  Sli'va  following  a  short  vowel  thus  formed,  remains 
vocal  as  in  the  corresponding  lornis  of  the  perfect  verb,  the  new  syllable 
being  not  mixed  but  intermediate,  and  hence  a  succeeding  aspirate  will 
retain  its  aspiration,  thus  "i^?,^  y(iam''(lftu.  not  'i"^?,^  ycwmdu.  §22. «. 
In  lilce  manner  the  Kal  imperative  has  "^^"cv .  1"n:S  not  '^'^125,  I'nrs,  show- 
ing that  even  in  the  perlect  verb  "'"-^r?-  ''^^P  were  pronounced  kit'li. 
kil-lu,  not  killi,  kitlu. 

4.  The  reduplicatioh  of  the  first  radical  being  impossible 
in  the  hifinitive,  future  and  imperative  Niphal,  the  preceding 
vowel,  which  now  stands  in  a  simple  syllabic,  is  lengthened 
in  consequence  from  Ilhirik  to  Tsere,  §  60.  4,  ^^rn  for  "Tcvn. 
§  11 0.  1.  The  verb  ^^'J  to  stand,  whose  inflections  are  shown 
in  the  following  paradigm,  mny  serve  as  a  representative  of 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Ilithpael  are  omit- 
ted, as  they  present  no  deviation  from  the  regular  verbs. 
The  Niphal  of  "i)2y  is  not  in  use,  but  is  here  formed  from 
analogy  for  the  sake  of  giving  completeness  to  the  paradigm. 


Paradigm  of 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

1 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

PrET.  3  TO. 

—  T 

^tj: 

"f^'T^O 

3/ 

rrrzy 

T   :  If 

T       •  v: IV 

r    ;  r   IT 

2m. 

T  :  — T 

1-  :   — -.MV 

J?""^?~ 

T    :    —  t:    IT 

2/ 

^T'P, 

^7'5??. 

n-^;/n 

:  ;  —  t:  IT 

ItJ. 

•  :   —  T 

^ri""^?,?. 

"n-i7b?n 

^n-t^r 

Flur.  3  c. 

;  IT 

^i-jyj. 

Trt'jri 

^^'r?!7 

2  m. 

Oi?"'^? 

OJ!)"''^?,?. 

ur\'i2vri 

nnT^f'ri 

2/ 

1^7'^? 

1?7'S? 

]ir\T2^r\ 

■ri"/^j'M 

1  c. 

:  —  T 

^^7'^?? 

^"■^?.vi 

^27"=fM 

Infin.  ^Z»«()^. 

T 

T    1" 

^V-?v? 

-7b3''r; 

Cons^r. 

nay 

Tbyn 

••  T    1" 

^'^P.\} 

^7jrn 

FuT.  3  m. 

1*^?' 

••  T\** 

l^tT 

—  t;it 

3/. 

■J'^^'J^ 

Tt?T\ 

Tb3''n 

—  t:  it 

2  m. 

i'^?r) 

ryjri 

1"^?:^? 

ityv) 

2/ 

^Tr?P) 

^T2ir\ 

""^?ri 

^TP^'^ 

Ic 

^^?!«< 

"■i?<?? 

T'2^\^ 

—  t:  't 

i^Zwn  3  OT 

^^52?-: 

r\-2T 

^'"'r'C 

:  tit 

3/. 

r  .        -:  r 

n'~'»^'ri 

nj^-b^n 

2  m. 

T-2rr\ 

'^rcy'T] 

^-■^rn 

:  T  IT 

2/ 

T  ;        -:  I- 

n;77b?rD 

^"'r?^ 

T    -•     —  T:    IT 

1  c. 

^^??. 

Tb>"D 

irb?5 

'''sJPt 

Imper.  2  ?w. 

iuy 

■•  T    1" 

"!'r?0 

2/ 

^rq^ 

^TQ^T] 

^"r?0 

wanting 

PZm/".  2  ??i. 

^iiq^ 

:  IT   ■■ 

^i"^?C! 

2/ 

HD-i-brn 

T  :    •■  T  1" 

j^n''??':'7 

Part.  J.c#. 

i7by 

"i'^?'2 

Pass, 

T 

T  ■.■:iv 

^bT'2 

T  t:  it 

147 


148  ETYMOLOGY.  §111 

2.  Tlie  Kal  imperative  and  future  of  those  verbs  which 
liave  Pattahh  in  the  second  syllable  may  be  represented  by 
pTH  io  he  8trong. 

Iaiperative. 

Singular.  Plural. 

mmc.  fern.  mam.  fern. 

pin        ^p'r*  ^P'v        •^'^Pi'j 

Future. 


3  masc. 

Sfem. 

2  masc. 

2  fern. 

1  com. 

Sing. 

Pi" 

pi'^. 

pTnri 

^Pm 

pT-X 

Plur. 

^m, 

nspTrn 

^PJ"5 

nppirn 

Pi'i^ 

3.  Certain  verbs,  whose  first  radical  is  x ,  receive  Hholem 
in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  future  after  the  following, 
which  is  distinctively  called  the  Pe  Aleph  (ne)  mode. 

Future  of  Pe  Aleph  Verbs. 

3  masc.  Sfem.  2  masc.  2  fern.  1  com. 

Sing.         bbiX"        bisn        bisn       ^5;xn       bbi^ 

:       I  r  :  -  :         |  t  :  - 

Five  verbs  uniformly  adopt  this  mode  of  inflection,  viz.  : 
*nx  to  perish,  nix  to  he  loillmg,  ^ix  to  eat,  ">t^  to  say,  ncij 
to  hake ;  a  few  others  indifferently  follow  this  or  the  ordinary 
Pe  guttural  mode,  nnx  to  love,  Tnx  to  take  hold,  ^t^  to 
gather. 

Remarks  on  Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  111.  1.  The  prcformative  of  the  Kal  future,  a  has  (.)  in  one  in.stance, 
sbni  Ezek.  23  :  5.  Tliat  of  the  Kal  future  0  has  (..)  in  rnn^^  Prov.  10:3, 
Vpn-^  P6.  29:9.     Three  verbs  with  future  o,  D^n,  D-^rj ,  i«n  have  Pat- 


§111  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  149 

tahh  in  the  first  syllable  when  the  Hholem  appears,  but  Seghol  in  those 
forms  in  which  the  Hholem  is  dropped,  Oi'in^']!.  Job  12  :  14.  ^D'"ir!^_^  2  Kin. 
3:25  but  lonn^  Ex.  19:21,  24;  so  with  suffixes.  ^5^^v!r^  Ps!  141:5, 
^b-iri^  Isa.  22V19,  -inn^ns  Isa.  53 : 2.    nsn  has  ^i^sn;:  but  iisnv 

2.  a.  If  the  first  radical  be  X ,  which  has  a  strong  preference  for  the 
diphthongal  vowels,  §60.  1.  a  (5),  the  preformative  takes.  Seghol  in  most 
verbs  in  the  Kal  future,  whether  a  or  o,  p2i<V  C10?<^;; ,  "lisn,  Tnxn  as  well 
as  yo^^_ .  Cjix;; ,  ^ixn .  Ci^w^n  ;  in  a  i'ew  with  future  a.  §  1 10.  3,  it  takes  the 
other  compound  vowel  Hholem  when  to  complete  the  diphthongal  charac- 
ter of  the  word  the  (.)  of  the  second  syllable  usually  becomes  (  )  in  pause, 
and  in  a  few  instances  without  a  pause  accent,  "'35<'',  ^^^"^  •  ^"'5^'' 1  T!^"^) 
and  in  two  verbs  it  becomes  (..)  after  Vav  conversive,  "i'?.i<'!! ,  ^nX'T . 

6.  As  X  is  always  quiescent  after  Hholem  in  this  latter  form  of  the 
future,  §57.  2.  (2)  a.  Pe  Aleph  verbs  might  be  classed  among  quiescent 
verbs,  and  this  is  in  fact  done  by  some  grammarians.  But  as  S  has  the 
double  character  of  a  guttural  and  a  quiescent  in  different  forms  sprung 
Irom  the  same  root,  and  as  its  quiescence  is  confined  almost  entirely  to  a 
single  tense  of  a  single  species,  it  seems  better  to  avoid  sundering  what 
really  belongs  together,  by  considering  the  Pe  Aleph  as  a  variety  of  the 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  In  a  few  instances  !!<  gives  up  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter after  (J  which  is  then  lengthened  to  (_),  f^rxPi  Mic.  4  :  8.  When 
thus  quiescent  after  either  Tsere  or  Hholem,  N  is  always  omitted  in  the 
first  person  singular  after  the  preformative  X,  inx  Gen.  32:5  for  "iHrJ^, 
::nx  Prov.  8:  17  for  3f3i<>?,  i=i<  Gen.  24:33  for  bixx .  and  occasionally 
in  other  persons,  "'^jn'jer.  2:36  for  "'^Tsn  ;  so  xn;;  Dent.  33:21,  S^'n 
Prov.  1:10,  qbn  Ps.'  104:29.  li-cn  2  Sam.  19:14,  THFil  2  Sam.  20 : 9, 
inshi  1  Sam.  28  :  24  ;  in  a  lew  instances  the  vowel  letter  1  is  substituted 
for  it,  ilPDi;'  Ezek.  42  :  5  for  ^i>=X^  "i»ix  Neh.  2  :  7,  Ps.  42:  10. 

c.  A  like  quiescence  or  omission  of  N  occurs  in  ^^X*i  Num.  11:25  Hi. 
fut.  for  ^ix^,!V  b-^sn  Ezek.  21  :  33  Hi.  inf  for  ^"-iNv!  /  "''!'<  Job  32:  11  Hi. 
fut.  for  "pTS^x,  )-'\-q  Prov.  17:4  Hi.  part,  for  "pTuXp ,  §53.  2.  a,  ^35^;^  Job 
35 :  11  Pi.  part,  for  13C^X^ ,  §53.  3,  "'inTn  2  Sam.  22:  40  Pi.  fut.  for  "li-^Tsn, 
n-i^l  1  Sam.  15 :  5  Hi.  fut!  for  -"i^i!!,  ^■'rn  Isa.  21  :  14  Hi.  pret.  for  ^"^rxfi, 
bn^  Isa.  13:20  Pi.  fut.  for  bnx-i ,  and  afler  prefixes  liasb  for  "i^xb  ,  the 
Kal  infinitive  of  nisx  wifji  the  preposition  b.  t^'iaxj  Ezek.  28:  16  Pi.  fut. 
with  Vav  conversive  for  ^iiaxxT  .  ^lU^'Xl  Zech.  11  :  5  Hi.  fut.  with  Vav 
conjunctive  for  ""(T^'Xl ,  Din^on  Eccles.  4:14  Kal  pass.  part,  with  the 
article  for  n-^nnoxn. 

-;  IT 

d.  The  diphthongal  Hholem  is  further  assumed  by  Pe  Aleph  roots 
once  in  the  Niphal  preterite,  imx3  Num.  32  :  30  for  ^f'nx3  ,  and  five  times 
in  the  Hiphil  future,  ir^'^^X  Jer.  46:8  for  iT^'^^xx  .  b^iix  Hos.  11:4  for 
b^DXX.  rin^iix  Neh.  13  :V3  for  nn-^iixx .  bx'i"  1  Sam.  14:24  abbreviated 
from  nbx*l  for  n!ix^*n ,  ^ni'i  2Sam.20:5  K'ri  for  ^nx^l. 

e.  X  draws  the  vowel  to  itself  from  the  preformative  in  ^^nxn  Prov. 
1:92  Kal  fut.  for  ^i^qxn  in  pause  ^^f^Xtn  Zech.  8:  17,  Ps.  4  :3,  §60.  3.  c. 
Some  so  explain  ^n^axn  Job  20 :  26,   regarding  it  as  a  Kal  future  for 


150  ETYMOLOGY.  §113 

inbsxn  with  the  vowel  attracted  to  the  X  from  the  prelormative  ;  it  is 
simpler,  however,  to  regard  it  as  a  Pual  future  with  Kamets  Hhatuph  in- 
stead of  Kibbuts,  as  C'hsj:!?  Nah.  2':  4,  ^|~3n7  Ps.  94:20. 

3.  a.  Kamcts  Hhatupli  for  the  most  part  remains  in  the  Kal  infinitive 
and  imperative  with  Hulfixes,  as  ?^~^^' ,  T(i?^ .  """i^^  ,  being  rarely  changed 
to  Pattahh,  as  in  ln^:;n  Prov.  20:  16,  or  Seghol,  as  ""lEDX  Num.  11  :  16, 
nD"i3>  Job  33:  5.  In  the  inflected  imperative  Seghol  occurs  once  instead 
of  Hhirik,  ""'Sbn  Isa.  47:  2.  and  Kamets  Hhatuph  twice  in  compensation 
for  the  omitted  Hholem,  "'Tiir  Zeph.  3:14  but  libs  Ps.  68:5,  ^liin  Jer. 
2:  12  but  li"in  Jer.  50:27.  though  the  o  sound  is  once  retained  in  the 
compound  Sli'va  of  a  pausal  form.  ''Sin  Isa.  44:27.  Evvald  explains 
c-isyn  Ex.  20  :  5.  23  :  24.  Deut.  5  :  9,  an/=nrv:  Deut.  13  :  3  as  Kal  futures, 
the  excluded  Hholem  giving  character  to  the  preceding  vowels  ;  thelbrms, 
however,  are  properly  Ho])hal  futures,  and  there  is  no  reason  why  the 
words  may  not  be  translated  accordingly  be  induced  to  serve.  In  a  few  Kal 
infinitives  with  a  feminine  termination  n  has  (  ),  nbian  Ezek.  16:5. 
inson  Hos.  7:4. 

b.  In  a  very  k^\Y  instances  Pattahh  is  found  in  the  first  syllable  of  the 
Niphal  and  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  y^ri  Ps.  89  :  8,  cn^nn  judg.  S  :  19. 

§112.  1.  The  guttural  invariably  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  place  of 
simple,  where  this  is  vocal  in  the  perfect  verb  ;  and  as  in  these  cases  it 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  it  is  more  at  liberty  to  lollovv  its  na- 
tive prelerences,  and  therefore  usually  takes  (..).  In  cn"'';n  2  plur.  pret.. 
ni^f]  inj*.,  n^n  imper.  of  rr^n .  the  initial  n  has  (..)  under  the  influence  of 
the  ibilowing  "^ ;  X  receives  (..)  in  the  second  plural  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
and  in  the  feminine  and  plural  of  the  passive  participle,  Dn"i:x.  cnbrx, 
CD^irx .  but  commonly  (_)  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive,  §60.  3.  b.  brx 
imper.,  bi;x  and  bz^  inf.  t'nx  and  T'nx  inf.  yix  imper..  "i-ax  inf  and 
imper.  (but  "rsn  Job  34:  IS  with  .^  interrogative),  pix  .  risx  (with  n^ 
paragogic  HECx),  and  in  a  very  lew  instances  the  long  vowel  (..).  §60.  3.c, 
!iBX  Ex.  16:  23  for  ^lEX,  rrx  Isa.  21  :  12. 

2.  Where  the  first  radical  in  perfect  verbs  stands  after  a  short  vowel 
and  completes  its  syllable,  the  guttural  does  the  same,  but  mostly  admits 
an  echo  of  the  preceding  vowel  alter  it,  inclining  it  likewise  to  begin  the 
syllable  which  follows.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  thus  formed,  §20.  2, 
the  vowel  remains  short,  only  being  modified'  agreeably  to  the  rules 
already  given  by  the  proximity  of  the  guttural,  which  itself  receives  the 
corresponding  Hhateph.  The  succession  is,  therefore,  usually  (.  .),  (^  .)  or 
(,.  ).  In  a  very  few  instances  this  correspondence  is  neglected;  thus,  in 
"^nn  3  fern.  fut.  of  T(^n  to  go  (comp.  Fns|^  from  pn^  to  laugh)  the  Hhirik 
of  the  prelormative  remains  and  the  guttural  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh;  in 
nb'yn  (once.  viz..  Hab.  1  :  15  for  n^^n)  and  n^?.n  Hiphil  and  Hoplial 
preterites  of  nss  to  go  up,  and  r^-}^vr}_  (once,  viz..  Josh.  7:7  lor  n"}2:;~) 
Hi.  pret.  of  ■'as  to  pass  over,  the  guttural  is  entirely  transferred  to  the 
second  syllable,  and  the  preceding  vowel  is  lengthened.  Thelbrms  n""'n5, 
n^"}"',  cni^n'),  njins  from  ti^n  to  be.  and  n;;rij^  from  n^n  to  //ft.  are  pecu- 
liar in  having  simple  vocal  Sh'va. 


^112  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  151 

3.  Where  (__)  or  (__  )  are  proper  to  the  form  these  are  frequently 
changed  to  (..)  or  (.._.)  upon  the  prolongation  of  the  word  or  the  removal 
of  its  accent  forward.  Thus,  in  the  Kal  future,  t^OH'i  2  Kin.  5 :  3.  ispN"! 
Ex.  4:  29,  ■'3EDN;  Ps.  27  :  10,  ■'Opxn  Josh.  2  :  18  ;  ^rinx;:  Isa.  59:  5,  Xr^iiV} 
Judg.  16:13;  the  Niphal,  D^?3  1  Kin.  10:3,  n^br^Nah.  3:11,  n-i^r: 
Ps.  26:4;  and  especially  in  the  Hiphil  preterite  with  Vav  conversive, 
mixn  Job  14:19,  tn-j^xni  Deut.  7:24,  cnn^wsn'  Deut.  9:3  (comp. 
cn3=xn  Ps.  80:6),  "'n'inNni  Lev.  23:30;  ■'B^Vxni  'isa.  49:26;  ^npTnn 
Ne'h.  5:16,  ""npinni  Ezek.' 30  :  25  ;  rpm^sn' lR'a.'43  :  23,  ^''ri"??3;".ni  Jer. 
17:4;  -pisn  Deut'.'  1:45,  nsTxril  Ex.  15:26,  ^ntnnni  Jer.  49:' 37;  after 
Vav  conjunctive,  however,  the  vowels  remain  unchanged,  "'Hpinni  1  Sam. 
17:35,  ■'rnrnnni  Ps.  50:21.  The  change  from  (...J  to  (.. ^j  after  Vav 
conversive  occurs  once  in  the  third  person  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  TTNH'i 
Ps.  77  :  2,  but  is  not  usual,  e.  g.  T^'li^]'}  ■  ■  •  1''"''r?v!l  Lev.  27  :  S.  There 
is  one  instance  of  (__)  instead  of  (.  .)  in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  "'^''^nn 
Jer.  31:32. 

4.  A  vowel  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  in  consequence  of  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  of  a  following  consonant,  will  be  dropped  in  guttural  as 
in  perfect  verbs  upon  the  latter  vowel  being  restored  by  a  pause  accent, 

5.  Sometimes  the  silent  Sh'va  of  the  perfect  verb  is  retained  by  the 
guttural  instead  of  .being  replaced  by  a  compound  Sh'va  or  a  subsidiary 
vowel  which  has  arisen  from  it.  This  is  most  frequent  in  the  Kal  future, 
though  it  occurs  likewise  in  the  Kal  infinitive  after  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, in  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  in  the  Hiphil  species,  and 
also  though  rarely  in  the  Hophal.  There  are  examples  of  it  with  all  the 
gutturals,  though  these  are  most  numerous  in  the  case  of  n,  which  is  the 
strongest  of  that  class  of  letters.  In  the  majority  of  roots  and  forms  there 
is  a  fixed  or  at  least  a  prevailing  usage  in  lavour  either  of  the  simple  or 
of  the  compound  Sh'va;  in  some,  however,  the  use  of  one  or  the  other  ap- 
pears to  be  discretionary. 

a.  The  following  verbs  always  take  simple  Sh'va  under  the  first  radic   i 
in  the  species  whose  initial  letters  are  annexed  to  the  root,  viz. : 

Q-ix  Hi.  to  be  red.  b^r:  K.  Hi.  to  he  vain.      "lan  K.  to  gird. 

■i"nx  Ni.  Hi.  lo  be  illus-  n:n  K.  Hi.  to  meditate,   h'^n  K.    (not    Ho.)     to 

trious.  Cl"n  K.  to  thrust.  cease. 

dis  Hi.  to  close.  "i"in  K.  Ni.  to  honour.      ntin  K.  to  cut. 

*^^^^  K.  to  shut.  n^ri  K.  Ni.  <o  6e.  '^i'^  K.    (not    Hi.)     to 

5l^S  K.  to  learn.  *"'?f7  K.  toinjure.woimd.  live. 

1SX  K.  to  gird  on.  xin  Ni.  Hi. Ho.  tohide.    cqn  K.  Hi.  to  be  wise. 

012JN  K.  Ni.  (not  Hi.)  i:in  K.  to  heat  off.         *M^n  K.  meaning  doubt- 

to  he  guilty.  "^^n  Hi.  to  join  together.  ful. 


152  ETYMOLOGY.  ^    11:2 

*jrn  K.  Ni.  to  desire.  "^En  K.  (u  dig.  nns  K.  to  put  on  as  an 

brn  K.  to  spare.  "isn  K.  Hi.  to  blush.  ornanienl, 

cbn  K.  Ni.  /o    (/o  vio-  fcsn  K.  IVi. /o  searc/i.       vi"?5  Hi.  to  gather  much. 

lence  to.  -in  K.  (not  Hi.)/"/t<'iP-  ""1^'  ^\.  to  be  xc anting. 

yin  K.  /o  it;  leacened.  t"p'^  i"!^-  Ni.   /o  incesti-    ~cr  K.  Ni.  /o  trouble. 
inn  K.  to  ferment.  gate.  h^v  Hi.  /o  6e  presump- 

Tjin  K.  /o  dedicate.  *  sin  K.  /o  tremble.  tiions. 

ion  K.  /o  devour.  nnn  K.  io  faA'e  ?//>.  li."r:>  K.  Ni.  to  pervert. 

cpn  K.  to  muzzle.  T(nn  Ni.  <o  be  destined,    "^cv  K.  Hi.  to  tithe. 

■l6n  K.  Hi.  to  lack.  brn  Ho./o6estt'ac/(//e</.  *cr>  Ni.  to  be  burnt  up. 

nsn  Ni.  <o  coi^e?-.  nrn  K.  Ni.  Hi.  /o  sea/,    pr^  K.    Hi.    to    be  re- 
TEn  K.  Ni.  ^0  6e  panic-  Tinn  K.  /o  se/^t-.  moved. 

struck.  "rn  K.  to  brtak  through. 'h^'S  K.  Ni.  Hi.   <o  en- 

rsn  Iv.  to  delight.  ri?   K.  to  love,  dole.  treat. 

b.  The  following  are  used  with  both  sf^imple   and  compound  Sh'va,  either 
in  the  same  form  or  in  diflereat  tonus,  viz. : 

~bx  to  bind.  non  to  trust.  ni5>'  to  wear. 

T(5n  to  turn.  T)^"n  to  withhold.  "^'^v  to  encircle. 

bin  to  take  in  pledge.     rjiL'n  to  uncover.  tps  to  conceal. 

dsn  to  bind.  siin  to  think.  "iks  to  sfnit  up.  restrain, 

pjn  to  be  strong.  ,      T|"i"n  to  be  dark.  -I??  to  supplant. 

n^n  /o  be  sick.  "i2r  ^o  poss  over.  V>is  /o  smoke. 

pbn  fo  divide.  "il5  /o  /te//>.  "icy  io  6e  r/cA. 

c.  The  following  have  simple  Sh'va  only  in  the  passages  or  parts  al- 
leged, but  elsewlierc  always  compound  Sh'va,  viz.  : 

rnx  2  Chr.  19:2,  Pr.  15  :  9,  to  lore.  iV,  Ezek.  26 :  18,  to  tremble. 

ITX  Ps.  65  :  7,  to  gird.  n'rn  Hi.  part,  to  be  .filefit. 

TiDS  P.S.  47  :  10.  to  gather.      .  rpn  Jer.  49  :  37,  to  be  dismayed. 

T^ri  Ps.  109  :  23,  to  go.  "^zv  Ecrl.  5:S.to  serve. 

cbn  Job  39:4,  Jer.  29:8, /or/rea7n.  T^^'  Jer.  15  :  17.  P.s.  149:5,  and 

V^n  Job  20  :  24,  to  change,  pierce.  y^s  Ps.  5:12,  to  cvidt. 

All  other  Pe  guttural  verbs,  if  thoy  occur  in  forms  requiring  a  Sh'va 
under  the  first  rtidical.  have  invariably  compound  Sh'va. 

Tho  use  or  disuse  of  simple  Sh'va  is  so  xnn'lbrm  and  pervading  in  cer- 
tain verbs,  that  it  must  in  all  probability  be  traced  to  the  fixed  usage  of 
actual  Bpeech.  This  need  not  be  so  in  all  cases,  however,  as  in  other  and 
less  cominou  words  its  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  may  be  fortuitous; 
additional  examples  might  have  been  pointed  differently. 

*  Stto^  \(y6fji.fvov.  f  Except  Ps.  44 :  22. 


§113-116  AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  153 

§113.  1.  The  Hliirik  of  the  prefix  is  in  the  Niphal  future,  imperative 
and  participle,  ahiiost  invariably  lengthened  to  Tsere  upon  the  omission 
of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical.  "(On,?.,  "'^5<,'?.  Isa.  23 :  IS.  asn^  (the  re- 
trocession of  the  accent  by  §35.  1)  Tsa.  28:27,  phh-^  Job  3S  :  24.  y^m 
Num.  32  :  17,  p3H);l  2  Sam.  17  :  23,  which  is  in  one  instance  expressed  by 
the  vowel  letter  "" ,  nbr'^n  Ex.  25  :  31.  The  only  exception  is  S]?.";?  (two 
accents  explained  by  §42.  a)  Ezek.  26:  15  for  innnS  ,  where  tlie  vowel 
remains  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  only  being  changed  to 
Seghoi  before  the  guttural  as  in  the  Niphal  and  Hiphil  preterites.  Ac- 
cording to  some  copies,  which  differ  in  this  from  the  received  text,  the 
vowel  likewise  remains  sliort  in  nsrx  Job  19:7,  'im'b^Tt  Ezek.  43:18, 
Cit^';;!^.!!   1  Chron.  24  :  3,  CTJ^a  Lam.'2  :  11. 

2.  The  initial  n  of  the  Hiphil  infinitive  is,  as  in  perfect  verbs,  rarely 
rejected  after  prefixed  prepositions,  as  p^nb  Jer.  37:  12  for  ppnn^  .  x'^bnb 
Eccles.  5:5,  n-'":?b  2  Sam.  19:19.  -irb  Deut.  26:  12,  ^ibra  Neh.  10:39, 
"(""Trb  2  Sam.  18  :  3  K'thibh  ;  and  still  more  rarely  that  of  the  Niphal  infin- 
itive, qijya  Lam.  2:11  for  wjirna,  Snns  Ezek.  26  :  15. 

§114.  The  letter  i  resembles  the  other  gutturals  in  not  admitting 
Daghesh-forte,  and  in  requiring  the  previous  vowel  to  be  lengthened  in- 
stead, c"i-';;n  Jon.  1:5,  125]^*1  Ps.  106:25.  In  other  cases,  however,  it 
causes  no  change  in  an  antecedent  Hhirik,  tpi'jl  Deut.  19:  6.  tj"'  2  Sam. 
T:  10,  nas^rt  Ps.  66:12,  except  in  certain  forms  of  the  verb  riN~i  to  see, 
viz..  ifn-1  Kal  future  with  Vav  conversive,  shortened  from  •ixi';' ,  T^k'}f}, 
which  alternates  with  nxin  as  Hiphil  preterite,  and  once  with  Vav  con- 
versive preterite.  "'H'^X'^n'  Nah.  3:5.  It  is  in  two  instances  preceded  by 
Hhirik  in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  s-jin,  rj-in  Jer.  50:34.  In  the  Hophal 
species  the  participles  ri'iin?3  Isa.  14  : 6,  r^i'ip  Lev.  6:  14  take  Kibbuts  in 
the  first  syllable,  but  '".ix-i .  hbn  have  the  ordinary  Kamets  Hhatuph. 
Resh  always  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  perfect  verbs  whether  silent  or 
vocal,  rin-1  Gen.  44 : 4.  ■'3!iS"i-i  Ps.  129  :  86.  except  in  one  instance,  tl^"^^ 
Ps.  7  :  6.  where  it  appears  to  receive  Pattahh  furtive  contrary  to  the  ordi- 
nary rule  which  restricts  it  to  the  end  of  the  word,  §60.  2.  a. 

§115.  The  verb  biax  reduplicates  its  last  instead  of  its  second  radical 
in  the  Pual,  b^ox  ;  niin  reduplicates  its  last  syllable,  Inrniin  Lam.  2:  11, 
§92.  a.  ■'Pi^Sin  Hos.  11:3  has  the  appearance  of  a  Hiphil  preterite  with 
ri  prefixed  instead  of  n. 

inn  is  a  secondar}^  root,  based  upon  the  Hiphil  of  b^n.     See  i'S  verbs. 
For  the  peculiar  forms  of  CjOX  and  T\^ri  see  the  "^'s  verbs,  CjO^  and  T|r !?  • 


Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§116.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  gut- 
tural for  their  second  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiarities 
of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  followmg  manner,  viz. : 


154  ETYMOLOGY.  ^117 

1.  The  influence  of  the  guttural  upon  a  following  vowel 
being  coui})ai'ativcly  slight,  this  latter  is  only  converted  into 
Pattahh  in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  the  feminine 
plui'al  of  the  future  and  imperative  Nipluil,  Piel,  and  llith- 
pael,  where  the  like  change  sometimes  occurs  even  without 
the  presence  of  a  guttm'al,  ^i^'^'}  for  ^N^'^ ;  rcbsCiin  for  rcbs'sn . 

2.  No  forms  occur  which  could  give  rise  to  Pattahh 
fui'tive. 

3.  When  the  second  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va, 
it  takes  Ilhateph  Pattahh  instead  as  the  compound  Sh'va 
best  suited  to  its  nature ;  and  to  this  the  new  vowel,  formed 
from  Sh'va  in  the  feminine  singular  and  masculine  plm'al  of 
the  Kal  imperative,  is  assimilated,  '''ps?^  for  "^psfa . 

4.  Daghesh-forte  is  always  omitted  from  the  second  radi- 
cal in  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  in  which  case  the  preceding 
vowel  may  cither  remain  sliort  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable, 
or  lihirik  may  be  lengthened  to  Tsere,  Pattahh  to  Kamets, 
and  Kibbuts  to  Hholem,  §  60.  4,  nns ,  bh  . 

§117.  The  inflections  of  Ay  in  guttural  verbs  may  be 
shown  by  the  example  of  -s?3 ,  which  in  some  species  means 
to  redeem,  and  in  others  tojjoHide.  The  lliphil  and  Hophal 
are  omitted,  as  the  former  agrees  precisely  with  that  of  per- 
fect verbs,  and  the  latter  differs  only  in  the  substitution  of 
compound  for  simple  Sh'va  in  a  manner  sufficiently  illus- 
trated by  the  foregoing  species. 

a.  The  Pual  infinitive  is  omitted  from  tlic  paradigm  as  it  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  there  is  no  example  of  it  in  this  class  of  verbs.  As  the 
absolute  infinitive  Piel  mostly  gives  up  its  distinctive  form  and  adopts  that 
of  the  construct,  §92.  d,  it  is  printed  with  Tsere  in  thia  and  the  following 
paradigms. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

Guttural  Verbs 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

pi'el. 

PUAL. 

IIITIIPAEL. 

Pret.  3  m. 

bx5 

—  T 

bJ<:o 

bi<5 

b^is 

bsr^rn 

3/ 

nb^^■i 

T  -:iT 

nbxro 

T  ~;  ;  ' 

T  ~:i** 

nbsb 

T  ~:  1 

Mbj5:,nn 

T    -:'r    ;     • 

2  TO. 

nbwSj 

T  :   — r 

^b^5:o 

J?b5<r. 

nb^5■•^ 

rb.<?rirr; 

T  ;   —  r    :     • 

•       2/ 

nb^5r> 

^b^^ro 

rbk^ 

nb.sa 

rbs^r^nr; 

Ic. 

^nbj<^ 

"^^^f? 

^rib^5 

"nb^b 

■rb^jBrn 

PZwr.  3  c. 

^b.N53 

^-^v? 

^^^"^J 

6^^r« 

^ib^^nn 

2  TO. 

Dribi^B 

DP]b^5:o 

cnbj^s 

Dribi^b 

Dnb.sBrn 

2/. 

li^bj^^ 

■nbs^ro 

1^^^<5 

I^^^t' 

■nbxr.nn 

1  c. 

^jbkn 

;  —  T 

^:b5<:o 

^jbi<|i 

^')'^^ 

^:bj<srn 

:  —  T    :    • 

Infin.  J.Js(3Z. 

bij^s 

^^in 

bxa. 

Constr 

b5<J 

b^^5^ 

••  T      • 

bks 

••  T 

-^^V^n 

FUT.    3  TO. 

b.<^:.: 

bis-i' 

bj<:r 

■•  T  : 

bkro 

bk-iD" 

3/ 

bj^jn 

b^sn 

••  T      • 

b^bn 

bkiiPn 

2  TO. 

bs:n 

••  T      • 

bj<:n 

b.sbn 

bk^rr, 

2/ 

^?^r"Pi 

^'isisn 

^?'^'^r^ri 

"byibn 

"^^^ri^i 

1  c. 

b^?35^ 

b.s-ix 

■•  T     V 

b^:»55 

"  T  -: 

bi^b^ 

^^"i^i'^^ 

PZwr.  8  TO. 

^^^}: 

^^^'5" 

^'^^"^.^v 

■'^^'^ 

^b>^^n; 

3/ 

r;^b^^v^l 

n2b:J5^n 

^Jb^5:^ 

T  :   — T    ; 

n:b^bn 

r;:b.Hr»nn 

2  TO. 

^bx:n 

"b^ir^n 

-:iT   •     • 

^bvS^ri 

^b.Ntbn 

^b.^r>nri 

2/ 

rijbj^vri 

n:bN-in 

T  :   —  T    • 

n:bi<:n 

T  :   — T    ; 

n:b^bn 

n-bj^-inn 

T  :  — T   :    • 

1  c. 

b.^ra 

•■  T  • 

bj5;o 

bkb] 

^-"^i'^? 

Impee.  2  TO. 

bN5 

b^-tH 

••  T      • 

b55!t 

••  T 

bi^snn 

2/. 

^?^? 

"b^Jisn 

■bxr, 

wanting 

^bs:<r,n 

P^«r.  2  TO. 

.    ^^^.^ 

^-^^n 

^^^^' 

^^^"^^prj 

2/. 

n;b^5 

ri:b5<|n 

r  :  —  T 

njbjiijrn 

T  ;   —  T    ;     • 

Paet.  Act. 

bi^b 

b^:rj 

••T    : 

■•  T    ;    • 

Pass. 

r 

b^jD 

T  ;  • 

bkb'j 

155 


156  ETYMOLOGY.  U18,  119 

Remarks  on  Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 


to  be  silent  has  fut.  a 


2.  Witli  any  otiicr  euttural  for  tlie  second  raJical  the  Kal  future  and 
imperative  have  Pattalili;  only  en;  In  ?-oar,  and  cni  to  loce,  have  Hho- 
leni ;  ci'T  to  curse,  by^a  to  trespass,  and  bys  to  do.  Iiave  either  Pattahh 
or  Hholeni;  the  fuLure  of  Tnx  to  grasp,  is  THN'^  or  tnX"'. 

3.  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  is  as  in  perfect  verbs  commonly  prolonged 
to  Kamets  before  sulfixes.  where  Hholem  would  be  rejected,  n^nx  Prov. 
4:6.  C!ii:nc^  2  Kin.  1U:14,  CjDndX  2  Sam.  22:43,  ^Jibxc  Isa.  45:11, 
"'Dins-;  Ge'n'.  29:  32. 

4.  The  feminine  plurals  of  the  Niphal  and  Piel  futures  have  Pattahh 
with  the  second  radical  whether  tliis  be  "^  or  another  guttural,  njbnsn 
Ezek.7:27,  njsnffin  Prov.  6:27,  n::>-in  Ezek.  16:6,  tnjsxjn  Hos.  4:13, 
but  Tsere  occasionally  in  pause,  n:~in?:n  Jer.  9  :  17. 

§119.  1.  With  these  exceptions  the  vowel  accompanying  the  guttural 
is  the  same  as  in  tiie  perfect  verb ;  thus  the  Kal  preterite  mid.  e  : -nx 
Gen.  27  :  9.  r;qnx  Deut.  15  :  16;  infinitive  pi?T  1  Sam.  7  :  S.  anp  Jer.  15 -s", 
with  Malvkei)!'i!  "nns  1  Kin.  5:20;  Niphal'infinitive.  r^hkrj  Ex.  17:10, 
with  suffixes.  ?|?~>^n  2  Cliron.  16:  7,  S,  with  prefixed  3,  nhsj  Judg.  11  :25, 
bsc:  1  Sam.  20:  6  28.  and  once  anomalously  with  prefixed  X.  1^~~X  Ezek. 
14:  3  (a  like  substitution  of  X  for  n  occurring  once  in  the  Hiphil  preterite, 
:-«nbx5X  Isa.  63:3);  future  cn^';'  Ex.  14:14,  with  Vav  conversive, 
:  0X12^1  Job  7  :  5,  bn;3»l  Ex.  32  :  1,  pyri  Judg.  6  :  34,  inrni  Ex.  9 :  15, 
ynsni  Num.  22 :  25.  or  with  the  accent  on  the  penult,  nn^fi  Ex.  17 : 8, 
cykni  Gen.  41:8;  imperative,  Bni^n  1  Sam.  18 :  17,  or  with  the  accent 
thrown  back,  n-icn  Gen.  13:9;  Hiphil  infinitive.  Vi^nn  1  Sam.  27:12, 
ptinn  Gen.  21:  16,  c^nn  Deut.  7:2.  apocopated  future,  cy-i^  1  Sam. 
2:  10.  bnp^  1  Kin.  8;  1  (in  the  parallel  pa.«.«age.  2  Chrnn.  5:2.  b-'np::), 
rnrn  Deut.  9:26,  n-iD^  Ps.  12  :  4.  with  Vav  conversive,  oyr^D  1  Kin.  22  :  54, 
nnrxj  Zech.  11:8;  imperative,  nnpn  Ex.  28  :  1.  with  Makkeph,  ■^nin  Ps. 
81  :  li.  "pyyn  2  Sam.  20 :  4,  "bnpri  Deut.  4  :  10,  with  a  pause  accent  the 
last  vowel  sometimes  becomes  Pattahh.  pnin  Job  13  :  21,  :  iy"!;n  Ps.  69:24, 
though  not  always,  bnpfn  Lev.  8  :  3.  Hophal  infinitive,  ^nnn  2  Kin.  3: 23. 
Tsere  is  commonly  retained  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Piel  and  Hithpael, 
which  upon  the  retrocession  or  loss  of  the  accent  is  shortened  to  Soghol, 
t-ni  Lev.  5:22.  ^'ni:^  Hos.  9:2,  ptiib  Gen.  39:14.  "pn-rb  Ps.  104:26, 
q-n-^  74  :  10.  r'^yJ-'V  Gen.  39 :  4,  cycnnn  Dan.  2:1.  ^':'.yrrj  2  Kin.  18 :  23, 
and  occasionally  belbrc  .'^ulTixes  to  Hhirik,  C2':i"i3  I.<a.  1:15,  :r,ny3T:  (fern, 
form  for  ^^rirya^a,  §61.  5)1  Sam.  16:  15  but  c=^nnb   Isa.  30:  is,  c=r;n:J 


^120,121     EEMARKS    ON    AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  157 

Ezek.  5  :  16;  in  a  Cew  instances,  however,  as  in  the  perfect  verb,  Pattahh 
is  taken  instead,  thus  in  the  preterite,  anb  Mai.  3:  19.  cnT  Ps.  103:13, 
pn-i  Isa.  6  :  12,  \r;nx  Deut.  20  :  7,  7\^^  Gen.  24  :  1  {T\^^  rarely  occurs  ex- 
cept in  pause),  d^Q  Isa.  25:11,  and  more  rarely  still  in  the  imperative, 
an];?  Ezek.  37  :  17,  and  future  ^l^n^  Prov.  14:  10,  bxjni,  i^NSP-]  Dan.  1 :  8. 

2.  ^X'^,  which  has  Kamets  in  pause,  ^^^i  ^^S'^-  ^^^  most  commonly 
Tsere  before  suffixes.  Vi^!;^.TU ,  IS'ibxiT,  exliil)its  the  peculiar  forms,  cnbi<d 
1  Sam.  12:13,  : T-ribx^  1  Sara,  l':  20,  sin-^nbxa  Judg.  13:6,  ^n^r.5xu;n 
1  Sam.  1 :  28. 

3.  Kamets  Hhatuph  sometimes  remains  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal 
imperative  and  infinitive  with  suffixes  or  appended  n  ,  Dlinx  Hos.  9  :  10, 
r(^NJ  Ruth  3:  13,  nox;a  Am.  2:4.  nipXT:  (by  §61.  1)  Isa.  30:  12,  cpn^I^ 
Deut.  20  :  2  (the  alternate  form  being  ci^'nTs'  Josh.  22 :  16),  nsnn  Ex.  30 :"  18, 
njTinn  Ezek.  8:6.  and  sometimes  is  changed  to  Pattahh.  T^p?.,!  Isa.  57  :  13, 
1:^?^  Ezek.  20:27,  nbri^rj  Hos.  5  :  2.  ni^n  N  Deut.  10:15,  nix^  Jer.  31 :  12, 
or  with  simple  Sh'va  under  the  guttural,  T'l'^j;^  Ps.  68  :  8.  ISi'i  2  Chron. 
26:  19.  In  nirj  Num.  23:7,  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  lengthened  to  Hholera 
in  the  simple  .syllable.  Once  the  paragogic  imperative  takes  the  form 
nbxd  Isa.  7:  11,  comp.  •"inb'p,  nsriy   Dan.  9 :  19,  HNET  Ps.  41  :  5. 

4.  Hhirik  of  the  inflected  Kal  imperative  is  retained  before  "i,  ^n~iSi 
Josh.  9:6,  and  once  before  n.  Hrrni  Job  6:  22;  when  the  first  radical  is  X 
it  becomes  Seghol,  ^inx  Ps.  31  :  24.  "'ITIIN  Cant.  2-  15  ;  in  other  cases  it 
is  changed  to  Pattahh,  ""'p^T.  Isa.  14:31,  ^pi'T,  Judg.  10:  14. 

§  120.  1.  The  compound  Sh'va  after  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  (^.).  after 
Seghol  (  .).  in  other  cases  (.J.  as  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  examples 
already  adduced.  Exceptions  are  rare,  "'inx  Ruth  3:15,  "'"^ndri  Ezek. 
16:  33.  innxn':  y'tha'rehu  Isa.  44: 13. 

2.  The  letter  before  the  guttural  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  pIiS'^ 
Gen.  21:6;  in  ""Xiyx?  Ezek.  9:8,  this  leads  to  the  prolongation  of  the 
preceding  vowel  and  its  expression  by  the  vowel  letter  N,  §11.  1.  a.  This 
fatter  form,  though  without  an  exact  parallel,  is  thus  susceptible  of  ready 
explanation,  and  there  is  no  need  of  resorting  to  the  hypothesis  of  an  error 
in  the  text  or  a  confusion  of  two  distinct  readings,  "iNlUS  and  ^XCJS. 

3.  Resh  commonly  receives  simple  Sh'va,  though  it  has  compound  in 
some  forms  of  7)^3,  e.  g.  ^=":i3n  Num.  6  :  23,  ii-ia  Gen.  27:  27. 

§121.  1.  Upon  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the  second  radical 
the  previous  vowel  is  always  lengthened  before  "i,  almost  always  before 
N,  and  prevailingly  before  S,  but  rarely  before  M  or  H.  The  previous 
vowel  remains  short  in  nsa  to  terrify.  033  to  provoke, '^'S^  to  be  few,  "lyj 
to  shake,  and  pSS  to  cry.  It  is  sometimes  lengthened,  though  not  always, 
in  "fxa  to  make  'plain,  C)Ni  to  commit  adultery.  'j'ND  to  despise,  tXJ  to  re- 
ject, bxiu  to  ask ;  "i"3  to  consume,  "s'b  to  sweep  away  by  a  tempest.  -?Fi  to 
abhor ;  b?i3  to  affright,  riris  to  be  dim,  blij  to  lead.  It  is  also  lengthened 
in  Hiip  to  be  dull,  which  only  occurs  Eccl.  10:  10.     The  only  instances  of 


158  ETYMOLOGY.  ^122,123 

the  prolongation  of  the  vowel  before  n  are  cnb  Pi.  jnf  Judg.  5:  8.  inia  Pu. 
pret.  Ezek.  21:  18,  ^h^  Pu.  pret.Ps.36:  13,  ■'nxn":ir:n  Job  9:  30,  the  first  two 
of  which  may,  however,  be  regarded  as  nouns.  Daghesh-lbrte  is  retained 
and  the  vowel  consequently  remains  short  in  r/ns  EzcU.  16:4.  :  1i<~  Job 
33:21,  unless  the  point  in  the  latter  example  is  to  be  regarded  as  Mappik,  §26. 

2.  When  not  lengthened.  Hhirik  of  the  Piel  preterite  commonly  re- 
mains unaltered  before  the  guttural,  i^ns  Job  15:18.  irir^  Jer.  12:10, 
though  it  is  in  two  instances  changed  to  TSeghol,  l^nx  Judg.  5:  28,  "'irnin^ 
Ps.  51:7. 

3.  When  under  the  influence  of  a  pause  accent  the  guttural  receives 
Kamets,  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  converted  to  Seghol,  §63.  1.  a,  "'nrniri 
Ezek.  5:13,  cnpn*  Num.  23:  19,  mnt^n  Num.  8:7. 

§122.  I.  '|D?.]i  and  'ti^.'O  are  Piel  forms  with  the  third  radical  redupli- 
cated in  place  of  the  second;  "n^iHO  doubles  the  second  syllable  ;  and  1-H.M 
"2ri  Ho.«.  4  :  18,  is  by  the  ablest  Hebraists  regarded  as  one  word,  the  last 
two  radicals  being  reduplicated  together  with  the  personal  ending,  §92.  a. 

2.  ty:i  and  "^i'O  have  two  forms  of  the  Piel,  tjd  and  ir^ilJ,  ^SD  and 
"ISO,  §92.6.;  and  iryj  two  forms  of  the  Hithpacl,  iilrrsri,  lirr5r7  Jer. 
46:7.8;  'Y^'^^  Isa.  52:5.  follows  the  analogy  of  tlie  latter;  7X3^  Eccl. 
12:  5,  is  sometimes  derived  from  "j^XJ  to  despise,  as  if  it  were  for  yx?^  ; 
puch  a  form  would  however  be  unexampled.  The  vowels  show  it  to  be 
the  Hiphil  future  of  y^i  or  rather  ys^  In fnnrish  or  blossom,  the  X  being 
inserted  as  a  vowel  letter,  §11.  I.  a.  15Xji3  Isa.  59 :  3.  Lam.  4:14  is  a 
Niphal  formed  upon  the  basis  of  a  Pual,  §83.  c.  (2).  Ci-^'-in  Ezra  10:  16 
is  an  anomalous  infinitive  from  C'n'n ,  which  some  regard  as  Kal,  others 
as  Piel. 


Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§123.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a 
guttural  for  their  third  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiari- 
ties of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz.  : 

1.  The  vowel  preceding  the  third  radical  becomes  Pat- 
tahh in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  in  the  feminine 
plurals  of  the  future  and  imperative  Piel,  Hiphil,  and  Hith- 
pacl, nSc''. 

2.  Tsere  preceding  the  third  radical,  as  in  the  Piel  and 
Tlitlipael  and  in  some  forms  of  the  other  species,  may  either 
be  changed  to  Pattahh  or  retained  ;  in  the  latter  case  the 
guttural  takes  Pattahh-furtivc,  §  17,  after  the  long  heteroge- 
neous vowel,  e.  g.  n'iis^  or  nl?c^ . 


§124  LAMEDH  GUTTURAL  VERBS.  159 

3.  Hliirik  of  the  Hiphil  species,  Hholem  of  the  Kal  and 
Niphal  infinitives,  and  Shurek  of  the  Kal  passive  participle, 
suffer  no  change  before  the  final  guttural,  which  receives  a 
Pattahh-furtive,  n^'pcn  ,  n'':o  . 

4.  The  guttural  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  the  perfect 
verb  before  all  afformatives  beginning  wdih  a  consonant, 
though  compound  Sh'va  is  substituted  for  it  before  suffixes, 
which  are  less  closely  attached  to  the  verb,  rin^Ti? ,  ^nbTU  . 

5.  AVhen,  however,  a  personal  afforraative  consists  of  a 
single  vowelless  letter,  as  in  the  second  feminine  singular  of 
the  preterite,  the  guttural  receives  a  Pattahh-furtive  to  aid  in 
its  pronunciation  without  sundering  it  from  the  affixed  ter- 
mination, r^nS-ij . 

a.  Some  grammarians  regard  this  as  a  Palrahh  inserted  between  the 
guttural  and  the  final  vowelless  consonant  by  §61.  2,  and  accordingly  pro- 
nounce PinHid  shalahhnt  instead  of  shala''hht.  But  as  these  verbs  do 
not  suffer  even  a  compound  Sh'va  to  be  inserted  before  the  affixed  per- 
sonal termination,  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  a  full  vowel  would  be  ad- 
mitted. And  the  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  Tav  and  the  Sh'va  under  it 
show  that  the  preceding  vowel  sign  is  not  Pattahh  but  Pattahh-furtive, 
§  17.  a. 

6.  There  is  no  occasion  in  these  verbs  for  the  application 
of  the  rule  requiring  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the 
gutturals. 

§  124.  The  inflections  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs  may  be 
represented  by  nriij  to  send.  The  Pual  and  Hophal,  which 
agree  with  perfect  verbs  except  in  the  Pattahh-furtive  of  the 
second  feminine  preterite  and  of  the  absolute  infinitive,  are 
omitted  from  the  paradigm.  The  Hithpael  of  this  verb  does 
not  occur,  but  is  here  formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sib- 
ilant being  transposed  with  n  of  the  prefix,  according  to 
§82.5. 

a.  Instead  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  with  prefixed  n,  which 
does  not  happen  to  occur  in  any  verb  of  this  class,  the  alternate  form  with 
prefixed  3,  §91.  h,  is  given  in  the  paradigm,  n'^iUD  being  in  actual  use. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 


rniMIIL.  HITHPAEL. 


Peet,  3  w. 

-b'j: 

-      T 

8/. 

nnb'^ 

2  m. 

nnb'^ 

2/ 

:   —    T 

1  c. 

•    ;  "     r 

Plur.  3  c. 

^nb'iij 

2  m. 

Dnnb"^ 

2/ 

■n-biij 

1  c. 

^:nb't: 

nb'OpD 
nrib'i'D 

T  :     ;  • 

nrb'iJD 

T    ;  -     ;  • 

^nb'ij? 

Dn-b-iJD 

",rir;b'i3p 


nlbTD     n^bizjn     nVrjin 


Ml  1^  a; 

r    ; 
r    :  -     • 

Dn-buj 


rrbu;- 

T    ;  -     ;     • 

pi-brn 

Dri~b'^n 
■3^"b'^"n 


I II I i-i-\Ln 


riM^ri'tr'n 

T    ;  -     -     ;     • 

T-b'n-ypn 

cn-brr»rn 
"nhbri'i'n 


■IJi  i>)^»  t       -l.i  i^i^ia.1  I 


isFi^.Absoi.     nibiz:       rjBTrp        nsd    .  nb'ijn 
co«sir.      nb'jj      nb^sn        nVjj     n"bcjn 


*';' 


nir'n 


nbuj;^ 

nb'rri 

nbir'n 

•nbpn 

^^^^? 

^nb'^p: 
3/  HDnbcn 
2  m.  ^nb'^n 
2/   nanbirn 

T    :  "     :      • 

1  c.       nb'jj] 


Fpt.  3  TO, 

3/ 
2  m. 

2/ 
Ic. 
PZwr.  3  m. 


nb'^n 


T   ;  -    T    •  T    :  -     -   : 

r    :  -    T     •  T    :  -      -    ; 


"      T    V 

^nb'j^^ 


'-■bx'Fi 

^-'b:r: 

nrMb^'n 


<i 

"nbn-jfn 
nbrioJ!^ 

T  :  -    -     :    • 

^nbnirn 


Impeb.  2  m.  TOW 

2/  \bt 

Plur.  2  m.  ^flb'j; 

2/  n^nbTs 


nb'^ 


nbir 


-       T      • 

n:nbi2n     ruriw 


^!nbnu:n 

»   I.I 


Part.  Act.  nbiO 

Paw.      n^bifl 


nlb^a-j     n"5iD-j     nbriii^j 


nbu:3 


160 


§125,120     REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    GUTTURAL  VERBS.         ICl 


Remarks  on  Lamedii  Guttural  Verbs. 

§125.  1.  The  Kal  future  and  imperative  have  Pattahh  without  exception  ; 
in  one  instance  the  K'thibh  inserts  l .  mbox  Jer.  5 :  7,  where  the  K'ri  is 
~n^px  .  The  vowel  a  is  retained  before  suffixes,  remaining  short  in  nr:i3 
Arn.  9:1,  but  usually  lengthened  to  Kamets,  rj^irp?:;';!  2  Chron.  21:17, 
""lyr'::  Gen.  23:11.  In  the  paragogic  imperative  a  may  be  retained, 
nnyo ,  iirrd  Dan.  9:  19.  or  rejected,  and  Hhirik  given  to  the  first  radical, 
-nsriii  Job  32  :  10,  nnbd  Gen.  43  :  8.  Hhirik  appears  in  r,^z-Q  Gen.  25 :  31, 
but  verbs  whose  last  radical  is  i  commonly  take  Kamets  Hliatuph  like 
perfect  verbs  both  before  paragogic  n^,  and  suffixes,  "rrn^d  1  Chron. 
29  :  18,  cnrjD  Prov.  3:3. 

2.  The  Kal  infinitive  construct  mostly  has  o,  'S%zh  Jon.  2:1,  :  Jfi?^ 
Num.  17:28,  "ira  Isa.  54:9.  rarely  a,  r^',y  Isa.  58:9,  ri5  Num.  20:  3, 
TjniTTa  1  Sam.  15:  1.  With  a  feminine  ending,  the  fir.st  syllable  takes 
Kamets  Hhatuph,  f^f^~3  Zeph.  3:11;  so  sometimes  before  suffixes,  InST 
2  Sam.  15:12.  'V'O'C  Neh.  1:4.  cipyr^  Josh.  6:5,  but  more  commonly 
Hhirik.  Crpa  Am.'l  :  13,  i:i':3  Num.'  35:  19,  inrs  Neh.  8:5,  rarely  Pat- 
tahh, ^\'J^1  Ezek.  25:6.       " 

3.  Most  verbs  with  final  ^  haveHholem  in  the  Kal  future  and  impera- 
tive. But  such  as  have  middle  e  in  the  preterite  take  Pattahh,  §S2. 1.  a ; 
and  in  addition  the  following,  viz.:  ~i:x  to  shut,  ^lax  to  say.  ""nti  to /i  071011  r, 
^^n  to  grow  pale,  ^rj  to  shake,  ~iys'  to  be  rich,  '^n^  to  entreat,  "it:a  to  slip 
away,  'i:iQ  to  press,  ^z':i  to  drink  or  he  dninken.  The  following  have 
Pattahh  or  Hholem,  "iTa  to  decree,  "Ti?  to  vow,  "i:Jp3  fut.  0,  to  reap,  fut.  a, 
to  be  short. 

§  126.  1.  Tsere  is  almost  always  changed  to  Pattahh  before  the  guttnral 
in  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative;  but  it  is  re- 
tained and  Pattahh-furtive  given  to  the  guttural  in  pause,  and  in  t,he  in- 
finitive absolute  and  participle  which  partake  of  the  character  of  nouns 
and  prefer  lengthened  forms.  Thus,  Niphal :  infin.  constr..  "rirn  Eslh. 
2:8,  nran  Isa.  51  :  14,  future,  niir^  Ps.  9:19.  '.v^jr}"^  Job  17  :  3.' impera- 
tive, even  in  pause,  nixri.  Piel:  preterite,  n!ra  Lev.  14:8.  S;'75  2  Chron. 
34  :  4.  infin.  constr.,  r^3  Hab.  1:13.  r|3  Lam.  2  :  8,  future,  n^E^  Job  16:13, 
:ri?rn  2  Kin.  8:  12,  •,'l3'^5n  Deut.  7: 5."  imperative,  n^d  Ex.  4:23.  Hiphil  : 
apocopated  future,  ni:^;^  2  Kin.  18:30,  fut.  with  Vav  conversive,  yi^T] 
Judg.  4:23,  fem.  plur.,'  t^3"3n  Ps.  119:171,  imperative,  shin  Ps.  86:' 2, 
and  even  in  pause,  n^sn  1  Kin.  22 :  12.  Hithpael:  yli-rn  Prov.  17:14, 
^i-^:"^  Dan.  11:40,  fiinirn  Ps.  106:47;  this  species  sometimes  has 
Kamets  in  its  pausal  forms'  !i:"p2rn  Josh.  9:  13,  :r^2rn  Ps.  107  :  27.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  absolute  infinitives:  Piel.  nbd  Deut.  22 :  7,  Hiphil, 
ii25n  Isa.  7:11,  Hophal.  ri.^^n  Ezek.  16:4.  Participles:  Kal.  ri.2  Deut. 
23:52,  but  occasionally  in  the  construct  state  with  Pattahh,  rrib  P.s.  94:  9. 
yi-i  Isa.  51:15,  Sp-\  Isa.  42:5,  roa  Lev.  11:7,  Piel,  nat^  1  Kin.  3:*3, 
Hithpael,  yjinil^a  1  Sam.  21  :  15,  Tsere  is  retained  before  suffixes  of  the 
second  person  instead  of  being  either  changed  to  Pattahh  or  as  in  perfect 
11 


1G2  ETYMOLOGY.  '^1:27,128 

verbs  shortened  to  Seghol,  Pi.  inf.  const.  Tin|d  Deut.  15:  18,  fut.  ?jr!.|"rx 
Gen.  31  :  21.  There  is  one  instance  of  Pattahh  in  the  Hiphil  inf.  const., 
nsin  Job  6  :  26. 

2.  In  verbs  with  final  ^  Pattahh  takes  the  phice  of  Tsere  for  the  most 
part  in  the  Picl  preterite  (in  pause  Tsere),  and  frequently  in  the  Hithpael 
(in  pause  Kamets) ;  but  Tsere  (in  pause  Tsere  or  Pattahh,  §65. a)  is  com- 
monly retained  elsewhere,  lio  Ps.  76:4,  :i3u5  Ex.  9 :  25,  "I'^nrn  Prov. 
25  :  6,  ■';ixr?n  Ps.  93 :  1,  irs;;  Gen.  22  :  14,  -inx^  Gen.  10  :  19.  :  "ij^rn  Zeph. 
2  :  4.  Two  verbs  have  Seghol  in  the  Piel  preterite,  "li^  (in  pause,  "i^") 
and  -les. 

§  127.  1.  The  (Tuttiiral  almost  always  has  Patlahh-furtivc  in  the  second 
fern.  sing,  of  the  pretcriie,  nr7:C'  Ruth  2:8,  :nrro  Ezek.  16:28.  nrjn 
Esth.  4  :  14.  rinb^n  Ezek.  16:  4,  .scarcely  ever  simple  Sh'va.  Rnj??  1  Kin. 
14:3.  nn:a  Jer.  13:5,  and  never  Pattahh  (which  might  arise  from  the 
concurrence  of  consonants  at  the  end  of  a  word,  §61.2),  unless  in  rn)rb 
Gen.  30:  5,  and  '^riDb  Gen,  20: 16,  the  former  of  which  admits  of  ready 
explanation  as  a  construct  infinitive,  and  the  latter  may  be  a  Niphal  par- 
ticiple in  the  feminine  singular,  whether  it  be  understood  as  in  the  common 
English  version  "sAe  icas  reprored"  or  it  is  adjudged  (i.  e.  ']usl\y  due 
as  a  compensation)  to  thee  ;  the  latest  authorities,  however,  prefer  to 
render  it  lliou  art  judged,  i.  e.  justice  is  done  thee  by  this  indemnification. 
Pattahh  is  once  inserted  before  the  abbreviated  termination  of  the  feminine 
plural  imperative,  ')?^UJ  Gen.  4:  23  for  ^'^"sj^^.  . 

2.  The  guttural  takes  compound  instead  of  simple  Sh'va  before  suf- 
fixes, not  only  when  it  stands  ai  the  end  of  the  verb,  ^>.:^  Num.  24:  11, 
f|y2b7  Prov.  25 :  17,  but  also  in  the  first  plural  of  the  preterite,  r,5i:riru 
Ps.^44  :  18  (!i3n  =  d  ver.  21),  ctiisn^  Isa.  59  :  12,  W^b'^a  Ps.  35  :  25,  tiiis-jT'in 
2  Sam.  21:6,  finr'rTgd  Ps.  132:6;  i  retains  simple  Sh'va  before  all  per- 
sonal terminations  and  suffixes,  ri"iax  Judg.  4:20,  niniax  Mai.  1 :  7,  c=-;:3 
Josh.  4 :  23. 

3.  In  a  ^evj  exceptional  cases  the  letter  before  the  guttural  receives 
compound  Sh'va,  nybsN  Isa.  27  :  4,  "nnj^b  Gen.  2 :  23. 

§128.  The  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  once  has  the  feminine  ending  nl, 
r^-"T:rn  Ezek.  24:26;  nj-n^SPl  Ezek.  10:50  (or  ^jnasp]  perhaps  owes 
its  anomalous  form  to  its  being  assimilated  in  termination  to  the  following 
word,  which  is  a  Lamedh  He  verb.  In  np'iTJ  Am.  S  :  8  K'thibh  for  nr;rC3 
the  guttural  V  is  elided,  §53.  3. 


Pe  Nun  (fs)  Verbs. 

.     §129.  Nun,  as  tlic  first  radical  of  verbs,  has  two  peou- 
liarities,  viz. : 

1.  At  the  end  of  a  syhable  it  is  assimilated  to  the  fol- 


§130  PE    NUN    VERBS.  163 

lowing  consonant,  the  two  letters  being  writ-e  i  as  one,  and 
the  doubhng  indicated  by  Daghesh-forte.  This  occurs  in  the 
Kal  future,  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  end  in  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal  species  throughout ;  thus,  ty.-'  becomes  TIJ5.)^ , 
written  t^i^  so  ©53  for  r^:?,  tj-'in  for  ©-^srn.  In  the 
Hophal,  Kamets  Hhatuph  becomes  Kibbuts  before  the 
doubled  letter,  §  61.  5,  liJin  for  ty.n . 

2.  In  the  Kal  imperative  with  Pattahh  it  is  frequently 
dropped,  its  sound  being  easily  lost  from  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  when  it  is  without  a  vowel,  ^k  for  Toi? ,  §  53.  2.  A 
like  rejection  occurs  in  the  Kal  infinitive  construct  of  a  few 
verbs,  the  abbreviation  being  in  this  case  compensated  by 
adding  the  feminine  termination  ti ;  thus,  Ti'^i  for  r^iri  (by 
§  63.  2.  «),  the  primary  form  being  tJis . 

a.  In  the  Indo-European  languages  likewise,  n  is  frequently  conformed 
to  or  affected  by  a  following  consonant,  and  in  certain  circumstances  it  is 
liable  to  rejection,  e.  g.  iyypdcfxD,  c/x/3aXAaj,  o-varpicfiu). 

§  130.  1.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Nan  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  tJip  to  approach.  In  the  Plel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael, 
they  do  not  differ  from  perfect  verbs.  The  last  column  of 
the  paradigm  is  occupied  by  the  Kai  species  of  "Jt^J  to  give^ 
which  is  peculiar  in  assimilating  its  .ast  as  well  as  its  first 
radical,  and  in  having  Tsere  in  the  iriure. 

a.  The  Kal  of  11:53  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative, 
the  preterite  and  participle  being  supplied  by  the  Niphal,  which  has  sub- 
stantially the  same  sense:  the  missing  pans  are  in  the  paradigm  supplied 
from  analogy. 

6.  The  future  of  "jsnj  has  Pattahh  in  one  instance  before  Makkeph, 
"IfJ?  Judg.  16  :  5. 


Paradkim  of  r 

E  Nun  \ 

ERBS. 

KAL. 

NIPIIAL. 

mpniL. 

nOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Fret.  3  m. 

—  T 

^'33 

ir-sn 

'C3m 

)t)3 

3/ 

1  ta.'ru 

T  :  • 

T         '       • 

» iw^it 

2  m. 

T     ;  —  r 

n-rs: 

^T'^^^r* 

Piw  5" 

T     — T 

2/ 

n-jj2 

^'^'^. 

nwi>n 

T'Citn 

nn: 

1  c. 

•     :  -T 

^r-^'i: 

TtlTl 

"riw'in 

^nn: 

Plur.  3  c. 

;  IT 

vc>: 

vi^iiM 

•iwiin 

^;n: 

2  m. 

C3J;^'^^'3 

Dnw"s2 

DTi'din 

Driwrii^ 

nrr.: 

2/ 

"l^tl'? 

■ri'^'^; 

"iri"ii'itt7 

"itn'^r^rr 

•nr; 

le. 

:  — T 

nIw^Z 

I'wriri 

^c-iin 

—  T 

Infix.  Atmol. 

T 

T      • 

■C^ILI 

"|in: 

Constr. 

T'CS 

■•T      • 

nn 

FuT.  3  »i. 

t.V 

li-r 

"cr 

1^" 

3/. 

^jn 

■c:.rn 

"T      • 

"*r"i<n 

"CSSTI 

"p]r^ 

2  TO. 

TTsri 

"T      • 

■csn 

■r,n 

2/. 

^icsn 

^ir":cn 

^"c-in 

^•i:":in 

'ir^ii 

Ic. 

'JJ3.^ 

"T    V 

■C'iiS^ 

"CiiJ^ 

"(PIX 

P?Mr.  3  TO. 

siirr 

;  IT  • 

^'C'll 

vcr.:' 

^:n" 

3/ 

Mripin 

Mr^'irn 

^3"^'^^ 

1  ).u.^iyi 

(nrnn) 

2  TO. 

vi-sn 

vc."n 

vc"n 

vj:"3n 

^:nn 

2/ 

MlwySTl 

rii'crtin 

t^r^'r)^ 

ni'iT  3ri 

(^^ni?) 

1  c. 

■C35 

••T  • 

"C"33 

n 

ImPER.  2  TO. 

ri 

"Cjin 

"c^ri 

"j^ 

2/. 

-ia 

"b':.:n 

^T'Slj 

wanting 

^fpi 

Plur.  2  7». 

VvTr* 

vr:i-n 

vr-n 

SIDD 

2/ 

T    :  — 

n"^r!^r5 

1 1''^^«  1 

1 

(^?^) 

Part.  Act. 

'^'■i? 

*>r*it"^ 

l^'= 

Pass. 

T 

T    • 

T     \ 

■j^nD 

IG-i 


§131,132  REMARKS    ON    PE    NUN    VERBS.  165 


Remarks  on  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

§  131.  1.  If  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural  or  a  vowel  letter,  Nun  be- 
comes strong  by  contrast  and  is  not  liable  to  rejection  or  assimilation, 
bri?  Num.  34:  18,  JriJ  2  Kin.  4:24,  ^ihrt  Gen.  24:48,  iiniix  Ex.  15:2. 
It  is,  however,  always  assimilated  in  nti:  the  Niphal  preterite  of  cns  to 
repent,  and  occasionally  in  rn:  to  descend,  e.  g.  rn;^  Jer.  21 :  13,  nn:n 
Prov.  17:  10,  inns  Ps.  38:  3  bat  pn:n  ibid.,  rnin  Joel  4:  11. 

2.  Before  other  consonants  the  rule  for  assimilation  is  observed  with 
rare  exceptions,  viz. :  ;  >lJry2n  Isa.  58  :  3,  Ti^rn  Ps.  G8  :  3,  ^112?'^  Jer.  3  :  5, 
mssii  Deut.  33:  9  (and  occasionally  elsewhere),  -ni^:^  Job  40  :  24.  i^iEpj^ 
Isa.' 29:  1,  rpri:^]  Ezek.  22:  20,  bcrb  (|br  -2:?:^)  Num.  5:22,  ?i^^r3  (for 
?",n^:r]3  with  Daghesh-forte  separative,  §24.  5)  Isa.  33:  1,  >ipri:n  Judg. 
20^:31.' 

3.  Nun  is  commonly  rejected  from  the  Kal  imperative  with  a,  Tl'a 
2  Sam.  1 :  15  (once  before  Makkeph,  "CS  Gen.  19:  9,  in  plural  viJJ  I  Kin. 
18:30  and  rra  Josh.  3:9),  "brJ  Ex.  3:5,  rj  Job  1  :  11,  irp  Deui.  2:24, 
ins  Ezek.  37 :  9,  "n;rr  ■)  Gen.  27 :  20,  though  it  is  occasionally  retained, 
sirUD  2  Kin.  19:29,  NC2  Ps.  10:  12,  or  by  a  variant  orthography,  n03  Ps. 
4:  7  but  always  elsewhere  N'i  .  In  imperatives  with  o,  and  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  which  have  e  in  the  imperative.  Nun  is  invariably  retained.  'C'ii'i 
Prov.  17:  14,  ^iS3  Ps.  24;  14,  rp:  Num.  31:2,  yn?  Ps.  58:7,  nip:  Gen. 
30:27,  na3  Ex.  8:  1. 

4.  The  rejection  of  Nun  from  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  occurs  in  but 
few  verbs;  viz.:  ry:5  (with  suffix,  iFi'ra)  from  isaj,  nns  from  HDj,  r?a 
(twice)  and  533  from  ra3 ,  rra  (once)  and  ^h}  from  r-jj ,  Nirj  has  rX"^ 
(by  §60.  3.  c),  with  the  preposition  b ,  nxirb  by  §57.  2.  (3),  once  r\b 
(§53.  3)  Job  41 :  17,  once  without  the  feminine  ending,  Nvi  Ps.  89:  10,  and 
twice  n'C3  ;  'Pj  has  commonly  rn  (for  r:Pi),  with  suffixes  ■'nn,  but  "jhs 
Num.  20:21,  and  ",r3  Gen.  38:9. 

5.  The  absolute  infinitive  Niphal  appears  in  the  three  forms  'p\^  Jer. 
32  :  4,  r|^3rj  Ps.  68 :  3,  and  rjiaj  Judg.  20  :  39.    . 

6.  The  H  of  the  prefix  in  the  Hithpael  species  is  in  a  few  instances 
assimilated  to  the  first  radical,  §82.  5.  a,  '^npnsri  Ezek.  5:13,  "'nxisn 
Ezek.  37:  10,  Jer.  23:  13,  Nii;|n  Num.  24  :  7,  Dan.''ll:  14,  !  f  NSri  Isa.  52:  5. 

§132.  1.  The  last  radical  of  '!n3  is  assimilated  in  the  Niphal  ae  well  as 
in  the  Kal  species,  Cirns  Lev.  26:25.  The  final  Nun  of  other  verbs  re- 
mains without  assimilation,  t^3s:i ,  FiSDir,  npiia.  In  2  Sam.  22:41  Prn  is 
for  nnnj  which  is  found  in  the  parallel  passage  Ps.  18:41.  'Pin  1  Kin. 
6:  19,  17  :  14  K'thibh,  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Ewald,  the  Kal  con- 
struct infinitive  without  the  feminine  ending  ("n)  prolonged  by  reduplica- 
tion, which  is  the  case  with  some  other  short  words,  e.  g.  i"s^  from  "I'O. 
•^n'^'O  for  ■''O  ;  others  regard  it  as  the  infinitive  PP  with  the  3  fern.  plur.  sufTix 
or  with  "(  paragogic ;  Gesenius  takes  it  to  be,  as  always  elsewhere   iliu 


lOG  ETYMOLOGY.  §133,134. 

2  masc.  eing.  of  the  Kal  future,  nin  Ps.  8:2,  is  the  Kal  infin.,  comp. 
nnn  Gen.  46:  3,  not  the  3  fem.  sing.  pret.  for  nsr:  (Nordiieimer).  nor  the 
imperative  with  paragogicJi^,  as  nin  is  always  to  be  explained  elsewhere. 

2.  The  peculiarities  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  are  shared  by  rj^5  lo  take,  whose 
first  railical  is  assimilated  or  rejected  in  the  same  manner  as  3.  Kal  inf. 
const,  rnp  (with  j)rep.  b,  rnirb,  lo  be  distinguished  liom  Pri^b  2  fern, 
sing.  pret.).  once  "rnp^  (by  §6(1.  3.  r)  2  Kin.  12:9,  with  snltixes  "'Pn;?, 
Alt.  nf?-;.  imper.  Pp,  ^n-p  rarely  n;?b,  "'npb,  Hoph.  fut.  Ti?"' ,  but  Niph. 
pret.  n;5'53.  In  Hos.  11:3  cnf3  is  the  masculine  infinitive  with  the  suffi.K 
for  cnnj?  ;  the  same  form  occurs  without  a  suffix,  np^  Ezek.  17:5,  or  this 
may  be  explained  with  Gesenius  as  a  preterite  for  n;rb  . 

3.  In  Isa.  64 :  5  b^il  has  the  form  of  a  Hiphil  future  from  bb's.  but  the 
eense  shows  it  to  be  from  bnj  for  bsri.  Daghesh-forte  being  omitted  and 
the  previous  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  §59.  a. 


Ayin  Doubled  {W)  Verbs. 

§133.  The  imperfect  verbs,  thus  far  considerecl,  differ'' 
from  tlie  perfect  verbs  either  in  the  vowels  alone  or  in  the 
consonants  alone ;  those  which  follow,  differ  in  butli  vowels 
and  consonants,  §107,  and  conscqnently  depart  much  more 
seriously  from  the  standard  paradigm.  The  widest  diver- 
gence of  all  is  fonnd  in  the  Ayin  doubled  and  Ayin  Vav 
verbs,  in  both  of  which  the  root  gives  up  its  dissyllabic 
character  and  is  converted  into  a  monosyllable ;  a  common 
feature,  which  gives  rise  to  many  striking  resemblances  and 
even  to  an  occasional  interchange  of  forms. 

§134.  1.  In  explaining  the  hificctions  peculiar  to  Ayin 
doubled  verbs,  it  will  be  most  convenient  to  separate  the  in- 
tensi\e  sj)ecies  Piel  and  Pual  with  their  derivatixe  the  Hith- 
pacl  from  the  other  four.  That  which  gives  rise  to  all  their 
peculiar  forms  in  the  Kal,  Niphal,  Hiphil,  and  llophal 
species,  is  the  disposition  to  avoid  the  repetition  of  the  same 
sound  by  uniting  the  two  similar  radicals  and  giving  the  in- 
tervening vowel  to  the  previous  letter,  thus,  io  for  3?9> 
::6for  nno§G1.3. 

2.  In  the  Kal  species  this  contraction  is  optional  in  the 
preterite;  it  is  rare  in  the  infinitive  absolute  though  usual  in 


§135  AYIN  DOUBLED  VERBS.  167 

the  construct,  and  it  never  occurs  in  the  participles.  With 
these  exceptions,  it  is  universal  in  the  species  already  named, 
§135.  This  contraction  produces  certain  changes  both  in 
the  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back,  and  in  that  of  the  preced- 
ing syllable. 

1.  When  the  first  radical  has  a  vowel  (pretonic  Kamets, 
§  82. 1),  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  absolute,  and 
in  the  Niphal  infinitive,  future  and  imperative,  this  is  simply 
displaced  by  the  vowel  thrown  back  from  the  second  radical, 
thus  nio ,  no ,  niio ,  2b ;  nn^sn ,  niDn ;  nnsn ,  nsn . 

2.  When  the  first  radical  ends  a  mixed  syllable  as  in  the 
Kal  future,  the  Niphal  preterite,  and  throughout  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal,  this  will  be  converted  into  a  simple  syllable  by 
the  shifting  of  the  vowel  from  the  second  radical  to  the  first, 
whence  arise  the  following  mutations  : 

In  the  Kal  future  229;^  becomes  261  with  ^  in  a  simple 
syllable,  contrary  to  §18.2.  This  may,  howxver,  be  con- 
verted into  a  mixed  syllable  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte,  and 
the  short  vowel  be  retained,  thus  25;! ;  or  the  syllable  may 
remain  simple  and  the  vowel  be  lengthened  from  Hliirik  to 
Tsere,  §59,  thus,  in  verbs  fut.  a,  "I'a.'i  for  *iVT:  \  or  as  the 
Hliirik  of  this  tense  is  not  an  original  vowel  but  has  arisen 
from  Sh'va,  §85.2.«(l),it  may  be  neglected  and  a,  the  simplest 
of  the  long  vowels,  given  to  the  preforraative,  which  is  the 
most  common  expedient,  thus  26;: .  The  three  possible 
forms  of  this  tense  are  consequently  2d;;'  ,  2©;'  and  '^"k'^, . 

In  the  Niphal  preterite  22cd  becomes  by  contraction  26; . 
In  a  few  verbs  beginning  with  n  the  short  vowel  is  retained 
in  an  intermediate  syllable,  thus  in?  for  inn;  -,  in  other  cases 
Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  inD  for  linD ,  or  as  the  Hhirik 
is  not  essential  to  the  form  but  has  arisen  from  Sh'va, 
§  82.  2,  it  is  more  frequently  neglected,  and  Kamets,  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels,  substituted  in  .its  place,  thus  203 . 
The  forms  of  this  tense  are,  therefore,  265 ,  "jn? ,  nnp . 

In  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species  the  vowels  of  the  pre- 


1G3  ETYMOLOGY.  ^ 13G 

fixed  n  arc  characteristic  and  essential.  Tliey  must,  there- 
fore, either  be  retained  by  inserting  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical,  or  be  simply  lengthened ;  no  other  vowel  can  be  sub- 
stituted for  them,  ncn  for  ^^ion ,  2e:  or  26-^  for  n^io] ,  nsn 
(Kibbuts  before  the  doubled  letter  by  §01.  5)  or  so'in  for 
lion . 

3.  The  vowel,  which  is  tlu-own  back  from  the  second  radi- 
cal to  the  first,  stands  no  longer  before  a  single  consonant,  but 
before  one  which,  though  single  in  appearance,  is  in  reality 
equivalent  to  two.  It  is  consequently  subjected  to  the  com- 
pression which  affects  vowels  so  situated,  §61.  4.  Thus,  in 
the  Niphal  future  and  imperative  Tsere  is  compressed  to 
Pattahh,  sdo;',  26^ ;  nncn,  nsn  (comp.  ^p,  P'r^P)  though  it 
remains  in  the  infinitive  which,  partaking  of  the  character  of 
a  noun,  ])rcfers  longer  forms.  So  in  the  liiphil  long  Hhirik 
is  compressed  to  Tsere,  ^^^icn,  son  (comp.  ^"^ip;),  n:bi:ppi). 

§13G.  Although  the  letter,  into  w^liich  the  second  and 
third  radicals  have  been  contracted,  represents  two  con- 
sonants, the  doubling  cannot  be  made  to  appear  at  the  end 
of  the  word.     But 

1 .  \\1ien  in  the  course  of  inflection  a  vowel  is  added,  the 
letter  receives  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  preceding  vowel,  even 
where  it  would  be  drop])ed  in  perfect  verbs,  is  retained  to 
make  the  doubling  possible,  and  hence  preserves  its  accent, 
§33.1,  n3D,  ^zz:. 

2.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  personal  ending  which  begins 
with  a  consonant,  the  utterance  of  the  doubled  letter  is  aided 
by  inserting  one  of  the  di])hthongal  vowels,  o  (i)  in  the 
preterite,  and  e  ( ■>..)  in  the  future.  By  the  dissyllabic  append- 
age thus  formed  the  accent  is  carried  forward,  §  3.2,  and 
the  previous  part  of  the  word  is  shortened  in  consequence 
as  much  as  possible,  sen,  ri'icn;  nb;',  "•■•^cn . 

3.  Wlien  by  the  o])eration  of  the  rules  already  given, 
§135.  2,  the  first  radical  has  been  doubled,  the  reduplica- 
tion of  the  last    radical  is  frequently  omitted  in  order  to 


§137,138  AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  169 

relieve  the  word  of  too  many  doubled  letters.  In  this  case 
the  retention  of  the  vowel  before  the  last  radical,  contrary  to 
the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs,  and  the  insertion  of  a  vowel 
after  it,  are  alike  unnecessary,  and  the  accent  takes  its  accus- 
tomed position,  '^D'? ,  !"'?3Bri . 

§137.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Ilithpael  sometimes  preserve 
the  regular  form,  as  bjiT) ,  b'jn ,  bjnnn  .  The  triple  repetition 
of  the  same  letter  thus  caused  is  in  a  few  instances  avoided, 
however,  by  reduplicating  the  contracted  root  with  appro- 
priate vowels,  as  tjCDO ,  'J^'ppnn .  Or  more  commonly,  the 
reduplication  is  given  up  and  the  idea  of  intensity  conveyed 
by  the  simple  prolongation  of  the  root,  tlie  long  vowel 
Hliolem  being  inserted  after  the  first  radical  for  this  purpose, 
as  sdiD ,  bSiinn . 

§  138.  In  the  following  paradigm  the  inflections  of  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  are  shown  by  the  example  of  nno  to  surround. 
The  Pual  is  omitted,  as  this  species  almost  invariably  follows 
the  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb ;  certain  persons  of  the 
Hoplial,  of  which  there  is  no  example,  are  likewise  omitted. 
An  instance  of  Piel,  with  the  radical  syUable  reduplicated,  is 
given  in  tfODO  to  excite. 

a.  The  Hithpael  of  ;^0  does  not  actually  occur  ;  but  it  is  in  the  para- 
digm formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sibilant  being  transposed  with  the  n 
of  the  prefix,  agreeably  to  §82.  5. 

h.  In  his  Manual  Lexicon,  Gesenius  gives  to  T|t3=p  the  meaning  to 
arm,  but  the  best  authorities  prefer  the  definition  subsequently  introduced 
by  him  into  his  Thesaurus,  to  excite. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

KAL. 

NIPUAL. 

PIEL. 

Pret.  3  m. 

—   T 

-? 

1C3 

— T 

1110 

3/ 

niio 

ft    »^W 

T    — 

T  — r 

niiio 

T  ;     1 

2  m. 

(^^^v) 

T               — 

nine] 

T         — ; 

niiio 

T    ;  — 

2/ 

(^T^V) 

niio 

niicp 

rii^^'s 

Ic. 

'^'7^9 

^niio 

^niziDp 

^niiio 

Plur.  3  c. 

;  IT 

^no 

—  T 

lii-o 

2  171. 

(cf)???) 

cnino 

cj;}"^'^?? 

criii-io 

2/ 

(1!?~?) 

itli-? 

1^'-?? 

■pii'o 

1  c. 

;  —  T 

^:iio 

^:inc: 

121110 

IXFIN.  .'IfooZ. 

T 

.1 

-0 

liin 

liio 

C07hst)'. 

.1 

--9 

.1 

10 

-^" 

liio 

FuT.  3  »i. 

T 

n&i 

-^! 

-ii^l 

3/ 

nin 

T 

I'in 

i^n 

liicn 

2  TO. 

ncn 

T 

.1 

isn 

-I'^in 

2/ 

T 

-icn 

^isn 

"ii-^bn 

•    :      1    : 

1  c. 

T 

-^ 

-^^ 

Ir"^^ 

PZ«r.  3  7)1. 

T 

•'-9: 

iins: 

liiio^ 

3/. 

i^r^9^ 

T    ;          • 

n^iiuri 

ririnon 

T    ;    •■           : 

2  «i. 

^isn 

^ZtV) 

izi-cn 

2/. 

T    ; 

T    ;  —    • 

r::ii"cn 

1  c. 

nD5 

T 

ns? 

ns3 

~i^^} 

Imper.  2  «i. 

rb 

-^n 

liio 

2/ 

"no 

.^'.' 

'—'? 

PZ«r.  2  «!. 

^SD 

^nsr; 

idi^o 

2/ 

T         V    ■.. 

nrisn 

T    ;    •• 

Part.  Act. 

-r^ 

lilc'J 

Pass. 

r 

1C3 

^                   TT 

170 


Doubled 

Verbs. 

HIPUIL. 

HOPHAL.    " 

HITHPAEL. 

PIEL. 

—Cm 

ncn 

uiircr; 

t]D::o 

s^^in 

T   — 

j-jinincn 

T   :       1    :    • 

T  :  :   • 

nincn 

nniiFiCn 

T  :  —  :   • 

nincri 

nnzincn 

n::c50 

^n^scn 

^n^iincn 

TCC5D 

^^cri 

sQo^n 

:      1   :    • 

^i:£5D 

cnincn 

dnnnincn 

on^cio 

it^'^^M 

innnipcn 

'^^??P 

^:^ncq 

^ijiirpr; 

^;x5p 

nt- 

T]6?3 

-^n 

siin;?ri 

T]D5p 

-^: 

nc^^ 

^=i^'p?: 

'^P?^t 

^cn 

no^n 

niincn 

^^??^ 

ncn 

nc^n 

niinDn 

^^T^^ 

^^cn 

^ic^n 

^inipcn 

•    :       1   :    • 

'5?r?J^ 

:^c^ 

nc^.s 

^i'iriP^ 

t|c::py| 

^:^c: 

^ncv 

:       1    :  • 

^iCyC^ 

nricn 

niniincn 

nrscscn 

^^cn 

^:nc^n 

iiinipcn 

^icpcn 

^r^^n 

r;:niincn 

n:::c3Dn 

^t= 

nc^5 

^;^^i^P? 

^^T?? 

-?0 

niipcri 

=1?95 

^^io 

wautrng 

•    :       1    :     • 

'Pv?C 

^^?o 

^nnircn 

^ippo 

j^r^^q 

njniinpn 

^t'^t? 

^?"^ 

T 

nninc-j 

=1^??? 

171 


172  ETYMOLOGY.  §139,140 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Doubled  Verbs. 

§  139.  1.  The  uncontractod  and  the  contracted  forms  of  the  Kal  preter- 
ite are  used  with  perliaps  equal  frequency  in  the  third  person;'  the  Ibrmer 
is  rare  in  the  first  i)orson,  "'n'crj  Zech.  8:  U.  15,  i:n3  Deut.  2:35.  and 
there  are  no  examples  ol' it  in  the  second;  I3"i  Gen.  ■19:23  and  lai  Job 
24  :  24  are  preterites  with  Hiioleni,  §82.  1.  In  Ps.  1 18:11,  "^jn^^D-ca  ■'riSO 
the  uncontracted  is  added  to  the  contracted  form  for  the  sake  of  greater 
emphasis.  Compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  used  witii  these  verhs  instead 
of  simple  to  make  its  vocal  character  more  distinct,  §16.  1.  6,  1535  Gen. 
29  :  3,  8,  !|^bs  Ex.  15  :  10,  r^^'^k^  isa.  64:  10,  ■'333  Gen.  9  :  14,  12=pn"  Num. 
23:25. 

2.  The  following  are  examples  of  the  contracted  infinitive  absolute, 
Sp  Num.  23:25,  biiJ  Ruth  2:16,  lie  Isa.  24:19,  nrH  (with  a  para- 
gogic  termination)  ibid.;  of  the  uncontracted,  liix,  1133,  'isn ,  C|'E^ , 
Vths,  nins,  ni'iO;  of  the  infinitive  construct,  tu  and  Ta,  330  and  30 , 
D0"3,  'iT.y ,  tin,  cri .  once  with  U  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  i!13  Ec.cles.  9:  1, 
and  occasionally  with  a,  "T]  Isa.  45:  1,  T]'J  Jer.  5:  20,  ens  (with  3  plur. 
6uf)  Eccl.  3  :  18,  0333^  Isa.  30:  18  (njjn  Ps.  102  :  14);  c^nb  Isa.  17  :  14, 
tliough  sometimes  explained  as  the  noun  crb  with  the  suffix  their  bread, 
is  tlie  infinitive  of  CT2ti  to  grow  warm;  Dvrs  Gen.  6  :  3  Eng.  ver.  for  that 
also,  as  if  compounded  of  the  prep.  3,  the  abbreviated  relative  and  C3,  is 
by  the  latest  authorities  regarded  as  the  infinitive  of  aai;3  in  their  erring ; 
iln  Job  29:3  has  Hhirik  before  the  suffix.  The  feminine  termination  ri 
is  appended  to  the  following  infinitives,  niin  Ps.  77  :  10,  Job  19:  17,  m'fed 
Ezek.  36  :  3.  t)21  Ps.  17  :  3.  The  imperative,  which  is  always  contracted, 
has  mostly  Hholem.  3b.  ni^  and  ct  but  sometimes  Pattahh.  hi  Ps.  119:22 
(elsewhere  bj),  n:3  Ps.  80  :  16.  Fiirst  regards  rn  as  a  contracted  par- 
ticiple from  nnn  .  analagous  to  the  Ayin  Vav  form  cj? . 

3.  The  following  uncontracted  forms  occur  in  the  Kal  future.  '|3ti^  Am. 
5:15,  Tii7  and  lin  from  inj ;  in  the  Niphal,  33|7  Job  11:12;  Hiphil, 
cirn  ]\Iic.  6:  13,  0-'h-::-q  Ezek.  3  :  15,  "'rnnni  Jer.  49  :  37,  and  constantly 
in  "jin  and  bi^  ;  Hophal,  *i^^  Job  20:8  Irom  Tnj .  In  a  few  instances 
the  repetition  of  the  same  letter  is  avoided  by  the  substitution  of  N  for 
the  second  radical,  floxa^  =  iiopB';'  Ps.  58:8  and  perhaps  also  Job  7:5, 
n^x^^:  =  -\nln^i3  Ezek.  28 :  24.  LeV.  13:51,  52.  -]^Cxr  =  r|"'DDiy  Jer.  30:  16 
K'thiMi.  Comp.  in  Syriac  woj?  part,  of  w£> .  According  to  the  Rabbins 
:ixt3  =  !in3  Isa.  IS  :  2,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

§110.  1.  Examples  of  different  forms  of  the  Kal  fiiture  :  (1)  With 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  C^"^ ,  nsx,  35%  np^,  cii--;!,  c'n^ ;  or 
with  a  as  the  second  vowel,  hys"^ ,  "lai,  i'l^ri?.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
personal  prefix,  crt;; ,  nn;j,  i^"^,  T^"^"*, .  bpn,  isn"; .  e  being  once  written 
by  means  of  the  vowel  letter  "^ .  cn^'X .  (3)  With  Kamets  under  the 
personal  prefix,  "jn^,  3D^,  t5^,  "is^ ,  p"i^,  sn^,  H^'^  >  ^^'^  occurs  once 
with  fut.  a,  in"'    Prov.  27: 17.     With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 


^  140  REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  175 

back  to  the  simple  penult  syllable  in  this  form  of  the  future,  and  Hholem 
is  consequently  shortened,  §64.  1,  T5^,  Ta^l,  '^'R] ,  ^Ot-j  "I'^t- •  There 
are  a  few  examples  of  u  in  the  i'uture  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  'y\'~\'^^  Prov. 
29:6,  7^n;  Isa.  4^:4,  Eccles.  12:6,  onn  Ezek.  24:  11  and  perhaps  is;; 
Gen.  49 :  19,  Hab.  3:  16,  IliB;;'  Ps.  91 :  6,'though  Gesenius  assumes  the  ex- 
istence of  l^a  and  "l^lia  as  distinct  roots  from  "lij  and  TniU  . 

2.  The  Niphal  preterite  and  participle:  (l)  With  Hhirik  under  the 
prefi.xed  3.  nin^?  Job  20  :  28,  bns ,  nn: ,  nri?.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
prefix,  ^T\}p_z  Jer.  22:23,  ciVn;  Mai.  3:9,  D^ans  Isa.  57:5.  (3)  With 
Kamets  under  the  prefix,  -03,  bpj ,  "inj,  ^ij ;  sometimes  the  repetition 
of  like  vowels  in  successive  syllables  is  avoided  by  exchanging  a  of  the 
last  syllable  for  Tsere.  bf:3  and  bj^S,  oij  and  O^D ,  11303  Ezek.  26:2, 
or  for  Hholem  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  1-133,  j'Sj  Eccl.  12:6,  5|.t33  Am. 
3:11,  sitiaj  Nah.  1 :  12,  !l^53  Isa.  34  :  4. 

3.  The  Niphal  future  preserves  the  Tsere  of  perfect  verbs  in  one  ex- 
ample, bnn  Lev.  21  :  9,  but  mostly  compresses  it  to  Pattahh.  bi";,  b^';',  n-t^, 
^'3'?)  "('??•  ^hl  1  '^^?,  5|2!>l:;  like  the  preterite  it  sometimes  has  Hholem, 
Ti3ri  Isa.  24  :  3,  p'3n  ibid.  If  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  and  incapable 
of  receiving  Daghesh,  the  preceding  Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  in;i, 
inst ,  eft;; ,  yrn ,  '^'d\2 .  The  Kal  and  Niphal  futures,  it  will  be  perceived, 
coincide  in  some  of  their  forms  ;  and  as  the  signification  of  these  species 
is  not  always  clearly  distinguishable  in  intransitive  verbs,  it  is  often  a 
matter  of  doubt  or  of  indifTerence  to  which  a  given  form  should  be  referred. 
Thus,  b'n'; .  T|53';i,  t^^"]  are  in  the  Niphal  according  to  Gesenius,  while 
Ewald  makes  them  to  be  Kal,  and  Fiirst  the  first  two  Niphal  and  the 
third  Kal. 

4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  absolute:  fisn  Isa.  24:3,  pi3n  ibid.,  or  with 
Tsere  in  the  last  syllable,  Osn  2  Sam.  17:10.  The  infinitive  construct: 
oin  Ps.  68  :  3,  bnn  Ezek.  20 :  9,  and  once  with  Pattahh  belbre  a  suffix, 
iSnn  Lev.  21  :4.     The  imperative:   insn  Isa.  52:  11,  iiann  Num.  17:  10. 

5.  In  the  Hiphil  preterite  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  is  compressed 
to  Tsere,  30n ,  nsn  (in  pause  "lEr) ,  so  nsirn .  jiinrri).  or  even  to  Pat- 
tahh, pnn ,  bpr) ,  nnn ,  nin ,  rj^n",  ynn ,  nun ,  ^lO^an',  !i3on  .  Both  infini- 
tives have  Tsere,  thus  the  absolute  :  'P')t\  ,  ^in  ,  nEn  ,  -i£n  ,  bnn  ;  the 
construct:  "lin,  TiOn ,  ^sfi  (I'^sn  Zech.  11:10),  "lin ,  bpn,  onn,  in 
pause  !"i3n.  py}.  with  a  final  guttural,  r"']n,  5"in.  The  imperative: 
non ,  icn ,  bpn ,  inn ,  rrn ;  !i5arn  Job  21 :  5  is  a  Hiphil  and  not  a  Hophal 
form  as  stated  by  Gesenius,  the  first  vowel  being  Kamets  and  not  Kamets 
Hhatuph.  Futures  with  a  short  vowel  before  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical:  :o'^ ,  Bn'^ ,  'nkn,  sins';;;  with  a  long  vowel,  'j^,  TTii'; ,  "^l^,  ht}^ 
or  ^n!I)  ^D^j  ^"^f?  and  S^^,  T(On ,  "j^xr^  (e  expressed  by  the  vowel  letter 
iS,  §11.  \.  a)  Eccles.  12:5.  When  in  this  latter  class  of  futures  the 
accent  is  removed  from  the  ultimate,  whether  by  Vav  Conversive  or  any 
other  cause,  Tsere  is  shortened  to  Seghol,  bJ^i ,  p"i^^,  "i2^V  i"]'^;j,  TiO'^, 
bnn,  and  in  one  instance  to  Hhirik,  y'^W  Judg.  9:53  (7"!PiT  would  be 
from  yil)  before  a  guttural  it  becomes  Pattahh,  S";;^^,  'in'i,  "i^V  Par- 
ticiples: 30a,  ^^^,  bna,  bs^  Ezek.  31:3,  Sn^  Prov.  17:4.     In  a  very 


174  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  141 

few  instances  the  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  retaijiied  in  the  last 
syllable  of  this  species  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs.  T(^p52  Judg.  3 :  34,  cit^  Jer. 
49  :  20,  B-^tsi  Num.  21 :  30. 

6.  Hophal  preterites:  bmn.  rrnmn  ,  ^ian  ;  futures:  ci'li . -ix!i"i ,  jyj^-', 
'•n^.  lEH.  lil"^"',  SB^"',  nS"*,  TiO"*;  participles:  TE^i^a ,  *i:r  or  in  somd 
copies  li'S  2  Sam.  23  :  6 ;  inlinitive  with  suffix,  nrTl'n  Lev.  2G :  34,  with 
prep.,  n^dna  ver.  43. 

§141.  1.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  vowel  affix  and  the  consequent  inser- 
tion of  Dagliesh-forte  in  the  last  radical,  the  preceding  vowel  and  the 
position  ol" the  accent  continue  unchanged,  ^131.  ^i-'b?,  "^I'-rJ  (distinguished 
from  the  fern.  part,  rria'^:),  ^ibn^ ;  if  the  last  radical  does  not  admit 
Daghesh-forte  a  preceding  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  short  before  n, 
but  it  is  lengtliened  to  Kamets  before  other  gutturals,  nns.  siyni  (100.  2), 
Jinan,  nn6  and  ^iniu.  When  the  first  radical  is  doubled.  Daghesh  is 
omitted  from  the  last  in  the  Kal  fut.  6.  I^^V  ^"^i?"?,  ''^P?,  and  occasionally 
elsewhere  ins^  Hi.  fut.  ^lian  Ho.  pret.  Other  cases  are  exceptional, 
whether  of  the  shifting  of  the  accent,  ^isn  Ps.  3 : 2.  ^'Sn  Ps.  55:22,  ^'ip 
Jer.  4  :  13,  and  consequent  shortening  of  the  vowel.  "^Tr.  Jer.  7  :  29  lor  •'p , 
1S-1,  ^31  for  "isn,  ^li"! ,  iTliy  Jer.  49:28  (with  the  letter  repeated  instead 
of  being  simply  doubled  by  Daghesh,  so  likewise  in  c'l'iC'^  Jer.  5 : 6,  ""-r]^ 
Ps.  9:  14),  for  Ji'nib ;  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  np:  1  Sam.  14:36,  njrn 
Prov.  7  :  13,  ^S^n  Cant.  6 :  1 1,  7  :  13.  :  ^ipn^  Job  19  :  23.  -na|5  Num.  22 :  11, 
17  (Kal  imper.  with  n^  parag.  for  "na;?  shortened  by  Makkeph  from  nap, 
so  -nix  ora  Num.  23  :  7),  or  in  addition,  the  rejection  of  the  vowel,  irT^ 
K.  fut'. 'Gen.  11:6  for  153^,  nSas  Gen.  11  : 7  K.  fut.  for  nVa;.  n;raD  Isa. 
19:3  Ni.  pret.  for  r\isi;  or  n;?a3,  naOD  Ezok.  41:7  Ni.  fut.  for  nacj ; 
^hi  Judg.  5 : 5  according  to  Gesenius  for  iHj  Ni.  pret.  of  bbt  to  shake, 
according  to  others  K.  pret.  of  bTj  tofow;  ^ijn]  Ezek.  36:3  for  ^i^rn] 
(Evvaldffrom  bbs  to  enter,  or  for  1^*^!^  Ni.  fut.  of  n^5  to  go  up,  V:ri_3 
Ezek.  7  :  24  Ni.  pret.  for  ^^m  ,  "inn?  Cant.  1:6  Ni.  pret.  for  "1"^ra.  Once 
instead  of  doubling  the  last  radical  ''  is  inserted,  ^i-^^^  Prov.  26  :  7  for  15^  , 
comp.  uJi^-ii;  Ezr.  10  :  16  for  ti'h}  . 

2.  Upon  the  insertion  of  a  vowel  before  affixes  beginning  with  a  con- 
sonant, the  accent  is  shifted  and  the  previous  part  of  the  word  shortened 
if  po.ssible;  thus,  with  0  in  the  preterite,  ri^p ,  "'niixi  (Kamets  before  1 
which  cannot  be  doubled),  cr;is? ,  laVTa,  T'^P? ;  ^K^-.h  ^"P''A  >  T'"^?':! 
(the  vowel  remaining  long  before  n),  rnnn  (Pattahh  instead  of  compound 
Sh'va  on  account  of  the  following  guttural.  §60.  3.  c).  "'r^nn  .  once  with 
a,  ^3Tr5  Mic.  2:4;  with  e  in  the  future,  ns'^aon ,  nr|^ri ,  n34nn .  If  the 
first  Vadical  be  doubled,  Daghesh  is  omitted  from  the  Inst,  and  the  cus- 
tomary vowel  is  in  consequence  not  inserted,  i^jpan  ,  njban  ;  other  cases 
are  rare  and  exceptional,  nn-iDn ,  rfshi ,  "'Pisnj ,  cnb^S ,  sisrn  which  is 
first  plur.  pret.  for  ^ijian  not  tliird  plur.  for  ^lan  (Ewald),  §54.3;  Tiiriy 
Deut.  32:41,  ''rnr;n  Isa.  44:16,  '^nik'n  Ps.  116:6,  have  the  accent  upon 
the  ultimate  instead  of  the  penult. 

3.  Before  suffixes  the  accent  is  always  shifted,  and  if  possible  the 
vowels  shortened,  ■'?ao^,  ^nao'^  from  ao;,  ^ao*;,  r,!i'^o'^  from  ^Vv^,  '!3:E'iri 


§141 


REMARKS    ON    ATIN    DOUBLED    VERBS. 


175 


from  nnn,  dnsri  from  ^£n  ;  in  T^jrt'i  Gen.  43:29,  Isa.  30:  19,  from  "jn^, 
ciDisn  Lev.  26:  15  from  "lEf^,  the  original  vowels  have  been  not  only  ab- 
breviated but  rejected,  and  the  requisite  short  vowel  given  to  the  first  of  the 
concurring  consonants,  §61.  1.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  form  resembling 
that  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  is  assumed,  Daghesh  being  omitted  from  the  last 
radical  and  the  preceding  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  ipiin  Prov. 
8:29  lor  ipn  ver.  27,  ^^""nH,  Isa.  33:  1  for  Vj^ann  ,  ^n-'riodn  Ezek.  14:8 
for  ^nini53;i-n  ,  m'^-'^n  Lani.  1:8  for  r\^hr^  Hi.  pret.  of  b^T ,'  ■,n-n'i  Hab. 
2:  17  for  irim  Hi.  fut.  of  nnn  with  3  lem.  plur.  suf,  Cj^lX  2  Sam.' 22:  43 
in  a  few  editions  for  Ci^nx  .  Nun  is  once  inserted  before  the  suffix  in  place 
of  doubling  the  radical,  "isaf?  Num.  23  :  13  for  "ia;^  . 

§  141.  I.  Of  the  verbs  which  occur  in  Piel,  Pual,  or  Hithpael,  the  fol- 
lowing adopt  the  forms  of  perfect  verbs,  viz. : 

-inx  to  curse.  32^  to  cry.  "iJI^  to  make  a  nest. 

nn  to  plunder.  nri3  to  smite,  break.  y^f?  to  cut  off. 

•".na  to  purify.  aib  to  take  away  the  Dan  to  be  many. 

UiL'j  to  grope.  heart.  r^y-^  to  be  tender. 

"PJ  to  refine.  'pph  to  lick.  ^"ib  to  harrow. 

c-cn  to  warm.  tib^^  tofeel^  to  grope.  *i'nb  to  ride. 

■|'^n  to  divide.  ■  tlQ  to  leap.  "jid  to  sharpen. 

nnn  to  he  broken.  b^s  to  judge,  to  inter-  orn  to  be  perfect. 

bba  to  cover.  cede. 

2.  The  following,  which  are  mostly  suggestive  of  a  short,  quick,  re- 
peated motion,  reduplicate  the  radical  syllable,  viz.  : 


"^"^Ti  to  burn. 
nns  to  dance. 
i^Hb  to  be  mad. 


i^^'O  to  linger. 
T|3D  to  excite. 
C]SS  to  chirp. 


5>?T2J  to  sport,  delight. 
ppb  to  run. 
STJn  to  mock. 


3.  The  following  insert  Hholem  after  the  first  radical,  viz. 


'is  to  complain. 
bba  to  mix. 
pps  to  empty. 
1T2  to  cut. 
TiJ  to  sweep  away. 
cr'n  to  be  still. 
rrn  to  break  loose 


in:  tofiy.  yyn  to  break. 

Dp3  to  lift  up.  '^b"'^  ^0  sink. 

tlEO  to  occupy  the  thres-   b^d  to  spoil. 

hold.  nid  to  be  desolate  or 

"in^  to  bind.  amazed. 

CiG]:?  to  cut  off.  r|sr)  to  beat. 
diT]^  to  gather. 


4.  The  following  employ  two  forms,  commonly  in  different  senses,  viz. : 
^i-^  and  bbia  to  roll.  '(in  to  make  gracious,   "iJin    to  be 

'.r  n  ^0  praise,  bpin  to  make  mad.  gracious. 

-.^n  to  pre  fane,  bbin  to  wound.  Vi-Q  to  speak,  bb'in  to  mow. 


176  ETYMOLOGY.  ^142,143 

230  to  change,  -210  to  stirroiind.  Vip^  to  curse,  Vj^^P  to  tchet. 

*|SS  to  gather  clouds,  'liiS  to  prac-  yit~}  and  '['i'ii  to  crush. 

Use  sorcery.  ^■nd  and    Tno    to    treat    uith   via- 
■("liiD  to  burst,  "•^'i^  to shaketo pieces.              lence. 

5.  The  following  use  different  forms  in  different  species,  viz. : 

pjr'n  Pi.  to  decree,  Pii.  'ppn  .  "ip  Pi.  to  shout,  Hith.  ■ii^rn.* 

i^p  Pi.  to  measure,  With.  T^ -nn .  ircJi  Pi.  ^o  6/eaA:,  Pu.  trt'T  • 

inia  Pi. /omaA-eftjV/er. Hith. "r-!T3Pn.  "iuJ  Pi.  to  incidcale,  Hith.   "|:''nrn 

iipbo  Pi.  to  e.vall.  Hith.  'y'non  .  to  pierce. 
ij^ir  Pi.  /f)  maltreat,   Hith.   bs'rr^n 
and  ;"pirrn. 

6.  The  following  examples  exhibit  the  effect  of  gutturals  upon  redu- 
plicated (brnis :  Preterite.  S^SO  Isa.  11:8;  Infinitive,  — ^I'l'j^  Prov. 
26:21,  rnrn^rn  Ex.  12 :  39 ;  Future,  rTr:"niyx  Ps.  119:47,  iirui'r'r^  Ps. 
94:19;  ImpiM-ative.  dornrn  Isa.  29:9;  Participle,  ?Pi-;nxi  Gen.  27  :  12, 
n'inbris  Prov.  26  :  18. 

§142.  1.  Tiie  Pual  ppecies  adheres  1o  the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs 
with  the  exception  of  the  preterites,  n"i"i3  Nali.  3:  17.  ii^i:?  Lam.  1  :  12.  the 
future  nrt'rcn  Isa.  66:12,  and  the  participles,  ^'JY'i''^  ^^^-  9:4,  Vsn-a 
Isa.  53 :  5. 

2.  :i-i?i":  Isa.  15:5  is  for  *. 'i"';?"!?'?  Pi.  fut.  of  in?.  §57. 1.  -^nn  2  Sam. 
22  : 7  is  contracted  for  "'^^Pr'  Ps.  18  :  27,  probably  with  the  view  of  as- 
similating it  in  form  to  the  preceding  :n?sriri  ;  in  regard  to  :  bsnn  in  the 
same  verse.  Nordheimer  adopts  the  explanation  of  Alting  that  it  is  a  simi- 
lar contraction  of  the  Hithpael  oi"  bbo  thuu  vill  shcnu  t/tt/se/f  a  judge. hut  as 
it  answer.s  to  ibnern  Ps.  18:27.  the  best  authorities  are  almost  unanimous 
in  supposing  a  transposition  of  the  second  radical  with  the  first  and  its 
union  with  n  of  the  prefix. 

3.  ^rn  and  hhn .  The  prefixed  ti  remains  in  the  Hiphil  future  of  ^^n, 
G- g-  -"^r!? '  "'r!\'?-  ^-r!^'^  '^^fl  '■'•  fie  derivative  nouns  cprn.  risprr^, 
whence  these  forms  arc  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  the  secondary  root  bnn  . 


Pe  Yodh  C^'d)  Verbs. 

^143.  In  quiescent  verbs  one  of  tlic  original  radicals  is 
N ,  1  or  "^ ,  Avliicli  in  certain  forms  is  converted  into  or  ex- 
changed for  a  vowel.  As  x  preserves  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter when  occupying  the  second  place  in  tlic  root,  and  also 

*  "jirPTa    Ps.   78:65   is   not  from  'i^i  (Gcscnius)   but   from   )\l,  see 
Alexander  in  loc. 


§144  PE    YODH    VERBS.  177 

(with  the  exception  of  the  Pe  Aleph  future,  §110.  3,  and  a 
few  occasional  forms,  §111.  2)  when  it  stands  in  the  first 
place,  verbs  having  this  letter  as  a  first  or  second  radical  be- 
long to  the  guttural  class ;  those  only  in  which  it  is  the  third 
radical  (Lamedli  Aleph)  are  properly  reckoned  quiescent.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  first,  second,  or  third  radical  be  either 
Yodh  or  Vav,  the  verb  is  classed  as  quiescent.  All  verbs 
into  which  either  I  or  "^  enter  as  a  first  radical  are  promiscu- 
ously called  Pe  Yodh,  as  the  modes  of  inflection  arising  from 
these  tAvo  letters  have  been  blended,  and  Yodh  in  either  case 
appears  in  the  Kal  preterite  from  which  roots  are  ordinarily 
named,  §  S3.  «.  In  the  second  radical  the  Vav  forms  (Ayin 
Vav)  preponderate  greatly  over  those  with  Yodh  (Ayin 
Yodh).  In  the  third  radical  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost 
entirely  superseded  those  with  Vav,  though  the  current  de- 
nomination of  the  verbs  is  derived  from  neither  of  these 
letters  but  from  He  (Lamedh  He),  which  is  used  to  express 
the  final  vowel  of  the  root  in  the  Kal  preterite  after  the 
proper  radical  has  been  rejected. 

a.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  the  consonant  n  belong  to  the  guttural ' 
class,  e.  g.  niia ,  fn^Fi ,   and  are  quite  distinct  from  the  quiescent  verbs  tib 
in  which  n  always  represents  a  vowel,  e.  g.  "^p^,  '^3^ . 

§  144.  1.  In  Pe  Yodh  verbs  the  first  radical  is  m.ostly 
Yodh  at  the  beginning,  §  56.  2,  and  Vav  at  the  close  of  a 
syllable.  It  is  accordingly  Yodh  in  the  Kal,  Piel,  and  Pual 
species,  and  commonly  in  the  Hithpael,  iTC;i ,  n-its'^ ,  yi^"^ , 
aiT^nn .  It  is  Vav  in  the  Niphal  and  commonly  in  the 
Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  n^i: ,  n-'iain ,  ni-^n . 

2.  In  the  Kal  future,  if  Yodh  be  retained,  it  will  quiesce 

in  and  prolong  the  previous  Hhirik,  and  the  second  radical 

will  take  Pattahh,  e.  g.  liJi"';' ;  if  the  first  radical  be  rejected 

the  previous  Hhirik  is  commonly  lengthened  to  Tsere,  1^':! , 

the  Pattahh  of  the  second  syllable  being  sometimes  changed 

to  Tsere  to  correspond  with  it,  §  63.  2.  c,  e.  g.  ^V.^ ;  in  a  few 

instances  Hhirik  is  preserved  by  giving  Daghesh-fortc  to  the 
12 


178  ETYMOLOGY.  ^145,146 

second  radical  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  the  following  vowel  being 
either  Pattahh  or  Ilholcm,  rk^ ,  p^"" . 

3.  Those  verbs  which  reject  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  re- 
ject it  hkewise  in  the  imj)erative  and  infinitive  construct, 
where  it  would  .be  accompanied  by  Sh'va  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  ^•'yS.  2.  a,  the  infinitive  being  prolonged  as  in 
Pe  Nun  verbs  by  the  feminine  termination,  2\d  ,  rnfc . 

§  145.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle  Vav 
quiesccs  in  its  homogeneous  vowel  Ilholem,  lir"^: ,  nfciD ;  in 
the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative,  where  it  is  doubled  by 
Daghesli-forte,  it  retains  its   consonantal  character,   ^ir^n, 

2.  In  the  Hiphil  Vav  quiesccs  in  Ilholem,  aifcin,  ^^wv ; 
a  few  verbs  have  Yodh  quiescing  in  Tsere,  n'^u'^n ,  2'^b'^'! ; 
more  rarely  still,  the  first  radical  is  dropped  and  the  preced- 
ing short  vowel  is  preserved,  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  by  doubling 
the  second  radical,  y'i^T} ,  ?"'ii^ . 

3.  In  the  Ilophal  Vav  quiesccs  in  Shurek,  ac"n,  atDi"'-, 
occasionally  the  short  vowel  is  preserved  and  Daghesh-forte 
inserted  in  the  second  radical,  ^k";^ . 

a.  The  Hliolem  or  Tsere  of  the  Hiphil  arises  from  the  combination  of 
a.  the  primary  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  in  this  species.  §82.  5.  b.  (3), 
with  u  or  I,  into  which  the  letters  "l  and  ■>  are  readily  softened,  §57.2.  (5). 
The  Hholem  of  the  Niphal  is  to  be  similarly  explained  :  the  Hhirik  of 
this  species,  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  cannot  combine  with  Vav, 
is  e.xcliangcd  for  the  simplest  of  the  vowels  a  (comp.  2C3 ,  Cip3),  and  the 
union  of  tills  with  l  forms  o.  The  Hoplial  retains  the  passive  vowel  «, 
which  is  occasionally  found  in  perfect  verbs,  §95.  a. 

§146.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  those  of  si?;*  fo  sit  or  diccll.  The  Piel,  Pual, 
and  Ilithpacl  are  omitted  from  the  paradigm,  as  they  do  not 
differ  from  perfect  verbs.  The  alternate  form  of  the  Kal 
futiue  is  shown  by  the  example  of  tDn;'  to  be  dry. 


Paradigm  of  Pe  Yodh 

Verbs. 

, 

KAL. 

NIPIIAL. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—  T 

n-JiiD 

n^tiin 

nic^n 

.  1 

"T 

3/ 

rat"" 

T    :  IT 

T    :     1 

r;n'i'in 

T    :       1 

T   :  IT 

2  m. 

T    ;    — r 

T  :  — 

pin"j:in 

T    ;    — 

T  :   — 

T    :  — T 

2/ 

nniT" 

ri;ii:i] 

m-iT-in 

nniT^n 

:    :  — r 

Ic, 

^nn^^ 

■^riniiiiD 

^Finirin 

^rair^n 

^^^^^1 

PZ«r.  3  c. 

:  IT 

:     1 

"Q^ijin 

:       1 

:  IT 

2  m. 

Cl3h^"^^ 

t!rG"::iD 

DratJin 

nnr::^n 

DPi'i'n^ 

2/ 

"i^^"^"; 

1^^'^"^'? 

inztin 

1  V  :  -      1 

'\^^: 

1  c. 

:   — r 

ii:ri;i3 

^uzirin 

^un^T-in 

r:^zr 

:  —  T 

Infin,  Absol. 

ni{zj^ 

niTin 

T 

Constr. 

nn-^" 

••T      • 

n^^ijin 

n-^^n 

irn;' 

FuT.  3  ??i. 

nip;: 

•T    • 

i-|i^ 

mrr 

njn^: 

3/ 

^V^ 

n-i:^n 

n"™ 

n-i:^.n 

^■n^n 

2  m. 

"^^^ 

••T      • 

n^ibiP 

n-ijin 

»rn-ri 

2/. 

.     :  1- 

^nirj-n 

^n^^fflin 

•    :       1 

Ic. 

mriji 

"T     • 

n^■i^i^5 

'ntjii< 

irn^ss: 

PZwr,  3  m. 

^i'i^ 

:iT  • 

^n^ipr 

^n'iur 

:    !■ 

3/ 

ras-iin 

T   :    •' 

nrnir^m 

V    :   — 

2  TO. 

sa^isin 

:       1 

2/ 

HDnisn 

nDnirin 

T   :    •• 

T   ;    - 

nrm-rn 

Ic. 

n-^D 

••T  • 

n^iui: 

nic'^D 

■i'n^? 

Impee.  2  TO. 

^^? 

niT^n 

n^in 

^i^ 

2/ 

^iia 

^nir^jri 

^n^-^in 

vranling 

Plur.  2  TO. 

'inis 

^nir^iH 

^n^ii5'',n 

v^rn': 

2/ 

n^nir* 

T    :     •• 

^.-^^^n 

nsiizjin 

r    :   —  : 

Paet.  AcL 

3-ij^ 

n^iri'^ 

^5' 

Pass. 

T 

n'i513 

r 

T 

T 

179 


ISO  ETYMOLOGY.  §  147 


Remarks  on  Pe  Yodii  Verbs.- 

§147.   1.  The  following  verbs  retain  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  viz. : 

t'i^  lo  he  dry.  T\^_1  to  be  poured.  ^^^  to  fear. 

si;  to  toil.  "li"^  to  appoint.  M^^  to  cast. 

^n;  to  delay.  C]?;  to  be  weary.  "oy^  to  possess. 

nj*  to  oppress.  ys"^  to  counsel.  cb'j  to  put. 

p:;  to  .vtck.  ne;;  to  be  beautiful.  "lii^  to  sleep. 

The  concurrence  of  Yodh s  in  the  third  person  of  tlie  future  is  some- 
times prevented  by  oinilting  the  quiescent  ^t"' .  ^5<T']!-  ^^'■r'i'.,  *hG  long 
vowel  receiving  Methegh  before  vocal  Sh'va.  and  thus  distinguishing  the 
last  two  words  from  tiie  Lamedh  He  forms,  'IX"';'  Irom  nxn  and  iJt"^  from 
nio,  §45.  2. 

2.  The  followmg  have  Tsere  under  the  preformative ;  those  in  which 
the  second  vowel  is  likewise  Tsere  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk : 

^^1  to  k)iou\  *  "iS;  to  bear.  Sp^  to  be  dislocated. 

"in';  to  be  joined.  *  xk^  to  go  out.  *  in^  to  go  down. 

tn*!  to  conceite.  "is;  to  be  straitened.     *  sb;  to  sit,  dwell. 

The  second  syllable  has  Pattahh  in  'inn  Jer.  13:  17,  Lam.  3:48,  and 
in  the  feminine  plurals,  njl^n,  njnnn;  "JS^n  has  Seghol  after  the 
analogy  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs;  tisnO'^n  (with  the  vowel-letter  ^  for  e) 
occurs  only  in  the  K'thibh,  Ezek.  35:  9,  and  of  course  has  not  its  proper 
vowels.  In  :  ""i;7  Ps.  138:6  the  radical  Yodh  remains  and  has  attracted 
to  itself  the  Tsere  of  the  preformative.     Comp.  §60.  3.  c. 

3.  The  following  insert  Daghesh-forte  in  the  second  radical,  viz. :  "ib; 
to  chastise,  instruct,  nk;  to  burn.  In  ^inin  Isa.  44 :  8  short  Hhirik  re- 
mains before  a  letter  with  Sh'va;  ^y^,"]"!  Job  16: 11  is  explained  by  some 
as  a  Kal  future,  by  others  as  a  Piel  preterite. 

4.  The  following  have  more  than  one  form  :  aa;  to  be  good  fut.  3I3''7 ) 
once  "'i'^'n  Nah.  3:8;  pk;  to  pour  ps^,  once  p^.|;]  1  Kin.  22:35;  ii; 
to  form,  "^h  and  "^T^;  "^Pl  to  burn,  1p;  Isa.  10:16,  and  "ip'n  Deut. 
32:22;  |"p;  to  awake,  "J'p"''?  once  'J'p;  1  Kin.  3:15;  "ip;  to  be  precious, 
■ip"'7  and  "ip"^ ,  or  with  a  vowel  letter  for  e.  •"P''|; ;  cir;  to  be  desolate,  ClL'tn 
once  S^J^'JjT}  Ezek.  6:6;  "iltJ;  to  be  right,  ^b'^'^ ,  once  npt;  (3  fem.plur., 
§88)  1  Sam.  6  :  12.     Some  copies  have  sirai  Isa.  40  :  30  for  ^irr . 

5.  In  futures  having  Tsere  under  the  preformative,  the  accent  is  shifted 
to  the  penult  alter  Vav  Conversive  in  the  persons  liable  to  such  a  change, 
viz. :  3  .=ing.,  2  masc.  sing.,  and  1  plur.,  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  being  in  con- 
sequence shortened  to  Seghol.  5'T^!},  '1^?^'!!.  1"!.?!!  •  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate 
becomes  Seghol  in  "*S^},  "i^"^^!!  (with  a  postpositive  accent)  Gen.  2:7,  19, 
cb"''']  Gen.  50:26;  but  -^'^';].  ^"T'o  V--^T-i   IT^'- j    only  once  before  a 


§148-150  REMARKS    ON    PE    YODH    VERBS.  181 

monosyllable,  §35.  1,  yj^"^'^  Gen.  9:24.  Tiie  accent  remains  on  the  ulti- 
mate in  the  LameJh  Aleph  form  X:il^T ,  unless  the  following  word  begins 
with  an  accented  syllable,  e.  g.  S^i^!!  Gen.  4:16,  8:18.  The  pause  re- 
stores the  accent  in  all  these  cases  to  its  original  position,  :  ivT'i  Ruth 
4:1,:  rnni  Ps.  139  :  1,  i^''.^  Ps.  IS  :  10,  §35.  2. 

§148.  1.  Kal  construct  infinitives  with  Yodh  :  'Oz'j  and  with  a  feminine 
ending  n'lp';',  rbb^ ,  '107  with  suf.  "^IP^,  once  with  prep.  'liS'^b  2  Chron. 
31  :  7,  Daghesh  conservative  after  «,  §14.  a/  •^iji'?,  §87,  once  IS"!'^  Josh. 
22:25  and  with  prep.  Xib  1  Sam.  18:29  from  ti^/^;  nin^  once  6<iT7  2  Chron. 
26  :  15  from  .Ti;  ,  lie": . 

2.  Infinitives  without  Yodh  :  T\"_'^  (with  suf.  Tns'n),  ny'n  Ex.  2  :  4,  and 
without  the  feminine  termination  y"^,  nny  (with  suf.  '^ri'ib)  and  rrib ,  once 
r^  ]  Sam.  4:19.554.2,  nsk  (with  suf  "'pn^),  Pp.^',  nnn  (with  suf. 
•^nn-i)  once  nn-i  Gen.  46:3,  n'ujn  (with  suf  t^n^"}),  nnq  (nnn  ,  with 
suf  "^Pi^lJ  once  "^ri^iy  Ps.  23:6).  Yodh  is  perhaps  dropped  from  the  ab- 
solute infinitive  2ii3  Jer.  42: 10,  which  is  usually  explained  to  be  for  -iii^^; 
it  may,  however,  be  derived  from  tlie  Ayin  Vuv  verb  -VJ  . 

3.  Imperatives  with  Yodh  :  sin"^,  Kn"^ ,  nA';'  ,  Without  Yodh:  2?'i  (with 
n  parag.  Tiy-i  Prov.  24  :  14),  z'n  (witli  n  parag.  nrri;  for  ^in  Hos.  4:  IS, 
see  §92.  a).  N^  (ni<^,  fem.  plur.  nrxil  Cant.  3:11),  zb  ("nra  ,  f^r^')- 
With  both  forms;  pi  and  fk^  (^p^l),  'in  (^^l),  twice  Ti^  Judg.  5:13,  TJ-i 
\IJ"i  and  ncn'i . 

§  149.  1.  The  Niphal  of  nr  has  u  instead  of  0,  "^513  Zeph.  3  :  IS,  mj!i3 
Lam.  1:4;  =1^^513  1  Chron.  3  :  5,  2U  :  8  has  u  followed  by  Daghe.sh.  V^: , 
which  according  to  Gesenius  is  from  ris^  ,  has  z;  Ewald  assumes  the  root 
to  be  nrs ,  and  refers  to  it  likewise  the  Kal  future  and  the  Hiphil  ascribed 
to  nk;,  §147.3.  and  §150.4.  In  that  case  the  Daghesh  in  IPiS"^  Isa.  33:12, 
Jer.  51  :  58,  will  not  require  the  explanation  suggested  in  §24.  c,  but  the 
K'thibh  nin^Sin  2  Sam.  14:30  will  be  unexplained.  llJfeia  Ps.  9:17  is 
not  the  Niphal  preterite  or  participle  of  UJp^,  but  the  Kal  participle  of  irp3 . 

2.  Yodh  appears  in  the  Niphai  future  of  two  verbs  instead  of  Vav, 
^n.t'i'^  Gen.  8 :  12,  1  Sam.  13 : 8  K'ri,  nn^7  Ex.  19  :  13.  In  the  first  person 
singular  X  always  has  Hhirik,  rnnx,  ib^x,  "iC^X,  li^^^iJ* ,  stlJX,  "^rvX  . 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Hiphil  the  following  verbs  have  Yodh  preceded  by 
Tsere,  viz. :  -13^  to  be  good,  hh^  to  howl.  '^^  to  go  to  the  right,  "a'^  to 
change,  pi'^  to  suck.  Yodh  is  likewise  found  in  iDd^STi  Judg.  16:26 
K'thibh,  and  in  the  following  instances  in  which  the  prefix  has  Pattahh  as 
in  perfect  verb-s,  Cnic^t*  Hos.  7 :  12,  ^n"'©'?!:  Prov.  4  :  25,  nir-^n  Ps.  5:9 
K'ri  (K'thibh  ndin),  'a-k'^f}  Gen.  8:17  K'ri  (K'thibh  i<ann),  C'i'^^^T? 
1  Chron.  12  :  2.  ' 

2.  In  nil?!!'?  Job  24 :  21  (elsewhere  n''l!:"«i)  and  ^^2';  (once  n^i^^N  IMic. 
1:8),  the  radical  Yodh  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel  of  the  preformative, 
comp.  §  147.  2.  He  remains  after  the  preformative  in  ^ib^^ini  Isa.  52  :  5, 
nnini  Neh.  11:17,  Ps.  28:7,  S-'mii  1  Sam.  17:47,  Ps.  116:6.  Both 
Yodh  and  Vav.  quiescing  in  their  appropriate  vowels,  are  liable  to  omis- 
sion, "'^n ,  ^P^rv),  i^^H ,  ^ii;"!zh,  and  once  the  vowel  Tsere  is  dropped 
before  a  suffix,  ^np-'rn  Ex.  2 :  9  for  'inp-'j-n . 


1S2  ETYMULOC.Y.  §150,151 

3.  Vav  conversive  draws  the  accent  back  to  the  penultimate  Tsere  or 
Hholem  of  the  Hiphil  I'ulure  in  the  persons  liable  to  be  all'ected  by  it, 
§147.5.  and  shortens  the  final  vowel,  -::"'!],  prP],  2^i'''*3 ,  3C:i,  yED] ; 
but  with  a  pause  accent  !  ~rriT  Ruth  2  :  14. 

4.  The  foliowinof  verbs  insert  Diiehesh  in  tlie  second  radical  in  the 
Ilipiiil,  viz. :  5S^  to  set.  place,  r::^  to  spread,  ps^  to  pour,  except  !  rjT^'^a 
2  Kin.  4 : 5  K'ri  (K'thibh  rps->7:),  rk^  to  bum,  except  rr^nisin  2  Sam. 
14 :  30  K'thibh. 

5.  In  the  Hoplial  a  few  examples  occur  of  u  followed  by  Daghesh,  53"" 
Ex.  10:24,  ^k-^  Isa.  J4  :  11,  Esth.  4  :  3,  nsn-3  Isa.  28:  IG.  pk-a  Job  11  :  15'; 
and  a  few  of  Hholem,  rnin  Lev.  4  :  23,  28,  !K^i->  Prov.  U  :  25  for  nnii  from 
t^h"^ .  The  construct  infinitive:  '^\h^r[  Ezr.  3:  11,  and  with  the  feminine 
termination  riisnn  Ezek.  16:4,  mrn  Gen.  40:20,  Ezek.  16:5. 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  Yodli  is  once  dropped,  Ti  Judg.  19  :  11  for 
1"!^  .  Hhirik  occurs  with  the  second  radical  of  "i"?^  and  ^'^'^  in  the  first 
and  second  persons  singular  with  suffixes,  and  in  the  second  person  plural, 
which  is  perhaps  due  to  the  assimilating  power  of  the  antecedent  Yodh, 
e.  g.  ■'sn'!^'?,  P^!?''^"!'?,  tin^l";. 

2.  In  the  Piel  future  the  prefix  Yodh  of  the  third  person  is  contracted 
with  the  radical  after  Vav  conversive.  ^^^i^S'i  Nah.  1:4  for  !in'w2^';'\  nh";i 
Lam.  3  :  33,  ^^.'T  Lam.  3  :  53,  cntr^l  2  Chron.  32  :  30  K'ri  '  (K'thibh 
D-id-'i'i). 

3.  Three  verbs  have  Vav  in  the  Hithpael.  "^"rn,  :-^:rrt.  rr"rn;  n 
is  assimilated  to  the  following  i  and  contracted  with  it  in  ^">S?3  Ezek. 
23:48  for  1"^5'n3  a  peculiar  Niphal  formed  on  the  basis  of  a  Hithpael, 
§83.  c.  (2).  In  ::krn  Ex.  2:4  for  rk^nn  Yodh  is  rejected  and  its  vowel 
giveii  to  the  j)receding  letter,  §53.  3.  6. 

§  151.  1.  ~'rrj  and  *r?  •  T^^v  to  go  in  the  Hiphil  and  for  the  most  part  in 
the  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative  Kal  follows  the  analoiryofPe 
Yodh  verbs,  as  though  the  root  were  "^^  .  Thus.  Kal  inf  const.  r=3  (»^^.^ , 
with  suf  ■'nsb)  rarely  T^'^n.;  lut.  T\?^  (once  with  the  vowel  letter  ^  fore, 
nbV^  Mic-  1  :  S,  fom.  pi.  nzr^n),  occasionally  in  poetry  Ts^H,"!  (3  fern.  sing. 
T,!:npi);  im])Pr.  Ti^with  n^  parag.  "i:^ ,  or  without  the  vowel  letter  ?]b , 
fem.  pi.  niriJ  and  ^"B)  once  libn  Jer.  51:50.  Hiphil:  ""^in  once  in 
the  imper.  '^:;'^'?"'n  Ex.  2:9,  and  once  in  the  participle  chsn*:  Zech.  3:7 
for  ci-bna,  §04.  e. 

2.  rox  to  gather  and  ~c;j  to  odd  are  liable  to  be  confounded  in  certain 
forms.  In  the  Hiphil  future  of  rb^.  o  is  twice  represented  by  the  vowel 
letter  x,  w]pS'i  1  Sam.  18:29.  "liEpst^  Ex.  5:7;  pbx  drops  its  S  in  the 
Kal  future,  when  it  follows  the  Pe  Aleph  inflection.  §110.  3.  which  it  does 
only  in  the  following  instances,  rc'i  2  Sam.  6:  1,  rcn  Ps.104  :29.  nccx 
Mic.  4:6,  ^(SOX  J  Sam.  15:6.  where  the  Hhirik.  be4ng  abbreviated  from 
Tsere,  is  short,  notwithstanding  the  Methegh  in  the  intermediate  syllable, 
§45.  2.  a.  The  apoc.  Hiph.  fut.  of  rc";  when  joined  with  the  negative 
particle  bx  is  accented  on  the  penult,  pD'in-bx  Dent.  3:26.  and  in  one  in- 
stance the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  dropped  entirely,  rD"n~bx  Prov.  30:6. 


^152,153  AYIN  VAV  AND  ATIN  YODH  VERBS.        183 

3.  f^niS'iJin  Zech.  10:6  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Gesenius  and 
Hengstenberg,  for  n-inairin  from  nB^  to  dwell,  though  Ewald  derives  it 
from  -^ilJ  to  return,  as  if  for  n"'ni::t"n  ,  and  Kimchi  supposes  it  to  be  a 
combination  of  both  words  suggesting  tlie  sense  of  both,  in  which  he  is 
followed  by  the  English  translators,  I  will  bring  them  again  to  place  them. 

TT'xih  Isa.  30:  5  "is  regarded  by  Gesenius  as  an  incorrect  orthography 
llir  C^iin ;  but  Maurer  and  Knobel  read  it  TU"^X3n  and  assume  a  root  dka 
synonymous  with  li"'3  ".     Alexander  in  loc. 

ri"'riin  Ps.  16:5,  see  §90. 


Ayin  Vav  {^^)  AND  Ayin  Yodh  (■''i^)  Verbs. 

§152.  Yoclli  and  Vav,  as  the  second  radical  of  verbs, 
have  the  following  peculiarities,  viz  : 

1.  They  may  be  converted  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  i  and  u. 

2.  They  m-ay  be  rejected  when  accompanied  by  a  hetero- 
geneous vowel,  which  is  characteristic  of  the  form.  Yodh 
forms  are  confined  to  the  Kal  of  a  feAV  verbs ;  in  the  other 
species  Vav  forms  are  universal. 

a.  Yodh  is  never  found  as  a  quiescent  middle  radical  in  any  species 
but  Kal:  it  enters  as  a  consonant  into  the  Piel  of  two  verbs,  and  the  Hith- 
pael  of  two,  §161.  l,lheNiphal  of  n'';n  to  be,  and  the  Hiphil  of  n'jn  to  live. 

§153,  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  and  active  participle  and 
in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  the  quiescent  is  rejected 
and  its  vowel  given  to  the  preceding  radical.     Thus, 

Kal  preterite :  wf^  for  DTJ?  Avhere  a,  Yhich  arises  from 
blending  a  with  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §62.  1,  is  in  partial 
compensation  for  the  contraction,  nh  for  fii'a ,  ti  for  TiJia , 
y^  for  l^'n  .     For  an  exceptional  formation,  see  §  158.  1. 

Active  participle  :  D]?  for  n^j^ ,  r^  for  niia  ,  t'ii  for  t% , 
^T  for  3;'"i ,  the  ordinary  participial  form  being  superseded 
by  that  of  another  verbal  derivative,  as  is  the  case  in  some 
perfect  verbs  of  a  neuter  signification,  §  90. 


184  ETYMOLOGY.  §154 

Ilipliil  and  Iloplial :  D"^pn  for  D'''}pn,  ny";  for  n^lp!', 
DJ5^n  for  QTJpn,  the  short  vowel  of  the  prefix  being  pro- 
longed in  a  simple  syllable,  §  59. 

2.  In  the  Kal  constrnct  infinitive,  future,  imperative  and 
passive  partieiple,  the  quiescent  is  softened  into  its  homo- 
geneous vowel,  nip ,  n*'!  ;  in  the  future  the  preformative 
commonly  takes  the  simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a,  Q^p^, 
n^\\  comp.  no;. 

3.  In  the  Kal  absolute  infinitive  and  in  the  Niphal 
species  a  similar  softening  of  1  occurs,  which,  with  the 
accompanying  or  preceding  a,  forms  0,  §  57.  2.  (5),  Dip  (kom= 
kaum)  for  D'i'^p ;  nipj  for  nip:,  the  prefix  usually  taking  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels  ci ;  D'p^  for  Dip;" . 

4.  In  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Niphal  and 
Hiphil  preterites  D  (i)  is  inserted  before  the  affixed  termina- 
tion in  order  to  preserve  the  long  vowel  of  the  root  from  the 
compression  incident  to  standing  before  two  consonants, 
§61.4;  in  the  feminine  plurals  of  the  Kal  future  v  {''..)  is 
sometimes  inserted  for  a  similar  reason,  this  prolomjation  of 
the  word  being  attended  by  a  shifting  of  the  accent  and  a 
consequent  rejection  of  the  pretonic  vowel  of  the  first  sylla- 
ble, nniiaipp,  ™-^pn,  nria^pp.  In  the  Niphal  preterite, 
when  the  inserted  i  receives  the  accent,  the  preceding  i  is  for 
euphony  changed  to  i ,  e.  g.  "^riiiiip: . 

5.  In  the  Kal  and  Hiphil  species  the  apocopated  future 
takes  the  diphthongal  vowels  0  and  8  in  distinction  from  the 
orcUnary  future,  Avliich  has  the  pure  vowels  w  and  I,  §65.  2.  d, 
thus  nir;* ,  nir^ ,  MVitli  Vav  Convcrsive  the  accent  is  drawn 
back  to  the  simple  penult,  and  the  vowel  of  the  last  syUable 
is  shortened,  2cH  ,  nt'h  . 

§154.  1.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Ilithpacl,  the  form  of 
perfect  vcrlis  is  rarely  adopted,  the  second  radical  appearing 
as  1 ,  e.  g.  nil?,  or  as  "^ ,  e.  g.  D'jp. 

2.  Commonly  the  third  radical  is  reduplicated  instead 


§155       AYIN  VAV  AND  AYIN  YODH  VERBS.         185 

of  the  second,^  which  then  quiesces  in  Hholem,  Pi.  D^Sp , 
Pu.  Diaip ,  Hith.  oiaipnn . 

a.  In  the  Pual  o  is  the  passive  vowel  here  adopted  in  preference  to  u: 
in  the  Piel  and  Hithpaei  it  arises  from  the  combination  of  u,  to  which  1  is 
softened,  with  the  antecedent  a,  c^ip  for  nTSip .  §82.  5.  b  (3). 

3.  Sometimes  the  quiescent  letter  is  omitted  from  the 
root,  and  the  resulting  bihteral  is  reduplicated,  Pi.  ^?^3, 
Pu.  b?b3 . 

a.  The  two  Ibrms  of  the  intensive  species,  which  depart  from  the  regu 
lar  paradigm,  precisely  resemble  in  appearance  those  of  Ayin  doubled 
verbs,  though  constructed  upon  a  different  principle,  as  already  explained. 

§155.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  are  shown  in 
those  of  D^p  to  stand  or  rise,  in  the  following  paradigm ;  the 
divergent  forms  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  in  the  Kal  species  are 
exhibited  by  I'^'n  to  contend. 

a.  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  are  named  not  from  the  Kal 
preterite,  in  which  the  quiescent  is  rejected,  bot  li-om  the  construct  infini- 
tive, the  simplest  form  in  which  all  the  radicals  appear. 

6.  No  Hophal  forms  occur  in  those  persons  in  which  the  inflective  ter- 
minations begin  with  a  consonant.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Ayin  Yodh 
imperative. 


Paradigm  of  Ayin  Vav 


'IeI. 


PUAL, 


Peet.  3  m.  Dp 

3/  n-p 

r  't 

2  m.  r,-;p 

2/  rrip 

1  c.  *ri-^p 

PZ«r.  3  c.  Sl--p 

2  w.  Dri'jp 
1  c.  ii:--p 


Dip: 

T      I     T 

ni:i?ip2 
ni:i^p3 

rjipD 
Dnr::ip: 

^:rb^p3 


DT^V 

'       D'^ip 

^'r'f'I? 

^TI? 

n-rrp 

t?r^P 

ri-^7^ip 

n-fiip 

-rrrrp 

-n-frp 

^-t'I? 

^-T'l? 

Drrr:-ip 

V    :   -    'i 

C3ri*f=^i> 

I^T?"i? 

)^"f=^I? 

^:t='P 

^:-;^p 

Infix.  Ahsul. 
Const)'. 


Dp 


D^p- 

Dipn 


D---P 


FuT.  3  in.  D'p; 

3/  D^pn 

2  m  D^pri 

2/.  r;^pri 

1  c.  D'piJ 

P^ar.  3  w.  V-^p 

3/.  M:""!:"pri 


D^p^  D-rp":  D"rp^ 

Dipn  D";'pn  c="pri 

D'pn  C'^'pn  D'r'pn 

^:aipn  "!:r-pn  ^'b^ipn 

D^pS  D-rpX  D":"piit 

T    ;     I       •  T    :    ■■    •       ;  t    :    —    •       : 


2  m. 

^■rpn 

rrpn 

Tr-"pn 

:    'i    : 

■1 .'.  .I^i-I 

2/. 

*^T-"9^P^ 

M-rpn 

n-frpn 

*~'yTT?!^ 

1  c. 

D^pD 

D'p? 

ci';t? 

Q="p? 

Imper.  2  m. 

Dp 

Dipri 

t^rip 

2/ 

■r-p 

Vpri 

"bpip 

wanting 

PZ'/r.  2  ??i. 

^-p 

mpn 

^^T^i? 

2/. 

""tP 

rirrpri 

--rrp 

Part,  ^c^ 

«=)? 

D-bip-j 

Puss. 

D^p 

Dips 

D-rp23 

leG 


AND    AyIN 

YoDH  Verbs. 

HipniL. 

HOPHAL. 

HITHPAEL. 

KAL. 

Q'pn 

Dp^n 

d-bipnn 

T 

-r-pri 

M-bp^n 

T    T 

t^Trpn 

{^tP^") 

r-fbipnri 

T   :  — 

T                 • 

nrj-pn 

(n-^p^n) 

rrf^'",prn 

^T^ 

-ritrpn 

(^n-9f.^-) 

^r.-fbipnn 

^mn 

^nin^n 

^-■P~ 

':       1 

:    'i    :    • 

T 

^--n 

Dhr^-j:- 

(Dri^ap^n) 

Dn-rrpnn 

^^7^} 

inrri:- 

(I^tP^v) 

]T)'uiTprti 

I^T^ 

^:i-:-;:ri 

(r^p^n) 

^rfbipnr; 

^:::n 

Qfen 

nin 

1 
2-n 

D-pn 

ffhipnn 

-"? 

c^t: 

DpV 

D:l2ipn^ 

•  r 

d-pn 

Qp^n 

D'!:iprn 

n^^n 

D-pn 

Dp^n 

n-bipnn 

s^in 

'•^'P^ 

^7bp^n 

^^•jiprn 

^n^in 

CJ-P^ 

Dp^J5 

t^rT^^^ 

n^ii^ 

^•rp: 

^■-P^' 

^■rfpnt 

^n*n^ 

J^:?pn 

(r:5:p^n) 

|-irri:ipnn 

T   :  ••  T 

vrpr^ 

^tj)^r\ 

^•^■fpnn 

^-^nn 

nr^pn 

(n:::p^n) 

nrfjiprn 

* .     c='P? 

npi3 

D-hiprij 

•    T 

t^Pv 

S'iT^ri 

L-n 

^■-?"P" 

wanting 

^■;?tf^n 

"2-1 

rrpn 

vj-^ipnn 

:    'i    :    • 

^nn 

n:-pn 

nrfripnri 

(^?T^) 

C3-I?-^ 

dp^-j 

D'bipri'^ 

187 


1S3  ETYMOLOGY.  §15C,  157 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodii  Verbs. 

§  156.  1.  Medial  Yotlli  and  Vav  remain  without  quiescence  or  rejection 
in  a  few  verbs,  whose  root  contains  another  feeble  consonant  by  contrast 
with  which  these  letters  acquire  new  strength.  This  is  always  the  case 
in  Lamedh  He  verbs,  e.  g.  n^n.  ni3  ;  so  likewise  in  the  following  guttural 
verbs  and  forms.  5^5  to  expire,  :  l"',in^  Isa.  20:22.  ;  >in''Si  Isa.  42:11, 
s'-^X  to  be  an  enemy,  "i^is  1  Sam.  18:9  K'ri  (K'thibh  vr),  ng-^r  Jer. 
4:  Sl.whicli  are  confined  to  the  Kal  species,  and  in  n^n  to  be  airy  or  re- 
freshing, whicli  is  besides  Ibund  in  the  Pual  participle. 

2.  The  Kal  preterite  has  Pattalih  in  two  instances  as  in  Ayin  Vav 
verbs.  T2  Zech.  4  :  10,  na  Isa.  44  :  18  but  nb  Lev.  14  :  42.  It  has  Tsere 
in  rh  to  die,  ^i  Isa.  17  :  11  but  inj  .Ter.  50  :  3.  and  Hholcm  in  iix  to  shine, 
Cia  to  be  ashamed,  ::ia  to  be  goad.  §82.  1.  a,  and  in  ^1X2  Jer.  27  :  18,  else- 
where 1X2.  !i~T  Isa.  1:6,  Ps.  58:4,  elsewhere  ^"ij.  Hhirik  once  occurs 
instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  second  person  plural,  cncs  Mai.  3:20.  Tiie 
following  participles  have  Tsere.  C^jb  ,  y^  ,  yh ,  ri ,  is  ;  the  following 
have  Hholem,  D-'Oia,  cta-ia  ,  t:"iaip  2  Kin.  16:7  (comp.  nrfsip  Ex.  32:25 
in  the  Samaritan  copy),  elsewhere  cip  . 

3.  The  vowel  letter  N  is  written  for  fl,  §  11.  1.  a,  once  in  the  preterite, 
nxp  Hos.  10:11,  and  occasionally  in  the  participle,  axJJ  Judg.  4:21, 
ri^xn  Prov.  24:7,  irJxn  2  Sam.  12:1,  4,  Prov.  10:4,  'l3 :  23,  C'jxd 
despising  Ezek.  16  :  57,  28  :  24,  26,  to  be  distinguished  from  D"'i:'j  rowing 
Ezek.  27:8,  26.  The  consonant  X  is  once  introduced  in  place  of  the 
omitted  1,  ■^'^^.^  Zech.  14:  10  for  t^^i ;  the  ancient  versions  favour  the 
assumption,  that  ''ixs  Ps.  22:17  is  in  like  manner  for  C"'n3  ])iercin<r, 
though  tlie  most  recent  and  ablest  expositors  take  it  to  be  a  preposition 
and  noun  like  the  lion.     Alexander  in  loc, 

4.  The  accent  regularly  remains  upon  the  radical  syllable  before 
affixes  consisting  of  a  vowel  or  a  simple  syllable,  though  with  occasional 
exceptions,  e.  g.  nxi^  Lev.  18  :  28,  lin  Gen.  26  :  22,  :i4b  Gen.  40  :  1.5.  nn 
Num.  13  :  32.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  shifted  by  Vav  conversive  preterite, 
§100.2.  irbi  Obad.  ver.  16,  ^EDT  Am.  3  :  15,  nnr  Isa.  11:2.  ^nv]  Isa.  7:  19 
but  >ixi!i  il)id..  nxrii  Zecii.  5:4,  njiil  ibid.,  where  the  feminine  ending  is 
n.^  instead  of  n  ^ ;  so  in  the  passive  participle,  nnsiT  Isa.  59  :  5  for  nnii; . 

§157.  1.  Hlinlem  is  in  a  few  instances  found  instead  of  Shurek  in  the 
con.strnct  infinitive!,  xia  ,  b-'i  Jii(lg.3:25,  D1T3,  ni:  and  TO:,  r^i  Isa.7:2, 
elsewhere  y^i ,  tii  Isa.  30:  2.  which  is  not  from  TU'.  2'1'  Josh.  2:  16,  else- 
where 210,  and  with  suf.  crin  Ezek.  10:  17,  "'Tia  Ps.  71  :6.  which  is  not 
the  participle  from  fin  (Gesenius),  Tia  my  breaking  forth,  i.e.  the  cause 
of  it  Ps.  22:  10,  see  Alexander  in  loc;  Gesenius  explains  this  form  as  a 
participle,  but  is  obliirod  in  consequence  to  assume  a  transitive  sense 
which  nowhere  else  belongs  to  the  verb. 

2-  The  following  imperatives  have  Hholem,  "^lix  Isa.  60:1,  X3 ,  t'ia, 


§15S  AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODH    VERBS.  189 

^ri  Mic.  4:10,    "^ain  Mic.  4:13.     With  paragooric  n.   ni^ip   or    nssip, 
»niT:3  or  n^sid.     Examples  of  the  feminine  plural,  nj^a'p ,  nD:;c. 

3.  The  following  futures  have  Hholem.  Nis^,  "lin^  Gen.  6  :  3,  elsewhere 
I'^'il,  aioj  Ps.  SO:  19,  Din;'  and  om;i,  '(yii^  where  the  Hhirik  of  the  per- 
fect paradigm  is  lengthened  to  Tsere  under  the  preformative.  Examples 
of  the  feminine  plural  :  npi<3n  and  njxnn,  npbilBPl,  nj^k^lSFl  and  Zech. 
1:17  nrk^isn  (in  some  editions  without  Daghesh),  nriii^'Fi  and  njaii'n, 
nj-ixn,  n:r-1^n  Ezek.  13:  19.  The  accent  is  shifted  and  Kamets  rejected 
from  the  preformative  upon  the  addition  of  a  suffix  or  paragogic  Nun,  the 
latter  of  which  is  particularly  frequent  in  this  class  of  verbs  both  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  future,  ^3Si'::": .  ^^'^>?.,  ^i^''^,  ^^=0": ,  'li^""?,  'Wiirn, 
niJ"n  Ezek.  4  :  12,  with  Daghesh  euphonic  in  the  5  which  is  omitted  in 
some  copies.  Apocopated  future:  rb;| ,  nb;!  and  "-'•^^ ,  "^35^,  VP^-  ^'r^j 
Cp'^  with  the  accent  thrown  back  to  the  penult  vp^^  .  Future  with  Vav 
conversive:  r^j^  (in  pause  nt*i),  zt^^  (^iu^i),  bis^l ,  c;^^! ,  Vpfi ,  cis*n 
the  last  vowel  is  changed  to  Pattahh  before  a  final  guttural,  3."5^i ,  n:'^n, 
and  sometimes  before  i  or  after  an  initial  guttural  "it^l  but  "i5*l,  wji"^^  he 
was  weary,  ^^^il  hejlew,  onri] ;  the  vowel  of  the  preformative  is  likewise 
changed  to  Pattahh  in  UJnn."  Job  31 :  5,  ay*1  1  Sam.  14:  32,  larn;;  1  Sam. 
15:19  but  -Jrf  1   1  Sam.  25  :  14. 

§158.  1.  The  verbs  which  exhibit  peculiar  Ayin  Yodh  forms  in  Kal, 
with  unimportant  exceptions,  either  do  not  occur  in  the  Hiphil  or  retain 
the  same  signification  in  both  these  species.  This  has  led  some  gram- 
marians to  entertain  the  opinion  that  these  are  not  Kal  but  abbreviated 
Hiphil  forms,  while  others  suppose  that  the  Hiphil  in  these  verbs  is  a 
secondary  formation,  and  has  arisen  from  the  Kal  future  having  the  form 
of  the  Hiphil.  Only  three  examples  occur  of  quiescent  Yodh  in  the  Kal 
preterite,  nii^-i  Job  33 :  13  (Finn  Lam.  3:58).  Tira  Dan.  9:2  (nn:3  Ps. 
139:2)  D^rn  Jer.  16  :  16.         '  '  ''  • 

2.  The  following  verbs  have  "^  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative,  '"^a 
to  understand,  ty^i  (once  "'Ha  Mic.  4:  10)  to  break  forth,  b^s  (once  h^^i.^^^ 
Prov.  23 :  24  K'thibh)  to  exidt,  V^  (once  "in^'  Gen.  6 :  3)  to  judge,  "pS  to 
lodge,  -■'"I  to  contend,  ni'i  to  muse,  D"'iU  (once  cVw^  Ex.  4:11)  to  put, 
b°iO  (once  r.^'h^'i  Isa.  35  :  1)  to  rejoice,  n^uj  (once  "ic;"  Job  33  :  27)  to  sing, 
T'^ilJ  to  place ;  b^n  or  h^T]  to  twist,  writhe,  has  both  Yodh  and  Vav. .  To 
these  are  to  be  added  IT'S  Jer.  4  :  3,  Hos.  10:  12,  njin  Ps.  71  :  12  K'thibh, 
K'ri  ndiin  as  always  elsewhere  ;  y"'^?^  to  urge,  y'Si'l  to  jiourish,  T""^^  to 
wander,  are  in  the  Hiphil  according  to  Gesenius  :  but  as  the  corresponding 
preterites  are  not  Hiphil  but  Kal,  and  there  are  no  other  forms  of  the  Kal 
future,  they  might  with  equal  propriety  be  regarded  as  Kal  futures  of 
Ayin  Yodh  roots  ;  the  second  of  them  is  so  regarded  by  Ewald.  Apoco- 
pated futures:  "p"' .  hi''  and  bav  -'^■' ,  ciL""^ .  rir"|.  'hi^  and  il^n.  With 
Vav  conversive  :  bj*! ,  iS^i .  nb'T ,  ■^ni ,  bnri .  n:nn  ,  irni .  With  para- 
gogic Nun  and  suffixes  :  1^^"'?'?,  "r^"''!?};  C;a"'bv     Feminine  plural :  njbaj^i. 

3.  The  infinitives  show  a  stronger  disposition  to  adopt  Vav  forms. 
Yodh  is  only  retained  in  the  following  absolute  infinitives:  ■)"'3  Prov.  23:  1, 
nia  and  na,  ^  Prov.  23:24  K'ri  (b'i  K'thibh),  3"in  Jer.  50:34,  else- 


190  ETYMOLOGY.  ^59,100 

where  2'"i.  Construct  infinitives:  ^'^M .  ',■'1:  Gen.  24:23,  elsewhere  'flS , 
^•'n  once  311  Judg.  21  :  22  K'thibh.  n-^ib  and  nnib,  fir  Job  20:4,2  Sam. 
14:7  K'ri,  elsewhere  cnb,  -.""UJ  1  Sam.  18:6  K'ri  (K'thibh  iiu:),  Vf^h , 
also  with  suf.  "itti-'n  Deut.  25:4,  elsewhere  t^^ .  In  the  difficult  verse 
Hos.  7:4  "I'^ST?  has  been  variously  explained,  as  the  Kal  infinitive  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  "iP  or  as  the  Hiphil  participle.  Tl>e  only  certain 
instance  of  a  Kal  passive  participle  of  Ayiu  Yodh  verbs  is  nrrc:  2  Sam., 
13:  32  K'ri  (K'tliibh  ITQ-'b) ;  some  explain  C-'U:  Num.24:  21.  Obad.  ver.4, 
as  a  passive  j)articiple.  others  as  an  infinitive. 

4.  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  ndopt  the  Vav  forms  in  afl  the  derivative  species, 
e.g.  •'riisj.  "iii;.  ^"?.r??'  U'^^rr'.  riki\^-  t^tj  cooA-et/,  i.  e.  po«ag-e,  is  the 
only  instance  of  a  Nipiial  participle  with  Yodh. 

§159.  1.  Examples  of  the  Niphal  preterite:  Si^j,  aid: ,  y^VZ,  11X3; 
the  accidental  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  preserved  in  b"a3  by 
means  of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical  ;  in  1i~.3  it  is  lengthened  to 
Tsere  before  the  guttural;  in  :  1^3  Jer.  48:  11  the  radical  l  is  rejected, 
which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  an  Ayin  doubled  verb.  Inflected  forms  : 
nris:  (part.  fem.  n:ir:),  ^izh  .  ^arj ,  vjirj,  ^ba:,  "^riiDs ,  tUz:  .  cr'i:i*E3, 
crb,ti3 . 

2.  Infinitive  absolute:  ^isn .  Construct:  ^isn,  nian,  with  n  re- 
jected after  tiie  preposition  lixb  Job  33:30,  §91.  b;  once  it  has  Shurek, 
^ssi^n  Isa.  25:  10.     Imperative,  "il'in.  ^iban . 

3.  Future:  "iii^,  aia":,  ^"'a^  Tir  Ps.  72:  17  K'ri  (K'thibh  )^i-^),  ^:"^7 , 
Si£%  lis;^,  ^inx;;.  liyv    Participle:  "liij ,   ti^3  ,  c-'ii£3 ,   c\ii03 ,   C'p:? , 

§  160.  1.  The  short  vowel  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  in  a  few  instances 
•preserved  in  the  Hiphil  by  doubling  the  first  radical,  thus  H'^rn  and  ri'^n, 
n-'EH  and  n-'pn  ,  V-^in  ,  f^^ ,   'p^^  ,  and  'f  i;'; ,   i"^n^   and   -n?!!   2    Sam. 
22 :  33. 

2.  Hiphil  preterite  inflected:  fii^'^itn,  13''2n,  I3."'^in  and  >irin,  with 
syllabic  aflixes :  niis^^n  .  niui"'3n ,  nii3"'"irj.  and  H -in  ,  cpi'->in.  and 
tri'in ,  crb'^Ti'ti,  •'ri:j-'Elil ,  or  when  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural, 
iniiiyn,  Pl"'rri  and  nrirn,  or  without  the  inserted  Hholem.  r£:n. 
Tinrn  and  •'rirr^rn  .  ^isin  iuid  !i3i3"':n .  cjnwX^in.  and  crx-^rn  .  ipirn  and 
cfi'^n,  §61.4.  a.    With  sufllxes,  "irDn^,  nyon,  ^n-'ian,  "rs^'J^i^,  "inxirn^. 

3.  Ilipliil  future  inflected:  ^13"=";.  I-"^!?,  feminine  plural  nJit'n , 
n3T2"'pn,  nsr-^nn.  With  Nun  paragogic  and  suffixes:  ',!iii"iri,  cr."'^"^ . 
Apocopated  future  :  yb";  .  nb^ ,  HB^  ,  ni^  .  With  Vav  conversive  : 
P^'1,  r3'i,  njrj'i,  irxi  and  T'^'JI,  if  the  last  radical  be  a  guttural,  3?~^V 
ris»l,  r.i^l,  or  X,  xb^i  once  X-r'i  and  once  X'^syl ;  upon  the  reception 
oT  a  suffix  the  vowel  is  restored  to  its  original  length,  ci'^d^i .  ^HB'^ri. 

4.  Hiphil  infinitive  absolute:  =i"n.  Prn,  cpn  once  C^pn  Jer.  44 :  25 ; 
construct,  b-in  ,  n-'in,  z-'in .  c-pn  ,  with  su(Tix_''i"'iri,  ^"i^OvJ,  c?^''>'?:> 
CrB'':n.  and  once  with  a  feminine  termination  nc:n  Isa.  30:  28. 


'§>  101,162  LAMEDH    ALEPH    VERBS.  191 

5.  In  a  few  instances  u  is  found  in  the  Hopiial  before  Daghesh-forte  or 
Sh'va.  nn4n  Zech.  5:11,  n273  Ezek.  41:9,  11  but  nr^in  Lam.  5:5,  and 
in  some  ediuons  cjjn  2  Sain.'  23:1.  !^a^  Job  41:1,  sinrn  2  Sam.  21:9, 
though  otliers  read  cj?n  ,  x''^'^"! ,  Ir.^n. 

§161.  1.  The  following  verbs,  which  are  only  found  in  one  or  more  of 
the  three  reduplicated  species,  double  the  middle  radical  eitlier  as  Vav  or 
as  Yodh,  viz. :  2'^n  to  render  liable,  ijiS  to  do  wickedly,  "lir  to  blind,  n^ir 
to -pervert^  sk'd  to  cry  for  help,  ^Vihi^s.T]  Josh.  9:12,  *l"i':?^"'  Josh.  9:4;  so 
also  c^p  fut.  D*;5'i  and  c^ip;',  In:^  fut.  l^is?"^ ,  which  have  quiescent  Vav 
in  other  species,  and  n^n ,  which  has  consonantal  Vav  likewise  in  the  Kal. 

2.  The  following  omit  the  quiescent  in  the  Piel  and  double  the  result- 
ing biliteral,  biibs  to  sustain,  n''rx:;x'J  Isa.  14:23.  T^bz^h-jXi  Isa.  22:17, 
Ti^i-Tn-o  Hab.  2:7,  '^lisilE'^  Job  16:  12  but  y^^S"^  Jer.  2'3':29,'  npnp  Num. 
24:  17  and  ip-ipia  Isa. '22;' 5.  ^?p:bn  Isa.  17:]'l';  :  ^l^rSJ':  Isa.  15:5  is  for 
!''^^!"??"?i  §57.  I;  'i^'^"'?  Job  39:  3  is  perhaps  for  l5?br7  from  h^b ,  comp. 
pON  Ps.  139:8  for  p^O^, ,  §88,  though  Gesenius  conjectures  that  it  is  an 
erroneous  reading  for  ti"^:;b  from  'S^'i  .  The  only  Hithpael  formed  by  a 
like  reduplication  is  ^n^nrri  Esth.  4:4,  elsewhere  bSinnn . 

3.  Other  verbs  double  the  third  radical  in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael.  Ex- 
amples of  the  ieminine  plural :  n:"ini:£n ,  nsbipn,  :  nsjriiTonn ,  nDL:i:ic'nri. 
Hholem  is  changed  to  u  before  the  doubled  letter  in  the  contracted  form, 
!is:^=-'l  Job  31: 15  for  ^isisiD-ii,  §61.  3.  Fiirst  explains  sijaniam  Isa.  64:6  as 
in  like  manner  for  IDWI^ctnT .  while  Gesenius  makes  it  a  Kal  future,  used  in 
this  single  instance  in  a  transitive  sense,  cboitin  Am.  5  :  11  is  probably  a 
variant  orthography  for  Ci3CD13,  §92.  b. 

4.  The  following  are  Ihe  only  examples  of  the  Pual  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs, 
viz.:  With  "I  doubled,  r\h-q  Eccles.  1:  15,  n-^nj^^  Jer.  22:  14.  Redupli- 
cated biliteral,  1^=1=3  1  Kin.  20:27.  The  third  radical  redu])licated,  b^-in 
to  be  born,  :>l33i3  'Ezek.  28  :  13.  Ps.  37  :  23,  HDrbi'^n  Ps.  75:  1 1  and  n?:i^a 
Neh.  9:5.  r:J,n";i  Isa.  16: 10,  ^SSIt^  Job  26:  ll',  nsiill"^  Ezek.  38  : 8.    ' 

5.  oi'^rn'sisn  Jer.  25  :  34-  is  an  anomalous  preterite  from  y^isi  to  scatter, 
with  ri  prefixed  and  inflected  after  the  analogy  of  Niphal ;  some  copies 
have  the  noun  CD^nillisri  yoitr  dispersions. 

In  T^l^r!^  Ezek.  36:  11  for  "^nhlirii  from  pii: ,  Tsere  is  retained  under 
the  prefix  as  though  the  word  were  i'rom  the  related  Pe  Yodh  verb  -^■', 
e.  g.  in::-u:-'n'i .  On  the  other  hand,  in  inp^JW  Ex.  2:  9  from  pi;",  Tsere 
is  rejected  as  though  it  were  from  an  Ayin  Vav  verb. 


Lamedh  Aleph   (i<b)  Verbs. 

§162.  1.  Aleph,  as  the  third  radical  of  verbs,  retains  its 
consonantal  character  only  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  r^ki'a  ,  qs^iian . 


192  ETYMOLOGY.  §  1G3 

2.  At  the  end  of  the  word  it  invariably  quiesces  in  the 
preceding  vowel,  §57.  2.  (^),  i^'ra  ,  Nsia,  s^i^an  .  If  thig 
vowel  be  Pattalih,  as  in  the  Kal  and  Niphal  preterites  and 
in  the  Pual  {uid  lloplial  species,  it  is  in  the  simple  syllable 
lengthened  into  Kaniets,  §  59,  xi^a  for  xip ,  xi^a?  for  si^3 ; 
so  likewise  in  the  Kal  fnture  and  imperative,  where  iJ  as 
a  guttural  requires  a,  xi^:*  for  xiia'' ,  xi^  for  i?i^ .  A  like 
prolongation  of  Pattahh  to  Kamets  occurs  before  medial  x 
in  the  tirst  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  ^^^i'a , 

3.  With  the  single  exception  just  stated,  medial  J?  quiesces 
in  the  diplitliongal  vowel  e  before  syllabic  affixes  ;  thus,  in  the 
first  and  second  persons  of  the  preterites  of  the  derivative 
species  in  Tsere,  rii'^'Q?,  %^i«2r''9n,  in  the  feminine  plurals  of 
all  the  futures  and  imperatives  in  Seghol,  rcsi'cn ,  rcsis'a . 

a.  This  e  may  arise  from  the  diplitliongal  preferences  of  N  .  §60.  l.a(5), 
or  it  may  he  horrowed  frotn  the  corresponding  forms  of  nb  verbs,  between 
which  and  N2  verbs  there  is  a  close  affinity  and  a  strong  tentlency  to 
mutual  assiniilalion.  la  Chaldee  and  Syriac  no  distinction  is  made  be- 
tween them. 

§103.  This  class  of  verbs  is  represented  in  the  follow- 
ing paradigm  by  Ni^a  to  find ;  the  Picl  and  Hithpacl,  though 
wanting  in  this  verb,  are  supplied  from  analogy.  The  Pual 
and  Hophal  are  omitted  because  they  *are  of  rare  occurrence, 
and  they  present  no  peculiarities  but  such  as  are  common  to 
the  other  species. 

a.  In  their  ordinary  inflection  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  dilTer  from  the 
perfect  paradigm  in  the  vowels  only. 


Paradigm  of  Lam 

EDii  Aleph  Verbs 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

HIPHIL. 

HITHPAEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

^ra 

^%:^ 

5<-r;n 

NS-^nn 

3/. 

r^^^ra 

rkra: 

M.r4:2 

T    :    -   :    • 

2  m. 

ini^rj 

mj^r^D 

T             ••     • 

Tm:zr^r\ 

2/. 

T     T 

r.si;";^ 

nj^iiiD 

r.K^^r^ 

n.s^=nn 

1  c. 

•             T     T 

^n.sr^: 

^nsrj 

-nj^r^n 

'rvsr^'^nn 

Plur.  3  c. 

^i^:i-^D 

^k-rn 

^j<-::an 

"^k'l'cm 

2  wi. 

V         T    ; 

Dn^5r;D 

Dnx^j 

Dn«r;n 

UTi^^'zryi 

2/ 

]^^ri 

■ni<r;2 

-nj52S!a 

■,ni<r;n 

"n^5"4'^rn 

1  c. 

r    T 

^-^^H 

r.^^r^ 

^:i<r;?7 

^:^^r2n^ 

FuT.  3?«.  .  5<r;^  ^i;/2i  mrT  ^^^4't  ^■4'^'^' 

3/  i^rjn  ^i:^ri  u^ii'^n  ^5■r^^l  ^^ 

2  m.  j^i^n  i^^^ri  s><T=^  5^"ii3r)  ^^k^^rr 

2/.  \^rjn  ^!k"4'/2n  "s^r^n  -i?!;-r;ri  \^S/5nn 

ic.  i^r;^  ^i^!j?  ^4=^  ^5■^■2^  ^'4'^^^^ 

Plnr.^m.  ^kl'T  '^^^''l^l  '^^'TT  ^i^"^-!  ^k'l'ZT)-'^ 

3/  nr^r^ipn  nr^^^n  nr^^fs^n  nr^^ij'^n  n:^^|^rn 

2  m.  ^^5r;^l  ^s^:;/2n  Tij^2i"^n  "^^-r^ri  ^krr^nn 

2/.  n:i^r;n  r;:«ii2ri  r!:«r-:n  np.si'^n  r;r^^4=^^ 

ic.  ^5rj2  S}5i-/2D  «!k-j:  ^5■r2]  ^^^-m 


Imper.  2  m. 

T   : 

S^i:2u 

^V^ 

^^;2r} 

.N;k-^rn 

2/ 

\N:rj 

^t^^^M 

^kT2 

'^'^■?u 

"s^ii»rn 

Plur.  2  m. 

^kT2 

^.s::i2n 

'^^'T2 

^.^-r;n 

^.s'^-^pr; 

2/ 

T        V    ; 

T             V     T      • 

rr.^'t2 

r;:«r^ri 

nt^^s-^nn 

Paet.  Act.  ^'ra  ^^■'2^2        ^'%'2'2         ^""^.'ZT^'Z, 

Pass.      N^rj       i^i^li 

r  r     ;  • 

13  103 


194  ETYMOLOGY.  §164,165 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs. 

§164.  1.  Verbs  having  Tsere  as  their  second  vowel,  §82.  1.  a.  retain  it 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  l^i*"!)^,  f"^'?'^)  T^?.^- 

2.  Quiescent  x  is  occasionally  omitted  from  the  body  of  the  word, 
6.  g.  Kal  pret.  ^r^';  Job  1  :2l  for  "'PS^;;,  "'ri^  Num.  11:  11,  "^rrs  Judg. 
4:  19.  tI?"?  Job  o-l-AS.  !i:3  1  Sam.  25:8  flir  13X2:  fut.  nr^an  and  nDNian  ; 
rk^  Deut.  k!8:57  part.  fern.  sing,  for  rxk^  ;  iniZJTD  Job  4i:17  for  irx-y^ 
const,  iiil!  with  prep,  and  suf.  from  xii"3 .  Niph.  pret.  crrnj  Josh.  2:16, 
cn'Cli?  Lev.  11:43.  Otiant  K,  §16.  1,  may  in  like  manner  be  dropped 
from  the  end  of  the  word  after  quiescent  Vav  or  Yodh.  e.  g.  ""-O  Gen. 
20:6  for  xvjn  .  ia^i  1  Kin.  12:12  for  Kii^^  •'i?nn  2  Kin.  13:6,  '■'i:nn 
Jer.  32:35,  ^D^  Ps.'ui :  5,  ^^1  Ps.  55:16,  '^'ix  1  Kin.  21:29,  Mic.  1:15, 
"hxi  2  Sam.  5:2.  and  in  three  other  passages;  ''zn  Ruth  3:15  is  Hiph. 
imper.  fern,  for  "'X'^nn,  §62.2. 

3.  The  vowel  following  X  is  in  a  few  instances  given  to  a  preceding 
vowclloss  consonant,  and  the  X  becomes  otiant  or  quiescent,  §57.  2(3), 
xri'3  Ps.  139:20  for  ^ixr  3 ,  xvis';'  Jer.  10:5  for  !lx'w\S"i,  ixn-^  imp.  for  IX-.7, 
x-^'^'EccIcs.  10:5  Kal  part.  fern,  for  i^XS^ ,  O'^X-jh  1  Sam.  14:33  for 
c-x-:n,  cs-iia  Neh.  6:8  Kal  part,  with  suf!  for  cx"ii2,  siXQ-;?  Ezek.  47:8 
for  1XQ"'3;  and,  on  the  contrary,  quiescent  X  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel 
of  the  preceding  consonant  in  "t^-Jp  Ex.  2:20  Kal  imp.  for  i^JX-ip  and 
na-^x^   Cant.  3:11  lor  n:xk    from'xiv 

4.  Final  X  resumes  its  consonantal  character  upon  the  addition  of 
suffixes  "ixts,  receiving  (.  )  before  T],  cd  and  "3.  in  consequence  of  which 
a  previous  Tsere  or  Sh'va  is  converted  into  Pattahh,  §60.  1,  ^x'rs .  ^X3"yr5, 
rx-a.  r|Xn2n,  r^i».rrq  Pi.  inf,  C=xs^,  crx^'o  Kal  inf.  for  c=x^:;^.  §61.  I.e. 

5.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  mostly  retained  before  suffixes  and  para- 
goffic  n,  r,xs^'^,  nxs-i  Ps.  41:5.  S^i^^p^l  I  Sam.  28:  15,  but  nx2D3  Isa. 
56^12.  Tsere  is  rejeVted  r'xax  Neh.  2:13,  2  Chron.  1:10,  or  retained 
only  in  pause  :  nx^  Judg.  9:29. 

§1G5.  1.  He  is,  in  a  few  instances,  substituted  for  X,  ncn  Ps.  60:4  for 
XC1.  ni-n  Jer.  19:  11  for  X2-n,  nD3  Ps.  4:7  for  XC3 ,  §3.  1.  a,  nsns  Jer. 
49V1O  for'xins,  ninn  l  Kin.'  22: '20,  2  Kin.  7:12  lor  xinn  nr^^  Job 
8:21  for  x^^v' 

2.  Sometimes  X  remains,  but  the  vowels  arc  those  of  nb  forms.  ■rxJS 
P.S.   119:  101   f)r  T5<^3,  «'4"   Ecrl.  8:12,9:18.  Isa.  65:20  Ibr  X'jn ,  XITS 

1  Sam.  22:2,  Isa.  24:' 2.  xi-'"3  Eccl.  7:26,  xi?  1  Kin.  9:11,  Am.  4:2  Pi. 
pret.  for  X'i;3.   xsn  Ps.    143:3  fir  XSn ,  X^^   Jer.  51::!4  for  x|^,  -rxcn 

2  Kin.  2:21  for  T^E") ,  "3X5-)  Jer.  51:0  for  "-XQ-i ,  -^"^V]  Job  39:24  for 
-S"5^  x^EH  Deut.  28:59  Hiph.  pret.  fir  X^V^H  -  K^""^  Ps.  135:7  Hiph. 
part,  const,  for  X-'i'i^   from  xi^  ;  to   whirli   may  be  added  i^J-'X'^Pi  Ezek. 

.23  :  49    nr-'XS'sn  Jer.  50  :  20,  with  "^  inserted  as  in  rTis  verbs. 


§  166-168  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  195 

3.  Sometimes  the  •^b  form  is  adopted  both  in  consonants  and  vowels, 
!|5?3  Ezek.  28:16   for  ^kh^,  ^Bs  1    Sam.   6:10,  rcij    Ezek.  39:26,  ''ihh-s 

1  Sam.  25:  33  for  lanxba/nas^Ruth  2:9  for  rxo^ ,  n^D^  Gen.  23:6  for 
xy37 ,  njiD-in  Job  5 :  18  for  njSE-in  comp.  Jer.  8:11,  51  •  9,  2  Kin.  2  :  22, 
•'•Vri  Ps.  32:'l  for  nr<ri: ,  n-^arjer!  26  :  9  for  nxa? ,  n^a?nn  i  Sam.  10:6, 
riaann  l  Sam.  10:13,  ^n-^^isn  2  Sam.  3:8,  n^5/lsa.'29:  7  for  n^N2iS; 
nipa  Ezek.  8  :  3  is  by  some  interpreters  thought  to  be  for  S'^ipp  provok- 
ing to  jealousy,  and  by  others  explained  in  the  sense  of  the  ti'b  vevh  selling 
(Israel  to  their  foes). 

§166.  1.  The  3  fem,  preterite  has  the  old  ending  n^,  §86.  6,  in  nxin 
Ex.  5:  16  tor  nij-jn,  nN-if?  Deut.  31  :29,  Isa.  7:  14,  Jer.  44:23,  nxin  Gen' 
33:11  Hoph.  from  Nia'  nx^E3  Ps.  118:23  (r^xHs?  Deut.  30:ll''is  the 
feminine  participle),  to  which  the  customary  ending  n^  is  further  added 
in  nnsbsD  2  Sam.  1 :  26.  nnxann  Josh.  6: 17  for  nx-iann. 

2.  A  feminine  termination  n^,  n,  or  as  in  nb  verbs  ni,  is  occasionally 
added  to  the  construct  infinitive,  e.  g.  Kal,  i'ii^'O'J  .  nx"i';i,  HNDb  ,  rxnp  from 
snf?  to  meet,  distinguished  from  ^'^p_  and  nixip  Judg.  8 :  1  from  X'^jf?  to 
call,  nxBia  and  nixlJ??  never  xSa,  nxbb  Prov.  8:  13,  with  suf.  inxan 
Ezek.  33":  12.  Niphal,  irxnsn  Zech.  13:4.  Piel,  nix^Ta  and  n|iq  j 
inxsp  2  Sam.  21 :  2;  nix"^^  Ezek.  17 :  9  is  a  Kal  inf.  const.,  formed  as  in 
Chaldee' by  prefixing  a. 

3.  There   are  two  examples  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  absolute.  N">p5 

2  Sam.  1 :  6  and  Nsan  Ex.  22  :  3:  the  analogy  of  the  former  has  been  re- 
tained in  the  paradigm  for  the  sake  of  distinction  from  the  construct.  Piel 
infinitive  absolute :  iiip,  KSn  ,  xna.     Hiphil  inf  abs. :  xi^sn  ,  Vi'q'ri . 

4.  The  Hiphil  future  with  Vav  conversive  commonly  has  Tsere  in  the 
ultimate,  thougli  Hhirik  also  occurs  Xnpnr,  NJr^l  ,  xin*'] ,  xanni .  X^i'3 
and  siw,  ND^'l,  once  SfajT  Ezek.  40  :  3,  and  once  N"^i;]  Neh.  8  :  2. 

5.  Kamets  sometimes  occurs  in  the  ultimate  of  the  Hithpael  future, 

S-^Jn-i  Num.  23:24  but  s'l^snn  Ezek.  29:  15,  so  Ni2nn7 ,  XM-J":,  N^snPI, 
: 'j-lNS'an'^ ;  more  rarely  in  the  preterite,  nxaan. 

§167.  1.  The  following  are  the  only  Pual   forms  which  occur.  Pret. : 

siksn ,  ixan ,  xVp ,  Fut. :  xsn^ .  Part. :  xsiia ,  nijaao ,  n-'it|7:ri ,  n-'k^Dia , 
nixS-JTD,' with  suf   "'X'^iTi^ .       '  '  ''  T..  '■.  . 

2.  The  following  are  the  only  Hophal  forms:  Pret.  ^xann.  nxri^n, 
xa^in,  nxan,  ."inxan,  ^ixairi.    Fut.:  xai-',  ^ixaiii.    Part.:  xa'ii,  nxinia . 

3.  For  the  anomalous  forms,  nnxiin  Deut.  33;  16,  T;nj<iapi  Job  22:  21, 
JHiiari  1  Sam.  25  :34  (K'thibh  Tisan),  see  §88  (sing.  3  fern.)  ' 


Lamedh  He  (nb)  Verbs. 

§168.  In  these  verbs  the  thuxl  radical,  which  is  Yodh  or 
Vav,  does  not  appear  at  the  end  of  the  word  except  in  the 


196  ETYMOLOGY.  ^169 

Kal  passive  participle,  e.  g.  "''^^ ;  in  all  other  cases  it  is  re- 
jected or  softened,  the  resulting  vowel  termination  being 
usually  expressed  by  the  letter  n,   ^11.  1.  <?. 

In  the  various  preterites  n  stands  for  the  vowel  a,  and 
is  hence  pointed  n  ^  , 

111  the  futures  and  participles  it  stands  for  e,  and  is 
pointed  n . . 

In  the  imperatives  it  stands  for  e,  and  is  pointed  n  _  . 

In  the  absolute  infinitives  it  stands  for  0  or  B ;  in  the 
Kal  it  is  pointed  t^  ,  in  the  liiphil  and  Hophal  n  ,  in  the 
Niphal  and  Piel  n  or  n . .  There  are  no  examples  in  Pual 
and  Ilithpael. 

The  construct  infinitives  have  the  feminine  endins;  fii . 

a.  In  this  class  of  verbs  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost  entirely  super- 
seded those  with  Vav.  The  latter  are  confined  to  the  construct  infinitive 
Avhere  ni,  occurrin<r  in  all  the  species,  is  best  explained  by  assuming  l  to 
be  radical  (comp.  nixn  Ezek.  28:  17  as  an  alternate  of  r'xn)  and  to  a  few 
other  sporadic  cases,  viz.:  a  single  Kal  preterite,  "^r*;"?"^  Job  3:25.  the 
reduplicated  forms  of  three  verbs,  "I'xa ,  ^*n«^,  n^Pindn,  and  the  pecu- 
liar form,  'n.'f'^X^  Isa.  16:9. 

b.  In  the  Kal  preterite,  Yodh  is  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous 
vowel  Pattahh,  §57.  2.  (5).  which  is  then  prolonged  to  Kaniets  in  the  sim- 
ple syllable,  nbj  for  "'ba.  As  Pattahh  is  likewise  the  regular  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  in  the  preterites  of  Niphal  and  Hophal,  and  occasionally  appears 
in  Piel.  §92.  c.  and  Hithpael.  §96.  b,  the  final  Kamets  of  these  species  may 
be  similarly  explained.  The  ending,  thus  made  uniform  in  the  other 
species,  passed  over  likewise  into  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  it  did  the 
more  readily  since  a  belongs  at  least  to  some  of  its  persons  in  the  perfect 
verb.  Yodh  is  in  like  manner  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous  Hholem 
of  certain  infinitives,  while  it  leaves  the  homogeneous  Tsere  of  others  un- 
modified. 

c.  The  futures,  imperatives,  and  participles  of  certain  of  the  species 
have  e  as  the  normal  vowel  of  their  ultimate;  in  this  Yodh  can  quiesce, 
leaving  it  unchanged.  Those  of  the  other  species  (except  the  Hiphil, 
which  is  once  more  attracted  into  conformity  with  the  rest)  have  or  may 
have  a  in  the  ultimate  ;  this,  r-omhined  with  the  i  latent  in  "^ .  will  again 
form  e.  In  the  future  this  becomes  e  (..)  in  distinction  from  the  ending  e(_) 
of  the  more  energetic  imperative  ;  and  the  absolute  is  distinguished  from 
the  construct  slate  of  the  participle  in  the  same  way. 

§  1G9.  1.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a 
/owel  the  last  radical  is  occasionally  retahicd  as  "^ ,  particu- 


§170  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  197 

larly  in  prolonged  or  pausal  forms,  n^^on ,  vtn ,  :  )Tcr}^, ;  it 
is,  however,  commonly  rejected  and  its  vowel  given  to  the 
antecedent  consonant,  ^^a  for  ^^)^ ,  "'^^n  for  '''?'?^l? ;  in  like 
manner  the  preterite  3  fern.,  which  in  these  verbs  retains  the 
primary  characteristic  ri^ ,  §86.  ^,  r^a  for  rrjbs ,  to  which  is 
further  appended  the  softened  ending  n  ^ ,  thus  iTJb^ ,  in 
pause  nnba . 

(I.  The  n^  of  the  3  fern.  pret.  is  frequently  explained  as  a  second  fem- 
inine ending  added  after  the  first  had  lost  its  significance  in  the  popular 
consciousness.  It  might,  perhaps  with  equal  propriety,  be  regarded  as 
paragogically  appended,  §61.6.  comp.  such  nouns  as  nrs'Vr^,  <^r^^2J , 
nnr'^X,  in  order  to  produce  a  softer  termination  and  one  more  conformed 
to  that  which  obtains  in  the  generality  of  verba.  Nordheimer's  explanation 
of  the  in  as  hardened  from  n,  nnbji  jbr  •^S^^S,  labours  under  the  double 
difficulty  that  there  is  neither  proof  nor  probability  for  the  nssnmplion  that 
the  consonant  n  could  be  exchanged  for  n  ,  and  that  ii  in  the  preterite  of 
these  verbs  is  not  a  radical  nor  even  a  consonant,  but  simply  the  represen- 
tative of  the  vowel  a. 

2.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a  consonant 
the  third  radical  "^  remains  but  is  softened  to  a  vowel,  so 
that  in  the  Kal  preterite  it  quiesces  in  Hhirik,  in  the  Pual 
and  Hophal  preterites  in  Tsere,  in  the  Niphal,  Piel,  Hiphil, 
and  Hithpael  preterites  in  either  Hhirik  or  Tsere,  and  in  the 
futures  and  imperatives  of  all  the  species  in  Seghol,  ri-'ba, 

3.  Forms  not  augmented  by  personal  endings  lose  their 
final  vowel  before  suffixes,  €.  g.  ""i^a ,  ^ba  from  np5 ,  ^by^ 
from  n^;^:^ ,  ^b.'^n  from  Mp^n .  The  preterite  3  fem.  takes  its 
simple  form,  e.  g.  'innba  or  ^P^a ,  and  in  pause  ^nb5  . 

§170.  The  Lamedh  He  verbs  will  be  represented  by 
nSa  to  uncover,  reveal,  which  is  used  in  all  the  species. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedh 

KAX. 

NIPnAL. 

PIEL. 

Pjket.  3  m. 

T    T 

r;b:D 

T    • 

3/ 

T  :  IT 

nhbj3 

T  :  • 

2  m. 

r-br, 

T       •     T 

n-b':: 

T    **  :  • 

^h 

2/. 

•      T 

r^'brV 

n^ba 

\c. 

•        •      T 

T'b:? 

T"'?? 

Plur.  3  c. 

T 

^b;3 

iiba 

2  w». 

Dn-br» 

t^^n'b:: 

C^!''?? 

2/. 

i*:-^? 

"iP'^rip 

wn 

Ic. 

•     T 

^"b)? 

^i3. 

Infix.  Ahsol. 

n'bs 

rt^r»j 

^•y- 
1  )>^ 

Con»tr. 

nib'ii 

nibsr; 

T      • 

nib'^ 

FcT.  3  m. 

np?: 

V     T    • 

3/. 

ri.!?r»n 

V    T       • 

n.5':»n 

2  91. 

n.pjn 

.          »  1 

V  T     • 

i^^rtH 

2/. 

^b"»J^ 

•     T       • 

"b'^^ 

Iff. 

^b3^? 

nv3J5 

r;b:.^^ 

P?w.  3  ?». 

^br 

^: 

3/. 

n:'^jn 

nrb'sn 

T      V   T      » 

i^r.K'n' 

2m. 

'^3n 

^b'sn 

T      ■ 

^b3n 

2/. 

^r.?^*^ 

nrV:;n 

T    V  r   • 

•^r)'^^ 

Iff. 

J^>;*3 

-bs: 

1 1  flO 

lilPEK.  2  7». 

nba 

n  fiiri 

nVik 

2/- 

^?3 

^bsn 

^S 

P?Mr.  2  m. 

^ 

^br,n 

T      • 

^b3 

2/ 

T      •.-    T      • 

nrb^ 

T      V  — 

Part.  ^<?^ 

nSa 

*^.f  "'*r^ 

Pow. 

-«3 

» i;^r«j 

198 


He  Verbs. 

PUAL, 

niPHiL. 

nOPHAL. 

HITHPAEL. 

T  •.. 

T  ;     • 

'  ribr»M 

T  :    T 

nhba 

JiribrtJi 

T  ;  : 

nrivsn 

nr.bsJnM 

"?■!?■? 

n-b.-r; 

T     "  :    r 

^^y^rr; 

n-l's 

ti^brdi 

l^'bfO 

ri^Vsriri 

-r^^ 

T^^^n 

^n-b'.-n 

•     •    :    T 

^n^^rtrn 

^ 

^hr\ 

^i:r> 

•'b^r^n 

DH'^a 

^fy):^} 

^t}i.-\^ 

Dn^bann 

tf^  . 

"P'^rV 

"(0^1?r*o 

■jn^bsrn 

^r|3 

^"b3n 

^rb?3n 

iiD^bsinn 

(r;&) 

(n'barv) 

m;3 

niHjH 

(n%) 

nibarri 

-^: 

ri.bV 

nb':.^ 

V  ;  r 

•^^'^^r 

mVjfi 

nb^n 

rib'."n 

V  ;    r 

li.i^^rri 

n&n 

•^b*^^ 

lr;b,-n 

V  :    T 

nb'ijnn 

'i;^ 

^b'jD 

-b';,n 

')'5^J? 

^m 

nb'3^ 

nb'jsj^ 

^^%^^ 

^f. 

% 

^^: 

^ban^ 

~r)i^ 

nrb'3n 

rirb'^-n 

T     V   :    T 

j^r)'^^^ 

^%^ 

^i^3n 

;    T 

^barn 

n:-);n 

f^r^'f^ 

T    V  :    r 

n:^b5nn 

^<i 

nbb? 

nb^rij 

ri  >r»n 

^^^^^ 

wanting 

^bbn 

wanting 

^"i^^K^ 

^S^n 

^b'anri 

^"•^f^ 

nrb'^rri 

nb'rir.'j 

n^3^ 

V  :   T 

199 


MPHAL. 

PIEL. 

HipniL. 

HITHPAEL. 

npr 

n5rp 

•^'?"0 

n^^n;' 

"^h 

"^ 

^?:i 

ban^ 

b^l 

^^1 

^?i:i 

biin'^'i 

200  ETYMOLOGY.  §171,172 

enORTENED  FTTURE  AXD  IMPERATIVE. 

§  171.  1.  The  final  vowel  n  is  rejected  from  the  futures 
when  apocopated  or  when  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  The 
concurrence  of  final  consonants  thence  resultmg  in  the  Kal 
and  Iliphil  is  commonly  relieved  by  inserting  an  unaccented 
Seghol  between  them,  §01.  2,  to  which  the  preceding  Pat- 
tahh  is  assimilated  in  the  Uiphil,  §G3.  2.  a,  the  Ilhirik  of 
the  Kal  either  remaining  unchanged  or  being  lengthened  to 
Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable. 

KAL. 

Future.  S^??? 

Apoc.  Fut.        b^"*!    or     b.";^ 

Vav.  Conv.     b^^]    orbrt^l 

2.  The  final  vowel  n .  is  sometimes  rejected  from  the  im- 
perative in  the  Piel,  Hiphil,  and  Hithpael  species,  e.  g.  Pi.  ba 
for  nba ,  Hiph.  b^n  for  nb.nn ,  Hith.  bsnn  for  n;?5nn. 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  He  Verbs. 

§172.  1.  Kill  preteritp  :  The  third  person  feminine  rarelj' occurs  with 
the  simple  endintr  r, .  nir  Lev.  25  :  21,  n^n  2  Kin.  9 :  37  K'thibh  ;  so  in 
the  Hipliil,  rjxbn  Ezek."24:12.  nk-in  Lev.  26:34,  and  Hophal,  rb';n 
Jer.  13:19.  Yodh  is  occasionally  retained  bef()re  asyllabic  affixes.  !^^cn 
Ps.  57  :2,  the  only  instance  in  which  the  feminine  has  the  ending  usual  in 
other  verb.s.  s^on  Deut.  32:37,  ^''i:}  Ps.  73:2  K'ri ;  so  in  the  imperative, 
fi-'DX,  fl-'ra  Isa.  21:12;  future,  •|=l'^3-7  ,  ?"''b27,  ^^'IjV  l'l'''9D,!!  •  ?^P^"'', 
?■'"?'!!,'!,  ?^n=f?-  't'l^"^"!'  r.?"'"',  ^'r'-"'j  l"'ri<,'' ,  Niphalprftfrite.  rK3,  Piel 
future,  ",l'"'Hnri,  ^^•'«p27,  Ilii)liil  future,  "i^'^^n,  imperative,  ^I'^nn  for  1"'ri<n  . 

2.  Infinitive:  Vav  is  sometimes  written  for  the  final  vowel  of  the  infini- 
tive absolute  instead  of  n,  1=3.  ir:,,  Van.  inn,  ina,  idr,  i:;^.  -ixn.  irr^ 
and  in  a  few  in.stanrcs  the  feminine  terniination  is  added,  nibx ,  rix"^, 
nima.  There  are  al-so  examples  of  the  omission  of  this  termination  from 
the  cotistruct  infinitive,  nr?.  and  i'-r  .  nip,  ni<"i,  inu: ;  once  it  has  the 
form  n-xn  Ezek.  2S  :  17. 

3.  Future  :  There  are  a  very  few  examples  of  Tsere  as  the  last  vowel 
of  the  future.  nx-iP.  Dan.  1  :  l'3.  nrrn  .Tosh.  7  :  9,  rirrr  Josh.  9  :  24, 
-n;;nn  Jer.  17:  17}  bo  in  the  Piel,  n^;ri  Lev.  18:7  ff.;  and,  on  the  olhet 


§.173  REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  201 

hand,  there  is  one  instance  of  an  imperative  ending  in  Seghol.  viz.,  the 
Piel,  n?n  Judg.  9:29.  The  radical  "^  remains  and  rests  in  Hhirik  in 
•'bfni  (3  fern.)  Jer.  3  :  6,  in  the  Hiphil,  "in^cp  (2  rnasc.)  Jer.  18 :  23,  and  in 
the  Kal  imperative,  "'sn  (2  niasc.)  Isa.  26  :  20.  Yodh  appears  once  as  a 
consonant  before  a  suffix,  ''r?.'?^,!!!'!  Job  3  :  25,  and  once  before  n  paragogic, 
n^^ns  Ps.  77:4,  whiidi  is  very  rare  in  these  verbs,  but  perhaps  displaces 
the  final  vowelin  S^i'i^^  Ps.  119  :  117,  and  the  Hithpael,  i^^!^^?  Isa.41:23, 
In  a  few  instances  ^  is  restored  as  a  quiescent  before  suffixes,  'li^li'n^  Hos. 
6:2,  "^rsn  1  Kin.  20:35,  i^'^S?'?  Ps.  140:10K'ri.  nn\NtSX  Deut.  32  :  26. 
Examples  of  the  feminine  plural:  nrssn ,  njB-rn /^T^nrr.] ,  nr^?ny, 
nr:?n  and  ^(^X^ . 

4.  The  future  of  a  few  verbs  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  con- 
versive  simply  drops  its  last  vowel,  either  retaining  Hhiril<  under  the  per- 
sonal prefix  or  lengthening  it  to  Tsere,  Pis';]  ,  3d^t  ^  rj^-ni  ^  "n-ijrii ,  'Sili'"^  , 
T}'6h;  so  in  the  Pe  Nun  forms,  t^i  and  T^i  ,  a^  ,  and  Pe  Yodh  ",1^1,  with 
Pattahh-furtive  under  the  first  radical  of  the  Pe  guttural,  "nri"],  §  17.  ,  or 
the  vowel  of  the  personal  prefix  changed  to  Pattahli.  §60.  1,  fiN^l,  X'l^l 
but  X">"; ,  Xiril .  Most  commonly  Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concur- 
ring consonants,  TS'Ji,  '|3^,  kn^.  nni.  bD-i  and  VsPi,  Y^.^2,  '2'^  and  "Sril, 
t,^}_.  '^J^}^,  ^kiV ,  ^h:bi  ^l.'l  and  s'^ti],  ClI^T ,  yn.'. ,  i<'2J'2,  ^\j^1.  ^^."^j  or 
Pattahh  if  one  of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  §61.  2;  thus,  in  Ayin  gut- 
tural verbs,  yilJ^I ,  ."lanl ,  ^T.  ,  ^'^^,  in  Pe  guttural  'iH'T  from  n;r;;i , 
§60.  \.a.  (3),  "in'^  from  ir^nV  or  with  the  additional  change  of  the  vowel 
of  the  prefix  to  Pattahh,  "■^nni ,  mn  from  i^^nri ,  )'n^:  from  nisn;] ,  "irtni , 
B?'^]  Isa.  59:  17  (in  1  Sam.  15:19.  14:32  K'ri,  this  same  form"  is  from 
V^V  or  -J^S,  §157.  3),  b^'ai  ,  -jy^i ,  il5?!y  The  rejection  of  the  final  vowel 
takes  place  frequently  even  in  the  first  person  singular,  which  in  other 
verbs  is  commonly  exempt  from  shortening,  §99.  3.  a,  'B>?T.  X7S1  and 
nN-!wNi,  T\-ch,  inn,  h-Jit't,  irxi.  larxi  and  nibrxn.  In  a  few  instances 
the  final  vowel  is  retained  in  other  persons  after  Vav  conversive,  e.  g. 
niyr^l  l  Kin.  16  :  25.  n::;!!  2  Kin.  1 :  10,  nb*l  Josh.  19  :  50.  nrsn::.  1  Sam. 
1  ■^',  "^?.,!]  1  Kin.  16:17,  n5<-:,^i  1  Sam.  17:42.  n^3'_l  2  Kin.  6: 23,  "'irn 
Deut.  32"':  18  is  fut.  apoc.  of  n';;^  as  "^ti^  or  ■'h'^  of  n^n  . 

5.  The  passive  participle  drops  the  final  "^  in  ^D^  Job  15:22  for  ""'D^, 
siirr  Job  41:25  for  •'sii'S,  and  fern.  plur.  n-,rJ3  Isa.^  3:16  K'thihh  (K'ri 
nf^i^a?),  mbJJ  1  Sam.  25':  18  K'thihh. 

§173.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  Yodh  may  quiesce  in  either  Tsere  or 
Hhirik,  though  the  former  is  more  frequent,  ri''p3  and  "^ri^f?: ,  ri^^sa  and 
sirB:?.  cn^:33  and  l^"''?'^;,  "'^'^S?  and  15^^23. 

2.  Examples  of  the  infinitive  absolute  :  n'b53 ,  nbns ,  ^pllf  .  Construct : 
im"l35n  and  nnSss,  niian,  mxnn  and  njinri ;  with  suffixes,  "ih^'n,  "ihibsn, 
once  as  though  it  were  a  plural  noun,  D3"'ninjin  Ezek.  6:8,  so  the  Kal 
infin.,'  "■^r'^SS  Ezek.  16:  31,  once  with  a  preposition,  rii^ib  Ex.  10:3. 

3.  Future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive:  b-jn,  i^^^ni,  n55<i,i 
Vnn,  ti'V\,  Nn.'T,  -{s'T,  and  in  one  verb  with  Pattahh   before    n,   nia^] 
Gen.  7:23,  Ps.  109:  13,  though  some  editions  omit  the  Daghesh-forte  in  the 
former  passage,  thus  making  it  a  Kal  future. 


202  ETYMOLOGY.  ^174,175 

§174.  1.  Piel:  Two  verbs,  ns3  to  he  becoming  ?Lni\  Mn::  to  draw  [ihe 
bow),  luvving  a  guttural  for  their  second  radical,  double  tbe  third  instead, 
which  in  the  reduplication  appears  as  Vav,  though  the  general  law  is  ad- 
hered to  requiring  its  rejection  from  the  end  of  the  word  and  the  substitu- 
tion of  the  vowel  letter  n.  The  only  forms  which  occur  are,  of  the 
former,  the  preterite  n'^XJ  Ps.  93:5,  lixj  Cant.  1:  10,  Isa.  52:7,  and  of 
the  latter  the  participle  plur.  constr.  *'in^'9  Gen.  21  :  16.  There  are 
three  examples  of  Hholem  inserted  after  the  first  radical,  §92.  6,  "'n^Si'^ 
Isa.  10:  13  from  nD':3 ,  the  b  being  an  orthographic  equivalent  for  O, 
§3.  1.  a,  and  in  the  infinitive,  ijii,  nn  Isa.  59:  13. 

2.  In  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite  ^  sometimes  quiesces 
in  Tsere ;  in  all  the  other  persons,  however,  and  even  in  the  first  singu- 
lar, when  a  suffix  is  added,  it  invariably  quiesces  in  Hliirik,  ''ri"'ba  and 
ip">j!a,  "'n"'iiK',  once  Ti-'ip ,  •^n-'i-ii  and  '^n"'|3  ,  rpn^^s ,  cn-i^s . 

3.  Infinitive  absolute:  l^^p,  and  T^^p_,  n^3.  nf?3 .  nb.  iih,  iVn .  The 
construct  always  ends  in  ni  with  the  exception  of  nj;3  ;ilso  ri53 ,  and 
''Sn  Hos.  6:9. 

4.  Future:  in  "'^"^J*  Isa.  16:9  from  •^^'J,  the  second  radical  is  doubled 
as  "^ ,  §153.  I,  and  the  third  appears  as  1,  §56.  3.  a  ;  '~\?'^^,  Ex.  33:  3  is 
for  ^,i2X.  §63.1.6.  With  Vav  conversive  :  bi*;: .  bb"^l,  t>'z'<^ .  v!i'^], 
bpri] .  ~i?n] .  so  in  the  first  per.son  singular.  b^xV  l^X.i  ;  once  Pattahh  is 
lengthened  to  Kamets,  in';']  1  Sam.  21:  14;  so  in  pause,  \hyr\  Prov.  25:  9. 

5.  The  imperative  has  Seghol  in  a  single  instance.  ri2"]  Judg.  9:29 
and  sometimes  drops  its  final  vowel  ba ,  bn,  l^a  ,  DD ,  yi  and  n)ia . 

6.  Pual  infinitive  construct  with  sufiix :  iri:?  Ps.  132:1. 

§175.  1.  Hiphil  preterite:  The  prefixed  n  has  occasionally  Seghol, 
n^sn  and  nb':n,  rxbn,  Prftsn,  nx^n,  rpr-x-in.  Yodh  may  quiesce  in 
Hhirik  or  Tsere,  n^irjn,  ''P"'b»;n ,  ri''3Tn,  •>n''i:n .  Yodh  once  remains  as 
a  quiescent  in  the  3  masc.  sing.,  "^bnn  Isa.  53:  10,  and  once  in  the  3  masc. 
plur.,  '^'^h-zr^  Josh.  14:8  for  rp^n ,  '§'62.  2. 

2.  The  infinitive  absolute  has  Kamets  in  S^^in  by  way  of  distinction 
from  nain  ;uid  ns^n  Jer.  42:2.  which  are  always  used  adverbiallv. 
Construct:  The  prefixed  n  has  Hhirik  in  one  instance,  rii:ipn  Lfv. 
14:43;  Piinb  2  Kin.  19:  25  K'thibh  is  for  mxcnb  . 

3.  The  future,  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  some- 
times simply  rejects  its  final  vowel.  rs'| ,  X'ni'^,  nn;).  pii'^^,  ii'^  from 
ri"^',  ^T?  from  Myj,  i:?1  from  <^tJ3 ,  T|?^  Irani  ni? ;  commonly,  however, 
Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concurring  consonants,  bx'']  from  n^x, 
§111.2.  rt.  b_vi.  "iT'i,  DiaPi.\  irn],  -^E^i,  a-i^i.  ci'^in,  br  Pattahh  if  one 
of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  "^n^T,  nrn,  bs^i .  rn^n .  Occasionally  the 
final  vowel  remains.  nBr*l  1  Kin.  16:17.  18:42.  r-,2-ni  Ezck.  23:19-, 
once  the  radical  "^  appears  quiescing  in  Hhirik,  Tirn  (2  masc.  apoc.  for 
tT?n)  Jer.  18:23.  The  retention  or  rejection  of  the  vowel  is  optional  in 
the  first  person  singular,  ninx''  ,  npcxi  ,  nsxi   and  ".Xt  from  ni:3.  bsxi, 

I  '     ,  o  '         ■.*  :   -IT  J        '■••    :  -iT  '  v  -iT  1  -r  »T  '         — »' 

ux  from  n-js. 


$176,177       REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  203 

4.  The  imperative  is  sometimes  abbreviated,  i^^ifi  and  S"iri ,  Ms^n 
and  T\-}ri ,  brn  for  M]t'?,n ,  nan  and  UH ,  f^'Si'i  and  Ty} ;  -•'On  (accent  on 
the  ultimate)  Ps.  39:14  is  for  ■~i?ii;f],  the  same  word  Isa.  6 : 9  is  from 
rrir,  §  140.  5. 

5.  Hophal  infinitive  absolute:  frnsn  Lev.  19:20. 

§176.  1.  Hithpael:  One  verb  <^n'J^  reduplicates  its  third  radical,  which 
appears  as  1,  n'lnnpn  to  worship,  \at.  n'lnni::^  with  Vav  conv.  sinnir'si 
for  ^r;iri'^'?],  §61.  2,  plur.  1"rinc*1,  infin.'  ninp'rn ,  and  once  with  suf. 
T'^J'^.^D^'^  2  Kin.  5:  18,  the  accent  being  thrown  back  by  a  following 
monosyllable.  For  the  inflected  participle,  cn'^insno^  Ezek.  8:16,  see 
§90,  page  120. 

2.  In  the  preterite  "^  mostly  qniesces  in  Tsere  in  the  first  person  singu- 
lar, and  in  Hhirik  in  the  other  persons,  ''n"'li<Pi-i ,  '^ri^'inpivun,  n"''inrnrn, 
cn-inncn,  nib'rn,  n"'Q"inn,  ninsnn,  nirnir'n. 

3.  The  future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive :  bsr!*^ ,  C?r'- 1 
*innn,  byn*',  -"^nn,  i'riirn,  or  with  Kamets  in  the  accented  syllable, 
I'jri'!!)  "i-vr^P,  so  always  in  pause,  bhn'si,  :D3rril  Gen.  24:65. 

4.  The  shortened  imperative:  I5ri«7)  ^f^TH  • 

§  177.  1.  n^n  to  be,  fut.  <^7.n|; ,  Hhirik  being  retained  before  the  guttural 
under  the  influence  of  the  following  Yodh,  whence  the  Sh'va.  though 
vocal,  remains  simple ;  so  in  the  inf  const,  with  prep.  ni"iiia,  ni'inb.  ni''i"i53, 
though  without  a  prefix  it  is  r'i''n,  once  t^^•^  Ezek.  21:15.  The  apoco- 
pated future  T)7  (in  pause  ''•^'^J  and  with  Vav  conversive  "^Ti"^"^,  is  for 
■^il^,  the  vowel  of  the  prefix  returning  to  the  Sh'va  from  which  it  arose, 
§85.  2.  a  (1).  page  116,  when  the  quiescence  of  the  middle  radical  gives  a 
vowel  to  the  first.  The  same  thing  occurs  in  the  peculiar  form  of  the 
future  x>l!T^  Eccl.  11 :  3,  where  the  second  radical  appears  as  1,  which  it 
sometimes  does  in  the  imperative,  Si^n  and  niSi  Gen.  27 :  29  or  N'n  Job 
37:6,  and  in  the  participle  n'in  Neh.  6-6,  Eccl.  2:22,  fem.  n^^n  Ex.  9:3. 

2.  tT|;n  tn  live.  The  root  i^n  is  usually  inflected  as  a  Lamedh  He 
verb  pret.  rr^n,  fut.  <i^ni] ,  apoc.  Ti"^ ,  with  Vav  conversive  ''n']^!,  though 
in  the  preterite  3  masc.  it  occasionally  takes  an  Ayin  doubled  form.  ""n. 
e.  g.  Gen.  3:  22,  5 :  5,  and  once  in  the  3  fem.  an  Ayin  Yodh  form  ;  n'^n  Ex. 
1:  16,  or  it  may  be  explained  as  an  Ayin  doubled  form  with  Daghesh-forte 
omitted,  §25. 

3.  In  a  few  instances  N  is  substituted  for  the  third  radical  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  ""rxsn  Ezek.  43:27,  Nnx  Isa.  21:12,  xiii;  Jer.  23:39,  Nin^ 
2Chron.  26:  15,  xi'n  Pro  v.  1 :  10  from'nix .  Nn'^]  Deut.'33:21  from  nnx', 
^^UV-  2  Chron.  16:12.  nivJI  Lam.  4:1.  ait  2  Kin.  25:29,  NSTT'i  Eccl. 
8:  1,'  =''5<^,f^  2  Sam.  21  :  12  K'ri  for  Cllin,  Di^bri  Hos.  11:7,  Deuty28:  66 
for  ni-^^bnj  §56.  4,  D^sniBn .  ^sn^l  2  Sam.  11:24  from  nn^^ ;  the  vowels 
are  those  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  in  ^isrx  .Ter.  3 :  22  for  iirrx  ,  iib'^Pi  1  Kin. 
17  :  14  for  n^^P,  n^p"]  Dan.  10 :  14  for'nnp'i  ;  and  the  full  Lamedh  Aleph 
form  is  adopted  in  i<''^^'2  Hos.  13:  15  for  n^ai. 


204  ETYMOLOGY.  ^178,179 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs. 

§1 17S.  Verbs  which  liavc  two  weak  letters  in  the  root,  or 
which  are  so  constituted  as  to  belong  to  two  different  classes 
of  imperfect  verbs,  counuonly  exhibit  the  peculiarities  of 
both,  unless  they  interfere  with  or  limit  one  another.  Thus, 
a  verb  which  is  both  s'b  and  n"b  will  follow  the  analogy  of 
both  paradigms,  the  former  in  its  initial  and  the  latter  in  its 
second  sylhibic.  But  in  verbs  which  are  both  lb  and  n"5 
the  1  is  invariably  treated  as  a  perfect  consonant,  and  the  n"i 
peculiarities  alone  preserved.  All  such  cases  have  been  re- 
marked ujjon  individually  under  the  several  classes  of  verbs 
to  which  they  respectively  belong. 


Defective  Verbs. 

§179.  1.  It  has  been  seen  in  repeated  instances  in  the 
foregoing  pages  that  verbs  belonging  to  one  class  of  imper- 
fect verbs  may  occasionally  adopt  forms  from  another  and 
closely  related  class.  Thus  a  n's  verb  may  appear  with  a 
rib  form,  or  an  "yv  verb  with  an  TJ  form  or  vice  versa.  The 
occurrence  of  an  individual  example,  or  of  a  few  examples 
of  such  divergent  forms,  may  be  explained  in  the  manner 
just  suggested  without  the  assumption  of  an  additional  verb 
as  their  som-ce.  Sometimes,  however,  the  number  of  diver- 
gent forms  is  so  considerable,  or  tlie  divergence  itself  so  wide, 
that  it  is  simpler  to  assume  two  co-existent  roots  of  the  same 
signification,  and  differing  only  in  the  weak  letter  which  they 
contain,  than  to  refer  all  to  a  single  root. 

a.  Thus.  S33  means  to  shut  vp  or  restrain,  and  n^3  to  be  Jini/thed: 
yet  a  few  n'b  lurms  occur  in  tlic  sense  not  of  tlie  latter  but  of  tlie  (brmer 
verb.  Tlicy  are  accordingly  Iield  to  he  from  N53  .  hut  assimilated  in  inflec- 
tion to  the  nb  paradigm.  On  tlie  other  hand,  N^;?  means  to  call,  and 
'^Ti?  ^o  ineet;  but  so  many  ii'b  forms  are  found  with  this  latter  sicrnifica- 
tion  that  jt  seems  necessary  to  assume  a  second  root  K^;5  having  that 


§.  180  QUADRILITERAL    VERBS.  205 

meaning.  The  verb  to  run  is  ordinarily  yi'i  ;  but  Xik"!  Ezek.  1 :  14  is  too 
remote  from  an  IS  form  to  be  referred  to  that  root ;  hence  it  is  traced  to 
another  verb  N15T  of  tlie  same  sense.  No  clear  line  of  distinction  can  be 
drawn  between  the  cases  in  which  divergent  forms  are  to  be  traced  to  a 
single  root,  and  those  in  which  the  assumption  of  a  second  is  admissible  or 
necessary.  This  must  be  decided  in  detail,  and  the  best  authorities  not 
infrequently  differ  in  their  judgment  of  particular  examples. 

2.  Where  two  verbs  exist  which  are  thus  radically  con- 
nected and  identical  in  signification,  it  not  infrequently  hap- 
pens that  they  are  defective  or  mutually  supplementary,  that 
is  to  say,  that  one  of  them  is  in  usage  restricted  to  certain 
parts  or  species,  the  remainder  being  supplied  by  the  other. 

a.  The  following  are  examples  of  defective  verbs :  -il3  to  be  good,  used 
in  the  Kal  species  only  in  the  preterite,  the  corresponding  future  is  from 
"b^  ;  "5^  Kal  pret.  to  fear,  the  fut.  and  imper.  from  "i^i ;  p^l  Kal  pret, 
and  inf.  to  spit,  fut.  from  ppli ;  "psj  Kal  pret.  and  inf  to  break  or  disperse, 
fut.  and  imp.  IVora  yiQ;  Sp3  Kal  pret.  to  be  alienated,  fut.  from  yp^  5  tiycs 
K.  pret.  to  be  a  prince,  fut.  from  ^>lb  ;  Dan  Kal  pret.  and  inf  to  be  many, 
fut.  from  n^"i  which  is  used  throughout  the  species ;  ^Tv^  Kal  fut.  to  be  hot, 
pret.  and  inf  from  c»n ,  which  is  also  used  in  the  future  ;  ys^  to  counsel, 
borrows  its  Kal  imper.  from  y^V ;  flP'^  Kal  fut.  to  awake,  pret.  from  the 
Hiphil  of  yip,  which  is  also  used  in  inf  imper.  and  fut.;  as3  to  place,  the 
reflexive  is  expressed  by  -2^rn  from  2^'^ ;  nniu  to  drink,  the  causative 
is  i^i^wn  from  n'l^O ;  UJ'^ain  from  'C'Z'^  is  used  as  the  causative  of  Cik  to 
be  ashamed,  as  well  as  'J''iD  ;  T\?^  to  go,  derives  many  of  its  forms  from 
T\?1 ;  -r}'^  to  give,  is  only  used  in  the  Kal  imperative,  it  is  supplemented 
by  "jlis  of  totally  distinct  radicals. 


QUADRILITERiAL    VeRBS. 

§180.  Quadrihteral  verbs  are  either  primitives  formed 
from  quadrihteral  roots,  whose  origin-  is  explained,  §  68.  a, 
or  denominatives,  the  formative  letter  of  the  noun  or  adjective 
being  admitted  into  the  stem  along  with  the  three  original 
radicals.  The  former  class  adopt  the  vowels  and  inflections 
of  the  Piel  and  Pual  species,  while  the  latter  follow  the 
Hiphil. 

a.  The  only  examples  of  quadrihteral  verbs  are  the  following,  viz. :  Piel 
pret.  TUns  he  spread,  Job  26  :  9,  where  the  original  Pattahh  of  the  initial 
syllable  of  the  Piel,  §82.  5.  b  (3),  is  preserved;  fut.  with  suf  i^2^0'J='?  he. 


206  ETYMOLOGY.  ^181 

shall  xcaste  it.  Ps.  80:  14.  Pual  pret.  uife-jn  it  freshened.  Job  33:25,  the 
Metliegh  and  tlie  Hhateph  Pattalili  being  used  to  intlicate  tliat  the  Sh'va 
is  vocal,  and  that  tiie  form  is  equivalent  to  liE^"i ;  part.  CCDno  scaled  off 
or  resembling  scales.  Ex.  16:  14,  i'3"i2p  clothed.  1  Chron.  \b:21.  Hiphil 
pret.  in-iiTxn  they  stank.  Isa.  19:6lbr  iin-'-jTsn  as  1"i^r3  for  l"irrj,  de- 
rived from  Wi'}<.  putrescent,  wliich  is  simpler  than  to  make  it  with  Geseniua 
a  double  or  anomalous  Hiphil  from  nst ,  §94.  a,  comp.  Alexander  in  loc. ; 
fut.  nb-'XTibX  I  will  turn  to  the  hft.  Gen.  13:9;  ^b-'Xiabn  Isa.  30  :  21,  part. 
C"^i:x'3r^  1  Chron.  12  :  2  from  bxiia  the  left  hand,  elsewhere  reduced  to  a 
triliteral  by  the  rejection  ofx,  Is'^^'Cfl^  2  Sam.  14:19,  "'^"'t'i'n  Ezek. 
21  :21.  To  these  may  be  added  the  form,  which  occurs  several  times  in 
the  K'thibh  Cins:sm3  1  Chron.  15  :  24,  etc.,  and  Di-.-isna  2  Chron.  5  :  12, 
for  which  the  K'ri  substitutes  cisna  or  ninsnia.  As  it  is  a  denomina- 
tive from  n^s^n  a  trumpet,  it  has  been  suspected  that  the  form  first  men- 
tioned should  be  pointed  c^-iSbinis  ;  the  other,  if  a  genuine  reading,  is 
probably  to  be  read  D">"in::n"Q  . 

Nouns. 

THEIR     FOKMATION. 

§181.  Noims,  embracing  adjectives  and  participles  as 
well  as  substantives,  may  be  primitive,  i.  e.  formed  directly 
from  their  ultimate  roots,  or  derivative,  i.  e.  formed  fi'om  pre- 
existing words.  Those  which  are  derived  from  verbs  are 
called  verbals ;  those  wliich  are  derived '  from  nouns  are 
called  denominatives.  The  vast  multiplicity  of  objects  to 
which  names  were  to  be  applied  and  the  diversity  of  aspects 
under  which  they  are  capable  of  being  contemplated,  have  led 
to  a  variety  in  the  constitution  of  nouns  greatly  exceeding 
that  of  verbs,  and  also  to  considerable  laxity  in  the  significa- 
tions attached  to  individual  forms.  But  whatever  complexity 
may  beset  the  details  of  this  subject,  its  main  outlines  are 
sufficiently  plain.  All  nouns  are,  in  respect  to  their  forma- 
tion, reducible  to  certain  leading  types  or  classes  of  forms, 
each  having  a  primary  and  proper  import  of  its  own.  The 
derivation  of  nouns,  as  of  the  verbal  species,  from  their 
respective  roots  and  themes  calls  into  requisition  all  the  expe- 
dients, whether  of  internal  or  external  changes,  known  to  the 
language,  §  G9.  Hence  arise  four  classes  of  nouns  according 
as  they  are  formed  by  internal  changes,  viz. : 


§182,183  FORMATION    OP    NOUNS.  207 

1.  The  introduction  of  one  or  more  vowels. 

2.  The  redupUcation  of  one  or  more  of  the  letters  of  the 
root.     Or  by  external  changes,  viz. : 

3.  The  prefixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  root. 

4.  The  affixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  end. 

a.  The  mass  of  nouns  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitives  and  not  as  de- 
rived from  their  cognate  verbs.  Many  roots  are  represented  by  nouns 
alone,  without  any  verbs  from  which  they  could  have  sprung,  e.  g.  3X 
father,  yi.x  earth.  And  where  verbs  of  kindred  meaning  do  exist,  it  is 
probable  that  they  are  not  the  source  or  theme  of  the  nouns.  bu.t  that 
both  spring  alike  directly  from  their  common  root,  as  7)^^  to  reign,  and 
T)bc  king  from  the  root  "]ba .  Since,  however,  these  roots  or  elemental 
themes  are  destitute  of  vowels,  and  consequently  are  incapable  of  being 
pronounced  in  their  primitive  or  abstract  state,  it  is  customary  and  con- 
venient in  referring  to  them  to  name  the  verb  which  though  a  derivative 
form  has  the  advantage  of  simplicity  and  regularity  of  structure,  and  is 
often  the  best  representative  of  the  radical  signification.  Accordingly, 
~r!'?  king  may  be  said  to  be  derived  from  the  root  ~p^  to  reig7i,  that  is,  it 
is  derived  from  the  root  -[h'u  of  which  that  verbal  form  is  tlie  conven- 
tional designation,  §08. 

b.  Infinitives,  participles,  nouns  which  follow  the  forms  of  the  secondary 
or  derived  species,  §187.  2.  a,  and  some  others,  are  evidently  verbals. 
Most  nouns  of  the  fourth  class,  as  well  as  some  others,  are  denominatives. 

Class  I. — Nouns  formed  iy  the  insertion  of  vowels. 

§182.  The  first  class  of  nouns,  or  those  which  are 
formed  by  means  of  vowels  given  to  the  root,  embraces  three 
distinct  forms,  viz. : 

1.  Monosyllables,  or  those  in  which  the  trihteral  root 
receives  but  one  vowel. 

2.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  second  is  the  principal 
vowel  and  the  first  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

3.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  first  is  the  principal  vowel 
and  the  second  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

1.  Triliteral  Monosyllables. 

§183.  The  formative  vowel  may  be  given  either  to  the 
second  radical  bt2)5 ,  b^is)? ,  bitsjp ,  brojp ,  or  to  the  first,  Vjj? , 


208  ETYMOLOGY.  ^181 

b'jp ,  Vj;p ;  ill  the  latter  case  an  unaccented  Scgliol  is  com- 
monly interposed  between  the  concurring  consonants,  ^  Gl.  2, 
to  "which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  assimilated,  §G3.  2.  a,  b*j]^ , 
b'jp ,  b::p .  Forms  thus  augmented  by  the  introduction  of 
an  auxiliary  vowel  are  termed  Segholates. 

a.  In  this  and  the,  following  sections  ii-p  is  used  las  a  reprcscnlntive 
root  in  order  more  convenitMitly  to  indicate  to  the  eye  the  formation  of  tiie 
different  chisses  of  nouns.  No  root  couhl  be  selected  which  would  afford 
examples  in  actual  use  of  the  entire  series  of  derivative  forms;  blip  has 
but  one  derivative  bup  slaughter^  and  this  only  occurs  in  Obad.  ver.  9. 

h.  As  t  u.  and  u  rarely  or  never  occur  in  mixod  accented  syllables.  §  19. 
they  are  excluded  from  monosyllabic  nouns.  Every  other  vowel  is.  how- 
ever, found  with  the  second  radical,  thus  a,  aria  a  lillle  prop,  paucity, 
uh^  honey.  ~i?  man;  G,  b^X  strtnigth.  -ri3  wn'liyig,  ~N"J  residue;  e.  ni'j 
shoulder,  n:o  bush;  e,  V^l  howling-,  ~N3  grief,  -XT  a  wolf;  especially  2, 
0,  and  u.  which  occur  with  greater  frequency  than  any  others.  When  the 
first  radical  receives  the  vowel,  i  and  H  are  likewise  excluded,  inasmuch  as 
they  rarely  or  never  stand  before  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  Few  of 
these  nouns  remain  without  the  auxiliary  Seghol  if^J  a  valley,  ityij 
vanity,  s::n  sin,  'htd  spikenard,  :3"i"p  truth.  Kanicts  i.s  only  found  before 
Vav,  §63.  2.  a,  r]T2,  and  in  pause,  §65,  'rs ,  n-;3. 

c.  When  the  second  radical  receives  tiie  vowel,  there  is  a  concurrence 
of  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  is  sometimes  relieved 
by  j^refixing  X,  §53.  1.  a,  with  a  short  vowel,  mostly  e,  §60.  1.  a  (5),  but 
occas'onally  a,  y'z^ii  Jinger  for  ?is ,  :d'::s  lattice,  :2:=x  belt,  "'i'^.TX  and 
Sint  arm,  bibnx  and  Hnn  yesterday. 

^ISl.  These  nouns,  standing  at  the  first  remove  from 
the  root,  express  as  nearly  as  possible  its  simple  idea 
either  abstractly,  e.  g.  ^"^^5?  emptiness,  b'istD  bereavement,  TiW 
stren(/th,  y^.  rigltteousness,  "ity  help,  ^"^  fjreatness,  or  as  it 
is  realized  in  some  person  or  object  which  may  be  regarded 
as  its  embodiment  or  representative,  "i^ia  lord  from  "123  to  he 
migUy,  tJisx  man  from  llJis  to  he  sick,  ^^iii  hoandanj,  ?Tci 
Uhation  y^qpi^.  pourintj  out,  p'a?  vallei/  prop,  dejjth,  "f'an  vine- 
gar  prop,  sourness. 

a.  That  the  position  of  the  firmative  vowel  befire  or  after  the  second 
radical  does  not  materially  affect  the  character  of  the  form,  appears  from 
the  following  considerations:  (1.)  The  sameness  of  signification  already 
exhibited,  and  which  may  be  verified  in  detail.  (2.)  The  occasional  ap- 
pearance of  the  same  word  in  both  forms,  e.  g.  ">^:;  and  i::5  man,  raj 


^185  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  209 

and  sb?  plant^  N^3  and  X'^^s  prison,  'na  and  "pna  1/mmb,  ti^'i  and  r^Tii:^i 
brightness.  (3.)  The  concurrence  of  both  forms  in  the  Kal  construct  infi- 
nitive VJp  and  ny'Jp5,  §87,  "'ji-JJD  and  CDb-^P  •  ('i.)  The  fact  that  Segho- 
lates  may  arise  alii^e  from  biip  and  ^^|b ,  §61.  1.6.  (5.)  The  cognate 
languages ;  monosyllables  in  Arabic,  whose  vowel  precedes  the  second  radi- 
cal, answer  to  those  whose  vowel  succeeds  the  same  radical  in  Aramasan, 
and  both  to  tlie  Hebrew  Segholates,  e.  g.  "rzv  servant,  Aram.  1??.,  Arab. 

9    0^ 

b.  The  presence  of  imperfect  letters  in  the  root  may  occasion  the  fol- 
lowing modifications: 

NS  mots.  Aleph.  as  a  first  radical,  sometimes  receives  a  long  vowel  (_) 
instead  of  Sh'va  (J,  §60.  3.  c,  '^'VQ^_  Jidelily  for  "i^irix,  -liis  girdle  lor  "litX  . 

S  Gidtiirrd  and  h  Guttural.  If  the  third  radical  be  a  guttural,  Pat- 
tahh  is  substituted  for  the  auxiliary  Seghol,  §61.  2,  n:32  coiijidence,  ^"C'dl 
hearing,  t^?j  height ;  if  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural,  the  preceding 
vowel  if  Hholem  remains  unchanged,  otherwise  it  also  commonly  becomes 
Pattahh  iS'i  young  man,  "i^"3  youth,  "inb/^arbut  bnx  tent,  en]?  bread. 

"^a  and  "iS  roots.  A  vowelless  "^  or  3  is  in  a  ^ew  instances  rejected 
from  the  beginning  of  a  word,  §53.  2.  a,  b^is  produce  for  ^13';',  ^''^famil- 
iarity for  niD";! .  N"'\b  elevation  for  ^■'bs,  "^ii  lamejitation  hr  •'iiD .  particu- 
larly in  feminines  and  secondary  derivatives  ;  thus,  n?2n  ,  tr\'J  ,  nu^,  nuin 
drop  an  initial  Yodh,  and  n^p ,  "^^"'3  an  initial  Nun.  Nun  may  also  ex- 
perience assimilation  when  it  is  a  second  radical,  TiX  anger  for  OSN ,  Giis 
cup  for  o;3. 

IS  artfZ  "1^'  roo/s.  In  Segholates  1  is  preceded  by  Kamets  b'S'  (accord- 
ing to  Kimchi  bljJ  in  Ezek.  28  :  18)  wickedness,  T\'i^  midst,  unless  the  last 
radical  is  a  guttural,  ni"j  space;  ^  is  preceded  by  Pattahh  and  followed 
byHhirik,  b^^  night,  'IV  eye.  These  letters  frequently  give  up  their  con- 
sonantal character  and  become  quiescent,  §57.  2.  Vav  is  rejected  in  a  few 
words  as  "^3  brand  for  ''IS,  "^X  island  for  ''^x,  ''"i  watering  for  "ti"! ,  §53.  3. 

nb  roots.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  proper  final  radical  is  rejected, 
as  it  is  in  verbs,  and  the  final  vowel  written  ti,  as  n:p  bush,  tiDS  weep- 
ing, n7^_  thought.  When  "*  ajipears  as  the  radical,  it  prefers  the  form 
■'33  weeping,  ^"^Q  fruit,  "'^3  vessel;  1  retains  its  consonantal  character  in 
irD  winter,  ibb  quail,  or  it  may  be  changed  to  its  cognate  vowel  u, 
which  combines  with  the  preceding  a  to  form  o,  §62.  1,  1^'n  (for  dhjau) 
ink,  ixn  antelope.  In  Segholates  1  quiesces  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (4),  inib 
swimming  \or  'iniu,  Jina  emptiness;  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius  contains  the 
forms  Tio  garment.,  ilip  enc/,  lb'!a  security,  but  these  words  only  occur  in 
the  plural  or  with  suffixes,  and  the  absolute  singular  is  quite  as  likely  to 
have  been  >n^,  '^'■^P^ ,  ^ba. 

2.   The  main  vowel  in  the  ultimate. 

^185.  1.   The  second  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
with  one  of  the  long  vowels  in  the  second  which  is  its  prin- 
14 


210  ETYMOLOGY.  §185 

cipal  syllable,  and  in  tlic  first  a  pretonic  Kamcts,  for  which 
Tsere  is  occasionally  substituted  when  the  second  vowel  is 
Kaniets,  thus  ^i:;?  or  bbp  ,  bbp ,  b-^bjp ,  brjp ,  brjp . 

2.  Tliese  are  properly  adjectives,  and  have  for  the  most 
part  an  intransitive  signification  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  <?,  c,  or  0,  and  a  passive  signification  when  it  is 
I  or  a,  li:;?  and  iq?  small,  Wifat,  C-n:  made  of  brass,  T^na 
chosen.  Those  with  a  and  I  in  the  ultimate  are,  however, 
prevailingly  and  the  others  occasionally  used  as  substantives, 
and  designate  objects  distinguished  by  the  quality  Mhich 
they  primarily  denote,  P'H;'  herbs  prop,  (^reen,  "lii?  stro)i(/ 
drink  prop,  intoxicating,  "lis?  leoimrd  prop,  sjjotted,  !^''i2  and 
ri':^:  turban  prop,  looimd  around,  lii?  l/^orij,  that  ichich  is 
glorious. 

a.  The  intransitive  adjectives  supply  tlie  place  of  Kal  active  partici- 
ples to  neuter  verbs,  §90,  and  in  IS  verbs  they  have  Ruperseded  the  regu- 
lar formation,  §153.  1.  D)5  for  c^I^.  Kal  passive  participles  are  verbals 
with  u.  This  formation  with  i  in  the  ultimate  is  adopted  in  several  names 
of  seasons.  3''^X  Abih.  the.  time  of  earn  of  corn.  vi"'6s  msralliering'  prop. 
the  bein^  g-alhered,  "i"':!^  vintage,  "^'^''Cf  pruning-tinie,  ui"'"in  ploiighing- 
time,  Tik;^  harvest,  Coinp.  §  201.  1.  b. 

b.  Ailjoi'tives  with  o  commonly  express  permanent  qualities,  those 
with  e  variable  ones.  bi"ia  great,  b"ia  growing  great ;  pm  strong,  piri  be- 
coming strong ;  2i"i(5  ?iea/\  "Z^p^  approaching ;  pini  re/uo/e,  pr}-)  receding. 
Hence  the  former  are  used  of  those  physical  and  moral  conditions  which 
are  fi.xed  and  constant,  such  as  fiarure,  colour,  character,  etc..  T|"^i<  foiig, 
h'i'J  round,  pis  deep,  ri'da  high;  cHx  red,  1^3  spotted,  "(pi  speckled,  pin; 
green,  "I'p'J  striped,  nn^  irhile,  piU  baij.  ~n':J  black;  P'ir'a  siceet.  "I'iniJ 
pnre,  llJiip  holy.  And  the  latter  are  employed  of  shifting  and  evanescent 
states  of  body  and  of  mind,  Nr^  thirsty,  rrn  hungry.  'JZ.^  sated,  riJ; 
weary.  b^X  grieving,  |'En  desiring,  ^'"2^  fearing,  Tbr  e.ridting. 

c.  Tlie  active  significal  ion  asserted  for  the  form  ^"^^^^  in  a  li'w  instances 
cannot  be  certainly  established;  T^'ip^  or  t"1p^ /ow/fr.  is  intransitive  in 
Hebrew  conception  as  is  shown  by  the  construction  of  the  corresponding 
verb,  comp.  Lat.  ancnpari.  aucupatns.  Otlier  alleged  cases  are  probably 
not  nouns  but  absolute  infinitives  of  Kal.  'pna  Jer.  6:  27  may  as  well  be 
rendered  /  liare  set  thee  to  try  as  for  a  trier  (of  metals)  ;  "j^'-n  Isa.  1  :  17  is 
not  oppressor  nor  ojtjrressed  but  wrong-doing,  to  dSi/ceii',  see  Alexander  in 
loc. ;  and  even  P"Cy  Jer.  22:  3  may  in  like  manner  be  oppression  instead 
of  oj)pressor. 

d.  T^b  roots  are  restricted  to  forms  with  i,  in  which  the  radical  "^ 
quiesccs,  "^y^  fresh,  "^r?  ajjlicted,  "^pj  or  N^pj  with  otiant  X,  §16.  \.piire\ 


^ISG  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  211 

or  with  a  which  combines  with  it  to  form  e,  ri  ,,  ^nb  and  i'i'ra  Jield,  l^h^ 
fair,  nxa  high;  in  a  few  nouns  this  final  vowel  is  dropped,  ^"^  Jish  for 
na^ ,  IP.  viark  for  !inn ,  yb  tree  for  nks ,  '|2  son  for  nia  ,  ns  mouth  lor  n;^Q , 
unless,  indeed,  these  and  the  lil<e  are  to  be  regarded  us  primitive  bilit- 
erals.  Vav,  as  a  final  radical,  may  be  preceded  by  a.  *12^  vieek,  or  e,  ibia 
secure. 

3.   TJie  maia  vowel  in  the  pe7iult, 

^186.  1.  The  third  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
having  an  immutable  vowel,  mostly  Hholem,  though  occa- 
sionally Shurek  or  Tsere  in  the  first,  which  is  its  principal 
syllable,  and  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  second,  thus 

Vjip,  bbip,  bbip,  bt:^p,  bb^p. 

2.  These  indicate  the  agent,  and  are  either  active  par- 
ticiples, bibip  kiUinf/,  or  substantives,  Dnin  signet-rmg  prop. 
sealer,  I'^is?  enemy.,  one  practising  hostility,  bS'^ilJ  fox  prop. 
digger,  ?|b"'5  hammer  prop,  pounder,  bpTi  morning-star  prop. 
shining  07ie. 

a.  A  number  of  nouns,  indicative  of  occupation,  follow  the  participial 
form,  which  thus  serves  to  express  permanent  and  professional  activity, 
"ipia  herdsman,  hzn  sailor  i>rop.ropC'ha7idler,  llJ"]in  ploughman.  "i^i"i  poller 
prop,  former,  oils  fuller,  "jhis  priest,  C"i3  vine-dresser,  "iniO  merchant, 
">bia  scribe,  bbii  trafficker,  nyS  shepherd,  Xs"i  physician,  njs'l  dealer  in 
unguents.  cpT  embroiderer,  "iTsiU  watchman,  "i2;iUJ  porter  prop,  gate-keeper, 
asid  judge. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  w  in  the  first  syllable  is  shortened  and  fol- 
lowed by  Daghesh-forte  conservative,  2512'  and  333?  P'/^e.  I'^IJ  ^j<7. 

c.  S:!'  roo/s.  The  contraction  of  'S'3  and  the  quiescence  of  li'  roots,  by 
reducing  them  to  biliteral  monosyllables,  obliterates  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent the  distinctions  which  have  been  described  and  which  are  possible 
only  in  triliterals.  The  contracted  forms  which  arise  from  ^'S  roots  are 
ab  ,  do,  no  ,  ao,  §  183.  6.  Of  these  so  =  Mb  belongs  to  the  monosylla- 
bic formation,  and  is  chiefly  used  of  abstracts,  i3  purity,  'z^^  nmltitude,  cn 
integrity,  h'j>  yoke  ;  and  30  =  D20  to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables,  em- 
bracing adjectives  and  concrete  nouns.  Dn  perfect,  ^U  feast  ;  while  3D 
and  30  may  arise  indiff'erently  from  either,  p'O  rottenness  is  an  abstract 
noun  for  pp^ .  but  Tt^  tender  is  an  adjective  for  Tj^"^  ,  Kamets  being  com- 
pressed to  Pattahh  before  the  doubled  letter,  comp.  §  135.  3 ;  3b  heart  is 
for  the  dissyllable  33b ,  but  "jn  favour  for  the  monosyllable  .'Sn  . 

13  and  "IS  roots.  Nouns  from  quiescent  liJ  and  "^JJ  roots  may  be 
divided  into  three  pairs  of  forms,  n]5  ,  3"^  ;  Dip  ,  3">'i ;  c^ip  ,  ^^'-\ .  Of  these 
the  last  pair  (with  the  exception  of  Kal  passive  participles)  belong  to  the 
primitive  monosyllabic  formation,   3"''i  strife,  3!ia  goodness ;  the  first  pair 


212  ETYMOLOGY.  §  187 


* 

to  tlic  first  ppecies  of  dissyllables.  ttJ"!  poor,  IT  pi 
miirftli/  one;  aiul  tiie  second  pair  may  bolong  to  citli 
pin  =  pi-\  em-ply,  "pis  =;i"X  slrenglh,  zrj  =:  zh'::  g 


1  prmul,  bi«  (7orZ  prop,  //je 
■itiier.  UJ'^n  ^  UJ'^'i  poverty, 
:j  g-ooc/. 


Class  II. — Xouns  with  reduplicated  radicals. 

§187.  1.  The  simple  form  proper  to  adjectives  is  ex- 
plained §185;  it  may  be  converted  into  an  intensive  by 
doubling  the  middle  radical,  retaining  the  long  vowel  of  the 
second  syllable  and  giving  a  short  t  or  a  to  the  first.  This 
reduplicated  or  intensive  form  denotes  what  is  characteristic, 
habitual,  or  possessed  in  a  high  degree.  Adjectives  of  this 
nature  are  sometimes  used  as  descriptive  epithets  of  persons 
or  things  distinguished  by  the  quality,  which  they  denote, 
TD^n  verj/  weak,  nj^s  seeing  prop,  (having  eyes)  wide  open, 
yh"!  righteous,  "^iaa  mighfg  man,  "j'sn  full  of  grace,  D^nn 
merciful. 

a.  As  a  general  though  not  an  invariable  rule,  the  first  syllable  has 
Pattahh  when  a  pure  vowel  a,  I,  or  u  stands  in  the  ultimate,  but  Hhirik 
when  the  ultimate  has  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  or  o.  Several 
nouns  with  a  in  the  second  syllable  are  descriptive  of  occupations  or 
modes  of  life,  comp.  §186.  2.  a,  "irx  husbandman,  ^'^'!}  Jishernian,  'j^'n  judge, 
UJnn  (rrif'nn)  workman,  ns::  cook,  n^p  seaman  (from  nbia  sail),  bsD 
hearer  of  burdens,  l^S  hunter,  n^'|5  hoioman.  325  thief,  not  a  mere  equiva- 
lent to  -}^^  one  who  steals,  but  one  who  steals  habitually,  who  makes  steal- 
ing his  occupation. 

b.  Since  the  idea  of  intensity  easily  passes  into  that  of  excess,  the 
form  bap  is  applied  to  delbrmities  and  defects,  physical  or  moral,  c^X 
dumb,  "|2a  hump-backed,  uj^n  (=\a'nn)  deaf,  "i^s  blind,  ncQ  lame,  n^i? 
bald,  \a;33  perverse. 

c.  In  a  few  instances  instead  of  doubling  the  second  radical,  the  pre- 
vious Hhirik  is  prolonged,  §59.  a,  liJi^p  and  ll"ir"'p  nettle  prop,  badly 
pricking,  "i'ii3"'p  soioke,  "lirr^'lj  the  Nile  prop,  very  black,  piJ"^-!  priso7i. 
lin-'S  spa7k,  -linis  buttle,  f'ii''?  spark. 

d.  The  following  double  the  third  radical  in  place  of  the  second,  riPi'iD 
brood,  "isn  green,  'JX.O  quiet.  n\x3  comely  from  nx3.  the  last  radical 
appearing  as  ^,  §169.  bBisx. /cpft/e,  where  the  long  vowel  Tsere  is  in- 
serted to  prevent  the  concurrence  of  consonants. 

e.  55  and  more  rarely  ^^S  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  formed  bj- their 
contraction,  bjb5  and  bjbr.  wheel  prop,  roller,  rnrn  frightful.  i"'T~t  girt. 
ipn;?  crown  of  the  head  prop,  dividing  (the  hair) ;  so  fern,  nbribn  ."Severe  pain, 
nbijb:;:  casting  down,  nbjbn  .-■ikull,  and  plur.  r'spbo  baskets,  c^i.;^?  turning 


§  188  FORMATION  OF  NOUNS.  213 

upside  down  from  tih  =  1]S,  nixb^ib  (sing,  "^^iib)  loops  and  di^lb  (sing, 
probably  nBiib  =  ^.r'^)  winding  stairs  from  nib  =  lib  ;  a  root  bib  is  need- 
lessly assumed  by  Gesenius.  Sometimes  the  harsh  concurrence  of  con- 
sonants is  prevented  by  the  insertion  of  a  long  vowel,  b^bs  (const.  b^b:i) 
cymbal  prop,  tinkling,  "i^"^?  and  i^;'i"'?.  stark  naked,  totally  destitute,  bj??;? 
despicable,  or  the  softening  of  the  former  of  the  two  consonants  to  a  vowel, 
§57.  1,  iiis  star  for  3333,  niSwia  bands  worn  on  the  forehead  for 
nisijs:: ,  'ib'j^^P  (with  the  ending  ")i  added)  ignominy  for  "pb;rbp,  bra 
Babylon  for  biba ,  or  its  assimilation  to  the  succeeding  consonant,  ^23 
something  circular,  a  circuit  for  ^3"i3 .  The  second  member  of  the  redu- 
plication suffers  contraction  or  change  in  Md-ii;:  chain  for  n'Sain^  and 
^p.'^P.  floor  for  ir?"ii^. 

2.  Abstracts  are  formed  with  a  doubled  middle  radical 
by  giving  ii  to  the  second  syllable  and  i  to  the  first,  plan 
folding  the  hands,  D^":?©  retribution,  f^p^C  abomination,  and 
in  the  phu'al  ni'^'is?  atonemeiit,  D^i^ps  commandments,  D"^rtibT^ 
divorce. 

a.  These  may  be  regarded  as  verbals  formed  from  the  Piel.  A  like 
formation  is  in  a  few  instances  based  upon  other  species,  e.  g.  Hiphil  "Iprj 
melting  from  ~r?  •  ri^Sfi.  cessation  from  the  IS"  root  51Q,  Niphal  Dib^ins: 
wrestlings :  crisins  when  derived  from  the  Niphal  means  repentings,  when 
from  the  Piel  consolations. 

c.  2'j'  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  to  which  they  are  contracted,  "in'in 
inflammation,  ^'^'Sy:y_'d  delight. 

c.  A  few  roots,  which  are  either  is  or  V  guttural,  or  have  a  liquid  for 
their  third  letter,  double  the  last  radical  with  u  in  the  final  syllable, 
y!i:i?.3  thorn-hedge,  iinXD  (  =  -mNQ)  ruddy  glow,  nTSnon  upright  columns 
designed  for  way-marks,  nnsnr'r  horror,  D'^E^SND  ad.ulteries,  C'jpiia  ridges, 
also  with  o  or  2  in  the  last  syllable,  nrr^:  acquiescence,  b'bnp_  pasture, 
"I'^'^JD  shoiver.  ">''"'i^3  obscuration.  "i"'"i'Sd  (K'thibh  misir)  tapestry,  bibsn 
whence  '^b'bDn  dark.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  is  relieved  in  b^bau 
(in  some  editions)  snail  by  Daghesh-forte  separative. 

^188.  A  few  words  reduplicate  the  two  last  radicals. 
These  may  express  intensity  in  general,  r^lp'nps  complete 
opening,  n^STis^  very  beautiful,  or  more  particularly  repeti- 
tion, ^SDSn  twisted  prop,  turning  again  and  again,  '^^'T^y^, 
slippery,  ^p^p?  crooked,  ^ThT)'^  perverse,  C|DSOif'  mixed  midti- 
tude  prop,  gathered  here  and  there,  ni'i^'isn  sp)ots  or  stripes, 
ni'iS'isn  moles  prop,  incessant  diggers.  As  energy  is  con- 
sumed by  repeated  acts   or   exhibitions  and  so  gradually 


214  ETYMOLOGY.  §189,190 

weakened,  tins  form  becomes  a  diminntivc  wlicn  applied  to 
adjectives  of  colour,  D'^'a"Si:  reddish,  p'blrT'!'  (/rccjti.sh,  "liiiniD 
blackish. 

a.  Tlic  first  of  two  ronciiiTing  consoiuiiits   is  soflcned   to   a   vowel  in 
ny.i::n  t rum pei  for  nn:i-i:in,   and  probably  ^ixj?  Lev.  16:  8  lor  btbTy, 

b.  "^'s  roots  drop  their  initial  radical,  C^nrin  gifts  from  -H^,  cssss 
offspring,  issue  from  Nk^ . 

Class  III. — JVovns  formed  ly  prrfxes. 

§  ISO.  The  third  class  of  nouns  is  formed  by  prefixing 
either  a  vowel  or  a  consonant  to  the  root.  In  the  fullowing 
instances  the  vowel  a  is  prefixed  with  a  in  the  ultimate  to 
form  adjectives  of  an  intensive  signification,  HTsx  idierly  de- 
ceitful.^ 1T3S  violent,  in'^J??  (  =  in"N)  2^c^'C7imal,  nzTS  (only 
represented  by  a  derivative,  §  94.  a)  very  foul,  fetid,  "i^icx 
exceedingly  yr OSS  or  thick  (applied  to  darkness,  Isa.  59  :  10), 
or  verbal  nouns  borrowing  their  meaning  from  the  Hiphil 
species,  nnsTi?  memorial,  "O^i?  declaration. 


a.  This  form  corresponds  with  J^'t  the  Arabic  comparative  or  .super- 
lative. Its  adoption  l(>r  Hiphil  derivatives  corroborates  the  siijrgestion, 
§82.  5.  b  (2).  respecting  tiie  tbrniation  of  the  Hiphil  species  and  the  origin 
of  its  causal  idea. 

b.  The  letter  N:  is  merely  the  bearer  of  the  initial  vowel  and  has  no 
significance  of  its  own  in  these  forms;  n  is  substituted  for  it  in  ^^''n 
(=b3';x)  palace,  temple  prop,  very  capacious  from  hz"^  in  the  sense  of  its 
cognate  bis  lo  contain.  So.  likewise,  in  a  few  verl)als  with  feminine  ter- 
minations, r!ir?3ii*ri  Ezek.  24:26  caii.fing  io  hear  used  (or  the  Hiph.  infin.. 
§128,  i"^^"^!^    delicerance  from  bs3 ,    <^n:n  grant  of  7 est  (=nni:n)  from 

c.  The  short  vowel  prefixed  with  N  to  monosyllables  of  the  first 
species,  as  explained  §  183.  c.  lias  no  effect  upon  the  meaning,  and  does  not 
properly  enter  into  the  constitution  of  the  Ibrni. 

§190.  The  consonants  prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns 
are  "a,  n,  and  "^ .  They  are  sometimes  prefixed  without  a 
vowel,  the  stem  letters  constituting  a  dissyllnble  of  them- 
selves, ^k^i^  ,  ^"J^''? ,  ''^'^i? ,  "i^>*n ;  more  commonly  they 
receive  a  or  i  followed  by  a  long  vowel  in  the  ultimate,  e.  g. 


§191  FORMATION    OF   NOUNS.  215 

a.  Pattahh  commonly  stands  before  e,  I.  and  u.  and  Hhirik  before  (i  and 
e,  unless  tiie  first  radical  is  a  guttural  or  an  assimilated  Nun,  when  Pattahh 
is  again  preferred,  ^^i*.^  food,  3."l37D  planting,  liia??  saw,  D^nn  a  species 
of  bird,  ^^,1  aland  of  gem.  Seghol  is  occasionally  employed  before  a 
guttural  or  liquid  followed  by  a.  §63.1.6,  '^^'^'0,  depth,  33n^  chariot, 
chi^Sia  pair  of  tongs.  These  rules  are  not  invariable,  however,  as  will 
appear  from  such  forms  as  n^i^:,  "3073,  ibpia ,  liJipbi? ,  tlipan  .  A  few 
words  have  d  in  tlie  ultimate,  rVn^  harp,  p:n^  strangling.  The  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-ibrte  separative  in  the  first  radical  is  exceptional,  ^7^'? 
Ex.  15:  17.  ::-'V""?'?  Job  9:  IS,  rinjai?  Joel  1  :  17. 

b.  ■'B  roots.  The  first  radical  appears  as  "^  resting  in  Hhirik  or  Tsere, 
"lib'^^  and  "1^"^^  rectitude.  ttJiT^n  new  wine,  "i'9'^n  south,  or  as  T  resting 
in  Hholem  or  Shurek,  13?1^  appointed  time,  iGliS  correction,  "ilJin  sojourner, 
iIjTO  sorrow.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  rejected,  bin  world,  or  assimilated 
to  the  following  radical,  rSJ^  bed,  S'n^  Jcnawledge. 

^'.V  and  "*:!  roots.  The  root  is  reduced  to  a  monosyllabic  biliteral  by 
the  quiescence  or  rejection  of  the  second  radical,  the  prefix  receiving 
Sh'va,  "TS^  citadel,  cina  sound  place,  cinn  ocean.  Cip^  living  thing,  or 
more  commonly  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  "^ixia  luminary,  "(ii^ ,  I'^'i'a 
and  '"I'O  strife,  T"'"!'?  race,  3"^^^  adversary.  The  feminine  form  is  almost 
always  adopted  after  r\,  ns-'Vrn  salvation,  n^^i^n  oblation. 

rs  roots.  The  root  is  mostly  contracted  to  a  biliteral  and  the  vowel 
compressed  to  a,  «,  e  or  6,  §61.  4,  the  prefix  sometimes  receiving  Sh'va 
which  gives  rise  to  a  Segholate  form,  §61.  1.  b,  03^  tribute  for  ti'Z'O,  17375 
bitterness  for  ~i7:a .  ban  defilement  for  bsri ,  ~ib  fear  for  T|"i^ .  'C^"^  mast 
for  ")"in ;  more  frequently  it  receives  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  "O^ 
covering.  ".^'3  shield.,  tii'TS  fortress,  1^73  anguish.  In  pt'^a  running,  the 
short  vowel  of  the  perfect  root  is  preserved  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte  in 
the  first  radical.  H  is  almost  always  ibilovved  by  the  feminine  ending, 
nbnn  folly,  n^rn  beginning,  HiJEPi  prayer. 

rtb  roots.  The  ultimate  has  n  ,  niTTa  disease.  !^S?"i^  pasture,  which 
is  apocopated  in  a  few  words,  hv^  lifting  up,  b"a  higher  part,  '|"73  and 
■^"^  o?«  flcco^m^  0/^  and  always  disappears  belbre  the  feminine  ending  n^, 
§62.  2.  c,  r^b?a  ascent,  ni^^  commandment,  i^'pFi  ^ojoe,  tixbn  weari  less. 
Before  the  feminine  termination  n  the  final  radical  appears  as  quiescent 
"^  or  1,  ri"'airi  interest,  rsiitn  whoredom,  mDnn  encamping,  niyia  parfiwre. 
Yodh  is  retained  as  a  consonant  after  «,  n'^"'bn73  diseases. 

^191.  The  letter  '52  is  a  fragment  of  the  pronoun  '''a 
zc/io  or  nia  ^t;/^«^'.     Nouns,  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  denote 

1.  The  agent  zv/w  does  what  is  indicated  by  the  root,  as 
the  participles,  ^  84.  5,  formed  by  an  initial  "a ,  and  a  few 
substantives,  bibb's  didactic  psalm  prop,  instructor,  'Sa 
(from  b?2)  c//(7^prop.  zohat falls  off. 

2.  The  instrument  bt/  lohich  it  is  done,  HPEa  /Y'y  from 


216       ,  ETYMOLOGY.  §192 

nn2  to  open,  "^^^  goad  from  tbb  fo  Icarn,  '\'h'a  saw  from 
"lie:  to  saw. 

3.  The  place  or  time  in  which  it  is  done,  T[%va  altar 
from  nzT  to  sacrifice,  y?7''?  lair,  "ji^^  brick-kiln,  yoin  period 
of  residence. 

4.  The  action  or  the  quality  ichich  is  expressed  by  the 
root,  ns'j'a  slaughter,  ^29''?  moarning,  "'IT'?  sickness,  ri^r^ 
error,  "ni"'T3  straighiness.  Verbals  of  this  nature  sometimes 
approximate  the  infinitive  in  signification  and  construction, 
as  nisTO  overturning,  trk'm  Ezck.  17:9,  <^1GG.  2.  In 
Chaldec  the  infinitive  regularly  takes  this  form,  e.  g.  ^i?p^ 
to  kill. 

5.  The  object  upon  2chich  the  action  is  directed  or  the 
subject  in  which  the  quality  inheres,  ^^'^^.  food  from  bisj  to 
eat,  'yi'diy^  psalm  from  "Taj  to  sing,  nipbia  bootg  from  npb  ^ 
/«/J-^,  rriizt-Qfat  things  from  l^ilj  /o  be  fat,  ^^^^  ///«^f  «67/2c:7^ 
25  small,  PO?''?  ''^^'^^  ^^^y^/c/^  26'  remote. 

a.  These  dilTerent  eignifioations  blenrl  into  one  another  in  such  a  man- 
ner that  it  is  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  the  precise  shade  of  meaning 
originally  attached  to  a  word:  and  not  infrequently  more  than  one  ofthese 
senses  co-exist  in  the  same  word.  Thus.  ~"X"2  luviinarij.  may  suggest  the 
idea  of  agency,  (lispmser  of  light,  or  of  place,  reservoir  of  light ;  rbrN"3 
knife,  may  be  so  called  as  an  agent,  a  devourer,  or  as  an  instrument,  ^^sed  in 
eating;  'O'^'P^'O  means  both  ^  holy  thing  and  a.  holy  place ;  "'S^^  sale,  and 
something  sold  or  for  sale  ;  nsbiaia  royal  authority  and  kingdom;  v.'ii'O  the 
act. place,  and  time  of  going  forth  nm\  that  which  goes  forth  ;  S^'l^a  the  place 
and  time  of  sitting  or  dwelling  as  well  as  they  who  sit  or  dwell.    ■ 

§  192.  Nouns  formed  by  prefixing  "^  or  ri  denote  persons 
or  thinii's  to  which  the  idea  of  the  root  is  attached. 

1.  ■>  is  identical  in  origin  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  masc. 
future  in  verbs,  and  is  largely  used  in  the  formation  of  names 
of  ])crsous,  pn:^''  Isaac,  rinsi  Jephtha,  but  rarely  in  forming 
a})})cllatives,  ^''^'^  adversary  prop,  contender,  "tid^  apostate 
j)rop,  departer,  "^^p^!  bag  prop,  gatherer,  D"p^  living  thing 
j)rop.  that  iichich)  stands,  ^^"^"^  fresh  oil  prop,  that  {which) 
shines. 


§193  FORMATION    OF   NOUNS.  217 

2.  fi ,  probably  the  same  with  tlie  prefix  of  the  3  fem. 
future  of  verbs,  which  is  here  used  in  a  neuter  sense,  is  em- 
ployed in  the  formation  of  a  few  concrete  nouns,  "in^^  ^^^^ 
prop,  that  {which)  endures,  ^"'i^ri  cloak  prop,  that  {which) 
ivraps  iqj,  ^^IT^  furnace  prop,  that  {which)  burns,  n^an  apple 
prop,  that  {which)  exhales  fragrance.  But  it  more  frequently 
appears  in  abstract  terms  like  the  feminine  ending  in  other 
forms,  If^yp^  understanding,  'yT\flT\  bitterness,  ^^3?n  delight. 
It  is  very  rarely  found  in  designations  of  persons,  and  only 
when  they  occupy  a  relation  of  dependence  and  subordina- 
tion, and  may  consequently  be  viewed  as  things,  T''abri 
learner,  sitin  one  dwelling  on  another's  lands,  tenant,  vassal. 

a.  The  great  majority  of  nouns  with  r  prefixed  have  likewise  a 
feminine  ending,  n^'n'^r!  deep  sleep,  njilC'ri  salvation,  rrixsn  beauty, 
n-ib-in  fraud. 

Class  IV. — N'ovns  formed  ty  affixes. 

§193.  The  nouns  formed  by  means  of  an  affixed  letter 
or  vowel  are  chiefly  denominatives.  The  consonant  "}  ap- 
pended by  means  of  the  vowel  o,  or  less  frequently  a,  forms 

1.  Adjectives,  "jinnx  last  from  -in«  after,  X^^^"}  first  from 
tish  head,  I'ib'^n  middle  from  tj^n  midst,  IPn^Jn:  brazen  from 
nrn:  brass.  A  very  few  are  formed  directly  from  the  root, 
■ji^ns  poor,  'ji'"'^?  most  high,  "i^bx  widowed. 

2.  Abstract  substantives,  the  most  common  form  of 
which  is  'ji'^^p ,  e.  g.  X^^p.  blindness,  "jintas  confidence,  "jin^y 
pain,  'jip'n,;;  paleness,  though  various  other  forms  likewise 
occur,  e.  g.  I'i'^^i?  and  "J^^^  destruction,  ^iins  dominion,  'j'i'^tJS 
success,  IS'^i?  offering. 

a.  In  a  few  words  the  termination  'i  has  been  thought  to  be  intensive, 
riid  sabbath,  l^nsia  a  ^reat  sabbath,  "rr  proud,  ■"IT^'I  eaxeedingly  proud, 
and  once  diminutive  'U"'X  man,  "|iiu"'X  little  man,  i.  e.  the  pupil  of  the  eye, 
so  called  from  the  image  reflected  in  it.  The  word  'y^^'^.l  Jeshurun  from 
"rai  upright,  is  by  some  explained  as  a  diminutive  or  term  of  endearment, 
while  others  think  that  the  termination  "1  has  no  further  meaning  than 
to  make  of  the  word  a  proper  name,  comp.  "j'lBst .  See  Alexander  on 
Isaiah  44 :  2. 


218  ETYMOLOGY.  §194,195 

b.  1  is  occasionally  alTixed  with  the  vowel  e.  'jT'ij  a.ve.  ")";Sa  nail. 

c.  A  few  words  are  (brmed  by  appending  D,  e.  g.  DT""!??  and  "pnD  ran- 
som. C^D  hidilrr  froni  bBo  to  lift  up.  CilJ-in  sacred  scribe  from  u-in  .tlijhi.-t. 
Din^  so;///i  li-oiu  ITT  /o  shine;  or  b,  e.g.  blsnD  garden  from  c-;3  r///^- 
yar(/,  bi'^a  ctilyx  or  cup  of  a  Jlower  Trom  ?"'^5  r?(/j.  bbip  a;/A:/^  rmm  O"]? 
joint,  -5i~n  lociLft  from  5")n  indicative  of  trciiuiloiis  motii)n,  bE^?  //<jc/c 
darkness  from  ""''^3  cloud,  bna  ?/'o/t  proljahly  li-om  Tn3  /o  pierce. 

§194.  The  vowel  "^ .  forms  adjectives  indicating  relation 
or  derivation. 

1.  It  is  added  to  proper  names  to  denote  nationality  or 
family  descent,  '^'^^5'  llehrcw,  "'P^^!^  Jebusite,  ''k'^*'^  Philistine, 
*ii2")N  Jramean,  ''"^^^a  Egijjjtian,  ■'?snir7  Israelitish,  an  Israel- 
ite, •'H  Danite,  Tnj?  Kohathite,  ^k"^"}}.  Gershonite. 

2.  It  is  also  added  to  other  substantives,  "'b^s^  northerner, 
'^'yr.foreif^ncr.,  "'Hs  villafjcr,  "•'p-^n  footman,  ''Py  timclij,  ■'^"'?? 
2;;w^r  from  the  plural  D"'22;  to  a  few  adjectives,  "'"^pi?  and 
ITDS  violent,  "'"PTX  and  '^"^y^.  foolish,  and  even  to  prepositions, 
'TTs:^  lowest  iYQiw  nnh  ,  "^bsb/yw// from  ^bDb  +  \  ,  §G2.  2. 

o.  The  fomiiiine  ending  M^  is  dropped  beflire  tiiis  ending,  ^^^'^'l  Jew 
from  nn^in^.  ■'i;"'"i3  Beiiite  from  ~r"'"i3.  or  the  old  ending  n^  takes  its 
pkice,  T^?."!?  Maachathite  from  ni:r">3 ,  or  3  is  inserted  between  tlie  vowels, 
"^ibd  Shelanile  fi-om  nbilJ.  Final  ^.  combines  with  the  appended  "'.  into 
i,  §62.  2,  •'I'b  Levite  and  Leui.  ''iva  Shunite  and  Shuni. 
,  6.  In  a  very  few  instances  ''_  takes  the  place  of  "^ . ,  e.g.  "'"^in  ir/jjVe 
stuffs,  ''"nil  basket,  ^bnb  /oo/j.  and  perhaps  ■':'ii>n .  in  a  collective  sense 
windoics,  "'STjri  uncovered,  "'^"'3  wliich  Gesenius  derives  from  ^33  and 
takes  to  mean  canning ;  if  however,  it  is  derived  from  i^Vs ,  §  1S7.  1.  c, 
and  means  spendthrift,  the  final  Yodh  will  be  a  radical. 


MULTILITERALS. 

§195.  1.  Quadriliteral  nouns  are  for  the  most  part 
evenly  divided  into  two  syllables,  ^"^ip?  scorpion,  "1373  treas- 
urer, "^^y)  sickle,  ^^'iba  barren.  Sometimes  the  second  rad- 
ical receives  a  vowel,  that  of  the  first  radical  being  either 
rejected,  pT?")?^  damask,  ^^^^  frost,  "ii^9  vine  blossom,  or  pre- 
served by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte,  TiJibbn  fint,  ©"'isy 


^196        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         219 

spider,  lij^ls  and  TiJ"»>"'3  concubine.     Occasionally   tlie   thii'd 
radical  has  Daghesh-lbrte,  ^|u?  bat,  ~\'^hz^Ji/L 

2.  Words  of  five  or  more  letters  are  of  rare  occurrence 
and  appear  to  be  chiefly  of  foreign  origin,  I'aiinN  purple,  ?'^1S2 
frog,  TD-jy-ii?  clofh,  Hr^^ni?  male,  ^k'y\'m^_  satrap. 

3.  Compound  words  are  few  and  of  doubtful  character, 
t\ydvi  shadow  of  death,  tmi^q  anything  prop,  what  and  what, 
TO^ba  nothing  prop,  no  lohat,  b?!r^  ivorthlessness  prop,  no 
profit,  r.^bsN-a  darhiess  of  Jehovah,  T^)T}2r\b'd  fame  of  Jeho- 
vah, except  in  proper  names,  p^ii'^^sbia  Melchizedelt,  king  of 
righteousness,  ^"0"^^  Obadiah,  serving  Jehovah,  D'^p^'i^^"'  Je- 
hoiakim,  Jehovah  shall  establish. 


Gender  and  Number. 

§196.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  other  Semitic 
languages,  but  two  genders,  the  masculine  C^?!)  and  the 
feminine  C^ip?).  The  masculine,  as  the  primary  form,  has 
no  characteristic  termination  ;  the  feminine  ends  in  n^  or  n , 
e.  g.  bi2p  masc.,  f^?"^p  or  rib'jp  fem. 

a.  The  only  trace  o!"  the  neuter  in  Hebrew  is  in  the  interrogative,  tra 
-M'/ifl^  being  used  of  things  as  "'"S  ?(7io  of  persons.  The  function  assigned 
to  the  neuter  in  other  languages  is  divided  between  the  masculine  and  the 
feminine,  being  principally  conmiitted  to  the  latter. 

b.  The  original  feminine  ending  in  nouns  as  in  verbs,  §S5.  1.  a  (1),  ap- 
pears to  have  been  n,  which  was  either  attached  directly  to  the  word, 
Pibb'p  which,  by  §61.  2.  becomes  n^Vp)  o"*  added  by  means  of  the  vowel  a. 
n^::'p  or  n^:2p,  which  by  the  rejection  of  the  consonant  from  the  end  of 
the  word,  §55.  2.  c,  becomes  ^"^'4?^.  The  termination  n.  or  n^  is  still 
found  in  a  very  few  words,  rp-i2  emerald,  nx;?  pdican,  rs'Sd  companij 
2  Kin.  9:  17,  ri"';n:Q  morrow,  nio  portion.,  rip  end.  rr"^  Josh.  13:  i:-i.  and 
the  poetic  forms,  nn^ai  song,  r^np^  inheritance,  X^y",  hflp,  r-ib  fruitful, 
T\yq  sleep.  Two  other  words,  r?n  Ps.  74  :  ly  and  rJ-JS  Ps.  61:1,  have 
been  cited  as  additional  examples,  but  these  are  in  the  construct  state, 
which  always  preserves  the  original  n  final;  it  is  likewise  always  re- 
tained before  suffixes   and  paragogic  letters,  §61.  6.  a,  V|ri3.'!iC'|i ,  nrrVw'^i, 

c.  The  feminine  ending  fi     receives  the  accent  and  is  thus  readily  dis- 


220  ETYMOLOGY.  ^197 

tiniTuished  from  the  unncconled  paragogic  H  ,  In  a  few  instances  gram- 
niuriaiis  liave,  suspected  that  forius  may  perhaps  be  feminine,  thougli 
the  punituatois  iuive  decided  otherwise  by  phicing  the  accent  on  the 
penult,  e.g.  n-ir2  burning  Hos.  7  : 4.  HP^pj  Galihe  2  Kin.  15:29,  Hnbp 
(Jestniction  Ezek.  7:25,  nrnn  vuUure  Deut.  14:17,  nbc'j  low  Ezek. 
21  :  31. 

(/.  Tl)e  vowel  h'tler  X.  wiiich  is  the  usual  sign  of  the  feminine  in 
Chaldee  and  Syriac.  tai<es  tlie  place  of  n  in  SC'^  thies/n'ng  Jer.  50:11, 
uln  terror-  Isa.  I'J:  17.  sbn  wru/h  Dan.  11  :44,  X^nb  lioness  Ezek.  19:2, 
Nyj'a  viark  L;mi.  3:12,  N^^  biUtr  Ruth  1:20,  xn-;?  bah/ness  Ezek. 
27:31.  xi'i  sleep  Ps.  127:2.  No  such  form  is  found  in  the  Pentateuch 
unless  it  be  n^t  loathing  Num.  11  :  20,  where,  liowever,  as  Ewald  sug- 
gests, X  may  be  a  radical  since  it  is  easy  to  assume  a  root  t<"ij  cognate  to 
"III.  The  feminine  ending  in  pronouns  of  the  second  and  third  persons,  and 
in  verbal  futures  is  I  "^  ;  an  intermediate  form  in  e  appears  in  nn!i;  Isa. 
59  :5  and  '"i^t;y  the  numeral  ieii,  or  rather  teen,  as  it  only  occurs  in  num- 
bers compounded  with  the  units.  For  like  unusual  forms  in  verbs  see 
§S6.  b.  and  §  156.  4. 

e.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  in  the  Indo-European  languages  is  a  final 
vowel,  corresponding  to  the  vowel-ending  in  Hebrew;  the  Latin  has  a.  the 
Greek  a  or  r;,  the  Sanskrit  i.  And  inasmuch  as  the  feminine  in  Hebrew 
covers,  in  part  at  least,  the  territory  of  tlie  neuter,  its  consonantal  ending 
n  may  be  compared  with  t.  the  sign  of  the  neuter  in  certain  Sanskrit  pro- 
nouns, represented  by  d  in  Latin,  id,  illiid,  istud.  quid;  in  English  ?7, 
what.  that.  This  distinctive  neuter  sign  has,  however,  been  largely  super- 
seded in  Indo-European  tongues  by  m  or  v,  which  is  properly  the  sign  of 
the  accusative,  bonum,  Kakov,  the  passivity  of  the  personal  object  being 
allied  to  the  lifeless  non-personality  of  the  neuter.  Bopp  Vergleich. 
Granmi.  §ir)2.  In  curious  coincidence  with  this,  the  Hebrew  sign  of  the 
definite  ohject  is  PX  prefixed  to  nouns;  and  its  principal  consonant  is 
affixed  to  form  the  inferior  gender,  the  neuter  being  comjjrehended  in  the 
feminine. 

^197.  It  is  obvious  that  tliis  transfer  to  all  existing 
things,  and  even  to  abstract  ideas,  of  the  distinction  of  sex 
found  in  hving  beings,  must  often  be  purely  arbitrary.  For 
althonn-h  some  thinu;s  have  marked  characteristics  or  associa- 
tions  in  virtue  of  Avhicli  they  might  readily  be  classed  Avith 
a  particular  sex,  a  far  greater  number  hold  an  indeterminate 
position,  and  might  with  quite  as  much  or  quite  as  little 
reason  be  assigned  to  either.  It  hence  happens  that  tliere  is 
no  general  ride  other  than  usage  for  the  gender  of  Hebrew 
words,  and  that  there  is  a  great  want  of  uniformity  in  usage 
itself. 


§197 


GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS. 


221 


a.  The  following  names  of  females  are  without  the  proper  distinctive 
feminine  termination  : 

cx  vioiher.  lirx  she-ass.        li-^J-"'^  concubine.       ^5\!i  queen. 

So  the  names  of  double  members  of  the  body,  whether  of  men  or  ani' 
mala,  which  are  feminine  with  rare  exceptions : 

t]3  palm. 


))H  ear. 
S2SS  finger. 
•jiiS  thumb 
■^^a  knee. 


^!|bx  footstep. 
-1X3  well. 
■133  belly. 
3Tn  sword. 


C]r3  .shoulder. 
T??  eye. 
y^S  side. 


'"nj?  horn. 
^Sn  fijot. 

•jia  tooth. 
pib  leg-. 


5TT|  Arm. 
'i^  hand. 
r\^_1  thigh. 

The  following  nouns  are  also  feminine  : 

nx  brazier.  013  nip.  iT'^i"   Great  Bear. 

133  circuit.  b"!?  couch. 

tnab  brightness,  nds  workmanship.  Xi3"i  myriad. 
bvi  shoe.  rs  morsel.  i>3Pi  world. 

&.  The  following  nouns  are  of  doubtful  gender,  being  sometimes  con- 
strued as  masculine  and  sometimes  as  feminine.  Those  which  are  com- 
monly masculine  are  distinguished  thus  ('^) ;  those  which  are  commonly 
feminine  are  distinguished  thus  (f). 

Tj"!'il  way.  *  ^^'Z'O  fortress. 

*biin  temple.        *  hsttd  altar. 

*  'ji'Ciii  multitude.     t^.?n^  camp. 
"i;:;!  beard.  *  'n'^pi  rod. 

•ji^n  window.      *  cipa  place. 
I^n  court.  r^^i^a  brass. 

^31"'  jubilee.  f  ia£  3  5oz</. 

t  r^?  "5"'^'^  Aanc/.     -i"^D  pot. 
'^b.^  peg.  t  nbb  flour. 

*  "1133  glm-y.  "zb  cloud. 


t  '|3X  stole. 

*  "lix  light. 
nix  s/o-M. 
■'ix  fleet. 

•ji-ix  ar/f. 
nnx  7;a;^. 
t  yix  eaWA. 
t  cix  fire. 

*  "153  garment. 

*  IT^a  house. 
"i-ia  7raZZ. 
X'^^  valley. 

')  5  garden. 
t  "55  t'i'He. 
*  ■|"ia  threshing- 
floor. 


TS  pail. 

*  cn3  vineyard. 

*  3b  heart. 

cnb  bread. 

f  "jidb  tongue. 

*  b3X.a  /ood 


*  c?  people. 
3";s;  evening. 


t  Q?Q  i?";?;e  (repe- 
tition). 
"jisrs  ?iori/i. 
rep  6oip. 
t  nil  spirit. 
t  3'n-i  street. 

*  cnn  womb. 

*  cr'"i  juniper. 
bixd  /ie//. 

*  D3U3  sceptre. 
nid  sabbath. 

IsB  g-a/e. 


t  ry  time(dura-    Ginn  ocean. 

tion).         *'\^'^V\  south. 

*  CJQ  /ace.  *  "lyn  razor. 


t  nbn  cZoor. 

Gesenius  ascribes  only  one  gender  to  a  few  of  these  words,  but  3^  is 
once  fem.  Prov.  12:25;  so  bbx^-a  fem.  Hab.  1:16,  "i^JSa  fem.  Hab.  1  :  10, 
nsTB  fem.  Ezek.  43  :  13,  DS3j'masc.  Ezek.  24  :  10.     The  list  might  be  re- 


2'22  ETYMOLOGY.  ^193 

duced  by  referring  fhe  vacillation  in  gender,  wherever  it  is  possililc,  to  tlie 
syntax  rather  than  the  noun.  Verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns,  which  be- 
long to  leniinine  nouns  n)ay  in  certain  cases,  as  will  he  shown  hereal'ter,  be 
put  in  the  masculine  as  the  more  indefinite  and  primary  Ibrm.  While,  on 
the  other  hand,  those  which  belong  to  masculine  names  of  inanimate  ob- 
jects arc  sometimes  put  in  tlie  feminine  as  a  substitute  for  the  neuter. 

c.  Some  si)ecies  of  animals  exhibit  a  distinct  name  for  each  sex.  the 
feminine  being  formed  from  the  masculine  by  the  appropriate  termination, 
iQ  hiillock.  nns  /,eift'r.  bsr  calf.  fern.  n!:;:?.  t"=3  lumh.  I'em.  nubr.  or 
being  represented  by  a  word  of  different  radicals,  il^n  ass.  fem.  "("iriN . 
When  this  i.s  not  the  case,  the  name  of  the  species  may  be  construed  in 
either  gender  according  to  the  sex  of  the  individual  spoken  of,  as  bra 
camel,  ~;?3  cattle,  ">"iss  bird,  or  it  may  have  a  fixed  gender  of  its  own 
irrespective  of  the  sex  of  the  in,dividual;  thus,  253  dog,  3ST  wolf,  "liiu  ox, 
are  masculine,  ri2:"^X  hare,  nji"'  dove,  bn"!  sheep,  are  feminine. 

d.  Tiie  names  ot"  nations,  rivers,  and  mountains  are  commonly  mascu- 
line, those  of  countries  and  cities  feminine.  Accordingly,  such  words  as 
cinx  Edoiii,  rjj'.r  Moab.  nnsin-i  Judali,  c-'n^ia  Egypt,  S"'Tr3  Chaldees, 
are  construed  in  the  masculine  when  the  people  is  meant,  and  in  the  fem- 
inine when  the  country  is  meant. 

§19S.  The  feminine  ending  is  frequently  employed  in 
the  formation  of  abstract  nouns,  and  is  sometimes  extended 
to  the  formation  of  official  designations  (comp.  his  Honour^ 
Jus  E-vcellenct/,  Ids  Reverence),  nns  gov:ernor,  r:2  collcapie, 
ribnp  p)-eacher,  and  of  collectives  (comp.  humanit//  for  man- 
kind), 'j^  afislt,  '^^ri'^fidh,  "j:^  a  cloud,  nb:?  clouds,  f^  a  tree, 
ni?  timber,  nni?  a  traveller,  nnnij;  caravan,  nyVs  Zeph.  3:19 
the  haltlnfj,  nu'^bs  the  escaped. 

a.  (1)  The  femiinne  ending  added  to  Segholales  gives  new  prominence 
to  the  originally  abstract  character  of  this  Ibrmation,  -"i"")  and  J^^'t'T 
wickedness,  distinguished  by  Ewald  as  to  aSu<ov  and  clbixia,  nE"^n  shame, 
n^^ir  slotlifnlness. 

(2)  So  to  monosyllables  whose  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  '"i|^'^^ 
riglitcoitsness.  wiiich  is  more  abstract  and  at  the  same  time  used  more  ex- 
clusively in  a  moral  sense  than  the  Segholate,  p"|:i  rigliliicss,  nbsN  dark- 
ness, equivalent  to  bex,  nr;53  (=n;b)  brighl>ie.ss,  ni'ic^  (  =  rTi";  )  salva- 
tion. Or  nouns  of  this  description  nn'uht  be  supposed  to  have  .^jirnng  from 
the  adjectives  belonging  to  the  second  form  of  Class  I.,  the  prelonic  vowel 
fiilling  away  upon  the  addition  of  the  feminine  ending,  bsx  dnjk.  nbrx 
the  dark,  to  a-Koreivov,  nrilD^  the  being  saved  from  ?itt3^,  >f^^'^B  justice 
from  b'>bQ  judge.  The  Ibllowing  nOuns,  descriptive  of  the  station  or  func- 
tions of  a  particular  class,  fiillow  this  form.  ~bi  king,  Pisib^  kingly  office 
or  sway.  X'^23  prophet.  nxi23  pro})hecy.  'H3  ])riest,  HSns  priesthood  or 
priestly  duty,  bs"!  merchant,  n^^-i  traffic. 


^198  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  223 

(3)  Tlie  feminine  ending  occasionally  gives  an  abstract  signification  to 
rec]u[)licated  forms,  "!^^  bliud^  ^l-'.?  blindness,  nsa  haciv^  a  bald  fore- 
head, rnaa  baldness  in  front,  Niin  sinner,  rxisn  and  nlsun  sin,  nnsa 
terror,  nc^p  scoffing,  nbnipn  anguish,  or  to  those  which  have  a  prefixed 
letter  '33,  "can's  oi-erlhrow.  nbC'C'S  dominion,  n:c!i.1^  confusion,  or  parfiru- 
larJy  n,  ni'VJn  salcalion,  nniirn  lesliinony,  i^^p^ri    hope,    niilFi  weariness. 

(I)  It  is  likewise  added  to  forms  in  ^_,  tl'fs''hQ  judgment,  MJ'V^?.  u-ork- 
ing,  rribxT  beginning,  rii"ini|i;  e/uZ,  ri"i"7Nd  remnant,  the  termination  nsi 
being  often  found  in  place  of  ni  ,  n"'£"En  2  Chron.  26:21  K'ri,  nit'Sn 
K'thibh.  disease  prop,  freedom  from  duty,  "'^"Sn  free,  ri^bsn  redness, 
i!:-b3n  rec/,  n^ni-iTS  bitterness,  i-i"'n?D  6i7/er,  nnr3  heariness,  r^iirbx 
7i?/c/o((;/ioof/,  and  occasionally  rn,  mo^n  loisdom,  Ti^bin  folly,  though  the 
latter  may  perhaps  be  a  plural  as  it  is  explained  by  Gesenius-.  Ewald 
suggests  a  connection  between  the  final  "^  of  the  relative  adjective,  which 
thus  passes  into  ^  and  even  to  i  in  this  abstract  formation,  and  the  old 
construct  ending  i,  and  i.  The  further  suggestion  is  here  offered  that 
■  both  may  not  improbably  be  derived  from  the  pronoun  Sin.  which  was 
originally  of  common  gender,  §71.  a  (3).  Thus,  y"]N"iri'^n  Gen.  1:24 
beast  of  earth  is  equivalent  to  ^'"ix  N^n  n^n  beast  viz.  that  of  earth,  and 
pni-iSP-q  (which  may  be  tor  ^lih^  as  the  plural  ending  C.  for  nil,  §  199.  e), 
is  equivalent  to  p^ri  Nin  T\^p2  king  viz.  that  of  righteousness.  The  ap- 
pended pronominal  vowel  thus  became  indicative  of  the  genitive  relation; 
and  its  employment  in  adjectives,  involving  this  relation,  is  but  an  exten- 
sion of  this  same  use,  ''bx"ib';i  of  or  belonging  to  Israel,  Israelitish.  Tlie 
further  addition  of  the  feminine  ending  in  its  abstract  sense,  has  mostly 
preserved  the  vowel  from  that  attenuation  to  I  which  it  has  experienced  at 
the  end  of  the  word,  comp.  §  101.  1.  a.  rsiSTsbs  widowhood  prop,  the  state 
of  a  widow  T^^k  ,  ni"23n  wisdom  prop,  the  quality  belonging  to  the  wise 
C3n.  The  rare  instances  in  which  the  termination  n>l  is  superimposed 
upon  ■!_  viz.:  nsi'^-iTSN  ,  rui'^riTDiiD ,  may  belong  to  a  time  when  the  origin 
of  the  ending  was  no  longer  retained  in  the  popular  consciousness.  The 
termination  ni_  or  nsi  in  abstracts  derived  from  rib  roots  is  of  a  different 
origin  from  that  just  explained  and  must  not  be  confounded  with  it;  "^  or  -1 
is  there  the  final  radical  softened  to  a  vowel,  j  168,  as  n'i'd  or  ninu  cap- 
tivity from  n^ia  to  lead  captive. 

h.  In  Arabic,  nouns  of  unity,  or  those  which  designate  an  individual, 
are  often  formed  by  appending  the  feminine  termination  to  masculine.? 
which  have  a  generic  or  collective  signification.  This  has  been  thought 
to  be  the  case  in  a  few  words  in  Hebrew,  "^i^fleet,  nj:x  ship,  "li'b  hair, 

nn:'"vZ;  a  hair.      ^t>  swarm.,  '^"^l-"^  (^  bee. 

c.  Some  names  of  inanimate  objects  are  formed  from  those  of  ani- 
mated beings  or  parts  of  living  bodies,  which  they  were  conceived  to 
riisemble.  by  means  of  the  feminine  ending,  taken  in  a  neuter  sense,  ck 
mother,  Jiax  metropolis,  7\y^.  thigh,  nsi^  hinder  parf.  e.vtreniHy,  t'S  palm 
of  the  hand,  hB3  palm-branch,  n^a  forehead,  nn:ia  greave,  tiQ  mouth, 
n^Q  edge. 


224  ETYMOLOGY.  §  199 

^199.  There  are  three  numbers  in  Hebrew,  the  singular 
(Tn;'  V'B),  dual  (d^:©  ^iisb),  and  phral  (n^an  i-icb).  The 
plural  of  masculine  nouns  is  formed  by  adding  D"^.  ,  or  de- 
fectively written  D . ,  to  the  singular,  0^6  horse,  D^'DTO  horses, 
p"^"!?  righteous  {man),  D"'p"''i?  or  Dp"''!?  righteous  {men).  The 
plural  of  feminine  nouns  is  formed  by  the  addition  of  rii , 
also  written  n",  the  feminine  endiniij  of  the  sinG;ular,  if  it 
has  one,  being  dropped  as  superfluous,  since  the  plural  ter- 
mination of  itself  distinguishes  the  gender,  C"3  citp,  riob 
cups,  nb^na  virgin,  rib^na  and  in'b^rn  virgins,  rston  sin, 
rr.'&'C'n  sins;  in  two  instances  the  vowel-letter  N  takes  the 
place  of  1 ,  §11.  1.  «,  nsnb  i:zck.  31  -.  8,  nsiin  Ezek.  47  :  11. 

a.  The  masrulinc  plural  sometimes  has  "p  ^  instead  of  c^  ,  e.g.  "p^^'o 
oftener  than  c^^  in  tiie  book  of  Job,  yz-yq  Prov.  31:3,  "f  ijn  2  Kin.  11 :  13, 
'p^S  Mic.  3:12,  "f'ij^'iu  Lam.  1:4,  ^bn' Ezek.  4:9,  'piif  Dan.  12:13. 
This  endincp.  which  is  the  common  one  in  Chaldee,  is  chiefly  found  in 
poetry  or  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible. 

b.  Some  grammarians  have  contended  for  the  existence  of  a  few  plurale 
in  "^  without  the  final  D,  but  the  instances  alleged  are  capable  of  another 
and  more  satisfactory  explanation.  Thus;  "'"is  2  Kin.  11:4,  "'ri'^S ,  "'fba 
2  Sam.  8:  IS,  "'^-V^  2  Sam.  23:8,  and  "^isn  1  Sam.  20:  38  K'thibli  (K'ri 
csn),  are  singulars  used  collectively;  "'M?  2  Sam.  22:44,  Ps.  144:2, 
Lam.  3  :  14.  and  "^sian  Cant.  8  :  2,  are  in  the  singular  with  the  suffix  of  the 
first  person;  "^2^  Ps.  45  :  9  is  not  for  cis?3  sfriiiged  insifuments,  but  is  the 
poetic  form  of  the  preposition  '^"O  from ;  '^''jXS  Ps.  22:17  is  not  lor  C'^'i3 
piercing,  but  is  the  noun  "'"^X  with  the  preposition  D  like  the  linn.  §156.  3. 

c.  There  are  also  a  few  words  which  have  been  regarded  as  plurals  in 
■'. .  But  "'t^  Zech.  14  :  5  and  ''nb  Judg.  5:15,  are  plurals  with  the  sutfix 
of  the  first  person.  In  :  "^jin  2  Chron.  33  :  19.  which  is  probably  a  proper 
name,  and  "^35  Am.  7:  1,  Nah.  3:  17,  vvliich  is  a  singular  used  collectively, 
final  1  is  a  radical  as  in  """J'J^  =  fr^J^  •  '"'i^'i'^  I^^--  19:  9  is  a  singular  with 
the  formative  ending  ">. ,  §194.  ft;  "^ri^tn  Jer.  22:  14  and  "'Srjn  Isa.  20:4, 
might  be  explained  in  the  same  way,  though  Ewald  prefers  to  regard  the 
former  as  an  abbreviated  dual  lor  cijliti  dmible  (i.  e.  large  and  shmry) 
windows,  and  the  latter  as  a  construct  plural  for  "'Elbn  ,  the  diphthongal  S 
being  resolved  into  ay,  comp.  §57.  2  (5).  "^'i^  Ezek.  13:  18  is  probably  a 
dual  for  C^ ""J ,  thougli  it  might  be  for  the  unabridged  singular  n"!V  which, 
however,  never  occurs.  The  divine  name  '''ncj  Almighty  is  best  explained 
as  a  singular;  the  name  ''J'lX  Lord  is  a  plural  of  excellence,  §201.2, 
with  the  sulFix  of  the  first  person,  the  original  signification  being  my 
Ivord. 

d.  In  a  few  words  the  sign  of  the  feminine  singular  is  retained  before 
the  plural  termination,  as  though  it  were  one  of  the  radicals,  instead  of 


§  200  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  225 

being  dropped  agreeably  to  the  ordinary  rule,  rb"ri  door  pi.  riinb'n.  So, 
ros  pillow,  rid";  boiD.  ripiu  trough,  n^Dn  ,<ipear,  r^DTabx  widowhood,  n^irins 
dirnrce,  n^iDTn  'whoredom,  ns'cj  //p  pi.  m'nsb .  Totlie.se  must  be  added 
rrrid,  provided  it  be  derived  Irom  f^nuj  in  ihe  sense  oC  pit ;  it  may,  how- 
ever, signify  (/es<r?{c/JO?i,  from  the  root  nnd,  when  the  final  n  will  be  a 
radical.     See  Alexander  on  Psalm  107  :  20. 

e.  The  original  ending  of  the  plural  in  nouns,  verbs,  and  pronouns, 
seems  to  have  been  D1,  §71.6.  (2).  In  verbs  the  vuwel  has  been  pre- 
served, but  the  final  nasal  has  been  changed  or  lost,  l^^^P'?  or  1^^P7 , 
§8.5.  1.  a.  (1).  In  masculine  nouns  and  pronouns  the  final  nasal  has  been 
retained,  but  the  vowel  has  been  attenuated  to  I  ore,  D^piio,  DH ,  cnx  : 
the  Arabic  has  una  for  the  nominative  and  Ina  for  the  oblique  case.  If 
we  suppose  n,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  to  be  added  to  Dl ,  tlie  sign  of  the 
plural,  the  vowel  will  regularly  be  changed  to  i  before  the  two  con- 
sonants, §61.4;  then  if  the  nasal  be  rejected  belbre  the  final  consonant, 
agreeably  to  the  analogy  of  ra  for  fi33  and  013  for  0313,  the  resulting 
form  will  be  ni ,  the  actual  ending  of  the  feminine  plural.  If  the  sign  of 
the  plural,  like  all  the  other  inflective  letters  and  syllables,  is  of  pronom- 
inal origin,  this  D,  which  is  joined  to  words  by  the  connecting  vowel  1. 
may  perhaps  be  related  to  MB  taken  indefinitely  in  the  quantitative  or 
numerical  sense  of  quot  or  aliquot,  comp.  Zech.  7:3;  and  the  adverbial  or 
adjective  ending  a^  or  d'  may  in  like  manner  be  referred  to  the  same  in 
its  qualitative  sense,  comp.  Ps.  8 :  5,  so  that  Cj3"'n  vaciie,  would  strictly  be 
qud  vacuus.  The  pronoun  seems  in  fact  to  be  preserved  without  abbrevia- 
tion in  the  Syriac  j.laici  =  nii"'  interdiu. 

§  200.  The  gender  of  adjectives  and  participles  is  care- 
fully discriminated,  both  in  the  singular  and  in  the  plural,  by 
means  of  the  appropriate  terminations.  But  the  same  want 
of  precision  or  uniformity  which  has  been  remarked  in  the 
singular,  §197,  characterizes  likewise  the  use  of  the  plural 
terminations  of  substantives.  Some  masculine  substantives 
take  t^i  in  the  plural,  some  feminines  take  C.  ,  and  some 
of  each  gender  take  indifferently  a"^ .   or  ni . 

a.  The  following  masculine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  rii : 
those  which  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  are  sometimes  construed  as 
feminine, 

"Zt^  father.  *  T\']'&  path.  *  1"!^  threshing-     'ji'^jn  vision 

■;?X  bowl.  Ti^"?^  palace.                     floor.  oiBn  dream. 

3^X  familiar  V3llix  cluster.  'ji'i'n  goad.  "|13^"n  invention. 

spirit.  "ii2  pit.                 i:t  tail.  nsq  handbreadlho. 

"i^ix  treasure.  55  ^oof.  y^n  street.  NS3  throne. 

*  nix  sign.  bnis  lot.                rAn  breast.  n^iB  tablet. 
15 


'2'2C) 


ETYMOLOGY. 


§200 


h':'^  night. 

*  nrT-G  (tl/ar. 
"ilj^a  rain. 

liayTs  tiihe. 
•  ik'p  snnnnit. 

*  cip^  place. 

6.  The  following  feminine  nouns  form  their  phiral  by  adding  C  :  those 
marked  thus  (f)  are  sometimes  niascuh'ne: 

t  "rx  stone.  t  ~■)'^!  f^^^y-  ^'1?'??  spelt. 


*iix3  bottle. 
1.3  lamp. 

lis  sArm. 
IDS  rfws^ 
2bs  //er6. 
3!"ic  leader. 


">Pi32  «w6e. 

-iin:j  bundle. 
hip  voice. 

-■ip  tear. 
*2"im  siree^. 


pini  chain. 

CIO  name. 
lEi\0  trumpet. 

niU  pillar. 
cinn  cieep. 


nHx  terebinth.  r'n  /aw. 

r!iir-)S  widowhood,  nil-ai  branch. 


ri'vi'X  woman. 
rbna  coa/. 
t  "23  r/?2e. 
nsn-n  Jig-cake. 


n^;'!  whoredom. 
nan  wheat. 
ns^Jn  darkness. 
n:i"'  (Zoue. 
1 13  pitcher. 


ninb  ftricA:. 

n^l3    tt-07'cZ. 

n^^3  a?i«. 
nxo  measure. 
ts  she-goat. 

rSiD  concubine. 


no  morsel. 
hvr\  sheep. 
nii"b  barley. 
nbaia  earofcorru 
niiij  acacia. 
nixn  ^g-. 


Also  C'^iJ'iii  e^p-g-.?  which  is  not  found  in  the  singular. 

c.  The  following  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  either  D''_  or  ni; 


MASCULINE     NOUNS. 


r'^'^x  porch. 

abb  /tearf. 

',"1?.^  delicacy. 

1^1  Q  breaah. 

•>ix  /ion. 

nixia  light. 

Yl'^'o  fountain. 

IX IS  7iecA:. 

"I'i'n  generation. 

biaa  /o7cer. 

23'iJ7D   6ef/. 

i:p  grave. 

nsT  sacrifice. 

loi^  fowidation. 

•)3'j?3  dwelling. 

n:;?  reerf. 

')'in3f  memorial. 

"lOiia  6onrf. 

"in3  ri'rer. 

TT 

Clip  o.re. 

tii^  day. 

n-bi^  seaf. 

tlb  iasin. 

nib  field. 

■'?'!1  forest. 

piTTS  bowl. 

'(IS  iniquity. 

S!i3\y  ipee/r. 

li'S  /arer. 

nix3^  pam. 

2pS  ^ee/. 

a^sn  delight. 

"liss  /lar/). 

nooB  naiV. 

FEMININE 

NOUNS. 

n?2"'X  terror.         1 

nlaiUN  grape-cake. 

bS3  s/ioe. 

nD"S  Aoq/! 

nrbx  .f/je^//. 

nnrs;.  ^s/ar/e. 

nan?  /jca/). 

nib  year. 

nsx  people. 

rijn  spear. 

NOUNB     CONSTRUED     IN     EITHER     GENDER 

cVnN  .  r-^ns^  a/oc, 

s.    '"liin  window. 

ni:'2  77)(/. 

cs?  bone. 

1;2  garment. 

lin  cowrf. 

^23   .W)</. 

rr  /jnje. 

aa  rm. 

""32  circle. 

"i"'D  thorn. 

crb  /oo/. 

biTi  temple. 

"SZ'O  fortress. 

"ZV  cloud. 

rb's  sic/e. 

siiT  rtr/«. 

nrn'g  camp. 

rzy  con/. 

« 

§  201  GENDER   AND    NUMBER   OF    NOUNS.  227 

d.  The  two  forms  of  the  plural,  though  mostly  synonymous,  occasion- 
ally differ  in  sense  as  in  Latin  loci  and  loca.  Thus  n'^'iSS  is  used  of 
round  masses  of  money,  talents,  niiss  of  bread,  round  loaves ;  D'^n'^O 
thorns,  mTiO  hooks;  Ci^jD?.  heels,  r\'iz'pv  foot-prints ;  W'Xi"^  footsteps  of 
men,  niisysyee;  of  articles  of  furniture.  Comp.  §198.  c.  Sometimes  they 
differ  in  usage  or  frequency  of  employment :  thus  nia^  days,  m'jia  years, 
are  poetical  and  rare,  the  customary  forms  being  D""^^,  CSlU. 

e.  Nouns  mostly  preserve  their  proper  gender  in  the  plural  irrespecdve 
of  the  termination  which  they  adopt ;  though  there  are  occasional  excep- 
tions, in  which  feminine  nouns  in  D^_  are  construed  as  masculines,  e.  g. 
n^iij  women  Gen.  7 :  13,  ci^^  words  Job  4 : 4,  Q-'ir^a?  ants  Prov.  30 :  25, 
and  masculine  nouns  in  Sni  are  construed  as  ferainines,  e.  g.  nijscri  dwell- 
ings Ps.  84 :  2. 

f.  In  explanation  of  the  apparently  promiscuous  or  capricious  use  of  the 
masculine  and  feminine  endings,  it  may  be  remarked  that  the  termination 
C  in  strictness  simply  indicates  the  plural  number,  and  is  indeterminate 
as  to  gender,  §199.  e,  though  the  existence  of  a  distinct  form  for  the  fem- 
inine left  it  to  be  appropriated  by  the  masculine.  The  occurrence  of  12'^  in 
feminine  nouns,  and  even  in  the  names  of  females,  as  D'^llJS  women,  CTS 
sAe-g-oa^s,  may  therefore,  like  the  absence  of  the  distinctive  feminine  ending 
from  the  singular,  be  esteemed  a  mere  neglect  to  distinguish  the  gender  by 
the  outward  form.  The  occurrence  of  the  feminine  ending  in  a  masculine 
noun,  whether  singular  or  plural,  is  less  easily  accounted  for.  Such  words 
may  perhaps,  at  one  period  of  the  language,  have  been  regarded  as  fem- 
inine, the  subsequent  change  of  conception,  by  which  they  are  construed 
as  masculine,  foiling  to  obliterate  their  original  form.  Such  a  change  is 
readily  supposable  in  words,  which  there  is  no  natural  or  evident  reason 
fur  assigning  to  one  sex  rather  than  the  other;  but  not  in  T^Szi)^  fathers, 
ivhich  can  never  have  been  a  feminine.  One  might  be  tempted  in  this 
case  to  suspect  that  m'  was  not  the  sign  of  the  plural,  comp.  ninx  sister, 
ni?2n  mother-in-law,  but  that  1  belonged  to  the  radical  portion  of  the 
word,  and  that  ti  was  appended  to  form  a  co!Iective,_/a</ter/toof/,  §19'-^, 
which  has  in  usage  taken  the  place  of  the  proper  plural.  More  probably, 
however,  the  idea  of  official  dignity,  which  was  .so  prominently  attached 
to  the  paternal  relation  in  patriarchal  times,  is  the  secret  of  the  feminine 
form  which  nx  assumes  in  the  plural,  comp.  nW'^D  leaders,  ribfi'p  preacher, 
while  its  construction  as  a  masculine  springs  so  directly  out  of  its  significa- 
tion as  to  remain  unaffected.  And  this  suggests  the  idea  that  the  like  may 
have  happened  to  names  of  inanimate  objects.  They  may  receive  the 
feminine  ending  in  its  neuter  sense  to  designate  them  as  things,  §198.  c, 
while  at  the  same  time  they  are  so  conceived  that  the  masculine  construc- 
tion is  maintained. 

^  201.  1.  Some  substantives  are,  by  their  signification  or 
by  usage,  limited  to  the  singular,  such  as  material  nouns 
taken  in  a  universal  or  indefinite  sense,  Tifi  fire,  ^iyi  ^old, 
•T'2'7^  ground ;  collectives,  Cl'J  children,  '^^Vfoivl,  ts^?  birds  of 


228  ETYMOLOGY.  ^202 

jiroij,  "ijja  large  cattle  (noun  of  unity  *iiiD  an  ox),  isi  small 
cattle  (noun  of  unity  nii:  a  sheep  or  goat)  ;  many  abstracts, 
yr;;  salvation,  rV;y  blindness.  On  the  other  hand  some  are 
found  only  in  the  plural,  such  as  nouns,  whose  singular,  if  it 
ever  existed,  is  obsolete,  Di'i?  icater,  D"':s  face  or  faces,  D!''bto 
heaven,  ci")?  bowels,  DT^a  men,  ^liirj^{n'a  adjacent  to  the  head, 
and  jibstracts,  which  have  a  plural  form,  D"'';ri  life,  cnnic 
love,  C^n"]]  mereg,  riiSiann  government. 

a.  The  intimate  connection  between  a  collective  and  an  abstract  is 
shown  by  the  use  of  the  feminine  singular  to  express  both,  §  198.  In  like 
manner  the  plural,  whose  office  it  is  to  gather  separate  units  into  one  ex- 
pression, is  used  to  denote  in  its  totality  or  abstract  form  that  common 
quality  which  pervades  them  all  and  renders  such  a  summation  possible, 
comp.  TO.  8tVaia  right,  ra  aSiKa  icrojig.  Some  abstracts  adopt  indifferently 
the  feminine  or  the  plural  form.  !i;t^x  and  C'l^i'CN  fidelity.  n^N3  and 
C^!ixa  redemption,  n*n  and  ni'fn  ///e,  ^lii;;^  and  C^irn  darkness,  nxbia 
and  C"x^o  setting  of  gems. 

b.  The  form  cb!i::|:5  is  adopted  by  certain  words  which  denote  periods 
of  human  life,  c^nsiya  childhood,  C"'r^b5  youth.  C'^'ina  adolescence,  c^sina 
virginity,  nib  lbs  period  of  e.^poiisals,  C^'jprT  old  age. 

c.  Abstracts,  which  are  properly  singular,  are  Sometimes  used  in  the 
plural  to  denote  a  high  degree  of  the  quality  which  they  represent,  or  re- 
peated exhibitions  and  embodiments  of  it,  nnn^a  might,  ni~.!i25.  deeds  of 
might. 

2.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  the  employment  of  the 
plural  form  when  a  single  individual  is  spoken  of,  to  suggest 
the  idea  of  exaltation  or  greatness.  It  is  thus  intimated  that 
the  individual  embraces  a  phu*ality,  or  contains  within  itself 
what  is  elsewhere  divided  amongst  many.  Such  plurals  of 
majesty  are  tpHbii^  God  the  supreme  object  of  worship,  "^b^J* 
St/jjre/ne  Lord  prop,  mg  Lord,  §  199.  c,  and  some  other  terms 
referring  to  the  divine  being,  T^T?  Eccles.  12:1,  D'^niaa 
Eccles.  5  :  7,  vM'^  Isa.  54  :  5,  c^ciip  IIos.  12:1;  also,  D-^ns 
(rarely  with  a  plural  sense)  lord,  D'^^i^s  (when  followed  by  a 
singular  suffix)  master,  ri'i''ar'3  Behemoth,  great  beast,  and 
possibly  C'lEnn  Teraphim,  which  seems  to  be  used  of  a  single 
image,  1  Sam.  19  :  13,  16. 

^202.  The  dual  is  formed  by  adding  D"'.  to  the  singular 


^203  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  229 


of  both  genders,  n  as  the  sign  of  the  feminine  remaining 
unchanged,  and  r.^  reverting  to  its  original  form  sn^,  §  196.5, 
^)  hand  du.  w^X ,  ^)i  door  du.  n:^nb^ ,  rsiu  rqj  du.  D^n£iJ3 . 


a.  The  dual  ending  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  Indo-European  languages, 
Bopp  Vergleich.  Gramm.  §206.  is  a  modified  and  strengthened  form  of  the 
plura!  ending.  The  Arabic  goes  beyond  the  Hebrew  in  extending  the 
dual  to  verbs  and  pronouns.  The  Chaldee  and  Syriac  scarcely  retain  a 
trace  of  it  except  in  the  numeral  two  and  its  compounds. 

§203.  The  dual  in  Hebrew  expresses  not  merely  two,  but 
a  couple  or  a  pair.  Hence  it  is  not  employed  with  the  same 
latitude  as  in  Greek  of  any  two  objects  of  the  same  kind, 
but  only  of  two  which  belong  together  and  complete  each 
other.     It  is  hence  restricted  to 

1.  Double  organs  of  men  or  animals,  0';'3TS  ears,  Q^'SS? 
nostrils,  D'?'?^)?  horns,  O^^sss  win()s. 

2.  Objects  of  art  which  are  made  double  or  which  con- 
sist of  two  corresponding  parts,  tr^'^^,}.  pair  of  shoes,  D^'irsb 
pair  of  scales,  U^rr^h'qpair  of  ton^s,  'Ci'^t^^  folding  doors. 

3.  Objects  which  are  conceived  of  as  constituting  to- 
gether a  complete  whole,  particularly  measures  of  time  or 
quantity,  W^hi"^  period  of  fico  days,  bidmim,  D'^ynia  two  iceeks, 
fortnight,  D^nrp  tico  years,  biennium,  D^t!)550  two  measures, 
D^Sss  two  talents,  '^".'kT}  Prov.  28  :  6,  18  double  way  (comp. 
in  English  double  dealiny),  '^^ST^}.  pair  of  rivers,  i.  e.  the 
Tigris  and  Euphrates  viewed  in  combination. 

4.  The  numerals  Q'^iiy  two,  D';'^53  double,  D'!'r)^''?  tico  hun- 
dred, D':l^i?  tico  thousand,  D^i^is"!  two  myriads,  D^'r^^ia  seven- 
fold, D';'&?b3  of  two  sorts. 

5.  A  few  abstracts,  in  which  it  expresses  intensity,  Q;^p>3?? 
double-slothfuhess,  'crrrrq  double-rebellion,  "^Ti^^  douUe-liyht, 
i.  e.  noon,  D^ytDn  double-wickedness. 

a.  Names  of  objects  occurring  in  pairs  take  the  dual  form  even  when  a 
higher  number  than  two  is  spoken  of.  D^irn  'i'^ir  1  Sam.  2  :  13  itie  three 
teeth,  ^^M'P.  2-'2":«  Ezek.   I'.iofour  wings,  ^\kp.  '^^  Isa.  C :  2  si.r  uiiigs. 


230  ETYMOLOGY.  §  204, 205 

zyy  t^y^'ii  Zecli.  3  :  9  seven  eyes.  c^ins-baT  C7'^^■^-b^  all  the  hands  and 
all  kiieeii  Ezek.  7  :  17.  Several  iianies  ol"  double  organs  of  the  human  or 
animal  body  have  a  plural  form  likewise,  whicli  is  used  of  artificial  imita- 
tions or  oi'  inanimate  objects,  to  which  these  names  are  applied  by  a  figure 
of  speech.  §  198.  c,  Cijij^  horns,  nii^p?  hcnns  of  the  altar,  f'EJj  wings, 
nE;3  extremities.  c^EPS  shonUhrs.  riSP3  shoulder-pieces  of  a  garment, 
ci'^y  eyes,  rii^S  fountains,  cbsn  feel,  n"'pan  times  prop,  beats  of  the 
foot.  In  a  few  instances  this  distinction  is  neglected,  D'^'!!?'^  sind  niPEO 
lips.  Ci'jn  and  P'i'i'^  sides,  n7r3"i7  extremities. 

b.  The  dual  ending  is  in  a  very  few  word.s  superadded  to  tliat  of 
the  plural,  riiin  walls  of  a  city,  crth  double  walls,  ninsib  boards, 
c^nnb  double  boarding  of  a  ship,  c";r"in;  name  of  a  town  in  Judah,  Josh. 
15:  36. 

c.  The  words  c^a  water  and  c^ad  heaven  have  the  appearance  of 
dual  forms,  and  might  possibly  be  so  explained  by  the  conception  of  the 
element  of  water  as  existing  in  two  localities,  viz.  under  and  above  the 
firmament,  Gen.  1 :7,  and  heaven  as  consisting  of  two  hemispheres.  They 
are.  however,  commonly  regarded  as  plurals,  and  compared  with  such 
plural  forms  in  Chaldee  as  *[7';'^  Dan.  5:9  from  the  singular  K^d.  In 
C^bdll^  Jerusalem,  or  as  it  is  commonly  written  without  the  Yodh  pb'l'ti^  , 
the  final  Mem  is  not  a  dual  ending  but  a  radical,  and  the  pronunciation  is 
simply  prolonged  from  cb'rnit7,  comp.  Gen.  14:18.  Ps.  76 :  3,  though  in 
this  assimilation  to  a  dual  form  some  have  suspected  an  allusion  to  the 
current  division  into  the  upper  and  the  lower  city. 

§  204.  It  remains  to  consider  the  changes  in  the  nouns 
themselves,  Avhich  result  from  attaching  to  them  the  various 
endings  for  gender  and  number  that  have  now  been  recited. 
These  depend  upon  the  structure  of  the  nouns,  that  is  to  say, 
upon  the  character  of  their  letters  and  syllables,  and  are  gov- 
erned by  the  laws  of  Hebrew  orthography  already  unfolded. 
These  endings  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  viz. ; 

1.  The  feminine  ri,  which,  consisting  of  a  single  con- 
sonant, causes  no  removal  of  the  accent  and  produces  changes 
in  the  ultimate  only. 

2.  The  feminine  n^ ,  the  plural  D"'.  and  ri,  and  the 
dual  d;'.  ,  which  remove  the  accent  to  their  own  initial 
vowel,  and  may  occasion  changes  in  both  the  ultimate  and 
the  penult. 

§205.  Nouns  which  tcnninate  in  a  vowel  undergo  no 
change   on   receiving   the   feminine   characteristic  ri ,  "^^sits 


§  206        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         231 

Moabite,  tr^^'^ra  Moabitess,  i^^'^'n  fjidin^  fern,  nsirb,  i?^n 
sm?ier,  t^.^ht]  shi,  §198.  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  con- 
sonant experience  a  compression  of  their  final  syllable,  which, 
upon  the  addition  of  n ,  ends  in  two  consonants  instead  of 
one,  §66.  2,  and  an  auxiliary  Seghol  is  introduced  to  relieve 
the  harshness  of  the  combination,  §61.  2.  In  consequence 
of  this  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  changed  from  a  or  a  to 
c,  §63.  2.  a,  from  8  or  i  to  c,  or  in  a  few  Avords  to  e,  and 
from  o  or  u  to  0,  §61.  4.  "lii^:  brohyi  fern,  innnir: ,  DTO-ii* 
reddish  fern.  rra'^'a'jS? ,  tj?n  going  fern.  fiD^n ,  T^na  master, 
rrnna  mistress,  TiJt?0  ^?^'^  fem.  rnrisri ,  ©"•&{  w^«;^  n^jk  looman, 
§214.  1.  (5,  fis:  5ra//6"/T^  fem.  n^ie?,  nirinD  and  nirriD  (5ra6'*. 
When  the  final  consonant  is  a  guttural,  there  is  the  usual 
substitution  of  Pattahh  for  Seghol,  ^t?^  hearing  fem.  T\Tqt , 
TV^.  touching  fem.  nj/i^  . 

a.  In  many  cases  the  feminine  is  formed  indifferently  by  ri  or  by  n^ ; 
in  others  usage  inclines  in  favor  of  one  or  of  the  other  ending,  though  no 
absolute  rule  can  be  given  upon  the  subject.  It  may  be  said,  however, 
that  adjectives  in  *'.  almost  always  receive  H;  active  participles,  except 
those  of  i'SJ ,  "ir  and  nb  verbs,  oftener  take  ri  than  n  ;  n  is  also  found, 
though  Jess  frequently,  with  the  passive  participles  except  that  of  Kal, 
from  which  it  is  excluded. 

h.  A  final  ' ,  T  or  n  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  the  feminine  charac- 
teristic n  and  contracted  with  it,  §54,  na  for  r:3  daughter,  rriTa  for 
pans  gift,  nibx  for  TDrx  truth,  nnx  for  rinx  one.  rn-c-q  ]  Kin.  1 :  15 
for  nnnCTO  ministering,  nncia  Mai.  1  :  14  for  rnnrri  corrupt,  nsnia  for 
rtran^  pa^i.  The  changes  of  the  ultimate  vowel  are  due  to  its  compres- 
Bion  before  concurring  consonants. 

c.  The  vowel  u  remains  in  nasiirn  Lev.  5 :  21  deposit,  and  the  proper 
name  rirnsn  Tanhumeth.  From  nx  brother,  ch/nther-in-law  are  formed 
mnx  sister,  ni^an  mother-in-law,  the  radical  1 ,  which  has  been  dropped 
from  the  masculine,  retaining  its  place  before  the  sign  of  the  feminine, 
comp.  §  101.  1.  a;  ns^tJs?  difficidt  Deut.  30;  11  is  for  n^sliEJ  from  Vi^tt}. 

§206.  The  changes  Avhich  result  from  appending  the 
feminine  termination  ri^  ,  the  plural  .terminations  D"'.  and  tr\ , 
and  the  dual  termination  D''. ,  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
mixed  syUable. 


232  ETYMOLOGY.  §  207 

2.  Those  whicli  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
simple  syllable. 

3.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  penult. 

§207.  AVheu  the  ultimate  is  a  mixed  syllahle  bearing 
the  accent,  it  is  affected  as  follows,  viz. : 

1 .  Tsere  remains  unchanged,  if  the  word  is  a  monosylla- 
ble or  the  preceding  vowel  is  Kamets,  otherwise  it  is  rejected; 
other  vowels  suffer  no  change,  irb  dead  fem.  rir^a ,  j)l.  D'^fra ; 
^■i,^  thi(jh  du.  d;'?-!;',  d1?tzj  complete  fem.  J"''?!?'?,  pi.  "crd^t , 
f.  pi.  niiabiy ;  ^r\  (joing  fem.  robn ,  pi.  D-'ibh ,  f.  pi.  n-ibn . 

a.  The  rejection  of  Tscre  is  due  to  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  words 
which  are  increased  by  additions  at  the  end,  §66.  1.  It  is  only  retained 
as  a  pretonic  vowel,  $64.  2,  when  the  word  is  otherwise  sufficiently  abbre- 
viated, or  its  rejection  wouhl  shorten  the  word  unduly.  Tsere  is  retained 
contrary  to  the  rule  by  Cuibo,  D"'y3"i  chikhen  of  the  third  and  fourth 
generations,  by  a  few  exceptional  forms,  e.g.  ir^SS  Jer.  3 : 8.  11.  nbarr 
Ex.  23:26,  ri.'-r^^  Cant.  1:6,  MaTsiffi  Isa.  54:  1.  and  frequently  with  the 
pause  accents.  §65,  e.  g.  i^^^^'i^  I.«a.  21:3,  t-'krid  Lam.  1:  16,  :ri-3'3'':d 
Isa.  49:8,  D^'J:;::^  Ex.  28:40.  =-^':d  Gen.  19:  11,  2  Kin.  6:  18  (on^ewith 
Tiphhha),  :  D'^oi'^?.  Isa.  2  :  20.  .c^d^-q  Eccles.  2  :  5.  ni-ir"!^  Isa.  2:4.  It 
also  appears  in  several  feminine  substantives,  both  singular  and  plural,  e.  g.- 
nban^  overthrow.  v<Si"yci  counsels.  T^zviX^  abomination.  f\'.V'Ci2  staff.  riE'i'Dia 
nitck.  On  the  other  hand,  tlie  following  feminines  reject  it  though  pre- 
ceded by  Kaniets,  by^  wild-^oat.  fern,  f^^?."  ,  1?^  ostrich,  fem.  M:?^  ,  ~n^ 
thigh,  fem.  !^r"iV  It  is  also  dropped  from  the  plural  of  the  monosyllable 
"2  son,  and  its  place  supplied  by  a  pretonic  Kamets,  era  sous.  ri2^  daugh- 
ters, the  singular  of  the  feminine  being  r2  for  rija,  §205.6;  so  S^tt; 
fork  pi.  niib:^ . 

b  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel,  '23  ichile, 
fem.  n:3b,  pi.  c^i^b,  f.  pi.  riiab ;  "t^^^  fortress,  pi.  c''-:!::^:  and  ri-^.:i272, 
only  disappearing  in  a  few  exceptional  cases.  ""?-  hair.  fcin.  n^rtU.  ^rb 
(juail.])\.  c-'^bb.  C-isTD  pasture.  ]A.  c-'b^Jio  once  n-c-i;":.  ni-izi'TS  and  ri'iar'a 
fords,  ^rs  talent  du.  C^nzs  but  in  pause  n";]|^r3.  ~r<:  rinnlu.  C'^'^n;  .  The 
x"b  participles,  xz:  ;jrf);)/ie.s-////;5- J)!.  CNS:.  HTZHi  polluted  ])\.  C^-Z'^: .  si":? 
fotmd  pi.  c-'N"4r3  adopt  the  vowels  of  n"b  forms,  §  165.  2 ;  but  with  the 
pause  accents  Kamets  returns,  D-'NaJ  Ezck.  13:2,  :  D"'^<:^^::  Ezr.  8 :  25. 
The  foreign  word  "la"^!?  suburbs  forms  it.s  plural  irregularly  D"^"i'~Q. 

c.  Hholem  and  Hhirik  commonly  suffer  no  change;  but  in  a  few  words 
Shurek  takes  the  place  of  the  former,  and  in  one  Tsere  is  substituted  for 
the  latter.  §66.2(3).  lij-a  terror  pi.  n-^nsis^.  •)"-"'?  habitation  pi.  c^iij'^ , 
T^ir-o  .tweet  fem.  J^irnro  pi.  c-'prp .  p-ii  distre.ts  l\'m.  njriilt.  "5::  lodging 
fem.  ni^bis,  D-i:^ //!.'/(/!  fem.  nbn:r .  n-z^z  /y.s-Mem.  nrmjip ,  ^'iri'z  fortifica- 
tion  fem.  •T^IZiTS.  p-iv    deep    fem.    nj^n^ir   Pmv.    23:27   and  nj?":?,     p-'HT 


§  207  GENDER   AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  233 

chain  pi.  nipwn  1  Kin,  6:21  K'ri;  O^^Q  escaped  pi.  diia-iba  or  B^b^S 
fem.  nb"^bQ  or  nibs. 

cZ.  Hholem  is  dropped  from  the  plural  of  ~iib:!I  bird  pi.  n""nQ:s .  as  well 
as  from  the  plural  of  nouns  having  the  feminine  characteristic  n  in  the 
singular;  thus  ribabs  skull,  by  the  substitution  of  the  plural  ending 
n'  ibr  n,_ ,  §  199,  becomes  ribsbs ,  n;r'bni3  course,  pi.  ripbriT?  ,  or  with 
Hhateph-Kamets  under  a  doubled  letter,  §16.  3.6,  r:'ri3  coat  pi.  rJns, 
nbaiT  ear  of  corn,  pi.  C'bad  ;  in  two  instances  a  pre  tonic  Kuniets  is  inserted, 
niaa  drought  Y)\.  ni-iaa,  n-inrs  Asiarie  p\.  ni-indy. 

e.  Seghol  in  nouns  with  the  feminine  characteristic  n  affixed  mostly  fol- 
lows the  law  of  the  vowel  from  which  it  has  sprung,  §  205 ;  if  it  has  been 
derived  from  Tsere  it  is  rejected,  if  from  any  other  vowel  it  is  still  in  some 
instances  rejected,  though  more  commonly  it  reverts  to  its  original  form 
and  is  retained,  r^p.P.T'  sucker  (from  pp,'^^)  })1.  ripDi"^,  ri"i5N;  epistle  (from 
^ix)  pi.  ninax,  nbi.x^^  knife  (from  b-DX.T2)  pi.  mbiN-Q ,  rTariTpnx  reddish, 
(from  n-n^lx^)  pi.  nir'ri'cix^ ,  npi^^a  nurse  (from  p'^p^)  pi.  nipr^,  nbp/vrJp 
scale  pi.  D"'U:'pbp  and  niapbp  .     Pattahh,  which  has  arisen  from  a  Seghol 

so  situated  under  the  influence  of  a  guttural,  follows  the  same  rule,  nsaa 

.1  I-      ,  '•  .  '     .1  .  '      

ring -pi.  niraia  ,  nyja  (from  V^2)  toucfmig  pi.  f\Si^ . 

f.  A  i&v^  nouns  with  quiescents  in  the  ultimate  present  apparent  ex- 
ceptions, which  are,  however,  readily  explained  by  the  contractions  which 
they  have  undergone.  Thus  nin  for  nin,  §57,2  (5).  thorn.,  has  its 
plural  cifiin  or  ninjn  ;  Dl"i  (D^^^)  day.  pi.  ci^  (ci?:^';)  ;  "jinTO  ("O'^'r)  strife., 
pi.  c'^ii'i?3;  nib  (nii:3j  o.v,  pi.  C^^ii:? ;  'in'i  for  Vn  or''i-;ti,  §  1S6.  2.'c, /jo/,  pi, 
C^nW  or  D'^^1^,  §208.  3;  p^i:  (p'n  or  p;;ib)  street,  pl.'c^piq;  n-^i;  (-c^r  or 
i^y)  city.  pi.  once  t:in^?.  Judg^  10  :  4  usually  contracted  to  D"'n:^  ;  ONT 
(dx'n)  head,  pi.  clrxn  (n"'i£'5<"i).  So  PNp  measure  becomes  in  the  dual 
d";>nXD  lor  C^nxp  and  nx-o  one  hundred,  du.  C^PNia  for  Cinx^i  ;  f^^Nb?? 
(nixb^a  ,  §57,  2  (3)  ),  work,  probably  had  in  the  absolute  plural  niixba  , 
whence  the  construct  is  m^xbio  , 

2.  The  final  consonant  sometimes  receives  Dao;liesli-forte 
before  tlie  added  termination,  causing  the  preceding  vowel 
to  be  shortened  from  a  to  a,  from  E  or  i  to  i,  and  from  0  or 
u  to  ii,  §61,  5.  This  takes  place  regularly  in  nouns  which 
are  derived  from  contracted  VV  roots,  ori  perfect  fern,  riisn  , 
^1  sea  pi.  D^i?!';  ']i'Q  (from  S\^)  shield,  pi,  D"'?^^  and  niss^a , 
fein.  nsjTQ ;  pn  statute  pi.  D'^jtri ,  fem.  nj^n ,  pi.  rr'pn  ,  or  in 
whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have  coalesced,  ^s  for  w]:s 
du,  D'S5?  nose ;  TS?  for  T:?  she-goat  pi.  D'^-T^ ;  n^  for  tn"!?  time 
pi.  D'^nS'  and  nirc? ;  ir^s  for  CSX  «^«;/,  ni^s):  tvoman,  and  it 
not  infrequently  occurs  in  other  cases. 

a.  Nouns  with  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  with  few  exceptions  double  their 
final  letter,  being  either  contracted  forms,  h^  weak  pi.  B"^.^^  fem.  nH  pi. 


234  ETYMOLOGY.  ^207 

nij;^,  or  receiving  Daghesh-forte  conservative  in  order  to  preserve  the 
short  vowel.  CSS  j)ool  pi.  c^raxj  t^o  "(Eix  ichrel,  Dnn  myrtle,  'oy-q  few.  riirn 
fii^hlfttl.  P"^P"!7  greenish.  "^IN^  desire.  Before  gutturals  Pattaiili  may 
be  retained  in  an  intermediate  syilahlc.  rib  fresh  pi.  C"'lib,  or  lengthened 
to  Kamet.-j,  §0(1.4,  "i^  prince  pi.  cno  lem.  ri'')'C3 ;  so  n?3SX  fingers, 
nrs^x  ft)}u\  ciynis  helmets,  n-ins^  straits  and  n-^xn^n  baskets,  rxbb  loops, 
which  do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  but  are  commonly  referred  to  "'"^W, 
''b'ilb,  §194.  b.  ■*  being  changed  to  N  as  in  §208.  3.  (/;  also  no  breast, 
which  omits  Daghesh  du.  "71'^' •  Pattahh  is  in  the  following  examples 
rhanged  to  Hliirik  before  the  doubled  letter,  §58.  2.  T2  prey  fern,  nja ,  nn 
fear  W'm.  nnn.  ra  wine-press  pi.  rins ,  IB  garment  pi.  ci^^  and  d'n'D, 
cb  tribute,  cb  basin,  rb  morsel.  "i:r  .s/V/f',  bjba  wheel,  r"'icbD  baskets, 
C"'jp:p  palm- blanches,  5niB  threshing-sledge  pi.  CaniB  or  by  the  resolu- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte,  §59.  a.  n^2"'n'i73 .  It  is  rejected  from  bkbs  cymbal 
pi.  C'b'^b^.  IT  sor^  pi.  O'lST ,  n^'na'^a  6ern>.?.  probably  from  I2ia  and  ^^r^ 
men,  from  the  obsolete  singular,  pb  .  The  plural  of  CS  people  is  C"E7 
and  in  a  very  few  instances  with  the  doubled  letter  repeated.  C'Br?  ;  so 
"in  mountain  pi.  D"'"^n  and  ci'^^n^  Deut.  8:9.  hk  shadow  pi.  C"^Hib:£ .  pn 
statute  pi.  C";?n.  and  twice  in  the  construct,  ""'H^Kn  Judg.  5:  15,  Isa.  10:  1, 
which  implies  the  absolute  form  cpi^n  . 

6.  The  final  letter  is  doubled  after  Kamets  in  the  following  words  be- 
sides those  from  5?  roots,  nB^ix  porch  pi.  C^'sbx  ;  so  "ir^X  hire,  bis  camel, 
'f'C]  time,  "'^n*?  darkness.  pniB  distance,  'bp  small.  "i;".~  green,  "|35<d 
quiet,  "(tyi'j  /////.  "E'J  coney,  to  whicii  should  perhaps  be  added  -^p"  Deut. 
8  :  15  scorpion,  tiiough  as  it  has  a  pause  accent  in  this  place  which  is  the 
only  one  where  it  is  found  with  Kamets.  its  proper  form  may  perhaps  have 
been  -"^^5,  §65.  The  Niphal  participle  12=3  honored  has  in  the  plural 
both  C^^ass  and  0*^^233 .  Several  other  words,  which  only  occur  in  the 
plural,  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  singulars  with  Kamets  in  the  ulti- 
mate ;  but  the  vowel  may,  with  equal  if  not  greater  probability,  be  sup- 
posed to  have  been  Pattahh.  Kamets  is  shortened  to  Pattahh  beibre  n , 
wliich  docs  not  admit  Dagliesh-forte.  in  the  plurals  of  ns  brother  pi.  CTiX , 
nn  hook,  niJZ'a  confidence.  §G0.  4.  a. 

c.  The  fullowinu  nouns  with  Hholcm  in  the  ultimate  fall  under  this 
rule,  in  addition  to  those  derived  from  55  roots,  '^^Z'^  peak  pi.  C'^paj,  ct:"in 
sacred  scribe,  -ilin  band,  cixb  nation,  n"i"S  naked,  and  several  adjectives 
of  the  form  bt:;r.  which  are  mostly  written  without  the  vowel-letter  "i, 
§14. 3,  e.  ff.  ens  red  fem.  HMIN  ,  crnx ,  c^'s  terrible,  Tpx  long,  etc.: 
rsrx  dunghill  takes  the  form  mncirs  in  the  plural. 

d.  There  are  only  two  examples  of  doubling  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  Shnrek.  C^biri  Prov.  24:31  netlles  or  brambles  from  bl^n , 
ri'X-i  Esth.  2  :  9  from  "^IN-i  Kal  pass,  part  of  nxi . 

e.  UJ"'X  (CSX)  7nan  is  not  contracted  in  the  plural  CITJX  me7i ;  in  the 
feminine,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  the  initial  weak  letter  is  dropped.  C^^'j 
women,  which  is  used  as  the  plural  of  nt'X  woman;  Cd^X  inen  and  r'«i."X 
women  are  rare  and  poetic,  rx  ploughshare  has  cither  C^rx  or  Crx  in 
the  plural. 


§208        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.     •     235 

§208.  1.  Segholate  nouns,  or  those  which  have  an  unrx- 
cented  vowel  m  the  ulthnate,  drop  it  when  any  addition  is 
made  to  them,  §66.  2.  (1).  As  this  vowel  arose  from  the 
concun'ence  of  voweUess  consonants  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
the  necessity  for  its  presence  ceases  when  that  condition  no 
longer  exists.  Segholates  thus  revert  to  their  original  form 
of  a  monosyllable  ending  in  concurrent  consonants,  §183. 

2.  Monosyllables  of  this  description  receive  the  feminine 
ending  with  no  further  change  than  the  shortening  due  to  the 
removal  of  the  accent,  in  consequence  of  which  o  becomes  6 
or  more  rarely  u,  B  becomes  i  or  more  rarely  c ;  B  may  be 
restored  to  a  from  which  it  has  commonly  arisen,  §183,  or 
like  e  it  may  become  i  or  e,  D^y  (P^i^)  strength  feni.  J'''r^<', 
ir^n  (irsn)  fem.  r\mi^ freedom,  "i^x  {y^^.)  saying  fem.  rnrs? 
and  '^^'''9^  >  =Iv'9  (=1''?^)  ^'^^^0  '^'t^''^  queen,  'nzb  slaifg/iter  (em. 
nnn-j . 

a.  Nonns  havinar  either  of  the  forms  ni::p,  ii'':>:ip .  ti.h'iip .  iiSzip , 
nbop  ,  are  consequently  to  be  regarded  as  sprung  from  monosyllables  with 
the  vowel  given  to  the  first  radical. 

3.  Before  the  plural  terminations  a  pretonic  Kamets  is 
inserted,  and  the  original  vowel  of  the  monosyllable  falls 
away,  tfb^a  ( ^b^  )  /dng  pi.  D^ib^a ,  nsb^  queen  pi.  niibis ,  Tcx 
(niik)  saj/ing  pi.  c^i^x ,  rvi^i?  id.  pi.  nin^i« ,  b?3  (b:?2)  worl-, 
pi.  D^b'^'s ,  Nt:n  sin  pi.  D^kt:n . 

a.  Pretonic  Kamets  is  not  admitted  by  the  numerals  Q'^'ib5|  twenfy 
from  "lbs  ten,  t)"'y3d  sevenhj  from  S'^iy  seven,  Cy^"n  ninety  from  i'll'n 
nine.  The  words  cilia  pistachio-nnts,  C33n  ebony.  D^bx^  Job  40:21.22, 
frnn  mercies,  -"''spTi:  and  rriTSfrd  sycamores,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
singular,  have  been  regarded  as  examples  of  a  like  omission.  But  there 
need  be  no  assumption  of  irregularity  if  the  first  is  taken  with  Fiirst  from 
npa  ,  the  second  with  Gesenius  from  "^JSn  ,  and  the  others  are  explained 
after  a  like  analogy.  Q,uadriliteral  Segholates  also  receive  pretonic  Ka- 
mets in  the  plural  "jS^s  pi.  C^ps'SS  merchants,  unless  the  new  letter  creates 
an  additional  syllable,  in  which  case  the  introduction  of  Kamets  would 
prolong  the  word  too  much,  '^^i'0  concnbine  pi.  ciisls  ,  ']"iS3  nail  d^3"iq:i  . 

6.  The  superior  tenacity  of  Hholem,  §60.  1.  a,  (4),  is  shown  by  the  occa- 
sional retention  of  o,  not  only  as  a  compound  Sh'va  under  gutturals,  rr^bi 
way -pi.  niri'^x,  so  t'ln  month,  ^y"])!  thicket,  "iriy  sheaf, 't^S  fawn ;  but  as 


236  ETYMOLOGY.  §  209 

Kamefs-Hhatuph  in  vi^p  holiness  pi.  cij";!^  and  Cii'n;?,  r"iiy  root  pi. 
cr-i'r ,  5  If*^  f>ras  a  loiiij  vovvol  in  bnx  /e/<<  pF.  c-ib'nx ,  nins  stall  pi.  ni-iK  . 
§60.  3.  c,  or  shilled  to  tlie  lullowing  letter  so  as  to  take  the  place  of  the 
pretoiiic.  Kamels  in  ""li  thumb  ])1.  PiDinS  ,  rrjs  briij-hlness  pi.  mnjs  , 
§181.  «.  Comp.  bcD  ("bqQ)  fy-raven  inuiL'-e  pi.  C^p^DD.  In  other  nouns  it  is 
rejected.  "»;r2  niorniiig  pi.  n">ni?3  ;  so  ""^J  thn'shing-floor,  "iB3  cypress,  ycp 
handj'iill.  n^"i  spear,  cn'i  juniper,    bl'b  hollow  of  the  hand. 

c.  Miildle  Vav  quiesces  in  the  plural  of  the  follovvinij  nouns:  ri"?3  death 
pi.  crna,  nls^?  iniquity  pi.  nSiJ',  Gesenius  regards  C^p.^  Prov.  11:7, 
Hos.  9  :  4,  as  tlie  plural  of  IJX ,  while  others  derive  it  from  "px ,  translating 
it  riches  in  the  former  passage  and  sorrow  in  the  latter,  the  primary  idea 
out  of  which  hotii  senses  spring  being  that  of  toil.  Middle  Yodh  quiesces 
in  the  plural  ofb7^{  ram  pi.  n-iH^X;  n-^!  olire  pi.  c-'n-'l ,  b-^^  ni^sht  pi.  n'ils'ib , 
but  not  in  ^^h  strength  pi.  D"'b^n ,  '^''^  fountain  \)\.  mr^' ,  Tiy  ass-colt  pi. 
cn"?. ,  ir^n  g-oa^  pi.  D"'O^Pi.  The  plural  of  X";?  valley  is  n'^xs  by  trans- 
position from  the  regular  form  n'iX"'a  which  is  twice  found  in  the  K'thibh 
2  Kin.  2:  16.  Ezek.  6 :  3 ;  rrk  house  has  as  its  plural  c-'ra,  whether  this 
be  explained  as  for  D"'n33  from  ii32  to  build  or  for  D"irin3  from  Ma  to 
lodge.  Middle  Yodh  always  quiesces  before  the  feminine  and  dual  endings, 
T;ik  provision  ^em.  irn'^^,  '{^b  eye  <\n.  n';'5"'r. 

d.  Monosyllables  in  '^.  from  Hb  roots  belong  properly  to  this  forma- 
tion, §57.  2  (4)  and  §184.  b.  and  follow  the  rules  given  above  both  in  the 
feminine  ""Hn  (^bn)  necklace  fem.  «^';bn,  and  the  plural  """iX  ("'"JX)  lion 
pi.  D-i'^nx  and  ri^";it,  '*'!?  kidpl.  C^na,  or  with  the  change  of  •>  to  X, 
§56.  4,  wiiich  also  occurs  in  verbs,  §177.3,  "hn  necklace  pi.  C"ixVn  ,  "ira 
simple  pi.  n-i^ns,  n-^ra  and  D-'sne ,  •'b::  gazelle  pi.  B'^^^^  ,  D"'xr-4  and 
nk-S ;  in  like  manner  Q'^xss;  branches,  DX^b  lions  are  referred  to  "'S?  . 
and  ■'ib  though  these  singulars  do  not  occur;  "'bs  ("b3)  utensil  does  not 
receive  Kamets  in  the  plural  D"'b3. 

4.  The  dual  sometimes  takes  a  pretonic  Kamets  like  the 
plural,  but  more  frequently  follows  the  feminine  in  not  re- 
quiring its  insertion,  fi^^  {Th^_)  door  du.  D''r^'7 ,  '^T}  {Tf^) 
irat/  du.  D"27"7,  HJ?   {^ip.)  horn  du.  D-'inp  and  0^:7;?,  "'nb    ^ 
c//er/-  du.  D^:nb,  ^ni  (tfna)  /v/ce  du.  "OTTp^ ,  so  D:^:n'a,  D???3, 

§209.  When  the  ultimate  is  a  simple  syllable,  the  follow- 
ing cases  occur,  viz : 

1.  rinal  n  is  rejected  before  the  feminine  and  plural 
endings,  "?^  beautiful  fem.  he;  f.  pi.  nis;" ,  nfc?)a  2vork  pi. 
cir?;^;  so  n:™  c«wy;  du.  a'-rTO . 

a.  The  last  radical  in  words  of  this  description  is  properly  "^ ,  which  is 
rejected  after  a  vowellcss  letter,   §62.  2.  c,  so  that  ns^  is  ibr  n'jE^   and 


§  209        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         237 

D'^ibST?  for  Q'^'^C?.^.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  ratlical  "^  remains,  e.g. 
n'yjs  Cant.  1:'?  from  ni32>  (^iij*)  D'^n^^  Isa.  25 : 6  from  nh^-a  ("rj-aTi) 
and  is  even  strengthened  by  Daghesh-forte,  §207.2,  n;^r"2  Lam.  1:16 
from  t^?'i2,  n:j>-is  and  rrns,  §196.  6,  fem.  of  rr^s,  ni'nn  Hos.  14:  1,  else- 
where mnn ,  no  viouth,  edge  pi.  n'^b ,  ni-^s  and  ni'S ,  or  changed  to  N , 
§56.  4,  nb'o  (^Vo)  young  lamb  C^xb::  (n-'^bi:),  so  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  assume  a  siiiirular  "^^a  which  no  where  occurs,  nsbn  Ps.  10 : 8  n"'X3bn 
ver.  10.     See  Alexander  in  loc. 

2.  Pinal  *^.  may  combine  with  the  feminine  and  plural 
endings,  so  as  to  form  n;* . ,  n""^ . ,  ni'' .  ,  or  it  may  in  the 
masculine  plural  be  contracted,  to  C.  ,  §  62.  2,  "^i^y  Hebrew 
pi.  D^nny  and  n^nny  fem.  n'^^^ny  f.  pi.  ni^nns? ;  ^ir  shiji  pi. 
D'^i  and  D-'^ir,  "^i'sn/ree  pi.  D^irsn,  ^f>)  piire  ip\.  Q^^I??-  So 
nouns  in  fT" .  upon  the  exchange  of  the  feminine  singular  for 
the  plural  termination  ti'-'b'iiz^  Ammomfess  pi.  ni^^^Ts:?,  ™n 
Hittitess  ti^TTi. 

a.  In  ti"'X"'::iy  2  Chron.  17:  11  Arabians  from  "^ilSJ  an  X  is  interposed, 
elsewhere  tD'^ins  ;  ni'b'i  branches,  l^'i'^jj  comers  and  ri'|33?2  bowls,  which 
do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  are  assumed  to  be   from  n'^b'i ,    ST^^T    and 

6.  A  few  monosyllables  in  "^^  form  their  feminines  in  this  manner, 
though  in  the  masculine  plural  they  follow  the  rule  before  given.  §20S.  3.  rf, 
ins  kid  fem.  n^ns ,  ^ab  /jo?t,  X*nb  lioness,  §  196.  f/,  "'lb:?  gazelle  fem.  n»3S 
(iT^3S  and  N'J3S  are  used  as  proper  names),  ''rd  drinking  fem.  M^nd  . 

3.  There  are  few  examples  of  final  ^  or  i  with  added 
endings.  The  following  are  the  forms  which  they  assume : 
^p©  drijd-  pi.  D^IpP ,  niib^  kingdom  pi.  ni-^Db^ ,  §62.2, 
n^'i?  testimony  pi.  rinny ,  ninx  sister  pi.  fTinx  and  ni^^nx  for 
ninns ,  inn  and  xian  myriad  pL  min ,  msnn  and  nixin ; 
the  dual  D*r}ii"i  inserts  the  sign  of  the  feminine. 

a.  ni'pn  or  !ri'i"'?H  Jer.  37  :  16  cells  is  referred  to  the  assumed  singular 
tniijn  ;  mrj3  Isa.  3  :  16  K'thibh  and  nili:::'  1  Sam.  25  :  18  K'thibh  are 
formed  from  ^1:3 ,  s.by  abbreviated  Kal  passive  participles.  §  172.  5,  but  in 
the  absence  of  the  appropriate  vowel  points  their  precise  pronunciation 
cannot  be  determined. 

6.  Nouns  ending  in  a  quiescent  radical  K  may  be  regarded  as  termina- 
ting in  a  consonant,  since  this  letter  resumes  its  consonantal  power  upon 
an  addition  being  made  to  the  word.  Comp.  §162.  i<^'2D  found  fem. 
nN^T33,  !!<-iQ  wild  ass  T^\.  tai^nQ. 


238  ETYMOLOGY.  ^210 

^210.  The  changes,  -which  occur  in  the  penult,  arise 
from  tlie  disposition  to  shorten  the  former  part  of  a  word, 
\vhen  its  accent  has  been  carried  forward  by  accessions  at  the 
end,  §GG.  1.  They  consist  in  the  rejection  of  Kamets  or 
Tsere,  biia  great  fcm.  n'iina  pi.  D^Si^a  f.  pi.  nibi'^a,  w 
loord  pi.  C'^^T ,  "jiisT  memorial  pi.  nii'iDT ,  ?i:3  ichig  du. 
d^e:3,  ^^ti-Q  restoring  pi.  trb^^tr^  fern.  ni^irTO,  ni"a  distress 
pi.  wnTiz ,  ^h^  Levite  pi.  c'""!^ ,  except  from  nouns  in  n..  in 
which  the  place  of  the  accent  is  not  changed  by  the  addition 
of  the  terminations  for  gender  and  number,  §209.  1,  HB^ 
beautiful  fem.  he;"  ])1.  trk'^ ,  n^b  field  pi.  rri-ib ,  nr]5  /^ri 
pi.  o^i:')5,  nj:)2  pi.  0^773  and  JniS'ia  bowels,  Mi?  smitten  pi. 
C"^i? .  Other  penultimate  vowels  are  mostly  exempt  from 
change. 

a.  Kamets,  which  has  arisen  from  Pattahh  in  consequence  of  the  suc- 
ceeding letter  not  being  able  to  receive  Daghesh-fbrte,  as  the  form  properly 
requires,  is  incapable  of  rejection.  Such  a  Kamets  is  accordingly  retained 
without  change  before  *i,  e.  g.  ia"^n  for  ^'hn,  §  187. 1,  workman  pi.  D'^iann, 
so  UTS  horseman,  't"'^3  fugitive,  DinD  (const.  C3"'"!D)  eunuch.  y^'S^  terri- 
ble, }''"'"!Q  violent,  yiin  diligent,  or  shortened  to  Pattahh  before  n, 
§60.  1.  a  (4),  "iwa  young  man  p\.  C'^n^na.  Kamets  is  also  retained  in 
certain  ^'J  and  nb  derivatives  as  a  sort  of  compensation  for  the  reduction 
of  the  root  by  contraction  or  quiescence,  e.  g.  '5'D  shield  pi.  C^JJ^  and 
nib^  ,  Tis'TO  fortress  pi.  C^h'^;  '^"'r''?  branch  pi.  rn*bn  .  n">n  comer  pi.  ri'l'*T  . 
Other  instances  of  its  retention  are  rare  and  exceptional,  liaa  treacherous 
fem.  nnij3 .  i'^ad  (const,  rad)  ireeA:  pi.  cy^d  and  niynsj  but  du.  c-^rad , 
lU'^ba  u-arrjor  pi.  Cffi-'bir. 

6.  When  Kamets  following  a  doubled  letter  is  rejected,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  consequence,  §25,  the  antepenultimate  vowel  is  in  a  few 
instances  changed  from  Ilhirik  to  Seghol,  §61.  .5.  "'"^•Tn  vision  yi\.  r"3i"Tn, 
•ji-i'vas  a  tenth  pi.  f'i'nb^ ,  but  'i^AsT  memorial  pi.  nii'-i=T . 

c.  Tsere  is  not  rejected  if  it  hag  arisen  from  Hhirik  before  a  guttural 
in  a  form  which  properly  requires  Daghesh-forte,  ui^n  for  UJlin,  §  187.  1.  6, 
deaf  [A.  C"'!rin ,  or  if  it  is  commonly  represented  by  '',  §14.  .3,  tB^S  or 
Pib*"3,  §186,  ham.mer  pi.  niB^"'S.  or  a  radical  "^  quiesces  in  it.  "r^'N  or  "nx 
(from  ip^,  hl'i'^)  perennial  pi.  C'ip'^X  or  C^irN.  bi-^n  temple  p|.  f^J^'n 
and  rn5D-n,,c-'niyi^  and  D'^nCTS  7rr//<»(/^,  C-'i'T'T  (ti-om  ^!li  or  T'T);97-o?<(/. 
Other  cases  are  rare  and  exceptional,  c.  g.  C^^b^X  Neh.  3  -.^A feeble. 

d.  Hholem  is  almost  invariably  retained  in  the  penult,  yet  it  yields  to 
the  strong  tendency  to  abbreviation  in  the  following  trisyllables  :  n'^n'i'nrs 
Ashdoilitess  \A.  r-'nTdx  Neh.  13:23  K'ri  (K'thihh  PT'Tinrs).  r-^iins  .1/u- 
vwnitess  pi.  m':r?  id.  (K'thibh   rrrrr,    1  Kin.  11:   1  ni'Sias),  "n'S 


§211  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  239 

Sidonian  T  pi.  ri*;'!^  where  long  Hhirik  becomes  Tsere  before  concurrent 
consonants,  §61.  4. 

e.  When  the  penult  is  a  mixed  syllable  containing  a  short  vowel,  it  is 
ordinarily  not  subject  to  change,  §58.  2.  The  tendency  to  the  greatest 
possible  abbreviation  is  betrayed,  however,  in  a  few  examples  by  the  re- 
duction of  the  diphthongal  Seghol  to  Pattahh,  comp.  §60.3.6,  VsTTS 
clusier  pi.  m'Sbax  Cant.  7  :  8.  I3i?.  chariot  fern,  tiis""?  pi.  niS3-i^  ,  pn"i^. 
distance  pi.  Ci^n-na  and  Dif^n-iia,  or  of  Pattahh  to  the  briefest  of  tho 
short  vowels  Hhirik,  comp.  §207.  2.  a,  nsrbt  fury  pi.  nisrlsT ,  51^173 /or/i; 
pi.  mJbT?3.  §190.  a,  nn^:J  dish  pi.  riin^a:  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh- 
forte  tor  nin^2,  §59.  a;  -nj<  for  "inx  other  has  in  the  plural  n"^^nj<: ,  mnriN^ 
as  if  from  "ifix ,  nbm  coal  has  pi.  B-^^m  by  §63.  1. 

§211.  In  forming  the  plural  of  nouns,  whicli  have  a 
feminine  ending  in  the  singular,  the  latter  must  first  be 
omitted  before  the  rules  already  given  are  applied.  Thus, 
TOb'52'a  hhigdom  by  the  omission  of  the  feminine  ending  be- 
comes ^^72^  ,  hence,  by  §  207.  l,its  plural  is  nibb-a^ ;  so  nibia 
queen  becomes  ^jbia ,  and  by  §  208.  3.  its  plural  is  frisb'a ; 
nn^s  ejnstle  becomes  "la^?,  and  by  §207.1.  its  plural  is 
Jninas? .  As  precisely  the  same  changes  result  from  append- 
ing the  feminine  n^  and  the  pliu'al  endings,  except  in  the 
single  case  of  Segholate  nouns  or  monosyllables  terminating 
in  concurrent  consonants,  §208,  nouns  in  t\^  become  plural 
with  no  further  change  than  that  of  their  termination ;  only 
in  the  exceptional  case  referred  to  a  pretonic  Kamets  must 
be  inserted.  Nouns  in  n ,  after  omitting  the  feminine  end- 
ing, are  liable  to  the  rejection  or  modification  of  the  vowel 
of  the  ultimate  in  forming  the  plural,  as  explained  §  207. 1.  d. 
and  e.  On  the  other  hand,  as  the  dual  ending  is  not  substi- 
tuted for  that  of  the  feminine  singular,  but  added  to  it,  no 
such  omission  is  necessary  in  applying  the  rules  for  the 
formation  of  the  dual,  it  being  simply  necessary  to  observe 
that  the  old  ending  n^  takes  the  place  of  !i^ ,  §  202.  Thus 
n;©  (i^bi^)  i/ear,  by  §210,  becomes  in  the  dual  D'lripTr,  Tb;h 
door,  by  §  208. 4,  du.  D"ri^'7  ,  m?JiD  brass  du.  D^nt^np . 

a.  In  the  following  examples  a  radical,  which  has  been  rejected  from 
the  singular,  is  restored  in  the  plural,  nix  (for  f^n^x)  maid-servant  pi. 


240  ETYMOLOGY.  §212-2U 

rinrx ,  p:'2  ffor  n"3'2  from  (ij-a)  portion  pi.  t^^^Z'O  and  rikrr  .  romp. 
§208.  3.  f/,  rsp  (for  ri;!^P  from  -i::;?)  pi.  n':i;r;  in  like  manner  rv.3  co/- 
leagiies  is  re\'erreii  to  tlie  assumed  t^iiiofiiiar  r33.  i^rjQ  ('^!)P'Q)  governor 
has  in  the  plural  both  riiina  (const.  niinE)  and  rins . 


The  Construct  State. 

^212.  Wlien  one  noun  stands  in  a  relation  of  depend- 
ence on  anotlier,  the  second  or  specifying  noun  is,  in  occi- 
dental languages,  put  in  the  genitive  case ;  in  Hebrew,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  second  noun  undergoes  no  change,  hut  tlie 
first  is  put  into  what  is  commonly  called  the  construct  state 
(ty^'CD  or  ^'bc?  supported).  A  noun  which  is  not  so  related 
to  a  fohowing  one  is  said  to  be  in  the  absolute  state  (f^t'?'''^ 
cut  off).  Thus,  "^i'l  word  is  in  the  absolute  state ;  but  in  the 
expression  tl^i??!!  "li'^  verhum  reps,  the  loord  of  the  Icing,  ^S'l 
is  in  the  construct  state.  By  the  juxtaposition  of  the  two 
nouns  a  sort  of  compound  expression  is  formed,  and  the 
speaker  hastens  forward  from  the  first  noun  to  the  second, 
which  is  necessary  to  complete  the  idea.  Hence  results  the 
abbreviation,  which  characterizes  the  construct  state. 

a.  The  term  absolute  state  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin;  he  called  the 
construct  the  state  of  regimen. 

§213.  The  changes,  which  take  place  in  the  formation 
of  the  construct,  affect 

1.  The  endings  for  gender  and  number. 

2.  The  final  syllable  of  nouns,  which  are  without  these 
endiuGTS. 

3.  The  syllable  preceding  the  accent. 

§214.  Tlie  following  changes  occur  in  the  endings  for 
gender  and  number,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  ending  n^  is  changed  to  n_ ,  Thtxo 
handmaid  const.  rinETlJ;  the  ending  n  remains  unchanged, 
nn'QC'a  observance  const.  nn'brTa . 


^215  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF    NOUNS.  241 

a.  The  explanation  of  this  appears  to  be  that  the  construct  state  re- 
tains the  old  consonantal  ending  n_,  the  close  connection  with  the  follow- 
ing noun  preserving  it  as  if  in  the  centre  of  a  compound  word.  §55.  2.  c ; 
whereas  in  the  isolation  of  the  absolute  state,  the  end  of  the  word  is  more 
liable  to  attrition  and  the  consonant  lulls  away. 

b.  Some  nouns  in  n^  preceded  by  Kamets  adopt  a  Segholate  form  in 
the  construct,  iiDh'D'q  kingdom  const.  T^b^'q  instead  of  V'zh'C'O.  §61.  1.  6, 
nHr^^  dominion  const,  nbirrp,  nixbo  work  const,  nrsb^  ,  •^^i^"^^  chariot 
const'.  ^53-173,  rrnijs  crovvi  const,  rinij? ,  ninb  ^oH/e  const,  nanb ,  nnbs 
ten  const,  rr^.tb? ,  or  with  the  Seghols  changed  to  Paitahhs  under  the  influ- 
ence of  a  guttural,  J'i'nQ'^'q  family  const,  nns^'ia  ,  iiraixybiir  const.  fi?3"ii<  ; 
so  T^h'2'i  Jig-cake  const,  nb^n;  n'iJX  wovidn^  though  it  occurs  in  the  abso- 
lute, Deut.  21 :  11,  1  Sam.  28  :  7,  Ps.  58  :  0,  is  mostly  used  as  the  construct 
of  max .  On  the  other  hand,  riTsn  bottle  has  in  the  construct  ran  Gen. 
21 :  14  (the  accent  thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  as  if  from  irjn. 

2.  The  ending  D^.  of  the  masculine  plural  and  D''.  of  the 
dual  are  alike  changed  to  ''.. ,  Wni'S  nations  const.  '''2? ,  ^in^. 
horns  const,  ''b'lp ;  rii  of  the  feminine  plural  suffers  no  change 
ni^p  voices  const,  ni^p . 

a.  The  compression  of  z  to  e  regularly  takes  place  upon  its  being  fol- 
lowed by  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  This  is  here  suggested  as  the 
explanation  of  the  change  of  vowel  in  the  plural.  It  results  from  the 
close  connection  of  the  construct  state,  which  as  it  were,  unites  the  two 
words  into  one  compound  term;  thus,  DTia  houses  joined  to  n"in  hewn 
stone  would  become  rin^'nzi,  and  by  the  dropping  of  the  nasal,  accord- 
ing to  §55.  2.6,  tr^Ta  "^03  houses  of  hewn  stone.  Comp.  §199.  e.  In  the 
dual  the  final  nasal  is  likewise  rejected,  and  ay  combines  to  form  the  diph- 
thongal e,  §  57.  2  (5). 

6.  In  a  very  ^evr  instances  the  vowel  ending  of  tlie  masculine  plural 
construct  is  added  to  feminine  nouns  "^^^3  (the  accent  invariably  thrown 
back  by  §35.1),  commonly  in  the  K'thibh  "^ni^aa  const,  of  niis  high- 
places,  '^rvs^^'^_  1  Sam.  26:12;  this  takes  place  regularly  before  suf- 
fixes, §220.2," 

§  215.  1.  In  a  mixed  final  syllable  Kamets  is  commonly 
shortened  to  Pattahh  :  so  is  Tsere  when  preceded  by  Kamets ; 
other  vowels  remain  without  change,  "i;)  hand  const.  Til , 
nici'Q  seat  const.  niyi)2  ,  nx^l*  neck  const.  ^^\^,  "ipT  old  const. 
li?" ,  ^^  heart  const,  n^? ,  niaa  mighty  man  const.  "T^aa  . 

a.  Kamets  remains  in  the  construct  of  tbix  porch,  ins  writing,  'ri53 
gift,  'V  clond  (once  const.  3?  Ex.  19:9),  Cans  decree  and  C^  sea,  e.  g. 
^^^^'^2  ^^^  of  salt,  except  in  the  phrase  Ti^lO  c;  sea  of  weed,  i.  e.  Red 
Sea;  zin  milk  becomes  3^ri ,  and  "li^  white  "")3b  Gen.  49:12  in  the  con- 
struct. 

16 


i21-.2  ETYMOLOGY.  ^215 

6.  Tscre  remains  in  'din  five  const,  f^n,  "|i^  viire  const.  I^^ ,  nt'^ 
hredthiiiis  const,  nci^ ,  sfr:?  /i^W  const.  Sj??, ,  in  tlie  ?S  derivative  "(i.^a 
shield  const,  "liia  and  in  bix  found  in  several  proper  names.  It  is  occa- 
sionally shortened  to  Seghol  belbre  Makkeph  in  bis  mourning  const. 
-b:x,  nr  /ime const.  Pis,  -nr  and  "ns.  ciJ  7iame  const,  oto.  "ZO  and  "Cd: 
"(3  son,  which  in  the  absolute  retains  Tsere  before  Makkeph,  Gen.  30:  19, 
Ezek.  18:  10,  has  in  the  construct  "ia ,  "la  or  ~'{^.  Tsere  is  shortened  to 
Piittahh  in  a  few  cases  not  embraced  in  the  rule,  viz.:  "(JT'  nest  const,  "'ip, 
i)]sr  rod  const,  bjsia  and  b;5p ,  lix  Dout.  32:28  perishing  const,  of  li'x, 
the  Kal  participles  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  §126.  1,  and  the  following 
nouns  with  prefi.xed  "O  in  several  of  which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  likewise 
cliai.ged  to  Hliirik,  §  190.  a,  ^'"bv'O  tithe  const,  "ita^p ,  ^kp."^.  mourning  const. 
1301? .  nnE-a  key  const,  nns^  and  nnsia,  Y'rTl"^  ^^'^  const,  "•j'a'Ta,  nna 
clamour  const,  njn^ ,  la^'B  matrix  const.  "la'Ja ,  rinoa  corruption  const. 
nnuiia,  nbri  o/^ar  const,  nato. 

c.  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Kamets-Hhatuph  before  Makkeph  in  th« 
construct  of  monosyllables  from  SS  roots,  jrn  statute  const,  pn  and  ~pn  , 
rarely  in  other  words  "bna  Prov.  19 :  19,  Ps.  145  :  8,  Nah.  1  :  3  (in  the  last 
two  passages  the  K'thibh  has  bnj),  — in'j  Job  17:  10.  Prov.  22:  11,  "It?!? 
Ex.  30  :  23.  "cbd  Ex.  21  :  11  ;  this  becomes  Pattahh  before  the  guttural  in 
"n^a  for  Piari  construct  of  Fiba  high,  bs  kol  construct  of  ba  all  occurs 
twice,  viz.  :  Ps.  35  :  10,  Prov.  19 :  7,  without  a  Makkeph  following.  §  19.  2.  a; 
it  must  not  be  confounded  with  ba  kal  Isa.  40 :  12  he  comprehended  pret. 
ofb^a. 

d.  The  termination  •>_  becomes  '^..  in  the  construct,  ^57.  2  (5),  "'t 
enough  const,  '''i  ,  "^n  life  const,  "^n  . 

c.  Three  monosyllabic  nouns  form  the  construct  by  adding  a  vowel,  ax 
father  const,  ax  Gen.  17  :  4,  5,  elsewhere  "^ax,  nx  6ro//ter  const.  Tix  ,  sn 
friend  const.  nSn  2  Sam.  15  :  37,  1  Kin.  4  :  5,  or  riy-^  2  Sam.  16  :  16,  JProv. 
27  :  10  K'thibh.  These  may  be  relics  of  the  archaic  form  of  the  construct, 
§218,  or  the  monosyllables  may  be  abridged  from  H'b  roots,  ^185.  2.  c. 

2.  In  a  simple  final  syllable  n..  is  changed  to  n . ,  rib 
sheep  const,  riib ,  ny-i  shepherd  const.  H3?n ,  tHis:  field  const. 
•^"T? ;  other  vowels  remain  unchanged. 

a.  This  is  an  exception  to  the  general  law  of  shortening,  which  obtains 
in  the  construct.  It  has,  perhaps,  arisen  from  the  increased  emphasis 
thrown  upon  the  end  of  the  word,  as  the  voice  hastens  forward  to  that 
which  is  to  follow.  In  like  manner  the  brief  and  energetic  imperative 
ends  in  Tsere  in  ti'b  verbs,  wliile  the  future  has  Seghol,  §  168.  c.  An 
analogous  fact  is  found  in  the  Sanskrit  vocative.  The  language  of  address 
calls  for  a  quick  and  emphatic  utterance  ;  and  this  end  is  sometimes  at- 
tained by  shortening  the  final  vowel,  and  sometimes  by  the  directly  oppo- 
gite  method  of  lengtbcning  it.     Bopp  Vergleich.  Gramm.  ^205. 

h.  na  mouth  iias  "'D  in  the  construct. 

c.  Nouns  cndinsj  in  quiescent  X  preserve  tlieir  final  vowel  unchanged 
in  tlic  construct,  X^^yeurmg-  const.  X'i";',  Xa:£  host  const.  X3:t . 


^216  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF    NOUNS.  243 

§216.  1.  Kamets  and  Tsere  are  commonly  rejected  from 
the  syllable  preceding  the  accent,  Dip^  place  const.  Dip^ , 
T\rt  year  const,  f?'*^,  D"^bil?  years  const.  ^\.^ ,  trhx^  treas- 
ures const,  niitix ,  "^"fr  hands  const.  "'"I' ,  i^b  /^^(xr^  const. 
aib ,  nian  ?6t«M  const,  nian . 

a.  Kamets  preceding  the  accented  syllable  is  retained  (1)  when  it  has 
arisen  from  Pattal^h  before  a  guttural  in  consequence  of  the  omission  of 
Daghesh-forte,  ilJ^n  (for  ^"^n)  workman  const.  TiJ'in,  UJ'^Q  (Ti3'^Q)  horse- 
man const.  liJ^Q,  n3~iS  (n3"^5)  vail  const.  Pi?"'Q,  iT^^  ('^'?^)  distress  const. 
Pn^ ;  (2)  in  words  from  IS  and  "'3'  roots.  Din?  (from  i""?)  cities  const,  "^ns, 
C"5<3  (from  X13)  coming  const.  "^NS;  (3)  under  ^  prefixed  to  SS  roots, 
"C^o  (from  "3D)  covering  const.  T^p^,  'jS'S  (from  'iS)  shield  const.  '|aT3, 
Ti^'O  (from  '^'^^^)  fortress  const.  tis'^S;  (4)  in  nb  derivatives  of  the  form 
ri^b'a  (trom  nby)  e:ri7e  const,  rmba,  nian  meditation  const,  rsiafi.  (5)  in  the 
construct  dual  and  plural  of  triliteral  monosyllables  or  Segholates  from 
Nb  and  H'b  roots,  b'^'^nb  (from  ^6)  cheeks  const. ''^nh,  n-'^na  (from  ^na) 
/f((/s  const.  •'.^^S ,  C'^xan  (trom  Ktin)  sms  const.  "^Xtin  ;  (6)  in  the  follow- 
ing nouns  in  most  of  which  it  stands  immediately  before  or  after  a  guttural, 
§60.  3.  c,  nbx  curse,  nns-'^D  cai^e,  n^yn  conduit,  and  the  plurals.  "'if^'Ti'n, 
•'•ir-in,  "^sa-ii?  Yev.  7:  38,'';Naxs,  "^x^iiri',  '^i'ni^,  "'rii^,  ins^  2  Kin.  12:8, 
''hb'??  Ezek.'^27:9,  "^^ar^  Job  34  :  25^  ^>?7P^^  '■''i2?/Eccles'.  9:  ],  ''ii^in . 

6.  Tsere  is  retained  in  words  in  which  it  is  commonly  represented  by 
the  vowel-letter  "^,  or  has  ^  quiescing  in  it.  bb^'in  temple  const,  bs^n,  and 
in  addition  in  the  following,  D^i^X  crib  const.  D^3S  ,  so  "lilN  girdle,  'i^iiX 
thread,  ^z}  foreign  land  const.  ""^3,  'T^?':?.  /cfs  const.  rn^X  ,  so  <^bEX  Isa. 
58:10  darkness,  nin3  pool,  nisa  Ex.  22:2  theft,  nsaia  p/cfg-2<c,'riiQi-i^ 
orer/Ziroifj,  nn373  Gen.  49 :  5  sword,  nzr^/o  molten-image,  nnnTD  Job  16:13 
gall,  ni-i?.  /iec/p,  nxs  e.vcrement,  i'^iiiV)  fg-tree,  ir^'^'^n  deep  sleep,  and  the 
plurals  ■'b^S  monrning  from  c^^X  (biix),  so  "'^sn  desiring,  "jw^  sleep- 
ing, "^noa  and  ""'n^iU  rejoicing,  "^nsii^  forgetting,  ""^XT  wolves  from  O'^^XT 
(3XT) ;  cya^  weary  becomes  ''y''a';'   in  the  construct,  and  D"iL:bQ  escaped 

c.  Hholem  is  rejected  from  the  syllable  before  the  accent  in  ni:^'ix 
const,  pi.  of  ■|'i5i"iX  palace,  ribs'i^x  and  n'bsdx  const,  pi.  of  bb'cix  cluster, 
''■bixn  Cant.  4:5  and  "rixn  Cant.  7:4  twins,  "'nrs  from  niida  high- 
places,  see  ^214.  2.  b;  it  is  changed  to  u  in  "^spMTa  from  CDboia  treasures, 
comp.  §88. 

d.  Medial  Vav  and  Yodh,  though  they  may  retain  their  consonantal 
power  in  ttie  absolute,  quiesce  in  Hholem  and  Tsere  in  the  construct.  "W 
midst  const.  TpR,  P'i"i"^P  cups  const,  riibp,  n*'S  house  const.  n"is .  nis^S 
fountains  const,  nirs ,  X^a  valley  const.  X'^a ,  pi.  ri'^xa  ,  §208.  3.  c,  const. 
nx'^a  Ezek.  35:8.  Exceptions  are  rare,  bis  (according  to  Kimchi  b"]") 
Ezek.  28:18  iniquity,  "'i?'?*!^  Prov.  19:13  contention,-!,  ixis  neck  const. 
1x5:1  and  "^nxJiS  . 

e.  A  few  nouns  of  the  forms  buj?,  bbl^,  b^i^  have  biij;?  or  b:^,^  in  the 
construct  instead  of  bap,  §61.  1.6,  "i^a  wall  const.  lia,  bb  robbery  const. 


^14  ETYMOLOGY.  ^'21G 

''.??  "^C:^  /^Ji.''*^  const.  '?)".';,  1^3  heai'ij  const,  lis  nnd  1"2  .  t"r3  shoulder 
roiijit.  rrs,  "i:;?  smoA-e  const,  yi'?.  J^'"!  V-r^rl}  "V"^  side  co\i»t.  vh^  and  rb^; 
T,"IX  /oHg-  is  only  found  in  tiie  construct,  the  corresponding  absolute  was 
probal)ly  "I^X ;  53i3  helviet  simply  sliilts  its  accent  in  the  construct,  J^ID. 
On  the  other  hand,  while  most  Scgholate  nouns  suffer  no  change  in  the 
construct,  a  few  adopt  the  form  '^p,  iin  chamber  const.  *i^n,  y^T  seed 
const,  once  ~?~t  Num.  11:7  elsewliere  yiT  ,  s::3  vlant  const.  "1:3.  "i5© 
fiilus  con>:t.  "yj  ,  S'?0  seven  const.  y2':J ,  ru:ri  nine  const.  ru;n  ;  in  like 
manner  ^zn  ra^M/^/ const,  ^rin. 

2.  When  this  rejection  occasions  an  inadmissible  concur- 
rence of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  beginning  cf  a  syllable, 
§01.1,  it  is  remedied  by  inserting  a  short  vowel  between 
them,  commonly  Illiihk,  unless  it  is  modified  by  the  presence 
of  gutturals,  bibi  ii,i]din(j  const.  '^V:^  for  '^'"pif ,  C"''^2"  Kords 
const.  "^^^^  for  "^^2" ,  S"'!?"^  rifjldeousness  const.  r|:'T3: ,  pi. 
'^'^^'y^  const.  r,"p"i,  "72ra  ^e«6^^  const.  ^"^^13,  C'iszn  7^7"*^ 
const,  "^t-n  .  In  the  construct  plural  and  dual  of  Segholates, 
however,  the  vowel  is  frequently  regulated  by  the  character- 
istic vowel  of  the  singular  which  has  been  dropped,  comp. 
^208.2,  D^ibia  from  Hc;  {f--^)  Ungs  const.  ^;"~^ ,  C-'i:;-^ 
(w2r)  tribes  const,  ^'^^i^ ,  r"*:7!»  ("j^ii)  ihresldnrj-jloors  const. 
r-'i-ia,  n'cnn  (ncnn)  rcjjwachcs  const.  ri-E-in,  n-rV^  (n^'n 
or  ri^t^)  foldhf^  doors  const.  Tfl ,  yet  not  invariably  D''?>'TD 
( !;riD ) //r/^^f^/^/^  const.  ""^^IT?,  ^^^  troufjh  (pi.  I^'rpi?)  const. 

«.  "When  in  the  construct  phiral  the  introduction  of  a  new  vowel  is 
demanded  by  the  concurrence  of  consonants,  the  syllable  so  formed  is  an 
intermediate  one,  so  that  the  following  Sh'va  is  vocal,  and  the  next  letter, 
if  an  as])irate.  does  not  receive  Daghesh-lene.  thus.  "^Vsi.  "^r'sia,  rirb'n, 
pid^n  not  "n*^"' .  "'3'^,  r'ipbn.  p"Z~n,  §22.  a.  3.  Exceptions  are  infre- 
quent', as  P^-ix  Deut.  3:  17.  ■^'icn  Lam.  3:22  but  "'^or  Ps.  89:2,  Pis-n 
Ps.  69:10.  -E— J  Ezck.  17:0,  "CCS  Gen.  42:25,  35,  "SC?  Lev.  23:18, 
"• nr^  Isa.  5  :  10,  nn'rjT  Nch.  4  :7,  ■B^n  Cant.  8  :  C  but  "■sii"i  Ps.  76 :  4.  In 
a  few  instances  Daghesh-forte  separative  is  inserted  to  indicate  more  dis- 
tinctly the  vocal  nature  of  the  Sh'va,  §24.  5,  "p:^n  Isa.  57:6,  "=:"  Lev. 
25:5,  "=^3  Isa.  58:3,  "Ziss  Gen.  49:17,  Pinp?  Ps.  89:  52,  P-r'*L'r  Prov. 
27  :  25.  or  compound  Sh'va  is  taken  instead  of  simple  for  the  same  reason, 
P'iPj^UJ  Gen.  30 :  ?S.  Tiie  presence  or  absence  of  I^aghesh-lene  in  the 
dual  conbtruct  depends  upon  the  form  of  tiie  absol;Ue,  thus  ''PSb  from 
r'PCb  liy.s  but  ^r~3  (rom  C"b~3  knees.  When  ihe  concurring  con- 
sonants belong  to  different  syllables  a  new  vowel  is  not  needed  between 


§217 


DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS. 


245 


them;  one  is  sometimes  inserted,  however,  after  a  guttural,  ''3'iS^, 
rii-iS72  but  niiinia  .  In  tlie  opinion  of  Ewald  "'iriir'?  Ezek.  7  :  24  is  for 
I'r-ipri  from  n^BVpa ,  and  rj':ii^^  Ex.  26:23,  36-28  for  ni!'^p^  ;  they 
may  be  better  explained,  liowever,  as  Piel  and  Pual  participles. 

b.  The  second  syllable  before  the  accent  rarely  undergoes  any  change. 
In  a  very  few  instances  Seghol  becomes  Hliirik  or  Pattahh,  the  pure 
vowels  being  reckoned  shorter  than  the  diphthongal,  comp.  §210.  e. 
iins"!^  chariot  const.  nriS'^B.  The  changes  in  tiiiTTb  Jlanie  const,  rahb 
pi.  niinb  const,  ninnb,  cib'ra  coals  const,  "'bna  are  due  to  the  influence 
of  the  proximate  vowels,  §63.  1;  those  in  "P^Jl  vision  const.  "jT'Tn  ,  nbns 
coals  const,  rbns  are  consequent  upon  tiie  dropping  of  Daghesh-forte, 
§61.  5;  that  in  C^nx  (Irom  bnx)  tents  const.  ''.^nJJ  arises  from  the  con- 
version of  a  simple  into  an  intermediate  syllable,  §59. 

§217.  The  following  table  of  the  declension  of  nouns 
will  sufficiently  exemplify  the  rules  which  have  been  given. 

Declensiox  op  Kouxs. 

I,  Nouns  wliich  suffer  a  cliange  in  the  vowels  only. 
i.     With  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  penult. 


Sii 


11)  s.       "in^^  master 

Const.     Iili< 

PL. 

Ah 

s.  G^ilif: 

Const.  ip-Ji^ 

'li"l3T  memorial 

V"^?T 

tD^inDT 

^i^ii 

yb^  interpreter 

rs^? 

D^2\b)2 

^T)^^ 

Masc.  bil^  great 

Fem.  nb1n-\ 

Masc. 

d^biis 

Fem-  niSin:^ 

fb^tsp        nib^top 


b  ^ t:  p^  Kal.  pass.  part.        H  b  ^  tO  j? 

ii.     With  Tsere  in  the  ultimate. 

a.  Monosyllables. 

Sing.    Jbs.  Vy  tree.  Const.      V^.        ^^-  ^^*-    ^"'1^3?  Const.    1^^3> 

b.  Polysyllables  having  pi-etonic  Kamets  in  the  penult. 

I  r  I  I  I 

Sing.     Jhs.       ^^^  heavy  Const.  ^23  or  "inS       Pl.  Abs.  Ql^^S  Const.  "''1-3 

Masc.  tOD""  dry       Fem.    HtDj"'  Masc.  D"''©^"!        Fem.  rillTZl"' 

c.  Polysyllables  haviiig  any  other  vowel  than  Kamets  in  the 

penult. 

I  III 

SixG.     Ais.    ID5i'r  judge.  Const.    tOSllD"    P^-    ^^s.  QipStJ        Const.  ""pStJ 

III  I 

Masc.  btpp  Kal.  Act.  part.  Fem.  tlbtpP  or  il_b  t3p  ^asc.  D'^btpp       Fern-  J^lbtDP 
bt£)p)2  Piel  part.         HbtDp^  ^i"  tlbtDp)2        D^btOp^  £libt2p)2 


DECLENSION    OF 

NOUNS. 

iii.     With  Kamets  in 

the  ult 

iniate. 

Snro. 

Abs.           r^-^  flsh 

T 

Const.        31 

Pl.  Abs 

•      T 

Cons^.     "131 

"^Jlp;^  sanctuary 

'Jl'Sp'? 

c^i'ip?? 

■•i'lp^ 

121  'word 

T       T 

■^^1 

D^ini 

'^i;i'7. 

"[■i^?  cloud 

It  t 

w. 

t'?5:?. 

^55^- 

^ib  heart 

-i? 

^'??y 

'i?^? 

Masc.     DDn  ■W130 

T  T  -: 

Masc. 

•    T    -; 

i^'ew.  ni72Dn 

yj-)^  Xipb.  part. 

T  I  :  • 

nDL:;:pporribpp)5 

tl'?I?p3 

nibt)^? 

iv 

With  final  n,. 

Sn«j. 

^^*-     tli^'TO    appearance 

1 

Const.  ni5"l'0 

Pl.    ^fe. 

C^in:^ 

CoHs?.  "^ij:*^ 

^.?P.    roed 

•^ip 

^'?P 

^.?P 

Masc      nB""    fiiir 

r 

T    T 

•     T 

Fern.  nl5; 

\  '^ 

V.     Seofholates. 

JSISO. 

1 
Ahs.        'nb'O  kiag 

Co»s<.    lb  "5 

PL.    Abs. 

•  T    : 

Co«5^    i^b)2 

iriD  covert 

^\^? 

D^inp 

''i-'^P 

'D'^S  strougth 

••• 

^'^^>: 

'•    :   T 

byi.  lord 

b^n 

n^b^s 

■'b^'n 

tT|)2  death 

V   T 

mi 

d\^i?3 

■'ni:a 

n-i^?  eye 

r? 

Dual. 

^15'^. 

'?''^. 

TjI  foot 

'".?■! 

t3?p3-) 

^:3n 
.. .  • 

•jTii  ear 

It^ 

•  -  ;  T 

II.     Nouns  which  double  their  final 

con-somtnt. 

SlKO. 

Abs.        '^''2'^  camel 

Const.      b723 

Pu  J6i'. 

^4^} 

Const,   "lb "2 3 

■ 

13  garden 

li 

£^23 

'b 

pn  statute 

pn 

Q^pn 

7^.7 

V^'  tooth 

]^. 

Dual. 

Q^ip 

150 

"'"IZ?  Ilobrew 

^-1^3?  PL.   t 

D^nn^  0 

•t^i;:r 

^r.^^: 

24G 


DECLENSION   OF   NOUNS 

1                                            1                                    1 
Masc.       TOp^  small                Fem.  HSpp     Pl.  Ma.'ic.  ti'^'^'D'p 

1 

Fem.  niSpp 

Dibs'  deep 

*  r    -,  -. 

Q^f5^5> 

m>^_3?^ 

l-ltJ  fresh 

•   T 

T  ■  : 

,    13'r.P 

ni^p 

III.     Otlie?'  nouns  suffer  no 

cliange. 

Smo. 

Abs.  llj^lllbl^  garment      Const. 

mkbiz^- ^is.  Q^tp^sb^ 

Const.  "li'qSb^ 

Masc.   ^itD  good               Fem 

nui'D      -3/a5t 

■■  d^ilt) 

Fem.  ninito 

b^p|:?^  Hiph.  part.  nV 

p-^^  or  t^)i^)2 

Q^b^ppj)?    nib-ipfj^ 

]Sfou7is  tvitli  the  feminine  ending  H^. 

i.     With  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  penult 

J. 

Sing. 

Als.        t\y^  fish         Const. 

T      T 

tni^    PL.  Abs. 

T 

Const,  riii^ 

1 

T\l2'p^_  vengeance 

^'^R^ 

nl72j^5 

ni^pD 

1 
X\'^'^  counsel 

^i?, 

nii? 

inii? 

nsb  lip 

T    T 

Jng^    Dual, 

t)^n|tp 

■^risp 

ii.     From   Segholates 

Sing. 

Ahs.    nSbTD  queen       Const. 

n3b)3  pi"-  ^^5. 

fiiib): 

Const.     nlDb72 

1 
mtlD  covert 

T  :    * 

ji"itip 

T    : 

ninjpp 

n)2:25?  strength 

-    ;    T 

mis:? 

T   t; 

iii. 

All  others. 

Sing. 

■^^s.         nS!!  garden        Const. 

T    - 

ns^  PL.  ^&.^. 

nib 

Const,     nib 

1 

n3?^12)"'  salvation 

T         : 

jniqtri^^ 

m's'^ti)"'^ 

■    nli^itu'^. 

Nouns  ivith  tl 

.e  fem^inine  ending  Ji. 

Sing. 

1 

A  is.  ri".  '0  ID  'i  observance  Co  ns  t.  \ 

-il'ap^  PL.  Ahs.  nin^tr 72  cy»-^'  n1"i"c*i:^ 

tip 51"'  sucker 

^Rr' 

nip^v 

nippi'', 

snbsb^  skuu 

tnbib^ 

nib^b-i 

nibb3 

JTi"!^^'  Hebrew-woman 

n^nn:? 

mini:? 

r1''->n3? 

fllDblG  kingdom 

n^Db)2 

ni^Db/-? 

nl^:Db72 

\  :    - 

247 


248  ETYMOLOGY.  ^218,219 


Paragogic  Vowels. 

§218.  The  termination  "'.  or  i  is  sometimes  added  to 
nomis  in  the  construct  singular,  §G1.  G,  '^:3  Gen.  49  :  11  for 
■jii,  Ti<?^  Isa.  1  :  21  for  rsibr),  "^nan  Lam.  1  -.  1  for  nan, 
•^b^Er^a  Ps.  113  :G  for  bm-ia ,  in;^n  Gen.  1:24  for  ni:n. 
This  occurs  chiefly  in  poetry  and  is  regarded  as  an  archaism. 
These  vowels  for  the  most  part  receive  the  accent,  and  com- 
monly occasion  the  rejection  of  Pattahh  or  Tsere  from  the 
ultimate. 

a.  Examples  of  this  antique  formation  of  the  construct  are  likewise 
preservcil  in  ))roper  names,  as  p"i:i;""'3^T3  Melchizedek^  nhjC^VQ  Methuselah. 
Respecting  the  origin  of  these  vowel  endings,  see  §198.  a  (4). 

§219.  1.  The  unaccented  vowel  n^  added  to  nouns  in- 
dicates motion  or  direction  towards  a  place,  nriss  northward, 
n^jb  southward,  n'o^'iio  heavenward,  nn^an  to  the  house, 
olKovhe,  "00*^  io  f^i-^  n/ountain,  wheucG  it  is  called  He  directive 
or  He  local.  The  subsidiary  vowel  of  Seghola-tes  is  rejected 
before  this  ending,  ^GC).  2  (1),  but  other  vowels  are  mostly 
unafl'cctcd,  npna  from  "j-ih' ,  nsns  from  y-}i< ,  n^ani?  from  innp , 
nnania  1  Kin.  19  :  15  from  the  construct  state  13"''?. 

a.  He  directive  is  appended  to  the  adverb  Wci  there,  "T?^  thither,  and 
to  tlie  adjective  ^''^n  profiDie  in  the  peculiar  phrase  '^^''tH  '^'^  profanum 
i.e.  be  it  far  from,  etc.  It  is  rarely  used  to  indicate  relations  of  time, 
rna^ri  C^JSJia  1  Sam.  1  :  3  from  days  to  days  i.  e.  yearly.  ti7rC'''':>':i  Ezek. 
21  :  I'd  for  the  third  time,  nn?  now  })rop.  at  {this)  time.  For  the  sake  of 
greater  force  and  definitene.^s  a  preposition  denoting  direction  is  some- 
tmies  prefixed  to  words,  which  receive  this  ending,  so  that  the  latter 
becomes  in  a  measure  superfluous,  H^?'?^  vpwards.  narb  doicnvcards, 
'^rjy'sb  2  Chron.  31  :  14  to  the  east,  nblKcb  Ps.  9 :  18  /o  Sheol,  conip.  aTTo 
fiaKpoi^iv. 

b.  The  ending  ri^  rarely  receives  the  accent  nn^ta  Deut.  4:41  ;  in 
C^S  nj-na  it  receives  in  some  editions  an  alternate  accent,  §42  a,  in 
others  the  secondary  accent  Metliegh.  §33.  1.  a.  In  ir^n  Gen.  14  :  10  and 
nj^Q  a  is  changed  toe  before  this  ending.  §63.  1,  in  nan'n  Ezek.  23:  13, 
ri3b   I  Sam.  21:2  the  vowel  of  the  ending  is  itself  changed  to  e. 

c.  He  directive  is  probably  to  be  traced  to  the  same  origin  with 
tlie  definite  article  H,   whose  demonstrative  force  it  shares.      Tiie  syl- 


§220  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  249 

lable  <i  is  prefixed  to  a  noun  to  single  out  a  particular  thing  from  all 
others  oi'  like  kind  as  tlie  object  of  attention.  Appended  to  a  word  its 
weak  guttural  would  be  rejected  and  its  vowel  prolonged  to  n^ ,  §53.  3; 
and  in  this  form  it  is  added  to  nouns  to  point  out  the  object  or  direction  ot 
motion,  and  to  verbs  to  indicate  the  object  of  desire,  §97.  1.  In  Chaldee 
this  appended  vowel  forms  what  is  called  the  emphatic  state,  and  has  the 
sense  of  the  definite  article,  T|^T3  ki7ig,  nsbiD  or  Ksb^  the  king. 

2.  Paragogic  t".^  is  sometimes  appended  to  nouns,  par- 
ticularly in  poetry,  for  the  purpose  of  softening  the  termina- 
tion without  affecting  the  sense,  §  61.  6. 


Nouns  with  Suffixes. 

§  220.  The  pronominal  suffixes,  whose  forms  are  given 
§72,  are  appended  to  nouns  in  the  sense  of  possessive  pro- 
nouns, ^)  hand,  "^y^  my  hand,  etc.  They  suffer,  in  conse- 
quence, the  following  changes,  viz  : 

1 .  Of  the  suffixes,  which  begin  with  a  consonant,  '^,03, 
■^^  of  the  second  person  are  connected  with  nouns  in  the  sin- 
gular by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  13  of  the  first  person  plural  and  ^ 
of  the  second  fem.  singular  by  Tsere,  and  in ,  n ,  o ,  *j  of 
the  third  person  by  Kamets ;  in^  is  invariably  contracted  to 
i ,  rarely  written  n',   §  02,  1,  and  n,  to  J^^ ,   §  101.  2. 

a.  There  is  one  example  of  a  noun  in  the  construct  before  the  full  form 
of  the  pronoun,  Jf^n  "'"C"^  her  days  Nah.  2  :  9. 

b.  First  person:  ^13  is  in  a  kw  instances  preceded  by  Kamets,  isriS'ia 
Ruth  3 :  2.  ^ua-ip  Job  22  -.20. 

Second  person.  The  final  vowel  of  "|  is  occasionally  expressed  by  the 
vowel  letter  n  ,  tvd't^  Ex.  13  :  16,  ni^w'2  Jer.  29:  25.  In  pause  the  Sh'va 
before  r\  becomes  Seghol.  §65,  '•  ~<p?  Gen.  33:5,  :n353  Ps.  139:5,  or 
Kamets  may  be  inserted  as  a  connecting  vowel,  particularly  after  nouns 
in  n_,  wheretipon  the  final  Kamets  is  dropped  to  prevent  the  recurrence 
of  like  sounds,  Tjsh  Ps.  5^:6.  In  the  feminine  the  connecting  vowel  e 
as  rarely  written  "^  ^  ri^-^h^^y:  Ezek.  5:  12;  *'.,  which  belongs  to  the  full 
form  of  the  pronoun.  §71.  a  (2),  is  sometimes  added  1o  the  suffix.  ''=r:"7 
Jer.  11:15,  ^23in3  Ps.  116:  19,  •^S^Uis  2  Kin.  4:7  K'thibh,  where  the  K'Vi 
has  TptJ^  .  Sometimes  the  distinction  of  gender  is  neglected  in  the  plural 
and  CD  is  used  in  place  of  the  feminine  "^,  tii/^riN  Gen.  31  :9.  cii^s, 
£3"'rip2  .Ter.  9:  19;  n^  is  sometimes  added  to  the  feminine  suffix  as  to  the 
full  pronoun.  T^lZiV-q)  Ezek.  23:49. 


250  ETYMOLOGY.  ^220 

Third  ]>f>rson.  The  connecting  vowel  before  ^rt  and  rj  is  ocrasionaMy 
e.  inp-'r-?  Gt-n.  1:12.  in'r:b-'B  Jndir.  9:24.  ^incio  Nali.  1:13.  Vi^"!i<  Job 
25:3.  so  Tiyn  from  ?n  anil  ViS^^  I'roin  ?"3'2  ami  Ircfiuently  willi  iiuuiis  iti 
n_.  !l.-:<{-i:a  and  niti"i  Irom  r^k■^■q,  ^r\-{3  from  nnc,  ^~i:n^,  ''nk^ ;  e  does 
not  occur  before  tlie  plural  n  uidess  it  is  represenie<l  by  the  vowel-letter 
•>  in  cnnsTia  2  Chron.  34:5  K'tliibh.  where  the  K'ri  has  crinstii  j  jt  is 
once  Ibund  in  the  tern,  plural  n:2"ip  Gen.  41:21.  Tlie  form  n"  in  the 
niasc.  sing,  is  commonly  reckoned  an  urchaisra.  n"b»lj{t  Gen.  12:8,  n'T'O 
Ps.  42:9.  nSa  Jer.  2:21.  so  several  times  in  the  K'tliibh  •"iT'y,  nmo  Gen. 
49:11,  rtnx-on  Ex.  22:4,  nn.sioo  Ex.  22:26.  n=D:  Lev.  23:13.  ncibo 
2  Kin.  9:25,  nnxinn  EzeU.  -IS:  IS,  where  the  K'ri  in  each  instance  sub- 
stitutes i.  In  a  few  instances  the  consonant  is  rejected  from  the  femi- 
nine, n  being  retained  simply  as  a  vowel-letter;  where  this  occurs  it  is 
commonly  indicated  in  modern  editions  of  the  Bible  by  Raphe.  ri"irt2)  Lev. 
13:4.  nxsn  Num.  15:28,  or  by  a  Masoretic  note  in  the  margin,  Miirs^ 
Isa.  23: 17.  18  for  B^rX;  once  »  is  substituted  for  n.  nSs  Ezek.  36:5. 
The  longer  lornts  of  llie  plural  sutB.xes  en .  ";n  are  rarely  affixed  to  nouns 
in  the  singular,  "jn'^tab  Gen.  21:28,  iraV^  Ezek.  13:17,  "|nr=i::'a  EzeL 
16:53.  or  with  the  connecting  vowel  Kaniets,  Cin32  2  Sam.  23:6.  or  with 
n  appended,  n:nir3  1  Kin.  7:37,  nrii'in  Ezek.  lb: 53.  The  vowel  n  is 
also  sometimes  added  to  the  briefer  Ibrm  of  the  fem.  plural,  njn^b  Gen. 
21:29,  rn|3  Gen.  42:36.  The  distinction  of  gender  is  sometimes  ne- 
glected in  the  plural,  D  or  crt  being  used  for  the  feminine,  C|3  Can!. 
4 : 2,  6 : 6  for  li'a ,  crT-'T7  Job  1:14  lor  fyy]  ■ 

e.  The  nouns  r»  father,  Hit  bioiher.  HB  month  take  the  ending  '^.  be- 
fore suffixes,  as  they  do  likewise  in  the  construct  state,  ~f^5<.  ^r.'r^  ;  "*.  of 
the  first  person  ctxilcsccs  with  this  vowel,  ^ZH.  "Tis,  ""S  and  ^n  of  the 
third  fK^-rsot),  contmonly  becomes  t  §62.  2.  ITTX.  T'nx.  ra  more  frequent 
than  'KT'fiJj.  '»n-'n;<,  I.t^b.  In  7'a  Zeph.  2:9  the  vowel-letter  "^  o4' the 
first  person  suifix  is  dropped  after  the  final  "^  of  the  nouii. 

2.  The  masculine  plural  ternimation  C"*.  and  tlie  dual 
D'!'.  are  changed  to  "'„  before  suffixes  as  m  the  construct  state ; 
the  same  vowel  is  hkcwise  mserted  as  a  connective  between 
suffixes  and  feminine  phiral  nouns,  §214.  2.  h.  This  "'_  re- 
mains unchanged  before  the  plural  suffixes  ;  but  before  ?J  the 
second  masc.  singular  and  n  third  fern,  singulai*  it  becomes 
■'.. ,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  the  diphthongal  vowel 
is  resolved  into  "'. ,  which  combined  with  "•.  the  fii-st  singular 
forms  \  ,  with  t[  the  second  feminine  T. ,  and  with  in  the 
third  masculine  T^^ ,  §02.2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  suffixes  are  nppehdcd  to  feminine  pinrals 
without  the  vowel  ^  or  its  modifications.  •''r:nri  2  Kin.  6:8  lor  '^r:nn, 
■"rns  Ps.  132: 12  for  "'rnr,  i\r3-a  Ueuf.  28:59  for  T^^^  >  "f^!'^^.'^  ^^-^^ 


§  221  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  251 

16:52  for  'n"'r^'i'''!!!< .-  'ohn'nH  and  nnipSas  ,  arhi'x  Ps.  74:4,  onxiin  ,  drinnn, 
chnsTO,  crhs^.  On  the  other  hand,  sutfixes  proper  to  plural  nouns  are 
occiisioniiliy  appended  to  feminine  nouns  in  the  lingular,  perhaps  to  indi- 
riite  that  they  are  used  in  a  plural  or  collective  sense,  iT^drn  Lev.  5:  24, 
Ti^n'^nn  Ps.  9:  15,  'T'njtsiy  Ezek.  35:  11,  TC^^?,  Isn.  47:  13. 

6.  The  vowel-letter  "^  is  not  infrequently  omitted  after  plural  and  dual 
nnuiis,  r,i"iti  Ex.  33:13  for  ^"'i'^'^ ,  oi"!":  P^-  134:2  for  ci-^n^ ,  "n-in  Ex. 
32:19  K'thibh  (K'ri  T^^*^).  -nis  1  Sam.  18:22  K'thibh  (K'ri  1"'72?.), 
cn^ia  Gen.  10:5  for  an"'::''^^,  "(nnbn  Gen.  4:4  for  ■|f^■'?^^. 

c.  Second  person.  The  vowel  "^  remains  unchanged  before  the  fem. 
sinir.  r^  in  Tf^l^JX  Eccl.  10:  17  and  with  n  appended  !  n^axb^  Nah.  2:  14. 
Sometimes,  as  in  the  full  pronoun,  "'.  is  appended  to  the  fem.  sing.  suflTx 
and  n^  to  the  plural,  :  "'i^Mbnn  Ps.  103:3,  :"^2":*n  ver.  4,  njiirinps 
Ezek. 'l3: 20. 

Third  person.  The  uncontracted  form  of  the  masc.  sing.  *ni  occurs 
in  in^nisj  Nah.  2:4  for  l^A-iaa ,  Ji.T^n^  Hab.  3:10,^4^5  Job  24:23; 
ehii  =  aihu  by  transposition  of  the  vowels  becomes  auhi  =  ohl  "'pi  which 
is  found  once  TilbTOStn  Ps.  116:  12.  and  is  the  ordinary  form  of  this  suffix 
in  Chaldee.  The  final  a  of  the  fem.  sing,  is  once  represented  by  X, 
Nn-f^Tis  Ezek.  41:  15.  In  a  few  instances  n^  is  appended  to  the  plural 
of  either  gender,  niaii-^^x  Ezek.  40:16,  i^Sn-^r'^'a  Ezek.  1:11.  and  i  to 
the  abbreviated  masc.  n,  ia^^^^<  Deut.  32:^37,  "i^^naT  ver.  38,  iB"'Q3  Job 
27:23.  ia^JQ  Ps.  11:7. 

3.  The  suffixes  thus  modified  are  as  follows,  viz, : 

Appended  to 

Sing.  Nouns 

Dual  and 
Plur.  Nouns 

§221.  Certain  changes  likewise  take  place  in  nouns  re- 
ceiving suffixes,  which  arise  from  the  disposition  to  shorten 
words,  which  are  increased  at  the  end,  ^(SQ.  1.  These  are 
as  follows,  viz.  : 

1.  The  grave  suffixes,  §72,  D^,  13,  nn,  in  shorten  the 
nouns,  to  which  they  are  attached,  to  the  greatest  possible 
extent.  Before  them,  therefore,  nouns  of  both  genders  and 
all  numbers  take  the  form  of  the  construct,  sib  heart,  oi^^'p 
i/oiir  heart,  lO-?-?!?  tfieir  hearts;  nBTD  lij)  du.  Dn"'rsT2J  pi. 
Dn^ninsto  their  lips. 

a.  D'n  6/ood  becomes  th^cr^  and  "i^  hand  cb^"!. 


SIXGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

1^. 

2ot.    2/   3  7??.    3/ 

Ic. 

2??'.     2/.       3  m. 

3/. 

■l 

^..   \.    "^  K 

^3.. 

d5^        1?:            ^r 

I 

V- 

r...  ^r-  ^\  v^.. 

^'^\. 

n5^.  ■5\.  Dr;^. 

l^i^. 

2o2  ETYMOLOQY.  §221 

2.  Feminine  nouns,  both  singular  and  i)lural,  take  the 
construct  form  before  the  hght  suffixes  Ukewise,  with  the  ex- 
ception that  ill  the  singuku'  the  ending  n,  becomes  n^  in 
consequence  of  the  change  from  a  mixed  to  a  simple  syllable, 
§  59,  HE©  Up,  ihEir  /^/.y  Up,  nnsb  their  Up,  T^irEb  thy  Ups, 
rnirsb  Ms  Ups. 

(I.  If  the  conslnift  lias  a  Seorholato  form  it  will  experience  the  change 
inclicated  in  5,  n^cri^  const.  r^^M"^^  suf.  'iPibir^'a  .  IT  two  consonants 
have  coalesctnl  in  the  final  letter,  it  will  receive  Daghesh-fnrte  agreeably 
to  6.  iP3  ironi  ri ,  irn:x  froni  nos,  :  r,n;'3?2  l  Sam.  IG:  15  from  the  ll-m. 
of  rbz-q,  §205.  b. 

b.  In  a  few  exceptional  instances  the  absohite  form  is  preserved  before 
suffi.xes,  ■'rb=3  Isa.  26:19  from  n^=3  but  r,nbr3.  "inbss;  "ips;^  Cant.  2:10 
Irom  nb^  const.  ri'^_ ;  so  "^nbs ,  I'^rnna ,  'i"'n^n-) ,  OD/^rbso  but  const. 
Ti'sd,  comp.  crr^ya  const,  "'i"^. 

3.  jMascuUne  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  on  receiv- 
ing light  suffixes  take  the  form  which  they  assume  before  the 
absolute  plural  termination,  nib  /leart,  ""inb  wy  heart,  T^nnb 
thy  heart,  I3''??b  our  hearts. 

a.  Tsere  in  tlie  iiltininte  i.'?  shortened  to  Hhirik  or  Seghol  before  Tj, 
CD.  ■,3,  e.  g.  7^33.  n='r':)--2.  C-:^;5T2,  or  with  a  guttural  to  Pattahh,  T]2ns . 
nsbsa ,  though  witii  occasional  excej)tions,  'J^^I^N  Isa.  22:21.  '^\r\l'0 
1  San).  21;  S.  ^xpS  lioni  NSS .  Before  other  sullixes  it  is  rejected  Irom 
some  monosyllaide.'^.  which  retain  it  in  the  plural,  ico  from  ClU  plur. 
mad,  133  from  ',3  i)hu-.  n^33  hut  ■>:;;,  t^'s,  "^y^,  r,r^.  '  , 

4.  Dual  nouns  retain  before  light  suffixes  the  form  which 
they  Iiave  before  the  absolute  dual  termination,  "•nsb  uiy  Ups, 
^rnpiri  our  Ups,  "'byN  wy  ears,  ^3"':tn  our  ears ;  ^'^\'}'2  and 
D^ ':":)?  horns,  l^bn;?  and  i-'^^jp  his  horns. 

5.  Segholate  nouns  in  the '  dual  and  plural  follow  the 
preceding  rules,  but  in  the  singular  they  assume  before  all 
suffixes,  whether  light  or  grave,  their  original  monosyllabic 
form  as  before  the  feminine  ending  n^  ,  §208,  ?[b)9  kitty, 
•'sb'Q  luy  liny,  DDsb^a  your  hiny ;  ITS  ear,  ■':ts5  my  ear ;  in 
like  manner  nip:i">  sucker,  iripDi;*  his  sucker. 

(I.  When  the  first  radical  has  Ilholcm  in  tlie  absolute.  Hhateph-Kamets 
or  Kamets-Iliiatuph  is  soinctimfs  given  to  the  second  radical  before  bul- 


^•2'2-Z  NOUNS    WITH    SUFfcJXES.  253 

fixes,  i^ya  and  i^?.Q  from  hvs.  ^:;'-;;^  Hos.  13:14,  with  Daghesh-forte 
senarativ'e!  i^np  Eze'k.  26:9.  ■'bp  'l' "Kin.  12:10,  "iliao  Isa.  9:3,  i=30 
Jer.  4:7;  IjZ  garment  has  "^"153,  inaa  instead  of  "''^53  ,  "1^:3. 

b.  Middle  Yodh  and  Vav  mostly  quie.sce  in  e  and  0  before,  suffixes,  •^:"'S 
from  'CI  eye,  ■'ni^  from  ri"i3  death;  but  m'S  Gen.  49:11  from  i^S 
ijmnig  ass,  in^O  Isa.  10:  17  from  nyb  thorii,  i^-S  Ezek.  18:26,  33: 13  from 
bl5   iniquitij. 

c.  Triliteral  monosyllables  sometimes  shift  their  vowel  from  the  second 
radical  to  the  first,  thus  assuming  the  same  form  with  Segholates,  comp. 
§  1S4.  <7..  "'bs'n  ii-om  ©3^,  "^K^'r  from  cbd.  but  iu-^S  from  11'"^ 3  ;  T^-^bs  from 
■'^s  ;  -'-[ns  .  t;-;-i3  .  CD'i'-is  .  d'^-iq  but  chi-is  from  ins  ;  i-'isci .  Ti'^3'r  but 
CD"'3'r  li-om  '■Zf^,.  By  a  like  transposition  C3B;S  Ezek.  36:8  is  lor  C3E3S 
from  rjb'. 

(/.  The  noun  "I'rx  blessedness,  which  only  occurs  in  the  plural  con- 
struct and  with  suffixes,  preserves  before  all  suffixes  the  construct  form, 
rj^Vrx,  T^yrx  not  "fT^x ,  T'^Js. 

6,  Nouns   in   whose  final   letter   two   consonants  have 
coalesced,  or  which  double  their  final  letter  in  the  plural,, 
§207.  2,  receive  Daghesh-forte  likewise  before  suffixes,  the 
vowel  of  the  ultimate  being  modified  accordingly,  '^''V  and: 
^•Ty  frotn  VJ  (root  Tb),  ddp3    from   na  (n:?),  niins  from, 
"iinx  (pi.  D^Dnx). 

a.  3:'l'X  lattice,  ^^"^3  garden,  3:>n^  refuge,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
plural,  take  Daghesh-forte  before  suffixes ;  r3d  has  in  the  plural  mnsiy 
but  before  suffixes  inSUJ ,  cbri3d;    "lis  (root    i;3)  fcr/.se  has  "'rs.   1:3. 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  final  liquid  is  repeated  instead  of  being 
doubled  by  Daghesh,  comp.  §207.  2.  a.  "^-inn  Jer.  17:3.  ''-.•^n  Ps.  30:8, 
nn-in  Gen.  14:6  from  in ;  n^b^  Job  40:22  and  l^S  from  bk';  -'^inj  Ezek. 
16:4  and  ~"]"iiy  Cant.  7:3.  Once  Daghesh-forte  is  resolved  by  the  in- 
sertion of  3 ,  nT3T^T2  Isa.  23 :  1 1  for  t^'^h;^ ,  §  54.  3. 

7.  Nouns  ending  in  n  drop  this  vowel  before  suffixes 
as  before  the  plural  terminations,  §209.1,  Trm  feld  "'ii;^, 
Ti-iir  ,  rrp^ ;  nbpTa  cattle  'n?!?^ . 

a.  The  vowel  e  commonly  remains  as  a  connecting  vo\ve!  before  suf- 
fixes of  the  third  person  singular,  §220.  1.  b;  and  in  a  few  instances  the 
radical  "^  is  restored,  giving  to  singular  nouns  the  appearance  of  being 
plural,  n-iiri'  Isa.  22:11,  n-^nSTS  Hos.  2:16,  Dniaip  Isa.  42:5,  nib  sheep 
becomes  i'^b  or  in^ia. 

%  222.  The  following  examples  of  nouns  with  suffixes  • 
will  sufficiently  illustrate  the  preceding  rules  : 


Paradigm  of 

N 

OUNS    WITH 

Suffixes. 

SiNOULAB. 

heart       Zhb 

T  ■■ 

king     T(:'2 

queen     'n^^'2 

hand      1"' 

T 

Const. 

lib 

%'9 

rsb-5 

1] 

Sing. 

1  c.   my 

(( 

^bb-2 

(( 

•  T  :  — 

(( 

•T 

2  7ft.  thy 

^-^ 

i; 

•   ^?^^ 

(( 

^r^b^ 

it, 

'I-: 

2/.   thy 

15=^ 

u 

T^b"^ 

(( 

^ri2b^ 

(1 

^t 

3  w.  his 

T  : 

" 

isb-j 

" 

ihsb-j 

U 

T 

3/    her 

T  T  ; 

- 

nsb-j 

T  ;   — 

u 

nn^b-j 

n 

Plur 

1  c.    our 

" 

^■-5^"i? 

l( 

^=r)?f"!5 

u 

••T 

2  7?i.  yoiir 

Diazb 

u 

DD2b-J 

u 

^5^=^"^ 

u 

UtT 

2/    your 

1^^^^ 

u 

1??^^ 

u 

15^?^^ 

11 

I?": 

3  w.  their 

Dnzb 

T  T  ; 

u 

Dib-J 

T  :  — 

u 

Dhsb-j 

T  T  ;   — 

11 

1 

TT 

3/.    their 

1==^ 

p 

■jsba 

Lr  E  A  L. 

u 

1  T  T  :  - 

11 

D 

i7; 

F  A  L. 

hearts  D'^i^b 

•   T  ; 

kings  D^ib'J 

queens  HlDb'J 

hands  D""^ 

Const. 

-i=b 

■ir^ 

niib-j 

"T 

Sing 

1  c.   my 

•==> 

u 

^ib-j 

u 

^nijb-j 

11 

— T 

2  TO.  thy 

T==i 

'' 

i1^-^ 

i( 

T^^h 

" 

Ti: 

2/    thy 

T=T^ 

" 

-:?''? 

u 

Tt)'-?^ 

Ti: 

3  7n.  his 

T  T  : 

- 

rib-j 

r  r    : 

'* 

rhirb-j 

T        :  — 

'• 

3/.    her 

m"ZZ5 

rrzb-2 

T       V  T     : 

'• 

W't}^'^^'^ 

" 

•    1       1 
T       VT 

Plur 

,  1  c.   our 

i-izb 

•■  T  : 

u 

r,'tb'2 

u 

r.'r^izb'2 

" 

•■T 

2  7?i.  your 

Gi-Zzb 

>( 

Ub"2hl2 

Drrirbj 

u 

^k'T 

2./'.    your 

■|i"nnb 

11 

■i-b^ 

u 

-yT^^^ 

" 

iri: 

3  m.  their 

Dn-izb 

- 

.°\?"r  = 

urrr^'zb-2 

'' 

Qjj""'' 

3/    their 

iT=^^? 

u 

l^'Sb^ 

" 

■--ni^b-j 

'• 

iT"r 

254 


§223 


NUMERALS. 


255 


Numerals. 

§223.  1.  The  Hebrew  numerals  (^so^n  niiaffi)  are  of 
two  kinds,  cardinals  and  ordinals.  The  cardinals  from  one 
to  ten  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Aisol. 

Constr 

Al>soL 

Constr, 

W 

ih^ 

tnhx 

T\m 

^:i^ 

^DIC 

a^rnuj 

"JD"'? 

mrb'^ 

mijSip 

r 

i2:3i2 

nrn-iij? 

5^?^"?^ 

3?B-l!^ 

:r2n55 

ti3-2n 

nqtn 

"    T 

iD7bri 

n'iisii? 

^'4^ 

IL'4 

uiis 

n^nir 

n^Ti 

y^% 

:*iiD 

nb'tJiD 

ni"i3"^ 

ni>9 

nbbiD 

ri>'irn 

r.rdn 

iSTzin 

:5--irn 

n^iry 

trw 

nisi? 

"^'^? 

One 

Two 

Three 

Four 

Five 

Six 

Seven 

Eight 

Nine 

Ten 


a.  Vnx  is  for  'inK.  §63.  \.a;  the  Seghol  returns  fo  Pattahh  from 
wliich  it  has  arisen.  Lpon  the  shortening  of  the  following  Kamets  in  the 
construct  and  in  the  feminine,  rflx  for  nnns ,  §54.  2,  hut  in  pause  nnx; 
•ins  occurs  in  the  absolute  in  Gen.  48  :  22,  2  Sam.  17:22,  Isa.  27:12, 
Ezek.  33  :  30,  Zech.  11:7,  and  once  ^h  Ezek.  33  :  30.  The  plural  O-nni^ 
is  also  in  use  in  the  sense  of  one,  Gen.  11:1,  Ezek.  37  :  17,  or  ,.o»ie,  Gen. 
27 :  41,  29  :  20.     Comp,  Span.  unos. 

c"nT2i  is  for  C-nsr;  for  the  Daghesh  in  P  see  §22.  6;  this  is  once 
omitted  after  Daghesh-forte,  ^rr^s  Judg.  16  :  28. 

A  dual  form  is  given  to  some  of  the  units  to  denote  repetition,  n^ni;3-^X 
fourfold,  C-;in53t5  sevetifold, 

nsnr  occurs  once  with  a  paragogic  syllable,  nh'ri::  Job  42:  13,  and 
once  with  a  suffix  in  the  form  cnrno  2  Sam.  21:9  K'ri. 

2.  In  all  the  Semitic  languages  the  cardinals  from  f/iree 
to  fen  are  in  form  of  the  singular  number,  and  have  a  femi- 
nine termination  when  joined  to  masculine  nouns,  but  omit 
it  when  joined  to  feminine  nouns.     '\e  explanation  of  this 


25G  ETYMOLOGY.  ^224,225 

curious  plicnomenon  aj)|)cars  to  be  that  they  are  properly  col- 
h;ctivc  uouns  Uke  triad,  dccad,  and  as  such  of  the  feininiiie 
gender.  With  mascuhne  nouns  they  appear  in  their  primary 
form,  with  feminine  nouns,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  they 
undergo  a  change  of  termination. 

a.  An  analogous  anomaly  meets  us  in  this  same  class  of  words  in  Indo- 
European  tongues.  The  Sanskrit  cardinals  from^i-e  to /^??,  though  they 
agree  in  rase  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  helong.  are  in  form  of  the 
neuter  gender  and  in  the  nominative,  accusative  and  vocative  tiiey  are  of 
the  singular  number.     In  Greek  and  Latin  t!iey  are  not  declined. 

§224.  The  cardinals  from  eleven  to  nineteen  are  formed 
by  combining  "lO  or  nno  modifications  of  the  numeral 
ten  with  the  several  units,  those  which  end  in  n^  preserving 
the  absolute  form  and  the  remainder  the  construct.     Thus, 


MASCri.  INE. 

T^l          «.... 

(  ^^? 

^1^ 

Lleven 

1  % 

T*^"? 

Twelve 

Thirteen 

r  r 

T       : 

Fourteen 

T  r 

T  T  :  — 

Fifteen 

T   T 

T   •  -: 

Sixteen 

"it: 

T  r 

t  ■ 

Seventeen 

T  r 

T    :    • 

Eighteen 

T    T 

rijb'jj 

T         : 

Nineteen 

^ZV 

F  E  JI  I  X  I  N  E  . 

♦^■^"^^ 

Tih^ 

»^1^? 

'T:zv 

^i^<, 

DTrj 

^^^^, 

*^^ 

•^?^'>! 

fit 

rn^'s^ 

:'i"j< 

^T^? 

•i't;n 

^T^ 

t^ 

H^^? 

>5^ 

•^11?? 

nrrd 

rn-^'j 

yirn 

a.  Tlic  orisrin  of  "^ni^? .  the  alternate  of  'inx  in  the  number  eleven,  is 
obscure.  R.  Joiia  thinks  it  to  be  an  abbreviation  for  "I'CS  "'ruiJ  Ty  next  to 
twelve.  Comp.  Lat.  ■iimleviginti,  nineteen.  Kimchi  derives  it  from  riL'S 
to  think,  ten  being  reckoned  upon  the  fingers,  and  eleven  the  first  number 
which  is  mentally  conceived  beyond. 

-lbs  niribn  fifteen  occurs  Judg.  8 :  10,  2  Sam.  19:  18,  and  "itSS  PJis'JJ 
eighteen  Judg.  20  :  25. 

§225.  1.  The  tens  are  formed  by  adding  the  masculine 


§226,227  NUMERALS.  257 

plural  termination  to  the  units,  D-^nir?  twenty  being,  however, 
derived  not  from  two  but  from  ten  "iiD? . 

Twenty  D^VlT^  Sixty  "ZTm 

Thirty  D^irb^  Seventy  D"<^"*? 

Forty  D"i::^75<  Eighty  D^i'l2^ 

Fifty  Q^'uS'r"  Ninety  n^:;'dri 

a.  These  numbers  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  feminine,  and  are  used 
indilferently  with  nouns  of  either  gender.  nSla?.  Ex.  18;  21,  25,  Deut.  1 :  15 
means  not  twenty  but  tens. 

2.  The  units  are  added  to  the  tens  by  means  of  the  con- 
junction 1  and ;  the  order  of  precedence  is  not  invariable, 
thouo^h  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  earhest  writers  of  the 
Old  Testament  commonly  place  the  units  first,  e.  g.  D-^riffi 
n^iiJiri  two  and  sixty  Gen.  5:18,  while  the  latest  writers  as 
commonly  place  the  tens  first,  D'^iiL'^  D^#^  sixty  and  two 
Dan.  9:25. 

§  226.  Numerals  of  a  higher  grade  are  nif'g  one  lumdred, 
i^k  one  thousand,  nnnn ,  iii"i  or  fi^ii"?  ten  thousand.  These 
are  duplicated  by  affixing  the  dual  termination  D'^riN'a  two 
hundred,  D^s'^s  tu)0  thousand,  Denial  or  niiin  'V^1D_  twenty 
thousand.  Higher  multiples  are  formed  by  prefixing  the 
appropriate  units  trk'Q  nJbJis  three  hundred,  D'^e^s?  ry^-it 
three  thousand,  nixnn  iriij  sixty  thousand,  D^sbx  qbx  one 
million. 

§227.  1.  The  ordinals  are  formed  by  adding  ■>.  to  the 
corresponding  cardinals,  the  same  vowel  being  likewise  in- 
serted in  several  instances  before  the  final  consonant ;  X^^l 
frst  is  derived  from  tSKi  head. 


First 

"p-jJiin 

Sixth 

^'^■j: 

Second 

'?"4r 

Seventh 

^i^:2i2 

Third 

^"^^^^ 

Eighth 

''D''"J12 

Fourth 

^b^nn 

Ninth 

*^-'OT 

Fifth 

"TT^-^n 

or  ^^)2n 

Tenth 

^n^iry 

17 


258  ETYMOLOGY.  <^  2:28, 220 

The  feminine  commonly  ends  in  r"*  ,  occasionally  in  ri^. . 

a.  There  are  two  examples  of  tlie  orlhogrrapliy  'li'J'^xi  Josh.  21  :  10, 
Job  15  :  7.  and  one  of  "jia"'-!  Job  8 :  8,  in  all  of  which  the  K'ri  restores  the 
customary  form. 

2.  There  are  no  distinct  forms  for  ordinals  above  ten, 
the  cardinal  numbers  being  used  instead. 

3.  Fractional  numbers  are  expressed  by  the  feminine 
ordinals,  rTii:"'bt3  oj/f  fldrd,  ri"'y"'n"i  one  fourth,  etc.,  and  by 
tlie  following  additional  terms,  ''in  one  half,  y^i  and  yn'"i  one 
quarter,  Tl'ian  one  fifth,  't^'%'3  one  tenth. 

Prefixed  Particles. 

^228.  The  remaining  parts  of  speech  are  indeclinable,, 
and  may  be  comprehended  under  the  general  name  of  par- 
ticles.    These  may  be  divided  into 

1.  Prefixed  particles,  which  are  only  found  in  combina- 
tion with  a  following  word,  viz.  the  article,  He  interrogative, 
the  inseparable  prepositions,  and  Vav  conjunctive. 

2.  Those  particles,  which  are  written  as  separate  words, 
and  which  comprise  the  great  majority  of  adverbs,  preposi- 
tions, conjunctions,  and  interjections. 

a.  No  word  in  Hebrew  has  less  than  two  letters;  all  particles  of  one 
letter  are  consequently  prefixes.  There  is  one  example  of  two  prefi.xes 
combined  constituting  a  word  bn  Deut.  32:  6,  though  editions  vary. 

The  Article. 

§229.  1.  The  Definite  Article  (nr^^n  nh)  consists  of 
n  with  Pattahh  followed  by  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  letter 
of  the  word  to  wliich  it  is  prefixed,  tfb^  a  king,  ^^'^n  the 
kin(j. 

a.  As  the  Arabic  article  J|  is  in  certain  cases  (bllowcd  by  a  like 
doubling  of  the  initial  letter,  Bome  have  imagined  that  the  original  form  of 


§229  THE    ARTICLE.  259 

the  Hebrew  article  was  hr\  and  that  the  Daghesh-forte  has  arisen  from 
the  assimiUition  ofb  and  its  contraction  with  the  succeeding  letter.  Since, 
however,  there  is  no  trace  of  such  a  ibrm,  it  seems  better  to  acquiesce  in 
the  oKt  opinion,  which  has  in  its  favour  the  analogy  of  other  languages, 
that  the  article  n  is  related  to  the  personal  pronoun  N^in ,  whose  principal 
consonant  it  retains,  and  that  the  following  Daghesh  is  conservative,  §24.  3 ; 
comp.  the  demonstrative  particle  xn  and  sn  behold!  In  SJT'in  Jer.  29:23 
K'thibh  (if  read  ^I'^l^n)  the  article  may  perhaps  be  found  in  an  unabridged 
form  ;  tiie  K'ri  lias  ^T'n  •  The  Arabic  article  is  supposed  to  be  found  in 
the  proper  name  nniia^x  Gen.  10:  26,  i:i^i;^N  hail^  the  equivalent  of  ^"'is, 
and  possibly  in  Cipbs'Prov.  30:31. 

h.  There  is,  properly  speaking,  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew,  al- 
though the  numeral  'inx  one  is  so  employed  in  a  few  instances,  as  X'^23 
"iriN  a  prophet  1  Kin.  20:  13. 

2.  If  the  first  letter  of  the  word  have  Sh'va,  Daghesh- 
forte  may  be  omitted  except  from  the  aspirates,  §25,  "iJ^^'n, 
lin^n  but  "bnan,  nsh2n. 

3.  Before  gutturals,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh-forte, 
§60.  4,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets ;  the  short  vowel 
Pattahh  is,  however,  commonly  retained  before  H  and  n ,  and 
sometimes  before  ^ ,  the  syllable  being  converted  into  an  inter- 
mediate, §20.  2.  a,  instead  of  a  simple  one,  ^TXi^^} ,  "T\^ ,  u^?n 
Gen.  15  :  11,  2?i?nn  but  tjiunn,  s^hn,  ^2y_r^  Jer.  12  :  9. 

a.  Thf!  article  very  rarely  has  Kamets  before  H,  Tiri  Gen.  6:19, 
Ci^arin  Isa.  17:8;  in  a  very  few  instances  initial  i<  quie.sces  in  the  vowel 
of  the  article,  rjCSOxn  Num.  11  : 4. 

4.  Before  n  with  Kamets  or  Hhateph-Kamets,  Pattahh 
is  chano-ed  to  Seo;hol :  before  n  or  3?  with  Kamets,  it  is 
likewise  changed  to  Seghol  if  it  stands  in  the  second  syllable 
before  the  accent,  and  consequently  receives  the  secondary 
accent  Methegh,  ynr^ ,  DDiin ,  D'lizJ'inn ,  d^nrin ,  D"^n:?n . 

a.  This  change  very  rarely  occurs  before  X,  '"^'OXv!  Mic.  2:7.  When 
n  is  followed  by  Kamets-Hhatnph.  Pattahh  remains  irasrin. 

6.  The  article  does  not  usually  affect  the  vowels  of  the  word  before 
which  it  stands;  in  "iH  mmmtain  and  DS  people,  however,  Pattahh  is 
clianged  to  Kamets  to  correspond  with  the  vowel  of  the  article  "^nn ,  cytn, 
so  "[-'"ix  enrlh  but  j'liiri .  The  plurals  of  bnx  te7it  and  d'lp  holiness  with- 
out the  article  are  c^^rtx  Gen.  25:27,  O-iliini^  Ex.  29  :  37,  but  with  the 
article  B"'^nN2  (for  D-^ynNna)  Judg.  8  :  11,  C3''q'7ii',^!  ^x.  26  :  33,  §208.  3  b 


2G0  ETYMOLOGY.  §  230, 231 

r'Xpj  pelican  Un.  34  :  11,  Zeph.  2  :  14,  is  pointed  rx^rri  Lev.  11  :  18.  Dent, 
14  :  17  upon  receiving  tlie  article. 

5.  When  preceded  by  the  inseparable  prepositions  the 
letter  n  of  the  article  is  mostly  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given 
to  the  preposition,  §  53.  3,  D'^isi^?  for  D'l'Oir'na,  sec  §231.5. 


He  Interrogative. 

^230.  1.  The  letter  n  (nb'x'i-n  s?n)  may  also  be  pre- 
fixed to  words  to  indicate  an  interrogation;  it  is  then  pointed 
with  Hhatcph-rattahh,  ^':?:n  s/ia/l  tve  (jo  ?  vs.'^br^r),  is  he  not  ? 

2.  Before  a  vowelless  letter  this  becomes  Pattabh,  §  Gl.  1, 
nbiTDn  Gen.  34  -.  31,  "^y^^ti^  Job  18:4,  'h^r\  Jer.  8:22. 

a.  The  new  syllable  thus  formed  is  an  intermediate  one,  §22,  and  the 
succeeding  ShVa  remains  vocal,  as  is  shown  by  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  such  forms  as  cnrn^n  Gen.  29:5.  In  order  to  render  this  still 
more  evident  recourse  is  frequently  had  to  Daghesh-forte  separative, 
§24.  5,  ir^n  Gen.  17  :  17,  nri^r^rn  is  :21,  Methegh,  §45.  2,  ^ii-'^n  Judg. 
9  :  2,  r}i-tTr\  Job  38:  35.  or  compound  Sh'va.  §  16.  3.  h.  nr^^^f]  Gen!  27  :  38. 

h.  He  interrogative  has  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  one  instance 
belbre  a  letter  with  a  vowel  of  its  own,  -M"'^n  Lev.  10:  19. 

3.  Before  gutturals  it  likewise  usually  becomes  Pattahh, 
^'?5?n  Ex.  2  :  7,  ni?xn  2  Kin.  6  :  22,  i-^^^nn  Jer.  2:11,  nyn 
Hag.  1:4. 

a.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  He  interrogative  with  Kamets  be- 
fore X,  orxn  Judg.  6:31,  "^nnEXn  Judg.  12:5.  ui^xrn  Neh.  6:11. 

4.  Before  gutturals  with  Kamets  it  is  changed  to  Seghol, 
iTaxn  Ezek.  28  :  9,  nn;'nn  Joel  1  :  2,  oinn  Ecclcs.  2:19. 


Inseparable  Prepositions. 

§231.  1.  The  prepositions  3  in,  3  according  to,  -  to,  are 
regularly  prefixed  witii  Sh'va,  ri"'r5?"'3  ///  the  bcf/inni/if/,  'sbs 
accord'mg  to  all,  Drnisb  to  Abraham. 


^  232  INSEPARABLE    PREPOSITIONS.  261 

2.  Before  vowelless  letters  this  Sh'va  is  changed  to 
Hhirik,  Tp-}^  for  ?^P73 ,  ^©^^  for  bir^b ,  nhns  for  1173 . 

3.  Before  gutturals  with  compound  Sh'va  it  is  changed 
to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  "^"^ss  ,  bDxb ,  ■'nna . 

a.  Initial  St  qiiiesces  in  the  following  words  after  the  inseparable  pre- 
positions.  §57.  2.  (2)  a,  'liix  master  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes. 
''i"ix  Lord.  WtTib^  God,  and  also  in  the  inf  const.  "i^X  to  say  after  h, 
iinx3,rpx3,  n-'inxb.  "^d^ws!?  ,  C"'n''bx3  for  n-iri''bx3  the  Seghol  lengthened 
to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable,  "ir^'X^  but  ni^xb ,  -lisb  but  ^53X3,  irss . 
Before  the  divine  nanae  nini  the  inseparable  prepositions  are  pointed  as 
they  would  be  before  '^3"U<.  or  D"^n"?N ,  whose  vowels  it  receives.  §47,  "^ji^^^ 
Gen.  4  :  3,   n-.H^b  Ps.  68  :  21. 

b.  In  a  very  i'ew  instances  X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up 
their  vowel  to  the  preposition  and  become  quiescent,  "i''25<3  Isa.  10  :  13  for 

n-i2N3  ,  -pTn-^S  Eccles.  2  :  13  for  'O'^n'^s  . 

4.  Before  monosyllables  and  before  dissyllables,  accented 
upon  the  penult,  these  prepositions  frequently  receive  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §  64.  2,  n^^s ,  riib ,  m:b  . 

a.  This  regularly  occvirs  with  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  of  "S  ,  "'S  ,  5-'"> 
ir  and  "^J  verbs  when  preceded  by  b .  e.  g.  niijsb.  nrb,  ri'i'ib.  3"ib ,  S'^'ib  ; 
also  with  different  forms  of  the  demonstrative  tiT  and  with  personal  suf- 
fixes;  and  with  monosyllabic  or  Segholate  nouns  when  accompanied  by 
disjunctive  and  especially  pause  accents.  Beibre  the  pronoun  n^  ichat 
they  are  commonly  pointed  n532  ,  nias,  n53b'  or  followed  by  a  guttural, 
nib.  '-        -       'T 

5.  Before  the  article  its  n  is  rejected  and  the  vowel 
given  to  the  preposition,  li'^?  for  ii'^r}3 ,  f'^sJfb  for  T'}^'^) , 

D^nna  for  n^nnna . 

a.  in  not  infrequently  remains  after  3,  di'lns  Gen.  39:  11,  more  rarely 
after  the  other  prepositions,  crnb  2  Chron.  10:7.  The  initial  n  of  the 
Hiphil  and  Niphal  infinitives  is  occasionally  rejected  in  like  manner, 
n-'a^rb  Am.  8  :  4  for  n^adnb,  11=033  Prov.  24  :  17  for  ibcsna. 

§232.  The  preposition  XQfrom,  though  used  in  its  sep- 
arate form,  may  also  be  abbreviated  to  a  prefix  by  the  assim- 
ilation and  contraction  of  its  final  Nun  with  the  initial  letter 
of  the  following  word,  which  accordingly  receives  Daghesh- 
forte,  tj'i^'a  for  11"}'^.  ya .     Before  n  Hhirik  is  commonly  re- 


262  ETYMOLor.Y.  ^  233^  234 

tained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  but  before  other  gutturals 
it  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  y^nri  for  y^n  ip  ,  ynst? ,  :)"rn^  ,  o j^  • 

a.  "(P  is  sometimes   poetically   leiigtlieiied   to  "^l^ ,  and   once   has   the 
Ibrm  of  a  construct  piiirnl,  '^I'O  Isa.  30:  11. 

§  233.  These  prepositions   are   combined  with  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  in  the  following  manner  : 

Singular. 
2/      r^  1\3^  —  !]i2r! 

3  in.    i3.  i!)  ^r:i-!:3     ^n:"b ,  ^rrj'z ,  tJe'z 

3/.    nil  nb'  nrhs  r;:i2"^ 


T  T 


Plural. 

T  T  T-  ..•     • 

2  m.  Din  nib   Dis ,  ori -3  oi  - 

V    T  V  T  V  T    '  V  :  V     • 

3  7».    Di ,  Dna    tbb ,  Dnb   DHs ,  tiff'2'2  nrjvz .  Dt^-; 
3/   -jns,  -jnn            "jiib              —  -^2 

a.  Tlie  S3^11able  "i'a  inf?erted  between  3  and  the  Piiffixes,  and  which  is 
in  poetry  sometimes  added  to  3.  3  and  b  without  suffixes  to  convert  them 
into  independent  words,  i^3 ,  il35;  '''^b  ,  is  commonly  thonglit  to  be  re- 
lated in  its  origin  to  the  pronoun  nri  what,  so  that  '^I'l^S  would  in  strict- 
ness denote  like  what  J  am,  i.  e.  like  me.  The  preposition  '"Q.  with  the 
exception  of  some  poeticnl  forms,  reduplicates  itself  befiire  the  light  suf- 
fixes. •'2r'>2  =  ■'i'pjp  .  Comp.  a  similar  reduplication  of  a  short  word,  ''h'^'O 
or  ■'B  construct  of  D'^'a  water. 

Vav  Conjunctive. 

^  23L  The  conjunction  a//d  is  expressed  by  i  prefixed 
with  Sh'va,  ^cni ,  T")^n-i .  Before  one  of  the  labials  n ,  "a , 
fi,  §  57.  2  (1),  or  before  a  vowelless  letter  Vav  quicsces  in 


§235  SEPARATE    PARTICLES.  263 

Shurek,  ^i^  1\)h^ ,  d^is^,  b^^^nb^ .  Before  a  vowelless 
Yodli  it  receives  Ilhirik,  in  wliicli  the  Yodli  quiesces,  OPpS"''! , 
■^n"'l .  Before  a  guttural  with  compound  Sh'va  it  receives  the 
corresponding  short  vowel,  "^2X1 ,  T^T?i ,  "^^^l.  Before  mono- 
syllables and  dissyllables  accented  on  the  penult  it  frequently 
receives  a  pretonic  Kamets,  i~hi ,  "^"'^D ,  ^7D  • 

a.  After  Vav  with  Shurek.  compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  substi- 
tuted for  simple  Sh'va  in  order  to  indicate  more  distinctly  its  vocal 
character,  nnn  Gen.  2:12,  "^Cirnr^li  Ezek.  26:21,  nnsDji  1  Kin.  13:7, 
T^?.?  Jer-  22 -'20. 

b.  Vav  receives  Hhirik  before  He  followed  by  Yodh  in  the  forms 
C!r"'7n\  I'^ii'l,  Dn"'inT,  sitii  2  plur.  preterite  and  imperative  of  the  verbs 
n'^n  to  be  and  rr^n  to  live;  belbre  the  2  masc.  sing,  imperative  of  the 
same  verbs  it  has  Seghol,  n.^ni ,  n|;ni  for  n'^n'i,  n^nn. 

c.  i<  quiesces  after  Vav  conjunctive  as  after  the  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, §231.  3.  a.  in  "|iTX  master  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
^nx^  Lord  and  C^n'Kx  God,  •^i^wS] ,  "^pN] ,  "'hKxi ,  irn'bxT  the  Seghol 
being  lengthened  to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable.  Hence  also  whil 
when  mn"i  has  the  vowels  of  "^px  .  A  very  few  instances  occur  in  which 
X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up  their  vowel  to  Vav  conjunctive 
and  become  quiescent,  "ifcritl  Zech.  11:5  for  "iiiJ:^"X1,  nb'bil  Jer.  25  :  36 
for  nb'j-il. 


Separate  Particles. 

ADVERBS. 

i 

§  235,  1.  A  few  adverbs  of  negation,  place  and  time,  are 
commonly  classed  as  primitive,  although  they  are  probably 
related  to  pronominal  roots,  as  bx  and  Kb  not,  Di^  there, 
TX  then. 

a.  It  is  natural  to  suspect  that  the  pronominal  root  h ,  which  gave  rise 
to  the  near  demonstrative  bx ,  n^x  these  and  to  the  prepositions  indicative 
of  nearness  or  approach,  b  to,  bx  unto,  and  which  has  a  remote  demon- 
strative force  in  nx^ln  yonder,  beyond,  may  also  be  the  basis  of  x'b  and  bx 
the  idea  of  remoteness  taken  absolutely  forming  a  negation.  The  same 
idea,  in  a  less  absolute  sense,  may  be  traced  in  the  conditional  conjunction 
lb  if.  The  pronoun  HT,  of  which  probably  IT  is  originally  only  a  modi- 
fication (comp.  the  relative  use  of  17 ,  §73.  1),  is  plainly  connected  with  TX 
at  that  time  and  nd  in  thai  place. 


264  ETYMOLOGY.  §230 

2.  Derivative  adverbs  are  formed 

(1.)  By  attixing  the  teniiiiiations  D^  or  D',  oirx  and 
cb'GX  truhi  from  'I'ciS  truth,  Dsn  (jratuitou^ltj  from  'P'.  (jracc, 
D'bi"'  (Ji^y  ^/«^  from  m^  r/^y,  d;^''"!  zV/  vain  from  p"^n  emptij,  ctirs 
suddetiti/  from  ^^is  moment,  udyd  the  day  before  yesterday 
from  T2J'5t?  Mree. 

(2.)  By  abbreviation,  as  tfi?  surely,  only  from  "Jis . 

(3.)  By  composition,  as  "sy\'a  why  ?  from  y^n;;  nia  ^«^?W 
edoctus,  r\^vi2^'Q  from  above  from  l^a  ,  b  and  nr5"a  . 

3.  Besides  those  adverbs,  which  are  such  originally  and 
properly,  other  i)arts  of  speech  are  sometimes  used  as  ad- 
verbs.    Thus 

(1.)  Nouns,  '155'a  mightily,  exceedingly  prop,  might,  ^''io 
around  prop,  circuit,  T^V  again  prop,  repetition,  CES  no  more 
prop,  cessation;  with  a  preposition,  "1X^3  exceedingly,  ^3b 
«/?«r^  prop.  ^0  separation,  or  a  snthx  ivH-  together  prop.  ?"//  ?7i' 
union.  Compare  the  adverbial  accusative  and  adverbial 
phrases  of  Greek  and  other  languages. 

(2.)  Absolute  infinitives,  ■which  are  really  verbal  nouns, 
ai2"^n  icell  prop,  rectefaciendo,  rann  much,  ^"'o  quickly. 

(3.)  Adjectives,  particularly  in  the  feminine,  whicli  is 
used  as  a  neuter,  3i"j  iccll,  nii'X")  at  first,  r,"":!;?  the  second 
time,  nan  and  nan  much,  rr^iin^  m  Jewish  i.  e.  Hebrew,  rr^ians? 
^V^  Aramceic,  riisbBS  wonderfully. 

(4.)  Pronouns,  nt  //^r<?,  ;?ow  prop,  //^/s  place,  this  time, 
n:n  /^////c•/•  prop,  /o  ///<;\V(?  places,  with  a  preposition  ns  /////^ 
pro]),  according  to  it,  "I?  60  perhaps  for  "jni  according  to  these 
things,  though  others  explain  it  as  an  adverbial  use  of  the 
participle  I?  right,  true,  Sns  here  i)robably  for  ia  in  this 
(place). 

§236.  A  few  ndvcrbs  are  capable  of  receiving  pronom- 
inal suffixes,  as  "jn  or  n?n  behold,  "^^V  yet,  ""S  where,  to  which 
mav  be  added  I'^s  there  is  not  prop,  non-existence  and  t^ 


§237  PREPOSITIONS.  S65 

there  is  prop,  existence.  As  the  idea  of  action  or  of  exis- 
tence is  snggested  by  them,  they  take  the  verbal  suffixes, 
frequently  with  3  epenthetic.     Thus 

1.  r\\r\ .  First  person  ''bsri,  ^iiT\  and  ''piH;  ^i:n,  ^32- 
and  ^sjn.  Second  person  masc.  ^iT)  once  nian ;  Dirn,  fern. 
tjin.     Third  person  iin  and  'iniri;  Dsn. 

2.  ^^'ys .  i^/r6'^f  person  ^Tfv  and  '^T'S' ;  once  with  phir. 
^rViy  Lam.  4:17  K 'ri.  Second  person  masc.  ^7"^^'  f'^m.  5|'ii:? . 
Third  person  masc.  ^s^is^ ,  DliS'  fern,  ns-iy  . 

3.  "^s?,  Second  person  TO^N  .      Third  person  ^^^^  ,  o'^i? . 

4.  ')'?s  .  First  person  "'spx  .  Second  person  masc.  ?ips  , 
nirx,  fem.  ?ir^?.  Third  person  masc.  ^2^5?,  Dp&?  and 
i'airs  fem.  rors  . 

5.  T":: .  Second  person  ^t^^  ,  DiiO.^  and  aiic^ .  7%z>^ 
person  ilii^.^ . 

Prepositions. 

§237.  1.  The  simple  prepositions  in  most  comm.on  use, 
besides  the  inseparable  prefixes,  §231,  are  chiefly  "^ns? 
behind,  after,  ~bN  to,  unto,  blis?  beside,  t^i?  with,  X''^  between, 
■^Fibn  icithouf,  ^1273  throiifjh,  n'?^T  except,  "sV,  on  account  of, 
b-'52  or  ^I'a  o?;er  against,  l^b  ?^?  presence  of,  Vdi  in  front  of, 
before,  *i?  iinto,  ^?  7//?o/(',  D^  ^d^zM,  nnn  tmder.  IMost  of  these 
appear  to  have  been  originally  nouns  ;  and  some  of  them  are 
still  used  both  as  nouns  and  as  prepositions. 

2.  Other  prepositions  are  compound,  and  consist  of 
(1.)  Two  prepositions,  as  "^^J^^^y^  from  after,  r^?^  and  D^^ 

from  with,,  ^Tfifrom  upon,  tynh'Q  froni  under,  "^d:^  from,  'l^b^ 

and  nsib  before^  bi^-"-x  toward. 

(2.)  A  preposition  and  a  noun    'lib   and    'lib'a  besides 

from  ^3  separation,  ''l&b  before  and  "^isia,  '^''2t^'i2  from  before 

from  w^':^face,  Vi.^a  and  n'^n?3/or  Mc^  sake  of,  ^^3  <^y  prop. 


200  ETYMOLOGY.  §238,239 

h)j  Ihr  lid  11(1  of,  "I3y-bx  heijond,  b  '^:ivi2from  hoijond,  r,^:75  in 
coiij/u/cliuu  iclih,  1?^'?  and  njpy-bj;  on  uccoiuil  of,  ^Ei ,  "^^'^ 
and  "^S'b?  accoriUufj  to  prop.  (7/  the  mouth  of. 

(3.)  A  preposition  and  an  intinitivc,  r.snjpb  toward  prop. 

(4.)  A  preposition '  and  an  ad\Trl),  "^""^3  and  ''■?'*?ia 
without  from  ba  //r;/  "i?  //y/'/o,.  b  r.5cbri:2  bcj/oud,  "^'b^a  withu/it. 

§238.  1.  The  prepositions  take  sutiixes  in  the  same 
manner  as  singular  nouns,  e.  g.  "'b^s  beside  me,  "'rib^T ,  "na: , 
■'T2?,  except  "ins?  after,  "bs  /o,  '^^  ///-'/o,  b:?  ?/y^o;^  and  rnn 
under,  which  before  suffixes  assume  the  form  of  nouns  in  the 
masculine  plural,  e.  g.  ^"jns ,  -^ins ,  v-^ns ;  X'k  between 
adopts  sometimes  a  singular,  somethnes  a  masculine  ])lural, 
and  sometimes  a  feminine  plural  form,  e.  g.  T? ,  "^?  and 
l^p3 ,  ^rr3  and  ^;\ni2''3 . 

a.  The  plural  form  *^ini<  occurs  without  suffixes  more  frequently  than 
"'r?^  j  "'V^  '  "^^.'^-i  ''?'-^  ^'^"  occur  ill  poHlry. 

6.  nnn  in  a  very  few  instances  takes  a  verbal  suffix.  "'rPinp  2  Sam. 
22:37,  40, 'IS 5  witii   tlie    3   niasc.   plur.   suffix   it   is    cr.nn    oftener   than 

2.  The  preposition  nx  2vith  is  to  be  distinguished  from 
nx  the  sign  of  the  definite  object,  Avhich  is  prefixed  to  a  pro- 
noun or  definite  noun,  to  indicate  that  it  is  the  object  of  an 
active  verb.  AMth  pronominal  suffixes  the  n  of  the  prepo- 
sition is  doidiled  and  its  vowel  shortened  to  Hhirik,  thus 
■"PS ,  ?|nsi ,  Dins ;  the  sign  of  the  accusative  becomes  ri''X 
before  suffixes  or  before  grave  suffixes  commonly  PX ,  thus, 
■'nb? ,    Tjns? ,    DDPS    rarely    Dbniijt ,    ens?    rarely    Dnn-;s<    and 

a.  Sometimes,  particularly  in  the  books  of  Kings,  Jeremiah,  and  Eze- 
kiel.  the  prcpo.<;i(ion  takes  the  form  ''nist,  ^i^'X. 

Conjunctions. 

§239.  1.  In  addition  to  the  prefixcnl  copulative  i ,  §234, 
the  following  arc  the  simple  conjunctions  in  most  common 


§240  INTERJECTIONS.  267 

use,  ii5  or,  t\^  also,  di?  and  ^b  if^  nics?  and  ''3  that,  because, 
•js  lest. 

2.  Compound  conjunctions  are  formed  by  combining 

(1.)  Two  conjunctions  QS5  "'S  but,  ^"2.  ^^  how  much  more 
prop,  also  that. 

(2.)  The  conjunction  °'3  or  "linx  with  a  preposition,  as 
ntesits  as,  Ti's?  ^yiab  2^2  order  that,  "icx  ■}?':  and  nics  ajp?  3^. 
cause,  "^3  'I?  2((;'?iz7,  "^3  mnn  because. 

(3.)  An  adverb  with  a  preposition  or  conjunction,  D^Ja 
before,  1?^  or  "j^'b?  therefore,  "^^yb  unless  from  lb  «/  iib  ^ot. 


Interjections. 

§240.  The  Hebrew  interjections,  like  those  of  other  lan- 
guages, are  of  two  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Natural  sounds    expressive  of  various  emotions,   as 

ns?,  r^n,  nn«  ah!  oh!  ri^r^aha!  ^''^r\ho!  icod'^'i^,  n^is, 
'^iix,  IS  2voe!  ^'i^a.  alas!  en  hush! 

2.  Words  originally  belonging  to  other  parts  of  speech, 
which  by  frequent  use  were  converted  into  interjections, 
nnn  come!  prop,  ffive,  "ib  come!  prop,  ffo,  !^?n  behold! 
prop,  a  demonstrative  adverb,  nb-^bn  y«r  be  it!  ''^  pray  I 
from  '^^''3  entreat jj,  N2  noio !  I iiray  thee! 


PART   THIRD. 
SYNTAX. 

^241.  1.  Syntax  treats  of  sentences  or  of  the  manner 
in  which  Avords  are  eniplo3cd  in  the  utterance  of  thought. 
Its  ottice,  therefore,  is  to  exliibit  the  several  functions  of  the 
different  parts  of  speech  in  the  mechanism  of  the  sentence, 
the  relations  which  they  sustain  to  each  other,  and  how  those 
relations  are  outwardly  expressed. 

2.  Every  sentence  must  embrace  first  a  subject  or  the 
thing  spoken  of,  and  secondly,  a  predicate  or  that  which  is 
said  about  it.  Upon  these  two  simple  elements  is  built  the 
entire  structure  of  human  speech. 

The  Subject. 

§  242.  The  subject  of  every  sentence  must  be  either  a 
noun,  as  D"n'5X  sna  God  created  Gen.  1  :  1,  or  a  pronoun, 
as  ■'IS  iriip  /(am)  liolij  Lev.  11  -.44.  This  includes  infini- 
tives, which  are  verbal  nouns,  ni'J"55b  p'~i:b  t""??  1o  ptinhh 
the  just  is  not  (jood  Prov.  17  :  2G,  and'  adjectives  and  partici- 
ples when  used  substantively,  N'b"9  fi!in;'-sb  an  unclean  (per- 
son) shall  not  enter  2  Chron.  23  :  19,  ^^r^^'^n;^  DT73n  sb  the 
dead  shall  not 2Jraise  the  Lord  Ps.  115  :  17. 

o.  The  pubjoct  ofa  pontrnro  mny  be  a  nniin  preceded  bj^the  preposition 
TO  in  a  partitive  sense.  cr-.—jTa  nx^^  there  went  out  (some)  of  lite  penple 
Ex.  16:27,  or  by  the  particle  of  comparison  3,  nx"^:  r:33  (something) 
nice  a  plagxie  has  appeared  Lev.  14  ;  35. 


§  243  THE   SUBJECT.  2G9 

b.  When  the  subject  is  an  infinitive,  it  is  mostly,  as  in  English,  pro- 
ct'ded  by  the  preposition  h  to,  Piilin^  sia  (it  is)  good  to  give  thunks  Ps. 
92:2.  unless  it  is  in  the  construct  before  a  following  noun  rii"in  ria"xb 
innb  cnxn  mail's  being  alone  (is)  7iot  good  Gen.  2: 18. 

c.  The  subject  is  very  rarely  an  adverb,  cyn"';'3  bsj  r:2~n  many 
(prop,  much)  of  the  people  have  fallen  2  Sam.  1 :  4. 

^  243.  The  subject  may  be  omitted  in  the  following  cases, 


VIZ. 


1.  AYhen  it  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection, 
llizv  Tyn  is  there  yd  with  thee  (a  corpse)  ?  Am.  6  :  10,  or  is 
obvious  in  itself,  '^^\?^  "irii?  (his  mother)  hare  him  1  Kin.  1  :  6. 
The  personal  pronouns  are  for  this  reason  rarely  used  before 
verbal  forms,  which  of  themselves  indicate  the  person,  "'ri'^^s? 
I  said,  ri"i''ax  tlioii  saidst,  unless  with  the  view  of  expressing 
emphasis  or  opposition,  ^:^p  ^-nf^ii  ^-5?'?  ^^'?5  '"''?n  ff'cy  are 
hrouglit  down  and  fallen,  but  toe  are  risen  Ps.  20  :  9. 

2.  When  it  is  indefinite ;  thus,  if  an  action  is  spoken  of 
and  it  is  not  known  or  is  not  stated  by  whom  it  is  performed. 
Tlie  third  person  plural  may  be  so  employed,  b^xirb  'H^Tl  and 
then  ^^^^^  ^'^'■^'■^  1  Sam.  18  :  20,  or  third  person  singular,  comp. 
the  French  on  and  German  man,  ^33  firiy  s^nj?  one  called  its 
name  Babel  i.  e.  its  name  tvas  called  Babel,  or  the  second 
person  singular,  particularly  in  laws  or  in  proverbs,  the  lan- 
guage of  direct  address  being  employed  Avhile  every  one  who 
hears  is  intended,  ^s  Tjb-n'ic^n'iib  tJiou  shall  not  make  unto 
thee  a  (jraven  image  Ex.  20  :  4,  ~3b  "io^/2b  nsjiiin  apply  thine 
heart  unto  instruction  Prov.  23  :12. 

a.  Sometimes  the  word  ^""IS  man  is  used  as  an  indefinite  subject. 
*15i  "iPi^^^  "^"''^0  "^'Q^  "^3  tt  man  said  thus,  when  he  went,  etc.  1  Sam.  9:9, 
and  sometimes  the  participle  of  the  following  verb,  SO'iaVi  V'C'Q^  and  the 
hearer  shall  hear  2  Sam.  17  : 9,  c^uj-^'n  ^^~;T^  plonghers  plo2ighed  Ps.  129 : 3. 

b.  The  third  person  plural  indefinite  seems  to  be  used  sometimes  with- 
out any  thought  of  tlie  real  agency  concerned  in  the  action  spoken  of.  and 
where  the  English  w^ould  require  a  passive  construction.  ''^"^"^  Vrr  m'ii^b 
■wearisome  nights  are  appointed,  to  me  lit.  they  have  appointed  Job  7  :  3. 

*  ".51  is  an  abbreviation  for  i^iS']  et  completio,  and  so  forth,  f  9.  1 


270  SYNTAX.  §241,  :245 

3.  "When  tlic  construction  is  impersonal;  in  this  case 
the  third  j)erson  siii<i;uhir  niascuhne  is  the  form  commonly 
adopted,  TV^.^  ^T''^^  let  it  not  be  grievous  in  thy  sitjlit  Gen, 
21:12,  -n^n  ts  Ikcn  it  u-as  hrfjun  i.e.  men  bet/an,  though 
the  feminine  is  also  employed  on  account  of  its  special  aifinity 
with  the  neuter,  -i^^ic-'b  nspi  a7id  Israel  was  distressed  lit.  // 
was  strait  to  Israel  Judg.  10:9. 

§244.  1.  The  subject  maybe  extended  by  connecting  two 
or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  and  thus  forming  what  is  called 
a  compound  subject,  ckn::-bDT  V"}KJii  ^'^'k'<^^  ^'^?^^  and  the 
heavens  and  the  earth  and  all  their  host  icere  finished  Gen. 
2:1,  ribbs  nyini  ^:sn  and  I  and  the  lad  idll  (jo  Gen.  22  :  5. 

2.  Or  it  may  be  extended  by  adding  to  the  noun  an 
article,  adjective,  demonstrative  pronoun,  pronominal  suffix, 
or  another  noun  Avith  which  it  may  be  cither  in  apposition 
or  in  construction.  When  thus  united  Avith  other  qualifying 
words  the  noun  alone  is  called  the  grammatical  subject,  the 
noun,  together  with  its  adjuncts,  is  called  the  logical  subject. 


The  Article. 

§  245.  The  definite  article  is  used  in  Hebrew  as  in  other 
languages  to  particularize  the  object  spoken  of,  and  distin- 
guish it  from  all  others.  It  is  accordingly  pretixed  in  the 
following  cases,  viz. : 

1.  AA'hen  the  thing  referred  to  is  one  which  has  been 
mentioned  before,  and  God  said,  Let  there  be  ^''p'l  a  firma- 
ment, etc.,  and  God  made  VvH^  the  firmament  Gen.  1  :  G,  7. 

2.  AVhen  it  is  defined  by  accompanying  words,  as  a  rela- 
tive clause,  ^51  T(?n  ^55  nirs?  t-^T)  incs  blessed  is  the  man 
tcho  has  not  icalked,  etc.,  Ps.  1:1,  an  adjective,  b"t5n  Tsrn 
the  f/rcater  lir/ht,  pj^n  nisisn  (he  lesser  lir/lit  Gen.  1  :  IG,  or 
a  demonstrative  pronoun,  in  a  mountain,  nin  "inn  fhis  moun- 
tain, s<'~n  nnn   Hdt  mountain,   or   by   being    directly  ad- 


§245  THE    ARTICLE.  271 

dressed,  ^fbiin    0  liny  1    Sam.  17:55,  trii'^r\    0  heavens, 
7>sn  0  earth  Deut.  32  : 1. 

3.  When  it  is  obviously  suggested  by  the  circumstances, 
or  may  be  presumed  to  be  well  known  :  she  emptied  her 
pitcher  info  J^);?i2?n  the  trough  Gen  24  :  20,  viz.,  the  one  which 
must  have  been  by  a  w^ell  used  for  watering  cattle  ;  Ahime- 
Jech  looked  through  "jijnvi  fhe  toindow  Gen.  26  :8,  i.  e.  of  the 
house  in  which  it  is  taken  for  granted  that  he  was ;  let  us  go 
to  Hiihn  the  (well-known)  seer  1  Sam.  9  :  9. 

a.  The  article  is  accordingly  used  as  in  Greek  and  in  eorae  modern  lan- 
guages in  place  of  an  unemphatic  possessive  pronoun:  she  took  v)"'i.'Sfi  the 
veil  Gen.  24:65,  i.  e.  the  one  which  she  had,  or,  according  to  the  English 
idiom,  her  veil ;  David  took  "iissri  the  harp  i.  e.  his  harp  1  Sam.  16  :  23,  so 
tlie  LXX.   iXd[xj3a.j/€  Aavl8  TT/v  KLVvpav. 

b.  Witli  words  denoting  time  it  expresses  the  present  as  that  which 
would  most  readily  occur  to  the  mind,  Di'n  the  day  i.  e.  that  which  is  now 
passing,  to-day  Gen.  4!  14,  t^^■?r^!  the  night  i.  e.  to-night  Gen.  30: 15,  «^3^'^! 
the  year  i.  e.  this  year  Jer.  28:  16,  crsri  the  time  i.  e.  this  time  Gen.  29:  35, 
unless  another  idea  is  more  naturally  suggested  by  the  context,  CT^n  ^th'^ 
and  it  came  to  pass  oil  the  day  i.  e.  at  the  period  before  spoken  of  at  that 
time  1  Sam.  1  :4,  Job  1 :  6. 

4.  When  it  is  distinguished  above  all  others  of  like  kind 
or  is  tlie  only  one  of  its  class,  ti;isn  the  house  viz.  of  God,  the 
temple  Mic.  3  :  12,  'ji'ni^n  the  Lord  Isa.  1  :  24,  Q-^n'bxn  the 
(true)  God,  n^^^r^  the  heavens,  T^^n  the  earth  Gen.  1  :  1, 
ran  the  sun  Gen.  15  :  12. 

5.  When  it  is  an  appellative  noun  used  in  a  generic  or 
universal  sense,  Sinn  the  sword  devoureth  one  as  well  as 
another  2  Sam.  11  :  25  ;  theg  shall  mount  up  ivith  icings 
Qi-nrss  as  the  eagles  Isa.  40  :  31,  and  sometimes  when  it  is  a 
material  or  abstract  noun,  in  which  case  the  English  idiom  does 
not  admit  the  article,  ivhere  there  is  snjn  gold  Gen.  2:11 
LXX.  TO  xp^f^^ov;  tli.gwine  mixed  C'sa  with  loater  Isa.  1 :  22, 
where  shall  n^=nn  ivisdom  he  found?  Job  28  :  12  LXX.  ^  le 
c-o(f)ia  kt\;  they  smote  the  men  D'^iissa  with  blindness  Gen. 
19  :  11. 


27-2  SYNTAX.  ^246 

a.  The  article  is  tluis  used  with  adjoctivos  to  donote  the  claps,  which 
tlioy  descriho.  God  sluill  judge  yiL'^riTXl  p"'n2n"rx  the  rightemis  and  the 
wicked  Eccl.  3;  17;  the  prucerb  uf  "'l^iisn  the.  ancients  1  Sam.  24:14; 
and  witli  Gentile  iioii:is,  wliifii  arc  propiTJ}-  adjectives,  §194.  1,  ''l-?<f7  (he 
Anwrilc,  •':":~n  the  f'anaanite.  Gen.  15:21. 

b.  The  Iltdirew  infiiiilive  does  not  receive  the  article;  M?^ ,  which  is 
the  only  exception,  see  Gen.  2:9  and  elsi-wliere.  may  be  regarded  as  a 
noun.  In  a  very  lew  instances  the  article  is  prcli.xi'd  to  finite  tenses  of  the 
verb  with  the  Kirce  of  a  relative  pronotni.  x^iiinn  irhn  went  .Tosh.  10:24. 
Tih»n  that  nhdll  be  bnrn  Judg.  13:8.  d-'^p.'nn  which  he  mnctijied  1  Chron. 
2l):28,  is:i":in  irho  are  present  1  Chron.  29:17.  "pi~3  into  (tiie  place) 
u-hich  he  prepared  2  Chron.  1:4;  .-;o  also  2  Chron.  29:36,  Ezr.  8:25, 
10 :  14,  17.  Isa.  56  :  3,  Jer.  5 :  13,  Dan.  8:1.  It  is  once  prefixed  to  a  prepo- 
sition. n"'5:rn  what  (was)  upon  it  1  Sam.  9:24. 

c.  In  the  uses  of  the  article,  as  stated  above.  Nos.  4  and  5  are  really 
varieties  of  No.  3,  since  the  prominent  member  of  a  class  is  the  best  known 
and  most  readily  suggested,  and  when  a  word  is  used  generically  it 
designates  a  definite  and  well-known  class  of  objects  which  is  to  be  distin- 
guished from  every  other  class. 

d.  The  Hebrew  article  is  sometimes  found  where  the  English  requires 
the  indefiinte  article  or  none  at  all ;  but  it  must  not  on  that  account  be  sup- 
posed that  it  ever  loses  its  proper  lorce  or  becomes  equivalent  to  an  in- 
definite article.  The  difference  of  idiom  is  due  to  a  ditlerence  in  the  mode 
of  conception.  Thus,  in  comparisons  the  Hebrew  commonly  conceived  of 
the  whole  class  of  objects  of  which  he  spoke,  while  we  mostly  think  of 
one  or  more  individuals  belonging  to  the  class,  "iij)3  as  (ihe)  a  nest.  Isa. 
10:  14,  1ES3  as  (the)  a  scroll  Isa.  34:4.  like  rending  "^nsn  (ihe)  a  kid 
.ludg.  14:  6.  as  c^'^h'^n  (the)  bees  do  Deut.  1  :  44.  C'St"?  as  (the)  scarlet. 
abtrs  as  (the)  snow.  S'sinS  as  (the)  crimson.  "i"0S3  as  (the)  wool  Isa.  1 :  18. 
Cases  also  not  infrequently  occur  in  whicii  the  article  may  either  be  in- 
serted or  omitted  witli  equal  propriety  and  without  any  material  change 
of  sense,  according  as  the  noun  is  to  the  mind  of  the  speaker  definite  or 
indefinite.  In  speakintr  of  the  invasion  of  his  fither's  flocks.  David  says, 
^^xn  the  lion  and  zi^r\  the  bear  came  1  Sam.  17  :  34,  because  he  thinks 
of  these  as  the  enemies  to  be  expected. under  the  circumstances;  had  he 
thought  of  them  indefinitely  as  beasts  of  prey  he  would  have  said,  without 
the  article,  a  lion  and  a  bear.  It  is  said.  Gen.  13  :  2.  that  Abram  was  very 
rich  -npl  qos?  i"iipa3  m  (the)  cattle,  in  (the)  silrer.  and  in  (the)  gold, 
since  tiiese  are  viewed  as  definite  and  well-known  species  of  property; 
hut  iu  Gi'U. 21:00  he  hath  giren  him.  rhr  rori  "p^i  'ii'.i  tJorks  and  herds 
and  silver  and  gold,  these  are  viewed  indetinitely  in  Hebrew  as  in  English. 

§  24G.  Nouns  are  definite  Avitliout  the  article  in  the  fol- 
lowing cases,  viz.  : 

1.  Proper   nouns,  which   are   definite   by  signification, 
Dn^ns  Abraham,  lyis  Canaan,  P^t^i^;'  Jerusalem. 


^24G  THE    ARTICLE.  273 

a.  Proper  names,  originally  applied  in  an  appellative  sense,  sometimes 
retain  the  definite  article,  brsn  the  lord,  Baal,  "|i2"t"n  the  ach-ersary,  Salan, 
inin  the  river,  the  Euphrates,  "i^lM  the  descending  (stream),  the  Jor- 
dan, vi::?^  the  white  (mountain),  Lebanon,  hh;^'ZT\  the  garden,  Carinel, 
"iSrn  the  circuit  of  the  Jordan,  iiQ:::an  the  tralch-lower,  Mizpah,  cixn 
and  ens  the  (first)  man,  Adam,  ^^'rh^'n  and  C^n"^?!  the  (true)  God.  In 
nt;;^n  Li^ii:  ""kn  the  half  tribe  of  Manusseh  Dent.  3:  13  and  often  else- 
where, the  article  makes  more  prominent  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression: it  also  occurs  without  the  article,  e.  g.  Num.  32:33. 

2.  Nouns  with  suffixes,  which  are  rendered  definite  by 
the  appended  pronoun,  ^s^is  our  father,  i^i^  his  name,  but 
m  Greek  6  Trartjp  i)^oiv,  to  ovo/xa  auTov. 

a.  There  are  a  few  instances  in  which,  for  special  reasons,  the  article 
is  prefixed  to  nouns  having  sutTixf^.  It  is  emphatic  in  'i"'^'!;v5  fhe  (other) 
halfof  Ihem  Josh.  8:33,  opposed  to  a  preceding  'i'^:in  one  half  of  them  ;  so 
in  lnri-iq;3  Isa.  24:2.  In  ^(^"^^f^  riDr'?  '^'^  worth  cf  t hi/  estimation  Lev. 
27  :  23.  it  serves  to  indicate  more  clearly  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression ;  so  "'^nijn  r|iP3  in  the  midst  of  my  tent  Josh.  7:21,  i'l^'^in  r^ina 
in  the  midst  of  its  fold  Mic.  2  :12.  n-'pi-inn-bs  the  tvhole  of  the  women  with 
child  2  Kin.  15:  16;  in  inb'.72b  Prov.  16:4  it  distinguishes  the  noun  i^??^ 
from  the  preposition  )^'ch . 

b.  A  suffix  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  participle  does  not  supersede  ■ 
the   necessity  of  the    article,    ^inrsn    the  (one)  smiting   him   Isa.   9:12, 
'^'^.'■i^^  ^iKi  (one)  bringing  thee  up  Ps.  SI  :  11,  "irnar^n  the  (one)  crowning 
thee  Ps.  103  :  4. 

3.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  definite  noun, 
whether  this  has  the  article  D"i2iEn  liDis  the  stars  of  heaven 
Gen.  26  :  4,  n-'bnipn  '^%'\  the  feet  of  the  jrriests  Josh.  3  : 1'3, 
is  a  proper  name,  bi?nw^  ^bnic  the  tribes  of  Israel  Ex.  24  :  4, 
rnrT>  ni^  the  word  of  JeJiovah  Gen.  15  :  1,  has  a  pronominal 
suffix,  ^^i:?^  '^'i^33  tlie  first  fruits  of  thj  labours,  ^■'in-^T??  the 
zcives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  or  is  itself  definite  by  construc- 
tion, n^S3i2n  n-iip  nny^a  the  cave  of  the  field  of  Machpelah 
Gen.  23  :  19,  nin^-n^i3'  liiiif  the  arh  of  the  covenant  of  Je- 
hovah Josh.  3  :  3. 

a.  Nouns   in  the  construct    are   occasionally   found  with  the   article, 

nnb  r\\ri^r\  to  the  tent  of  Sarah  Gen.   24  :  67,  bx-n"?  bxii  the   Gnd  of 

Bethel  Gen.' 31 :  13,  5-ixn  nn^n  the  pin  of  the  web  Judg.  16:  14.  rnrinn  ;3 

nHr.n  all  the  abominations  of  the  nations  1  Kin.  14  :  24,  c^nbxn-":3"'X  "'ri^.H 

'the  grave  of  the  man  of  God  2  Kin.  23  :  17.  y^krj  r-isbrari-ts  all  the  king-  ■ 

18 


274  SYNTAX.  §217  248 

donift  of  the  earth  Jcr.  25:26.  i^Jpfin  "^SS^l  t^^c  bill  of  the  purchase,  Jer. 
.•^2:12.  nrrii  "lEr.n  Jer.  48:32;  see  Josh.  3:  IK  8:11.  1  Chron.  15:27, 
2  Chron.  8  ":  16.  15  :  8.  Ezr.  S  :  29,  Isa.^  36  :  8.  Ezek.  45  :  16,  47  :  15.  Zeph. 
3:H).  Zech.  4:7.  Ps.  123:4;  al.so  1  Sam.  26:22  K'lhihh,  2  Kin.  7:13 
K'lhihli.  wliere  tlic  K'ri  oniit.s  ihc  article. 

h.  Gt'iiiih'  iionns,  (](>riv('il  I'rom  a  cornpniind  proper  name,  frequentiv  re- 
ceive the  article  hefore  the  second  member  ol"  the  comj)ounil,  ''?^^';n""? 
the  IJe7)janiile  Judg.  3:15,  •^rrt'n-n-'a  the  Bflhshemite  1  Sam.  6:14, 
"?:r!^n  n-s  thr  Ufthbhemite  1  Sam.  16:18,  "'"Trin  •'i^x  the  Abiezrite 
Jiidtj.  6:11.  tiioutrli  this  last  word  also  appears  in  the  abbreviated  Ibrm 
^y.T^^  ^'""-  26:30. 

§  247.  The  article  is  frequently  omitted  in  the  brief  and 
enipliatic  language  of  poetry,  where  it  would  be  required  in 
prose,  V"?!^'^?'?'?  ^"^^  of  (the)  earth  Ps.  2:2,  cric  ''isb  in 
the  presence  of  (the)  sim  Ps.  72  :  17,  1)^1  icrs  nibtj  niax  (the) 
watchman  sa^s,  (the)  morning  comes  Isa.  21:12;  to  give 
NQsn  Tl3"p"i  both  sanctuary  and  host  to  he  trampledVi^ia.  8:13. 

a.  Occasional  instances  occur  of  its  beinfj  dropped  from  familiar  or  fre- 
quently repeated  expressions  in  prose,  Hjd  n^'inx  is  to  year''s  end  Deut. 
11:  12.  nria  iinxa  in  (the)  tabernacle  of  (the)  congregation  Ex.  27:21 
(comp.  Enorjish  m  church).  xs^""ib  (the)  captain  of  (the)  host  1  Kin. 
16:16,  T(^T3  bx'^b  king  Lemuel  Prov.  31:1;  also  in  geograpiiical  and 
architectural  detail.«,  such  technical  terms  as  h^'ZV\  and  (the)  border  Josh. 
13  :  23.  2n'n^  and  (the)  breadth  2  Chron.  3  :.3. 

b.  When  two  definite  nouns  are  connected  by  and  the  article  is  com- 
monly rej)eated  ;  it  may,  however,  particularly  in  poetry,  stand  only  before 
tlie  first  and  be  understood  with  the  second,  tpoe  unto  D^pirnn  the  (persons) 
decreeing  unrighteoii.'i  decrees  C^SFiD^il  and  writing,  etc.  Isa.  10:1.  '5^:n 
"■.1J3T  O  psaltery  and  harp  Ps.  57  :  9.  Still  more  rarely  a  pronominal  .-ulFix 
may  be  attached  to  the  first  only  of  two  words  to  which  it  belongS;  "'•"S 
rniDti  my  strength  and  soig  E.\.  15:2. 

§  248.  There  is  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew  ;  indefinite 
nouns  are  sufiiciently  characterized  as  such  by  the  absence 
of  tlie  article.  Thus,  "in?  a  river  Gen.  2:10,  c^iD^E-na  32^-03 
hoth  chr/r/'ots  and  horsemen  Gen.  50  :  9,  r3"i  2bn  milk  and 
honey  Ex.  3  :  8,  D"'"b^   -'5'  an  infant  of  days  Isa.  65  :  20. 

a.  The  nimicral  inx  one  is  occasionally  employed  in  the  sen-'^e  of  an 
ind.'finite  article,  "inx  Vo  a  basket  Ex.  29:3.  *ins  r-'N  a  man  Judg.  13:2. 
or  in  the  construct  belbre  a  plural  noun,  nib^iri  rns  one  of  the  foolish 
women  i.  e.  a  foolish  woman  Job  2 :  10. 


§249  ADJECTIVES    AND    DEMONSTRATIVES.  275 


Adjectives  and  Demonstratives. 

§249.  1.  Adjectives  and  participles,  qualifying  a  noun, 
are  commonly  placed  after  it  and  agree  with  it  not  only  in 
gender  and  number  but  in  definiteness,  that  is  to  say,  if  the 
noun  is  indefinite  they  remain  without  the  article,  but  if  the 
noun  is  made  definite,  whether  by  the  article  or  in  any  of  the 
ways  specified  in  §  24G,  they  receive  the  article.  Din  )i  a 
loise  son  Prov.  10:11,  ^^i'-^  inn  a  bridegroom  going  out  Ps. 
19:6,  niiDH  '•^'-\kr\  the  good  land 'Yy^xxi.  1:35,  D-'ann  -^^ann 
thg  manifold  mercies  Neh.  9:19.  If  more  than  one  adjec- 
tive accompany  a  definite  noun,  the  article  is  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  i^^isnn  ^SDjH  nirn  the  glorious  ayid  feai'ful 
name  Deut.  28  :  58. 

a.  The  adjective  '^''^1  many  is  in  a  few  instances,  for  the  sake  of 
greater  emphasis,  prefixed  to  the  noun  which  it  qualifies.  c^Da  c^a"!  many 
sons  1  Chron.  28 :  5,  c^r}3  nia-i  many  times  Neh.  9  :  28.  so  Ps.  32  :  10, 89: 51. 
Jer.  16:  16.  Other  instances  are  rare,  inib^?^  ~iT  his  strange  work.  •~'^'?rj 
inn'ns  his  strange  task  Isa.  28:21,  "^"^n^  P"^'^^  iny  righteous  servant  Isa. 
53:11,  Pininx  ■'r^'iSjn  her  treacherous  sister  Jer.  3:7,  10. 

b.  Some  exceptional  cases  occur,  in  which  an  adjective  qualifying  a 
definite  noun  does  not  receive  the  article,  <^^7"  ■^^5"'^  ^^^^  '^^^  ^Q'"^ 
2  Sam.  6:3,  ^'^33  itiiii  the  strange  vine  Jer.  2:21,  Ezek.  39:27,  Dan. 
8:13,  11:  31,  or  when  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  a  suffix,  ^nx  cijink 
2/onr  other  brother  Gen.  43  :  14,  ^nx  'O-b'n  the  one  lamb  Num.  28  :  4.  Ezek. 
34  :  12,  Hag.  1  : 4.  In  iiV"^  °r^3"^  an  evil  Report  respecting  them  Gen.  37  : 2, 
the  suffix  denotes  tlie  object  and  the  noun  is  really  indefinite.  Comp. 
§  246.  2.  b. 

c.  On  the  other  hand,  the  article  is  sometimes  dropped  from  the  noun, 
but  retained'before  tiie  adjective.  nBiian  ikn  the  great  court  1  Kin.  7: 12, 
^lilirn  ir-'X  the  rich  man  2  Sam.  12:  i,  h'nirt  nii  the  great  well  1  Sam. 
19:  22,  Neh.  9:  35,  Ps.  104  :  18,  Jer.  27:  3,  32^:  14.  40  :3  K'thibh,  Ezek.  9:2. 
Zech.  4:7;  so  with  the  ordinal  numbers.  '''d^Ti  ci"'  the  sixth  day  Gen. 
1:31,  2:3,  Ex.  20:10,  Deut.  5  :  14,  Judg.  6:25,  Jer.  38:14. 

2.  Demonstrative  pronouns  follow  the  same  rule  of  posi- 
tion and  agreement,  only  the  nouns  which  they  qualify  are 
invariably  definite,  §245.  2,  nin  ni-^n  this  dag  Gen.  7  :  13, 
T\)>kr\  D-^nn^n  these  things  Gen.  15:1,  nrinn  D^ir:s?n  those 
men  Num.  9:7.     If  both  an  adjective  and  a  demonstrative 


276  SYNTAX.  P50 

qualify  the  same  noun,  the  demonstrative  is  placed  last,  T^'^^ 
rs-in  ni-iran  Dent.  9  :  G,  nx^n  ribn  niibn  n^iisn  these  good 
years  that  (are)  comiug  Gen.  41  :  35. 

a.  Tlio  dcmoiistrativo  nT  orcasioiially  .stands  emphatically  hefore  its 
noun.  n'i;"3  TA  this  Moses  Ex.  32:  1,  vvliure  it  is  probably  contemptuous 
like  the  Latin  iste,  ^ii^r.b  nt  this  our  bread  Josh.  9:  12.  Judg.  5  :5.  1  Sam. 
17:55.  5(1  crn  ht  this  people  Isa.  23:  13.  Hab.  1 :  11.  Tlie  demonstrative 
both  follows  the  noun  and  is  repeated  after  the  adjoclive  in  '^-.i^,'^  ^I'^i'*? 
nbxn  D"'~X'i":ri  these  nations  these  that  remain  Josh.  23  :  7.  12, 

b.  The  article  is  sometimes  omitted  from  the  demonstrative,  it  '•i'nn 
f/»j>  generatinn  Ps.  12:8.  Nin  nb-^S  i«  that  night  Gen.  19:33,  30:16. 
32:2.3.  ]  Sam.  19:10,  particularly  if  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  means 
of  a  suffix,  rxT  ■'nr::Tr  this  my  oath  Gen.  24:8.  nbx  ■'rrx  these  my  sigiist 
Ex.  10:1,  11:8,  Deut.  11:18,  Josh.  2:14.  20,  Judg.  6:14,  1  Kin.  22:23, 
2  Chron.  18:22,  24:18,  Jer.  31:21. 

c.  The  article  is  still  more  rarely  dropped  from  the  noun,  ntrt  "i'r"7  '^V'Q 
this  small  (ptantity  of  honey  1  Sam.  14:  29,  nTH  "^nnsx  C^^k  that  Ephrathitt 
17: 12,  nt  ^bn  this  sickness  2  Kin.  1  :  2,  8  :  8. 


Numerals. 

Cardinal  Numbers. 

§250.  1.  The  numeral  *ins?  one  is  treated  like  other  ad- 
jectives, and  follows  the  rules  of  position  and  agreement 
already  given,  "inx  oipu  one  place  Gen.  1  :  9,  rinsn  nyi-i^n 
f/ie  one  curtaui  Ex.  2G  :  2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  noun  is  in  the  constnict  before  the  nu- 
meral one,  iriwS  'S^-^-q  one  law  Lev.  24:22.  "inx  "iinit,  a  chest  2  Kin.  12: 10, 
inx  rnc  one  governor  Isa.  36  :  9,  comp.  §254.  6.  b. 

2.  The  other  cardinal  nuuibcrs  are  joined  to  nouns  as 
follows,  viz. : 

(1.)  They  commonly  stand  before  the  noun  to  which 
they  belong  and  in  tlie  absolute  state,  ci'^'O  f^^^^*?  /^'^'* 
lings  Gen.  14  :  9,  n^y  D-'i'in  sivti/  cities  Deut.  3  : 4,  nsia 
D"^p»T32  a  h  tin d red  cakes  of  raisins  2  Sam.  10  : 1,  D'^s'^K  rici? 
DT7B  six  iJionsand  horsemen  1  Sam.  13  :  5. 

(2.)  Such  as  have  a  distinct  form  for  the  construct  (viz. 


§  251  NUMERALS.  277 

2-10,  t^^"^  hundred,  *^sbx  tJwusands)  m^j  vi[&o  stand  before 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  D"'i2  ^bic  two  sons  prop,  two 
of  sons  Gen.  10  :  25,  a^ia^'  nyans  /o^^r  ^^j/^  Judg.  11  :  40, 

n^:-s«  rif.'Q  a  hundred  socl'ets'Ex.  38:27,  D'^^^ii  ""t^ni  rt;-!^ 
/^r^6?  thousand  camels  Job  1 :  3. 

a.  The  i, umbers  fet-o,  three,  fmir,  and  sereJi,  occur  witli  the  suffixes  of 
pronouns  which  are  in  apposition  with  them.  ^3n':x  iJ'i/cJ  toe,  both  of  2is 
1  Sam.  20:  42.  irfPU  ihci/  two  or  both  of  (hem  1  Sam.  25:  43.  cind'^o  ye 
three,  DFirbr:  //i^y  (hj-ee  ]\um.  12:  4,  cm'a'^S  they  four  Dan.  1:  17.  cri"3a 
they  seven  2  Sam.  21:9  K'ri.  The  following  numerals  occur  with  pro- 
nominal suffixes  having  a  possessive  sense.  r^^uBian  thy  Jfty,  I'^Tsn  his 
fifty  2  Kin.  1:  10,  aVTr-^r.  their  fifties  ver.  14,  "'bVx  tiiy  thousand  Judg. 
6:  15.  n-5"iBb!<  your  thousands  I  Sam.  10:  19,  *i''nha"i  his  ten  thousands 
1  Sam.  18:7. 

(3.)  Less  frequently  the  numerals  stand  after  the  noun 
in  the  absolute  state,  5?2i^  niS?^  seven  steps  Ezek.  40 :  22, 
cnicy  riihN  twenfi/  she-asses  Gen.  32:1G,  ^^J^-nxia  a^^23  a 
hundred  thousand  talents  1  Chron.  22  :  14. 

§251.  1.  The  units  (including  i'^;;),  whether  they  stand 
singly  or  are  compounded  with  other  numbers,  agree  with 
their  nouns  in  gender,  ninb^  €iw  three  leaves  Jer.  36 :  23, 
^in  -^'io  niiJbTiJ  three  baskets  of  bread  Gen.  40:16,  wnnss 
D"''iZ;23  "ih'i^  fourteen  lambs  Num.  29  :  15  ;  the  other  numerals 
observe  no  distinction  of  gender. 

a.  When  the  units  qualify  PiX'O  hundreds  or  CE^X  thousand:?,  their 
gender  is  determined  by  that  of  these  words  respectively.  In  t^j3~iC5  rnySffl 
the  three  wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  the  masculine  adjective  is  probably 
to  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  noun,  thougii  in  reality  feminine,  has 
a  masculine  termination. 

2.  Nouns  accompanied  by  the  miits  (2-10)  are  almost 
invariably  plural,  while  those  which  are  preceded  by  the  tens 
(20-90)  or  numbers  compounded  with  them  (21,  etc.),  are 
commonly  put  in  the  singular,  nb^b  niyanxi  oi^  u^b^'^iifortj/ 
dai/s  and fortjt  nights  Gen.  7:4,  niiD  n^Irbis^  i'Six/o^^;-  and 
thirty  years  Gen.  11 :  16,  n''?©  'S'l-q)  T\\t  n'^np:?  twenty  years 
and  seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1. 


278  SYNTAX.  "§251 

(I.  This  plionomenoii  is  probably  to  be  accouiitcd  for  upon  a  principle 
analogous  to  tluit  by  which  the  anoiimlous  teriiiiiialions  for  gender  in  the 
numerals  has  been  exphiined,  §223.  2.  When  the  numeral  has  itself  a 
phiral  Ijrm,  as  it  has  in  the  tens,  the  pluraUty  of  the  entire  expression  is 
Bullii-iently  indicated  without  giving  a  plural  ending  to  the  noun  likewise. 
But  with  the  units  whicli  have  a  singular  termination,  the  noun  must  take 
a  plural  form.  It  may  ho  observed,  however,  that  this  peculiarity  chiefly 
art'ccts  a  certain  class  of  nouns,  viz.  those  which  are  nio.st  frequently 
numbered,  and  in  which,  consequently,  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  the 
expres.sion  by  retrenching  the  j)lural  ending  is  most  strongly  manifested. 
These  are  such  as  li'^x  man,  and  various  nieas^ures  of  lime,  space,  weight, 
etc.,  e.  g.  n:r  year,  di"'  day.  nsx  cubit,  bj:b  shekel.  These  nouns  are 
also  found,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  singular  with  hundreds  and 
thoHsanda,  rii'r  r.'XTa  3"rri  iiine  hundred  years  Gen.  5:5,  niax  r,^k  a 
tlioi/>fa))(l  ciihils  Num.  35:4,  and  with  the  numbers  from  11  to  19,  S^trn^ 
bp«  nil"''  Jiffefti  shekels  Lev.  27:  7.  Comp.  in  German  hunderl  Fuss  lung, 
fiiiifzig  Pj'und  schwer,  and  in  English  twenty  head  of  caille,  a  ten  foot 
pole. 

h.  The  numbers  from  2  to  10  are  very  rarely  found  with  singular  nouns. 
r.l-j  nrt'J  eight  years  2  Kin.  22:1,  n:ajt  t^bd  three  cubits  2r):  11  K'thibh 
Avhere  the  K'ri  has  ni^sx .  The  tens  are  occasionally  followed  by  the 
plural  n"'?i'a  cbb'i  thirty  companions  Judg.  14:11.  b'^n— »:3  ciirb 
eighty  sons  of  valour  2  Chron.  26:  17,  C-^-ib-:  "'ici  u^i^-i^  forty-tico  chil- 
dren 2  Kin.  2:24.  When  the  noun  precedes  the  numeral  it  is  always  put 
in  the  plural. 

r.  In  enumerations  of  (Timiliar  objects  the  noun  is  sometimes  omitted, 
when  the  meaning  is  sutRi-iently  plain  from  the  connection,  znj  >^n'>ry  tn» 
(shekels)  of  gold  Gen.  24:22,  r,D3  rrJxx)  db-j  three  hundred  (shekels)  of 
silver  Gen.  45:22,  cnli-"'ri':J  two  (loaves)  of  bread  1  Sam.  10:4,  C^"Hrt"u;o 
six  (ephahs)  of  barley  Ruth  3:  15.  In  measurements,  the  word  hex  cubit 
is  occasionally  preceded  by  the  prepo.sition  3.  thus  n2X3  V'sp^  four  by 
the  cubit  i.  e.  tour  cubits. 

3.  Compound  numbers  may  either  proceed  from  the 
higher  to  the  lower  denomination,  rii'a-'^si  D^iirrn  n;^nNiD  vjbfe 
a  thousand  fico  hundred  jiff  tj  and  four  Neh.  7  :  34,  or  the  re- 
verse, n;T^  ri{/3T  D"^cb'i"i  yiir  seven  and  thirf//  and  a  hundred 
t/ears  Ex.  6  :  16.  The  noun  sometimes  stands  at  the  begin- 
ning or  end  of  the  entire  series  as  in  preceding  examples, 
and  sometimes  it  is  repeated  after  each  numeral,  n:o  nsTa 
n^'ii^  y^iri  nziC  D"^"!!!'?!  a  hundred  years  and  tweniy  years  and 
seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1. 

4.  Numeral  adjectives  may  receive  the  article  when  they 
represent  an  absolute  number,  or  the  noun  is  not  expressed ; 


§  252  ORDINAL    NUMBERS,    ETC.  279 

but  when  they  are  joined  to  a  definite  noun  the  latter  alone 
receives  the  article,  n"'3Trn  {the)  two  are  letter  than  Ttisn 
{the)  one  Eccles.  4  :  9,  D^s^ansn  the  forty  Gen.  18  :  29,  n^#72ri 
Dpniin  the  fifty  righteous  ver.  28,  l"'r^3^  ''rnr  his  two  daugh- 
ters 19  :  30,  Di^n  D^yans  the  forty  days  Deut.  9  :  25. 

a.  Wlien  compound  numbers  11,  12,  etc.,  receive  the  article,  it  may  "be 
given  to  the  first  member  of  tlie  compound,  "iw?  CS^'n  thetwtlce  1  Chron. 
25:19.27:15,  1  Kin.  6:38,  or  to  the  second,  d^X  "librn  C'id  the  twelve 
wert  Josh.  4:  4,  1  Kin.  19:  19.  In  tlie  example  just  cited  the  article  is  given 
to  the  numeral  instead  of  to  the  nonn,  but  in  "lilSS'CD^r  "il^aii  the  twelve 
oxen  1  Kin.  7 :  44,  the  general  rule  is  observed.  In  cn3f3~iN  insxn  Qinb^n 
these  four  children  Dan.  1  :  17,  the  numeral  following  a  definite  noun  re- 
ceives a  pronominal  suffix  referring  to  it. 


Ordinal  Numbers,  etc. 

§252.  1.  The  ordinal  numbers  follow  the  general  law 
of  adjectives  in  position  and  agreement  with  the  substantive, 
to  which  they  belong,  "^iiz?  "J?  «  second  son  Gen.  30  :7,  •^t''?? 
n-'ffi^bffijn  in  the  third  year  1  Kin.  18:1. 

2.  The  lack  of  ordinals  above  ten  is  supplied  by  using 
the  cardinals  instead,  which  are  then  commonly  preceded  by 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  S'niri  D"^nto?  niis  the  twenty- 
seventh  year  1  Kin.  16:10,  although  this  order  is  not  always 
observed,  r\\t  nnirrirbtj  thirteenth  year  Gen.  14  :  4. 

a.  A  fuller  form  of  expression  is  sometimes  employed,  e.  g.  raiaa 
nia  in^ia'::!!  n"'obiy  iri  the  thirty-eighth  year  prop,  in  the  year  of  thirty-eight 
years  1  Kin.  16:29,  2  Kin.  15:  1. 

b.  In  dates  the  cardinals  are  used  for  the  day  of  the  month  and  some- 
times for  the  year,  even  though  the  number  is  below  ten;  tiie  words  day 
and  month  are  also  frequently  omitted.  'S'ys  rrj  the  seventh  year  2  Kin. 
12:  1.  "':?'^"nn  Tririb  !^r3"^N  Ihefovrlh  (day)  of  the  ninth  month  Zech.  7:  1, 
lyn^TaS  in  the  seventh  (month)  ver.  5. 

3.  When  the  ordinals  are  used  to  express  fractional  parts, 
§  227.  3,  they  stand  before  the  noun,  vnn  n-'irbij:  the  third 
of  a  hin  Num.  15:0. 

4.  Distributive  numbers  are  formed  by  repeating  the  car- 
dinals, u-:\t    D^iic  two  by  tim   Gen.   7:9,  nynttj    nyni^  by 


■2S0  SYNTAX.  §  253 

sevens  vcr.  2.  The  numeral  adverbs  o?ice,  twice,  etc.,  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  feiiiinine  of  the  cardinals,  nns  ofice,  D'np 
twice  2  Khi.  G -.  10,  Ps.  02  :12,  or  by  means  of  the  noun 
C?B  stro/i-e  or  dcat,  D^'crs  //^v'c^  Gen.  27  :  3G,  c^rj?  no 
feu  times  Job  19:3  or  D'^'prn  */^^5,  O"'??'"?  ^^^  t/iree  times 
Ex.  23:14. 

a.  This  use  of  these  nouns  has  arisen  from  the  method  of  counting  by 
beats  or  tajis  willi  tlie  hand  or  loot. 

Apposition. 

§253.  When  one  noun  serves  to  define  or  to  describe 
another  it  may  be  ])ut  in  apposition  with  it.  This  construc- 
tion, of  which  a  more  extended  use  is  made  in  Hebrew  than 
in  occidental  languages,  may  be  employed  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  both  nouns  denote  the  same  person  or  thing, 
-in  rjbTzn  2  Sam.  G  :  16,  or  less  commonly,  ^'^^n  ^l"?  13  :39 
ki/if/   David,    "?''2'piC    n^'X    a   woman    (who   was)    a   widow 

1  Kin.  7  :  14. 

2.  AVhen  the  second  specifies  the  first  by  stating  the 
mtiterial  of  which  it  consists,  its  quantity,  character  or  the 
like,  rnrn:n  "ij^an  the  oxen  the  hra><s  i.  e.  the  brazen  oxen 

2  Kin.  1G:17,  nisjb  c^ico  ic'^o  three  measures  (consisting  of) 
meal  Gen.  18  :G,  zyn  D^:'ii'"yn^  seven  years  ioH)  famine 
2  Sam.  24  :  13,  D^'a;'  C'^i^ac  nrS-^n  three  tceeks  (of)  dai/s  Dan. 
10:3,  "isc^  Q^'c;  days  (which  are)  a  nitmJjer,  i.  e.  such  as  can 
be  readily  numbered,  a  few  Num.  9 :  20,  rii:s  n''nrs«  words 
(which  are)  truth  Pro  v.  22  :  21. 

a.  In  this  latter  rase  the  closer  connection  of  the  construct  sta'e 
might,  with  equal  propriety,  be  employed,  §251.  4,  etc.  The  Ibllowing 
examples  will  show  with  what  latitude  the  rule  of  apposition  is  occasion- 
ally applied.  "J'nS  C7b  wnli-r  (which  is)  ajfliclinn  i.  c.  identified  with  it  or 
characterized  by  it  1  Kin.  22:27.  nb'rin  •,"':  ww' (which  \i=,)  iuto.riaition 
J.  e.  produces  it  Ps.  60:5.  "rn  "ira  pastiire-cnllle  i.  e.  those  whose  charac- 
teristic it  is  that  they  have  been  in  the  pastures  1  Kin.  5:3;  btaiing 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  281 

rf^afi  "|'i"-.--j.'i  the  ark  viz.  the  covenant,  which  was  the  thing  of  chief  con- 
sequence about  the  ark  Josh.  3: 14,  a  hundred  thousand  "i^^  cip'X  2  Kin. 
3  :4.  which  is  by  some  understood  to  laean  wool-bearing  rains  i.  e.  charac- 
terized by  the  production  of  wool  ;  according  to  others,  the  first  word  de- 
notes the  quantity  and  the  second  the  material,  rams  (of)  wool  i.  e.  as 
niucli  as  rams  \\<xwe^jieeces. 

b.  Proper  nouns,  which  have  no  construct  state,  may  be  followed  by 
qualifying  nouns  in  a  loose  sort  of  apposition,  nn'ini'  onb  n"^3  Bethlehem 
(in)  Jiidah  1  Sam.  17:12,  compare  in  English,  Princeton.  New  Jersey; 
c-^^ns  D"ix^  "lirs  Pethor  (in)  Mesopotamia  Deut.  23:5,  c-'ruJbB-ra  Gath 
(of)  the  Philistines  Am.  6:2;  the  destined  possessor  of  my  house  is  p^J^'n 
■'!?"'^??  Damascus  (in  the  person  of  its  citizen)  Eliezer  Gen.  15:2,  ^''h'bx 
n1X3^  God  (of)  Hosts  Ps.  80:5,  8,  15,  20;  when  ciribwS  is  regarded  as  an 
appellative  noun  instead  of  a  proper  name,  this  divine  title  becomes 
mxn:!:  ir.'bs  Ps.  89:9. 


The  Construct  State  and  Suffixes. 

§254.  When  one  noun  is  limited  or  restricted  in  its 
meaning  by  another,  the  first  is  put  in  the  construct  state ; 
if  the  hmiting  word  be  a  personal  pronoun  it  is  suffixed  to 
the  noun.  The  relation  thus  expressed  corresponds,  for  the 
most  part,  to  the  occidental  genitive  or  to  that  denoted  in 
English  by  the  preposition  of.  The  primary  notion  of  the 
grammatical  form  is  simply  the  juxtaposition  of  two  nouns, 
or  the  union  of  a  noun  and  a  pronoun,  to  represent  the  sub- 
ordination of  one  to  the  other  in  the  expression  of  a  single 
idea,  §212.  The  particular  relation,  which  it  suggests,  is 
consequently  dependent  on  the  meanings  of  the  words  them- 
selves, and  is  in  each  case  that  which  is  most  naturally  sug- 
gested by  their  combination.  Thus,  the  second  noun  or  the 
pronominal  suffix  may  denote 

1 .  The  possessor  of  that  which  is  represented  by  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  nih"'  bD-tn  the  temple  of  Jehovah  1  Sam.  1  :  9, 
Dir^iDn  their  substance  Gen.  12  :  5,  This  eml^races  the  various 
degrees  of  relationship,  nri'n^s-]|  son  of  Abraham  Gen. 
25  :  12,  ^ncx  thy  wfe  Gen.  12  :  5. 

2.  The  it^hole^  of  which  the  preceding  word  denotes  a  part, 


282  SYNTAX.  ^254 

r\^y  ■»:;■' nsj  f/ie  poor  of  thy  people  Ex.  23  :  11,  f-ix-^'iSD:  the. 
honourable  of  the  earth  Isa.  23  : 9. 

a.  Tlie  construct  rehition,  when  tlius  employed,  imlicates  that  tlie  part 
singled  out  iVoni  the  wiiole  possesses  tiie  quality  referred  to  in  an  eminent 
degree.  The  first  word  is  sometimes  an  abstract  noun,  T'T'^X  T'V\'p  the 
height  of  Ills  cedars  i.  e.  his  highest  cedars  2  Km.  19:23.  Here  too  be- 
long the  superlative  expressions.  D^'UJ'ij;?  lli"ip  holy  of  holies.  D"'"i"'Tl"n  1^^ 
the  song  (if  songs,  D^'l^?  nas  servant  of  servants,  one  that  is  a  servant  by 
way  of  eminence  when  compared  with  all  others. 

3.  An  individual  of  the  class  denoted  by  the  preceding 
noun,  thus  serving  the  piu'pose  of  a  more  exact  de-si f/nation, 
rr^'i'Ci  fnx  the  land  of  Egupt  Gen.  41  :  19,  nns-nns  the  river 
(of)  Euphrates  Gen.  15:18,  a-'t"i«  ""i?  cedar  trees,  2  Chron. 
2:7,  :ip?;:  r??in  worm  (of)  Jacob  Isa.  41  :  14,  a-innn  iiDSi? 
men  (who  are)  merchants  1  Kin.  10 :  15. 

4.  The  material  of  which  the  preceding  noun  is  com- 
posed, inj  DT?  a  ring  of  gold  Gen.  24:22,  fi?""'''^  vessel  of 
tvood  Lev.  11 :  32,  D^iyn  n-iy  the  flock  of  goats  Cant.  4:1. 

5.  The  measure  of  its  extent,  vahie,  duration,  etc.,  ^^n'a 
D^'a;'  mr5TD  a  journey  of  three  days  Jon.  3  :  3,  "i^s  bj^ria  M<? 
weight  of  a  talent  1  Chron.  20  :  2,  "isc'a  TP  w*^;/  of  number 
i.  e.  readily  numbered,  few,  Gen.  34  :  30,  DJ'S'  n-ins*  «  jf?05- 
session  of  perpetuity  Gen.  17:8. 

6.  An  attribute,  by  wdiich  it  is  characterized,  Vn  nisa 
mighty  man  of  valour  Judg.  11:1,  "^^S  f'i?  tree  of  fruit  Gen. 
1:11,  'ii'^^jn  j^-^ii  valley  of  vision  i.  e.  distinguished  as  tlie  one 
where  visions  are  received  Isa.  22  :  1,  ^^^Oov!  "i^^j!^  the  flock  of 
slaughter  i.e.  which  is  to  be  slaughtered  Zech.  11  :  4. 

a.  It  will  he  observed  tliat  the  Hebrew  uses  nouns  to  e.xpress  many  of 
the  ideas  lor  which  adjectives  are  employed  in  other  Ian<ruage.s  ;  thus,  in 
the  examples  under  Nos.  4,  5.  and  G,  vessel  of  irood  for  tconden  vessel,  posses- 
sion of  perpehiitij  for  perpetual  possession,  viigh/ij  man  of  valour  for  valiant 
inighlij  man.  fock  of  slaughter  tor  gre.r  mactauda.  This  both  arises  from 
and  explains  the  comparative  paucity  of  adjectives  in  Hebrew:  though 
even  where  corresponding  adjectives  exist  the  other  construction  is  fre- 
quently preferred,  ^'"ip  ••■^^^  garments  of  holiness  Ex.  28 :  2.  p^ifTini 
sacrifices  of  righteousness,  lliinp  holy  and  P^'^^  righteous  being  used  with 


^254  THE    COMSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  283 

less  latitude  and  with  a  stricter  regard  to  the  ethical  idea  which  they  in- 
volve. Attributives  are  frequently  formed  by  prefixing  such  words  as 
u:"'5<  man^  bra  lord^  "ja  son,  na  daughter,  to  abstract  nouns  or  other  sub- 
stantives, thus.  "1NP1  ^■'X  a  man  of  form  i.  e.  comely  1  Sam.  16  :  18,  d"X 
C'S'^  man  of  words  i.  e.  eloquent  Ex.  4:  10.  niTa'bnri  bra  the  possessor  of 
dreams  i.  e.  dreamer  Gen.  37  :  19,  Dija^  n3b":J""|2  so7i  (f  eight  days  i.  e.  eight 
days  old  Gen.  17:12,  r.'^^""|3  son  of  death  i.e.  deserving  to  die  1  Sam. 
20  r.'il,  br^ba'^ipa  sons  of  worlhlessness  i.  e.  wicked.  Deut.  13  :  14,  aiy'i'FiTia 
n:r  daughter  of  ninety  years  i.  e.  ninety  years  old  Gen.  17  :  17. 

6.  Occasionally  in  poetry  an  adjective  instead  of  agreeing  with  its  sub- 
stantive is  treated  as  though  it  were  an  abstract  noun,  "iKisn  "ips  vessels 
of  small  (capacity)  Isa.  22  :  24,  N_^a  153  waters  of  fulness  Ps.  73  :  in,  rr'a-ba 
bnjn  perhaps  every  house  of  great  (size),  though  others  render  every  great 
(man's)  house  Jer.  52:13.  So  sometimes  an  adverb.  ::"?2  'h^q  ftw  men 
Deut.  26:5,  Ti^n  t6v  continual  burnt- offering  Num.  28:6,  CSn  ^7:^  blood 
(shed)  causelessly  1  Kin.  2:31.  crii  i-i^  enemies  in  the  day  //«/e  Ezek. 
30:  16,  cri^n  -(ax  dumb  stone  Hab.  2:  19,  or  adverbial  phrase,  anp^a  in'bx 
a  God  nigh  at  hand,  pHTTS  "irt'sx  a  God  afar  off"  Jer.  23  :  23. 

7.  The  source  from  which  the  preceding  noun  is  derived, 
r^r\^  n-iin  t/w  Imo  of  Jehovah  Ex.  13  :  9,  nir^  nsp  the  hook 
of  Moses  2  Chron.  25 : 4,  ninx  nSin  sick  from  love  Cant.  2:5. 

8.  The  subject  by  which  an  action  is  performed,  or  in 
which  an  attribute  inheres,  •^vH"'  ^^0^  the  love  of  God  i.  e. 
exercised  by  him  1  Kin.  10:9,  nia'b©  tii2Dn  the- wisdom  of 
Solomon  1  Kin.  5  :10.  f 

9.  The  object^  upon  which  an  action  is  directed,  rx"i'^ 
n^nbws:  the  fear  of  God  Gen.  20  :  11,  Di'^n  rbmti  the  ride  of 
the  day  Gen.  1:16. 

a.  After  nouns,  which  express  or  imply  action,  the  follotving  noun  or 
suffix  denotes  tlie  subject  or  the  object  as  the  sense  or  the  connection  may 
demand.  '^\rr\  nXjp  the  zeal  of  Jehovah,  which  he  feels  Isa.  37:32,  Di'TNDp 
zeal  of  the  people,  which  is  felt  for  them  Isa.  26:  11;  D~ip  rjr5;t  the  cry 
against  Sodom  Gen.  18:20,  bn-ppr.l^  the  cry  of  the  poor  Prov.  21:13; 
"io^n  his  wrong  i.  e.  done  by  him  Ps.  7:  17,  "'O^n  my  wrong  i.  e.  done  to 
me  Gen.  16:5;  d^'tj-i'^  the  way  of  the  sea  i.e.  leading  to  it  1  Kin.  18:43, 
cra"!^  T|"!'!l  the  way  of  Jeroboam  i.e.  in  which  he  walked  1  Km.  16:26. 

6.  Active  participles  are  frequently  put  in  the  construct  state  before 
their  object,  ^rs^^  i^a"^^^  restoring  the  soul  Ps.  19:8,  Tj^'lJ  "^ans  loving  thy 
?2ame  Ps.  5 :  12,  i?ia  ^ita  entering  the  gate  Gen.  23:10.  So  even  before 
an  infinitive  which  they  govern,  C^ip  *p^2tU^  being  early  to  rise  Ps.  127:  2. 
Passive  participles  may  be  in  the  construct  before  the  subject  of  the  ac- 
tion, C^nbx   nap  smitten  of  God  Isa.  53:4,  iit'X   'ifl?';  born   of  a  woman 


2S4  SYNTAX.  §255 

Job  1  h  1.  or  hofore  the  eecondary  objoct,  if  the  verb  is  capable  in  the 
aciivc  ot  liiiviiitr  a  tiouble  obji'ct.  pwTTijn  girded  with  sackcloth  Joel  1 : 8, 
C^sn  wizb  clothed  with  linen  Ezek.  9:11.  When  a  noun  Ibllovvs  the  in- 
finitive it  may  be  in  construction  witii  it  as  its  subject,  ~T\^,'0  X"~3  on  the 
king''s  reading  2  Kin.  5  :  7,  iu;"'~'in  his  driving  out  Num.  32  :  21.  or  be  gov- 
erneii  by  it  as  its  object.  bxsiBU:"N"|ip  (o  call  Samuel  1  Sam.  3:8,  nci-."n 
to  drive  them  out  Deut.  7  :  17. 

10.  The  respect  in  wliicli  a  preceding  attribute  holds,  so 
that  it  ans^^'ers  the  purpose  of  specif  catio7i,  C^rETT'sri:  V7i- 
clcan  as  to  Ujjs  Isa.  G  :  5,  ^Ip-'Cp  hard  hearted  Ezek.  3  :  7, 
wny2  'b'T^  rent  as  to  garments,  2  Sam.  13  :  31. 

a.  This  answers  to  what  is  itnown  as  the  Greek  accu.sative.  —oSas  w/^v's; 
the  Engli.si\  lias  in  certain  cases  adopted  tlie  Hebrew  idiom,  so  that  we 
can  say  swift  of  foot,  blind  of  an  eye,  etc. 

§255.  1.  When  the  relation  between  two  nouns  is  ex- 
pressed by  an  intervening  preposition,  the  first  commonly 
remains  in  the  absolute  state :  it  may,  however,  particularly 
in  poetry,  be  put  in  the  construct,  yiabsn  '^'Sn  mountains  in 
Gilboa  2  Sam.  1  :  21,  U^TQ  ""i^^^^  prophets  out  of  their  own 
heart  Ezek.  13:2,  ^:3  i~3  according  to  the  abilitg  in  ns 
Neh.  5  :  8. 

2.  A  noun  is  sometimes  ])ut  in  the  construct  before  a 
succeeding  clause  with  which  it  is  closely  connected :  thus, 
before  a  relative  clause,  "li^^s  Dip's  the ptace  where,  etc..  Gen. 
39:  20,  "^irx  -D-T-by/or  the  reason  that  Deut.  22:24,  par- 
ticularly when  the  relative  is  itself  omitted,  nbirpr-^3  bg  the 
hand  of  (him  whom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  nih^-nn'i  njnn 
the  beginning  of  (what)  Jehovah  spake  Hos.  1  :  2,  or  before 
the  con  junction  ")  and,  ^^j)  '^^'^'^  icisdom  and  knowledge  Isa. 
33  :  0,  V^;^  ^^?  ^'i^^  drunl-en  and  not  with  icine  Isa.  51:21. 

3.  Three,  four,  or  even  five  nouns  are  sometimes  joined 
together  in  the  relation  of  the  construct  state,  cnhx-n"'n  "lirsn 
the  heads  of  the  houses  of  their  fathers  Ex.  6  :  14,  "^Dntj  lEC'a 
b>:n'(D'^""':n  the  number  of  the  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel 
Josh.  4  :  5,  "^^^x-^r^  '^,  -"-■■'IB  the  fruit  of  the  greatness 
of  heart  of  the  king  of  Assgria  Isa.  10  :  12. 


§  256  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  285 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  two  words  of  like 
meaning  are  united  in  the  construct  before  the  same  noun,  ui2^  ''.c'n.3  "^"^P,,?. 
rivers,  brooks  of  honey  Job  20  :  17,  wrir-irjin  "'I^iaip  Ps.  78  :  9,  if  rendered 
as  it  is  by  some  armed  with,  shooting  the  bow,  though  '^I^'iJlJ  may  be  in  con- 
struction not  with  niap  but  with  ""Tsi-i  armed  ones  of  those  who  shoot  the 
bow,  armed  bowmen.     See  Alexander  in  loc. 

§256.  When  two  words  are  in  the  construct  relation 
they  must  stand  in  immediate  conjunction,  and  no  other 
word  can  be  suffered  to  come  between  them  as  it  would  ob- 
scure the  sense.  Hence  an  adjective,  participle  or  demon- 
strative, qualifying  a  noun  in  the  construct  state,  cannot 
stand  immediately  after  it,  but  must  be  placed  after  the  gov- 
erned noun,  ^i'l^n  nih^  nibs?^  the  great  work  of  Jehovah 
Judg.  2  :  7,  ^^^'^^  ^0?  ^T^?  ^  great  crown  of  gold  Esth. 
8:15.  So  an  article  or  suffix,  belonging  to  a  noun  in  the 
construct,  must  be  attached  not  to  it  but  to  the  governed 
noun,  ^"pnr;  ■'niaa  the  mighty  men  of  valour  Josh.  1  :  14,  ''l?'^^^? 
iinr  Ms  idols  of  gold  Isa.  2:20,  ''izJ^l?  °°'??  '^^^H  ^^^^^  o/  holv 
ness  i.  e.  my  holy  name  Lev.  20  :  3. 

a.  When  the  governing  and  the  governed  noun  are  of  the  same  gender 
and  number  it  may  be  doubtful  to  which  of  them  the  following  adjective 
is  to  be  referred,  thus  bi"i:.n  rs^.  "'fix  Gen.  10:21  may  either  mean  the 
elder  brother  of  Japheth  or  the  brother  of  Japheth  the  elder. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  a  noun  with  a  suf- 
fix stands  in  the  construct  belbre  a  following  word,  nrlili^  rj"'rih3"ia  thy 
chariots  of  salvation  Hah.  3:8.  iv^'OTi'O  my  refuge  of  strength  Ps.  71 :  7, 
nsT  T)3"iT!  thy  way  of  lewdness  Ezek.  16 :  27,  though  these  are  rather  to  be 
regarded  as  instances  of  apposition  in  the  wide  sense.  §253.  2.  Nouns  in 
the  construct  occasionally  receive  the  article,  §246.  3.  a. 

c.  In  the  following  passages  a  brief  word  intervenes  between  b's, 
which,  though  properly  a  noun  signifying  totality,  is  in  usage  equivalent 
to  a  pronominal  adjective  all.  every,  and  the  noun  which  it  governs, 
i^'J  Nibn-bs  take  away  all  iniqvity  Hos.  14 :  3,  so  2  Sam.  1  :  9,  Job  27 :  3, 
and  perhaps  Isa.  38  :  16;  but  see  Alexander  in  loc.  Like  the  Greek  ttSs, 
when  followed  by  a  definite  noun  bs  means  the  whole  or  all,  cyfi-bs  all 
the  people,  yixn-bs  the  whole  earth,  when  followed  by  an  indefinite  noun 
every,  n'^2~b3  every  house;  though  here  as  elsewhere  the  poets  may  omit 
the  article,  which  would  be  necessary  in  prose,  li"N""b3  the  whole  head 
Isa.  1:5.  Connected  with  a  negative  adverb  it  forms  a  universal  nega- 
tion wo,  or  if  the  words  be  rendered  separately  our  idiom  requires  us  to 
translate  bb  by  any,  ilbS'^,"J<b  nbxbis'iis  no  wor-k  shall  be  done  Ex.  12  :  16, 


2SG  SYNTAX.  §257,258 

Cnp|-;3  *px  there  is  no  new  thing  Eccl.  1  :  0.  ni^x-lj^  Vzr^  sib  np.ither  can 
any  god  2  Cliron.  32  :  15.     Comp.  ou  SiKaitxiSi'ia-eTai  Trucra  adp$  Rom.  3  :  20. 
(/.  Ho   piirijiroiric   may  be   altaclied  to  a  noun  in  the  construct  state, 
Cioo  nnnT^  tuuxird  the  rising  of  the  sun  Dent.  4  :  41,  Gen.  24  :  G7. 

§257.  The  preposition  b  fo,  helovging  to,  with  or  with- 
out a  preceding  relative  pronoun,  may  be  substituted  for  the 
construct  relation  in  its  possessive  sense,  Tpk'^^,  '^%^,  1^^^^ 
her  father  s  sheep  prop,  the  sheep  which  belonged  to  her  father 
Gen.  29  :  9,  comp.  Drpni<  i^i  Gen.  37  :  12,  yo-'bsb  n^nn  the 
house  of  FJisha  2  Kin.  5  :  9,  comp.  Latin  pater  mihi.  This 
is  particularly  the  case 

1.  When  the  first  noun  is  omitted  "li'ib  (a  psalm)  of 
David  Ps.  11:1,  Dyi'^n^l?  T-^^  Amnon  (son)  of  Ahinoam 
2  Sam.  3  :  2. 

2.  AVhen  the  first  noun  is  indefinite  and  the  second 
definite,  "^i?":^  1?  a  son  of  Jesse  1  Sam.  16:18  C^ir^"]^  2  Sam. 
20  : 1  is  the  son  of  Jesse,  §  246. 3),  D'^n^rin  ntb  'in?  a  servant 
of  the  captain  of  the  guard  Gen.  41  :  12. 

a.  Hence  the  frequent  use  of  \  {Lamedh  auctoris)  in  the  titles  of  the 
Psalms  and  other  compositions,  li^b  "'I'^TTa  a  psalm  of  David  i.  e.  belong- 
ing to  him  as  its  author,  p^p^rb  n^stn  a 'prayer  of  Habakkuk. 

3.  When  the  first  noun  is  accompanied  by  a  numeral 
adjective,  especially  in  dates,  ©"inb  oi^  nibr-mrTsn  the  fifteenth 
dag  of  the  month  1  Kin.  12  :  32,  n"?^?  tr^ip'^^nv!  nbira  in  the 
ffih  gear  of  the  king  1  Kin.  14  :  25,  xcsb  cbo  rira  in  the 
third  year  of  Asa  1  Kin.  15  :  33. 

4.  When  several  genitives  are  connected  together,  "ieo 
ni^rr'  ''bb-ab  ^^^'^t\  ■^'nn'i  the  book  of  the  Chronicles  of  the  kings 
ofJudah  1  Kin.  15:23. 

The  Predicate. 

§258.  1.  The  predicate  of  a  sentence,  if  a  substantive, 
adjective,  or  pronoun,  may  be  connected  with  its  subject 
without  an  intervening  copula,  their  mutual  relation  being 


§259  THE    PREDICATE.  287 

suiRciently  suggested  by  simply  placing  them  together, 
m^TS  n^nin-^nps  all  her  paths  (are)  peace  Prov.  3:17,  n"D 
fyn  the  tree  (was)  (jood  Gen.  3  :  G,  Xh^  ~t  ^'^"'^  (is)  ^/^^  ^'^ay 
Isa.  30:21. 

2.  Or  the  pronoun  55in  of  the  third  person  may  be  used 
as  a  copula,  tr^s  X'n  ^S'"^3nn  "insn  the  fourth  river  is  Eu- 
phrates prop,  it  (is)  Euphrates  Gen.  2  :  14,  r.^&?  n^rrn'a 
?^//«if  «/•<?  these  ?  Zech.  4:5,  "'Sb'a  Nirrnnx  thou  art  my  H?i^ 
Ps.  44  :  5,  nn  a^'a^T2?  !i^2J?r!  n^iypxn  ^/^^^^  ^ze;x  are  peaceable 
Gen.  34:21. 

3.  Or  the  verb  n^n  /o  be  may  be  employed  for  a  like 
purpose,  particularly  if  the  idea  of  past  or  future  time  is  in- 
volved, ^nn  nri'n  f"i5jn  the  earth  was  desolate  Gen.  1  :  2, 
miLnh  ^i^n  "ij^an  //^^  Ocve^i  loere  ploughing  Job  1  :  14. 

a.  Verbs  which  denote  some  modification  of  being  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  the  same  way;  tlius,  his  eyas  niriD  l^nn  began  (to  be)  dim 
1  Sam.  3:2;  riinxn  ^■^k  ni'  bn'>  a?zf/  A^ooTi  6e5-a?i  (to  be)  a  husbcmdman 
Gen.  9:  20;  '^'''■^  T^'Sinns  1/5/46?*  //io!<  ceasest  spoiling  Isa.  33  :  1,  the  hair 
'rb  T)2n  /i</s  turned  white  Lev.  13:3;  so  to  be  called,  to  be  esteemed,  etc. 

6.  Simple  existence  or  non-existence  is  predicated  by  means  of  the 
particles  'O^  and  T^X ,  the  latter  of  which  retains  its  absolute  form  when 
following  the  noun,  but  takes  the  construct  form  ■pX  wbpn  it  precedes  the 
noun  either  immediately  or  separated  from  it  by  intervening  Avords,  bx5  'c''^ 
there  is  a  kinsman  Ruth  3 :  12,  ■ix  cnx  there  was  not  a  man  Gen.  2  :  5, 
Tj^'?  "N  there  was  no  king  in  Israel  Judg.  21  :  25.  These  particles  may 
also  be  used  as  copulas  with  the  personal  pronouns,  when  the  predicate  is 
a  participle,  n^t'TS  t]3-'J<  thou  art  not  letting  go  Ex.  8  :  17,  Siaia  WS'i  thou 
art  saving  Judg.  6  :  36. 

§  259.  1.  A  noun  in  the  predicate  may  receive  the  same 
adjuncts  as  in  the  subject,  §  244. 

2.  Adjectives  and  demonstrative  pronouns  in  the  predi- 
cate agree  vith  the  nouns  to  which  they  relate  in  gender  and 
number,  but  differ  from  qualifying  adjectives  and  demonstra- 
tives, §  249,  in  standing  before  the  noun  and  in  not  receiv- 
ing the  article,  though  the  noun  be  definite,  'li'^n  nrj  the 
word  is  good  Dent.  1  :  14,  1"''S2n"i  Q^in  his  mercies  are  great 
1  Chron.  21  :  13,  D^isi^n  ni^bin  nbt?  these  are  the  genera- 
tions of  the  heavens  Gen.  2  :  4. 


2SS  SYNTAX.  ^ 2C0 

a.  A  prodicatc  adjective  may  also,  though  less  rrcquently,  stand  afier 
the  noun,  nr^  '^1'~,ir?  the  damsel  teas  fair  1  Kin.  1:4,  S<"r7n  "('"Xn  rnn 
Sia  a7*(i  the  gold  of  that  land  is  good  Gen.  2  :  12. 

b.  If  the  .'■■ense  require  the  predicate  to  he  made  definite,  it  will  receive 
the  article,  '^S'lrn  "^d  mij  mouth  is  the  (one)  speaking  Gen.  45 :  12. 


Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

§260.  1.  Adjectives  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  com- 
parative or  superlative.  Comparison  is  expressed  by  means 
of  the  preposition  \i2from  pLiced  after  the  adjective,  nii"j 
ci^iE'a  ~:czn  wisdom  is  better  than  rubies  prop,  is  good  from 
rubies,  differs  from  them  and  by  imphcation  is  superior  to 
them  in  point  of  goodness,  Prov.  8:11;  "'lizy  nriN  pi^s 
thou  art  more  righteous  than  I,  1  Sam.  24  :  17. 

2.  The  superlative  degree  may  be  expressed 

(1.)  By  adding  ^i)  all  to  the  comparative  particle  "j^, 
C'^]^""'.:n-bsT2  b-na  great  from  all  the  sons  of  the  east  i.  e.  the 
greatest  of  all,  etc..  Job  1  :  3. 

(2.)  By  an  enn)hat!c  use  of  the  positive,  so  as  to  imply 
the  possession  of  the  attribute  in  an  eminent  degree,  T':!!  "jibip 
the  least  of  his  sons  prop,  the  little  (one)  2  Chron.  21 :  17, 
D'^rsn  r.t;^!  0  fairest  among  ivomen  Cant.  1:8,  'j'biJn  the 
least,  bi-ian  the  greatest  1  Chron.  12:14,  ch":!;  the  best  of 
them  I\Iic.  7:4. 

a.  When  the  predicate  is  a  verb  instead  of  an  adjective,  comparison 
may  be  expressed  in  the  same  manner.  TiS"3  i^SN  /  will  be  greater  than 
thou  \irop.  great  from  thee  Gen.  4  1 :  40,  cnxn-";3i3  chri'^'and  he  iras  the 
wisest  of  all  men  1  Kin.  5:11.  In  a  Caw  passajres,  chioHy  or.rurring  in  the 
booii  of  Efflesiastes.  comparison  is  made  by  means  of  the  adverb  "iri^ 
more,  ir""  TX  "'2S  "'ri'isri  /  vus  then  more  wise  Eccl.  2:15. 

b.  The  construclioB  with  "I'C  may  also  be  used  to  denote  excess,  bl'ta 
Ni'i':^  •'ii?.  mij  iniquity  is  too  great  to  be  forgiven  prop,  greater  than  (it  is 
possil)le)  to  forgive  Gen.  4:  13,  h^'B'O  ar^a  ton  little  for  thee  Job  15:  11. 

c.  A  comparative  sense  is  commonly  ascribed  to  *i^  in  the  following 
passages,  in  which  an  adjective,  suggested  by  the  context,  must  be  supplied, 
nbiors'a  — i;|'  the  71  pright  (is  aliarpcr)  than  a  thorn-hrdge 'M'lc.  7  :i,  ^^^^ 
k'ss  than  nothing  Isa.  AOmt,  41:24,  Ps.  62:10.  Isa.  H^:  10,  Jol)  11  :  17;  in 
some  of  these  cases,  however,  '{^  may  have  liie  sense  of  from  or  of  and 
denote  that  from  which  any  thing  is  derived  or  of  whi  h  it  forms  a  part. 


^261,262  the  primary  tenses.  289 

Verbs. 
• 

^261.  1.  The  doctrine  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  rests  upon 
a  conception  of  time  radically  different  from  that  which  pre- 
vails in  our  own  and  in  other  Indo-European  languages. 
Time  is  conceived  of,  not  as  distributed  into  three  portions, 
viz. :  past,  present,  and  future,  but  as  consisting  of  the  past 
and  future  only.  The  present  is,  in  this  view,  an  inappreciable 
moment,  without  extension  or  cognizable  existence,  the  mere 
point  of  contact  between  two  boundless  periods  of  duration, 
or  the  instant  of  transition  from  one  to  the  other,  and,  as 
such,  not  entitled  to  be  represented  by  a  distinct  verbal  form. 
Every  action  or  state  of  being  is  accordingly  viewed  as  be- 
longing to  the  past  or  to  the  future ;  and  such  as  do  not 
belong  exclusively  to  one,  may  be  referred  indifferently  to 
either. 

2.  Within  these  two  grand  divisions  of  time  no  account 
is  made  of  those  minuter  distinctions,  in  the  expression  of 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  employ  such  a  variety  of  tenses, 
nor  of  those  modal  differences  which  are  with  us  indicated 
by  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  and  potential,  except  to  that 
limited,  extent  to  which  these  may  be  regarded  as  covered  by 
the  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures,  §204.  Whatever  is, 
or  is  conceived  of  as  past,  must  be  put  in  the  preterite ;  the 
future  is  used  for  all  that  is,  or  is  conceived  of  as  future, 
wdiile  all  subordinate  modifications  or  shades  of  meaning 
are  either  suggested  by  accompanying  particles,  or,  without 
being  precisely  indicated,  are  left  to  be  inferred  from  the 
connection. 

The  Primary  Tenses. 

§  262.  The  preterite  is  accordingly  used  of 

1 .  The  past,  whether  our  idiom  would  require  the  abso- 

19 


290  SYNTAX.  §262 

lute  past  tense,  i.  c.  the  historical  imperfect,  in  the  heginning 
God  Nna  created,  etc.,  Gen.  1:1,  God  "E?  tempted  Abraham 
Gen.  22 : 1  ;  or  one  of  the  relative  tenses,  viz.  the  past  viewed 
in  relation  to  the  present,  i.  e.  the  perfect,  what  is  this  that 
Tj^kl!  thou  hast  done  Gen.  3:13,  thee  ""'Ti?"^  have  I  seen  right- 
eous  Gen.  7:1;  the  ])ast  in  relation  to  another  past,  i.  e.  the 
pluperfect,  God  ended  his  work  which  S^ibr  he  had  made  Gen. 
2:2;  and  the//  did  so  as  the  Lord  n^i:  had  commanded  Ex. 
7:10;  or  the  past  in  relation  to  a  future,  i.  e.  the  futiu-e 
perfect,  tohen  the  Lord  fTy)  shall  have  loashed  away,  etc.,  Isa. 
4 :  4,  until  the  time  that  she  which  travaileth  n^^^  •S'^^ft^'^  have 
brought  forth  Mic.  5:2;  or  a  conditional  mood,  except  the 
Lord  of  hosts  had  left  unto  us  a  very  small  remnant  'i:''?n  we 
should  have  been  as  Sodom  Isa.  1:9,/  would  there  were  a 
sioord  in  mine  hand,  for  now  ^"'H^'in  L  ivoidd  have  killed  thee 
Num.  22  :  29  ;  or  an  optative,  denoting  something  which  was 
to  have  been  desired  but  which  nevertheless  did  not  occur, 
^'.rftr-b  0  that  loe  had  died  Num.  14:2,  ^'ODn  -b  0  that  they 
had  been  wise  that  they  (fut.)  woidd  consider  this  Deut. 
32  :  29,  or  a  subjunctive  (the  Jordan  was  dried  up),  that 
un^y^  ye  might  fear  the  Lord,  at  that  time  and  thencefor- 
ward/br^rer  Josh.  4 :  24. 

a.  In  all  these  cases  the  verbal  form  merely  expresses  in  the  general 
tliat  the  action  belongs  to  the  past,  but  whether  this  is  to  be  taken  abso- 
lutely, relatively,  or  conditionally,  must  be  learned  from  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  or  from  accotni)aiiyiiig  words.  The  proper  English  imperfect 
is  expressed  in  Hebrew  not  by  the  preterite  but  by  the  participle.  S^""'  Nin") 
and  he  (was)  silting  Gen.  IS:  1,  §26(3.  3. 

6.  In  promises,  contracts,  etc.,  the  preterite  is  sometimes  employed, 
where  we  nii«rht  have  expected  the  future,  because  the  inward  act  or  pur- 
pose is  intended  rather  than  its  outward  execution,  7intn  thy  seed  "'Hrj  / 
have  giren  this  land  Gen.  1.5  :  18.  the  grant  was  made  though  they  were 
not  yet  put  in  possession;  accordingly,  when  the  latter  idea  is  prominent, 
the  future  is  used  of  the  same  trtxnsaction.  itnfn  thy  sepd  "iPS  /  vrill  give 
this  land  Gen.  12:  7,  26  :  3.     Comp.  Gen.  4  :  11,  23:  11,  13. 

2.  The  present,  regarded  as  the  continuntifin  or  natural 
■sequence  of  a  pre-existing  action  or  condition.     Anytliing 


§262  THE    PRIMARY    TENSES.  291 

begun  in  the  past  and  continued  in  the  present  may  be  con- 
sidered to  belong  to  the  past  and  accordingly  spoken  of  in 
the  preterite,  give  -me  a  little  ivater  for  "^n^^  /  ayn  thirstij 
Judg.  4:19  prop.  I  have  been  thirsty  and  (it  is  implied)  I 
am  so  still ;  the  earth  •^JJf'Q  is  fall  of  violence  prop,  has  been 
and  still  \s,fidl  Gen.  6:13;  7iow  "^ri^i^  /  know  that  Jehovah 
is  the  greatest  of  all  the  gods  Ex.  18:11,  prop.  I  have  known, 
the  knowledge  being  in  fact  contemporaneous  with  the  in- 
formation upon  which  it  was  based.  Comp.  in  Latin  novi, 
memini,  odi, 

a.  It  is  comparatively  a  matter  of  indifference  whether  the  preterite 
or  the  future  be  used  to  designate  the  present.  That  which  now  exists 
may  either  be  regarded  as  continued  from  the  past  or  as  perpetuated  in  the 
future  ;  and  as  it  is  contemplated  under  one  or  the  other  of  these  aspects, 
will  the  tense  be  determined  accordingly.  Thus,  the  question  whence  come 
ye  is  in  Gen.  42:7  crxa  ')";x^  whence  have  ye  come,  but  in  Josh.  9:8 
5ixhpi  I'l'X^  whence  are  ye  coming  or  will  ye  come ;  because,  in  the  former 
instance,  the  past  action  of  coming  is  uppermost  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker, 
and  in  the  latter  tliis  action  is  regarded  as  having  not  yet  ceased. 

3.  Permanent  facts  or  general  truths  ;  these,  though  true 
for  all  time,  are  gathered  from  experience  and  observation, 
and  hence  may  be  appropriately  referred  to  the  past,  an  ox 
'Sy^  knoweth  his  owner  Isa.  1  : 3,  oxen  always  have  done  so 
and  it  is  implied  that  they  always  will;  the  Lord  'dr\^.  pitieth 
them  that  fear  him  Ps.  103  :  13. 

a.  The  future  is  used  m  this  case  with  the  same  frequency  and  pro- 
priety as  the  preterite,  An  ox  will  know  his  owner  expresses  the  same 
general  truth  as  an  ox  has  knovm  his  oumer ;  only  in  the  former  case  at- 
tention is  chiefly  drawn  to  its  future,  and  in  the  latter  to  Us  past  realiza- 
tions, §263.  3. 

4.  The  future,  when  viewed  as  past;  the  prophets,  in 
their  inspired  descriptions  of  events  which  had  not  yet  come 
to  pass,  often  transport  themselves  to  the  time  when  they 
shall  have  been  accomplished  :  and," surveying  the  future  from 
this  ideal  point  of  view,  they  give  to  their  predictions  the 
form  of  a  recital  of  what  has  already  taken  place,  Babylon 


292  SYNTAX.  §  263 

n'^r:  has  fallen  Isa.  21:9,  he  KC2  haih  home  our  griefs  Isa. 
53  : 4,/6'r  /  "^PBibn  have  made  Esau  hare  Jer.  49  :  10. 

a.  The  counterpart  of  this  prophetic  preterite  is  the  use  of  the 
future  in  vivid  descriptions  of  tlie  past,  in  which  tlie  writer  appears,  in 
imagination,  to  live  over  again  what  has  already  taken  phice,  §2(33.  5. 

§  263.  The  future  is  used  in  speaking  of 

1 .  The  future,  whether  absolutely,  ^t>"sj.  /  idll  make  of 
thee  a  great  nation  Gen.  12  : 2,  or  relatively  to  something  in 
the  past,  he  took  his  eldest  son  ivho  ?f'5^''  v'as  to  reign  2  Kin. 
3:  27,  Elisha  was  fallen  sick  of  his  sickness  ichcreof  r^'o;'  he 
was  to  die  2  Kin.  13:14;  or  conditionally,  (would  that  I 
had  died)  for  I  would  have  lain  down  (pret.)  and  tJ'ipTrjt 
icould  he  at  rest  Job  3:13;  hut  (if  it  were  my  case)  /  tC'^."^c 
would  seek  unto  God  Job  5:8;  or  optatively  in  the  various 
grades  of  desire,  determination,  permission,  or  command^  so 
inisji  mag  all  thine  enemies  perish  Judg.  5:31;  0  that  mg 
grief  'p'l^'!'  might  he  weighed  Job  6  :2;  all  that  thou  corn- 
man  dest  us  •^i^?!^  we  will  do  Josh.  1  :  16;  deeds  that  '^t'S\ 
ought  not  to  be  done  Gen.  20  : 9  ;  of  the  fruit  of  the  trees  of 
the  garden  ^3X3  tee  mag  eat  Gen.  3  : 2,  ^^Dsn  x^  ge  shall  not 
eat  ver.  3,  mine  ordinances  ^'i'DTSn  ge  shall  keep  Lev.  18:4; 
or  snbjimctively,  especially  after  conjunctions  signifying  that, 
in  order  that,  lest,  etc.,  (bring  the  venison)  '^9')3n  "j^rb  in 
order  that  mg  soul  mag  hless  thee  Gen,  27  :  25,  against  thee 
have  I  sinned  that  p'^^r*  thou  mightest  he  justified  Ps.  51  :6. 

a.  Wlu-n  employed  in  rcquosts.  the  future  is  frequently  accompanied 
by  the  particle  X3 .  thus.  X3 — 3"';'  lei  thy  smrant  .^jitak.  1  pray  thee  Gen. 
44:  IS.  xi'i'C^'i  let  the  wickedness  of  the  wicked  cease,  I  P'oy  Ps.  7:  10. 

b.  The  future  is  idiomatically  used  with  D")l:  and  Cjwl:  not  yet,  before, 
whcflier  th<!  period  referred  to  is  past  or  future,  the  time  denoted  hy  the 
particle  being  antecc^knlt  to  the  action  of  the  verb.  Thus,  referring  to  the 
past,  /  ate  of  all  X":3n  C"ii:3  before  thou  earnest  Gen.  27:  33.  the  lamp  of 
God.  .1237  c-i:  had  vol  ijet  gone  out  1  Sam.  3:4;  to  the  future,  that  viy 
soul  way  bless  thee  riirx  003  bifore  I  die  Gen.  27 : 4.  ''N'7~"'  C"^i:  bifore 
they  call.  I  will  answer  Isa.  6-5:24.  There  are  three  e.xaniph'.s  ol"  the  use 
of  tlu^  preterite  uith  tlie.se  particles,  the  reference  being  to  past  time, 
1  Sam.  3  : 7,  Ps.  90 : 2,  Prov.  8 :  25. 


^  263  THE    PRIMARY    TENSES.  293 

2.  The  present,  wlien  it  is  conceived  of  as  extending 
into  tlie  futui'e,  comfort  my  people  "lisii"'  saith  your  God  Isa. 
40  : 1,  the  divine  utterance  though  begun  is  not  yet  finished ; 
^•^n  i^Sn  do  ye  not  know?  ver.  21,  are  you  ignorant,  and 
is  this  ignorance  to  continue?  why  ''S^n  loeepest  thou? 
1  Sam.  1:8. 

3.  General  truths  or  permanent  facts,  when  the  attention 
is  directed  to  their  vahdity  for  all  time  to  come,  riyhfeousRess 
"nhrMPi  ed'altet/i  a  ?iafioji  Prov.  14:34,  it  does  so  now  and 
always  will ;  a  soil  ^33^  hououreth  lus  father  IVIal.  1  :  G. 

4.  Constant  or  habitual  acts  or  states  viewed  as  con- 
tinuing for  an  indefinite  period  from  the  time  spoken  of, 
even  though  they  may  have  ceased  at  the  time  of  speaking, 
and  so  belong  entirely  to  the  past,  a  mist  '^'^.^^  used  to  yo  up 
from  the  earth  Gen.  2  :  G,  i.  e.  not  only  at  the  moment  of  time 
previously  referred  to  but  from  that  onward ;  thus  Job  ^^i^v"^^ 
did  continualty  Job  1:5;  the  dauyhters  of  Israel  rispSpi  icere 
in  the  habit  of  yoiny  from  time  to  time  Judg.  11 :  40  ;  so  Gen. 
29 :  2,  Ex.  13  :  22,  Num.  11 :  5,  1  Sam.  2  :  19. 

5.  The  past,  when  the  speaker  or  writer  assumes  an  ideal 
point  of  vision  prior  to  its  occurrence,  and  so  regards  it  as 
future.  Thus,  a  historian  in  animated  description,  as  we 
might  use  the  present,  "ic'Q'iiTlJ;'  TS  then  sinys  Moses  Ex. 
15:1,  Balak  ^i^yi  briny  s  me  from  Aram  Num.  23  :  7  ;  or  a 
poet,  who  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  of  which  he  sings,  'lis"' 
*ii  ^bjys  ai"^  let  the  day  pjerish  on  which  I  am  to  be  born  Job 
3  :  3,  where  the  speaker,  by  a  bold  figure,  places  himself  be- 
fore his  birth,  and  prays  that  the  day  which  was  to  give  him 
existence  might  be  annihilated,  so  that  he  might  be  saved 
from  the  misery  of  living ;  n^iDi?  nnn'a  i?5  nisb  lohy  'juay  I 
not  die  from  the  iDomb  ?  ver.  11,  where  his  position  is  shifted 
to  the  time  immediately  after  his  birth ;  "^^^  '^'^TVf  ^"''^'^"'  ^^ 
makes  known  his  icays  unto  Moses  Ps.  103  :  7. 

a.  The  intermingling  of  different  tenses  in  relation  to  the  eame  sub- 
ject, whicli  is  so  frequent  in  poetry,  foreign  as  it  may  be  to  our  modes  of 


294  SYNTAX.  ^2G4,  2Gj 

thought,  does  not.justify  the  conclusion  that  they  are  used  promiscuouply 
or  without  regard  to  their  distinctive  signification.  Tiius  the  preterite 
and  the  future  are  frequently  combined  in  order  to  give  greater  enipliasis 
and  comi)ass  to  the  statement  n»ade,  by  asserting  it  at  once  of  both  tiie 
grand  iJivisions  of  time,  the  wicked  wfw  ^:fl'nd  have  wasted  me.  my  deudlij 
enemies  lE'^I^T  will  surround,  me  Ps.  ll:9.Jjre  >^^r^  devoured  before  them, 
and  after  them  ajiame  -r.bn  shall  consume  Joel  2:3.  Or  the  w^riter  may 
place  himself  in  the  njidsL  of  an  event,  aiid  regard  part  as  having  already 
taken  place  and  part  as  yet  to  be  performed;  thus,  in  E.\.  15:14.  15.  the 
nalicms  ^iJ'^a-j  hace  heard  'flTJ"!"?  they  wilt  be  afraid;  pangs  ins  have 
seized  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Philistia ;  then  the  dukes  of  Edont  '^^.23 
were  troubled,  the  mighty  men  of  Moab  trembling  i^Tn^XI'  shall  seize  them^ 
all  the  inhabitants  of  Canaan  ^iJ-J  have  melted.  Or  a  verb  may  be  put  in 
the  future  to  show  tfiat  the  action  which  it  denotes,  though  in  re:ility  past, 
is  subst;qncnf  to.  or  a  consequence  of  a  preceding  preterite,  they  were  both 
naked  sircar^  s'?!  and  were  not  ashamed  Gen.  2:25.  Deut.  2: 12. 

^  2G4.  The  apocopated  and  paragogic  forms  of  the  future 
are  mostly  used  in  their  respective  persons,  §  97,  to  express 
its  optative,  conditional,  or  subjunctive  senses,  §2G3. 1.  The 
negative  imperative  is  made  by  prefixing  -i?  not  to  the  apoco- 
pated future,  ^:?^P"':5S  harm  not  Ps.  105  :  15  ;  ^>']n  iib  would 
mean  i/ou  shall  not  harm. 

a.  These  modified  forms  of  llie  future,  although  they  give  a  more  di.s- 
tinct  expression  to  the  modal  senses  just  indicated,  are  not  essential  to  that 
end,  since  ilie  same  sliades  of  meaning  may  be  and  often  are  suggested 
by  the  eimple  future.  Instances  are  more  rare,  and  only  found  in  poetry, 
in  which  the  apocopated  or  paragogic  forms  are  used,  when  simple  futurity 
is  intended.  Job  1 3  :  27.  24  1 25.        • 


The  Secondary  Tenses. 

^  2G5.  The  secondary  tenses  agree  in  signification  with 
their  respective  primaries.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive, 
forming  a  secondary  ])retcrite,  §  99. 1,  has  the  same  variety  of 
senses  with  the  primary  or  i)roper  preterite,  and  is  in  fact  a 
simple  substitute  for  it.  In  like  manner,  the  secondary 
future  or  the  preterite  with  Vav  conversive,  §100.  1,  is  a 
substitute  for  the  primary  future.  A  narrative  or  a  para- 
grnpli,  which  begins  with  one  of  the  primary  tenses,  is 
mostly  continued  by  means  of  the  corresponding  secondary 


§2G5       •      THE  SECONDARY  TENSES.  295 

tense,  provided  the  verb  stands  at  the  beginnmg  of  its  clause, 
so  that  it  can  be  attached  to  the  conjunction,  which  is  an 
essential  part  of  the  secondary  formation.  If,  for  any  reason, 
tiiis  order  of  the  words  is  interrupted  or  prevented,  the 
primary  tense  must  again  be  used.  Thus,  Gen.  22  : 1,  God 
"ED  tcmjjted  Abraham  "i^^^'^l  and  said .  . .  't^n^'I  and Ue  said. .  . 
ver.  3,  D5t^;;i  a/id  he  rose  uj)  early  . . .  ■i2?in^_n  a?id  saddled . . . 
M^^T  a/id  took  . . .  S^^ni"]  and  clave  . .  .  Dj^jii  and  rose  uj)  ^'?!] 
aiid  tvent  unto  the  place  iS"i72N""nL'N  of  which  God  had  told 
him.  Gen.  17:5,  thy  name  i«nj?"^"i?b  shall  not  he  called  Ahram 
ni'n'i  aiLd  it  shall  he  . . .  ver.  6,  ''ri'risnn  and  I  will  make  thee 
fruitful . . .  ^"'innai  a7id  I  will  make  nations  of  thee  D"'i^^^ 
isi';'  ^ITais  and  kings  shall  come  out  of  thee. 

a.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive  describes  an  act  subsequent  to  or 
contemporary  with  the  time  denoted  by  the  words  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected. It  can,  therelbre,  only  relate  to  the  past  wlieil  it  is  preceded  by 
a  preterite  with  a  past  signification,  or  by  some  other  word  or  phrase  which 
refers  to  past  time,  in  the  year  of  king  Uzziah^s  death  !^5<~i<^  (^and)  I  saw 
Isa.  6:  1.  But  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  future  tense,  it  has  a  future  significa- 
tion, pnb';!  he  shall  deride  every  stronghold  "^3S^|;  and  shall  heap  up  earth 
nnsb'^  and  take  it  Hab.  1:10.  who  rCh'S.1  shall  do  evil . . .  li?,;!!!  T^^},^  and 
shall  go  and  serve  other  gods  Deut.  17:2,  3;  unless  a  pause  intervenes  in 
which  a  preterite  is  to  be  supplied,  as  in  Hab.  2: 1,  2.  /  will  walch  to  see 
what  he  will  say  to  me  .  . .  n*h"'  '^iit';!!]  and  (after  I  had  thus  watched)  the 
Lord  answered  me.  The  future  witl;  Vav  conversive  occurs  in  a  preterite- 
sense  at  the  beginning  of  certain  books,  because  they  were  regarded  by 
their  authors  as  supplements  or  continuations  of  preceding  histories.  "'•"I'^l 
And  it  came  to  pass  Josh.  1  : 1,  Judg.  1 :  1,  1  Sam.  1  :  I,  etc.,  etc. 

b.  The  preterite_with  Vav  has  a  future  signification  only  after  a  future 
tense  or  an  expression  suggestive  of  futurity,  e.  g.  in  thy  disfiess  T]>in^T3!1 
when  there  shall  come  vpon  thee  all  these  things  Deut  4:30;  or  as  the 
initial  word  of  a  prophecy,  which  is  regarded  as  linked  with  other  dis- 
closures of  the  future  previously  made,  iT^ni  and  it  shall  come  to  pass 
Isa.  2:2.  After  an  imperative  it  commonly  has  an  imperative  sense,  this 
being  one  of  the  significations  of  the  future,  §263.  1,  go  unto  Pharaoh 
l^TTiNi  and  say  to  him  prop.  and.  thoii  shall  say  Ex.  7:26.  When  a 
preterite  precedes,  the  Vav  is  not  conversive.  thy  servant  was  keeping  his 
father^s  sheep  xil  and.  there  came  . . .  N'i:^  and.  took . . .  "^rx^*;!  avd.  I  wetit 
OT«f  . . .  T^rsni  and  smote  him.  etc.,  1  Sam,  17:34,  35,  unless  it  involves  a 
reference  to  what  is  to  take  place  hereafter,  /  have  blessed  him  (the 
blessing  is  of  course  prospective),  '^ri"'']Dnn  and  J  will  make  him  fruitful^ 
•'n'^a-ini  and  I  will  multiply  him  Gen,  17  :  20. 


29G  SYNTAX.  §  266 

Participles. 

^2GG.  The  participles  being  properly  verbal  nouns,  do 
not  in  strictness  involve  any  definite  notion  of  time,  and  the 
connection  must  decide  whether  they  are  to  be  referred  to 
the  past,  present,  or  future,  thus  ^?:  means  faUui(/  Num. 
24  :  ^.fallen  Judg.  4:22,  or  ahoat  to  fall  Jer.  37:14.  Their 
principal  uses  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1 .  They  express  what  is  permanent  or  habitual,  ^  1 86.  2.  <at, 
(the  Lord)  ins?  loveth  ri^Jiteousness  and  justice  Ps.  33  :  5,  a; 
generation  ^!?n  goeth,  and  a  generation  K3  cometh,  and  the 
earth  ^'~pp  ahideth  for  ever  Eccles.  1 : 4.  Passive  participles 
so  used  suggest  not  only  a  constant  experience  of  what  is 
denoted  by  the  verb,  but  in  addition  a  permanent  quality  as 
the  ground  of  it,  Nni3  not  only  feared  but  icorttiy  to  he 
feared,  '^j'TO  worthy  to  he  praised,  ^^n:  desirahle. 

2.  When  a  particular  time  is  intended  the  active  partici- 
ples most  commonly  relate  to  the  present  or  to  the  proximate 
future,  and  passive  participles  to  the  past,  rii<;h  nns-n'a  ichat 
seest  thou.''  Jer.  1:11,  N'^nip  i::n  behold,  I  am  about  to  bring 
the  food  Gen.  6:17,  1^3  giving  "jVip  given,  S'^C^  restoring 
sici'a  restored. 

a.  Tlu;  active  participles  of  neuter  verbs,  which  have  no  passive  (brms, 
are  used  in  bolii  a  past  and  a  present  sense,  VO  dying  and  dtiicl,  ^Z'i  fall- 
ing and  falle)i ;  this  is  less  Irequentiy  the  case  wilii  active  verbs,  who  then 
is  he  T':J"^2^  thai  halh  hunted  venison  Gen.  27:33;  these  are  the  gods 
z^3'3ri  tluit  smote  Egi/pt  1  Sam.  4:8.  Participles  of  passive  form  hut 
active  sense  arc  orchnarily  useil  of  the  present  or  i)roxinuite  future.  cnbD 
fghting. 

3.  In  narrations  and  predictions  the  time  of  the  partici- 
ples is  reckoned  not  from  the  moment  of  speaking  but  from 
the  period  spoken  of,  the  t/ro  angels  came  . . .  2X2'^  &^'\  and 
Lot  (was)  sitting  in  the  gate  of  Sodom  Gen.  19:1;  he  spake 
to  his  sons-i?i-laio  '^''^-2  "^np'b  who  (were)  to  marrg  his  da/igh- 
ters  ver.  14  ;  he  came  to  Shiloh  . . .  C"'y"^p  V'h'Q^^  with  his  clothes 


§  2G7  INFINITIVE.  297 

rent  \  Sam.  4:12;  thou  shalt  meet  a  comjjciny  of  j)ropliets 
D""!"!""^  coming  down  1  Sam.  10:5;  they  shall  declare  his 
righteousness  unto  a  people  ^pis  (who  shall  then  be)  horn  Ps. 
22:32,  102:19,  Judg.  13:8. 

a.  The  period  to  which  a  participle  is  to  be  referred  is  sometimes  de- 
termined by  connectingr  with  it  the  past  or  future  tense  of  the  substantive 
verb,  Muses  fi'J^  n^n  was  keeping  the  Jiock  of  Jethro  Ex.  3:1,  his  throne 
*,iD3  Ti'^t]'^^  shall  be  established  for  ever  1  Chron.  17:4. 


Infinitive. 

§  267.  The  infinitive  is  an  abstract  verbal  noun,  and,  like 
the  participles,  partakes  of  the  character  both  of  a  noun  and 
a  verb.  As  a  noun  it  may  be  the  subject  of  a  proposition, 
§  242,  or  it  may  be  governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition ; 
it  may  also  be  put  in  the  construct  state  before  a  noun  de- 
noting either  its  subject  or  its  object. 

a.  The  Infinitive  as  a  subject:  Ci'xsi  rwi  ninn  "i^hy)  nlix  (there  is) 
cursing  and  lying  and  killing  and  stealing  and  committing  adultery  Hos. 
4:2,    u2SiiJ'2  niu3?.  to  do  justice  (is)  a  joy  to  the  righteous  Prov.  21  :  15. 

6.  TJie  construct  infinitive  is  used  after  verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions, 
and  when  governed  by  a  verb  or  noun  it  is  usually  though  not  invariably 
preceded  as  in  EngHsh  by  the  preposition  h  to,  is  cnfenb  hz^^  1  shall  be 
able  to  Jight  with  him  Num.  22:11,  rnib  rii-T  rii^b  ry  a  time  to  be  born 
and  a  time  to  die  Eccl.  3:2;  h  is  seldom  omitted  in  prose  but  often  in 
poetry,  /  knoio  not  (how)  !S3l  rxi  to  go  out  and  to  come  in  1  Kin.  3:7, 
D^Sn  p;j<a  thou  hast  refused  to  be  ashamed  Jer.  3 :  3,  n^p-)  nri  niED  rs;  a 
time  to  mourn  and,  a  time  to  dance  Eccles.  3 : 4,  "i") J'  D"''7''rS'  ready  to  rouse 
leviathan  Job  3:8.  Various  prepositions  may  precede  the  infinitive,  as  b 
/o,  a  in.  3  like,  at,  'V  from,  1?  until,  hy  upon,  "?'?^  in  order  to,  'y^  be- 
cause of,  "^ssb  before,  etc. 

c.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  rarely  governed  by  a  verb.  -li^n  ^n^b 
learn  to  do  well.  "f^Ton  ^nil^S  redress  wrong  Isa.  1  :  17,  until  he  k7wu's 
DiXTO  to  refuse  the  evil.  ^inr;!i  and  to  choose  the  good.  7 :  15.  I'^i";"]^  1^^"!!^'": 
T('^5n  and  (hey  would  not  walk  in  his  ways,  42 :  24,  thou  wilt  make  us  off- 
scouring  CiXTSil  and  refuse  Lam.  3:45. 

d.  The  infinitive  in  the  construct  before  its  subject.  DX'^artS  in  their 
being  created,  i.  e.  when  they  were  created;  in  the  day  ^"^hhit.  nih^  rics 
of  the  Lord  God's  making  earth  and  hearen  Gen.  2:4;  there  was  no  wafer 
nrrj  r'ri'rb  ybr  the  drinking  of  the  people  Ex.  17:  1  ;  "'P^w'T  and  my  dwelling 


2dS  SYNTAX.  §  268, 2G9 

(shall  be)  i.  c.  I  shall  dvfll  Ps.  23:0.  Bcrore  its  object,  -irn-^rc  rxb  the 
accepting  of  the  person  of  the  wicked  Prov.  18:5.  PinSTH  to  yield  its 
strength  Gen.  4:12. 

§  2GS.  The  absolute  infinitive,  expressing  as  it  docs  the 
abstract  idea  of  tlic  verb  irrespective  of  tense,  number,  or 
person,  may  be  used  instead  of  any  of  the  finite  forms  of  the 
verb,  when  the  sense  is  duly  qualified  by  the  Qontext.  Thus, 
it  may  take  the  place  of 

1.  The  preterite  or  the  future,  when  one  of  those  tenses 
immediately  precedes,  ^ypni'i  a)id  they  blew  ihe  iruwpets 
y'^ii}')  and  brake  the  fjitchers  prop,  (there  was)  a  breaking  of 
the  pitchers  Judg.  7:19;  all  this  ^3b-ni5  -j-nn  ^n-'sn  /  have 
seen  and  applied  my  heart  Eccl.  8:9;  ^:p?  thcj/  shall  buy 
fields  for  money  ^'iri?^  and  tcrite  the  papers  n"nrii  and  seal 
(them)  l^ni  and  take  witnesses  Jer.  32  :  44. 

a.  This  rarely  occur.'^  when  no  verb  precedes  in  the  same  sentence. 
^'is'^  I'lTl-c;'  "in  (shiill)  the  faitll-fiiider  contend  with  the  Almighty  Job 
40 :  2.  -v!:."i  Nii£-i  rt'nn  the  living  creatures  ran  and  returned  Ezek.  1 :  14, 
■'rx  nid  I  praised  Red.  A -.2. 

2.  The  imperative,  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning  of 
a  sentence,  ^iir  remember  the  sabbath-day  prop,  (let  there 
be)  a  remembering  Ex.  20 : 8,  ^')^y\  ^"*n  yo  and  say 
2  Sam.  24:12. 

§  2G9.  The  dependence  of  one  verb  upon  another  is 
most  distinctly  expressed  by  putting  the  second  verb  in  the 
infinitive.  The  second  verb  may,  however,  be  in  form  co- 
ordinated Avitli  the  first  by  being  put  in  the  same  or  an 
cfiuivalent  tense  with  or  without  a  copidativc,  the  true  rela- 
tion between  the  verbs  being  left  to  be  inferred  from  their 
obvious  signification,  ^^n  b-^xin  he  tras  icilling,  walked  i.  e. 
lie  teas  icilliiiy  to  walk  or  walked  willinyly  IIos.  5:11, 
D'bT'S?  "r^  Ci"^b"S  ^5  /  will  no  more  add  to  pity  i.  e.  will  not 
again  pity  llos.  1  :  G,  ^?n  zr'zt'Q  being  early  to  go  or  going 
early  llos.  G  :  f,  hoio  "^P^sni  biis  shall  I  endure  and  see  i.  e. 
endure  to  see  Esth.  8:6. 


^  270  OBJECT  OF  VERBS.  299 

a.  This  co-ordination  most  frequently  occurs  when  the  second  verb  ex- 
presses the  principal  idea  and  the  first  simply  quahfies  it.  so  that  the  latter 
miffiit  be  rendered  by  an  adverb.  Tliough  even  in  this  case  the  second 
verb  is  often  put  in  the  infinitive,  n^ii  ^{o;^-}  Gen.  8:  10  and  he  added  to 
se)id  or  nlsc"']  7^6^  1  Sam.  19:  21  and  he  added  and  sent  for  he  ment  again. 

b.  In  the  following  instances  the  verbs  thus  co-ordinated  have  diiferent 
subjects.  i3"ns3  ^i^lX  I  shall  be  able,  we  shall  smile  him  i.  e.  I^  shall  with 
your  aid  be  able  to  smite  him,  Num.  22:6,  T)^'1^<"?P^  ^S^pin  K^  thou  shall 
not  add  IhPij  shall  call  thee  i.  e.  thou  shalt  no  more  be  called  by  them,  Isa. 
47: 1,  5;  or  are  in  different  tenses,  nbx  ^rfJ^i  sib  I kiww  not  (how)  /shall 
fatter  i.  e.  how  to  flatter,  Job  32:22';  O  thai  '".nx^Taxi  •'P;-h;  /  knew  and 
might  Jind  him  i.  e.  how  to  find  him,  Job  23  i  3. 


Object  op  Verbs. 

^270.  The  object  of  a  transitive  verb  ordinarily  stands 
after  both  the  verb  and  its  subject,  and  if  it  is  an  indefinite 
noun  is  distinguished  simply  by  its  position  or  by  its  rela- 
tion to  the  verb  as  determined  by  its  meaning ;  if  a  definite 
noun,  or  a  demonstrative,  relative,  or  interrogative  pronoun, 
it  may,  at  the  pleasure  of  the  writer,  be  further  distinguished' 
by  prefixing  to  it  ns  the  sign  of  the  definite  object ;  if  a 
personal  pronoun,  it  is  suffixed  either  to  nx  or  to  the  govern- 
ing verb. 

a.  Considerable  liberty  is  allowed  in  respect  to  the  position  of  words, 
particularly  in  poetry  ;  although,  according  to  the  natural  order  in  Hebrew, 
the  verb  stands  first,  its  subject  next,  and  its  object  last,  nk  dTi'^N  X-^a 
fiim  God  created  the  heavens  Gen.  1 :  1,  this  is  liable  to  any  alteration 
that  emphasis  may  require:  the  subject  may  precede  the  verb,  and  the  ob- 
ject may  stand  between  them  or  beibre  them  both. 

b.  A  noun,  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  may  receive  PS, 
whether  it  is  definite  by  signification,  as  a  proper  noun,  God  tempted 
nn-i3i<-rx  Abraham  Gen.  22:1,  or  is  made  so  by  the  article.  God  saw 
-ixn-ns  the  light  Gen.  1 : 4,  a  pronominal  suffix,  take,  noxo,  in3-i3'nx  wy 
blessi)ig  Gen.  33:11,  or  construction  with  a  definite  noun,  Jacob  called 
cipan  cib-nx  the  name  (f  the  place  Gen.  35:15.  The  particle  nx  is  not 
essentia!  in  any  of  these  cases  and  is  often  omitted,  particularly  in  poetry. 
If  several  definite  nouns  are  connected  together  as  the  object  of  a  verb, 
or  if  a  verb  has  more  than  one  definite  object,  nx  may  be  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  /  have  given  nxin  ir-jxn-rx  this  land ..  .^'ri^-'-^n-^^.  the 
Kenite  "^-Titsn-rxi  and  the  Kenizzite,  etc.,  etc.,  Gen.  15: 18-21  ;  they  stripped 
ClDT'-nx  Jose/)/j, 'iri?n2-rx  of  his  coat  ciBsn  n:n3-nx  the  full-length  coat 


300  SYNTAX.  ^27i 

Gen.  37:  23;  or  it  mny  stand  boforc  a  part  of  tlicm  n;,ly.  D(Mit.  12:6.  or  it 
niiiy  be  omititd  allo^ctlier,  Ueiit.  11:14.  In  a  very  tew  instances  the 
article  is  dropped  alter  rx  ,  which  of  itself  indicates  the  tlefiniteness  of  tlie 
noun,  he  reartd  up  for  li i mself  rzk-c-ni<  the  pillar  2  Sam.  18:18;  and 
carver  stt^nglhened  Ti'^iiTN  gilder  Isa.  41:7,  where  the  omission  of  the 
article  is  poelic.  §247. 

c.  Pronouns  with  PX  :  fiT"^^  ^^"-^  V-  shall  eat  Lev.  11:9;  put  f^3"Pi< 
this  (fellow)  in  the  jirison  I  Kin.  22:27;  ""I'^IN  nx  whom  they  hare  cast 
into  the  prison  Jer.  38:9;  he  knew  ni'r— I'rx  rx  xchat  his  youngest  son 
had  done  to  him  Gen.  9:21;  FiOnn  "'laTiN  whom  hast  thou  reproached? 
Isa.  37:23;  it  does  not  occur  before  the  neuter  na .  It  is  also  extended 
sometimes  to  the  following  words,  which  partake  to  a  certain  degree  of  the 
pronominal  character,  bis  all,  eoery,  Gen.  1:29,  W-iX  any  one,  each  Ex. 
21:28,  ^^x  one  1  Sam.  9:3.  With  personal  pronouns,  cnrx  T^"}^''^.  Gen. 
32:  1,  or   d^T'S"']  Gen.  48  :  20  and  he  blessed  them. 

§271.  j\Iany  verbs, M'liicli  are  not  properly  transitive,  are 
nevertheless  capable  of  a  transitive  construction ;  thus 

1.  Verbs  signifying  plenty  or  want :  D"'i?pN'n  '&^'c,  n^'sn  the 
house  ivasfdl  (of)  men  Judg.  16  :  27,  Q^^^s?  T\yi^  •'P^'ii?  I  aiti 
sated  (with)  hurnt-offerhigs  of  rams  Isa.  1:11,  'b  ^:"i3n  we 
lacked  every  iking  Jer.  44  :  18.  Here  belongs  that  })ccuhar 
Hebrew  idiom,  which  expresses  abundance  by  such  phrases 
as  the  following :  the  hiUs  ^Sn  nrsSn  shall  run  (with)  milk 
Joel  4:  18,  mine  eye  D^'S  rrri^  runneth  dotcn  (with)  water 
Lam.  1:16;  O^iJi'irisp  i^3  r.Sy  it  had  all  come  up  (with)  thorns 
i.  e.  was  overgrown  with  them,  Prov.  24  :  31. 

2.  Verbs  signifying  motion  may  have  for  their  object  the 
place  which  it  immediately  concerns,  whether  it  be  directed 
upon  it,  to  it,  or  from  it,  ni-iTin-bs  ri?  tfbh  and  we  icent 
(through)  all  the  loilderness  Dcut.  1  :  19,  and  figuratively, 
rripn^  ?|bh  loalking  (in)  righteousness  Isa.  33:15,  '^'br)  ^is^n^i 
and  they  came  into  the  city  Josh.  8:19,  "^■'i'T^s?  'iJ!*^:;;  they 
went  out  (of)  the  city  Gen.  44  : 4. 

3.  Intransitive  verbs  may,  as  in  other  languages,  govern 
their  cognate  noun,  D"i^n  TiiaSn  1  have  dreamed  a  dream 
Gen.  37:9;  "isc^  ais-^-iED^i  and  they  lamented  there  a  lamen- 
tation Gen.  50  :  10  ;  'I'^ann  bnn  ye  will  be  vain  a  vanity  i.  e. 
utterly  vain  Job  27  :  12  ;  or  even  one  from  a  different  root  if 


§272  OBJECT    OF    VERBS.  301 

it  be  related  or  analo2:ous  in  simiiication,  "^r^Nrp  r,b-".'  n^n 
I  have  been  zealous  a  great  fury  TaQq\\..  8:2,  f^^'-sn  I'iaJ'S  / 
sliall  sleep  death  i.  e.  the  sleep  of  death,  Ps.  13:4. 

4.  Any  verb  may  take  as  its  object  a  noun  which  defines 
the  extent  of  its  application,  T^br^n-ns  npn  he  was  diseased  in 
his  feet  1  Kin.  15  :  23  ;  only  b^isi?  i«S2n  m  the  throne  ivill  I 
he  greater  than  thou  Gen.  44  :  40  ;  Xfl  ^^^^^r^  ye  perish  as  to 
the  way  i.  e.  lose  the  loay  Ps.  2:12. 

a.  By  an  impersonal  construction  of  passive  verbs  their  subject  is  some- 
times converted  into  the  object,  which  in  fact  it  logically  is,  V;;5<n"rx  "in^ 
dandum  est  ierram.  let  the  land  he  given  Num.  32:5,  ''■n2'^~nis  i^j:?^"!^  ''Jip 
lii::?  and  it  was  told  to  Rehekah  (i.  e.  some  one  told  her)  tlie  words  of  Esau 
Gen.  27:42,  so  Gen.  17:5,  Ex.  10:8,  Lev.  10: 18,  2  Sam.  21 :  11.  etc.  TJiis 
construction  is  sometimes  extended  to  neuter  verbs  in  familiar  phrases, 
which  have  become  associated  with  an  active  idea,  "in'nfiTiX  r^'D'S'S  sni^  ?X 
let  not  he  evil  in  thine  eyes  (i.  e.  do  not  regard  as  evil)  the  thing  2  Sam. 
11 :  25,  1  Sam.  20  :  13,  Josh.  22 :  17,  Neh.  9 :  32.  In  2  Kin.  18 :  30  n^yf7-rs<  insn 
the  city  shall  he  given,  the  verb  agrees  with  ^""b  notwithstanding  its  re- 
ception of  the  sign  of  the  object:  rx  is  omitted  in  the  parallel  passage, 
Isa.  36 :  15. 

b.  A  noun,  about  which  a  statement  is  to  be  made,  sometimes  stands 
absolutely  and  is  preceded  by  the  sign  of  the  object,  Hj  bTisfiTN  as  for 
the  iron,  it  fell  2  Kin.  6:5;  b^n  "^cix  n^x-bsTiX  as  for  all  these  (they 
were)  men  of  valonr  3 udg.  20 -Ai;  "^nipn-nx  as  for  'my  statutes  they  did 
not  walk  in  them  Ezek.  20:  16.  Some  regard  fiN  as  the  sign  of  the  object 
in  such  passages  as  sinn-nxi  "^'^xn  N3  1  Sam.  17:31,  and  refer  to  the  fact 
that  the  Arabic  conjunction  is  followed  by  the  accusative  when  it  is  used 
in  the  sense  of  together  with  ;  more  probably,  however,  rx  is  the  preposi- 
tion tcith,  §238.  2,  and  the  passage  is  to  be  rendered  the  lion  came  and  (that 
too)  with  the  bear,  so  Num.  3:26,  1  Sam.  26:  16,  1  Kin.  11:25,  etc. 

§272.  1.  When  a  noun  or  pronoun  is  regarded  as  the 
indirect  object  of  a  verb,  the  relation  is  indicated  by  means 
of  the  appropriate  preposition. 

2.  ]\Iany  verbs  vary  their  construction  without  any  ma- 
terial difference  of  meaning  according  to  the  form  of  the  con- 
ception in  the  mind  of  the  speaker  or  writer,  being  followed 
by  one  preposition  or  by  another  or  by  none  at  all,  as  he  views 
the  relation  as  direct  or  indirect,  and  if  the  latter,  under  one 
aspect  or  another :  thus,  they  went  out  from  the  city  may  be 
expressed  by  the  direct  relation,  "T^il'n'nN  "is::,^  Gen.  44  : 4, 


302  SYNTAX.  §-273 

or  by  the  indirect,  n'yn-jia  \X2,';  Josh.  8:22;  nhb?  to  fcjht  is 
followed  by  oy  with  Josh.  10:29,  by  2  z;z  (ri3  m  earn) 
ver.  31,  by  ^?  against  ver.  38,  by  nx  Judg.  12:4. 

a.  A  number  of  verbs  are  indifTerently  construed  with  a  direct  object  or 
witli  b  lo.  in  reference  to,  thus,  snx  to  love  any  one  and  to  have  love  to 
any  one,  NET  to  cure  and  to  perform  a  cure  for  any  one,  5'^C'in  to  save  and 
to  grant  salvation  to  any  one,  nhd  to  destroy  and  to  bring  destruction  to 
any  one. 

6.  As  the  object  of  an  action  may,  in  certain  cases,  be  regarded  as  the 
instrument  with  which  it  is  performed,  some  transitive  verbs  also  admit  a 
construction  with  3  with,  thus  ■^sio  ^irpn  blow  the  trumpet  Hos.  5 :  8, 
"ib^'i"2  ypr'!!  oml  he  blew  with  the  trumpet  Judg.  3:27;  D^n^n  ir^Q  to 
spread  forth  the  hands  Ps.  143:6,  but  followed  by  a  to  spread  forth  with 
the  hands  Lam.  1 :  17. 

3.  By  a  condensed  style  of  expression  {constructio  pir/rg- 
nans)  prepositions  are  sometimes  connected  with  verbs,  to 
whose  meaning  they  arc  not  strictly  conformed  ;  thus,  motion 
may  be  suggested  by  the  preposition  though  the  verb  of  it- 
self implies  no  such  idea,  'Xyh  ^V^H  t^ion  hast  profaned  to 
tlie ground  i.  e.  profaned  by  casting  to  the  ground,  Ps.  89  :  40, 
^"?")"'^  iri'^k  'I'ins  they  trembled  one  unto  another  i.  e.  one 
turned  tremblingly  to  another,  Jer.  3G :  IG,  ^?ri-':?  D^"an  ''i-i;?!? 
thou  hast  answered  (by  saving)  me  from  the  horns  of  the  uni- 
corns Ps.  22  :  22. 

^273.  Some  verbs  have  more  than  one  object,  viz. : 

1.  The  causatives  of  transitive  verbs:  ?y''ii'a"ns  inbDJsin'i 
nntD^Tis  and  I  will  make  thy  oppressors  eat  their  own  fesh 
Isa.  49  :  26  ;  rts^-bs-nx  iDSjnn  s^S  he  would  not  have  caused  us 
to  see  all  these  things  Judg.  13  :  23  ;  'JS^'^'^-rs  n|Sn::>  he  shall 
cause  Israel  to  inherit  it  Deut.  1  :  38. 

2.  Verbs  whose  action  may  be  regarded  under  different 
aspects  as  terminating  upon  different  objects,  or  which,  under 
the  rules  already  given,  may  take  a  direct  object  of  more 
than  one  kind,  all  ini5  n^s  -lirs?  tchich  God  commanded  him 
Gen.  G  :  22  ;  D^jzinn-bs  nx  bxnilJ':  "'Dn-ns  rninb  to  teach  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  all  the  statutes  Lev.  10:11  ;  "^n^s^-'-TX  r^in 
"^nb  fhou  hast  smitten  all  my  enemies  on  the  cheek  Ps.  3:8; 


§273  OBJECT    OF    VERBS.  303 

t^p  QD'^^'Isto  lift  up  your  hands  to  the  sanctuary  Ps.  134  :  2  ; 
T^^rvi  niani  and  he  shall  dlscomjit  them  a  discomjiture 
Deut.  7  :  23. 

3.  The  instrument  of  an  action,  the  material  used  in  its 
performance,  its  design,  or  its  result,  is  often  regarded  as  its 
secondary  or  remote  object,  l^s?  ifib<  ^^5'i'^T  and  they  over- 
lohehncd  him  with  stones  Lev.  24  :  23  ;  tSDna?  oni?  ri'nsn'i  and 
thou  shall  gird  them  with  a  belt  Ex.  29  ;  9  ;  thy  seed  ynTn-nirs 
nri'iNrrnx  with  whidh  thou  shall  soio  the  yround  Isa.  30  :  23  ; 
nsy  Disjrmx  n^i'^n  and  he  formed  the  vnan  of  dust  Gen.  2:7; 
rrinbi^  nfcx  for  which  I  have  sent  it  Isa.  55:11;  nii^n 
nara  □'^sni^n-nij  and  he  built  the  stones  into  an  altar  1  Kin. 
18:32. 

a.  The  person  affected  by  an  action,  of  which  he  is  not  the  immediate 
object,  is  occasionally  regarded  as  its  remote  object,  though  not  so  fre- 
quently as  in  English,  ■'SPT!?  ^^nH  Y'^^-  ^^'^^''  ^^^^  given  me  the  land  of  the 
south  Judg.  1  :t5,  comp.  in  the  same  verse,  "'b  nnnj'l,-  ?jlbra  nyn  they  did 
thee  evil  Gen.  50:  17,  comp.  n^n  crib  ^^m  Isa.  s":  9 ;  n3S^^'r,ba-rx  ^'^.zp^^ 
T2:"^S<  qbx  and  they  hired,  of  the  king  of  Maacah  a  thousand  men  1  Sam.  10:6. 
The  same  thing  occurs  in  a  few  instances  after  intransitive  verbs,  "^ibna 
he  grew  up  to  me  as  to  a  father  Job  31:  18;  "^^n^iS  did  ye  fast  unto  me 
Zech.  7:5. 

4.  Some  verbs  may  govern  the  subject  and  predicate  of 
a  subordinate  clause,  ^03  vin  n:?ib  to  know  wickedness  (to 
ho)  folly  Eccl.  7  :  25,  the  latter,  if  it  be  an  adjective  or  par- 
ticiple, will  remain  without  the  article,  §  259.  2,  D^nsN  ^t^m^D 
Tji'sfTQ  I  have  heard  Ephraim  hemoaning  himself  ^tx.  31  :  18, 
p^"H^  '^f?''^?'^  ^r'^  thee  have  I  seen  right  ecus  Gen.  7:1. 

5.  If  an  active  verb  is  capable  of  governing  a  double 
object,  its  passive  may  govern  the  more  remote  of  them, 
ciri^"!?'  "ii*a  rx  onb'c:^  and  ye  shall  be  circumcised  in  the  fesh 
of  your  foreskin  Gen.  17  :  11,  Dnb5  ynifn  xS^ni  and  the  land 
was  filed  with  them  Ex.  1 :  7,  iri:  J?3  ?^'^)?  rent-  as  to  his  coat 
i.  e.  ivith  his  coat  rent  2  Sam.  15  :  32,  nirjp  r;^5T»  seiit  (or 
charged)  with  a  painful  message  1  Kin.  14  :  6. 


304  SYNTAX.  ^274 


Adverbial  Expressions. 

^274.  The  predicate  of  a  proposition  may  be  further 
quahlied 

1 .  By  adverbs,  which  commonly  stand  after  the  words  to 
which  they  refer,  ^t^'n  ni"j-n:n"\  and  behold  (it  was)  vert/ r/ood 
Gen.  1:31;  !".3"in  tV'2'^^  and  he  teas  grcaily  provol'ed  Neh. 
3  :  33  ;  /  am  ^^"O  "r^:^)^)  Tjnr©  thy  exceeding  great  reicard 
prop,  thj  reward  very  much  Gen.  15:1. 

a.  Adjectives  belonging  to  the  subject  may  of  course  be  qualified  in 
the  same  manner  as  though  they  were  found  in  the  predicate. 

2.  By  nouns  used  absolutely  to  express  the  relations  of 
time,  place,  measure,  number,  or  manner. 

a.  Thus  time  when  :  C'^iiSi  ""-J  -~i'  eremvg  and  morning  and  noon 
will  I  prcnj  Ps.  55:18;  tarry  here  nb";'":!  to-night  Num.  22:8;  Gideon 
came  rritwNn  "iTtin  at  the  beginning  of  the  watch.  Time  liow  long:  and 
he  shall  shut  itp  the  houf;e  Q"i^  ^?3^  seve7i  daijshev.  14:38;  the  land 
rested  niir  ciioo  eighty  years  Judg.  3:  30. 

6.  The  place  where:  the  absolute  use  of  nouns  in  this  sense  is  confined 
almost  entirely  to  the  familiar  words,  rrs  at  the  door  of  Gen.  IS:  1.  Judg. 
9:35,  n"'3  at  the  house  of  Gen.  38:11,  Num.  30:11,  and  a  few  proper 
names,  cnb  r-'2  at  Bethlehem  2  Sam.  2:32,  ^i<"n-5  at  Ui.'lhel  Hos.  12:4. 

c.  Measures  of  space:  Pjis  nrx  u;''b':;3  three  cubits  high  Ezek.  41 :22; 
he  went  oi^  T\':r\  a  day'' s  journey  1  Kin.  19:4. 

d.  Number:  CT^SQ  V'zh  ih  return  seven  times  1  Kin.  18:43;  he  of- 
fered sacrifices  c'^li  "BpTa   according  to  the  number  of  them  all  Job  1 :5. 

e.  Manner,  answering  to  the  Greek  adverbial  accusative:  ye  shall 
dwell  n::3  in  security  Deut.  12  :  10  ;  ye  shall  not  go  nrii  l(f/ily  Mic.  2:3; 
the  tribes  went  vp  bx"ib^  r^iny  according  to  a  law  of  Israel  Ps.  122:  4  ; 
thou  shalt  not  go  there  i"V^  ^k"}"!  f'>f' foar  of  briers  Isa.  7:25;  to  serve 
him  inx  cid  zcith  one  consent  prop,  shoulder  Zeph.  3:9. 

3.  By  nouns  preceded  by  a  preposition  forming  a  quahfy- 
ing  phrase. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  the  several  prepositions  see  the 
lexicon. 


^275  Neglect  of  agreement.  305 


Neglect  of  Ageeement. 

§275.  The  general  rule  that  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  noun  to  which 
they  respectively  relate,  is  subject  to  some  remarkable  excep- 
tions ;  the  principal  of  which  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  predicate  adjective  or  verb  precedes  the 
noun  it  often  prefers  a  primary  to  a  secondary  form,  that  is 
to  say,  the  masculine  may  be  used  instead  of  the  feminine 
and  the  singular  instead  of  the  plural.  The  reason  of  this  is. 
that  the  attention  is  not  so  particularly  drawn  to  the  acci- 
dents of  gender  and  number  in  the  subject  until  it  is  uttered,, 
and  consequently  the  predicate  is  not  required  to  conform  so. 
precisely  to  it. 

a.  Thus,  the  masculine  for  the  feminine:  "j^ixn  crs  NCp'sib  the  land' 
could  not  bear  thevi  Gen.  13:  6,  nr^lia"^  ^"'?^"'?.  P'"^'^  salvation  is  far  from 
the  wicked  Ps.  119:  155,  niSDX^  ^"Tin  tremble  ye  careless  women  Isa.  32: 11. 
The  singular  for  the  plural:  ~|"'^^'7  i<2'J  let  thy  words  come  lo  pass  Judg. 
13: 12,  rp-JSd^  na;;  upright  are  thy  judgments  Ps.  119:  137,  nirnis??  nbsi5X 
her  wounds  are  incurable,  or  the  singular  may  be  understood  distributively, 
each  of  her  wounds  is  incurable  Mic.  1 :  9.  The  masculine  singular  for  the 
feminine  plural:  nixibs  337  xb  reproaches  cease  not  Mic.  2:6,  ^^"""n^ 
ninn  tintil  calamities  be  overpast  'Ps.  bl -.2,  nitij  'i^"T''',l  aiid  there  were  to 
him  wives  1  Kin.  11:3. 

b.  When  the  predicate  consists  of  several  verbs  or  adjectives,  one  of 
which  precedes  and  the  rest  follow  the  noun,  the  latter  must  agree  with  it, 
while  the  first  may  be  put  in  its  primary  form,  n"iX73  '^'n';  let  there  be- 
lights  ...  nnxb  f\'^rt^  and  let  them  be  for  signs  Gen.  1 :  14,  lijN  Ciilb:x  ih'^l 
cx^u  ii"*?!  and  there  were  men  who  were  defied  Num.  9:6.  In  1  Kin. 
10  :  12  two  verbs  are  put  in  the  masc.  sing,  with  a  plural  subject. 

c.  The  predicate,  even  when  it  follows  the  subject,  occasionally  departs 
from  it  in  gender  or  number,  retaining  its  primary  form ;  ihis  takes  place 
with  passive  or  neuter  verbs  of  tiimiliar  occurrence,  and  which  are  proba- 
bly used  impersonally  as  the  same  verbs  are  elsewhere,  §271.4.(7.,  the  sons 
of  Jacob  "ib""!^";'  ibx  ivhom,  (his  wives)  had  born  to  him  prop.  tJiere  had 
been  born  to  him  Gen.  35 :  26,  comp.  Gen.  4:  IS,  46:  22.  27,  '6  n'';ri  nii:-^.D2 
there  was  to  me  (i.  e.  I  had)  house-born  servants  Ecclcs.  2:7.  comp.  Gen. 
47:24,  Ex.  12:49,  28:7,  Num.  9:  14,  15:29,  Deut.  18:2,  1  Chron.  24:28, 
2  Citron.  17:  13,  n^Pi  nbby  it  ims  dark  prop,  darkness  Gen.  15:  17.  The 
disposition  to  recur  to  their  primary  form  discovers  itself  in  a  very  ^gw 
instances  in  qualifying  adjectives  when  separated  from  the  noun  to  which 

20 


30G  SYNTAX.  ^  275 

they  beIon<r.  pjn^  ^}'^'^'i  ^^'^  a  great  ami  strong  wind  1  Kin.  19:11;  in 
Ps.  6o:2,  ry;'^  n^:£-|'-;j<3  quoted  by  iXonlheimer  as  an  additional  exam- 
pie  tiie  second  adjective  may  agree  not  with  y^N  but  with  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  ''■liya  for  thee  longs  my  Jlesh,  in  a  dry  land,  and  weary. 
Alex,  in  luc. 

2.  Collective  nouns  may  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agreeing  with  thein  in  the  plural,  ^ii?,1T  D^n  iinisiiT 
and  the  people  haded  and  passed  over  Josh.  4:10,  rriizij;  "jsiar 
lost  sheep  Jer,  50:0,  D^i?"Jp  D53  ni3?n-b3  all  the  con  (/re  (Ration, 
all  of  them  are  holy  Num.  16:3. 

a.  When  a  predicate  consists  of  more  Ihrin  one  verb  or  adjective,  the 
'first  sometimes  agrees  witli  it  forniuiiy  in  the  singular  and  the  rest 
■■logically  in  the  plural,  cyip-nx  lin'^l  n'lyn-bs  s%n]  and  all  the  congre- 
gation lifted  up  and  uttered  their  voice  Num.  14:  1;  ^l^^C'l  crn  "(^X'] 
■and  the  people  believed  and  they  heard  Ex.  4 :31. 

b.  The  noun  |'"!i<  land,  earth,  wliich  is  properly  a  feminine  singular, 
may,  when  it  is  put  lor  its  inhabitants,  be  construed  with  the  masculine 
plural,  2  Sam. '15:23,  Ps.  GG:4.  Names  of  nations  borrowed  from  those 
of  their  progenitors,  as  Israel,  Edom,  Amalek.  may  be  strictly  construed  in 
the  masculine  singular,  Ex.  17 :  11.  Am.  1  :  1 1,  or  as  a  collective  in  the  mas- 
culine plural,  Hos.  8:2,  Ob.  ver.  6,  2  Sam.  10:  17,  or  again  in  the  feminine 
singular,  whether  this  arises  from  a  prominent  reference  to  tlie  land  or 
from  the  frequent  personification  of  a  people  as  a  maiden,  2  Sam.  10:  11, 
Jer.  13:19,  49:17;  so  D»  people  in  the  following  example.^,  r,:e3  '^'"'^rj 
thy  people  has  done  wrong  Ex.  5:  16,  riliM''  crn  the  people  direllirig  Judg. 
18:7.  Dilfercnt  constructions  may  be  united  in  the  same  passage,  Jer< 
48:15,  Hos.  14:1. 

3.  Nouns,  Avhich  are  plural  in  form  but  singular  in  sig- 
nification, commonly  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns 
agreeing  with  them  in  the  singular,  □■'n'5«  N^3  God  created 
Gen.  1:1,  n'a^"'  T^bVa  its  owner  shall  he  put  to  death  Ex. 
21 :  29,  ni'p  n^ijix  a  hard  master  Isa.  19  : 4,  ^T^'^'S}  r-^nnn 
thy  youth  is  reneiced  Ps.  103  :  5. 

a.  When  the  word  t'^n^X  refers  to  filsc  deities,  the  sense  is  plural 
and  it  is  construed  accordingly,  ~|^n-^  ■^^^i?  these  are  thy  gods  Ex.  32 :  4,  8, 
D'^n'^JJ  •1il3y'2~nb  so  way  the  gods  do  1  Kin.  19:2;  but  where  it  refers  to 
the  true  God,  it  is  with  few  exceptions  construed  in  the  singular.  Yet 
see  Gen.  20:13,  35:7,  Ex.  22:8,  Josh.  24:19.  1  Sam.  17:20.  2  Sam. 
7:23.  The  exceptional  construction  in  these  and  similar  passages  may 
have  arisen  from  the  attention  being  directed  to  the  Supreme  Reing  in 
general,  and  to  the  fulness  or  variety  of  his  manifestations  without  spe- 


^276  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  307 

cific  reference  to  the  divine  unity,  and  may.  besides,  involve  an  allusion  to 
ti^ie  personal  distinction  in  the  Godiiead.  See  Alexander  on  Ps.  11:7  and 
58 :  12. 

4.  Plural  names  of  inanimate  or  irrational  objects  of 
either  gender  are  occasionally  joined  with  the  feminine  singu- 
lar, ?i^bN  ^^in^n  nito  niiana  the  beasts  of  the  field  pant  for 
thee  Joel  1 :  20,  n^n^so  rjitun  its  foods  ivash  away  Job 
14:19,  nPTTO  xr^'j:^_  jjanfjs  have  taken  her  Jer.  49:24, 
Jisnn  D"*?:?  wild  beasts,  their  lair  Isa.  35:7. 

a.  In  objects  devoid  of  personality  the  individual  is  of  small  account, 
and  may  be  easily  sunk  in  the  mass.  A  pluralis  inhumanus  may  conse- 
quently be  regarded  as  equivalent  to  a  collective,  the  proper  form  of  which 
is  the  feminine  singular,  §  198,  and  words  belonging  to  it  may  be  dealt 
with  accordingly.  The  same  principle  prevails  in  the  construction  of  neu- 
ter plurals  in  Greek,  ra  ^wa  Tpe^ei. 

5.  Masculine  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  are  some- 
times used  when  females  are  spoken  of  from  a  neglect  to  note 
the  gender,  if  no  stress  is  laid  upon  it,  0^''^^'??-  ^^d  they  (queens 
and  concubines)  praised  her  Cant.  6:9;  the  Lord  deal  kindly 
tt)lp_  with  yoti  (Ruth  and  Orpah)  as  oh'^ir'?  ye  have  dealt 
Ruth  1:8;  T^  my  dead  (Sarah)  Gen.  23:4;  "l^hi?  *ir.X  thou 
art  destroyed  Jer.  4:30;  this  last  passage  may,  however,  be 
rendered  thou,  it  is  destroyed,  ichat  wilt  thou  do  ? 

6.  Singular  predicates  and  pronouns  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  a  distributive  sense  of  plural  subjects,  ^^13  'H'^P'^^'o 
they  that  bless  thee  shall  each  be  blessed  Num.  24  :  9  ;  ti^P^n'n 
T\fi^  niT2  tlicy  luho  profane  it  shall  every  one  be  put  to  death 
Ex.  31 :  14 ;  ^3^3^  rvh^  ta^p^sr  np^s  they  take  aioay  the  riyht- 
eousness  of  the  riyhteous  from  each  of  thern  Isa.  5  :  23. 

§276.  1.  When  the  subject  consists  of  two  or  more 
words  connected  by  the  conjunction  and,  the  predicate,  if  it 
precedes  its  subject,  may  be  put  in  the  masculine  singular  as 
its  primary  form,  ^ipl  niin  nn)3  i^^^  and  from  them  shall 
proceed  thanksyiviny  and  a  voice  Jer.  30  :  19,  or  it  may  be 
put  in  the  plural,  referring  to  them  all,  pnxi   mic'a  ihv'^^^ 


308  SYNTAX.  §277-279 

and  Muses  and  Aaron  did  so  Ex.  7  :  20,  or  it  may  agree  with 
the  nearest  word,  pn^?";^  ^11^  '^%''}P\^.  and  Miriani  and  Aaron 
spake  Num.  12  : 1  ;  ^"'nhxi  nnx  n^i;'  sb'  fhou  and  thi/  fathers 
have  not  hioion  Deut.  13:7. 

2.  If  the  predicate  follows  a  compound  subject  it  is 
commonly  put  in  the  plural,  though  it  may  agree  with  the 
principal  w^ord  to  which  the  others  are  subordinate,  T^'?.-.'!  *'\^, 
DiSJj  I  loith  my  maidens  will  fast  prop,  and  my  maidens  Est. 
4:16,  N3  nsri  nil  ^12?  the  servants  of  David  and  Joab 
came  2  Sam.  3  :  22. 

3.  If  a  predicate  refers  equally  to  two  words  of  different 
genders,  it  will  be  put  in  the  masculine  in  preference  to  the 
feminine,  D^ipT  rnilJl  Dnnnx  Abraham  and  Sarah  were  old 
Gen.  18  :11  ;  if  they  are  of  different  persons,  the  predicate 
will  be  put  in  the  second  in  preference  to  the  third,  and  in 
the  first  in  preference  to  either  of  the  others,  "'bs  l^^r?'!'  "'r*? 
n"!nD  land  Jonathan  my  son  loill  be  1  Sam.  14:40,  nnx 
Dr)"i3'7'i  T|insi  T^n^^T  thou  and  Aaron  thy  brother  and  ye  shall 
speak  Num.  20  :  8. 

§277.  If  two  or  more  nouns  are  united  in  the  construct 
state  the  predicate  ordinarily  agrees  with  the  first  as  the  lead- 
ing word  in  such  combinations  :  it  may,  however,  agree  with 
the  second,  if  that  is  the  more  important,  or  the  predicate 
might  with  propriety  be  referred  directly  to  it,  r^^^n  r'ayt 
bb'ias  the  fields  of  Heshbon  lanyuish  Isa.  16:8,  niirs:  d^  'ki723 
D''i)T3X  is  found  the  blood  of  the  souls  of  the  poor  Jer.  2 :  34. 

a.  The  predicate  anrrees  generally  though  nnf  invariiihly  with  the 
eecorid  noun  wlieri  the  first  is  bis.  or  an  abstract  expressintr  a  qiiah'ty  of 
that  \vh_i(-h  li)llo\vs,  niJ-'-Q'ji-bs  i^7\^;\  and  all  the  days  of  Setli  were  Gen. 
5:8.  C">i::n-b3  /ixini  and  all  the  women  went  out  Ex.  15:20,  ^^'th'6  "ina^J 
lyaiJ  the  choice  of  his  captains  were  droxvned  vcr.  4. 

§  278.  Nouns  in  the  dual  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and 
pronouns,  agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  nisn  nsb  ■'p3? 
the  eyes  of  Leah  were  tender  Gen.  29:  17. 

§  279.-  The  abrupt  changes  of  the  person  from  the  third 


§280  REPETITION    OF    WORDS.  309 

to  the  first  or  second,  and  vice  versa,  wliicli  are  esj)ecially 
frequent  with  the  prophets  and  psahnists,  Isa.  1  :  :29,  Ps. 
81  :  17,  are  due  to  the  boldness  and  vividness  of  their  con- 
ceptions, in  virtue  of  which  they  often  pass  in  the  course  of 
the  same  sentence  from  speaking  of  God  to  speaking  in  his 
name,  and  from  describing  men  to  directly  addressing  them. 

a.  The  occasional  combination  of  the  pronoun  of  the  first  person  with 
a  verb  in  tlie  third  is  to  be  explained  by  an  ellipsis,  ^S';'  ■'33n  behold  /(am 
he  who)  has  laid  Isa.  28:  16,  qoi"'  "'ijn  behold  I  (am  he  who)  will  add 
29:14,38:5. 

Repetition  of  Words. 

§280.  The  repetition  of  nouns  may  denote 

1.  Distribution,  nbuj  niiD  ^ear  hy  year  Deut.  14 :  22, 
'ij?23  nj533  in  the  mormng,  in  the  morning  i.  e.  every  morning 
2  Sam.  13  :  4,  lil'^'b  nn«-ilj^s  insjS-ttJ^N  one  man  for  each  tribe 
Josh.  3:12;  so  with  numeral  adjectives,  §  252. 4,  ni'nTr  n^'iTJ? 
hy  sevens  Gen.  7  :  2,  and  adverbs,  'c^Tq  'drq  little  hy  little 
Ex.  23 :  30. 

2.  Plurality,  "i^l""i^  generation  and  generation  i.  e.  many 
generations  Deut.  32  : 7,  'ij?'^  lp  lj?^  ij?  ^^'^  li  lib  \±  pre- 
cept upon  precept,  precept  upon  precept,  line  upon  line,  line 
upon  line  Isa.  28:10,  13,  ri'"ii«3  nixa  pits  on  pits  Gen. 
14:10;  or  with  the  implication  of  diversity,  I^Ni  IDK  a 
weight  and  a  weight  i.  e.  weights  of  two  sorts  Deut.  25  :  13, 
:i!?T  nS  a  double  heart  Ps.  12  :  3. 

3.  Emphasis  or  intensity,  'p"]'!  pniz  justice,  justice  i.  e. 
nothing  hut  justice  Deut.  16  :  20,  p^l?  pby  exceeding  deep 
Eccl.  7  :  24  ;  so  with  adverbs,  ^i5'a  Ii5)2  mightily,  mightily 
Gen.  7:19,  and  even  a  conjunction,  1?^!^^  "p^i  because  even 
because. 

a.  Sometimes  the  second  word  is  put  in  a  different  gender  from  the 
first,  n;s;TrTai  l^ui^  all  kinds  of  support  Isa.  3:1,  comp.  Jer.  48  :  19,  or  a 
different   number,    C^irr^rin    "li'sn    a  heap,    two  heaps   Judg.    15:16.  Hn^y 
ni-nt-l  Eccl.  2:8.     Or  a  cognate   word  may  be  employed,  nad^il  na^iU    J 
waste  and  desolate  Ezek.  6:  14,  'jina'^  r2\lJ  Lev.  23:3. 


310  SYNTAX.  §281,282 

6.  Instances  occur  of  triple  repetition,  t'ilf?  ^'"i"!!^  '"^'"'"'iv  ''"///•  holy,  holy, 
Isa.  6:3.  ynx  ynx  y-ix  O  ear//i,  eaW/i,  ear//i'  Jer.  22  :  29.  Jer.  7  :  4,  Ezcl.-. 
21:32,  Ex.  25:35.' 

§:281.  A  separate  })i'()iu)uii  may  be  added  to  a  ])ro- 
nomiiial  suffix  for  the  sake  of  emphasis,  "'ix  't\^'a  my  dijiiin, 
mine  2  Sam.  19:1,  ^^'ii''  nnx  ihee,  thee  shall  ilwi/  praise 
Gen.  49 : 8,  or  to  a  noun  to  wliich  it  refers,  s^rraa  ricb  to 
Seth,  to  him  also  Gen.  4  :  26. 

§  282.  In  verbs  the  absolute  infinitive  is  joined  with  the 
finite  forms  to  add  emphasis  or  intensity  to  the  idea,  ""STsn 
?r"bTan  shall  thou,  actually  reign  over  us?  Gen.  37  :  8,  n^ian  niib 
thou  shall  surely  die  Gen.  2:17.  Tliis  combination  some- 
times expresses  continuance  or  repetition,  particularly  when 
two  infinitives  are  connected  together  and  both  fcjllow  the 
finite  verb,  sitDi  S'ir;  xs;;t  and  it  went  out  yoiny  out  and  re- 
turning i.  e.  it  kept  going  to  and  fro  Gen.  8  : 7,  'ii'?"!  ^'^n  ^i'fn 
they  went  on  lowing  as  they  went  1  Sam.  6:12,  D2"'^i|!  lii'is;! 
'T^'J'!'  D?^n  and  I  spake  to  you  rising  up  early  and  sjieaking 
Jer.  7 :  13. 

a.  The  infinitive  is  mostly  of  the  same  species  with  the  finite  verh  to 
which  it  is  added,  although  this  is  not  always  the  case.  Thus,  the  Kal, 
on  account  of  its  greater  simplicity  of  form,  may  be  joined  with  a  deriva- 
tive species,  e.g.  Niphal  bfrS^  blpO  Ex.  19:13.  Piel  Til^a  ru^"?]  Josh. 
24:10,  Pnal  ri^b  ti'nu  Gen. '37 :  33^,  Hiphil  c^y^  ens  1  Sam.  23:22, 
Hophal  n^:i-«  rin  Ex.  19:  12.  Hithpael  niairrn  aii  Isa.  24:19;  or  one 
derivative  species  with  another  of  like  signification,  '^"'^23  X3  n-jrn  Lev. 
19:20.  nbnn  n^  -rinn  Ezek.  16:4.  Occasionally  the  infinitive  is  bor- 
rowed from  a  cognate  verb.  CjOX  ClDX  Zepli.  1:2  ("OX  and  Cj^o),  cnx 
Mir!!n7  Is:i.  28  :  28  (irnx  and  l!Jln).' 

6.  The  construct  infinitive  is  very  rarely  used  in  such  combinations  in- 
stead of  the  absolute,  ^2^in  Va^  Neh.  1  :  7,  n-Jns-n^n  Ps.  50  :  21  ;  once 
it  is  added  in  a  varied  form  to  a  preceding  construct  infinitive.  T'^jna 
ni^53  2  Sam.  6:20.  The  finite  verb  is  repeated,  "^ri'^i  2-'ir^  2  Sam.  15:8 
K-thibh.  A  verbal  noun  takes  the  place  of  the  infinitive,  lirn  n^"^ 
Hab.  3:9. 

c.  When  two  verbs  are  connected  together  to  express  continuous  ac- 
tion, a  paiiici]ile  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  absolute  infinitive  in  the 
case  of  one  or  both,  n-j--!)  njib  . . .  nb'jj  in^  2  Sam.  15:  30.  nihn  "lin  r^Sh 
.T'T.  41:0;  an  iidjeciive  may  even  take  the  place  of  the  second,  ^i^n  T^^i 
^^31    Gen.   20  :  13,    Tvi:'p^   -jiisn  . . .  T\^i\^    Judg.   4  :  24  ;   the    finite  verb   is 


§  283,  284      INTERROGATIVE  SENTENCES.  311 

omitted  in  bTiJI  "^'"1  "^?'^1'9  Est.  9  :  4.  the  substantive  verb  takes  its  place, 
niorn  --'n  si-n  Gen.  8:5,'  bn:i  T\?n  Mi:J'in;'  ■^n'^i  2  Chron.  17:  12.  The 
second  verb  may  also  be  put  in  one  of  the  finite  tenses,  lippi  T\^''ii^  ^"'^V'7 
Josh.  6:  13.  ^^^"^1  Ti'i^«7  ...  T\)'p  2  Sam.  16  >  1.3,  and  in  fact  other  construc- 
tions, begun  w^ith  a  participle  or  inOnitive,  are  not  infrequently  continued 
in  the  preterite  or  future,  Job  12  :21. 


Interrogative  Sentences. 

§283.  1.  A  direct  question  is  indicated  by  the  interroga- 
tive particle  n ,  ''P'pr]r|  2uiit  thou  go  ?  Gen.  24 :  58,  rinnn 
■ipx  D"'nbs!  am  I  in  the  place  of  God?  Gen.  50  :19  ;  an  in- 
direct question  by  n  or  DS  if,  to  know  D"^2nb5  DDt'^n  tvhether 
you  love  Deut.  \'^ -A,  inquire  !">^nx"DS:  lohether  I  shall  re- 
cover prop,  if  I  shall  2  Kin.  1  :  2. 

a.  The  particle  n  is  in  Job  4 :  2  separated  from  the  proper  interroga- 
tive clause. 

2.  In  a  disjunctive  question  the  first  member  is  commonly 
introduced  by  ti  and  the  second  by  DS  or  □i?'i ,  ^y^  f^.^risn 
i^S-DX  sin  is  this  thy  sorHs  coat  or  not?  Gen.  37:32;  f £nn 
is  it  any  pleasure  to  the  Almiyhty  that  thou  art  righteous 
ys|"Di?ti  or  is  it  gain  to  him,  etc.,  Job  22  :3. 

a.  The  second  member  is  more  rarely  introduced  by  i^t  or,  who  know- 
eth  hyo  ix  n'ln';  cinn  whether  he  shall  be  a  wise  man  or  a  fool  Eccl.  2 :  19, 
or  by  n  repeated  ns^n  Nin  Pjn>|]  whether  they  be  strong-  or  weak  Num. 
13  :  18,  it^n  ^lib  DHNip  ^iJ'JVbn  /tave  ye  called  us  to  impoverish  us  or  not? 
Judff.  14  :  15.  The  construction  of  the  second  clause  is  interrupted  and  re- 
sumed again  in  Gen.  17  :  17. 

b.  If  a  question  stand  in  a  disjunctive  relation  to  something  previously 
expressed  or  implied,  it  may  begin  with  CS,  "i^^n  ~irn3~Dit  cissn  your 
perversion  !  or  is  the  potter  to  be  reckoned  as  the  clay?  Isa. 29 :  16,  rxT3  DK 
13IN  or  is  this  thing  from  my  lord  ?  1  Kin.  1  :  27. 

§284.  A  question  may  also  be  asked  by  means  of  the 
interrogative  pronouns  or  interrogative  adverbs.  Or  it  may, 
without  any  particle  of  interrogation,  be  indicated  simply  by 
the  tone  of  voice  in  which  it  is  uttered,  ^Nis  u'^w  thy  coming 
is  peaceful?  1  Sam.  16:4. 


312  SYNTAX.  §285 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§285.  1.  From  sinn)le  we  pass  to  compound  sentences. 
Tliese  are  made  up  of  distinct  clauses  united  for  the  most 
part  by  the  relative  pronoun  or  by  conjunctions.  As  the  rela- 
tive invariably  occupies  the  tirst  place  in  its  own  clause,  and 
as  the  Hebrew  admits  of  no  inflections  to  represent  case, 
some  special  device  was  necessary  to  indicate  its  relation  to 
the  following  words.  Accordingly,- when  the  relative  ics:  is 
governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition,  this  is  shown  by 
appending  an  appropriate  pronominal  suflix  to  the  governing 
word,  inbir  "nrs  icUom  he  has  sent  2  Kin.  19:4;  the  ground 
nn-iwN^  nicx  ichich  he  has  cursed  Gen.  5  :  29  ;  iyn?  nfcy:  whose 
seed  Gen.  1  :  11  ;  houses  of  clay  Diio^  "lES'a  ncx  lohose  foun- 
dation is  in  the  dust  Job  4:19;  the  place  l"'^'y  . . .  ii?i<  upon 
which  Ex.  3:5;  thou  Tjinnnn  ■^^r^^  whom  I  have  chosen  Isa. 
41:8. 

a.  When  the  relative  is  the  object  of  a  verb  llie  sufTix  is  frequently 
omitted,  the  sense  beiiisr  sufficiently  plain  without  it,  Tixna'iirx  whom 
I  have  created  Gen.  6  :  7. 

2.  When  the  relative  "irsj!  is  i)receded  by  nx  the  sign 
of  the  definite  object,  or  by  a  preposition,  these  pertain  not 
to  the  relative  but  to  its  antecedent,  wiiich  is  in  this  case 
embraced  with  it  as  in  the  English  compound  relative 
what  =  that  tchich,  in''3"by  TiTX'nx  *i2«n  and  he  commanded 
him  who  was  over  his  house  Gen.  44  : 1  ;  to  make  thee  under- 
stand nnjp-^-niix  ns  what  shall  befall  Dan.  10:14. 

a.  The  only  exception  is  "iirx  CS  mlh  ichnm  Gen.  31:32.  Gesenius 
finds  another  in  ibxa  Isa.  47  :  12,  but  see  Alexander  in  luc. 

3.  The  relative  is  frequently  omitted,  not  only  as  in 
Englisli,  when  it  is  the  object  of  its  clause,  w:^  Mnfc2  into 
the  pit  (which)  thr//  have  made  Ps.  d  AC),  but  also  when  it  is 
the  subject,  and  he  forsook  God  ^T^isv  (who)  made  him  Dcut. 
32:15,  and  even  when  it  would  stand  for  the  compomid 


§286,287  CONJUNCTIONS.  313 

relative  and  include  its  antecedent,  nbisn-i^a  ly  the  hand  of 
(him  whom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  (so  doth)  ^st^n  b'iktp 
the  grave  (those  who)  have  sinned  Job  24  :  19. 

§  286.  The  demonstrative  nr  or  ^T  is  frequently  used  in 
poetry  with  the  force  of  a  relative,  and  it  then,  like  the 
English  tliat,  suffers  no  change  for  gender  or  number,  D'ip^ 
^1?,^  "^i  the  place  that  thou  hast  founded  Ps.  104  :  8,  ni^TTQ 
i3T|;n  ^T  devices,  which  they  have  contrived  Ps.  10  :  2. 


Conjunctions. 

§  287.  The  Hebrew  sedulously  avoids  all  involution  of 
sentences.  Consequently,  instead  of  linking  its  clauses  to- 
gether into  a  complex  whole  by  conjunctions  of  various 
power  expressing  their  precise  relation  of  dependence  and 
subordination,  it  prefers,  where  this  is  possible,  to  connect 
them  by  means  of  the  simple  conjunction  1  and,  leaving  the 
exact  nature  of  the  connection  intended  to  be  inferred  from 
the  meanings  of  the  clauses  themselves. 

1.  The  conjunction  )  may  accordingly  be  employed  not 
only  where  we  would  use  and,  but  before  an  adversative 
clause,  of  every  tree  thou  may  est  eat  f?'?^  l^ut  of  the  tree  of 
the  knowledge,  etc.,  Gen.  2  :  16,  17,  or  one  expressing  a  rea- 
son, give  us  help  from  trouble  XiT^t'  for  vain  is  the  help  of 
man  Ps.  60  :  13,  an  inference,  I  have  no  pleasure  in  the  death 
of  him  that  dieth  i^iipni  wherefore  turn  Ezek,  18  :  32,  design, 
i'r[^  ^1b?  nsT  do  this  and  live  i.  e.  in  order  that  you  may  live. 
Gen.  42  :  18,  a  comparison,  man  is  born  imto  trouble  "^S  ■'i;^^ 
and  (i.  e.  as)  the  sparks  fy  upumrd  Job  5  :  7,  or  a  co-existing 
act  or  condition,  Noali  ivas  si,v  hundred  years  old  b^sririi  and 
(i.  e.  when)  the  food  urns  upon  the  earth  Gen.  7  :  6. 

2.  It  serves  to  introduce  the  apodosis  or  second  member 


314  SYNTAX.  ^287 

of  a  conditional  sentence,  if  God  will  be  icifh  me  and  keep  me 
nnrr*  n^ni  Ihen  shall  Jehovah  be  my  God  Gen.  28 :  20,  21. 

3.  It  may  also  connect  a  statement  of  time  or  a  noun 
placed  absolutely,  with  the  clause  to  which  it  relates,  m'2 
n^:^?-ns  nn^as  s&'^n  "^P^'^'r}  on  the  third  day  Abraham  lifted 
up  his  eyes  Gen.  22  : 4  ;  ^"'^^t  ^^"^  ^f?!;?^  thy  hope,  (is  it  not) 
the  integrity  of  thy  icays?  Job  4  :  G.  Both  these  uses, 
which  are  wholly  foreign  from  our  idiom,  are  combined  in 
2  Sam.  15:  34,  thy  father  s  servant  "^:ni  I  have  been  so  hith- 
erto, but  now  "^is*)  I  will  be  thy  servant. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  other  conjunctions  see  the  lexicon. 


GRAMMATICAL  ANALYSIS. 

GENESIS,  CHAPTER   I. 


VERSE  1. 


niffiS'na  composed  of  the  inseparable  preposition  3, 
§231,  1,  with  Daghesh-lene,  §21.  1,  and  the  feminine  de- 
rivative noun  ™5<'^,  §198.  a.  (4),  without  the  article, 
§248,  comp.  kv  dpxfj  John  1:1,  Ger.  anfaufjs,  Eng.  at  first ; 
position  of  the  accent,  §  32. 1. 

xna,  55b  verb,  §  162.  2,  the  preterite  denoting  past  time 
absolutely,  §262.  1,  lack  of  formal  agreement  with  its  sub- 
ject, §275.  3,  order  of  words,  §  270.  <2,  position  of  accent, 
§32.2. 

Q'^n'by:  a  monosyllabic  noun  of  class  I.,  §183,  phu'al, 
§199,  of  majesty,  §201.  2,  without  the  article,  §246. 1. 

rs  sign  of  the  definite  object,  §  270. 

D^m^n  the  article,  §229.1,  §245.4,  and  noun  of  the 
second  form  of  class  I.,  §  185.  2.  d,  only  used  in  the  plm^al, 
§201.1,  §203.  5.  c. 

nsil  the  conjunction  1,   §234,  and  ni? . 

•  f^^n  the  article,  §  229.  3,  and  Segholate  noun  of  class  I., 
§  183  ;  Seghol  changed  to  Kamets  by,  §  229.  4.  <5,  or  §05(1). 

This  verse  is  divided  by  the  accents  into  two  clauses, 
§  36.  1 ;  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha, 
§38.  2  ;  Silluk  by  Merka  and  Tiphhha",  and  Tiphhha  again 
by  Merka,  §38.1. 


316  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

VERSE  2. 

nr;^n,  nb  verb  nV.,  §109.1,  with  :Methegli,  ^4:b.2, 
Kamets  clistinguislied  from  Kamets-llhatuph,  ^^19.  2. 

^~n ,  hiih  Segliolate  nouns  of  class  I.  from  nb  roots, 
^184.(5,  abstracts  used  instead  of  adjectives,  §254.  6.  «, 
assonance  or  paronomasia.     Double  accent,  §30.  1. 

^E-b?  Makkepli,  §  43,  n?s  noun  of  class  I.,  form  2, 
§185.  2.^,  only  used  in  the  plural,  §201.  1,  §209. 1 ;  here 
in  the  construct  state,  §214.  2,  §21G.  1,  with  its  possessive 
sense,  §  254.  1. 

ninn  noun  of  class  III  from  13?  root  §  190.  h,  article  omitted 
as  if  from  a  proper  noun,  §  246. 1,  or  by  a  kind  of  poetic 
brevity,  §247,  the  face  vf  ocean. 

rsn-^ia  Piel  participle  of  the  Ay  in  Guttural  verb  "^p^ , 
§116.4,  §121.  1,  feminine,  §205,  as  the  predicate  without 
the  article,  §  259.  2,  although  its  subject  is  definite,  §  246.  3; 
the  participle  expresses  continuous  action,  §266.  1,  belong- 
ing to  the  period  before  spoken  of,  §  266.  3. 

:  D'^'an  noun  used  only  in  the  plural,  §  201.  1,  §  203.  5.  c; 
vowel  changed  by  the  pause  accent,  §65.  1. 

This  verse  consists  of  two  clauses,  §36.  1  ;  the  clause  of 
Athnahh  is  subdivided  by  Zakepli  Katon  and  Il'bhia,  §36.2; 
Zakeph  Katon  is  preceded  by  Pashta,  and  Pashta  by  Merka, 
§38.4,  Athnahh  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha,  §38.2.  The 
clause  of  Silluk  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon  ;  this  is 
preceded  by  Munahh,  §  38.  4,  and  Silluk  by  Merka  and 
Tiphhha,  §38.  1. 

VERSE  3. 

"i-cs^i  Kal  future  of  Pe  Aleph  verb  "i^x ,  §110.  3,  with 
Yav  C(mvcrsivc,  §99.  1,  §265,  which  removes  the  accent  to 
the  penult  and  changes  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  §99.  3.  «, 
§111.  2. «. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER    I.  317 

^n^  apocopated  future  of  rb  verb  n'^n ,  §  171. 1,  §  177. 1, 
with  a  jussive  sense,  §  264. 

"Ti^n  future  with  Vav  Conversive  ;  Daghesh-forte  omitted, 
§99.  3^  Methegh,  H5.  2. 

VERSE  4. 

X'n^^T  Kal  future  of  '^h  verb  nkn  v^^ith  Vav  Conversive, 
§171.1,  §172.4. 

niu  the  predicate  adjective  without  the  article,  §259.  2. 

^^^^^  Hiphil  future  of  ^l'^  with  Vav  Conversive,  §  99.  3. 

I"^!^  Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234,  with  the  preposition  V?  > 
§237.1. 

VERSE  5. 

J^ni^tl  from  the  ^b  verb  N-^p,   §162.2. 

.D^n-bs  P'sik,  §38.  l.«. 

"liii^  preposition  b  with  the  vowel  of  the  article,  §  231.  5. 

Di''  noun,  whose  plural  is  'cr^^  ,   §207.  1./. 

X'^iP^  the  preterite,  used  rather  than  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  because  the  verb  does  not  begin  the  clause, 
§265,  the  accent  removed  to  the  penult,  §  35. 1. 

nb^tb  paragogic  n^  ,  §61.  6,  §219.  2,  with  the  noun  b^b, 
a  Segholate  of  class  I,  from  an  "^V  root,  §184.  b,  having  a 
pause  accent,  §  65.  1. 

:'ins5  numeral,  §223.1,  agreement  and  position,  §250.1. 

VERSE  6. 

?'')5"i  noun  of  class  I.  form  2,  §185.  1. 

?lir3  preposition  n,  §231. 1,  with  the  construct  of  ^^rj, 
§216.  \.d,  in  a  partitive  sense,  §254.  2. 


318  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

b-i-^ni?  Iliphil  participle  of  ^^s,  ^84.5,  denoting  con- 
tinuous action,  §2(jG.  1,  and  referred  by  the  tense  of  the  ac- 
companying substantive  verb  to  the  futui'e,  ^26G.  3.  a. 


VERSE  7. 

toy^';;  E  guttural  and  nb  verb  ntPi?  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§109.3,  §171.  1,  §172.4. 

rnriTO  composed  of  the  prepositions  I'D  and  rinn, 
§237.2(1). 

by'Q  composed  of  the  prepositions  "Jia  and  b? . 

TERSE  8. 

O^rti  i^yith  pause  accent,  §65  (1). 

njph,  i-\v  class  I.  Segholates,  §183. 

J'^pT?  ordinal  number,  §227.  1,  agreement  with  noun  and 
position,  §252.  1. 

VERSE  9. 

^i]?"' Niphal  future  of  rb  verb  nn]?,  §169.1,  with  an 
imperative  sense,  §263.  1. 

Dipia  noun  of  class  III.  from  an  "\'S  root,  §190.  h. 

^'€B  Niphal  future  of  nsn ,  §  109.  4,  §  168. 

VERSE  10. 

niip-abi  conjunction  i,  §234,  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  and 
noun  of  class  III.  from  nb  i-oot,  §190. /^,  in  the  construct 
state,  §215.  2,  followed  by  the  material  of  which  it  consists, 
§254.4. 

CTS^  plural,Ǥ207.  2,  of  Q^ ,  a  noun  of  class  I.  from  an 
y'b  root,  §180.  2.C. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER   1.  319 

VERSE  11. 

i^TO  apocopated  Hipliil  future  of  i^ir^ ,  §97.2,  §264, 
governing  its  cognate  noun  ^'B^'^ ,  §271.3.  Methegh  by 
§45.  2. 

i?"^";?]"^  the  participle  expresses  what  is  constant  and  habit- 
ual, §266.1. 

f^  collective  noun,  §201.1,  probably  abridged  from  a 
•1^  root,  class  I.  form  2,  §  185.  2.  ^,  in  the  construct,  §  215. 1, 
with  the  following  word,  which  denotes  its  quality,  §254.  6. 

■'IS  noun  from  nb  root  class  I.  form  1,  §  184.  d. 

nm  Kal  participle  of  nb  verb,  §168;  the  accent  is  not 
Y'thibh  but  Mahpakh,  as  is  shown  by  its  standing  before 
Pashta  in  the  subdivision  of  Zakeph  Katon,  §30.  2,  §38.  4, 
shifted  to  the  penult  by,  §35.  1,  followed  by  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive  in  the  first  letter  of  the  next  word,  §  24.  a. 

ir^b  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  noun  I""!;  from  an  ^'v  root 
class  I,  §186.  2.6,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §220.  1. 

i3"iynT  n©^  oblique  case  of  the  relative  pronoun,  §  74, 
§285. 1 ;  the  preposition  3  with  a  pronominal  suffix,  §233. 

VERSE  12. 

SSini  Hiphil  future  of  ^ti  and  isb  verb,  §144.  1,  §162, 
with  Vav  Conversive,  the  accent  remaining  on  the  ultimate, 
§147.  5,  §166.  4. 

inDiiab  suffix  of  third  person,  §220.  1.  6,  singular  in  dis- 
tributive sense  referring  to  the  preceding  coUective,  §275.  6. 

Verse  is. 
fT^'^b©  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  §252. 1. 


320  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS 

VERSE  14. 

■'Si^  lack  of  agreement  with  subject,  §275. 1. 

rnSTa  masculine  noun  in  the  plural,  §200.  c,  class  III. 
from  an  rj  root,  §190.  d. 

^■^ Vr^n'?  the  construct  form  of  the  infinitive  used  with  pre- 
positions, §2G7.  <^. 

^'^^'\  preterite  with  Vav  Conversive,   §100.1,  §2G5,  in 
the  phu'al  because  following  the  noun,  §275.  1.  d. 

TERSE  15. 

■I'^xnb  Hipliil  infinitive  construct  of  "i^  verb,  §153.  1. 

VERSE  16. 

"'^Stj    cardinal    number,     §223.  1,    joined    with    noun, 
§250.  2  (2),  without  the  article,  §251.  4. 

C^bisn  qualifying  adjective  with    the    article    after   the 
noun,  §249. 1. 

■jbjjn  . . .  S^sn  class  I.  form  2,  §1S5. 1,  emphatic  use  of 
the  positive  degree,  §2G0.  2  (2). 

rbir'c'a  noun  of  class  III.,  §190,  in  the  construct  state, 
§214. 1.  d,  the  following  noun  denoting  the  object,  §254.  9. 
:D''nDi2n  noun  of  class  II.  from  an  y'b  root,  §187.  1.^. 

VERSE  17. 

"in^i  from  :d  verb  Kp ,   §129.1. 

orii  sign  of  the  definite  object  with  a  pronominal  suffix, 
§238.2. 

VERSE  IS. 

b'''hnr.b-i  . . .  bb'sbi  construct  infinitive  with  the  preposi- 
tion, §207.^;  Methegh  with  ^,   §45.  2.  a. 


GENESIS    CHAPTER    I.  321 

VERSE  20. 

JlBi:?;'  Piel  future  of  iV  verb,  §154.  2. 

VERSE  21. 

05''2nn  plural  of  "J^sn ,  §  199  ;  the  Hliirik  of  the  ultimate 
is  long,  §19.  1. 

nto'Qhn  Kal  feminine  participle,  §205,  with  the  article, 
§249.1. 

nilJs  the  object  of  the  verb  ^22';n3  though  without  the  ap- 
propriate pronominal  suffix,  §  285. 1.  «. 

Dn?'ipb  plural  noun  with  plural  suffix,  §  220.  2.  h. 

VERSE  22. 

n-)5:!!  Piel  future  of  ^  Guttural  verb,  §116.4,  §121.  1„ 
with  Vav  conversive,  §  99.  3.  a,  no  Daghesh-lene  in  n  since 
the  preceding  Sh'va  is  vocal,  §25. 

"ibxb  the  preposition  with  Tsere,  §231.  3.  a,  so  as  to  say 
i.  e.  in  saying. 

^n-i,  ^"13  Kal  imperatives  of  ran,  nns,  §169.1. 

ly^,  Kal  apocopated  future,  §171.1,  Hhirik  short  though 
accented,  §19. 1. 

VERSE  24. 

-in^^ni  construct  of  n^n,  §214.1,  with  i  paragogic, 
§218.     Methegh,  §45.  2,  Daghesh-forte  omitted,  §25. 

VERSE  26. 

riwi  Kal  future  of  niry,  §109.1,  §168,  in  the  plural 
number,  §275.  3.  a. 

^:')9b2:3  preposition,  ^§231. 1,    Segholate   noun,   class  I.,. 
§183,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §221.  5. 
21 


322  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

'nn^i  from  nin,  ^1G9. 1. 

na"tn  preposition,  §231.2,  construct  of  the  collective 
noun  n^i,   §198,  §214. 1,  §216. 1 ;  no  Dagbesh-lene  in  a, 

§22.«(5). 

VERSE  27. 

nn)?p  1D7  predicates,  §273.4,  and  consequently  in- 
definite. 

J  ani?  pronoun,  referring  to  both  genders  put  in  the  mas- 
culine, §276.3. 

VERSE  28. 

nospi  conjunction  i,  §234,  imperative  Kal  of  ©is, 
§84.4,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §101.  Kibbuts  is  long, 
§19.1. 

VERSE  29. 

''nnD  from  inp ,  §130.1,  preterite  in  the  sense  of  the 
present,  §262. 1. 1^. 

n^n'i  singular,  referring  formally  to  the  nearest  collective 
subject,  §276. 1,  or  taken  distributively,  §275.6. 

VERSE  30. 

pn^^DS-nx,  nx  before  ^3  without  the  article,  §270.c. 

VERSE  31. 

"I'Sf^  position  of  adverb,  §274. 1. 

•  itjjTsn  oil  article  omitted  before  the  noun,  §249.  I.e. 


Il^DEX    I. 

SUBJECTS  TREATED  FULLY  OR  INCIDENTALLY. 


The  numbers  in  this  and  the  following  Indexes  refer  to  the  Sections  of  the  Grammar. 


Abbreviations  9.  1. 

Absolute  infinitive.     See  Infinitive  abso- 
lute. 
Abstract  nouns,  feminine  198,  plural  201. 

1.  a,  c. 
Accents  28,  use  in  cantilktion  28.  6,  forms 
and  classes  29,  meaning  of  names  29.  b, 
like  forms  distinguished  30,  position  of 
32-35,  aid  in  distinguishing  words  34, 
change  of  position  35,  effect  of  Vav 
conversive'  33.  4,  99.  8,  100.  2,  in  place 
of  Methegh  39.  3.  6,  45.  5,  give  sta- 
bility to  vowels  60.  1.  a,  vowel  changes 
produced  by  64. 
Accents,  consecution  of  in   prose  36-39,  i 

poetic  31,  consecution  of  40-42. 
Accents  pause  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2.    , 
Accentuation  double  39.  4.  a,  42.  a. 
Addition  of  letters  50.  3. 
Adjectives  in  place  of  participles  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  185.  1.  a,  formation  of  185.  2, 
expressing  permanent  or  variable  quali- 
ties  185.  2.   a,  intensity   187.    1,   189, 
defects  187.   1.  b,  diminutives  of  color 
188,  declension  of  217,  qualifying  nouns 
249.    1,   qualifying  nouns  in   the  con- 
struct 256,  predicate  259.  2,  compari- 
son of  260,  emphatic  use  with  verbs 
282   c 
Adjectives  numeral  223-227,  250-252. 
Adverbial  idea  expressed  by  a  verb  269.  a. 
Adverbial  expressions  274. 
Adverbs  235,  with  suffixes  236,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  c,  numeral  252.  4,  position  of 
274. 
Affixes  33. 

Agreement  neglected  275-279. 
Aieph,  sound  of  8.  4,  used  as  a  vowel-letter 
11.  1,  in  a  few  verbal  forms  120.  2,  122. 
2,  156.  3,  once  in  3  f  s.  suffix  220.  2. 
b,  otiant  16.  1,  with  Mappik  26,  with 
Daghesh  forte  (?)  121.  1,  substituted  for 


He  in  Chaldee  51.  3,  in  Niphal  infini- 
tive 91.  b,  in  Hiphil  94.  a,  6,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a,  in  feminine  ending  of  verbs 
86.  b,  and  nouns  196.  d,  for  Vav  in  fem. 
plur.  of  nouns  199,  prosthesis  of  53.  1. 
a,  183.  c,  omitted  53.  2,  3,  57.  2  (2)  a, 
111.  2.  b,  c,  151.  2,  164.  2,  quiescent 
57.  2,  after  prefixed  prepositions  231.  3. 
a,  6,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c,  pre- 
fers diphthongal  vowels  60.  1.  a,  110.  3, 
111.  2,  previous  vowel  rarely  short  if 
Daghesh  forte  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  8,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86  b, 
prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns  189. 
Alphabet  2,  order  of  6,  Lepsius'  theory 

6.  a. 
Animals,  names  of  197.  c. 
Apocopated  future  97.  2,  264,  not  in  pas- 
sive species  97.  2.  b,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh  Guttural  126.  1, 
Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 
3    158.  2,   160.   3,  Lamedh  He  171.  1, 
172.  4,  173.  3,  174.  4,  175.  3,  176.  3. 
Apocopated  imperative  98.  2,  171.  1. 
Apposition  of  nouns  258. 
Arabic  letters  3.  1.  a,  currently  read  with- 
out vowels    10.  a,   syllables    18.    2.   c, 
Teshdid  23.  3.  6,  accent  33.  4.  a,  Elif 
prosthetic  53.    1.   a,  conjugations  83.  e 
(1),  comparative  or  superlative  189.  a, 
nouns   of  unity  198.   6,  plural   ending 
199.  c,  dual  202,  article  229.  1.  a,  con- 
junction with  the  accusative  271.  4.  b. 
Article   definite    229,    use   of    245,    with 
verbs,  etc.  245.  5.  *,  with  proper  nouns 
246.    1.   a,  before  nouns  with  suffixes 
246.  2.  a,  before  nouns  in  the  construct 
246.  3.  a,  when  omitted  247,  249.  1.  b, 
c,  249.  2.  6,  0. 
Article  indefinite  229.  1.  b,  248.  a. 
Aspirates  3.  1,  7.  2,  receive  Daghesh  lene 
21,  their  original  sound  21.  i,  affssted 


324 


INDEX    I. 


by  concurrence  of  consonants  or  doub- 
ling M.  1. 

Atliiialih  divides  verso  SO.  1,  train  of  38.  2. 

Augment,  (ireeiv  and  Sanskrit  W.  1.  a. 

Avin,  sound  of  3.  4,  Chaldce  substitutes 
'lor  Tsadhe  51.  3,  elided  53.  3.  a,  128, 
previous  vowel  sometimes  short  when 
Dagliesii  omitted  00.  4.  a. 

Ayin  doubled  verbs,  origin  of  term  70.  3, 
their  peculiarities  133-137,  paradigm 
138,   remarks  139-142. 

Ayin  Guttural  verbs  116,  paradigm  117, 
remarks  118-122. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of 
term  70.  3,  their  pceuliarities  152-154, 
paradigm  155,  remarks  160-161. 

Biliteral  roots  68.  b. 

Bohemian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Cardinal  numbers  223-200,  with  dual  end- 
ing  223.  1.  rt,  position   iind   agreement 

250,  251,   with   sutlixes   250.    2  (2)   a, 

251.  4.  a,  with  the  article  251.  4. 
Chaldce  syllables  18.  2.  o,  words  modified 

from  Ilcbiew  51.  3,  dual  2U2. 

Changes  of  peison  279. 

Cities  names  oC,  feminine  197.  d. 

Collectives  with  I'eniinine  ending  198,  con- 
strued with  the  plural  275.  2. 

Commutation  of  letters  50.  1,  Aleph  for 
He  80.  b,  91.  b,  94.  a,  96.  a,  196.  d,  He 
for  Aleph  189.  6,  Aleph  for  Yodh  50. 
4,  or  Vav  56.  4.  a,  199,  Vav  for  Aleph 
57.  2  (2)  a,  111.  2.  6,  rf,  Yodh  for  Vav 
56.  2,  Teth  for  Tav  54.  4,  82.  5. 

Comparison,  how  expressed  200. 

Conii)uund  ntnnbers  224,  225.  2,  with 
nouns  251.  3,  with  the  article  251.  4.  a. 

Compound  predicate  275.  1.  6,  275.  2.  a. 

Compound  sentences  285.  1. 

Compound  species  83.  c  (2). 

Compound  subject  244.  1,  276. 

Conjugations  70.  1. 

Conjunctions  239,  287. 

Consecution  of  accents  in  prose  36-39,  in 
poetry,  40-42. 

Consonant  changes,  53-50. 

Consonants  changed  to  vowels  57,  vowel 
changes  occasioned  by  contiguous  con- 
sonants 60,  by  concurrent  cousouauta, 
61. 

Construct  infinitive.  See  Infinitive  con- 
struct. 

Construct  state  of  nouns  212-216,  rela- 
tions denoted  by  254,  resolved  by  pre- 
position Lamedh  267. 

Construitio  praegnans  272.  3. 

Contraction  of  two  siiuilar  letters  61.  3, 
134.  1. 

Contracted  verbs  107. 

Copula  2r,8.  2,  3. 

Countries  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Daghcsh  moaning  of  word  21.  2.  a. 


Daghesh-forte  23,  distinguished  from  Da- 
ghesh-leiie  23.  2,  from  Shurek  23.  3, 
dilVerent  kinds  of  24,  conjunctive,  in- 
stances of  24.  a,  75.  1,  separative  24.  6, 
190.  4^  210.  2.  a,  221.  5.  a,  230.  2.  a, 
enipliAi|'j  24.  c,  80.  a,  149.  1,  omission 
of  25,  resolved  bv  the  inseition  of  a 
liquid  54.  3,  221.  6.  6,  or  Yodh  141.  1, 
or  by  i)roloiiging  the  previous  vowel, 
59.  a,  never  in  gutturals  60.  4,  108, 
rarely  in  Kesh  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  omitted 
fi  om  Ilithpael  96.  a,  in  suffixes  of  verbs 
104.  «,  105.  b. 

Diighesh  lene  21,  22,  omitted  from  Kal 
imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi.),  from 
guttural  forms  109.  3.  o,  from  construct 
I)luial  of  nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  prefixes 
101.  2.  b. 

Daleth  assimilated  to  the  feminine  ending 
Tav  54.  2,  148.  2,  205.  b. 

Day  of  the  month  252.  2.  6. 

Declension  of  nouns,  adjectives  and  parti- 
ciples 217. 

Demonstrative  pronouns  73,  qualifying 
nouns  249.  2,  qualilying  nouns  in  the 
construct  256,  predicate  259.  2,  used  for 
relative  280. 

Dental  letters  7.  1. 

Dialects,  effect  upon  words  51.  3. 

Diphthongal  vowels  15. 

Distributive  numbeis  252.  4. 

Distributive  sense  expressed  by  repetition 
252.  4,  280.  1. 

Division  erroneous,  of  words  43.  6. 

Divisions  of  Grammar  1. 

Dual,  ending  of  202,  signification  of  203, 
superadded  to  the  plural  203.  5.  b, 
nouns  with  suffixes  221.  4,  joined  with 
the  plural  278. 

Emphasis  expressed  by  repetition  280-282. 

English  accent  33.  4.  'a. 

Excess,  how  denoted  200.  3  (2)  b. 

Feminine  endings  190,  how  related  55.  2. 
c,  190.  6,  compared  with  Indo-European 
endings  196.  e,  used  to  form  abstracts, 
collectives,  official  designations  198,  and 
nouns  of  unity  198.  b,  appended  to  in- 
finitive.    See  Infinitive  construct. 

Feminine  nouns  without  I'em.  ending  in 
the  singular  197.  «,  with  masc.  ending 
in  plural  200.  b,  with  two  plural  forms 
200.  c,  with  sutlixes  221.  2. 

Feminine  sign  of,  duplicated  88  (3  f.),  167. 
3,  109.  1.  a  (?),  neglected  88  (2  f.  s, 
3  f.  pi),  197.  a. 

Final  forms  of  letters  4,  in  middle  of 
words  4.  a. 

Flexibility  various,  of  different  languages 
69.  b. 

Formative  svilables  differ  from  prefixes 
ami  sultixJs  33,  09.  c,  101.  2.  b,  123.  4. 

Fractional  uumbers  227.  3,  252.  3. 


INDEX    I. 


325 


Future,  formation  of  84.  3,  its  personal 
endings  and  prefixes  85.  1.  a  (2)  with 
suffixes  105,  uses  of  263,  shortened 
form.     See  Apocopated  future. 

Galilean  pronunciation  51.  4.  a. 

Grammar,  function  and  divisions  of  1. 

Grammatical  subject  244.  2. 

Grave  suffixes  72,  221.  1. 

Greek  alphabet  5.  «,  6.  b,  1.  2.  a,  accent 
33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  a,  feminine 
and  neuter  196.  e,  numerals  223.  2.  a, 
construction  of  neuter  plurals  275.  4.  a. 

Guttural  letters  7.  1,  their  peculiarities  60, 
1U8,  attract  or  preserve  vowels  60.  3.  c. 

Guttural  verbs  107. 

He  and  Ilheth  3.  3. 

He  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  57.  2  (2)  6, 
with  Mappik  26,  prosthesis  of  53.  1.  a, 
rejection  of  53.  2,  3,  85.  2.  a  (1),  95.  b, 
211.  a,  229.  5,  231.  5,  preceding  vowel 
often  short  when  Daghesh  omitted  60. 

4.  ff,  121.  1,  229.  3,  added  to  2  m.  s. 
and  2  f.  pi.  preterite  86.  b,  to  2  ra.  s. 
suffix  104.  b,  220.  1.  6,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix 
220.  2.  c,  to  2  and  3  f.  pi.  suffix  104.  g, 
220.  1.  b,  220.  2.  c,  for  3.  m.  s.  suffix 
104.  d,  220.  1.  b,  omitted  from  f  pi. 
future  88  and  imperative  89,  omitted 
after  prefixes  85.  2.  a  (1),  91.  6,  94.  6, 
95.  6,  113.  2,  229.  5,  retained  in  excep- 
tional cases  95.  e,  142.  3,  150.  2,  231. 

5.  a,  for  Aleph  165.  1,  prefixed  in  the 
formation  of  nouns  189.  b. 

He  directive  219.  1. 

He  interrogative  230. 

He  paragogic,  effect  on  accent  33.  1,  with 
Methcgh  33.  1.  a,  examples  of  61.  6.  a, 
219.  2,  distinguished  from  feminine 
ending  196.  c,  added  to  preterite  93.  c, 
to  future.     See  Paragogic  future. 

Hhateph  Seghol  in  1  Sing,  future  Piel  92.  e. 

Hheth,  preceding  vowel  mostly  short,  when 
Daghesh  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3. 

Hhirik,  quantity  of  14,  19.  1,  between 
concurring  consonants  61.  1,  85.  2.  a, 
216.  2,  231.  2,  234,  in  Segholates  61.  2, 
184.  6,  never  in  the  ultimate  of  Eal  ac- 
tive participles  90,  in  1  sing.  Niphal  fu- 
ture 91.  c,  149.  2,  in  Piel  before  suffixes 
104.  A,  in  penult  of  Piel  infinitive  92.  d, 
in  Hiphil  infinitive  94.  b,  rejected  from 
Hiphil  future  94.  c,  and  participle  94.  <?, 
in  the  inflected  preterite  of  Kal,  Hiphil 
119.  2,  and  Hithpael  96.  6,  retained  in 
Hiphil  before  suffixes  104.  h,  in  the  ul- 
timate of  nouns  207.  1.  c,  209.  2. 

Hholem,  stability  of  60.  1.  a  (4),  in  in- 
flected verbs  Ayin  doubled  61.  3,  136. 
2,  141.  2,  and  Avin  Vav  and  Ayin 
Yodh  153.  4,  159.  1,  160.  2,  shortened 
to  Kamets  Hhatuph   in  Kal  infinitive 


construct  87,  future  88,  and  imperative 
89,  once  retained  in  Kal  future  before 
Makkeph  88,  in  intensive  species  92.  b, 
rejected  from  Kal  future  before  suffixes 
105.  d,  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1. 
€,  d,  207.  2.  c,  215.  1.  c,  209.  2,  in  the 
penult  210.  rf,  216.  I.  c. 

Hiphil,  signification  of  79,  relation  to  Piel 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  4,  origin 
of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  b  (2),  nouns  de- 
rived from  187.  2.  a,  189. 

Hithpael,  signification  of  80,  relation  to  Ni- 
plml  80.  2.  a  (2),  formation  of  82.  5, 
origin  of  prefixed  syllable  82.  5.  b  (1), 
verbs  having  two  forms  of  122.  2.  141. 

Hophal,  signification  of  79.  3,  formation 
of  82.  4,  origin  of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  b 
(2),  no  imperative  84,  except  in  two  in- 
stances 95.  d,  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs 
140.  6,  in  Pe  Yodh  verbs  150.  5,  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  160.  5,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  167.  2,  in  Lamedh  He 
verljs  175.  5. 

Imperative,  formation  of  84.  4,  its  per- 
sonal endings  85.  1.  a  (3),  Kal  with  suf- 
fixes 101,  3.  106.  b,  paragogic  98.  1, 
111.  3.  «,  125.  1,  132.  1,  148.  3,  157.  2, 
apocopated  98.  2,  171.  2,  twice  in  Ho- 
phal 95.  d. 

Imperfect  verbs  classified  107. 

Impersonal  subject  243.  3,  construction  of 
passive  and  neuter  verbs  271.  4.  a,  275. 
1.  c. 

Inanimate  objects,  names  of  198.  <•,  in  plu- 
ral 203.  5.  a,  plural  with  feminine  sin- 
gular 275.  4. 

Indefinite  subject  243.  2,  article  229.  1.  6, 
248.  a 

Indo-European  roots  69.  a,  pronouns  71- 
b,  feminine  and  neuter  196.  e,  dual  202. 

a,  numerals  223.  2.  a,  conception  of 
time  261. 

Infinitive,  a  verbal  noun  267,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  b,  267.  a,  does  not  admit  the 
article  245.  5.  6,  with  prepositions  242. 

b,  267.  6,  governed  by  verbs  or  nouns 

267.  6,  c,  construction  changed  to  pret- 
erite or  future  282.  c. 

Infinitive  absolute,  formation  of  84.  1, 
with  feminine  ending  160.  4,  for  pret- 
erite or  future  268.   1,    for  imperative 

268.  2,  emphatic  use  of  282. 
Infinitive  construct,  formation  of  84.  2,  in 

Kal  usually  without  Vav  87,  with  femi- 
nine ending  in  perfect  verbs  87,  in  Pe 
Guttural  111.  3.  a,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
119.  3,  in  Lamedh  Guttural  125.  2,  in 
Pe  Nun  131.  4,  in  Avin  doubled  139.  2, 
in  Pe  Yodh  148,  in  "Piel  92.  d,  in  Ho- 
phal 150.  5,  in  Hiphil  128,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  166.  2,  in  Lamedh  lie  168, 
with  suffixes   101.  3,  106.  a,  i'uUowing 


326 


INDEX    I. 


noun  or  suffix  flenote  subject  or  ohject 
lO'i.  15,  254.  ;».  b,  enipliiilic  use  of  262.  b. 

Insepaiiible  [jit-positioiiti  'l'i\.-2'oi. 
.lutensitv  expressed  by  repetition  280.  3, 
282.  " 

Interjections  240. 

Interrogative  and  indefinite  pronouns  75, 
trace  of  neuter  in  19(5.  a. 

Interrogative  sentences  283,  284. 

Intransitive  verbs  construed  transitively 
271. 

Irrational  objects,  plural,  with  feminine 
singular  275.  4. 

Jews  modern,  use  Rabbinical  letter  2, 
tlieir  pronunciation  of  Ayin  3.  4,  use 
abbreviations  D.  1. 

Kal,  meaning  of  term  76.  2,  formation  in 
perfect  verbs  82.  1,  remarks  upon  8()-9(). 

Kamets  and  Kamets-Hhatuph  distinguished 
19.  2. 

Kamets  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1.  b, 
207.  2.  6,  215.  1,  in  the  penult  210, 
2It).  1. 

Kamets- Ilhatuph  in  Kal  infin.  constr.  be- 
fore Makliepli  87,  before  suffi.\es  lOti, 
in  future  88,  in  imperiitive  89,  106,  in 
pas.*ive  species  82.  5.6(3),  93.  a,  95.  a. 

Kaph  and  Koph  3.  2. 

Kapli  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  assimilation 
of  54.  2.  a. 

Kariie  Phara  38.  10. 

Kibbuts,  quantitv  of  19.  1,  in  passive  spe- 
cies 82.  5.  6  (3),  93.  a,  95.  a,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a. 

K'ri  and  K'thibh  4G-48,  number  of  46.  a. 

Kuslioi  21.  2.  a. 

Labial  letters  7.  1. 

Laniedii  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  132.  2, 
medial  rejected  53.  3.  6,  88(1  c.),  assim- 
ilated to  following  consonant  54.  2,  132. 
2,  api>euded  m  formation  of  nouns  193. 
2.  c. 

Lamcdh  Aleph  verbs  162,  paradigm  163, 
remarks  164-167. 

Lamedh  Guttiual  verbs  123,  paradigm  124, 
remarks  125-128. 

Lamedli  He  verks,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities   1(J8,   169,   paradigm 

170,  shortened  future   and  imperative 

171,  remarks  172-177. 

Latin  alphabet  6.  b,  7.  2.  a,  accent  33.  4.  a, 
feminine  and  neuter  196.  2,  numerads 
22.3.  2.  a. 

Lazian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Letters,  sounds  of  3,  double  forms  of  4, 
of  unusual  size  or  po.^ition  4.  a,  names 
of  5,  order  of  6,  classification  of  7,  nu- 
merical use  of  9.  2,  commutation  of  50. 
1,  tran.sposition  of  50.  2,  addition  of 
50.  3. 

TiCtti.-^li  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Light  suffixes  72,  221.  2-t. 


Linguals  7.  1,  substituted  for  sibilants  in 

C'haldee  51.3. 
Liciuids  7.  2. 
Logical  subject,  244.  2. 
Makkeph  43. 
Manner  274.  2.  e. 
Mappik  26,  omitted  from  3  f.  s.  suffix  104. 

e,  220.  1.  6. 
Masculine   for   feminine,  .suffixes   104  ^, 
220.   1.  6,  future  88  (3  f.   pi),   105.  e, 
predicate  and  pronouns  275.  1.  a,  275.  5. 
Masculine  nouns  with  suffixes  221.  3,  with 
fem.   ending  in  ])ltiral  200.  a,  with  two 
endings  in  plural  200.  c. 
Matres  lectionis  11.  1. 
Measure  274.  2.  c. 
Medial  letters  for  finals  4.  a. 
Mediinn  strength,  letters  of  7.  2. 
Mem  dropped  from  Pual  participle  53.  2.  a, 
93.  c,  final  rejected  55.  2,  214.  2,  ap- 
pended to  3  ni.  jil.  future  (V)  88,  pre- 
fixed in  formation  of  nouns   193.   2.  c, 
omitted  from  jdural  ending  (?)  199.  6. 
Methogh    44,   45,    aid    in    distinguishing 
doubtful  vowels  19,  45.  2.  a,  with  He 
paragogic  33.  1.  a,  in  place  of  an  accent 
shifted  in  po.sition  35.  1,  or  removed  by 
Makkeph  43,  44.  a,  64.  1.  a,  after  He 
interrogative  230.   2.  a,  its  place  sup- 
plied by  an  accent  39.  3.  6,  45.  5. 
Modern  Hebrew  read  without  vowel  points 

10.  a. 
Monosyllabic  nouns  183. 
Mountains,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 
Multiliteral  nouns  195. 
Mutes  7.  2,  a  p-mute  missing  (?)  7.  2.  a. 
Names  of  letters  5,  their  antiquity  5.  o, 

their  origin  and  signification  5.  6. 
Nations,  names  of  197.  d,  275.  2,  6. 
Neuter  gender,  trace  of  196.  a. 
Neuter  verbs  rarely  have  participles  90, 

with  suffixes  102.  2. 
Niphal,  signification  of  77,  relation  to 
Hithpael  80.  2.  a  (2),  its  formation  82. 
2,  origin  of  tlie  prefixed  Nun  82.  5.  b 
(1),  participle  from  a  noun  91.  e,  from 
an  adverb  80.  2.  6,  noims  derived  from 
187.  2.  a. 
Nouns,  formation  of  181,  Cla.«s  I  182-186, 
Class  II  187,  188,  Class  III  189-192, 
Class  IV  103,  194,  multiliterals  195, 
from  imperfect  roots  184.  b,  185.  2.  d, 
186,  2.  c,  187.  1.  d,  c,  187.  2.  b,  c,  190. 
b,  plural  from  quiescent  roots  207.  1.  /, 
208.  3.  c,  with  .sutfixcs  221.  5.  a. 
Nouns,  gender  and  number  of  196-211, 
construct  state  of  212-216,  declension 
of  217,  with  suffixes  220,  221,  para- 
digm 222. 
Noun.s  feminine,  without  fem.  ending  197. 
a,  with  masi-.  ending  in  plural  2n0.  b, 
masculine  with   fem.  ending  in  plural 


INDEX    I. 


327 


200.  a,  with  either  ending  200.  c,  of 
doubtful  gender  197.  6,  200.  c,  having 
but  one  number  201.  1,  definite  without 
the  article  246,  used  for  adjectives  254. 
6.  a,  in  construct  before  adjectives  250. 
1.  fl,  254.  6.  6,  in  construct  before  pre- 
positions 255.  1,  in  construct  belbre  a 
clause  255.  2,  placed  absolutely  271.  4. 
b,  274.  2,  repetition  of  280. 
Nouns,  primitive  181.  a,  derivative  181.  b, 

of  unity  198  b. 
Number,  relations  of  274.  2.  d. 
Numeral  adjectives  223-227,  250-252,  ad- 
verbs 252.  4. 
Numerical  use  of  letters  9.  2. 
Nun,    rejected  53.  2.   a,  6,   55.   2,  from 
verbs  129.  2,  131.  3,  4,  from  nouns  184. 
6,  194.  2.  6,  assimilated  to  a  following  i 
consonant  54.  2,  in  verbs  129.  1,  131.  2, 
132    1,  in  nouns  184.  b,  190.  a,  205.  6, 
to  initial  Mem  (?)  55.   1,  88  (m.  pi.), 
inserted  in  lieu  of  reduplication  54.  3, 
221.  6.  b,  epenthetic  56.  1,  101.  2,  105. 
b,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86.  b,  to  fu- 
ture 88  (2  f  s.,  m.  pi),  before  suffixes 
105.  c,  in  Niphal  absolute  infinitive  91.  b, 
131.  5,  166.  3,  173,  2,  in  Niphal  impera- 
tive (?)  91-  d,  appended  in  formation  of 
nouns  193,  inmasc.  plur.  ending  199.  a. 
Object,  definite,  sign  of  238.  2,  270,  of 
transitive  verbs  270,  of  intransitive  verbs 
271,  indirect  272,  multiple  273. 
Occupations  186.  2.  a,   187.  1.  a. 
Office,  names  of  198.  a  (2). 
Official  designations  198. 
Ordinal  numbers  227,  252. 
Orthographic  symbols  1-49,  changes  50- 

66. 
Orthography,  various  11.  1.  6,  51.  4.  a. 
Palatal  letters  7.  1. 
Paradigm,  see  Verbs   paradigms  of,  and 

Nouns. 
Paragogic,  future  97.  1,  264,  not  in  passive 
species  97.  2.  b,  in  Lamedh  He  verbs 
172.  3,  imperative  9&,  1. 
Parao-oo-ic  letters,  eflect  on  accent  33.  1, 

instances  of  61.  6.  o,  218,  219. 
Participles,  formation  of  84.  5,  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  with  personal  inflections  90, 
declined  217,  qualifying  nouns  249.  1, 
quaUfying  nouns  in  the  construct  256, 
in  the  construct  before  nouns  and  in- 
finitives 254.  9.  b,  signification  of  266, 
emphatic  use  of  282.  c,  construction 
changed  to  preterite  or  future  282.  c. 
Particles  prefixed  228-234,  separate  235- 

240. 
Parts  of  speech  70. 
Passive  species  with  suffixes  102.  2,  of 

doubly  transitive  verbs  273.  5. 
Pattahh  preferred  by  gutturals  60.  1,  108, 
changed  to  Seghol  63.  1,  assimilated  to 


Seghol  61.  1.  b,  63.  2,  to  Kamets  or 
Tsere  63.  2,  in  Segholates  61.  2,  with 
pause  accents  65,  in  Kal  constr.  infin. 
87,  inf  pi.  future  Niphal  91.  c,  and  Piel 
92!  e,  in  preterite  and  imperative  Piel 
92.  c]  in  Hithpael  96.  b,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  207.  2.  a. 
Pattahh  furtive  17,  60.  2,  109.  2,  114  (?), 

123. 
Pausal  forms  with  inferior  accents  65.  6. 
Pause  accents  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2, 
occasion  vowel   changes    65,  with   the 
preterite  86.  a,  with  the  future  88,  with 
the  imperative  89  (f  s.  and  m.  pi),  with 
2  m.  s.  suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  with  Pe 
Guttural  verbs  112.  4,  with  Ayin  Guttu- 
ral 119.  1,  121.  3,  with  Lamedh  Guttu- 
ral 126.  1. 
Pazer,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,   tram  ot 

38.  7. 
Pe  Aleph  verbs  110.  3. 
Pe  Guttural  verbs,  origin  of  term,  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  108,  109,   paradigm 
■^110,  remarks  111-115. 
Pe  Nun  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  their 
peculiarities    129,    paradigm    130,    re- 
marks 131,  132. 
Perfect  verbs  81-85,  paradigm  of  85.  2, 
remarks  86-96,  with  suffixes  101,  102, 
paradigm  103,  remarks  104-106. 
Periods  of  human  life  201.  1.  b. 
Persian  construct  state  61.  6.  a. 
Personal  endings  and  prefixes  of  verbs  85. 
1.  a,  before  suffixes  101.  1,  more  closely 
attached  than  suffixes  or  prefixed  prepo- 
sitions 101.  2.  b. 
Personal  pronouns  71,  not  expressed  m 

the  subject  243.  1. 
Pe  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  pe- 
culiarities 143-145,  paradigm  146,  re- 
marks 147-151. 
Piel,  signification  of  78,  relation  to  Hiphil 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  3,  with  the 
active  vowels  82.  5.  b  (3),  unusual  forms 
of  92.  a,  b,  verbs  with  two  forms  of  122. 
2,  141.  4,  nouns  derived  from  187.  2.  a. 
Pile'l,  Pilpel,  Poel  not  distinct  species  from 

Piel  83.  c  (1). 
Place  where  274.  2.  b. 
Plural  endings  199. 
Plural  for  singular  in  verbs  (?)  88  (3  f.  pi), 

of  majesty  201.  2,  275.  3. 
Pluralis  inhumanus  275.  4.  a. 
Plurality  expressed  by  repetition  280.  2. 
Points  extraordinary  4.  a. 
Points  Masoretic  10,  accuracy  of  49. 
Polish  accent  33.  4.  a.  ^ 

Predicate  258,  compound  275.  1.  b,  2/5. 
2.  a,  agreement  with  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct relation  277. 
Prefixed  particles  228-234,  two  constitut- 
ins  a  word  228.  2.  a. 


328 


INDEX    I. 


Propositions  inseparable  231-233,  separate 

2U7,  willi  suffixes  238. 

Preterite,  personal  endings  of  85.  1.  n(l), 
with  suHixes  lOl.  1,  104,  Kal  before 
suflixes  1(»1.  ;3,  uses  of  2()2. 

Pretonio  vowels  G4.  2,  in  Kal  preterite 
82.  1,  not  rejected  from  Niphal  91.  b, 
106.  a. 

Primary  preferred  to  a  secondary  form 
275.  1. 

Pronominal  roots  C8,  the  basis  of  adverbs, 
prepositions  and  conjunctions  235.  1.  a. 

Pronominal  sufHxes  72.     See  .SutBxes. 

Pronouns,  jier-sonal  71,  243.  1,  repetition 
of  281,  demonstrative  73,  249.  2,  250, 
25'.).  2,  relative  74,  285,  interrogative 
and  indefinite  75,  196.  a,  284. 

Proper  nouns  with  the  article  246.  1.  a,  in 
loose  apposition  253.  2.  b. 

Pual,  signilication  of  78.  3,  formation  of 
82.  3,  with  the  passive  vowels  82.  5. 
b  (3),  no  imperative  84,  in  [icrfcct  verbs 
93,  Ayin  (Juttural  verbs  121.  1,  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  142.  1,  Ayin  Vav  verbs 
161.  4,  Laraedh  Aleph  verbs  167.  1, 
Lamedh  He  verbs  174.  G. 

Pure  vowels  15. 

Quadriliteral  roots  68.  a,  verbs  180,  nouns 
195.  1,  8egholates  plural  of  208.  3.  a. 

Question,  direct  and  indirect  283.  1,  dis- 
junctive 283.  2. 

Quiescent  letters  11.  1,  their  two  uses  dis- 
tinguished 13,  softened  to  vowels  57.  2. 

Quiescent  verbs  107,  143. 

Quinqueliteral  roots  68.  a,  nouns  195.  2. 

Radical  letters  7.  3. 

Kaphe  27. 

K'bhi",  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  6. 

I{edui)lication  of  second  radical  in  verbs 
82.  3,  in  nouns  187,  of  tliird  radical  in 
verbs  92.  a,  116,  122.  1,  154.  2,  161.  3, 
174.  1,  176.  1,  in  nouns  187.  1.  d,  187. 
2.  r,  of  two  radicals  in  verbs  92.  a,  115, 
122.  1,  137,  141.  2,  154.  3,  161.  2,  in 
nouns  187.  1.  c,  187.  2.  6,  188,  of  a 
short  word  132.  1,  233.  a. 

Relative  pronoun  74,  285. 

Repetition  of  nouns  280,  pronouns  281, 
verbs  282. 

Resli,  sound  of  3.  3,  iissimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing consonant  54.  2,  ins<'rted  in  lieu 
of  i'e(lu[)licati()n  54.  3,  preference  for 
Pattahh  flo.  1.  n,  with  Pattalili  furtive  (V) 
60.  2.  a,  114,  with  simple  or  compound 
Sh'va  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with  Daghesh- 
forte  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  previous  vowel 
lengthened  on  the  omission  of  Daghe.sh, 
60.  4.  a,  as  tlie  first  ladicalof  vcibs  114, 
as  the  second  ra<lical  118.  1,  120.  3,  as 
the  third  radical  125.  :i.    126.  2,  127.  2. 

Rivers,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 


Roots  of  words  6Y,  68. 

Rukhokh  21.  2.  a. 

Samaritan  Pentateuch,  its  negligent  or- 
thography, 51.  4.  a,  99.  1.  a,  and  va- 
riant forms  156.  2. 

Samekh,  Shin  and  Sin  3.  1,    3.  1.  a. 

Sanskrit  laws  of  euphony  21.  2.  6,  65.  1.  a, 
accent  33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  «,  femi- 
nine and  neuter  196.  e,  numerals  223. 
2.  a. 

Seriptio  plena,  defectiva  14. 

Seasons,  names  of  185.  2.  a. 

Seghol  inserted  between  concurring  con- 
sonants 61.  2,  171.  1,  in  Avin  doubled 
verbs  61.  3,  136.  2,  141.  2,  in  Avin 
Vav  verbs  153.  4,  157.  3,  160.  3,  final 
rejected  66.  1  (1),  171.  1,  with  pause 
accents  65,  in  Kal  active  participle  90, 
in  Niphal  91.  a,  b,  in  Piel  92.  r,  d,  126. 

2,  before  suflixes  1(»4.  ft,  in  Iliphil  94. 
a,  b,  in  Ilithpael  96.  b,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  208,  209.  1,  215.  2,  in  the 
penult  of  feminine  nouns  207.  1.  e. 

Segholate  forms  from  triliteial  monosylla- 
bles or  final  syllables  61.  1.  6,  183,  184. 
«,  in  feminine  205,  construct  214.  1.  6. 

Segholate  nouns  183,  signification  of  184, 
their  feminine  208.  2,  plural  208.  3, 
dual  208.  4,  construct  210.  2,  with  He 
paragogic  219.  1,  with  suffixes  221.  5. 

Segliolta,  verse  divided  by  36.  1,  train  of 
38.   3. 

Sentence,  elements  of  241.  2,  subject  of 
242,  predicate  of  258.  1. 

Separate  particles  235-240. 

Septuagint,  equivalents  for  Ayin  3.  4, 
mode  of  writing  Hebrew  words  49.  2,  3. 

Servile  letteis  7.  3,  anagrams  of  7.  3.  a. 

Shalsheleth,  when  used  38.  9. 

Shin,  Sin,  and  Samekh  3.  1,   8.  1.  a. 

Shurek,  quantity  of  14.  19.  1,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  Segholates  61.  2,  in  the  penult 
of  Segholates  61.  4.  a,  205.  c,  in  Kal 
future  of  perfect  veibs  88,  ))efore  suflix- 
es 1(15.  (/,  in  Kal  active  participle  90,  in 
the  ultimate  of  nouns  2(t7.  2.  d,  209.  3. 

Sh'va  16,  silent  and  vocal  16.  2,  20.  1, 
simple  and  compound  16.  3. 

Sh'va  compound,  with  gutturals  16.  3,  60. 

3,  108,  with  Kc.^^h  00.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with 
strong  letters  16.  3.  /),  before  gutturals 
121*.  2,  127.  3,  in  construct  plural  of 
nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  He  inteiiogalive 
230.  2.  a,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  o, 
which  is  selected  60.  3.  V;,  109.  3,  112, 
changed  to  a  short  vowel  60.  3.  c,  with 
pause  accent  to  a  long  vowel  65. 

Sh'va  simple  with  gutturals  60.  3.  a,  in 
Pe  (iuttural  verbs  112.  2,  5,  in  Lamedh 
Guttural  verbs  123.  4,  127.  1,  changed 
to  Seghol  by  pause  accent  66. 

Sibilants  7.  2, 


INDEX    I. 


329 


Silluk,  position  of  36.  1,  train  of  38.  1. 
Singular  predicate  or  pronoun  with  plural 

sul)ieet  275.  1.  a,  275.  6. 
Sounds  of  the  letters  3. 
Species  of  verbs  70-80,  mutually  supple- 
mentary 80.   2.  a  (3),  what  number  in 
use  in  difterent  verbs  80.  2.  a  (4),  forma- 
tion of  82,  with  double  forms  in  distinct 
senses  83.  c  (1),   122.  2,   141.  4,  com- 
pound 83.  c  (2). 
Strong  letters  7.  2. 

Subject  242,  omitted  243,  indefinite  243. 
2,  impersonal  243.  3,  compound  244.  1, 
276,  grammatical  and  logical  244.  2. 
Suffixes,  pronominal  72,  of  verbs  101,  2, 
of  nouns  220.   3,  relation  denoted  by 
254,  more  loosely  attached  than  affixes 
101.  2.  6,  with  neuter  verbs  and  passive 
species  102.  2,  with  infinitives  and  parti- 
ciples 102.  3,  with  cardinal  numbers  223. 
1.  «,   250.  2  (2)  a,  omitted  247.  6,  with 
nouns  in  the  construct  256. 
Superlative  degree  260. 
Syllables  18,  intermediate  20.  2,  mutations 

in,  a  source  of  vowel  changes  59. 
Syriac  currently  read  without  vowels  10. 
a,  aspirates  21.  a,  doubling  of  letters 
23.  3.  b,  words  modified  from  Hebrew 
51.  3,  dual  20.  2. 
Svstema  morarum  18.  6. 
Tav  and  Teth  3.  2. 

Tav   unites  with  Tav  of  personal  affixes 
86.  b  (2  m.),  or  feminine  ending  54.  1, 
205.    b,   prefixed   in    anomalous  verbal 
forms  94.  a,  115,  161.  5,  in  the  forma- 
tion of  nouns  190,   192.  2,  in  Hithpael 
assimilated  54.  2,  54.  4.  a,  82.  5,  131.  6, 
transposed  54.  4,   82.  5. 
Tav  of  feminine  ending  rejected  55.  2.  c, 
196.  6,  origin  of  196.  e,  added  to  verbs 
86.  6,   166.   1,  169.  1,  172.  1,  in  nouns 
196.  6,  205. 
T';nses,  primary  84,  262-264,  secondary 
99,  265,  past  and  future  not  promiscu- 
ously used  263.  5.  a. 
Time,  conception  of  261. 
Time,  when  and  how  long  274.  2.  a. 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 

train  of  38.  8. 
Transitive     construction    of    intransitive 

verbs  271. 
Transposition  of  letters  50.  2,  54.  4,  82.  5. 
Tsere  rejected  from  the  ultimate  of  verbs 
66.  1  (1),  171.  2,  in  Kal  preterite  86.  a, 
164.  1,  in  fem.  plur.  future  Niphal  91.  r, 
and  Piel  92.  e',  in  Piel  inf  abs.  92.  d,  in 
Hiphil  94.  6,  e,  in  Hophal  inf.  abs.  95.  c, 
with  Aleph  in  place  of  Sh'va  60.  3.  c, 
92.  e,  112.  1,  184.  6,  as  union  vowel 
with  the  preterite  104.  a,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  verbs  before  suffixes  104.  /*, 
of  Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  126.   1,  of 


Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  164.  5,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  nouns  207,  215.  1,  in  the  penult 
of  nouns  210,  216.  1. 
Vav  rejected  after  vowelless  consonants 
53.  3.  a,  184.  6,  initial  changed  to  Yodh 
56.  2,  144.  1,  rarely  reduplicated  56.  3, 
in  verbs  154.  1,   161.  1,  or  nouns  187. 

2.  c,  softened  or  rejected  57.  2,  152, 
184.  6,  186.  2.  c,  190.  b,  207.  1./,  208. 

3.  c,  211.  a,  216.  1.  d,  preceding  a  vow- 
elless consonant  61.  1.  a,  234,  paragogic 
61.  6.  a,  218,  omitted  from  3.  pi.  pre- 
terite 86.  b,  in  Kal  infinitive  87,  in  Kal 
future  88,  in  Kal  imperative  89,  in  Kal 
passive  participle  90,  in  Pual  93.  6, 
added  to  3.  m.  pi.  suffix  104.  /. 

Vav  in  K'thibh,  where  K'ri  has  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  13.  «,  88,  105.  d,  215.  1.  c, 
Pattahh  125.  1,  or  Hhateph-Kamets  13. 
a,  214.  2.  b,  89  (f  s.). 

Vav  Conjunctive  234,  287. 

Vav  Conversive  of  the  future  S3.  4,  99, 
with  Ayin  Guttural  verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh 
Guttural  126.  1,  Avin  doubled  140.  1.  5, 
Pe  Yodh  147.  5,  150.  3,  150.  2  (p.  182), 
Ayin  Vav  and  Avin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 

3,  158.  2,  160.  3,'Lamedh  Aleph  166.4, 
Lamedh  He  171.  1,  172.  4,  173.  3,  174. 

4,  175.  3,  176.  3,  time  denoted  by  265.  a. 
Vav  Conversive  of  the  preterite  33.  4,  99, 

with  Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  3,  time  de- 
noted by  265.  6. 

Verbs,  their  species  76-80,  occurring  in 
all  the  species  80.  2.  a  (4),  denomina- 
tives 80.  2.  b,  perfect  81-100,  with  suffix- 
es 101-106,  imperfect  107-177,  doubly 
imperfect  178,  defective  179,  quadrilite- 
ral  180,  syntax  of  261-269,  coordinated 
269,  object  of  270-272,  with  more  than 
one  object  273,  passive,  object  of  273.  5, 
repetition  of  282. 

Verbs,  paradigms  of,  perfect  85.  2,  with 
suffixes  103,  Pe  Guttural  110,  Ayin  Gut- 
tural 117,  Lamcdli  (iuttural  i24,  J'e 
Nun  130,  Ayin  doubled  138,  Pe  Yodh 
146,  Ayin  Vav  and  Avin  Yodh  155, 
Lamedh  Aleph  163,  Lamedh  He  170. 

Verbs,  personal  endings  and  prefixes  of 

85.  1.  a,  85.  2.  a,  suffixes  of  101-106. 
Verbs,  middle  e  and  0  82.  1.  a,  have  Pat- 
tahh in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a(l),  inflected 

86.  a,  before  suffixes  104.  h. 

Verbs  with  I'attahh  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a, 
111.  1,  116.  1,  123.  1,  140.  1,  144.  2, 
with  Tsere  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  6,  130, 
144.  2,   147,   172.  3. 

Vowel  changes  58-66,  significant  58.  1, 
euphonic  58.  2,  causes  of  59,  due  to 
mutations  of  syllables  59,  to  contiguous 
gutturals  60,  to  concurrent  consonants 
61,  to  concurring  vowels  63,  to  the  ac- 
cent 64,  to   pause   accents   65,   to  the 


330 


INDEX    I. 


shortcniiifj  or  lonfrthcnin;»  of  words  OB, 
of  short  vowels  in  mixed  penult  58.  2, 
iiio.  f,    210.  2.  h. 

Vowtl  letteis  7.  2,  use  of  11.  1,  distin- 
UuislK'd  tVoni  their  consonantal  nsc  13. 

Vowels  It  1-1 7,  Masoretic  sij^ns  for  12, 
diH'erent  modes  of  (lividinj:;  them  12.  a, 
nicaninj^s  of  their  names  12.  A,  nmtual 
relations  of  their  notation  by  letters  and 
bj'  points  18,  14,  mutable  and  immuta- 
ble 14,  hd:.  2,  i)uie  and  di|jhthon<j;al  I.'), 
ambiiruity  of  certain  signs  1'.),  20,  o  and 
u  more  stable  than  i  and  c  00.  1.  r/,  in- 
serted between  concurrent  consonants 
61.  1,  2,  c  and  o  preferred  before  con- 
current consonants  01.  4,  >  and  u  before 
doubled  letters  61.  5,  paragogic  61.  6, 
218,  210,  concurring  62,  proximity  of, 
a  source  of  changes  0;5,  ])retonic  64.  2, 
rejected  or  shortened  66.  1,  2,  of  union 
before  sutKxcs  lol.  2,  twice  e  with  pre- 
terite 104.  a,  sometimes  a  with  future 
10.5.  (7,  final  of  verbs  before  suHixes 
104.  k,  /,  vowel  a  retained  in  ultimate 
before  suffixes  105.  d,  118.  3,  164.  5. 

Weak  letters  7.  2,  effect  of  upon  syllables 
18.  2.  c. 


Words  not  divided  in  writing  8,  ambiguity 

wlu'u  uni>ointed  l'>.  ,;,  sources  of  change 
in  51,  three  .stages  in  the  formation  of  67, 
changes  in  formation  and  inflection  69. 

Written  symbols  of  two  shorts  2. 

Yodh  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  in  Kal  active 
participle  90,  in  Niphal  future  llli.    1 
bel'ore  suffix  105.  a,  220.  1.  i,  initial  re 
jected  53.  2.  «,  t,   144.  3,   148,  150.  1 
184.  t,   188.  ft,  medial  rejected  53.  3 
fl,  6,   150.  3,   168,  169,  softened  or  re 
jected   57.    2,   152,    184.    b,    186.    2.   c 
"l90.   b,    207.    1./,    208.   3.    c,    211.   a 
216.  1.  (/,  changed  to  Aleph  56.  4,  para 
gogic  61.  0.  a,  218,  added  to  2  f.  s.  pre 
terite  86.  ft,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix  104.  c,   22f>. 
1.  ft,   220.  2.  0,  omitted  from    1   sing, 
preterite    80.    ft,    from    Iliphil    94,    in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  109,  172.  1,  prefixed 
in  formation  of  nouns   190,  192.  1,  ap- 
pended   in    Ibrmation    of    nouns    194, 
quiescent    after    prefixed    prepositions 
231.  3.  ft,  after  Yav  Conjunctive  234.  c. 

Zakcph  Gadhol,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
when  used  38.  5. 

Zakeph  Katon,  clause  divided  by  36.   2, 
train  of  38.  4. 


Il^DEX    II. 


TEXTS  OF  SCRIPTURE  EXPLAINED  OR  REFERRED  TO 


GENESIS. 

4  :  17  ...  §  35.  1 

12  :  12 ...  §  243.  3 

19  :  33  ...  §  249.  2.  h 

18  . .  .  275.  1.  c 

20 ...  43 

33,  35  .  .  .  106.  a 

1:  1...  §21.  1,36.  1, 

23  ...  88  (f.  pi.),  89 

13  :  2 ...  245.  5.  d 

35 .  . .  38.  1.  a 

242,  245.  4,  262. 

(f.  pi.),  98.  2, 

4 ...  4.  a 

20  :  5 ...  71.  a  (3) 

1,  270.  a,  275.  3 

127.  1 

6...  275.  \.a 

6 .  .  .  164.  2 

2.  ..21.  1,  25S.  3 

26  .  .  .  281 

9 . .  .  119.  1,  180.  a 

9 ...  22.  6,  75.  1, 

4  .  .  .  270.  b 

5:  5...  177.  2,  251. 

14  :  2 ...  71.  a  (3) 

263.1 

6 ...  31.  1 

2.  a 

4 . .  .  252.  2 

11 . . .  254.  9 

6,  7  . .  .  245.  1 

8...  277.  o 

6 . . .  221.  6.  b 

13 .  .  .  275.  3.  a 

7...  36. 1,203.  5.  c 

17  .  . .  38.  1.  a 

8  . . .  203.  5.  c 

18  . . .  127.  1 

9  .  .  .  250.  1 

18  . . .  225.  2 

9 .  .  .  250.  2  (1) 

21:  6...  60.  2.0,120.2 

11 .  . .  45.  2,  254.  6, 

29...  39.  4.  a,  285.  1 

10  .  .  .  63.  1.  fi,  219. 

8 ...  65.  a 

285.  1 

6  :  3  ...  74.  a,  139.  2, 

1.  b,  280.  2 

14 .  .  .  214.  1.  b 

12  .  .  .  220.  1.  h 

157.  3,  158.  2 

19  .  :  .  10.  a 

16  . . .  119.  1,  174.  1 

14  .  .  .  275.  1.  h 

7  .  .  .  285.  1.  a 

15  :  1 .  .  .  246.  3,  249.  2, 

17  ...  39.  3.  A 

16 .  .  .  245.  2,  254.  9 

9 ...  96.  6 

274.  1 

28,  29  .  . .  220,  1.  b 

18  .  .  .  45.  2.  a 

13  .  .  .  262.  2 

2 ...  47,  253.  2.  6 

22:  1...262.  1,  265, 

22  .  .  .  3S.  1.  a 

17  .  .  .  266.  2 

8  . . .  262.  1.  b 

270.  b 

24...  198.  « (4),  218 

18  .  .  .  100.  2.  a  (1) 

11 .  .  .  229.  3 

3 ...  265 

24,  26 .  . .  38.  1.  a 

19  .  .  .  45.  2.  a,  229. 

12  ...  245.  4 

4  .  .  .  287.  3 

29  .  .  .  270.  c 

3.  a 

17  . . .  275.  1.  c 

6  ...  244.  1 

31...249.1.c,274. 1 

22  .  . .  273.  2 

18  .  . .  254.  3 

8.  ..44 

2  :  1 ...  244.  1 

7  :  1 .  . .  262.  1,  273.  4 

18-21 .  .  .  270.  b 

14 .  .  .  126.  2 

2 . . .  262.  1 

2  . . .  252.  4,  280.  1 

11...  245.  5.  a 

23  :  1 .  .  .  251.  2,  3 

3  ...  249.  1.  c 

4  . .  .  251.  2 

16  :  5  ...  4.  a,  254.  9.  a 

4  .  . .  275.  5 

4 ...  4.  a,   259.  2. 

6  . . .  287.  1 

11...  90  (2  f.  s.) 

6.  ..165.  3 

267.  d 

9  .  . .  252.  4 

13,  15  ...  43.  a 

10  .  .  .  254.  9.  b 

5  .  .  .  258.  3.  b 

13 .  .  .  200.  e,  246.  3, 

30  . . .  60.  3.  6  (2) 

11 .  .  .  125.  1 

6 . .  .  263.  4 

249.  2,  251.  1.  a 

17  :  4  ...  65.  a 

11,  13 .  .  .  262.  1.  b 

7  . .  .  147.  5,  273.  3 

19  .  .  .  280.  3 

4,  5  .  .  .  215.  1.  e 

16 ...  36.  1 

9  ...  245.  5.  6 

23  . .  .  173.  3 

5  ...  271 .  4.  a 

19  .  .  .  246.  3 

10  .  .  .  248 

8  :  5  . . .  282.  c 

5,  6 ...  265 

24  :  1 . . .  119.  1 

11 .  . .  245.  5 

7  ...  282 

8  ...  30.  2,  254.  5 

8  . .  .  249.  2.  b 

12 .  . .  16.  3.  6,  234. 

10  .  .  .  269.  a 

11 . . .  273.  5 

14  ...  39.  4 

a,  259.  2.  a 

12...  149.  2 

12  .  .  .  254.  6.  a 

15 .  . .  39.  3.  a 

14  .  .  .  258.  2 

17  .  . .  150.  1 

17  .  .  .  24.  i,  230.  2. 

20 .  .  .  245.  3 

16,  17  . . .  287.  1 

18  .  .  .  147.  5 

a,  254.  6.  a,  283. 

22...  251.  2.C,  254. 

17  . . .  106.  a,  282 

9  :  14  .  .  .  139.  1 

2.  a 

4 

18 ...  242.  6 

20  .  . .  258.  3.  a 

19.  ..90(f.  B.) 

23...  158.  3 

19 . .  .  147.  5 

24  .  .  .  147.  5,  270.  c 

20 .  .  .  265.  h 

30 ...  36.  1 

23  .  .  .  16.  3.  b,   24. 

10  :  o...  220.  2.  /.< 

18  :  1 .  . .  262. 1.  a,  274, 

33  .  .  .  111.  2.  b 

a,  127.  3 

19  .  .  .  56.  4,  126.  2 

2.  b 

35  .  .  .  245.  5.  d 

25  .  .  .  263.  5.  a 

21 .  .  .  256.  a 

6  . .  .  2.53.  2 

42  .  .  .  21.  1 

3  :  2,  3 .  .  .  263.  1 

25  . .  .  250.  2  (2) 

11 .  .  .  276.  3 

42,  48,  65  ...  39.  4 

5  . .  .  106.  a 

26  .  .  .  229.  1.  a 

20 .  .  .  254.  9.  a 

48  .  .  .  131.  1 

6  .  .  .  258.  1 

11 :  1 .  .  .  223.  1.  a 

21 .  .  .  24.  6, 39.  3.  6, 

58  . .  .  283.  1 

IS .  .  .  262.  1 

6,  7  .  .  .  141.  1 

230.  2.  a 

65  . .  .  73.  2.  a,  176. 

15  .  .  .  30.  2 

7  ...  86.  a 

28,  29 .  . .  251.  4 

3,  245.  3.  a 

16  .  .  .  53.  3.  a 

9  ...  57.  1 

19  :  1,  4  .  .  .  266.  3 

67  .  .  .  246. 3.  a,  25& 

22  .  . .  21.  1,  177.  2 

16 .  .  .  251.  2 

9  .  .  .  131.  3 

d 

4  :  3  . .  .  231.  3.  a 

30 ...  56.  2 

11 .  .  .  207. 1.  a,  245. 

25  :  5  ...  43 

4  .  .  .  220.  2.  b 

31 ...  22.  6 

5 

8  .  .  .  38.  1.  a 

12 . .  .  267.  d 

12  :  2 .  . .  263.  1 

12...  38.  1.  a 

12  .  .  .  254.  1 

13  .  .  .  260.  2  (2)  6 

4...  10.  a 

14 ...  24.  a 

27  .  .  .  229.  4.  b 

14 . .  .  245.  3.  6,  262. 

5  .  . .  254.  1  bis 

19  ...  86.  b   (2m  ), 

31 .  .  .  98. 1.  a,  125.  \ 

1.  b 

7  .  .  .  262.  1.  h 

106.  n,  105.  d 

34 ...  65.  a 

16 . .  .  147.  5 

8  ...  19. 1,  220. 1.  b 

30  .  .  .  251.  4 

26  :  3  . . .  262.  1.  6 

'6'6-Z 

INDEX    II. 

26:    4....530.  2,  246.  3 

34:  80.. ..5  254.  6 

49:  19....?  140.  1 

15 

2....§  56.  1.  105. 

6.... 36.  1 

31 2oO.  2 

23.... 139.  1 

6,131.  1,247.  6 

8.... 245. 3 

35:    7....276.  3.  a 

50:    9 248 

4.... 277.  a 

13....2S2.  r 

la 270.  b 

10. ...271.  3 

6.... 61.  6,  104./ 

15,  IS 104.  g 

lh....34 

17.... 273.  3.  o 

0....60.  3.   a,  61. 

22.... 156.  4 

22 39.  4.  a 

19.... 283.  1 

6.  a 

28....3(i.  1 

20.... 275.  1.  c 

23 ....  22.  a 

9.. ..104./ 

29 60.  3.  a 

29 22.  b 

26.... 147.  5 

10....11.1.  6,61.  6, 

27:     1....8S(f.  pi.) 

37:    2....249.  1.  6 

139.  1 

4.... 263.  1.  0 

8.... 282 

11,  13.... 22.  6 

!• Hit.  1 

9.... 271.  3 

EXODUS. 

14,  16.... 263.  6.  a 

12....  141.  6 

12.... 267 

16.... 22.  6,61.  6.  o 

16.... 36.  2 

14.... 10.  a 

1:    l....§21.1 

17.... 24.  6,190.  a 

19.... 106.  b 

19.... 73.  2.  a,  254. 

7.... 273.  5 

20.... 277.  o 

23.... 270.  /j 

6.  a 

10 ^8  (31'.  pi.) 

21.... 22.  6 

25....2(J3.  1 

20.... 104.  i 

16.... 177.  2 

26.... 112.  3 

26.... 131.  3 

2-.' 00.  3.  A  (2) 

2:    3.... 24.  6,104.  e 

16 

5. ...38.  1.  o 

27.... 120.  3 

32.... 24.  6,283.  2 

4.... 53.  3.  6,  148. 

7,  8. ...71.  a(l) 

29.... 177.  1 

33.... 105.  n,  282.  a 

2,  160.  3  (p.  182) 

14.... 180.  a 

S3.... 263.  1.  6,266. 

38:    y....l31.  4 

7.... 230.  3 

16.... 39.  3.  6 

2.  a 

11.... 274.  2.  b 

9....  150.  2,151.1, 

23....38.  1.0,112. 1 

36.... 252.  4 

26.... 71.  n(3) 

161.  6 

27.... 242.  a 

38 16.  3.  i,  230. 

39:    4....119.  1 

10. ...104.  k 

17 

1....2ii7.  d 

2.  a 

7,  12.... 98.  1 

17. ...104.  e,  106.  a 

8,  10....  119.  1 

42.... 271.  4.  a 

11.... 231.  6.  a 

20....60.  3.C,  98.  2, 

11.... 275.  2.6 

44.... 223.  1.  a 

12.... 22.  b 

164.  3 

18 

8 104.  I 

28:    2,5,6,7....33.1.o 

14.... 119.  1 

23.... 61.  2 

10.... 215.  1.  b 

9.... 39.  4 

14,  17....92.  d 

3:    1 206.3.0 

11.... 262.  2 

12.... 55.  1 

20. . . .255.  2 

2.... 53.  2.  a 

21,  26.... 225.  1.  a 

20,  21.... 287.  2 

40:  16.... 93.  d,  156.  4 

4 39.  1.  a 

26 88 

S9:    2 263,4 

16.... 251.  1 

5.... 131.  3,  285.  1 

19 

5.... 44. a 

3.... 139.  1 

20.... 150.  5 

8.... 248 

9.... 215.  1.  o 

5.... 22.  a,  230.  2.  a 

41:    8....119.  1 

13.... 76.  1 

12.... 282.  a 

6.... 34 

11.... 99.  3 

4:    2.... 24.  a,  75.  1 

13.... 149.  2,  282.  a 

8.... 139.  1 

12.... 257.  2 

10.... 254.  6.  a 

21,  24. ...111.  1 

9.... 34,  267 

19.... 264.  3 

11.... 158.  2 

20 

2-17.... 39.  4.  a 

10....  10.  a 

21.... 220.  1.  b 

13.... 256.  2,  285.3 

4.... 27,  243.  2 

17.... 278 

33.... 35.  2 

23.... 126.  1 

5. ...111.  3.  a 

.      20.... 223.  1.  a 

36.... 249.  2 

29.... 112.  3 

8.... 268.  2 

23.... 10.  a 

40 260.  2  (2)  a 

31.... 276.  2.  a 

10 249.  1.  c 

32....  105.  a,  118.3 

43.... 94.  b 

6:    5 80.  6  (2in.) 

11.... 43 

35.... 245.  3.  b 

51.... 92.  c 

7. ...151.  2 

13.... 27 

80:    l....:!4 

42:    7....262.  2.  a 

8.... 39.  1.  a 

21 

7....98.  1.  a 

5.. ..127.  1 

11. ...71.  ad) 

16.... 166.    1,    275. 

9.... 275.  3 

6.... 104.  a 

13.... 38.  1.  a 

2.  6 

11.... 215.  1.  c 

7.... 262.  1 

18.... 287.  1 

6:  14.... 255.  3 

19.... 92.  d 

15.... 245.  3.  b 

21. ...39.  4 

16.... 251.  3 

22.... 19.  2.  a,  39. 

16.... 249.  2.  b 

26,  36.... 216.  2.  a 

29.... 10.  a 

3.  6 

19.... 21.5.  1.  6 

36.... 220.  1.  b 

7  :  10. . . .262.  1 

28.... 270.  c 

27.... 131.  3 

43:    7....45.  1 

11.... 53.  2.  a 

30.... 65.  1 

31.. ..43 

8.... 126.  1 

20.... 276.  1 

35.... 19.  2.  a,  S9. 

32.... 44.  a 

14....66.  o,  82.  1,  a 

22.... 63.  2.  a 

3.  6 

33.... 24.  a 

(3),  249.  1.  b 

20.... 265.  6 

36.... 92.  rf 

38.... 45.   2,   88  (f. 

26.... 26 

8:    1....131.  3 

22 

2....216.  1.  b 

pl.)l)iu,  216.  2.  a 

29.... 141.  3 

17.... 258.  3.  b 

3 166.  3 

39.... 60.  3.  i(2) 

44:    1....286.  2 

23....  100.  2.  o(l) 

4.... 220.  1.  b 

31:    4.... 45.  2.  a 

4....  114,    271.    2, 

9:     3.... 10.  n,  177.  1 

8.... 43,  275.  3.  o 

6. ...71.  fl(2) 

272.2 

16.... 119.  1 

26.... 220.  1.  6 

9.... 220.  1.  b 

17.... 30.  2 

18.... 27,  104.  e 

23 

11. ...254.  2 

13.... 19.  2.  a,  246. 

18.... 263.  1.  a 

25.... 126.  2 

14.... 252.  4 

3.  a 

40.... 271.  4 

29.... 88  (pi.) 

20.... 207.  1.  a 

27.... 126.  1 

45:  22.... 261.  2.  c 

10:    1....249.  2.  6 

30....  280.  1 

30 86.  b  (2ni.), 

26.... 45.  3 

3.... 173.  2 

31.... 104./ 

91.  b 

28.... 45.  5.  o 

8....271.  4.  a 

24 

4 246.  3 

32....  104.    I,    285. 

46:    2....38.  1.  a 

24.... 150.  5 

25 

31....11. 1.6,113.1 

2.  a 

3.... 148.  2 

11:    8....249.  2.  6 

35.... 280.  3.  6 

36....75.  1 

22,  27.... 275.  1.  c 

12:    7. ...4.6.  2 

26 

2.... 250.  1 

39.... 61.  0.  a 

28.... 22.  b 

16.... 266.  r 

23....216.  2.  a 

32:    1....270.  c 

47:  24.... 275.  1.  c 

21.... 89    (f.    6.   & 

24.... 53.  3.  a 

5.. ..111.  2.  6 

48  :  20.... 270.  c 

111.  pi.) 

33 100.  2.  n  a\ 

16.... 250.  2^(3) 

22.... 223.  1.  a 

39 141.  6 

100.    2.    a    (2), 

20.... 61.   1.    c,   88 

49:    3. ...66.  a 

49.... 276.  1.  c 

229.  4.  6 

(J)!.),  65.  2.  a 

5.... 216.  1.  b 

13:    1....24.  a 

27 

21.... 247.  a 

22.... 4.6.  3 

8.... 281 

2.... 92.  c 

28 

1....119.  1 

23.... 249.  2.  b 

10. . .  .24.  b 

9.... 254.  7 

2.... 264.  6.  a 

33:     6....220.  1.  /; 

11....63.  2.  a,  01.  6. 

16.... 220.  1.  6 

7.... 275.  1.  c 

6....88(f.  pi.) 

n,  218,  220.  1.  b, 

22.... 263.  4 

40 207.  1.  a 

11.... 43,      166.     1, 

221.  6.  6 

14:    4.... 22.  6,91.  c 

29 

3.... 248.  a 

270.  b 

12....215. 1.  n,259. 

14.... 119.  1 

9.... 273.  3 

84:  17....100.  Za(l) 

2.  b 

17.... 22.  6,91.  c 

20.... 38.  4.  a 

21.... 258.  2 

17.... 216.  2.  a 

15:    1.... 22.  6,  263.  6 

30.... 105.  a 

INDEX 

II. 

333 

29:  35. ...§65.  a 

23:  17. ...§26 

22: 

33. 

..§105.  a           1 

7:    2... 

.§  119.  1 

37 229.  4.  6 

18. ...216.  2.  a 

37. 

..141.  1 

5... 

.126.  1 

30:  18 109.  3 

22 106.  a 

23 

7. 

.  .19.  2,  119.  3, 

10... 

.92.  c 

23.... 215.  1.  c 

30.... 112.  3 

141.  1,  263.  6 

13... 

.104.  A 

34.... 38.  1.  a 

39.... 22.  a 

13. 

..141.3 

15... 

.106.  a 

31:  13....1U4.  A 

24:    5.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 

18. 

..61.  6.  a 

17... 

.254.  9.  b 

14.... 275.  6 

22 250.  1.  a 

19. 

..121.3 

23... 

.273.  2 

32:    1....75.  1,  119.  1, 

'23.... 273.  3 

24. 

-.166.  5 

24... 

.94.  h,  112.  3 

249.  2.  a 

25:    5.... 216.  2.  a 

25. 

..139.  1,2 

8:    3... 

.86,  6  (3  pi.) 

4,  8.... 275.  3.  a 

21.... 172.  1 

27. 

..104.7 

9... 

.207.  2.  a 

19 220.  2.  b 

46.... 39.  3.  b 

24- 

3. 

..61.  6.  a 

16... 

.55.   2.  a.  86. 

25....  104.  (7,156.  2 

26:    9.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 

4. 

..266 

6  (3  pi.) 

33:    3 63.1.6,174.4 

bis. 

7. 

..19.2.6,131.6 

9:    3... 

.112.  3 

13.... 220.  2.  6 

15.... 141.  3 

9. 

..275.  6 

6... 

.38. 4.  a,  249.  2 

20.... 105.  a 

18.... 92.  d 

11. 

..127.  2 

14... 

.98.  2 

24.... 111.  3.  a 

25.... 132.  1 

15. 

.  .61.  6.  a 

25... 

.251.  4 

36:    3....38.  1.  a 

33.... 92.  e 

17. 

..101.  2 

26... 

.119.  1 

28 216.  2.  a 

34. ...172.  1 

21. 

..158.  3 

10:  15... 

.119.  3 

3S:  27.... 250.  2(2) 

34,  35.... 65.  a 

22. 

..35.'1 

17... 

.30.  2 

39:  30.... 105.  d 

34,  43.... 140.  6 

25 

13. 

...24.  a 

11:  12... 

.247.  a 

40:    3.... 166.  4 

27:    7....251.  2.  a 

26 

30. 

...240.  3.  6 

14... 

.270.  b 

8.... 112.  3 

62. 

...96.  a 

18... 

.249.  2.  b 

23.... 246.  2.  a 

28 

4. 

.  .249.  1.  6 

22... 

.87.  88  (pi.) 

LEVITICUS. 

6. 

. .  .254.  6.  6 

12:    6... 

.270,  b 

8. 

...104.  d 

10... 

.274.  2.  e 

2:  15....S71.  a(3) 

NUMBERS. 

26. 

...39.  3.  6 

31... 

.45.  5 

4:  13.... 60.  3.  o 

29 

15. 

...251.  1 

13:    S... 

.111.  3.  a 

23,  28.... 150.  5 

1:  10....§13.  6 

30 

11. 

...274.  2.  b 

4... 

.283.  1 

5:  21.... 61.  4.  a, 

47.... 96.  a 

31 

2. 

...131.3 

5... 

.65.  b 

205.  e 

2:  33.... 96.  a 

12. 

...45.  5.  a 

7... 

.276.  1 

22.... 119.  1 

3:  26.... 271.  4.  b 

32 

5. 

...271.  4.  a 

14... 

.254.  6.  a 

24.... 220.  2.  a 

49.... 55.  1 

7. 

...113.  1 

14:    5... 

.57.  2  (3)  a 

6:  14.... 114 

4:  23.... 22.  a 

21. 

...254.  9.  6 

7... 

.196.  c 

15.... 95. a 

5:  13,  14.... 71.  a  (3) 

33. 

...71.  a  (1),  246. 

17... 

.229.  4.  & 

7 

38.... 216.  1.  a 

22.... 131.  2 

1.  a 

22... 

.280.  1 

8 

3. ...119.  1 

6  :  23 120.  3 

42. 

...27 

15:  16... 

.119.  1 

9 

7.... 98.  1.  a 

8:    7. ...121.  3 

33 

30. 

...111.2.  d 

18... 

.126.  1 

10 

4.... 39.  4.  a 

24.... 22.  a 

34 

5. 

...61.  6.  a 

16:    1... 

.22.  b 

11.... 273.  2 

9:    6....275.  1.  6 

6. 

7,  9.... 24.  a 

3... 

.30.  2 

12.... 39.  3.  6 

7. ...249.  2 

18. 

. . .131.  1 

20... 

.280.  3 

18.... 271.  4.  a 

14.... 275.  1.  c 

28. 

...57.  2(2)-& 

17  :    2,  3 

...205.  a 

19.... 230.  2.  b 

20.... 253.  2 

35 

4. 

...251.  2.  a 

18:    2.. 

.275.  1.  c 

11:    7....126.  1 

10:  23. ...45.  5 

19. 

...125.  2 

19:    6.. 

.114 

9.... 270.  c 

29.... 21.  1 

20. 

...105.  cJ 

15... 

.43 

IS.... 229.  4.  h 

35.... 4.  a 

20:    2.. 

.19.  2,  119.  3 

32.... 38.1.  a,  254.  4 

11:    4.... 57.    2  (2)  a, 

7.. . 

.119.  1 

39 71.  a  (3) 

229.  3,  a 

DEUTERONOMY. 

21:    7.. 

.13.   b,   86.   b 

42.... 4.  a 

5.... 263.  4 

(3 

I'l.) 

43.... 164.  2 

11.... 164.  2 

1 

2. 

...§38.  1.  a 

8.. 

.83.  c.  (2) 

44.... 96.  &,  242 

15.. ..71,  o(2) 

14. 

...259.  2 

11.. 

.214.  1.  b 

13:    3....258.  3.  a 

16.. ..111.  3.  a 

15. 

...225.  1.  a. 

22:    7.. 

.126.  1 

4.... 27,  57.  2  (2) 

20.... 196.  d 

19. 

...271.  2 

24.. 

.255.  2 

6,  220.  1.  b 

25.... 111.  2.  c 

22. 

...99.  3.  a 

23:    6.. 

.253.  2.  & 

10, 21.... 71.  a  (3) 

12:    1....276.  1 

28. 

...38.  1.  a 

11.. 

.24.  & 

51,  52 139.  3 

4.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

35. 

. .  .38. 1.  a,  249. 1 

24:    3.. 

.104.  A 

55,  56 96.  a 

13:  18.... 283.  2.  a 

38. 

...273.  1 

4.. 

.96.  a 

14:    8....126.  1 

32.... 156.  4 

44. 

...245.  5.  d 

25:    4.. 

.158.  3 

13.... 175.  2 

14:    1....275.  2.  a 

45. 

. .  .112.  3 

7... 

.60.  3.  a 

35 242.  a 

2.... 262.  1 

2 

9. 

...60.  4.  a 

13.. 

.280.  2 

38 274.  2.  a 

15:    6.... 252.  3 

12. 

...203.  5.  a 

26:    2.. 

.39.  4 

42 156.  2 

21....39.  3.  6 

24. 

...131.  3 

5.. 

.254.  6.  & 

43 92.  rf,  94.  b 

28.... 27,  220.  1.  b 

35. 

...139.1 

12.. 

.94.  6,  113.  2 

15:  24 87 

29.... 275.  1.  c 

3 

4. 

...250.  2(1) 

27:    4.. 

.106.  a 

29.... 100.  2.  a  (2) 

16:    3.... 275.  2 

13. 

...246.  1.  a 

7.. 

.24.  a 

32 87 

17:    3,  4.... 104.  g- 

17. 

...216.  2.  a 

28:  24.. 

.104.  6 

16:    4....104, /! 

10.... 140.  4 

26. 

...21.  1,  151.  2 

45.. 

.104.  b 

8 11. 1.  a,188.a 

28.... 125.  2 

4 

10. 

. .  .119.  1 

48... 

.94.  6 

31 71.  a  (3; 

20:    3.... 125.  2 

11. 

...99.  3.  a 

52.. 

.126.  1 

18:    4....263.  1 

5. ...104. I 

26. 

...44.  6,  91.  6 

57.. 

.164,  2 

7ff 172.  3 

8. ...276.  3 

30. 

...265.  b 

58... 

.249.  1 

28 1.56.  4 

14.... 104.  i 

33. 

. .  ..35.  1 

59.. 

.165.    2,    220. 

19  :  20 175.  5,  282.  a 

21. ...131.  4  * 

41. 

. .  .219.      1.      b, 

2. 

a 

20;    3 256 

21:    5....104.  / 

256.  d 

66.. 

.177.  3 

7 96.  b 

30 105.  0,140.  5 

5 

.    6- 

21....39.  4.  a 

29:  11... 

.106.  a 

21:    1 96.  a 

33,  35.... 44.  a 

8. 

...27 

30:    3.. 

.92.  c 

4 UO.  4 

22:    6.... 269.  6 

9. 

...111.  3.  a 

3,4 

...104.  h 

5 97.  1.  a 

8.... 274.  2.  a 

14. 

...249.  1.  c 

11.. 

.166, 1,205.  c 

9 71.  a  (3), 

11....  19.  2,  141.  1, 

17. 

...27 

20.. 

.39,  4,  87 

140.  3 

267.  b 

24. 

...71.  a  (2) 

31:  28... 

.22,  6 

23:    3 280.  3.  a 

25.... 119.  1 

6 

:    4. 

..A.  a 

29.. 

.166.  1 

13.... 220.  1.  b 

29.... 262.  1 

25. 

. .  .45.  1 

32:    1.. 

.245.  2 

334 

INDEX    II. 

82:    6..,.^  228.  2.  n 

12:  21.... 5  55.  2.  a 

9:  11.... 5  53.    2.    b, 

1- 

8.... 5  88,  88(2  f.), 

7 104.  A,  2S0.  2 

13:  13.... 196.  b 

95.  b 

127,  1 

8.... 11.  1.  i,  94.  6 

23.... 247.  a 

12.... 89    (f.   8.    Sc 

9....88(pl.),  165. 

10 63.  c,  105.  b 

14:    8.... 62.  2,  175.  1 

m.  1)1,) 

3 

13 13.  a 

15:  36.... 203.  5.  6 

13.... 95.  b 

14.... 150.  3 

15.... 285.  3 

38.... 22.  o 

14.... 89 

16.... 139.  2 

18.... 172.  4 

56.... 22.  a 

24.... 220.  1.  b 

3 

3 86.  fi(2  f.) 

21. ...111.  2.  6 

17:    1....30.  2 

25.... 174.  5 

4....16.  1,55.  2.  a, 

22.... 147.  4 

18;  12,  14.... 86.   b    (3 

29.... 164.  5,  172.3 

88(2  f.),  106,  a 

26.... 104.  /•,  172.  3 

pl.) 

35.... 274.  2.  b 

12.... 258.  3.  6 

28....216.1.  6 

20.... 88 

38.... 91.  6 

13.... 119.  3 

29.... 262.1 

19:  43.... 61.  6.  a 

48. ...75,  1 

16.... 60.  3.   6  (2), 

32.... 24.  0,    57.   2 

50.... 172.  4 

53.... 140.  5 

120.    1,   164,    %, 

(2)  a 

51.... 39.  1.  a 

10:     2....60.  3,  fi  (1) 

251.  2.  c 

34....90(p:iB9.) 

21:  10.... 227.  1.  o 

4.... 207,  1./ 

20.... 220.  1.  b 

36 35.  1,  86.  b 

22:     5.... 87 

9.... 24:3.  3 

4 

1....147.  5 

87.... 172.  1 

12.... 45.  5 

14.... 119,  4 

15.... 104.  c,  i 

37,38 220.  2.  c 

10.... 119.  3 

11:    1....2.'i4.  6 

41.... 141.  2 

17.... 271.  4.  a 

18.... 99,  3,  a 

33:  16.... 61.   6.   a,  88 

25.... 148.  1 

25.... 91.  6,119.  1 

1  SAMUEL. 

(3f.),  167.  3 

27.... 44.  b 

37.... 98.  2 

21.... 177.  3 

23:    7,  12.... 249.  2.  « 

40....  250.     2    (2), 

1 

1....I265.  a 

24  :  10. . .  .92.  </,  282.  a 

263.  4 

3.... 219.  1.  a 

15....88(pl.) 

12:    4.... 272.  2 

4.... 245.  3,  6 

josnuA. 

19.... 275.  3.  a 

5.... 230.  3,  a 
6.... 3,  1,  a 

6.... 24.  fi,  104,  ( 
8.... 263.  2 

1:    l....§265.  a 

13:    2.... 248.  a 

9....  104.  rf,  172.  4, 

8.... 36.  2 

JUDGES. 

3.... 16.  1 

254.  1 

14.... 256 

5,  7.... 90  (2f.  B.) 

14.... 88  (2  f.) 

16 263  1 

1:    1....5  265.  a 

6.... 119.  2 

17....53.  2.  a 

2:    8.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 273.  3.  a 

8.... 93.  fi,  245.  5. 

20.... 119.  2 

14 249.  2.  b 

2:    7.... 256 

fi,  266.  3 

24.... 104.  I 

16.... 157.  1,  164.2 

3:  15.... 246.  3.  6 

12.... 275.  1.  a 

28.... 119.  2 

17,  18,  20.... 104.  k 

24.... 140.  5 

23.... 273.  1 

2 

5.... 24.  c 

18.... 112.  3 

25.... 157.  1 

14:    1....61.  6.  a 

10.... 119.  1 

20.... 249.  2.  b 

27.... 272.  2.  b 

6.... 245.  5.  d 

13.... 203.  5.  a 

3:    3. ...246.3 

30.... 274.  2.  a 

11.... 251,  2.  6 

22....88(pl.) 

9.... 131.  3 

4:  19.... 164.  2,  262.  2 

15.... 283.  2.  a 

27.... 91.  6 

11.... 246.  3.  a 

20.... 104.  a,  127.  2 

18.... 61.  6.  a 

3 

2.... 258,  3,  a 

12 280.  1 

21....  11. 1.0,156.3 

15:  16.... 280.  3.  a 

4.... 263.  1.  b 

13.... 246.  3 

22.... 266 

10:    5....130.  1.  6 

7....263.  1.  6      • 

14.... 253.  2.  a 

23.... 126.  1 

13.... 112.  3 

8.... 254.  9,  b 

4:    4....251.  4.  a 

24.... 282.  c 

14.... 246.  3.  a 

19.... 263, 4 

5.... 255.  3 

5:    5.... 86.  a,  141.  1, 

16.... 27 

4 

8....266.  2.  a 

6.... 88  (pi.) 

249.  2.  a 

25.... 51.  2 

12.... 266.  3 

8.... 104.^ 

7....24.  r,74,74.  a 

26.... 150.  1 

14....75.  1 

10.... 275.  2 

8....92.  f/,  121.  1 

27.... 271. 1 

19.... 148.  2 

13.... 45.  5.  a 

12.... 45.  2.  a 

28....  22.  fi,  27,  223. 

6 

10....104.  y?,  165.  3 

23.... 127.  2 

13.... 148.  3 

1.  a 

12.... 88  (3f.  pl,), 

24.... 262.  1 

15....  199.    c,    207. 

17:    2....71,  o,  2 

147,  4,  282 

6.    5.... 125.  2 

2.  a 

18:     7.... 94,     a,    275, 

14....246,  3,  6    , 

7.... 46 

26.... 88  (3  f.  pl.), 

2.  fi 

15,... 119.  1 

13 282.  c 

105.  b 

29.... 93.  6 

7 

8. ...119.  1 

17.... 166.  1 

28.... 60.  3.  b  (2), 

30.... 4.  a 

8 

19.... 24.  a 

7:    7.... 60.   3.  6  (2), 

121.  2 

19:    5.... 19.  2.  n,  89 

9 

3.... 270.  c 

94.  6,  112.  2 

31.... 263.  1 

11.... 150.  1(2) 

9.... 243.  2.  a, 

9.... 172.  3 

6:    9....99.  3.  6 

22.... 82.  5.  a 

24a.  3 

21.... 246.  2.  a 

11.... 246.  3.  6 

20:  13.... 46 

24.... 245.  6.  6 

8:  11.... 246.  .3.  a 

14.... 249.  2.  6 

15,  17.... 96,  a 

10 

1-8.... 100.  1 

19.... 271.  2 

15.... 250.  2 (2)  a 

25.... 224.  a 

4.... 251.  2.  c 

22.... 272.  2 

17....74,  74.  a 

31.... 131.  2 

5.... 206,  3 

24.... 22.  b 

20.... 73.  2.  a 

32.... 24.  b 

6....  165.    3,    273. 

33.... 246.  2.  a 

25.... 249.  1.  c 

39.... 131,  5 

3.  a 

9:    4....161.  1 

31.  ...230.  3.  a 

43....24.  fi 

13.... 165.  3 

6.... 119.  4 

34.... 119.  1 

44.... 271,  4,  6 

19.... 2.50.  2  (2)  a 

8.... 262.  2.  a 

36.... 258.  3.  6 

21:    9....96.  n 

24.... 24.  6 

12.... 101.    1,    249. 

7:    6.... 22.  a 

21.... 39.  3,  b 

12 

3.... 38.  1.  a 

2.  a 

12.... 74.  a 

22.... 158.  3 

7. ...91.  c 

13.... 126.  1 

19 268.  1 

25.... 258.  3.  6 

13.... 119.  2 

24.... 95.  c,  172.  3 

8:    1....166.  2 

24.... 94.  a 

10:  11.... 38.  4.  a,  39. 

2.... 25 

13 

6.... 250.  2(1) 

1.  a 

10.... 224.  a 

•    RUTH. 

8.... 149,  2 

20 22.fi 

11.... 229.  4.  6 

19 86.  6(8pl.) 

24.... 86.  fi(3  pL), 

10. ...111.  3.  b 

1:    8.... §275.  6 

21.... 19.  2.  fi,  65.  a 

245.  5.  /.. 

26.... 74.  a 

9....89(f.  pl.) 

14 

1....73.  2.  a 

26.... 56.  4 

9:    2 230.  2.  a 

11.... 45.  4 

22.... 94.  c 

29.... 272.  2 

8.... 98.  1.  a 

13.... 25,  71.  n(3). 

24.... 111.  2.  d 

30.... 21.  1 

9.....53.  2.  fi,  63, 1. 

88  (f.  pl.),  91.  c 

29 249.  2,  r 

31,38.... 272.  2 

a,  95.  b 

19.  ...104.  ^ 

32.... 157,  3,  172.  4 

11:    8....21.  1 

10.... 89    (f.    8,    & 

20.... 60.  3.  c,  196. 

33.... 57.   2  (3)   o, 

14.... 94.  b 

m.  pi.) 

d 

164.  3 

INDEX    II. 


335 


u 


16 


36. 

40. 

:    1. 

5. 

6. 

9. 
19. 
30. 
:  4. 
12. 
15 


,.§141.  1 

,.276.  3 

.  .125.  2 

.  .111.  2.  c 

..151.  2 
91.  e 

'.'.157.3,  172.4 

.  .100.  2.  a  (1) 

..284 

.  .214.  2.  b 

..221.  2.  a 

18 246.3.  6,254. 

6.  a,  257,  2 

23 245.  3.  a 

12....  249.  2.  c,  253. 

2.  6 

25 24.  6,104,  h 

26.... 73.  2.  a,  275, 

3.  a 

34.... 245.  5.  d, 265. 

6,  271.  4.  6 
35....  14.  a,  112.3, 

265.  6 


28  .  24.... §111.  2.  b 

30  :    1 14.  a 

31:    2 94.  c 

2  BAMUEL. 


42.. 
47.. 
55-. 


.172.  4 
..150.  2 
..245.    2, 


249. 


56.. 
:    1.. 


19 


.249.  2.  a 
.105.  a 
.158.  3 
7.... 250.  2(2)  a 
9.... 156.  1 
17.... 119.  1 
20.... 243.  2 

22 220.  2.  6 

28 104.  i 

29....  148. 1,  151.2 
10.... 249.  2.  6 
13, 16.... 201.  2 
17. ...104.  k 

21 269.  a 

22 249.  1.  c 

.119.  1 
.271.  4.  a 
.39.4 
.119.  1 
.254.  6.  a 
.199.  6 
.250.  2  (2)  a 

'>1  •    2 219.  1.  6 

3 92.6,221.3.0 

7. ...44 

12 44.  a 

14....66. 1(1),105. 

a,  174.  4 
15.... 126.  1 

22:    2 165.2 

23:  11 94.  d 

22 282.  a 

.  .245.  5.  a 
.  .260.  1 
..71.  a  (2) 
.  .94.  a 
..164.  2 
..157.  3 
..172.    5, 
3.  a 
33.... 165.  3 


6.. 
13.. 
21.. 

28.. 
31.. 
38., 
42., 


4.. 

6.. 

9.. 

10., 

15.. 

21., 

26.. 

:19., 

27. 

32. 

:    2. 

8. 

22. 

:    6. 

:    2. 

:    1. 

3. 

5. 

13 


23. 

7  :10. 

8  :18. 
10 


12:  1,4 
4.. 

14.. 
13:    4.. 

31.. 

32.. 

39.. 


14.. 
17., 
19.. 
:  7., 
8., 
14. 
18.. 


21 


:11.. 

12.. 
;    7.. 

24. 

33. 


..§271.4.  a 
..177.  3 
..142.  2 
..45.  1 
.  .160.  1 


16 


14 


209. 


,.§242.  c 
.  .91.  6,  166.  3 
.  .256.  c 
..99.  3.  6,106.a 
..131.3 
. .255.  1 
.  .166.  1 
.  .13.  6 
..65.  a 
.  .274.  2.  6 
.  .257.  1 
. .165.  3 
.  .276.  2 
..71.  a (3) 
.  .164.  2 
..151.2 
...249.  1.  & 
,..16.  3.  6 
...282.  c 
16.... 253.  1 

20 282.  6 

.56.  2 
.114 
.199.  6 
.253.  2 
11, 17.... 275.  2.  6 
1....11.  1.  6 
24.... 177.  3 

25 245.   5, 

4.  a 

. .  .156.  3 
.249.  1.  c 
.92.  d 
.280.  1 
.254.  10 
.158. 3 
.253.  1 
2,  3.... 16.  1 
7.... 38.  4.  a,  158.  S 
10.... 104.  k 
19.... 57.  2(1), 

180.  a 
30....  149.  1,  150.4 
..282.  6 
. .125.  2 
..275.  2.  6 
.  .282.  c 
.  .273.  6 
..287.  3 


37,  40.... 238.  1.  6 

40 53.  3.  o.  111. 

2  c 
41.. '..53.  2.  6,  132. 


23: 


43.. 

44.. 

48.. 

1.. 


.118.  3,  141.  3 
.199.  6 
.238.  1.  6 
.160.  5 

.33.  3,  140.  6, 
221.  6 
8. ...199.  6 

27 24.  6 

24:  12.... 268.  2 
13.... 253.  2 


1  KINGS. 


:26., 

29. 
:    3. 

14. 

21. 
:    1. 

12. 

13. 

30. 

32. 

42 


271. 


15:  8 
12. 
23. 
30. 
32. 
34. 


16 


34. 


I  (3  f.),  167. 


43.... 250.  2 (2)  a 
.16.... 271.  4.  6 

22 246.  3. /I 

•  12.... 119.  1 

■    7 214.1.6 

8 89  (f.  s.  &m. 

pl.) 

10 24.  6 

14 60,  3.  6  (2) 

15.... 63.  1.  f,  97. 
1.  6, 164.  5 


19 


20: 


21: 


18.. 

1.. 
14., 
18.. 
19., 

1. 

4. 

5. 

9. 
21.. 


37 215.  1.  e 

1....250.  2(1) 

16 215.  1.  6 

9.... 243.  2.  a 
10.... 140.  4 
12. ...71.  a(l) 

22 223.  1.  a 

23 113.    1,    275 

3.  a 
3.... 113.  2 
,.270.  6 
..281 

..111.  2.  6 
. .224.  a 
. .113.  2 
..257.2 
. .119.  1 
..111.  2.  d 
..111.  2.6 
. .95.  a 

2 166.  2. 

6 60.  3.  a 

2 
9....160.  5,  223.1 
o,  250.  2  (2)  a 


127. 


:    6. 

14. 

15. 

21. 

27. 
:24. 

31. 

:    3. 

7. 

15. 
:    5. 


..§243.1 
.  .259.  2.  a 
. .54.  1,  205.  6 

,,.87 

, . .283.  2.  6 

, .  .105.  a 

...254.  6.  6 

...126.  i 

. . .267.  6 

...147.4 

...150.    4,    215. 

1.  6 


5:  3., 
10. 
11. 
20. 
25. 

6  :  16. 

19. 
21. 
38. 

7  :  12 


11 


11.. 

:    3.. 

9. 

12.. 

15.. 


25.. 

39.. 
:10.. 

12.. 

32.. 
:    7.. 

12.. 

20.. 


.253.  2.  a 
.254.  8 
.260.  2  (2)  a 
.119.  1 
.53.  2.  a 
.10.  a 
.132.  1 
.207.  1.  c 
.251.  4.  a 
.249.  1.  c 
14.... 132.  1,  253.1 

37 220.  1.  6 

44 251.  4.  a 

1....119.  1 

48 86.  6  (1  c.) 

.165.  2 
.112.  3 
,  .254.  8 
.275.  1.  6 
. .254.  3 

i 210.  d 

3.... 275.  1.  a 
13.... 16.  1 

22 24.  a 

.271.  4.  b 
.57.  2  (2)  a 
.221.  5.  a 
.164.  2 
.257.  3 
.234.  a 
.75.  2 

.60.  3.  b  (2) 
14:    2.... 71.  a  (2) 

3 60.2.0,127.1 

6.... 273.  5 

24 246.  3.  a 

25.... 257.  3 

15  16 60.  3.  a 

23.... 271.  4 

29 94.  6 

33.... 2.57.  3,  4 

16  :  10.... 2.52.  2 

16 247.  a 

17.... 172.  4,  175.3 
25.... 172.  4 


.§254.  9.  a 
.252.  2.  a 
.100.  1 
.177.  3 
.43 

.252.  1 
.100.  2.  a  (1) 
.104.  s 
.131.3 
.273.  3 
.175.3 

43 254.  9.  a, 

274.  2  d 

44 104.  6 

2 276.  3.  a 

4 274.  2.  c 

7.... 38.  1.  a 
10.... 92.  d 

11 275.  1.  c 

15.... 66.  2(2)6, 

219. 1 
19.... 251.  4.  a 
.98.  1.  a 
.39.4 
.229.  1.  6 
.96.  a.  161.  4 
.172.  3 
.91.  6 
.45.  1 
.46 

..164.2 
..126.  1 
.  .249.  2.  b 
25.... 165.  1 
27....2§3.  2.  a, 

270.  c 
35.... 147.  4 
54.... 119.  1 


2  KJNGS. 

2.... §249.  2.  c, 

283.  1 
6.... 36.  2,39.4 
7. ...75.  1 
10.... 172. 4 
10, 14.... 250.  2 

(2)  a 
16.... 39.  4 
..16.  3.  6 
..93.  c 
..16.  3.  6 
.  .208.  3.  c 
.  .165.  2 


20 
20:    9... 

13... 

27... 

35... 

39.., 

21:    1... 

8.. 

29 
22  :12 

23 


1.. 

10.. 
11.. 
16.. 
21.. 
22.... 165.  3 


24. 
:  4. 
23. 
25. 
27. 
7.. 


.251.  2.  6 
,.253.  2.  a 
..119.  1 
..65.  6,111.  1 
. .263.  1 
220.  1.  6 


3., 


6: 


16,  23 71.  a.  2 

24.... 131.  1 

25 73.  2.  o 

32 95.  a 

■    1 39.  1.  a 

.112.  3 

104.  j 

7.... 254.  9.  6 
9.... 257 
18.... 46,  176.  1 
5.... 271.  4.  b 

8 220.  2.  a 

10.... 252.  4 
11.... 74.  a 
18.... 98.  2,207. 

1.  a 
19....88(pl.) 
22.... 230.  3 
23.... 172.  4 


k 


33G 


INDEX    II. 


6:32., 
7  ;  12.. 

13. 

8:    1.. 

8. 

12. 

13. 

21. 
9:17. 

2.'!. 


10 


..§24.6 
..165.  1 
..246.  3.  a 
..71.  "(2) 
..249.  2.  c 
..120.  1 
..75   I 
..U.  1.  6,90 
..196.  6 
.  .220.  1.  b 
..172.  1 
..118.  3 
..39.  4 
..199.  6 
..199.  a 
..252.  2.  b 
..216.  1.  a 
.  .60.  3.  c,  132.  2 
..250.  1.  a 


15 


16 


14.. 

1.. 

10.. 

16.. 


19 


23 


17.. 
13.. 
36.. 
23.. 
30.. 
4. 

4.. 
23.. 
25.. 
29.. 
19.. 

1.. 

17.. 

3, 

25:17.. 

29.. 


.164.  2 
.263.  1 
.2Ji  2.  a 
.19.  2 
.246.  2.  a 
.156.  2 
.2.>$.  2 
.:'.9.  4.  a 
.39.  4 
.119.  1 

.126.    1,   271. 
a 

.285.  1 
.254.  2.  a 
.175.  2 
.lljl.  3 
.106.  a 
.251.  2.  A 
.73.  2.  a,  240. 

.251.  2.  6 
.177.3 


1  CnROXIOLES. 


13 


10... 

20... 

1... 

2... 

14... 

20... 

3... 

12... 

15:24... 

27... 

3. 

17:    4... 

20:    2... 

8... 

21:13... 

22:  14... 

23:    6... 

24:    3... 

28... 

26:19... 

26  ;  28... 

27  :  15... 

28  :    1 . . . 

5... 

29:17... 

18... 


.§57.  2(1) 

.1.3.  h 

.149.  1 

.100.  2.  a(l) 

.74.  a 

.14.  a 

.1.50.  1.180.0 

.260.  2  (2) 

.14.  n 

.104.  I 

.51.  2 

.94.  e,  180.  n 

.180.    a,  246. 

a 

.266.  3.  a 

.2.54.  5 

.73.  a,  149.  1 

.259.  2 

.2.50.  2  (3) 

..59.  a 

.59.  r/,  113.  1 

.275.  1.  c 

.251.  4.  (I 

.245.  5.  /.. 

.251.  4.  n 

.30  1 

.249.  1.  a 

.24.5.  5.  b 

.123.  1 


2  CHRONICLES. 

1  :    4....§24.5.  5.  b 

10.... 164.  b 

2  7.... 14.  «,  264.  3 


3:    3. 

5:    2 

12 

6  42 

7  :    6 
8:  16 

18 


10: 


16:    7. 

12 

17  :  11. 

12 

13 
IS  :  22, 

23 
19  :  2, 
20:    7. 

35 
21  :  17 

22:    5 
11 

23  :  19 

24  :  18 
25:  4 
26  :  15 

17 
19 
21 

28  :  23. 

29  :  31 

36 

31  :    7 

14 

32  :  15 

30 

33:19 

34:    4, 

5 

6 

35  :  13 


...§247.  a 
...119.  1 
...180.  a 
...98.  1 
...94.  (? 
...240.  3.  a 
...13.  a 
. .  .231.  5.  a 
...19.  2 
...246.  3.  a 
8. ...119.  1 
...177.  3 
. .  .62.  2.  6,  209. 
2.  d 

. .  .282.  c 
...275.  1.  c 
...249.  2.  b 
. .  .38.  4.  a 
...112.  5.  c 
...105.  a 
, . .  .96.  a 
...125.    1,    260. 
2(2) 

...53.  2.  a 
. . .  .39.  1.  a 
. . .242 
. . .  .249.  2.  6 
...254.  7 
...148.  1,  177.3 
. . . .251.  2.  b 
...119.  3 
...198.  a.  4 
...94.  e 
...65.  b 
...24.5.  5.  b 
...14S.  1 
...219.  1.  a 

256.  c 

...150.  2  (p. 
182) 

...199.  c 
...126.  1 
. .  .220.  1.  b 
. .  .43.  b 
...57.1 

EZRA. 


11... 

.§95.  c,  150.5 

25.. 

.39.4 

18... 

.26 

23.. 

.99.  3 

25.. 

.98.  1.  n,  207. 

1. 

b,  245.  5.  b 

26.. 

.98.  1.  a 

29.. 

.246.  3.  a 

31.. 

.99.3 

14.. 

.24.5.  5.  h 

16.. 

.122.  2,  141.  1 

17.. 

.245.  5.  b 

NEHEMIAH. 


,.§125.  2 
..282.  b 

.111.  2.  e 
..m.  2.  b 
.  .39.  4 
.  .4.  f/,  104.  5 

.53.  2.  />,  62.  1 
..94.  a 
..274.  1 
..210.  r 
..216.  2.  a 
,  .2.55.  1 
..6.5.  a 


16.... 112.  3 
6. ...177.  1 
8.... 57.    2  (3) 
1&4.  3. 


n.. 

34.. 

2. . 

5.. 

5.. 

6.. 
IS.. 
19.. 
26.. 
28.. 
32.. 
35.. 

;5!i.. 

17.. 
44.. 
13.. 
16.. 
23.. 


.§23.".  a 
,  .'^51.  3 

.106.  4 
,  .1U6.  «,  125.  2 

.161.  4 

.71.  a  (2) 

.63.  1.  a 

.249.  1 

.03.  1.  a 

.249.  1.  a 
.  .271.  4.  a 

.249.  1.  c 

.94.  6,  113.  2 

.150.  2 

.39.  3.  b 

.111.  2.  d 

.11.  1.  a 
..210.  d 


ESTHER. 

8.. 

..§126.  1 

9.. 

.  .207.  2.  d 

3.. 

..150.  5 

4.. 

..161.  2 

14.. 

..127.  1 

16.. 

.  .276.  2 

5.. 

..82.  1.  a(l) 

6.. 

.  .269 

15.. 

..256 

4.. 

.  .282.  c 

27.. 

.  .86.  6  (3  pi.) 

JOB. 

...§250.   2  (2), 
260.  2.  (1) 
...263.  4,  274. 
2.  d 

. .  .245.  3.  b 
. .  .45.  1 
...71.  a (2) 
. .  .45.  4,  131.  3 
. .  .220. 1.  b,  258. 
3 

...164.  2 
. .  .30.  1.  a 
...45.  4 
...46 
...248.  a 
...JO:?.  5 
....•J67.  b 
...263.  5 
,...2fi:j.  1 
...168.  n,  172.  3 
...283.  1.  a 

200.  e 

...287.3 
...285.  1 
...93.  h,  287.  1 
...263.  1 
...61.  6.  a 
...165.  3 
...263.  1 
...96.  A 

...60.  3.   b  (2), 
119.  4 
...126.  1 
...243.  2.  h 
....119.  1,  139.  3 
....104.7,  105.  b 

10,5.  h 

...57.  2  (2)  a, 
227.  1.  a 
....165.  1 
...22.  h 
....S8(pl.) 
...92.  A 


0:18.... §24.  6, 105.  a, 
190.  (I. 
SO....  121.  1 
34....1U5.  6 
10:  12.... 19.  2 

22 61.  6.  a 

11  :    3. ...94.  a 
12.... 139.  3 
15.... 150.  5 
17.... 97.  1.  a,  260. 
2(2)c 
12: 14.... 111.  1 
21.... '282.  c 
13:    9....24.  c 
15.....•^3.  b 
21.... 119.  1 

27 204.  a 

14:    ^...•.'.•>4.  9.  b 

19....11J.  .3,  275.4 
15:    7.... 227.  1.  a 
11.... 200.  2(2)6 
18....1J1.  2 
22.... 172.  5 
16  :    5. ...104.  A 
11..  ..147.  3 
12.... 161.  2 
13....  126.    1,   216. 

1.  b 
10.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

19 19.  2 

17:    2.... 24.  6 
3.... 126.  1 
10.... 21.5.  1.  c 
16.... 88  (3  f.  pi.) 
18:    2.... ,54.  3 

4.... 91.  h,  230.  2 
19:    2....105.  c 

3.... 94.  f,  252.  4 
7. ...113.  1 
15.... 105.  e 
16.... 45.  4 
17.... 139.  2 
23.... 88  (pi.),  14L 

1 

29.... 74,  74.  a 

20:    4.... 1.58.  3 

8.... 139.  3 

17....265.  3.  a 

24.... 112.  5.  c 

20 60.  :i.  c,  93.  a, 

111.  2.  e 
28 140.  2 

21  :    0....140.  5 

13.... 24.  c 
18.... 104.  «■ 
24.... 88  (pi.) 

22  :    0 283.  2 

20 220.  1.  6 

21....8S(3.f.),  94 
(i,  107.  3 
23:    3.... 269.  6 
9.... 34 

11.... 79  3.  a 

17... .806(2  m.) 
24  :  14.... 8.3.  6 

19 285.  3 

21.... 150.  2 

24....  1.39.  1 

25.... 264.  a 

33 220.  2.  e 

25:    3.... 220.  1.  ft 
26:    9 180.  a 

11. ...161.  4 
27:    3.... 2.56.  c 
4....92.  « 

12.... 271.  8 

.33 220.  2.  c 

28:  12.... 24.5.  5 
29:    3.... 1.39.  2 
6 .53.  3.  6 

14.... 106.  d 


INDEX    II. 

337 

29:21....§24.  e              ) 

9:  17... .§149.  1 

45-    3... 

.592.  fi             f 

78:63... 

.193.  /; 

80:    ii....2i.b 

18.... 219.  1.  a 

9... 

.199.  b 

65... 

.141.  5* 

26.... 99.  3.  & 

19.... 126.  1 

10... 

.14.  a,  24.  b 

80:    3... 

.61.  6.  a 

31:    5.... 157.  3 

10:    2.... 31.  a,  286 

47  :    5... 

Ao.  a 

5,  8 

...263.  2.  A 

1&....61.  3,  105.  6, 

5. ...31.  b 

10... 

.112.  5.  c 

e... 

.112.  3 

161.  3. 

8,  10.... 209.  1.  a 

49:    9... 

.55.  1 

11... 

.98.  a 

18.... 273.  3.  a 

12. ...131.  3 

50:  21... 

.112.  3,  282.  b 

14... 

.4.  a,  180.  a 

22.... 27 

13,  14.... 31.  6 

23... 

.105.  b 

15... 

.263.  2.  b 

24.... 60.  1.  a 

11:    1....257.  1 

51:    6... 

.263.  1 

16... 

.4.  a,  139.  2 

32:    2.... 269.  6 

7....  220.  2.  c,  275. 

7... 

.121.  2 

19... 

.157.  3 

10.... 125.  1 

3.  a 

53:    6... 

.220.  1.  b 

20... 

.253.  2.  6 

11.... 53.  2.  a,  111. 

12:    3.... 280.  2 

55:10... 

.92.  c 

81:    3... 

.45.  5.  a 

2.  c 

4. ...119.  1 

16... 

.164.  2 

11... 

.119.   1,   246. 

18.... 164.  2 

S....73. 1,249.2.?/ 

18... 

.274.  2.  a 

2. 

b 

33:    5 111.  3.  a 

13:    4.... 271.  3 

19,  22.... 19.  2.  a      1 

17... 

.279 

9.. ..71.  a(l) 

5.... 104.  A 

22... 

.141.  1 

84:    2... 

.200.  e 

13.... 158.  1 

16:    5.... 19.  2.  a,  90, 

87:    2... 

.172.  1,  275. 

86:    2... 

.19.  2,  126.  1 

21.... 26,  121.  1 

151.3 

1. 

a 

88:17... 

.24.  b,  92.  a 

25.... 180.  a 

17  :    3....U;9.  2 

9... 

.247.  b 

89:    2... 

.216.  2.  a 

27.... 158.  2 

9 263.  5.  a 

58:    2.. 

.88  (ri.) 

8... 

.111.3.  b 

30.... 159.  2 

18:    6. ...104./ 

4.. 

.156.  2 

9... 

.253.  2.  b 

34:    5. ...65.  a 

10..  ..147.  5 

7.. 

.131.3 

10... 

.131. 4 

13.... 61.  6.  a 

15.... 82.  1.  a  (3) 

8.. 

.139.  3 

40... 

.272.  3 

18.... 112.  1 

21. ...21.  1 

9.. 

.24.    b,   214. 

44... 

.104.  j 

22.... 01.  b 

27.... 142.  2 

1 

6 

45... 

.24.  b,  86.  6 

25.... 216.  1.  a 

41.... 132.  1 

12.. 

.275.  3.  a 

(2 

m.) 

35:  11.... 53.  3.  a,  111. 

19:    6....249.  1 

60:    2.. 

.43.  a 

51... 

.249.  1.  a 

2.  c 

8. ...254.  9.  b 

4.. 

.165.  1 

52... 

.24.  b,  216. 

37:    6.... 177.  1 

■\4....n.  1.  b 

5.. 

.253.  2.  a 

2. 

a 

12.... 61.  6.  a 

20:    4 63.  1.  c,  97. 

13.. 

.287.  1 

90:    2... 

.263.  1.  b 

24.... 104.  h 

1.  o,  b 

61:    1.. 

.196.  b 

10... 

.22.  a 

38:    1....4.  n 

9.... 243.  1 

62:    4.. 

.93.  a.  bia 

91:    6... 

.140.  1 

12 86.  b(2m.) 

22:    2....104.  j 

10.. 

.260.  2(2)c 

12... 

.105.  c 

24.... 60.  4.  a,  113.1 

9.... 42 

12.. 

.252.4 

92:    2.. 

.242.  6 

35.... 230.  2.  a 

10....  157.  1 

63:    2.. 

.275.  1.  c 

16... 

.61.  6.  a.. 

39:    2....104.  ,§■ 

17....  156.  3.199.  b 

4.. 

.105.  c 

93:    1... 

.126.  2  . 

3.... 161.  2 

22.... 272.  3 

8.. 

.61.  6.  a 

5.. 

.171.1 

4.... 112.  5.  c 

32.... 266.  3 

64:    7.. 

.54.3 

94:    1.. 

.94.  d 

24.... 165.  2 

23:    6 148.  2,267.  d 

65:    7.. 

.112.  5.  c 

9.. 

.126.  1 

40:    2....268.  1.  a 

24:  14. ...131.  3 

10.. 

.104.  h,  105.  b 

17.. 

.61.  6.  a 

21,  22.... 208.  3.  a 

25:      ....6,  7.  2.  a 

66:    4.. 

.275.  2.  b 

19.. 

.141.  6 

22 221.  6.  b 

:  27. ...71.  o.  2 

12.. 

..114 

20.. 

.93.    a,    111. 

41:    I.... 160.  5 

26:    2.... 98.  1.  a 

68:    3.. 

.91.  A,  131.  2, 

2. 

e 

2.... 105.  fi 

4. ...112.  3 

5 

140.  4 

101  :    5.. 

.92.  6,  93.  a 

17. ...131.  4,  164.2 

27:  10.... 112.  3 

5.. 

..111.  .3.  a 

102:    5.. 

.14.  o 

25.... 172.  5 

13.... 4.  a 

8.. 

.119.  3 

14.. 

.139.  2 

26.... 43,  43.  a 

28:    7.... 150.  2 

18.. 

..21.  1 

19.. 

.266.  3 

42  :    2. . .  .80.  b  (1  c.) 

29:    9.... 111.  1 

21.. 

..231.  3.  a 

103:    3,4 

....220.  2.  c 

13. ...223.  1.  a 

30:    4 13.  a 

69:  10.. 

.22.  a,  104.  i, 

4.. 

.104.  c,  246. 

8.... 221.  6.  6 

2 

16.  2.  a 

2 

b 

10.... 105.  6 

i9.r 

..98.  1.  a 

5.. 

.275.  3 

PSALMS. 

31  :10....31.  a 

24.. 

..119.  1 

7.. 

.263.  5 

14.... 31.  b 

70:    6.. 

..71.  a.  2 

13.. 

.119.1,262.3 

1:    1....5245.  2 

24.... 119.  4 

71:    6.. 

..157.  1 

104:    8.. 

.286 

2:    2.... 247 

32:    1....165.  3 

7.. 

..256.  h 

18.. 

.249.  1.  c 

3.... 45.  4,97.1 

10....249.  1.  a 

12.. 

..158.  2 

26.. 

.119.  1 

7. ...71.  a(2) 

33:    5.... 266.  1 

23.. 

..88.  (f.  pi.) 

28.. 

.88  (pi.) 

12.... 35.  1,271.4 

34:      ....6,  7.  2.  a 

72:15.. 

..105.  b 

29.. 

.111.  2.   6, 

3:    2.... 141.  1 

35  :    8 105.  a 

17.. 

..159.  3,247 

161.  2 

3.... 61.  6.  a 

10.... 19.  2.  a,  22. 

20.. 

..93.  a 

105    15.. 

.264 

8.... 273.  2 

6,  215.  1.  c 

73:    2.. 

.  .172.  1 

28.. 

.99.  3 

4:    3. ...Ill  2.  e 

19.... 102.  3 

10.. 

..254.  6.  b 

106:25.. 

.114 

7....3.  1.  a,131.3, 

25.... 127.  2 

16.. 

..99.  3.  b 

47.. 

.126.  1 

165.  1 

36: 13.... 121.  1 

27.. 

..86.  6  (2  m.) 

107  :  20.. 

.199.  d 

5:    9.... 31.  b,  150.  1 

37:      ....6 

74:    4.. 

..220.  2.  a 

27.. 

.126.  1 

11.... 42 

9.... 91.  b 

5.. 

..19.  2.  a 

109:  13.. 

.173.  3 

12....  112.  5.  c,  254. 

15.... 24.  b 

8.. 

..105.  a 

23.. 

..112.  5.  c 

9.  b 

23.... 161. 4 

10.. 

..119.  1 

110:    4.. 

..61.  e.a 

13.... .31.  b 

38:    3. ...131.1 

17.. 

..11.  1.  b 

Ill:      .. 

.6 

6:    3.... 42 

11. ...92.  a 

19.. 

..190.  6 

112:      .. 

.6 

4.... 71.  a.  2 

21.... 19.  2.  a 

75:11.. 

. .161. 4 

113  :    5-9 

...61.  6.  a 

7;    6....31.?>,60.  2.a, 

39-    2. ...97.  1 

76:    3.. 

.  .203.  5.  c 

6.. 

..218 

114 

5.. ..75.  1 

4.. 

.  .22.  0,  126.  2, 

lU:    8.. 

..61.  6.  a 

10.... 263.  1.  a 

14.... .35.  2,175.4 

216.  2.  a 

115:  17.. 

..242 

17 254.  9.  a 

40:  18.... 71.  a  (2) 

6.. 

..96.  a 

116:    6.. 

..141.2,150.3 

8:    2. ...132.  1 

41:    5. ...119.  3,  164.  5 

77:    2.. 

..112.  3 

12.. 

.  .220.  2.  c 

3.... 94.  b 

42  :    9 220.  1.  b 

4.. 

..172.3 

15.. 

..01.  6.  a 

5.... 199.  e 

10. ...111.  2.  b 

in.. 

..139.  2 

19.. 

..2:0.  1.  b 

9: 14.... 141.  1 

44:    5. ...258.  2 

18.. 

..92.  6 

118:10.. 

..105.  a 

15.... 220.  2.  a 

18,  21.... 127.  2 

,         20.. 

..24.  h 

11.. 

..139.  1 

16.... 285  3 

27.... 61.  6.  a 

'  78:    9.. 

..255.  3.  a 

18.. 

..92.  J,  104.  a 

33« 

INDEX    II. 

118:  23.... 5 lea  1 

8:11.. 

.§11.  1.  a 

30:25....§200.  e 

6:    3. ...§105.  d 

119:       ....a 

21.. 

.104.  ^ 

31.... 229.  1.  a 

9. ...104.  k 

18.... 98.  2 

27.. 

.118.  4 

31:    3 199.0 

12.... 57.  2 (3) a 

22.... 139.  2 

7  :13.. 

.141.  1 

10-31.... 6 

6:    6.... 45.  5.  a 

43.... 00.  4.  a 

14.. 

.53.  2.  a 

12.... 104.  i 

6.... 220.  1.  6 

47.  ...141.  6 

8:   3.. 

.31.  «,  97.  1.  a 

31. ...247.  a 

9.... 105.  p,  275.  » 

71....12rt.  1 

11.. 

.260.  1 

11. ...141.  1 

101....H)5.  2 

13.. 

.166.  2 

7:    3.... 221.  6.  6 

117.... 172.  3 

16.. 

.88 

ECCLE8IA8TE8. 

4.... 216.  1.  c 

129.... 104.  J 

17.. 

.53.  2.  a,  111. 

8.... 210.  e 

133.... 97.  2 

2 

b 

1:    4. ...§266.  1 

13.... 141.  1 

137.... 275.  1.  a 

25.. 

.263.  1.  b 

9.... 256.  c 

8:    2.... 199.  6 

139.... 24.  h 

27,  29.... 141.  3 

15. ...161.  4 

6.... 104.  i 

1.^5.... 275.  l.a 

10:    3.. 

.111.  1 

17.... 3.  l.a 

6....22.a,216.2.a 

122-124:     ....74.  a 

4.. 

.11.1.0,156.3 

18. ...90 

122:     4....274.  2.  « 

11.. 

.249.  1 

2:    6.... 207.  1.  a 

123:     1....61.  0.  a 

11:    7.. 

.208.  3.  c 

7.... 275.  1.  c 

ISAIAH. 

4.... 246.  ;5.  a 

25.. 

.150.  5 

8.... 280.  3.  a 

124:    4....61.  6.  a 

12:25.. 

.197.  6 

13.... 57.   2  (3)  a, 

1  :    3.... §262.  3 

125:     3....61.  6.  a 

13:  23.. 

.156.  3 

231.  3.  6 

6.... 266.  c 

5.... 79.  3.  o 

14:    3.. 

.10,5.  d 

15.... 260.  2  (2)  a 

6.... 60.  2.  «,  156. 2 

127:     2....  196.  d,  254. 

10.. 

.00.4.0,119.1 

19.... 230.  4,  283. 

9.... 262.  1 

9.  b 

34.. 

.263.  3 

2.  o 

11.... 271.  1 

129:       ....74.  a 

15:    1.. 

.24.  a,  60.  4.  a 

22....74,  177.  1 

15....104.  6,119.  1 

3.... 243.  2.  a 

9.. 

.112.  5.  c 

3:    2,  4.... 267.  6 

16.... 64.  4.  a,  82. 

86.... 114 

16:    4.. 

.246.  2.  a 

17.... 245.  6.  a 

6.  a 

132:     1....174.  6 

17:    4.. 

.111.  2.  c,  140. 

18.... 74,  139.  2 

17.... 185.    2.    c, 

6.... 127.  2 

5 

4  :    2 268.  1.  o 

267.  c 

12.... 65.  a,  220. 

10.. 

.131.  1 

9.... 251.  4 

18....245.  5.  d 

2.  a 

14.. 

.126.1,131.3 

12.... 105.  o 

21.... 33. 1,61. 6.  o, 

l.'^:     1....24.  a 

20.. 

.242 

14....53.  2.  a,  111. 

218 

l:U-137....74.  a 

18:    5... 

.267  d 

2.  c 

22.... 245.  5 

134:     2.... 220.   2.    6, 

19;    7... 

.19.  2.  a,  215. 

5:    6.... 113.  2 

24.... 245.  4 

273.  2 

1. 

c 

7....38. 1.0,201.2 

29.... 279 

1.^5:     7.... 94.  6,165.2 

13... 

.216.  1.  d 

8.... 112.  5.  c 

31.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

l;i7:    6....104.  c 

19... 

.215.  1.  c 

7:  16.... 82.  5.  a 

2:    2... .265.  6 

138:     6.... 147.  2 

24.. 

.51.  1 

22.... 71.  oc2) 

4.... 207.  1.  a 

139:     1.... 104. j,  147.  5 

25.. 

.94.  d 

24.... 280.  3 

20.... 43.  6,207.  1. 

2....15S.  1 

20:16... 

.111.  3.  a 

25.... 273.  4 

a,  266 

6.... 220.  1.  b 

21:    8... 

.56.  2 

26.... 91.  6,165.2 

3:    1....280.  3.  a 

8....6:i.  3.  ft,  88 

13... 

.254.  9.  a 

8:    1....177.  3 

9.... 273.  3.  a 

(1.  c),  161.  2 

15... 

.267.  o 

9.... 268.  1 

15.... 24.  o,  75.  1 

19.... 83.  6 

22... 

.63.  1.  a 

12.... 165.  2 

16... .172.5,209.3.0 

20.... 57.  2  (3)  a, 

22:  11... 

.215.  1.  c 

9:    1....139.  2,  216. 

24.... 53.  3.  a 

86.   b  (3  pi.), 

21... 

.253.  2 

l.a 

4:    4.... 262.  1 

164.  3 

24... 

.60.  4.  a 

12.... 59.  a,  93.  e 

6:  10....22.  0,216.  2.a 

140:  10.... 172.  3 

23:    1... 

.158.  3 

18 165.  2 

19.... 97.  1.97.  l.a 

13 86.  ft  (Ic.) 

12... 

.243.  2 

10:    5. ...164.  3 

20.... 10.  o 

141:     3....24.ft,98.  l.a 

24... 

.158.  2,  3 

10.... 121.  2 

23.... 276.  6 

5. ...111. 1,164.2 

27... 

.207.  1.  c 

17.... 220.  2.  c 

28.... 24.  6 

8.... 60.  4.  a 

24:    2... 

.92.  e 

11:    3.... 177.  1 

6:    1....265.  a 

143:     3.... 165.  2 

7... 

.156.  3 

6.... 75.  2 

2.... 203.  6.  a 

6.... 272.  2.  b 

14... 

.97.1.6,148.3 

12:    1....201.  2 

6.... 254.  10 

144;       ....74  a 

17... 

.916,231.5.0 

4.... 87 

9.... 56.  3.  0,175.4 

2.... 199.  b 

23... 

.94.  6 

5.... 11.  l.a,  122. 

12.... 119.  1 

145  :       ...  .6 

31... 

.93.  a,  207.  2. 

2,  140.  5 

13.... 92.  d 

8.... 215.  1.  c 

d 

271.  1 

6.... 140.  1,2 

7:    2.... 167.  1 

10 104.  b 

25:    6.. 

.126   2 

11.... 19.  2.  6,65.  n 

4.... 91.  6 

147:     1....92.  (i 

7... 

.60.  3.  6  (1) 

11.... 119.  3,  126.  1 

149:     5....112.  5.  c 

9... 

.174.  4 

14. ...166.  1 

11... 

.10.  a 

SONO  OF  SOLOMON. 

1.'S....267.  c 

17... 

.127.  2 

19.... 156.  4 

PROVERBS. 

19... 

.90 

1:    6.... §105.  e,  141. 

25.... 274.  2.  e 

26:    7... 

.141.  1 

1,  207.  1.  a 

8:    2.... 22.  6 

1:  10.... nil.  2.  b, 

18... 

.141.  6 

7.... 45.  5.  «,  74, 

11.  ...104.  a 

177.3 

21... 

.141.  6 

209.  1.  a 

17.... 100.  2.  a(l) 

20.... 97.  1.  a 

27:10... 

.215.  1.  c 

8.... 24.  6, 260. 2  (2) 

23. ...61.  6.  n 

22.... 31.  b,  60.3. 

15... 

.83.  c  (2) 

10.... 174.  1 

9:    3....24.6,221.5.a 

f,  in.  2.  e 

17... 

.140.  1 

2:    5.... 254.  7 

4.... 142.  1 

28.... 105.  c 

25... 

.24.6,216.2.0 

10.... 221.  2.  6 

6.... 4.  u 

•2:  11. ...104.6 

28:    6.  18.... 203.  3. 

15.... 60.   3.   6  (2), 

12.... 246.  2.  6 

3:    3. ...125.1 

21... 

.94.  6 

119.  4 

17.... 45.  2 

12.... 43.  a 

29:    6... 

.140.  1 

3  -.    1 . . .  .45.  5.  a 

10:    1.... 207.  2.  a, 

17.... 258.  1 

30:    4... 

.65.  6 

11.  ...148.  3,  164.  3 

247.  6 

4:     6.  ...118.  3 

6... 

.22.6,66.1(2) 

4:    1....2.'i4.  4 

9.  ...22.  6 

13....24.  6,  106.6 

a, 

151.  2 

2.... 220.  1.  6 

10.... 260.  2(2)c 

10.... 88 

8.. 

.11.  1.  a 

6.... 216.  1.  c 

12....2.'i5.  3 

25.... 150.  1 

«... 

,65.  n 

9.... 104.  k 

13.... 11.  1.6,  67.  t 

6;   22.  ...105.  c 

17.. 

.14.   n,   24.  6, 

6:    2.... 67.  2  (3)  a, 

(31  o,  92.  6, 174. 

■  6:     3.... 49 

61 

.  2  (3>  a 

60.  4.  a 

1,  231.  3.  6 

INDEX   II.  ■* 


339 


10;14....§245.  5.  d 
16.... 147.  4 
17.... 221.  5.  6 
27.... ;4  & 
34... .19.  1,  45.  2 
11  :    2.... 100.  2.  a (2), 
156.4 
8, ...141.  6 

16 60.  3.  a 

13:  8. ...65.  ft 
16..,. 91.  c 
18.... 92.  e 

20 53.  a  a,  111. 

2.C 
14:   6....1U 
11.... 150.  5 
19.... 95.  a 
23.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

94.  b,  161.  2 
31.... 119.  4 
15:    5....14Z  2,  161.  2 
16:    8.. ..277 

9.... 168.  a,  174.4 

10 86.  b  (2  m.), 

16L4 
17:    8....229.  3.  a 

11.... 16a  2,  161.2 
14.... 139.  2 
18:    2... .139.  3 
4....98.  1,  a 
5.... 65.  a 
19:   3....14L  1 
4.... 275.  3 

6 24.  c,  94.  a, 

180.  a 
9.... 199.  c 
17.... 11.1.  a,  196.  d 
21.... 92.  c 

20:    4 199.  c 

21:    3..,. 207.  1.  a 
9.... 262.  4 
12.... 112. 1,  172.1, 

177.  3,  247 
14.... 111.  2.  c 
22:    1....254.  6 
5.... 161.  2 
10.... 25 
11.... 221.  7.  a 
17. ...161.  2 
19..,. 45.  3,111.  1 
21.. ..221.  3.  a 
24. ...254.  6.  b 
23:   9.. ..254.  2 

11.... 54.  3,  94.  I, 

22L  6.  & 
13.... 249.  2.  a 
17,  18.... 220.  1.  h 
18....  113.  1 

24:    2 165.    2,   246. 

2.  a 
3.... 140.  3,4 
4,       19....  139.  2,  282.  a 

20.... 82.  1.  a(l) 
25:   1....104.  h 
6.. -.209.  1.  « 
10.... 159.  2 
11.... 119.  1 
26:    5. ...105.  a,b 
11. ...254.  9.  a 

16 86.  6(3pL) 

19. ...221.  2.  b 

20 172.3 

27:    3. ...105.  d 
4.... 127.  3 

8 24.  a 

11....S8  (3f.pl.) 

12 223.  1.  a 

28:    3 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

91.  c 
6 60.3,  a 


28: 10.... §280.  2 

44:    8....514  7.  3 

M:    8....§94.  d 

12.... 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

13.... 19.  2,60.3.6 

10.... 139. 1 

13. ...280.  2 

(2),  120.  1 

65:  20.... 166.  2,248 

16....  160.  5,279.  a 

16.... 141.  2 

24.... 263.  1,  A 

21.... 249.  1.  a 

17.... 13.  a 

66:  12.... 142.  1 

27, ...113.  1 

18.. ..166.  2 

13.... 45.  5 

28.... 282.  a 

21. ...102.  2 

20.... 39.  1.  a 

29:    l...,131.  2 

27...-111.  3.  a 

7 165.  3 

45      1....139.  2 

9. ...141.  6 

11,,.. 118.  3 

JEREMIAH. 

14..., 90,  279.  a 

47      1....269.  5 

16.... 283.  2.  b 

2....88(f.8.&m. 

1:    5....5105.  d 

21. ...sa  6 (3 pi.) 

pi.).  111.  3.  a 

11.... 266.  2 

22 156.  1 

6.... 269.  6 

2:ll....ll.  1.6,230.3 

30:    2 157.1 

10.... 102.  3,  104.  c 

12....111.  3.  a 

5 157.  3 

12.... 286.  2.  a 

19.... 106.  e 

11...  .79.  3.  a, 232a 

13.... 220.  2.  a 

21....220. 1.6,249. 

12.... 19.  2,119.  3 

14.... 104.  i 

1.  6 

18 106,0,119.1, 

48:    7....1(Vt.  g- 

24.... 106. c 

139.  2 

8.. ..87 

27....104.  yfc 

19....  104. 6, 106.  a. 

11..  ..39.1.  a 

34.... 277 

141.  3 

49:    8 207.  1.  a 

36. ...111.  2.6 

21.... 180.  a, 258.  1 

18.... 65.  ft 

3:    3. ...267.  6 

23. ...273.  3* 

26.... 112.  3,  273.  1 

5.... 86.  ft  (2  f), 

28. ...160.  4 

51  :  14.... 126.  1 

131.  2 

29.... 96.  b 

15.... 126.  1 

6.... 172.  3 

31:   4.... 22.  a,  43 

20.... 67.  2  (3)  a 

7. ...249.  1.  a 

32:    1 88 

21.... 265.  2 

8.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

11. ...275.  1.  a 

52:    5. ...96.  n,  ft,  122. 

207.  L  a 

33:    1....24.  ft,  87, 131. 

2, 131.  6,  150.  2 

10.... 249.  1.  a 

2,141.  3, 258. 3.  a 

7. ...174.1 

11. ...207.  1.  a 

6.... 256.  2 

11.... 140.  4 

22.... 177.  3 

7 24.  a 

14.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

4:    3. ...158.  2 

9 82.  1.  a(l) 

53:    2. ...111.  1 

7.... 24.  6, 221. 5. a 

10 82.  5.  a 

3.... 94.  e 

13. ...141.  1 

12 24.  c,  149.  1 

4.... 254. 9. 6,262.4 

19.... Sa  6(2f.) 

15.... 271.  2 

5....60.  2.0,142.1 

30 71.  a  (2), 

21.... 56.  1 

10.... 176.  1 

276.5 

34:    4 14a  2,   245. 

11 249.  1.  o 

31.... 156.  1 

5.  d 

54:    1....207.  1.  a 

5:    6....14L1 

6 96,  a 

6.... 201.  2 

7.... 75.  2,125.1 

11. ...21. 1,229. 4.  ft 

6,... 104.  c 

13.... 245.  5.  ft 

17. ...104.  I 

9.. ..125.  2 

22....5ai,  105.6,e 

35;    1....56.  l,88(pl.), 

12.... 22.  6 

26.... 139.  2 

158.  2 

55:    6.... 104.  6 

6  :  27 186.  2.  c 

7. ,.,276.  4 

11. ...273.  3 

7:    4....2S0.  aA 

36:    8....35.1,246.3.a 

66:    3....  106.  a,  245, 

10 66.  a 

S 260.  1.  a 

5.6 

13.... 282 

15.,.,271.  4.  a 

12,.. -164.  5 

27. ...104.  6 

37  :23 270.  c 

57:    5.... 140.  2 

29.... 141.1 

32.... 254.  9.  a 

6. ...24.  6 

8:  11.... 166.  3 

38:    5.... 90,  279.  a 

8....8S(2f.) 

22.... 230.  2 

14 19.  2 

13.... 119.  3 

9  ;    2 94.  c 

16. ...256.  c 

58:    3.... 24.  6,  131.  2 

17.... 118.  4 

40:    1 263.2 

216.  2.  a 

19.... 220.  1.  6 

7. ...22.  6,35.  1 

9.... 125.  2 

10:    5. ...57.2(3)0,86, 

12.... 216.  1.  c 

10..,. 216.  1.  6 

6  (3  pi.),  164.  3 

17.... 260.  2(2)c 

59:    3.... 83.  c.  (2), 

12 88 

21 263.  2 

122.  2 

17....S9(f.  8.  &m. 

24 92.  6 

5.... 112.  3,  156.4, 

pl.) 

30.... 147.  4 

196.  d 

11  :  16.... 220.  1.  b 

31.... 245- 5 

10.... 189 

12:    6. ...94.  a 

41:    7....90,  270.  6 

12.... 127.  2 

9,... 229.  3 

8. ...285.  1 

13.... 92.  6, d,  174.1 

10..,. 121.  2 
17. ...9f.  d 

14. ...254.  3 

16 104.  i 

23.... 97.  2.  a,  172.3 

17. ...172.  4 

13:    5.... 127.  1 

24.... 260.  2(2)c 

60:    1....1.57.  2 

7 147.  2 

42:    4 140.1 

4....88(f.  pi.). 

13....3al 

5.... 126.  1,   221. 

7 105.  c 

19..,.  172.    1,    275. 

7.  ft 

9 104.  c 

2.  6 

6.... 97.  2.  a 

10.... 106.  c 

21.... 60.  3.  6  (1), 

11.... 156.  1 

61  :    1....43.  6 

86.  6  (2  f.) 

22 65.  a 

62:    2 105.  d 

25 60.  2.  a 

24.. ..267.  c 

3.... 16.  1 

15:    3.... 119.  1 

43:    6.... 105.  b 

63:    3.... 94.  a,  119.  1 

10 93  (pl.),  104. 

8 94.  d 

16.... 105.  a 

k 

9 91.  d 

19 86.  a 

16.... 106.  ft 

23 112.  3 

64  :    2 86.  a 

17 112.  6.  c 

44:    2.... 105.   ft,  193. 

5.... 132.  3 

16:  16.... 158.  1,248. 

^              \b 

1           6,... 161.  3 

1.  a 

340 

^  INDEX    II. 

17:    3... 

.5  221.  6.  h 

44: 18.... 1271.1 

4:14....§83.c.2, 123. 

17: 15. ...565.  6 

■J... 

.S6.  (*  (.2  in.), 

19.... 104.  e 

2 

23 88  (f.  b1.) 

11 

2.  3 

23.... 166.  1 

17.... 236.  2 

18:  26.... 221.  5.6 

17... 

.172.  3 

26. ...160.  4 

6:    5 100.5 

32.... 287.  1 

18... 

.94.  d 

46:    7,  8.... 122.  2 

19:    2....196.  cJ 

18:  23... 

.46,  172.  3, 

8....96.«/.  111.2.d 

20:    9.... 140.  4 

17 

5.  3 

11.... 8b.  6(2.  f.) 

EZEKIEL. 

16....271.  4.  6 

19    11... 

.165.  1 

20.... 43.  b 

21.... 65.  b 

20:    9.. 

.22.  h 

48:  11.... 159.  1 

1:   4....§63.  2.  a 

27.... 119.  3 

21:    3... 

.88(1)1.) 

19 280.  3.  a 

6....203.  5.  a 

36.... 91.  c 

4... 

.39.4 

32....'i46.  3.  a 

11....220.  2.  c 

37.... 53.  2.  a 

13... 

.131.  1 

49:    3 54.  4.  a,   82. 

14....179. 1.0,268. 

21:15....24c,  177.  1 

22:    3... 

.185.  2.  c 

5.  a 

1.  a 

15,  16.... 93.  e 

6... 

.1:5.  h 

8.... 95.  d 

2:10....53.2.n,53.3.a 

18.... 121.  1 

14... 

.161.  4,  199.  c 

10.... 165.  1,  262.  4 

3:    7.... 254.  10 

19.... 219.  1.  a 

15... 

.94.  a 

11.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

15.... 139.  8 

21.... 180.  a 

20. . . 

.234.  a 

98.  1 

20....88(f.  pi.) 

26,  28.... 87 

23... 

.61.  6.  a,  86. 

15,  17.... 275.  2.  b 

4:    3 54.  1 

29.... 91.  i,  106.  a 

b 

(2  f.)  90  (2f. 

18.... 45.  4 

9.... 199.  a 

31.... 94.  ^196.  c 

B. 

),  140.  2 

20 140.  5 

12.... 157.  3 

32.... 280.  Z.b 

24... 

.105.  h 

24....  104.  /,  275.4 

5:  12.... 220.  1.  b 

33. ...111.  2.  c 

2fi... 

.11)4.  ! 

28. ...141.  1 

13.... 121.  3,  131.  6 

34.... 87 

29... 

.281)   3.  b 

37 86.  6(2  m.), 

16. ...119.  1 

22:  20.... 131.  2 

23  :  13... 

.1:31.  6 

112.  3,  5.  c,  139.  3 

6:    a,...20.S.  3.  c 
ff!...147.4 

23:    5.... 111.  1 

23... 

.254.  6.  b 

60:    3.... 156.  2 

16.  20.... 97.  1.  o 

29... 

.161   2 

5.... 71.    a   (3), 

8. ...173.  2 

19. ...175.  3 

37... 

.114.  b 

91.  d 

9.... 24.  c 

42....21.  1 

39... 

.177.  3 

6.... 275.  2 

11.... 98.  2 

48.... 83.  c  (2),  15a 

24:    2... 

.91.  c 

11....  196.  d 

14.... 280.  3.  a 

3  (p.  182) 

25:    3... 

.sm.b 

20....  165.  2 

16. ...118.  4 

49....  165.  2,  220. 

16... 

.96.  a 

23.... 91.  a 

7  :  17.... 203.  5.  a 

\.b 

26... 

.246  A.  a 

27. ...111.  3.  a 

24.... 141.  1,  216. 

24:  10.... 197.  6 

34... 

.161.  5 

34.... 04.  h,  114, 

2.  a 

11.... 140.  1 

36... 

.57.   2   (3)  a. 

158.  3 

25.... 196.  c 

12.... 172.  1 

234.  <• 

44.... 105.  b 

27. ...118.  4 

26.... 128,  189.  b 

26:    9... 

.165.  3 

51:    3 46 

8:    2.... 60.  2  (2)  a 

25:    6. ...57.   2  (3)  a. 

21... 

.44.  b 

9.... 165.  2,3 

3.... 165.  3 

106.  n,  125.  2 

27:    3... 

.249.  1.  c 

13.... 90  (2  f.  6.) 
30.... 24.  c 

6.... 75.  1,119.  3 

13.... 219.  1.  b 

18... 

.156.  2 

10 90.  (2ni.pl.), 

15. ...57.  2(3)o 

20... 

.13.  a 

33 94.  h 

176.  1 

26:    2.... 140.  2 

2S:  16... 

.245.  3.  b 

34.... 165.  2 

9:    2.... 249.  1.  c 

9.... 19.  2.  c,  221. 

29:    8... 

.94.  e,  112. 5.  c 

50.... 151.  1 

8.... 120.  2 

6.  a 

23.. 

.229.  1.  a 

68.... 24.  c,  149.  1 

10.... 254.  9.  b 

15. ...113.  1.2 

25... 

.220.  1.  6 

52: 13.... 254.  6.  6 

10:  17.... 157.  1 

18.... 112.  5.  c 

27... 

.24.  A 

13:    2....207. 1.  6,  255. 

21 234.  a 

30:16... 

.139.  3 

1 

27:    3.... 90  (2.  f.  8.) 

19... 

.276.  1 

LAMENTATIONS. 

8.... 199.  C 

8.... 1.56.  3 

SI:  12... 

.87,  119.  3 

11.  ...71.  a  (2) 

9....24.c,216.1.a 

18.. 

.273.  4 

1:      ....56 

17.... 220.  1.  b 

12.... 22.  a 

21.. 

.249.  2.  b 

1:    1....33. 1,61.  6.(7, 

19.... 157.  3 

15. ...13.  a 

32.. 

.112.  3 

218 

20 24.    6,   71.  a 

19.... 93.  b 

33.. 

.16.3.&,105.d 

4.... 149.  1,199.  a 

(2),  220.  2.  c 

23.... 54.  2 

38.. 

.46 

8. ...141.  3 

14:    3. ...53.   1.   a,  91. 

26.... 156.  3 

32:   4... 

.91.  b,  131.  5 

12.... 142.  1 

/),  c,  119.  1 

30.... 96.  b 

9.. 

.98. 1.  a 

16....207.  1.(7,209. 

8.... 141.  3 

31....11.1.o,196.d 

12.. 

.246.  3.  a 

1.  a,  271.  1 

15:    5.... 104.  i' 

28  :    8 86.  h  (2  m.) 

14.. 

.249.  1.  c 

17.... 272.  2.  b 

16:    4.... 60.   4.   o,  93. 

9.... 230.  4 

83.. 

.92.  (/ 

20 60.  3.   b  (2), 

a,  95.  c,  121.  1, 
1:^6.    1,    127.    1, 

13. ...19.  2.^,161. 4 

35.. 

.164.  2 

92.  a 

14. ...71.  n(2> 

37.. 

.10.  a 

2:     ....6 

150.  5,  221.  6.  6, 

15 61.6.(1,104.6 

44.. 

.268.  1 

2:    8. ...126.1 

282.  n 

16.... 53.  2.  o.  111. 

33:    8.. 

.i:;.  a 

11.... 92.  «,  113.  1, 

5.... 87,95.0,111. 

2.  c,  165.  3 

24.. 

.4.5.  1 

2,  115 

3.  (/,  150.  6 

17.... 168   (I,  172.  *> 

26.. 

.11   1.  6 

15,  16 74.  a 

8,  10.... 99.  3.  6 

18....104.(,  184.6, 

34:    1.. 

*."3 

3:      ....6 

22.... 86.  /<(2f.) 

216.  1.  d 

36.16.. 

3:  12.... 196.  (/ 

27.... 256.  b 

23.... 92.  a 

23.. 

.2.51.  1 

14 199.  b 

28.... 127.  1 

24.... 139.  3 

87:12.. 

.11:5.  2 

22.... 54.    3,   216. 

31.... 173.  2 

24,  26.... 156.  S 

14.. 

.266 

,         2.  n 

33 60.   3.  b  (2), 

29:    3.... 102.  1.  a 

16.. 

.209.  3.  a 

33....150.  2(p.l82) 

120   1 

15.... 166.  5 

88:   9.. 

.270.  c 

42.... 71.  ad) 

34.... 14.  o,  19.  b 

IS.... 9.5.  n 

12.. 

.56.  4 

45.... 267.  r 

36.... 91.  b 

30:  16.... 2.54.  6.  6 

14.. 

.249.  1.  c 

48.... 147.  2 

50.... 128 

25.... 112.  3 

39:  18.. 

.92.  d 

53 63.  3.  o,  150. 

62.... 92  (/,220.2.a 

31:    3.... 140.  5 

40:    1.. 

.57.  2  (2)  a 

2  (i>.  182) 

63..., 220.  1.  b 

5... .11.  1.(7,86.4 

3.. 

.249.  1.  c 

68.... 158.  1 

67.... 156.  3 

8.... 11.  1   n,  199 

41:    6.. 

.282.  c 

4:      ....6 

59 8«.  /.  (Ic.) 

15.... 93.  c 

42:    2.. 

.175.  2 

4  :    1....96.  b,  177.  3 

17:    5.... 132.  2 

32:16....S8(f.  pi.) 
18. ...11.  1.  b 

6.. 

.46,71.0  0) 

3.... 4:'..  h 

9.... 166.  2,  191.4, 

10.. 

.63.  2. 6, 148.  2 

9....39.3.A,45.5.u 

216.  2.  a 

19.... 95.  a,d 

INDEX    II. 

341 

S2:20....§89  (f.  s.  &.  ' 

10:14....5177.  3,285.  2 

AMOS. 

2  :   9....§89(f.  e.  & 

in.  pi.) 

17. ...51.  2 

m.  pi.)  220. 1.  a 

32.... 95.  a 

11  :    6.... 11.  1.  6 

1:11 §  104.  e,  275. 

14 ... .  220.  2.  0 

S3:  12....  166.  2 

12.... 19.  2.  a 

2.  b 

3  :    6 114 

13.... 221.  5.  ft 

14.... 131.  6 

13 125.  2 

7  ....  93.  a 

30.... 53.  2.  6,  223. 

30.... 11.  1.  b 

2  :    4 119.  3 

8 147.4 

1.  a  bis 

31.... 249.  1.  6 

3  :  11 86.  tt,  140.  2 

11 ...  .  112.  3 

34:  12.. ..249.  1.  b 

34.... 91.  6 

15 156.  4 

17 24.  6,  142. 

17. ...71.  a(2) 

35.... 94.  b 

4  :    2 165.  2 

1,  199.  c 

31.... 71.  a (2) 

36.... 82.  5.  a 

3 86.  6  (2  pi.) 

£6:    6....105.  <i 

40.... 126.  1 

5  :  11 92.  b,  161.  3 

8.... 216.  L  d 

44.... 196.  d 

16  ...  .  139.  3 

9.... 147.  2 

12:  13.... 199.  a 

21,  25 2i.  b 

HABAKKUK. 

11.... 220.  2.  a 

6  :    2 54.  2,  253. 

12.... 63.  1.  a 

2.6 

1:   8....  §100.  2.  a 

36:   3.... 139.  2,  14L  1 

HOSEA. 

10 243.  1 

(2)  bie 

6.... 220.  L  6 

7  :    1 199.  c 

10 197.6,265.a 

8 221.5.  c 

1:   2.. ..§255.  2 

8  :    4 ....  94.   b,  231. 

11....  73.  1,  249. 

11.... 161. 5 

6.... 269 

6.  a 

2.a 

13.... 71.  a (2) 

2  :  14.... 104.  g- 

8 63.  2.  a,  S3. 

12....  104.^- 

28. ...71.  a(l) 

16.... 221.  7.  a 

3.  a,  128 

13 126.  1 

35.... 73.  2.  a 

3:    2.... 24.  6 

9  :    1 ....  125.  1 

15....  112.  2 

S7:    7....88  (2f.pl.) 

4:    2.... 267.  a 

8 94.6 

16 197.  6 

9.... 131.  3 

6.... 11.  1.  a,  104. 

2  :    1,  2 265.  a 

10.... 131.  6 

* 

7....  161.  2 

17. ...119.  1,  223. 

13.... 118.  4 

OBADIAH. 

17 104.^,141.3 

L  a 

18.... 43.  h,  92.  a, 

19 264.  "6.  6 

38:    8....16L4 

122.  1, 148.  3 

ver.  4 §  158.  3 

3  :    6 99.  3.  a 

23.... 96.  6 

5:    2.... 119.  3 

9 183.  a 

8 256.  6 

39:  26. ...165.  3 

8 272.  2.  b 

11 45.  2,  106.  a 

9 282.  6 

27.... 249.  L  6 

11.... 269 

13 105.  6 

10 220.  2.  e 

40:    4.... 65.  6 

6;    2.... 172.  3 

'       16....  156.  4 

16 140.  1 

16.... 220.  2.  c 

4.... 269 

19....  47 

22.,.. 250.  2(3) 

9.... 174.  3 

43.... 19.  2.  6 

7:    4....106.  a,  11L3. 

JONAH. 

41:    7.... 141.  1 

fi,  158.  3 

9,  11. ...160.  5 

6.... 22.  a 

1:    6....  §114 

ZEPHANIAH. 

15. ...220.  2.  c 

12.... 150.  1 

2  :    1 ....  125.  2 

22.... 274.  2.  c 

8:    2.... 60.  3.  a,  275. 

10 61.  6.  rt 

1  :    2  ....  §  282.  o 

25.... 19.  2.  a 

2.  b 

3  :    3 254.  5 

17 100.2.0(1) 

42:    5.... 45.  1,  57.  2 

3.. ..105.  a 

4  :  U ....  22.  6 

2:    4....  126.  2 

(2)  a,  111.  2.  6 

6.... 275.  2.  * 

9 2:0.  1.  e 

43: 13.... 197.  b 

12.... 88 

14 229.  4.  b 

18.... 113.  1 

9:    2.. ..119.1 

MICAH. 

15 S9.  4.  a 

20.... 104.  i 

4. ...208.  3.  <J 

3  :    9 274.  2.  e 

24.... 100.  2.  a<2) 

10. ...119.  3 

1:    7....§92.  c 

11 125.  2 

27.... 177.  3 

10:10....105.  <f 

9  .  . . .  275.  1.  a 

14 89  (f.  8.  & 

45:  16. ...246.  3.  a 

11.... 61.  6.  a 

10 63.3.0,96.6 

m.  pi.),  111.  3.  a 

46:  17. ...86.  b 

12.... 158.  2 

15 ....  164.  2 

18 149.  1 

22.... 9.x  e 

13 61.  6.  a 

16 89  (£  8.  &. 

19 198,246.3.a 

47:    7.... 102.  3.  a 

14.... 11.  1.  a,  156. 

m.  pi.) 

8.... 164.  3 

3 

2  :   3 274.  2.  e 

11....11.  1.  a,  199 

11:   3-... 94.  a,  115, 

4 141.  2 

15.... 246.  3.  a 

132.  2 

6 275.  1.  a 

HAGGAL 

48:  10.... 39.  4.  a 

4.. ..57.   2  (2)  a, 

7 229.  4.  a 

16.... 46 

111.2.  d 

8 88  (pi.) 

1:   4....  §230. 3,  249. 

18. ...220.  L  6 

7.... 177.  3 

12....  92.  d,   246. 

L6 

7,  8. ...56. 4 

2.  a 

12:    1....104.  /,  201.  2 

3  :  12  ,.  .  .  199.  a,  245.4 

4.... 274.  2.6 

4:    6 161.2 

ZECHARIAH. 

DANIEL. 

5.... 105.  b 

8 111.  2.6 

13:    3.... 92.  6 

10 158.  2 

1:   9....  §75.  1 

1:   8.. ..§119.1 

14.... 19   2,  221.  5. 

10, 13. ...157.  2 

17 157.  3 

13.... 172.  3 

a,  275.  2.  b 

5  :    2 262.  1 

2  :    8  ....  73.  2.  a 

17.... 250.  2  (2)  a, 

15.... 177.  3 

6:  10....  57.  2(1) 

3  :    1 106.  a 

251.  4.  a 

14;    1....88(3.  f.  pL), 

13 139.  3 

7 94.  e,  151.  1 

2:    1....99.aa,n9.1 

209.  1.  a 

7  :    4 260.  2  (2), 

9... .203.  5.  a 

3:    3.... 22.  6 

3.. ..256c 

260.  2  (2)  c 

4  :    5 258.  2 

25.... 94.  e 

10 35.  2 

7 246.  3.  a. 

5  :    9.... 203.  5.  c 

249.  1.  c 

11.... 22.  b 

JOEL. 

10 156.  2 

S:    1....245.  5.  6 

NAHUM. 

12 24.  6 

11.... 95.  a 

1:   2.  ...§230.4 

5  :    4 156.  4 

13.... 98.  La,  247, 

8 254.  9.  b 

1:   3 §13.  a,  215. 

11 160.  5 

249.  1.  b 

17 24.  b,  190.  a 

l.e 

6:    7 96.  6 

16 73.  2.  a 

20 275.  4 

4 150.   2  (p. 

7  :    1 252.  2.  6 

22.... 88  (3.  f.  pi.) 

2  :    5 60.  3.  6  (1) 

■     182) 

3 199.  e 

9:    2.. ..158.1 

3  :    3 263.  5.  a 

12 140.  2 

5 102.  2,  104. 

19.... 119.  3,  125.  1 

4  :  11. . .  .91.  d,  131.  1 

13 220.  1.  6 

I,  252.  2.  b,  273. 

26.--.97.  2,225.  2 

18. . .  .271.  1 

2:   4 220.2.  c 

aa 

342 


INDEX    II. 


7 

0... 

m. 

14... 

3. 

8 

2... 

14,15 

17... 

«■ 

6... 

10. 

6... 

11: 

4... 

.  §  89  (f.  8.  li    11 

Pl.) 

.  45.    5,   60. 
r,  y2.  e 
.271.  3 

139.  1 

.111.2.  e 
.35.  2 

151.  3 
.254.6 


5... 
111. 

7.. 

8.. 
10.. 
17.. 
11.. 

4... 

6 .' .' ; 
10... 


5  57.  2  (3)  a, 
■  2.  r,  234.  c 

MALACHI. 

3. 19....  5119.1 

223.  1.  a 
119.  1 
140.  5 
61.  6.  a 

1      6 ....  5  263.  3 

7 106.  a,  127. 

2 
11 95.  a 

20....  156.  2 
MATTHEW. 

55.  2.  o 
100.  2 
45.  2,  91.  c 

13 ....  24.  a,  75.  1 
14 ....  64.  1,  205. 
b 

26  :  73  ....  §  51.  4.  a 

199.  c 
156.3 

2:  14 86.  6  (2  m.) 

3:    ».... 140.2 

ROMANa 
3:20....i26«.« 

IITDEX    III 

HEBREW  WORDS  ADDUCED  OR  REMARKED  UPON. 


"Words  preceded  by  Vav  Conjunctive  or  Vav  Conversive  will  be  found  in 
tlieir  proper  place  irrespective  of  these  prefixes.  A  few  abbreviations  ar« 
employed,  wliich  are  mostly  of  such  a  nature  as  to  explain  themselves  as  ». 
verb,  n.  noun,  pron.  pronoun,  adj.  adjective,  adv.  adverb,  int.  interjection 
inf.  infinitive,  imp.  imperative,  pret,  preterite.  The  numbers  refer  to  tha 
sections  of  the  Grammar. 


DD27LNX  104.  h 

nS5  68.  b,  200.  a,   215. 

1.  e,  220.  1.  c 
"rnX  78.  2,  110.  3 
"lis,  215.  1.  b 
'13S  92.  d 

naS  92.  c 

nnnifi  216. 1.  b 
■ji-ias?  193.  2 

^^'laiCI  53.   2.  a,  111. 

2.  c 

■Jinx  22.  a,  193.  2 

on'ins  112. 1 
nns  110.  3 
«^ns  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
•'ins  240, 1 

Diax  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  6 

O^D^nsi  112.  1 


Dn'^nias  220.  2.  a 
nninx  220.  2.  a 
n^npnsi!  53.  1.  a 
lax  (sia)  164.  2 

•'ns?  61.  6.  a 
a-^nX  185.  2.  a 

n'l-^ni?  111.  2.  <f 
inryn  "^nx  246.  3.  b 
■ji^ns  193.  1 
DS^nsj:  220.  1.  b 

!53K  84.  3.  a  (2) 

bn«  185.  2.  6,  215.  1.  6 

bnsj  (pr.  n.)  215.  1.  6 

''bns  216.  1.  6 

fas  197.  5,  200.  6 

•jnx  183.  6 

t:_DnX  183.  c 

n"'t3:n55  207. 1.  a 


^i23aa<  221.  3.  a 
tfnas  94.  6 

t-^ribs^^S  94.  a,  119.  1 

"lasi  99.  3 

T5X1  99.  3 
D.}«  207.  2.  a 
fSli?  200.  a 
D^S.^X  53.  1.  a 

ffin^sn  99.  3.  b 
nn^s  207. 1.  c,  211 
na^s5i  99.  3 
nna'isiii  99.  s 

nils  60. 3.  6(1),  197.  d 
■jinsj  231.  3.  a 

n''T'i«  11, 1, 0 

D'lSJ  112.  5.  a 

D'liJ  185.  2.  6,  207.  2.  < 

n^^nx  188 


344 


INDEX  III. 


niB'M'ans  207.  i.  e 

r'C'112'lX  205 

n^ans  201.  1 
^7:ns«  00. 3.  h  (1) 
\:iK  199.  c,  201.  2, 

231.  3.  a 
•'pnS^  234.  c 
\:-!»1  234.  c 
C3  •'nS  21.  1 
Q^:ii<  201.  2 
Dpl«  ,  DJ^^X  141.  3 
nix  112.  5.  a 
0^:2™  53.  1.  a 
Dins  11.  1.  f 

ty\s._  91.  c 

Cn"ns<53.1.a,91.^»,119.1 
nns  82.  1.  a  (2),   110. 
3,  112.  5.  c 

:nns  119.  1 

2ns  53.  2.  a,  111,  2.  5 

nnr.s  87,  ii9.  3 
n^riN  118.  3 

12nN  119.  4 

inn  innx  43.  ft,  92.  a, 

122.  1 
c^nnij!  201.  1 
:inn^i:  101. 3.  a,  104.  h, 

119.  1 
CDsns  221.  3.  o 
onnx  119.  3 
inninx  104.  i 
•^pnns  61.  6.  a 
?ynnns  104.  c 
nnx  240.  1 


'^nsT  99.  3.  a 

bni5   61.   2.  a,   181.  6, 
208.  3.  b 

n"bns  220.  1.  h 
nibns  200.  c 
•'bnx  216.  2.  6 
D-^bris  60.  3.  c 
n"^'5ns  200.  c 
n^tinx  172.  3 

•iX  239.  1,  283.  2.  a 

nis  200.  a 

^nis  105.  6 
yn^.X  149.  2 
■lis  240.  1 

n-^is  186.  2 

bins  194.  2 

ib-ins  194.  2 

bipis  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 

2.  c^ 
nb,^S  149.  2 
DbnX   207.    2.    6,    215, 

1.  a 
TO'^'S  111.  2.  6 
ITS  63.  2.  a 
liX  186.  2.  c 
ni^ins  13.  a 
n-":is  208.  3.  c 

nc^.S  149.  2 
iri'S  56.  3 
■jSiS  207.  2.  a 
nS-S  200.  a,  216.  1 

nnsris  in.  2.  c? 
nix  (V.)  82.  1.  c.  (3), 

156.  2 


nix  (n.)  197.  b 

nnnis  220. 1.  6 
•^nii?  157.  2 

CVX  149.  2 
?C^1S  149.  2 
nix  197.  6,  200.  a 

nn^x  1-iD.  2 
Dnhix  220.  2.  a 

TX  235.  1 

niTX  60.   3.  c,    184.  6, 

216.  1.  b 
VTX  53.  2.  a,  111.  2,  f 

nnsTX  189 

ipn^TX  104.  e 

nbrx  86.  i 
nj  rbTx  35. 1 

■JTX  197.  a,  217,221.  5 

n:TX  189 

•irTX  221.  4 

D'lTX  203.  1 

nrjTX  221.  4 

□d:TX  220.  1.  6 

QijjTX  53.  1.  a 

niX  112.  5.  c 

nnjX  60.     3.     b     (1), 

92.  e 
?inTX  53.  1.  a,  183.  c 
HwS  (n.)  68.  b,    197.  a, 

207.  2.  6,  216.  1.  e, 

220.  1.  /• 
nx  (int.)  240.  1 
nnx    223.    1,  248.   a, 

250.  1. 
D'^nnX  223.  1.  a 


INDEX    III. 


345 


nnns?  i89 

T^nX  90  pass. 

ninij;  205.  c,  209.  3 
rns  34, 110.  3, 118.  2 

TnX  34,  172.  4 

mx,  Thsc  112. 1 

!1TnS  60.  3.  ft(2),  119.  4 

irns?  60. 3. 6  (2).  120. 1 
pmj?  97. 2.  a 
nnrnx  io4,  i 

••ni?  61.  6.  a 

tini-^nx  220.  2.  a 

Q-^nX  60.  1.  a 

bnS   140.  3 

nnS  237.  1,  238.  1 

nns  210.  e 
nnx  60.  4,  111.  2.  6 
^nns60. 3. 6(2),  121.2 
^iinx  193.  1 

innK  238.  1.  a 
n-^-inS  198.  a  (4) 

raTBns]  99.  3.  b 
■jsn^cnx  195.  2 
■jnrncnx  195.  2 

rns  54.  2,  205.  b,  223. 

1.  a 
nns?  223.  1.  a 
t:X  175.  3 
■J^IiS?  216.  1.  6 
Di:S  112.  5.  a 
"lUX  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 
^i?  61.  6,  236 
''X  (n.)  184.  b 
''»  (int.)  240.  1 


a^X  156.  1 
n):S  61.  6 

nbn^Nn  99.  3.  b 
riT  IN  75.  2 
T^  51.  2 
b^S  208.  3.  c 
b?55   183.  b 
mb^S  60.  3.  6  (1) 

nsTb  -IS  75,  2 
rh-h^^  150.  2 

^DbiN   151.  1 
Ob-iN  200.  c 
U^^  207.  2.  c 

n^^j*  200.  c 
nn^ai^?  61.  e.  « 

)^ii   236,  258.  3.  6 
DTP^i?   150.   1 
tJ-iS?  207.  2,  243.  2.  a 
'jittJ-'X  193.  2.  a 
''O^N   57.  2  (1) 

nn^N  11.  1. 6 

DrTiS  140,  1 
•jn-iS?  189,  210.  c 
•|N   (adv.)  235.  2  (2) 
•fSn   (v.)  175.  3 
n'lnSX  91.  c 

nss^n  175.  3 

nTDS5  189 
"ITSi^  189 
''nTDN  194.  2 
ni^'IpX   198.  a  (4) 
^HDNI  119.  1 
bDX  110.  3 

bbx,  bbsn  112.  1 


bDS?^  (nb)  174.  4 
bDi5  111.  2.  6 

bDS51   99.  3.  a 
n'bDS  104.  d 

^bsfc?  (nb)  63.  1.  b, 

174.  4 
'rjb^S   106.  a 
DDbDii   106.  a 
™b3S  104.  i 

^innbDx  104.  e 

^nbDS  65.  a 
^nbDN  104.  i 
DPbpX   112.  1 

^rnbDi?  104.  i 

nSDXI  99.  3.  6 
-IDDN^  99.  3.  b 
SqSS?   140.  3 
nSN  187.  1.  a 
n-l3X  24.  b 

rbs?  140. 1 

nsnppij  16.  3.  b,  105.  (^ 

-nippx  88 

bx  235.  1,  264    • 
bj*  (pron.)  58.  1,  73.  1 
bi?  (n.)  186.  2.  c 
-bs  237.  1,  238.  1 
TlJ"'n5bs  229.  1.  a 
D^T2^3bN  14.  a,  51.  4 
nbx  216.  1.  a 

nb&j  200.  6 

nbS  58.  1,  61.  6,  73.  1 
■^n'bxi  234.  c 

D^nbx  11.  1.6 

D^n'bX  201.  2,  231.  3.  a 


34G 


INDEX    III. 


iT3^n'5S   220.  2.  c 

^rnbs]  2.$4.  c 
mb«  11.  \.  b 

m'bX  (v.)  172.  2 
•'bx  2:3S.   La 

nian-ibs  220.  2.  c 
bibs  184 
lybxT  99.  3 
HDbs  nsbit  45.  5.  a 

ibbs  20.  2,  240.  1 
nbX  187.  1.  h 

D^aiabs  51.  4 
nabx  200.  c 

niiiabs?  229.    \.  a 

b^Ta-bi5  237.  2  (1) 

•jabX  193.  1 

msiabs    193.   a  (4), 

199.  c?,  200.  h 
nn3?-bs5  237.  2  (2) 
qbs  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
5|bK  226 

•isbs  250.  2  (2)  a 
Drsbx  250.  2.  (2)  a 
□"•Dbs?  203.   4,  226 
Oipbs  229.   1.  a 
Tibs  221.  2.  fi 
DS  68.  6,  197.  a 
DS  239.   1,  283 
iSCSiaS  11.  \.  a 
T^SOSTaS   104.  h 
npS  53.   3.  6,  211.  a 
niSS    198.  c 

rras  200.  c 


•jlttS  184.  b 

rx:^'Q'&  go.  3.   6  (1), 

201.  1.  a 
D^ri'CS  201.  1.  a 
Dbi^S   105.  a 

rrjb'axn  99.  3 

bb^S!    187.  1.  d 
bbias  92.  a,  115 
^3S  bbT2S  42 

D^bbTas  210.  c 

D:^S  235.  2  (1) 
D:13S  235.  2  (1) 
I'^S  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
T^i?   112.  1 
11255  110.  3,  125.  3 

n-as  05 

ni2S  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
"It?i?  208.  3 
"lias  60.  3.  6(1),  112.  1 
-TnS  60    3.  b  (1) 

ni)as  208.  3 

TjlTaS  60.  3.  6  (1) 
DDI^S  106.  a,  127.  2 

nnias  127.  2 
nn^ST  3.3.  4 
?lTrt!i«  157.  3 

niaS   60  3.  i  (1),  205.  b 

imas  60.  3.  b  (1),  221. 

2.  a 

^nnnbsi  99.  3. 6 
^.nnzs  101.  3.  a 
n:s;',  n:s  63.  1.  c 

^2S<  71.  a  (1) 
13S  46 


^niDS  131.  1 

Tri:s  184 

•^SS  197.6 

■'pS  71 

'':«  65,  71.  a  (1) 

^:S  65.  b 

n^^rs  198. 6 

•'SbS  71 

•jrs  141.  3  (p.  175) 

CirS  84.  3.  a  (2) 
pis  112.  1 

p:s  50.  1 

ni:r:s  207.  2.  <j 

q^CN   185.  2.  a 
-mbcS  125.  1 
nn^CN)  60.  3.  c,  92.  e 
51CS  110.  3,    112.  5.  c, 
115,  151.  2 

qbs  112.  1 

nSCS  111.  3.  a,  112.  1 
riECS  151.  2 
'^BCS  89  (f.  s.) 
^£CS  151.  2 
ylCBDS  188 

iPBcs  104.  y 

pDS  53.  3.  b,  88  (1  f.) 
nCS  112.  5.  b 
"IDS  60.  3.  c 
nCS  60.  3.  c 
lies  Gl.  6.  a 
DIGS  105.  c? 

-irsn,  iiysi  leo.  3 
bysn  172.  4,  175.  3 

•jys^  172.  4 


INDEX    III. 


347 


n3^i«  113. 1 

n|2?Kl  57.  2  (2)  a 

tjyi^n  172.  4 
niryiii  172.  4 
m»:?i<i  57.  2  (3)  a, 

111.  2.  0,   234.  c 
51S<  (n.)  184.  J,   207.  2 
qS  (conj.)  239.  1 
D-PXSS  104.  f.,  172.  3 
IBS  112.  5.  a 
nSSJ  110.  3 
^SX  112.  1 
D^'SS  203.  1 
n-^SSI   100.  2.  a  (1) 
•12  qS5  239.  2  (1) 

nbsij:  198.  a  (2),  216. 
.  1.  h 

•jSXI   172.  4 
DSJ«  235.  3  (1) 

r\vm^  127. 3 

nSXI  173.  3 
nX22S<   164.  5 
yaas  183.  c,  197.  a 
ni3>3^S<»207.  2.  a 
12S^  174.  4 

T;"n^i?  105.  (/ 
bsi?  237.  1 
nsx  50.  3 
^n^s  101.  3.  a 
nn^s  105.  cZ 

5^a)?Si!   105.  h 
D^Xl  99.  3.  a 
Diaipi?.  56.  3 
n^pSI  99.  3.  a 


D!|?S|t  56.  3 
D)^X1  99.  3.  a 
ni«^jpi<T  63. 1.  c,  97.  1 

&,  164.  5 
i^nSJ^  99.  3.  a,  172.  4 

nxns<i  172.  4 

D^xnS  24.  a 

naiNi  175.  3 

D3ni«  22.  a 
nya-lK  207.  2.  a,  214. 
1.  6,  223.  1 

D^ya'ii?  225.  1 
n^pyanx  223. 1 

DPyanS?  250.  2  (2)  a 
•j^SnX  51.  4 
•J^ans?  51.  4,  195.  2 

-nnsj  141. 1 
■tb-mx  19.  2 

nnnX  208.  3.  b 
D^inS  82.  5.  a 
^T9)2ili5  104.  h 
■ji-l«  197.  6 
linX  139.  2 

iniiNi  141.  2 

mi5  197.  6,  200.  a, 

208.  3.  6 
n"li5   198 

nn-is5  198 
i-innni^  6o.  3.  c 

^'^^_  200.  c.  208.  3.  d 
T:'^!'^,  56.  3.  a,  168.  a, 

174.  4 
X\t^  79.  2,  118.  1 
•j"lS  185.  2.6,207.2.  c 


i\yi  216. 1.  e 

•ji^-lS  200.  a 

.  ""lansi:  194.  1 
n^'anx  235.  3  (3) 

in?13Ta'lS5  56.  1,  105.  b 

nis^nx  21 6.  1.  c 
nnns  197.  c 

ynx  51.   3,     63.  2.  a, 
197.  6 

n^  65 

nsnj?  61.  6.  a,   219.  1 

"jT^a  nanx  22.  b 
^y;3  n^ii?  22.  b 

-n^  141.  1  (p.  175) 

tjnii  119.  1 

nb^S73T13i<  180.  a 
T»X  197.  6,  201.  1 
m  57.  2  (1) 

^bxrj?  101.  3.  a 
ntJxi  99. 3.  a 
n''^inoi<  210.  rf 

m©i<  216.  2.  a 
nirx  200.  b,  e,  207.  2 
^1©X  197.  a 
DpnCi?  118.  3 
TO^TIJJ?  200  c 
D^SIpS  94.  b 
bisOX  200.  a,  210.  t 
nibsCN  216.  1.  c 

nibsrs  216. 1.  c 

nbCN  60.  2.  a 

5  nbirx  60. 2.  a 
rinbcx  126.  1 
-iibiDsn  99.  3 

I        .       ;       -  T 


348 


INDEX   III. 


nrbtJKi  99.  3 

DTTK  82.  1.  a  (l'),  112. 

5.  a 
TlDirNT  99.  3 

pairs  189 
n:?pirxn  98.  i.  a 
rrpztif.  97.  1 

n:Ci<   183.  0,  221.  Q.a 
TOCS   172.  3 
UDli'S  91.  c 
rbffiS  207.  2.  c 
"j?f  5?  9B.  1.  a 

r^rs?^  175.  3 

rciJ^CS  98.  1.  a 
nbnjJiTSn  98.  \.a 
nbpffii^n  98.  1.  a 

nrii!  74,  285 

mrS  (conj.)  239.  1 

nnirs  200.  c 

lines  221.  5.  d 
^fntpX  220.  2.  c 
ri'^nTSN  221.  5.  d 
m?X  205,  214.  1.  h 

n«K;i  172.  4 
ibbinps  96.  a 
yiDynirs  141.  6 

ns  (n.)  207.  2.  e 

Tit ,  n55  58.  2.  a,  238. 

2,  270 
TK  43.  a 
nx  43.  a 
rx    (prep.)    237.    1, 

238.  2 
-nx  Gl.  5 


rii5,  PX   71.  «  (2) 

PS?  71.  a  (2) 
StrS   177.  3 

nns  11.  \.  a 
npx  71 

npS5,  np&{  71.  a  (2) 
■jiPX   197.  a,  c 

nsnns?  96.  a 

■"PS?  71.  a  (2) 

''P«  61.  5 

WS  112.  1,  172.  1 

i<n'')^"'PS«  220.  2.  c 

?TnS  65.  a 

nDPS  65.  a 

bittPfi?  53.  1.  a,  183.  c 

•JPiji  210.  c 

"jPX,  IPX  71.  a  (2) 

r\':r\r^ ,  n:px  7i.  a  (2) 
^:nj«  177.  3 

1:P»  207.  2.  b 
n3:PX  220.  1.  b,  221.  6 
^;|5PX  105.  6 

2  231.  1,  233,  267.  b, 

272.  2.  6 
S3  157.  2 

nika  34 
ns^  34 
nsni  156.  4 

D-'bnsa  229.  4.  b 
^N3  156.  2 
'ISia  (pret.)  156.  2 
^S3^  156.  4 
Dip5TN3  57.  2  (2)  a 


•iSa  216.  1.  a. 
DDEwSa  22.  a 
1X3   121.  1 
"1X3  00.  3.  c,  197.  a 
©X3  60.  3.  c 
PX31,  PX31  16.  1 

■"pxi^,  nx3^  100.  2. 

«(1) 

b33  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 

''b33  237.  2  (4) 

n?3  84.  3.  a  (3) 

n,n3  90 

153  22.  a,  197.  6,  200.  c, 

221.  5.  o 
153  87 

ni,n3  207.  1.  a 
np1?3  80.  i  (2  m.)      • 
Ii:i3  87,  210.  a 
bb53  237.  2  (2) 
1373  61.  1 
bl3  80.  2.  a  (3) 
0X13-3  4.  a 

inia  57.  2  (4),  184.  6 

t^VT\2  177.  1    ' 
l^pnS  245.  5.  b 

Dbcrns  91.  6 
bP3  121.  1 
rrgr\2  21 6.  2 
rtas  201.  2 

]n3  61.  2.   (7,   184.    fl, 

197.  a,  208.  3.  6 
:\in3  113.  1,  2 

n^scns  140.  6 

Xi3  79.  1,  157.  ] 


INDEX   III. 


349 


nssjia  io4.  g 

15ii3  90 

Di«TS  57.   2   (3)  a, 

164.  3 
n^Dia  209.  1.  a 
bia  53.  2.  a,  184.  b 
D"ipia  156.  2 
npia  186.  2.  a 
-1^3  139.  2 

nin  200.  a 
^^^sjnia  201.  2 

Oia  82.  1.  a  (3),  156. 

2,  157.  1,  2. 
D^Oia  156.  2 
DDDT^ia  92.  &,  161.  3 
^  T2  (n.)  207.  2.  a 
n  (from  T^a)  156.  2 
n  139.  2 
1«Ta  139.  3 
15i-7a  141.  2 
TTa  141.  1  (p.  175) 
^2TT3  139,  1 
■jina  185.  2.  c 

nnna  210. « 
n''"iina  60.  3.  c 
m'jna  27 

-iTia  185.  2 
■jna  50.  1 

■jnia  121. 1 
nna  50.  1 
nn^nh  nna  43.  6 
^nna  19. 2 
D-inna  201. 1.  h 

nit:3  90.  J9ass. 


nt:a  184.  h 
npn  126. 1 
■jin^a  193.  2 

•Jt:!  197.  a 

D^rja  208.  3.  a 

Onua  239.  2  (3),  263. 

1.6 
''a  (for  ^V^)  53.   3.  a, 

240.  2 
*l^a  237.  2  (2) 
Ta  16.  2.  a 

rri^n^a  57. 2  (2) 
'}''a  158. 2, 3 

"J^a  237.  1,  238.  1 
^'■^S'^a^  4.  a 

•inb^a  158. 1 
ap?::a  16. 2. « 
n^'S'^a  200. 6 

^^ni-IJ^'ia  14.  a,  24.  6 

n^^a  61.    2,    63.  2.   a, 

197.  5,  208.  3.  e 

rria  57.  2  (5),  62.  1, 

216.  1.  d 
'^''2n?r?"fl'^3  246.  3.  b 

^wirrrr^^  246.  3.  b 

^^""^  65 
•ja  65.  a 
riDa  184.  i 

iDa  172.  2 

iaa  (for  i3?a?)  53. 

3.  a 

niDa  50. 1 
n^sa  50. 1 
^aa  184.  b 


ibCSa  91.  6,  231.  5.  a 

airpa  22.  «,  101.  2.  6 
ba  53.  3.  a 
nnba  i98.  a  (3) 
txiba  56.  4 
n^stj'^ba  18.  2.  c 
nr)iba  195.  3 
b?::ba  195.  3 
bba  141.  3  (p.  175) 

3^^3,    ?^?  126.  1 
"'"I^ba  237.  2  (4) 

^n^D?^a  127.  2 

ipba  61.  6.  a,  237.  1 
^i?)2a  235.  3  (1) 
naa  231.  4.  a 
itja  233.  a 

■'ni'aa  13.  a,  214. 2.  & 
^?i3a  45.  4 
nsy^a  45.  3 
nibnpm  10.  2.  a 
''n^a  19.  2, 216. 1.  c 

■ja  51.  3,  185.  2.(7,  215i 

1. 6 

'13'^'a^n-fa  246.  3.  b 

T^  n:a  35.  1 

^3a  (from  Sia)  164.  2 
?3a  34 

T 

^2a  34 

iDa  (suf.)  221.  3.  a 

i:a  (parag.)  61.  Q.  a 

nisa  207.  i. «. 
•j''ni:a  (v.)  173.  2 
DD'^niDa  220. 1.  & 

13a  61.  6.  «,  218 


350 


INDEX    III. 


CSa  207.  1.  a 

n^pa  86.  h  (1  c.) 

?133  221.  3.  a 
?b:2  4.  a 

bb:3  22.  «,  101.  2. 6 
nn:3  132.  1,  iss.  1 

nS5SC3  24.  a 

nnyE3,n7yD3i6. 3.  & 

-l^n?^  237.  2  (2) 

nra  237. 1 

tjpya,  ^-jy?  113. 1.  2 

wn  172. 1 

D^^ya  60.  3.  a 
D^byn  201.  2 
nya  121. 1 
nn^a  i96.  <? 
iTi?:?a  113.  2 

XTSra  60.  3.  a 

n?a  121. 1 
nska  199 
in«2a  11. 1.  a 

TSa  185.  2.  a 
ysa  42.  a 

-  r*  J 

D?]£a  125.  1 
pSa  82.  1.  o  (2) 

n'ika  207. 1.  <f 

ypa  80.  2.  a  (4) 

oypa  125. 2 

ppa  141.  3  (p.  175) 
npa  197.  r,  201.  1 
npa  50.  1,  208.  3.  h 

niaise.  2.  c 
xna  78. 1 
Kna  166.  3 


Tisna  164.  4 
"I'na  185.  2.  6 
^ina  92.  d 
cina  51.  1 
nina  51. 1 
bna  193.  2.  c 
rria  50. 1 
n"i"ia  210.  a 
■^r^^na  194. 2.  a 

■J'^a  80.  2.  a   (1),   80. 
2.  a  (2),  120.  3 

•jna,  ijna  119.  1 
^na  197.  a 
nana  le.  2.  a 
nana  21 6. 1.  6 
iana  60. 3.  a,  120.  3 

■'ana  22.  a,  216.  2.  a 

Dn^ana  22.  a 
D;^a"ia  208.  4 

D'la  139.  2 

npna  19.  2. 6,  i96.  b 
"ina  141. 1  (p.  175) 

cam  74.  a,  139.  2 

"ipamJa  102. 3.  a 

bca  80.  2.  a  (1) 

naiam  220. 1. 6 
ninpca  45. 2 
na  205.  6 
ina  221.  2.  a 
taaina  220. 1.  h 
n-'bina  201.  1.  b 
•ina  58.  2 
n^na  208. 3.  c 
oara  221.  6 


nx5  nka  22. 6 
nxa  185. 2.  (/ 
o'^'j^xa  201. 1.  a 
ni'^ica  208.  3.  c 
bxa  117 
bxa  116.  4 
nbxa  201. 1.  a 
^bxa  119. 3 
DDbxa  221. 3.  a 
aa  200.  c 

naa  143.  a 

"piaa  215. 1.  c 
riaa  i85. 2. 6 
rraa  i84.  b 
snaa  11. 1.  a 
Knaa  86.  b 
nnaa  125.  2 
nnaa  60. 3.  a 
n^niaa  201.  2 
b^a^i  184 
nin^aa  201. 1.  c 
nnaa  i98.  a  (3) 
y-'aa  50. 1 
niaa  i87. 1, 215. 1 
in^niaa  220. 2.  c 
■'aa  199.  c 
T^aa  184 
baa  50. 1 
nbaa  11. 1.  6 
•jaa  187. 1. 6 
•jbaa  207. 2.  c 

D^SSaa  187.  2.  e 

bbaa  193. 2.  c 
-lar      1.  a  (2) 


INDEX    III. 


351 


"ina  183.  h,  184.  a 
laa  184.  a 
bs^-ina  61.  6.  a 
nn23  205 

W  200.  a 

n'la  141. 3  (p.  175) 

bina  58. 1, 185. 2. 5, 

210,  217 
-bina   215.  1.  c 

nb-bin;^^  13.  a 
i^ra  208.  3.  d 

n^'ia  209.  2.  6 
■'.■^'la  216. 1.  rt 
bna  82. 1.  a  (2) 
bna  (v.)  58. 1 

b^a  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 

b'la  58.  1,  184 

-bna  215. 1.  c 
bna,  b^a  92.  c 
y^a  126. 1 
nna  197.  h,  21 6.  i.  e, 

217 
^y^^  217 

Tni^ia  221. 2. 5 
D^nn'ia  203.  5.  6 

Tia   50.  3,  68.  6 

iTia  157. 1 
'I'la  221. 3.  a 
•^ia  220. 1.  c 
on^ia  220.  2  & 
nprnni'^^a  220.  2.  c 
T]ia  221.  3.  a 

bia  158.  3 

bbia  141.  4 


yia^a  186. 2.  h 
5?ia  125. 2, 156. 1 

nia  (v.)  179.  2.  a 

bnia  200.  a 
Ta  139. 2 
*iaTa  195. 1 
nra  68. 6 

TTa  50.  3,  68.  h 
TTa  139.  2 

"i-Ta  141. 1 
rriTa  50.  3 
bra  50. 3, 68.  h 
bra  216. 1.  e 

"ira  50.  1,  3,  68.  b,  84. 
3.  a  (3),  125.  3 

na  158.  3 
"jina  4.  a 
'^na  157. 1 

Tia  157.  2,  158.  2 

n^bna  21 6.  2. 6 
nbna  200. 6, 210.  e 

K^'a    183.    S,    197.   &, 

208.  3.  c 
X"'a  216.  1.  d 

ri'ia  158. 2,  3 
b^a  158. 2,  3 
ba  (rib)  98.  2,  i74.  5 
ba,  ba  {vv)  139. 2 

baba  187.  l.e,  207.  2.  a 

baba  187. 1.  e 

baba  141.  4 

nbaba  i87.  1.  g,  207. 

1.  0?,  217 

nba  11.  1.  a 


nba  57. 2  (5),  80. 2. « 

(4),  143.  a,  170 
n^ba  216.  1.  a 

nba  126. 1 

r\Y%  196.  c 

n^b'iba  16.  2.  a 
•"niba,  ^n-^bii  174.  2 
ibba  139.  1 
"i^ttba  195. 1 
nnba  ei.  6 

T  :  IT 

btta  197.  c,  207.  2.  6 
Tjbtta  101.  3.  a 

innb^^  104.  i 
inbija  104.  i 

■ja  197.  6,  217 

nsa  77. 1 
nsa  187. 1.  a 
aaa  93.  (? 
nn;;j  21 6. 1.  6 
was  a  104.  i 

ipnDa  65.  a 

■^nnsa  61.  6. « 
onnja  104. « 
n^a  217 
•jisa  139.  2 

D'^Tpa  50.  1 

ya  131. 3 

i2?.1  172.  2 

~i:^a  125. 2 
n?a  131.  4 
■jBa  197. 6. 200.  b 
nana  207. 2. « 

na  50.  3,  68.  b 

fna  193. 2. 6 


352 


INDEX   III. 


pa  197.  h,  200.  «,  208. 
3.  h 

nna  219.  1 
nt-ia  216. 2 

ITT   141.  3  (p.  175) 

isona  194.  1 
iTanirna  104./. 
©a,  "J^a  131.  3 
iioa,  iTca  131.  3 
'lira  65.  b 

t 

tea  141.  1  (p.  175) 

mra  i3i.  4 
imra  i3i.  4 

ra  207.  2.  a 

nns'i  87, 119. 3 

5iST  11.  1.  a 
^X^  51.  4 

nnin"!  i98.  ^»,  200.  b 

rh2'l  200.  6,  214.  1.  b 
pyn  82.  1.  a  (2) 

npsn  87 
nni  10.  a 
nn'i  210 
nn-i  80. 2.  o  (2) 

~I5'1  92.  d 

nS"!,  na^  92.  c,  126.  2 

inan  65 

inn^  61.  1,  216.  2 

rtiai  65.  a 

p.naiT  100.  2.  n  (]) 

•1^731  86.  ft  (2  f.) 

"innn"!  ei.  6.  a 

tJa"!  183.  b 


■'©an  221.  5.  c 

^'1  185.  2.  f/,  198,  217 

m   198,  217 

T\yr:  219. 1.  i 

1^1  207.  1./. 
'iK'l^'^  216.  1.  a 
D"'i5'l^^  56.  4,  207.  2.  a 
I'l^l   194.  2.  6 

;;.':i'i  51.  4 
Tin  11.  1.  i 

Din   139.  2 
"liT  200.  c 

^irnini-n  44.  b 
wn  158.  3 

'''Ci'^157.  2 

^n^  121. 1 

•^n  215.  1.  f/ 
S^n  187.  1.  a 

D^r'i  158. 1 

i^^   184.  6 
'ji'7   158.  2,  3 
•J^n  187.  1.  a 
iO'''!  158.  3 
SSn   165.  2 
^K2n  167.  1 
bn  207.  2.  a 

nb'i  50.  1 
■'ni!?'!  141.  2 
I'^b'i  141.  1 
i^b-n  19.  2.  5 

ni'^b'l  209.  2.  a 

n^bn  210.  Of 

nbn  197.  b,  199.  (Z,  211 

ninb-n  21 6. 2.  a 


"^nb"!  216.  2 

D'nbn  203.  2,  208.  4 
Dl   139.  2 
W  57.  2  (4) 
DDm   58.  2,  221.  1.  a 
Dm  141.  3  (p.  175) 

pirian  51.  2 

pTTTST   195.  1 

■'^'^   194.  1 

^z:"^  104.  a 

yi  148.  3 

y"!  148.  2 

r.y'n  53.  2.  ft,  148.  2 

nyT,ny'i97.  i.  ft,  148.3 

irn  16.  2.  a 

i£S-^i,"^  45.  4 
tj?"!  50.  1 

^?'^  148.  2 

^n^'1  148.  2 

■jnn'l  19.2.ft,  05.a,  200.  a 

ni:h-i^  19. 2.  ft,  65.  a 

Uill   193.  2.  c 

ci^n-i  122.  2, 141. 1 
^n-i  197.  ft,  200.  ft 

D'^D'^'n  203.  3,  208.  4 
'qDn'l  220.  2.  ft 
piri?"!'!  51.  2,  54.  3 

^nrrn^  104.  i 

sen  196.  d 
«1t'l  18.  2,  c 
■jTD'l  (v.)  82.  1.  «  (2) 
■jCn  (adj.)  185.  2 

nn  200.  ft 


INDEX    III. 


353 


.n,  n,  n  229, 245 
n,  n,  n  230,  283 
nnnxn  112.  3 
n-inxni  112.  3 
^niixn  60.  3.  h  (1) 
■'n-ins^n'i  60.  3.  b  (1) 

D*15?n  246.  1.  a 

■ibnijr;  246.  2.  a 
rT»?.r!i  80.  2.  6,  112.  3 
]^Ti«n'i  112.  3 
nsTytn  88  (pi.  f.) 

^n-'pT&5n  94.  a,  180.  a 

npTsni  112.  3 
r\^r\  240.  1 
o?^n5<n  60.  3.  c 

■'■iTy^Xn  246.  3.  h 
TlJ^Xn  230.  3.  a 

^ribDsni  112.  3 
DribDsn  112.  3 
n^n'5sn  246.  1.  a 
tfbsn  60.  3.  c 

ITOSn  229.  4.  a 

nbxn  112.  1 
n?sn  126.  1 

5lDSDSn  57.    2  (2)  a, 
229.  3.  a 

■innssin  230.  3.  a 

f  "nsn  63.  2.  &,  229.  4.  h 
Dnsn  230.  3.  a 

nn  148.  3 
ir-iNnn  151.  3 
man  119. 1 
nsnn  lee.  1,  i67. 2 
nxani  100. 2.  «  (1) 

23 


nnxnn  i67. 2 
irsnn  104.  k 
DJnsnn  160.  2 
nb^-^nn^  100.  2.  «  (2) 
b'^nrl  94. 6 
nnn  i48.  3,  240.  2 
n''nrinr;  188.  b 
^nn  148.  3 
Tisn  140.  4 
pisn  140.  4 
-•jnn  94.  d 

■'nn  (from  Sia)  164.  2 

s^nn  (imp.)  94.  d 
nxi^ni  100.  2.  a  (2) 
nni^^nn  leo.  2 

tjinn  179.  2.  a 

^Ta-^nh  150.  2 
riiTi5"'nn  160.  2 
nn^^an  219. 1 
ban  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

bnn  216.  1.  e 
^nbnn  111.  3.  a 
ni:an  173.  2 

b?3n  246.  1.  a 

nan  uo.  5 
tfsnan  104. 6 
Tjijitan  164.  4 
^nan  140.  4, 141.  1 
riDnan  16. 3.6, 230. 2.  a 
D'^nan  45.  2 
rr-^a-^n  126.  1 
-"lan  94.  f? 
I5n  95.  c 


b'q^^n  94.  a 

T^r\  112,  5.  a 

n.)n  18. 2.  c,  184.  6 

ir^n  172.  2 

ir^h  92.  ft,  174. 1,  3 

ni^n  216.  1.  a 

nbsn,  nb.)n  175. 1 
niban  173.  2 
n^bsn  175.  1. 
^n"^bsn  175. 1 
nb.^r;  172. 1 
ri?an  127. 1 
pa'^n  82.  5 
ina'in  246.  2.  a 

tEJ^^n  159.  2 

^s^'in  141.  3 

Cin  207.  2.  a 

nsJ'^n  245.  5, 6 
ffl'in  112.  5.  a 
pjri  140.  5 

pnn  (pret.)  140.  5 
p^n  (inf.)  140.  5 

nipin  141.  2 

mn  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

nai-inn  (inf.)  94,  b 

npC'in  96.  a 
nn  240.  1 
X^Dbnn  245.  5.  b 

ttj'i^pnr;  245.  5.  b 

"inn  63.  2.  6,  229.  4.  6 

nnnn  219. 1 
n-tninnn  246.  2.  a 

D^-inn  63.  1.  a.  229.  4 
Xin  177.  1 


354 


INDEX    III. 


Sin  47,  71.  a  (3) 
Kin  58.  1,  71,    73.    3, 

258.  2 
K^n  30.  2 

snnn  167.  2 
^i«ann  167.  2 
TDinin  179.  2.  a 
D'^pnin  13.  a,  208.  3.  a 

y*iin  150.  5 
mn  57.  2  (5)0, 177. 1 
nin  177.  1 
n'nnin  i40.  6 
bnin  140.  6 
■•in  240.  1 

'Sy^^T)  229.  1.  a 

n^-in  177.  1 
nsin  (inf.)  126.  1 

H'^pin  (imp.)  94.  d 

nnb^n  150.  5 
?T^bin  151.  1 
bbin  141.  4 

!lb3in  93.  b 

nibbin  i98.  a  (4) 
Dbin  90 

HD^n  160.  5 
np^n  95.  c,  150.  5 

rno^n  27,  i04.  e 

jy-'Sin  (imp.)  94.  d 
KSin  150.  1 

nss^n  16V.  2 
nxir-'n  in.  i 

X^S^n  (imp.  ?)  94.  d 

mn-^^tin  149. 1, 150.4 

yi^T\  57.  2.  (5) 


np^n  153. 1 
Di:?;;5inoo.  3.  a,  127.2 
nn^n  57. 2.  (2) 
'ismnin  104.  k 
msin  ()().  1  (2)  h 
D^"^imr^n  151.  3 
n-'Cin  57.  2  (5) 

"^n^T^in  61.  6.  a 

ytJin  126.  1 
rnsin  150. 1 

D'^Tia-Tn  24.  6 

b-i-rn  160.  1 
n^bi-Tn  141.  3 

^3jn  54.  2,  4.  «,  82.  5.  a 
CDnDTH  91.  &,  106.  a 

n-'iTn  175. 1 
-p?Tn  119.  1 
□5"'ni-i-"n  173.  2 
^,s3nn  107.  2 
nnsann  166. 1 
nnnn  i65.  1 

ann  63.  1.  o,  229.  4 

inb-injn  53.  2.  b,  63. 

1.  a,  95.  h 
D^®nrin63.  1.0,  229.  4 
T'^T'lO  (inf-)  112.  3 

■'npTnn,  112.  3 
'^P^pfnn'i  112.  3 
■'i^pTtinn  112.  3 
"iprin  164.  2 
"^pnn  164.  2 
tnn  229.  3.  cf 
on^nn  111.  .3.  6 

DDnn  63.  1.  a,    229.  4 


r."CDnn  229.  4.  a 
bnn  140.  5 
bnn  140.  4 
ibnn  i4o.  4 
''bnn  175.  1 
''n'bnn  i4i.  2 

D'^plSnn  229.  3.  a 
ii^nn  246.  2.  a 

nnnn  119.  1 
onnn  119.  1 
^n^nnn  eo.  3.  b  (1) 
^n^^.nni  oo.  3.  b  (1) 
ipirnnni  112.  3 
bpnn  95.  c 
nhnn  141.  2 
irinnm  86.  b  (2  m.), 

112.  3,  139.  3 

t:n  175.  4 
''nh-jni  161.  5 
nDn  175.  4 
"intsn  82.  5 
iin^n  63. 1.  a,  121.  3 
niran  159.  2 
^rb-i-jn  160.  2 
■•n^'Lsn  175. 1 

nX^QDn  96.  a,  166.  5 
■^n  53.  2.  o,  184.  b 
N-^n  71.  rr  (3) 
Dpyn'^n  230.  2.  a 

n-in  11.  \.a 

n''n50.  1,  77.  3,  112.  5. 

a,    152.   2.   rr,    156.    1, 

177.  1,  258.  2 
n^n  86.  b  (3  pi.) 


INDEX   III. 


355 


ti:^n(imp.)  112. 1,1^7.1 

n-^n  (inf.)  177.  1 

n-^n]  61.  1.  «,  234.  b 
r^T^^  61.  l.  «,  234.  h 

r^r\^  46 
n'l^'^n  245.  5.  h 

DPn  245.  3.  b 

ni'in  112.  1, 177.  1 

au^n  235.   3  (2) 

a-^'j^n  145.  2 
a'j->;^n  230.  2.  6 
n^^ni,  n^;inT  16.  1 

0"'^!''^    60.    3.    6    (1), 
112.  1 

'arp'!rr\  112.  2,  234.  6 

X^T\  51.  2 

ba^n   189.    b,     197.    6, 

200.  e,  210.  c,   216. 

1.  6 

^p^bin  151.  1 
Is-ib^n  57.  2  (5) 
b'rn  186.  2 
"I'l'a^n  11.  1.  6 
^yssyrry  150.  1 
S2r;^n  150.  1 
nbs^n  65.  6 

•Jl-l^n  246.  1.  a 

"iio^n  150.  1 
n^n  172.  1 

ivr^T)  246.  3.  a 
?fn  98.  2,  175.  4 
"TSDn  94.  b 
oasn  96.  a 

ror\  175.  4 


I^Sn  159.  2 

b^pn  ('!:?)  leo.  4 
b^Dn  (b^Dsn)  111.  2.  c 
irpn  160.  2 
^rpn  160.  2 
^sirpn  160.  2 
rn'D-'pn  160.  2 

"iSSn  246.  1.  a 

TObpn  95.  a 
n^D'cbpn  94.  a 

13pn  160.  2 
rin)^2)23n   24.  h,   230. 
2.  a 

npn  112.  5.  a 
-n2n  94.  b 

blDnsn  246,  1.  a 

nshsn  24.  6 
nsjbn  172.  1,  175.  1 

•jnbn  24.  h,  230.  2.  a 

•jiDabn  246. 1.  a 
tJabn  94.  b 
n^i^n  150.  5 
ibn  139.  2 
nri^ibr)  44.  a 
Tbn  58.  1,  73.  2 
nrbn  58. 1,  vs.  2 

^Tbn  58.  1,  73.  2 

Dnbn  119.  1 
onbn  91. 6 
Tbn  150.  2 
nb^^bn  245.  3.  b 
ijyr\  84.  3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.0,115,151.1,179. 
2.  a 


tj'bn  151. 1 
^Dbn  151.  1 

N^sbn  86.  b  (3  pi.) 

n:Dbn^,  100.  2.  «  (1) 
riDbnn  100.  2.  a  (1) 
nsbh  205 
bbn  137, 141.  4 
bbn  137 

ibbn  20,  2,  45.  2 
nibbn  139. 1 
Dbn  111.  1 
■an  4.  ct 
on,  rran  61.  6 
•ji^n  197.  6 
bi^n  159.  2.  bis 
^bian  159.  2 
n^xniian  177.  3 
'ji'ari  150,  2 
nw  160.  4 
Tn^'onn  u. « 
^ni'cn  160.  2 

^nSTSn  246.  2.  6 
^DlSn   140.  6,  141.  I 
rhllT\  126.  1 

nb-an  so.  2. 6 
nnbian  127.  i 
^b'an  95.  a 

niDbt!l2n  246.  3.  a 
niBSTSn  246.  1.  o 
C73n  140.  4 
nS^n  140.  5 

i^pan  62. 2, 175. 1 
ny^n  119. 1 

*ipnti)?iani04.c,  246.2.J 


356 


INDEX   III. 


NiTsn  Kit;.  3 
T^n'^S'an  10.5.  a 

nSl^TSn  246.  1.  a 

■nan  uo.  5 
'rar}  140.  5 
nniniQn  24.  b 
biran  45.  2, 230.  2 
birpn  94. 6 
n^n  160.  4 
inisn,  inwn  160.  5 
•inTan  leo.  2 
Dn^n  160.  2 

■jn  (pron.)  71.  a  (3) 
■jn  (adv.)  236 

^S32n  54.  2 

ins^nsn  i66.  2 
insasn  131.  6 
q^:n  91. 6,  i3i.  5 
nan  236,  240.  2 

nsn  (pron.)  71.  a  (3) 
nan  (adv.)  235.  3  (4) 

''irr:r\  i3i.  i 
nnsn  246.  i.  « 

ntlDn  189.  h 

bnrn  94.  b 

■^nOTn  63.  1.  rt,  121. 

3,  131.  6 

nmn  i3i.  1 

ipnsn  ICO.  2 

T?!!?.  T?"  s-'^-  c  (1), 

160.  1 

nn^sn  16O.  5 
■•nin-irn  leo.  £ 


D3S^:n  100.  4 
ip"':n  150.  2 

^S22T33n  245.  5.  6 

ns:n  leo.  4 
ps;n  160.  2 
^3::n  141.  1 
npsn  173.  2 
^^p:n  131.  2 
fnsn  91.  6,  131.  5 
^pp:n  131.  2 

en  240.  1 

ncn  140.  5 

ncn61.4,  135.  3,  140.5 
lacn  61.  4.  a,  140.  5 

lacn  61.  4 
niapn  ei.  5,  i36.  2 

Qi-i^on  (D-in^oxn)  53. 

2.  «,  111.  2.  c 

nn^cn  leo.  2 

^T^T\^  IGO.  4 

n"'sn,  n^cn  160. 1 
•yon  140.  5 
"jscn  94.  6 
-■jscn  94.  d 
bancn  82.  5 
bbinpn  i4i.  5 
nntpn  91. 6 
nnnyn  63.  3.  h  (2) 
?]'^n-tnsn  112.  3 
Tj-^mnyni  112.  3 

"l^n?n  (inf.  abs.)  94.  b 

nnnyn  112.  2 
nnnrn  16O.  2 
nryn  ui.  1 


th'^'sr^  160.2 
"^inTrn  60.  3.  c 
'ini^yn  44.  6 
t::^rn,  t:;'yn  229.  3 
•'nTO'n  160.  2 
byn  (v.)  17.5.  4 

nb?h  60.3. 6(2),  112.2 
nbyn  63.  1.  a 
n-'brn  2 15.  5.  b 
i:n-'byn  104.  ^ 
inbyn  173.  2 

Oyn  63.  2.  ft,  229.  4.  6 
T^rrn  60.  3.  b  (2) 

"i^'ayn  94.  b 
"TO^n^  112.  3 
nn^yn  104.  e 
tf^nynn  112.  3 
D'lniyn  229.  4 

^3n?n  246.  2.  a 

initoyn  173.  2 
iniTi?:?n  11.3. 1 
nyn  is.  2.  c 
ni^sn  187. 2.  a 
men  175. 1 
n-isn  175.  4 
nan  uo.  5 
nsn  80. 2.  b 
inis^^sni  160.  3 
n^cn  140.  5 
^2n  112.  5.  b 

■'DEh  61.  6 
•TE3En  188 
Sbcn   166.  3 


INDEX    III. 


357 


sbsn  165.  2 

13Bn  95.  d 

D?Sn  245.  3.  b 

"ipsn  (inf.  abs.)  91.  6 

"IjPSn  93.  o,  95.  a 

"ISn  229.  4.  h 

-iSn  140.  5 

nsn  65.  rt,  140.  5 

nsn  140.  5 
nnsn  119.  i 
■'n^nsn'i  100.  2.  a  (1) 

DDISn  141.  3 
Dnsn  141.  3 

nnnsn  i4i.  2 
nnsn  126.  1 
p'l-jsn  82.  5 
'i.'^-j^in  80.  2. 6 
^D'll'-jin  161.  1 
^n^-jiin  161.  1 

^■'Sin  145.  2 

nj^i^n  160.  2 
nb^in  189.  5 
nb^n  126.  1 
npiasn  86.  b  (2  m.) 
i;->B^n  24.  6 

"12?n  140.  5 

nsn  140.  5 

inisnn  100.  2.  a  (1), 

141.  2 
tlXJ^n  229.  4.  b 

ini^pn  16O.  2 
©■i^pn  94.  b 
mpn  94.  6 

D^lD"ipn  229.  4. 6 


bnpn  119.  1 
■bnpn  119. 1 
niDpn  94.  6 

D^pn  160.  4 
D'^pn  160.  4 

D^pn  57.  2  (5),  59, 

153.  1 

ni^^pn  66.  2  (2)  c 
bpn  140.  5 
bpn  140.  5 
opn  160.  4 
Dpn,  Dpn  160.  5 
'isbpn  66.  2  (2)  c 
inbpn  104.  y 
nispn  94,  5,  iV5.  2 
a'ipn  119. 1 
na^opn  93.  1 

nn  207.  2.  a 

^'^y^,  "xnn  114, 

175.  1 

nsnn  173.  2 
ni^nn  173.  2 
•'n^xnnn  114 
Ti^n^xnn  175. 
on'^X'nri  24.  b 
nnn,  nann  175.  4 
ns-in  175.  2 
na'in,  nann  175.  2, 

235.  3  (2) 

ri^nnni  100. 2.  «  (1) 
^n^anni  100.  2.  «  (1) 
ra";in  (inf.)  94. 6,  lu 
y-^ann  (inf)  114 
^ns^^nn  24.  b 


nnn  63.  1.  a,  219.  1.  5 

inn  172.  2 
inn  92. 6,  174. 1,  3 
tjjiin  53.  3.  a 
-annn  119.  1 
pn';in,  P^nn  119. 1 

•^in  199.  c 

ni'^nn  209. 1.  a 
n^nn  59 
rii^^nn  160.  2 
"i^inn  160.  4 

DD^Sinn  160.  4 
15?^"in  160.  2 

ony'inn  160.  2 
ri^nni  16. 1 
•jnn  140.  5 
msnn  114 
^nhn  140.  4 
D'l'ann  (D^^nxn)  53 

2.  a 

nbnn  160. 2 
cnn  111.  1 
ynn,  ynn  uo.  5 

-     T     '  -A"     T 

:rnn  140. 5 
^5?nn  160.  2 
n^ynn  24.  i 
Dnynn  160.  2 

^nn  66.   1  (1),    98.  2, 

175.  4 
nsnn  175.  4 

nsnn  165. 1 
mnn  172. 1 
■innn  221.  6. 5 
"""inn  221.  6.  b 


358 


INDEX    III. 


D-^nnn  207.  2.  a 

Dnnn  221.  6.  6 

■j'Jffin  24G.   1.  a 

bzisn,  b^^cn  94.  6 
ib-iiaipn  180.  a 
annifljn  82.  5 
Kirn  166.  3 
!in^r\bsnrn  119.  2 
:  ntDn  60.  a 
ncn  160.  4 
n3ri]73TJJn  104.  ^ 
■^roirn  se.  h  (2.  m.) 
\-ii3TDn^  100.  2.  a  (1) 
D'^nmum  10.  a 
ncn  140.  5 
n't  tin  160.  4 
ia-'on  60.  3.  6  (2) 
in^TiJn  60.  3.  6  (2) 
^nin^^r^^  33.  4 
?;i^i»n  101.  3.  a 
nnh'^tin  leo.  2 
ascn  94.  h 
nstjn  9.5.  a 
nnson  95.  «,  ^/ 
nstin,  D'^stin  94. 6 
a^bon  80.  2.  6 
*y^bcn  94.  6 
^a^bpnT  100.  2.  a  (2) 
^bcn  (inf.)  94.  b 
^btjn  (imp.)  94.  d 
tfbcn  95.  a 
r\Dbcn  95.  a 
nsppbcn  86.  b  (2  pi.) 
mabcn  95.  a 


1)3Cn  94.  6 

liatL-n  (inf.  abs.)  91.  6 

T(-nairn  (inf.)  94. 6 
•j-^irn  104.  6 

"■DtL'n   140.  6 

^i2cn  140.  5 
nBcn  140.  5 
^n\n'-'''3tin  141.  3 
macn  139.  3 
y)3T&n  126.  1, 

n'S^^TSn  128,  189.  b 

bv  y^tin  35.  1 

"l^tDn  64.  1,  91.  b 

nsiriri  24.5.  3.  6 
"lie:?  a^aisn  251.  4.  « 
ytin  (y'b)  140.  5 
yen  (nb)  35.  2,  i75.  4 
nisirn  (ni'st'sn)  53. 

2.  6,  62.  1 
b^Sirn  (inf.  abs.)  94.  b 
1\mT\  91.  6 
T^^tT)  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 
i:ptin  94.  d 

narirn  126.  1 
■jsimrn  ui.  5 
nnnntin  168.  a 
n-iinnrn  ive.  2 
^n^iinnirn  ive.  1 
T.^nnncn  i76.  2 
•^n^inntrni  100.2.^(1) 
on'i'innTrn  i76.  2 
n'lnrnrn  i76.  1 
riTrnrn  i76.  2 
wornrn  ui.  g 


^Bifinrn  82.  5 
■'n"''snn  i7c.  2 
njxrn  126.  2 
•jrarn  iss.  4 
^y^srn  126.  1 
■^r'^^rnn  96.  6 
nb^r.n  126.  1 
^cyann  96.  a 
"lann  i76.  4 
n^^ann  i76.  2 
^bnrn  96. 6 
-^ybnnn  96.  b 
■'ppbnrni  100.  2.a(i) 
bbnrn  137 

n-nnrn  iso.  3  (p.  I82) 
:pT,nn  150.  3  (p.  182) 

tj^pn  187.  2.  a 

nsnrn  150.  3  (p.  182) 
nhyinn  246.  3.  a 

STrn  65.  a 

bbinr.n  161.  2 
p-rnrn  96. 6 
bnnn  i76.  4 
nrf^nn  so.  2.  b 
r^T7\  111.  2.  f,  172.  1 

^Tun^nn  60.  3.  a 

^1TT}7^,  141.  3 
nSI^rn  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

^srnn  96.  6 
bnn  115 
D-^brin  142.  3 
Drn  1 40.  5 
nn'rrn  i4i.  5 
nian^rn  141.  6 


INDEX    III. 


359 


mann  i4o.  5 

DTZinn  8-2.    5 

TGi^nn  141.  5 
m"3:nn  los.  3. 
n^3:nn  les.  3 
bbiynn  i4i.  5 
bb?nn  141.  5 
n^synn  i76.  2 
nni^nn  119.  1 
fuj^snn  96.  6 

llfpsnn  59.  a,  96.  a 

^npsnn  96.  a 
ir-ipnn  96.  b 

-izj^pnn  96.  6 

^TO^pnn   96.  b 

"intj^pnn^  96.  6 
nr\Tr^pnn  61.  4.  a, 

96.  b 

n^prin  96. 6 
"jiinnn  141.  5 
•^n^rnnnn  121.  1 
n''S"inn  i76.  2 
n:i2i:iTZJnn  54.  4.  a, 

82.  5.  a 

n^Tcnn  45. 2, 230. 2. 
nnn  i4i.  3  (p.  175) 

•?   100.  1,  234,  287 

•1  99. 1 

11  56.  2 
in  56.  2 
"ibl   56.  2 
^hi'l   5Q.  2 


aXT  183.  b,  197.  c 
inXT  216.  1.  6 
nST  11.  1.  a 
ni5T   39.  4.  a 

nar  50. 1 

-T 

nnr  200.  c 
innr  125.  2 
itt^nnr  220.  2.  c 
i:nnn  100.  2.  «  (1) 

•JlblT  193.  2.  a 
'IT  186.  2.  c 
nr  73.   1,  235.   3    (4), 
249.  2.  a 

nf  39.  4.  a 
nr,  IT  11.  1.  b 

n'T,  iT  73.  1 

SnT  50.  1,  51.  3,  201.  1 
nnn  16.  3.  6,  61.  l.a, 
234.  a 

IT  73.  1 
IT  53.  3.  a 
ribN5  IT  22.  b 
ni'^IT  209.  2.  a 
tl'ilT  210.  a 
nbiT  237.  1 
a  ^nb^T  61.  6.  a 
naiT  14.  a,  93.  6 

rriiT  156.  4, 196.  c? 

•jiTT   193.  2.  a 
D'^SiTT  210.  c 
nn  208.  3.  c 
13T  141.  1 
n^DT  90.  pass. 
ni3T  98.  1 


■jinDT  25 

"jinST  200.  c,  210,  210. 

b,  217 
''p'IDT   106.  b 
inn?T  86.  6  (2  f.) 
5l?bT  €8.  a 

nsybT  210.  e 
n-iTOT  200.  6 

*T^'aT   185.  2.  a 
inr*<2T  139.  1 
•j'CT  207.  2.  & 
rn'QT  92.  J 
rT153T  196.  b 
^n'TST  139.  2 

ro^n^T  220.  1.  b 

■JT  207.  2.  a 

n:T  200.  a 

niDT   200.  b 

•f3?T  51.  1 

D?T  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.2 

n)33)T   119.  3 

iS^T  119.  3 

pyT  51.  1 

pi^T  119.  1 

1p?T  60.  1.  a,  119.  4 

^P?T  119.  4 

•JP^T  119.  3 

IpT  197.  6 

IPT  (v.)  79.  2,  82.  1.  a 

IpT  (adj.)  90,  215.  1 
n^2pT  201.  1.  b 
ppT  141.  1  (p.  175) 
S"1T  196.  d 


3G0 


INDEX    III. 


^nr,  n"iT  15G.  2 

?i-lT  183.   f,    197.   a, 

200.  c 
n^lT  187.  1.  e 
Itt-1T  92.  6 

ynr  go.  3.  c,  216.  i.  e 
ynr  216. 1.  e 

p"lT  80.  2.  a  (3) 
Knn  112.  5.  a 

isan  1G7.  1 

nn^nn,  nnnn  go.  2.  a 

t:nri  112.  5.  a 

''nn  172.  3 

ban  50.  1, 112.  5.  b 

^3n  186.  2.  a 

''l?2n  61.  1 
?inb3n  104.  i 
pan  187.  2 

*13n  112.  5.  a 

ninsnnn  iss 

t'ln  84. 3.  a  (.3),  112. 

5.  6 
an  186. 2.  c 
Nan  11.  \.  a 
Kan  196.  (/ 
nan  112. 5.  a 

^n  53.  2.  6,  223.  1.  a 
1"ni   100.  2.  a  (2) 
bnn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
l^in  24.  c 
inn  216.  1.  e 
t'in  208.  3.  h 


u^tty},  go.  3.  i  (2) 
prn  199.  c 
n^n  207.  1./ 
nrn  14.  a 
bin  158.  2 
bbin  161.  4 
bbin  141.  4 
isin  141.  4 
pn  200.  a 

ipin  59.  a,  141.  3 
''pin   14.  a 
Tn  125.  3 

"^nin  1 94.  2.  6 
'.■i^iin  199.  c 
t')^n  186.  2.  a 
nirin  i58.  2 
Dnin  186.  2 
nm  200.  « 
p\Tn  200.  o,  210. 6, 

216.  2.  i 
pm  84.  3.  a  (2),  110. 

2,  112.  5.  i 
pm  185.  2.  6 
pTn  185.  2.  6 
pTn  92.  c 
IpTn  61.  1 

is^rpTn,  ^'^'^'^.^  57. 2 

(2)5 

nn  207.  2.  i 

KIpn  183.  h,  208.  3 
N'JH  165.  2 

Jis'jn  220.  1. 6 

nSDn  198.  a  (3) 
iS'JPj  60.  3.C,  216.  1.  a 


u^X'dn  57.  2  (3)  ff, 

164.  3 

nsrin  166. 1 

Tii^n  198.  a  (.3),  205, 
217 

nNi2n  57.  2  (3)  a 
inxbn  166.  2 
Drsbn  220.  2.  o 
nt:n  50.  1, 112.  5.  a 
nc;n  200.  h 

TJn  164.  2 
■Jiipn  199."  a 

^n  (v.)  177.  2 
^n  (11.)  215.  1.  d 
a.^n  161. 1 
nm  50.  1, 112.  5.  a, 

152.  2.  ff,  177.  2 

:nm  177.  2 

nmi   234.  6 
nm  201.  1.  a 
^^ni  234.  b 

''^Tl'^  220.  2.  c 
tr^n  201. 1,  201.  1.  a 

Dn-imi  234.  6 
b'^n  158.  2 
bm  208.  3.  c 

mnm  158. 2 
n^n  196.  b 
in;'n  61.  6,  218 
"^sn  174.  3 
ir?n  172.  3 
•'n-'sni  100.  2.  a  (1) 
•^b-^bpn  187.  2.  c 

nfen  198.  a  (4) 


INDEX  III. 


361 


D3n  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2), 
112   5.  a 

niiapn  i98.  a.  4 

"^ISpn  216.  2 

bn  174.  5 

Sbn  215.  1.  a 

■jnnbn  220.  2.  6 
nbn  80.  2.  a  (4),  112. 

n?n  80.  1 
nibn  200.  a 
ybr\  197. 6, 200.  c 

^b"l'?n  194.  2.  h,  199.  c 

nbnbn  i87.  1.  e,  i98. 

a  (3) 

ubn  112.  5.  a 

•ibn  208.  3.  d 

■ibn  65 

nb^bn  219.  1.  «,  240.  2 

D'^SSbn  209.  1.  a 
robn  209.  I.  a 

bbn  141.  4 
abn  112.  5,  c 
t-^rhr]  195.  1 

qbn  80.  2.  a  (1),  112. 

5.  c 
fbn  92,  d 
pbn  112.  5.  & 
npbn  51.  3 

"ipbr!  24.  6,  216.  2.  a 

pbpbn  188 
nnpbn  104.  i 
TZJbn  84.  3.  a  (3) 
TSbn  187.  1 


K^n  196.  f? 
"i^n  111.  1,  112.  5.  a 
riTzn  (Hij^n)  53.  3.  h 
man  i84.  i,  216.  1 

fiT2t7  185.  2.  c 

niian  197.  c 
niian  205.  c 
\nisn  141.  2 

'iTC"');)!  59.  a,  227.  1 

b'an  112.  5.  a 
nb)2n  87,  111.  3.  a 

D^n  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175),  179.  2.  a 
Dian  112.  5.  a 
■fan  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
ych  184 
in^^n  106.  a,  111.  3.  a 

"nan  112.  5.  « 
^Tanian,  ^n'a'i^H  eo. 

3.  h  (2) 

^I'anTan  92.  «,  115 
tJian  46 

TClDn  205,  215.  1.  h 

••     T  ' 

Tij'an  227.  3 

niB^n  223.  1 

'iffi^n  59.  a,  227.  1 
Dn"iT2J12n  250.  2  (2)  a 
T'Tr'an  250.  2  (2)  a 
iTjiteipn  250.  2  (2)  a 

D'^ii'ian  225.  1 
vnis'an  220.  2.  a 
niry  mJTan  224.  a 
nian  214. 1.  h 


D^nbh  .203.  6.  h 
■jn  186.  2.  c 

■]i:n  139.  2 

•j^sn  187.  1 

nisn  139.  2 

ni'^sn ,  ni^.:n  209.  3.  a 

n"i:n  199.  cZ,  200.  c 

tf:n  112. 5.  a 

tj^jh  220.  1. 6 

Din   235.  2  (1) 

b^:n  195.  1 

■jrn  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (3) 

Tin  141. 4 

t:i::n  139. 2 
'^?.?'7  61.  5 

DDiSn  106.  o,  139.  2 
"135317  141.  1 
?i.:n  82.  1.  a  (2) 

p:n  50.  1 

•''jCn,  'I'^cn  216.  2.  a 

ncn  112. 5.  h 
n^cn,  ^^cn  i69.  1, 

T  AT     T    '  AT     T  ' 

172.  1 

ben  112.  5.  a 

DCn  112.  5.  a 
ncn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

nsn  112.  5.  a 

TSn  112.  5.  a 

fSn  (v.)  82.  1.0(1),  84. 

3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
'J'-Sn  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
tnSSn  86.  a 
^1tX\  216.  1.  h 


302 


INDEX    III. 


nsn  82.  1    a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

nan  82.  i.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

niisnen  iss 
itjsn  112.  5.  a 
irsn  80.  1 
rmrBH  los.  a  (4) 

•^TIJEn  209.  2 

nu'sn  198.  rt  (4) 

nsn  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (1), 
84.  3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
•"Sn  199.  6 
■^I^n  65,  227.  3 
fSn   141.  1   (p.  175) 

nn2£2n  is8.  a 
■i2n50. 3, 197.  ft.  200.  c 

pn207.  2,  207.  2.  a,  215. 

1.  c,  217 
-ptl  61.  5 

nj?n  217 
ipri  59.  a 
''pn  61.  5 
ppn  141.  5 
ppn  141.  5 

■'Ppn  20.  2,  207.  2.  a 

npn  50.  1,  112.  5.  a 
■^rpnpn  lot.y 
nnn  11 8.  1 
nnn  197.  a 
^2"in,  12-in  111.  3.  « 
niann  21 6.  2.  a 
aninin  220.  2.  a 
"ann  111.  3.  a 


:*nn  112. 5. « 
bhnn  193.  2.  c 
inn  112.  5.  c,  118.  1 
inn  185.  2.  6 

biin  207.  2.  (/ 
ynn  210.  a 
in-in  187.  2.  6 
nbin  193. 2.  c,  207.  2.  c 

tj^-in   185.  2.  a 

tiyyn,  195.  1 

no-in  61.  6.  a 

qnn  118.  1 

nisnn  22.0,216.2,2.0 
fin  lis.  1 
niin  207.  2.  c 
iin  141.  2  (p.  175) 

UJin  187.   1.  o,  210.  a, 

216.  1.  a 
TCin  50.  1,  80.  2.  a  (2), 

84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1 
1!Jin  187.  1.  h,  210.  c 
iirin  216.  1.  a 

nin  50. 1 

^B^irn  194.  2.  ft,  199.  c 

tjirn  112.  5.  ft 

qW  112.  5.  ft 

•i2TCn  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.a 

men  112.  5.  ft 
■jin^'n  200.  a 
men  112.  5.  c 

1\-m  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  ft 

nsrn  200.  ft,  201.  1.  0 
D"'3Trn  201.  1.  « 


brrn  53.  2.  a 
nbTairn  66.  2  (2)  ft 

Tn   139.  2,  207.  2.  a 

nrn  112.  5.  « 
nnrn  i87.  i.f,  207.2.0 
rppn  209.  2 
tjnn  112.  5.  a 
bnn  112.  5.  a 
nrn  112.  5.  a 
5]nn  112.  5.  a 
inn  50.  1,  112.  5.  a 
rnn  112.  5.  c,  141.  1 

(p.  175) 

^2ppn  104.  y 
n^ns'iiKp  57.  2.  a  (2), 

161.  2 

nnt:  50.  1 

n2I2  187.  1.  a 
n?3t:  207.  1.  e 
lini:  185.  2.  ft 

-inp  215.  1.  c 

in-J  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (1) 

arj  186. 2.  c 

nil2  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (3), 
156.  2,  179.  2.  a 

nit3  (adj.)  186.  2.  c, 
235.  3  (3) 

rr^'B'JTJ  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 

n-j,  n-j  156.  2 

D"'Sbl3  209.  1.  a 

nb-jb-j  187.  \.  e 
bb-J  141.  1  (p.  175) 
S'aV  82.  1.  a  (1) 


INDEX   III. 


363 


T\i^1Td  81,  166.  2 
DDSB'J  164.  4 

nsiiai:  i64.  i 

ptp  50.  1,  77.  2 

nyi3  131.  4 

511?  201.  1 
qiSU  139.  2 

nsi:  200.  a 
'^nt:  185.  2.  c? 

Dnu  263.  1.  b 

Cl^D  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1 

iS"lt3  216.  2.  a 

nni5\  ^2^"^  111.  2.  a 
nax;"  16.  2.  a 

inrii?':!  i05.  « 

123ns:;:  105.  «,  118.  3 

Tnsi^,  rni^'^i  111.  2.  « 

!iniTni5">  60.  3. 5  (1) 

?f^TnS'>  60.  3  b  (1) 

f^i|!;>  158.  2 

bDi?-"  57.  2  (2)  a,  60.  1.  a 

bpsi^'l   99.  3.  a 

bSl'^l   111.  2.  f/,  175.  3 

ym;^  111. 2.  a 
n-bs^  ^mi  126. 2 

"113X^1   111.  2.  a 

rra^k^-]  46 

S^  n'OS'^l  24.  a 

rjis;:  111. 2. « 
"pbi^;^.  111.  2.  a 

qbS^  111.  2.  a,  112.  3 

^05??^  5^D5??1  99.  3.  a 

qos'^n  151.  2 


iBps?::  112. 3 

IDBDS^   112.  3 

nbs;? ,  n^npi^::  60. 1.  a 

D^npX^']   104.  i7 

baiN^i  111.  2.  6 
nssj.'^  113. 1 

"IS5.1  159.  3 

'^y^i/i^']  112.  3 

n^T©i5i  105.  e 
rSi:l  61.  2.  a,  172.  4 

^ni?::  159. 3 
vm;:'.  172.  1 
''D.'^ns;:']  172.  3 
iin;!  60.  1.  a 
sn'^n  10.  a 

fi^n^l  160.  3,  166.  4 

nn^  141. 1  (p.  175) 

ipbi'in^   105.  a 
b'^2^'\  66.  1  (2)  b 
W   164.  2 

sin^  157.  3 
^n:2in;i  158.  4 

ip^n^  194.  1 

rin':  157.  3 
Tn^i  172.  4 
in^  141.  1 
nun^  126. 1 
s-'n;^n,  ss'^n^i  I60.  3, 

166.  4 

^s'^n^i  26 

p:^:!  61. 4, 172. 4 

11^31^  172.  1 
in;"   158.  2 
1^?  172.  4 


n::;^^  172.  4 
n^ypn^  125. 1 
'iTiJpni']  20.  2 
tjnh:'  60.  4 
^■)n:ii  99.  3.  a 
^nons^!)  60.  3.  a 
riD^D-in^  104. 6 

^,nD3"in'>   105.  b 
m^   (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 
146,  147.  1 

©n":  147. 1 

m"!  148. 1 

^niraDi  150.  2  (p.  182) 

mcn^  148. 1 

fna^i  60.  1 

-bi^j''  88 

n^a.;;^  60.  2 

1.V  140.  1 
Ti^a^   104.  A 

nai^;;,  150.  2  (p.  I82) 

bl5»i  158.  2 
T^^l  140.  1 
'J^b\V   158.  2 

■'?'';;;'  216. 1.  b 
br*;",  b.^;'  158.  2 

b^;^]  {^^)  158.  2 

b^^^T  (2?y)  140.  5 
brp  172.  4 
bi^n  99.  3.  a 

b.^^^l  99.  3.  a 
b.V]   175.  3 
ba^  140.  3 

nb;^i  57.  2  (5) 

m'B^'^  165.  2 


364 


INDEX   III. 


b)2^^^  Go.  a 
P?  140.  5 
y?;*  147.  1 
'U?^"^,  rj3i^  147.  4 

^T  •  AT 

n??;"  GO.  2 

nr  (v.)   82.    1.  a  (3), 

179.  2.  a 
ni:  (adj.)  90 
1^;«T   157.  3 

nr  140.  1 

TC-1^''1  99.  3.  a 
D^irn^'^l    104.  (/ 
pnb^  86.  a 

"IM97.a,215.1, 217,222 
N'l::^   172.  4 

pa-i;'  97.  2 

ipsin   94.  c 

na'T-'n  99.  3 
ni;»  139.  3 

^T  148.  3 

in^^  53.  3.  a,  150.  2 

(p.  182) 
liT*   139.  3 
lii;>  157.  3,  158.  2 
nil;!  203.  5.  a 
^1"}  ^10-  1 

^n;*  199.  c 
'in'i'i;'  220.  2.  c 
on'^'i;'  220.  1.  b 

W^"^  203.  5.  a 
■j^-I^   157.  3 
XSn""  107.  7 
1S3^'»  54.  2 
nDTi  220.  1.  a 


DD"!;?  58.  2,  03.  2.  a, 

22.1.  1.  a 
0517  220.  2.  b 
b'li   140.  3 
D^;'  140.  1 

^m;'  141. 1 

S?!;"  80.  2.  a  (4),  147. 

y"l?n  147.  5 

'Ji:?^,^  55.  2.  0,   86.  5 

(3  pi.) 
13^'!;'  60.  3.  a 

'T\r.?_'l'}  60.  3.  a 
n^:^,"}"}   127.  2 
W'l^  86.  b  (1  c.) 

nny'i;'  86.  b  (2  m.) 
Vri?";;'  104.  r/ 

Ony']''  60.  3.  a 
p^l^l    140.  5 
TIT  46 
^Dn'll^l  94.  c 
n31Si;«63.1.c,97.1.  a, 

an;"  179. 2.  a 
mn*^  60.  3.  a 
qw  111.  1 
^3S'in;i  105.  <? 
Kin;'  177.  1 
rri^ni  197.  d 
n-rin;'  150.  2 

■'"T^n"'  194.  2.  a 

n'»7'n7  235.  3  (3) 
nini  47 
nirr^n  234.  c 
c^p^iini  195.  3 
D'^P^in;'''  44.  b 


y^oin''  150.  2 
■'n;'  57.  2  (4),  177.  1 
^r\2  177. 1 
''n;'i  45.  2,  61.  1.  a, 

177.  1 
T.^T]'^  11.  1.  a 

2  n;^:!-*  lo.  1,  eo.  3.  a, 

112.  2,  177.  1 

ni>D3  'in:'^  22.  6 
^bib^n^  150.  2 
bn;i  140.  5 
^K^i  (^rii??)  53. 3.  a, 

111.  2.  c 

•j'bn^  151.  1 
n^bbn;'  105.  e 

tfbn^   (11.)  190.  a 

ir'abn;^  111.  1 

Dn^l   140.  1 

nrT;>  140.  3 
cn^i  80. 2. 6 
b  Dinn^  111.  1 
^D-l^^^  ^c-in^  111.  1 
Tionn;)  111.  1 
!:p\n;i  142.  3 
i^hn'^  142.  3 

nX^i  140.  6 

snr  167.  2 

1X3^''   167.  2 

bni"'  197.  6 
iny'ni'i  92.  b 

pi^''  140.  6 

nni'^i  111.  2.  rf 

ibsi"'  57.  2.  (2)  a,  111. 

2.6 


INDEX  III. 


365 


I 


i^V  93.  b 

rrhr*  201.  1.  a 

nv  200.  c,  d,  207.  1./ 

a^i^aii  203.  3 

WQV  235.  2  (1) 
^i;!  215.  1.  b 

nji"!  197.  c,  200.  6 

pDii  217 

npSii  207.  1.  e,  217, 

221.  5 
2^r^  140.  6 
^-DV  90 
IS'iyi"'  105.  & 
D?1^   140.  6 

ssii'iT,  «:2i^'i  I66.  4 

-lirii  186.  2.  a 

n^T»|5T  (niT2JJ?-i^)  59.  a, 

93.  e 
Ti^^   175.  3 

S5ni">  150.  5 

mci'^T  99.  3.  a,  150.  3 

nieii  140.  6 
tS^^iuJin  105.  a 

■jyiri^  105.  a 

ISDTCi''  53.  3.  a 
ritV  158.  4 

pn  175. 3 
PI,  T::n  172.  4 
nr  140.  3 
TOr  141. 1 
1T':i  i'75. 3 
pyri  119. 1 
nrn  157.  3 
npn  172.  4 


bXJJnp  57.  2  (3)  a 

tjnn'i  113.  1 
^-inn:'  93.  a 
Tcnn;'  eo.  3.  a,  65.  a 

©ani  65.  a 
W^ri'^  60.  3.  a 

nm  (yy)  140. 1 
^n^  C's)  147.  2 
nn;:  (yy)  140.  5 
•nn;!  109.  2, 172.  4 

l^n^  235.  3  (1) 

b'ln;;  63.  1.  b 
ib'iri^,  ^bw^  63.  1.  s 
l^b^n;^  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 
D^n;>,  cin^^  157.  3 
min;!  is 6.  1 
pjn^  172.  1 
^iprn;:  ei.  1 

Ntpn'^  63.  1.  b 

^'o^^^  166.  4 
'^r'!',  V!'\  I'J"^-  2 

''H!)  65 

ni^n^  177.  2 
^r.':n;»  172.  3 
my^n;i  97. 1 
"inTi;^  104.  (/,  141.  3 
■  bn^,  bn;"  140.  5 
i5bn;;l  177.  3 
ibn^  141.  1 
^bn'^i  (ibn-'i)  24.  c 

pbn:^  60.  4.  a,  113.  1 

npbn''  59.  a 
Dpbn^i  113.  1 

Tlbh^  60.  4.  a 


Om  147.  2,  179.  2.  a 

un']  140. 1 

TOH;:  60.  3.  b  (2) 

^nn:^  140. 1 
)^^^'n'!  172. 1 
nstsn;:  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
■irn^n;:  121. 2 
in^,  in^:]  140. 1 

V}  61.  2 

'jn^'l  60.  1.  a,  172.  4 

^n^^  140.  6 

n5n^  172.  4 
^:n^  60.  1.  a 
^r.n^']  99.  3.  a 
r^Dn^  61. 1,  141.  3 

■jDn*^  139.  3 

pani^n  113. 1 

'J^-'Cn'^  169.  1, 172.  1 
■jOm  113.  1 

T\n'}'\  25 

f  sn^ ,  f  Bn;i  65.  a  '  ■ 
^nsn^  Tisn;:  111. 1 
TOn'i,  fni'i  172.  4 
nprji  141.  1 
nn;>  147.  1 
nmi  175.  3 
nn;^  140.  3 
nn^  172.  4 

in^-l  60.  1.  a 

n-in;^  172.  4 
q-^ni  119. 1 

5l")n^^  99.  3.  a 
JlTSm  111.  1 

tjTcn^i  99.  3 


3CG 


INDEX    III. 


nn;;'  (]£)  ini.  i 
nn":  (y'y)  140.  1 

"a^"]    17.3.  3 
•j;:   172.  4 

a-j;*  150. 1, 179. 2.  rt 

:bB->,  jbu''  160.  5 

IT  y   '  IT  \ 

S«72I3;*54.  2,  96.0,166.6 

qrj\  ^JC"}  63.  a 

Tcn'';>  144.  2 
:y';j:i;^  147.  2 
bn^^i  149.  1 
n-j^;'  147.  4 
nu'i^;!  147.  5 

n-J-i^T    150.  3 
l^Ui;^  145.  2,  150.  2 

aiu;^;'  150. 2 
b->b;^;»  150.  2 

Cl^'»1  172.  4 
"I3£^i'1   147.  4,  5 
yP^  63.  2.  r,  147.  4 
yp^'^l,  7)5^'«n   147.  5 

np"!"^,  nj?^;;'  147.  4 
cn^^n  147.  5 

DiC^^I  147.  5 

^-I'^TD'^:^  150.  1 

•jTB-i^T   U7.  5 

mC'i"'  147.  4 

OniEi^n  150.  2  (p.  182) 

?J^1   175.  3 

^:;'73d;'  105.  b 

•jiS^   159.  3 

n;»;nD;»  13.  a 

iSSia;"  61.3, 105.  ft,  161.3 


cnr  119.  1 

^rD^   160.  3 

nn-is^i  105.  a 

^Sn-^S^    105.  a 

fit      •  - 

bb;i  80.  2.  a  (3),    82.  I 

a  (3) 
^3!^  172.  4 
bD-^n   174.  4 

nVp-i  165.  3 
'ibb;*  86.  a 
■ji'^bp'i  172.  1 
nbb;i  14  8.  1 

Plbp^^n  86.  a,  100.  2 
•"Pbb^  86.  a 
T^nbD;!  86.  a,  104.  h 
y:3^1   126.  1 
Cp^'l   174.  4 

'iia^cp;'6i.  6,  104./, 

172.  1 

i^xp"'  172.  3 
D^DDI   119.  1 

nnp'^i  172.  4 
ns^cnp"^  180.  a 
n^D^  119.  1 
l^nns;!  91.  b 
ibiirr  88 

ns^  140.  6 

nnD"*,  ninp;'  88,  101 

2.  ft 
nns^T  99.  3.  a 

'\^'2T}2'}  88  (m.  pi.) 
^nS^  140.  5,  141.  1 

nnb""  139.  3 
mrnb-i  105.  a 


•'pcab;^  105.  rf 

"ib^  56.  2,  80.  2.  a  (4), 
147.  2 

■j'rtb;^  64.  2 
mib^  22.  a 
•'nb;*  216.  2.  a 
nnb'-«  90  (2  f.) 
^nnb"'  104.  i 

^:ri"ib:'  104.  k 
^^rn)^  104.  /t,  150.  1 

(p.  182) 
r.^^"}  159.  3 

nrib-j  119.  1 

Dnb^n  99.  3.  a,  119.  1 

T'^b:'  160.  1 

?'?r'  r^- 160. 1 

^^?   151.  1 

?|b;;i  65.  rt 
nDb"*  91.  ft 

Ipb''^  99.  3.  a 

insb-'  105.  c 

bb^i  139.  3,  150.  1 

bb"*  183.  ft 

nbbil  57.  2  (3)  a,  234.  e 

•jb^T   158.  2 

ta'ipb;;!  192.  1 

'jrjpb:'  88.  (m.  pi.) 
D^  207.  2,  215.  1.  a 
CS'C'^1   119.  1 
^CSTS''   139.  3 
'l^S^I   140.  1 
1'B'^  140.  3 

*niia^i  99.  3.  a 


INDEX   III. 


367 


■Diia'^  159.  3 

b^l2i^  159.  3 

niQ;i  60.  1.  a 

ma^T  173.  3 

N^n  •^12'^  220.  1.  a 
D'^l?^  53.  3.  a 
TVq'^'O'^  219.  1.  a 
'J^'a^  197.  b,  199.  a 
']W'^)2'!   160.  3 

nn-'p"'  160.  3 

1\'^^  140.  3 
b^^l   157.  3 
blZ'^   140.  1 
nj'Q''   165.  1 
1\'bl2^,  "?J^^?  88 
t|bT£^1   99.  3.  a 
'IDbrj'i  88 

■j)?;^  150.  1 

DB:"  140.  3 

b^ia;'  60.  1.  a 
fia^'i  172.  4 
^ns:2)2''  60.  3.  c 
ris^s:^^''  105.  c 
qss'a-'  164.  5 

^3S:tp'>   105.  b 
'':55?2)3;'   105.  c 

ir:;*  150.  i 

Ta.":   13.5.  2,  140.  1 
W-Q*;   140.  5 

trn'^  157.  3 

nb^T  65,  157.  3 
P'Q^I   157.  3 
ra^'i  160.  3 
fXDi  11.  l.a 


fi?:^^  57.  2  (3)  a  (?), 

122.  2,  140.  5 
Sl^S^n   99.  3.  a 
HD;'  147.  1 

niD;"  60.  2 
"jis;!  159.  3 
yis;!  159.  3 
n:^n  i57.  3 

ns^l  160.  3 

nir)?;'  i3i.  2 
i:;"  164.  2 
■jir  159.  3 

inD"'p71  160.  3 
yp^l   157.  3 
515^1  160.  3 
p?;'  147.  1,  150.  1 

-njp?^  131.  2 

n£J?D')  131.  2 

nn'i^r  131.  2 

S^tos;'  57.  2  (3)  a,  86. 

(3  pi.),  164.  3 
ab^  61.  3,64.2,  135. 

140.  1 
aC^I   64.  1,  99.  3.  a 
n©^  140.  5 
yo"}  135.  2,  140.  1 

^ab^  136. 1 
^ao;'  61. 3 
inao;!  ui.  3 

^pao^  61.  .5,  141.  3 
ib-TSO:'   13.  a 
^b'}  148.  1 
'I'lp;'  148.  1 
n^O;"  (n.)  192.  1 


?fD^  147.  1 
1\D'^  140.  5 
tjO;'  140.  6 

d^dd;'  157. 3 
n?b:i  92.  6 

510^  80.  2.  a  (3),  151.  2 

5]C*^1    151.  2 

"lBD;'n  99.  3 

nO^   147.  3 

nb!"  92.  d 

"10^1   60.  1.  a 

nnp^  92.  (^ 
'ipns;'  104.  a 

•'pn©^  104.  a 

^n:nn?::  56.  i,  105.  b 
^HDnn?::  105.  c 

isnny^  56.  1 
^^l*  56.  2,  147.  1 
TO^i   161.  1 

/>  niy-;!  159.  3 
^3-)^y;'  105.  b 

2,  Tis?;i  140.  1 
-nrs;^  64. 1 
^nry^  105.  b 
^?!!}  (■''3')  157.  3 
u?:^:'  (ri'b)  172.  4 

tJl^l'l   157.  3 
^^.1^,  ^^t1^  (k.)  172.4 
^?!':!,r^^?rMHi.)l75.  3 
nby^  207.  1.  a 
^b?JJ1   45.  3 

iyby;i  161.  2 

lb?:!    60.  3.  b  (1) 
"I^y;"   60.  3.  b  (2) 


3G8 


INDEX  III. 


11^72?;:  109.  3.  a 
nib?^  112.  4 

np'ib?^  88  (2  f.  pi.) 

1?::     190.    b,   237.    1, 

267.  b 
"ITTX  -jy;:  239.  2.  (2) 

P.'ll,  J^??!:^   1^2.  4 
np?^  207.  1.  a 
HD^S?^  104.  b 
nW;'  142.  2,  161.  2 
q?:  (v.)  82.   1.   a  (2), 

147.  1 
j:]?^  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
?l?r^  157.  3 

qy^i  157. 3 

7?^  77.  2,  147.  1,  179. 

2.  a 
TO-IS?^  104.  b 

mpyi  11. 1. 6 

1?:  200.  c 

i^??^  niryi^i  172.  4 
'sno;!  104.  /i 
nB;>  147.  1 

nSM86.2.c?,  209. 1,210 

n^s-ns;'  43.  5,  iss 
ns;"  (v.)  160.  3 

ns;*  (adj.)  215.  1.  b 

n''s;e^  92.  « 
bB:*  101.  2.  6 
njs;!  126.  1 

■jS^I  172.  4 
7B^  160.  3 
■'liESD;'  161.  2 
T^h"^  161.  2 


"ib;*,  n£;'i  140.  5 
nB;)n  175.  3 
x'^ns;:  177.  3 

"^tt']  05.  a 

TJirs;'  65.  a 

PS^  175.  3 
RB"!  172.  4 

nns^'  192. 1 
Tib;'  221. 2.  6 

N^;i  147.  2 

i?2i^i  147.  5 

X2''  164.  3 
nS3?'i   164.  2 
^'1';  150.  4 
S^^i  145.  .3,  150.  5 

nn::;!  192.  1 

12;']  GG.  1  (1),  174.  4 

nnis;i  156.  1 

D^2;>1  157.  3 

pm"}  192. 1 
pns''  120.  2 

?^^^  145.  2 

V"*^;!  158. 2 
y:?;'  150.  4 

3?^^  150.  5 

^V  1^2.  4 

n^^'i  25 
p?;!  150.  4 

pS^i   148.  3 

pk:«   144.  2,  147.  4 

pS^I  147.  4 

^:i'}  148.  3 

ns;  50.  3,   84.  3.  a  (3), 
147.  2 


-ns;»  (3?y)  uo.  5 

ns;"  140.  1 
"12^1   147.  5 
^^^  147.  4 
inrsZ':  105.  6 
nr;>  147.  3,  150.  4 

r^;!  144. 2 
in^;'  24.  f,  149. 1 

•'nS^  164.  2 
i?P^1   166.  4 
^3aj^"i   105.  (/ 
ppl'l  99.  3 

Tj2:3p;<  104.  h 

"13(^':1   99.  3.  a 
"Ip.^   144.  2,  147.  4 
Ip"}  140.  1 

^np^  141.  1 
nynp''  22.  a 
'^}l?^  b^nj5.^  119. 1 
br.pn  119. 1 
rnp;*  24.  b 

D^p;*  190.  ft,  192.  1 
D^p;^  153.  2 
^^^^Pl^   157.  3 

DBip;!  161.  1 

^'Ip?   ,  ICl'p,''  185.  2.  c 

np;>  54.  2,  132.  2 
np^  132.  2 
Vup;<  51.  3 

D'^P;'  153.  1 

D.^p;'  161. 1 

bp^  64.  2 

Dp\  Dp^   157.  3 

Dp^T  99.  3.  a,  157.  3 


INDEX   III. 


369 


D]?^1  99.  3.  a,  160.  3 

■JP^T   172.  4 

yp^   147.  2,  179.  2.  a 

fP^'  179.  2.  a 

yp;^n  157.  3 

T")??  147.  4 

1^5:2]?:'   88  (m.  pi.) 

I^n'srp;'  64..  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 

np"!  147.  4 

1p^:i   172.  4 

np^i  173.  3 
■'3:snp')  105.  c 
nnp^  177.  3 
nnnpi  97.  1. « 
tfnp^i  24. 6 
«p^  82.  1.  a  (.3) 
©P^'l   172.  4 

3Tsp::i  99. 3 
riap;*  86.  &  (3  pi.) 
bsnp^  22.  a 

Sn;'  148.  3 

js'-i;'  148.  1 

Sn^Cv.)  82.  l.«(l),  147.1 
Sn^  (adj.)  215.  2.  c 
SV1   (k.)  60.  1.  a,  61. 

2.  a,  114,  172.  4 
«n::i  (Hi.)  175.  3 
Xni^   61.  2.  a,   172.  4 

iin^n  173.  3 

ni<n^87,  148.  1,  166.  2 
^i^T  114 

nsn^i  172.  4 
1^-nxn''  19.  1 

^X1^   164.  3 


lii'l^   19.  1,  147.  1 
^Sn-i  19.  1,    147.  1 

^xn^i  177.  3 
in^sn;'  104.  h 

^pSI''   105.  a 

nsn^  164.  1 
n"i^  158.  2 

^")ri  (^"i^^-^)  111-2. 

I'l;'  61.  2,  172.  4 
Sn^  63.  2.  a 
Sn^l   175."3 

■j;isin;i  172. 1 

^T  114 

^:?n::i  114 

"in;!  148.  3 
^n:*  175.  3 
"in^  79.  1,  147.  2 

"ini^l   140.  5 

'^IV1  172.  4 
^n?1   147.  5 

D;in::i  114 

q^V  114 

ri'in;!  60. 2.  a,  114 

iS^n^  105.  a 

^s^n^  10.5.  (^ 

^^V!  86.  6  (2  f.) 

nv  147.  1 
n'n^i  148.  3 
xii;i  148.  1,  177.  3 
)^'^'\';  172.  1 

Wl-)^  19.  2.  a 

"Jin;!  140.  1 
^BSin;  161.  4 
V^n;'  (/:))  i4o.  1 


pin;«  185. 2.  6 
D^bir^n;',  Dbic^n^i  47, 

203.  5.  c 

rn'\'}  148.  1 

""^r.  ^'^^'^  160. 3 
I?!?'}:'  147. 3 

^TJJEJn;'   88.  (3.  f.  pi.) 
c  y^'^'^  (n.)  190.  b,  192.  1 
2"^^^  (v.)  153.  2 

Tn;"  158.  2 

tj'i;'  197.  a,  216.  1.  e 

1\T:  140.  1 

TDV  198,  c,  207.  1.  a 

D'l'nDn^  22.  a,  203.  5.  a 

^tlh.-^  140.  3 

2?'n^  140.  1 

T 

?*:??   140.  5 

yn^^i  (y'i?)  140.  5 

yn^^l   (I'i?)  160.  3 

VT.  (yy)  34 

3?'^':   (nb)  34,  172.  4 

Q^'i::  119. 1 

y^h;'  161.  4 
Cl'ir^  172.  4 
p"!;!  179.  2.  a 
p"!^   185.  2 

pn^  140.  1 
"jipn;:  193.  2 

p'npn;'  188,  207.  2.  a 
^^'^  82.  1.  a  (2),  147.  1 

mcn;i  148.  3 

nr\TJi-i;i  150. 1  (p.  182) 

nr\ld'\^  61.  4.  a,  150.  1 
(p.  182) 


370 


INDEX    III. 


Ti;^sis;'  io5.  c 
•j^rais;'  88  (ill.  pi.) 

TiysOi   127.  2 
^jyaip^  105.  a 
Dlir^  158.  2 
ta©"'   172.  4 


Tin©''  90  (2  f.) 

u-nr"^  141.  1 

"]^l!J;   140.  1 
DTaiir?  82.  5.  a 

yiw":  148. 1 

nny^TT"^  61.  6.  a 


UQ'^W'}  105.  a,  158.  2      ^pS'lT^?   157.  3 

0^7  147. 1  nt:;'  140.  1 

DTI?;;  158.  2  nt^i  uo.  3 

OiS^I  G4.  1,  158.  2  DTjnTS;^  118.  3 

■>bS"lTlJ-'   194.  1  ''??inT?''   105.  c 

■UW-Si-J  55.  1,  88  (m.pl.),  "^T^!'   104.  2 


158.  2 

IDTUir-'   47 

■i?n'ij;i  54.  4 

C.":  236,  258.  3.  6 
•jlbS'S;'  88  (m.  pi.) 
n^D;*  146,  147.  2 


Dn"'Tr"'n  160.  3 

D'^Tr:   140.  5 
p2ir;'   88.  (m.  pi.) 
nDir;*  126.  1 
^t^   172.  4 
"^!?Tr''  141.  3 


niZJ:  66.  1  (2)fi,  153.  5,  ^^^TD;!   172.  1 
157.  3  "D^T?"'  92.  c 

-2TD"'   157.  3  D^^  1^0.  1 

mc;>n  153.  5,  157.  3      ^^^'J  go.  1.  a 
nir^'T  157.  3  '^i^yp^!'  57.  2  (3)  a 

3TC;',n®;'T  153.5,  160.3  )V';   147.  1 
nC.7  63.  2.  c,  84.  3.  6,     X:©;^  177.  3 


144.  2 

•.ms'^n  147.  5 

nCI^T   99.  .3.  a 
affl^l   172.  4 

TjrnaTD;'  los.  c 
•^nir^  61.  6.  ffl 
nnr"*!  33.  4 


Nriri  177.  3 

^i©:'  19.  1,  147.  1 

^Dir;^  19. 1, 147. 1 

'i^t'^']  105.  a 
^^W"}  216.  1.  b 

5'^r^  yir^  65.  o,  201, 

yO'^l   172.  4 


*inat?->  61.  6.  «  (?),  90  'lycyo''  i4i.  6 
(2  f.)  nsc;;  19.  2. 6 


rj^BC^  88 
nyDp:  105.  a 
nsbiETC^   105.  6 
^Effi^l  99.  3.  a 
pO"!'!  10.  a 
pTS^n   175.  3 

ir.pir^T  4.  a 
nir^  158.  2 

•j^intC"'  193.  2.  a 
nplE^   88    (3    f.    pi.), 
147.  4 

rnt'J^  99.  3.  o,  119.  1 
?f:^nnt;>  105.  c 

n©;"  66.  1  (2)  b,  158.  2 

p©:::,  66. 1  (1),  172. 4 

DttinC;'  82.  5.  a 
^inPTT'^^  57.  2(4),  176.  1 

wnt^n  176. 1 

)VriD^  172.  1 
nTSnOi  54.  4 

Nn;^  111.  2. 6 
Nn;^^  177.  3 
lijn'^n  176.  3 

^nnsn^  60.  3.  b  (2) 

'innsri''  19. 2,  60.  3.  b 

(2),  120.  1 

b'nan''  96. 6 

bsn"^  176.  3 

asar^  96. 6 
1  icyarri  og.  o,  122.  2 
'iryan*'  96.  a,  122.  2 
nn^  197.  6 
wnn"^  221. 2. 6 


INDEX   III. 


371 


TT^n  66.  1  (1),  174.  4     1^3  (ni5^3)  53.  2.  a 


mnt)'^   166.  5 

bnn'^1  176.  3 
-iin;'  160.  1 

DSn'^n   176.  3 

msbn")  96.  b 
nn^  uo.  5 
ah"!  140.  1 
rar^"}  141.  1 
man;'  i4o.  i 
',';^s^)2n;'  166.  5 
^"u^^n^  96.  6 

■jP^  54.  2,  84.  3.  b 
TO;n^  126.  1 

Dn:n:i  121.  3 

if:t^:n^  166.  5 
2?n^1  175.  3 

byrr*  i76.  3 

"□byri';'  96.  6 

nn^n';^  119.  1 

:'j^sbsn;'88.(m.pl.),96.s  nsns  198.  «  (2) 

ntJbsn;'  96.  b  onis  ise.  2.  a 

ipjsn':  96.  a  yais  50.  1,  216. 1.  e 

^mpr\^  96. 6  Gdynia  207.  2.  « 

D'ipn-:  96.  i  mD  11.  I.  6 

,::?^.ri')  126.  1  asis  57.  1,  i87.  1.  e 

iBJpn;'  105.  a  1^3  82.  5.  a 

■^i?!)!?  C^'^)  160.  1  *;?i3  59 

Dttinn^  82.  5.  a  nssis  161.  4 

OiS  184.  5,  197.  a 
3  231.  1,  242.  a,  267.  6  "ibtS  22.  a 
aK3  183.  &  ^ns  116.  4 

"1^3553  57.  2  (3)  a,  23i:  ^TO  121.  2 
3.  6  ©nS  119.  1 


"^nSS  156.  3,  199.  b 
"nrs?  239.  2  (2) 
n33  (v.)  82.   1.  a  (l), 

85.  2 
133(aclj.)216.  1.  e,  217 

rrias  i98.  a  (4) 
nins  185.  2,  197.  5 

tJi33  87 
C33  82.  5.  a 
CaS,  D33  92.  c 
to33,nm3  51.  2,197.  c 

tjns  87 

nnnaas  246.  2.  a 
*i3  197. 5, 200. 6 
rb  235.  3  (4) 
nns  121. 1 

Oi'^nS  231.  5.  a 
*jniD  186.  2.  a 
80.  2.  i 


•'3  (n.)  53.  3.  a,  184.  6 
3  (coDJ.)  239.  1 
OS  "^S  239.  2  (1) 

^T3  187.  1.  c 
nT3  187.  1.  c 
Oi-'S  16.  2.  a 

nii3  200.  c 

^bi3  184.  5,  194.  2.  5 
5lb^3  186.  2,  210.  c 
Q^:?  ^3    43.  b 
•jinn-is   57.    2  (3)  a, 

231.  3.  & 
n33  187.    1.  e,   197.  a, 

200.  c,  c?,  207.  1.  b 
D;'"133  203.  3 
bS  kcll  215.  1.  c 
b3  ^o7l9.  2.  a,  215.  l.< 
bis  277.  a 
J5b3  179.  1.  a 
ash's  184.  a 
iibS  220.  1.  5 
D^'Xbs  203.  4 

^nxbs  165.  2 

nbs  197.  c 
nbs  179.  1.  a 
nbS   174.  3  bis. 
DnbS  33,  3,  220.  1.  b 
n5nb3  220.  1.  b 

T    :   T  \ 

lbs   165.  3 
^bS  93.  a 
*ib3  220.  1.  b 

nib^bs  201. 1.  b 
nib?  174. 3 

•'bS  61.  2,  184.  i 


372 


INDEX  III. 


K^bS   1S4.  a 
r\'j'b-3  221.  5.  c 
O"^!??  208.  :l.  of 

in-'^D,  ''n-^bs  174. 2 

T^-^nibs   174.  2 

D">n^?2   174.  2 

bsbs   154.  3,  161.  2 

^bsbs   161.  4 

Db?  220.  1.  i 

nsbS  220.  1.  b 

^2nb3   165.  3 

ma?  231.  4.  a 

nDSn)33  45.  4 

ittD  233.  a 

D132  90  (pass.) 

T1)33   187.  2.  c 

■j3  (n.)  221.  6.  a 

')3(adv.)43.a,  235.  3(4) 

nsS  139.  2 

nsSi  4.  a 

ns?  54.  2 

"lisS   200.  c 

nip  211.  a 

?|rn'b3S  24.  b,  131.  2 

CDS  50.  1,  2 

■jyiS  208.  3.  a 

tl33  197.  a,  210,  217   . 

niS53  203.  5.  a 

D''B:3  203.  1 

bb33   22.  a 

nil??  45. 2 

nSS  198 

KD3  51.  3,  200.  a 

T^Xp3  221.  3.  a 


^B3  93.  a 

T 

nnXIOD  220.  1.  b 
bD3  51.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
il3D3  61.  6 
n'CDS  200.  b 
q03   80.  2.  a  (3) 
'^DD?  216.  2.  a 
nCS  1 99.  d 

np-^ninDD  24.  6,  220. 
2.  c 

073   121.  1 

nnp?3  104.  i 

5)3   197.  a,  217 
nS3  198.  c 
iSS  237.  2  (2) 

i^^ss  220.  2.  c 

:nDS3  220.  1.  b 

D;'bB3  203.  4 

"IS3  82.  5.  a 

"iSb  208.  3.  6 

■IBS  80.  2,  92.  f,  126.  2 

D^nSS  187.  2 

nnnnss  io4.> 

■i"!!  199.  6 

nin-ins  199.  rf 

ons  50.  3,  197.  6 

nns  183.  6 

D"!?  186.  2.  a 

b73"l3  50.  3,   193.  2.  c, 

221.  6.  a 
DpnS  68.  a 
"I'lS  141.  2  (p.  175) 
icnS  221.  5.  c 
-n-13  119.  1 


ni13  60.    4.  a,    61.  5 

93.  cr,    121.  1 
inns   119.  4 
inns   199.  6 

nirs,  nzTis  51.  2 

ni-lto?  197.  d 
"10  82.  1.  a  (1) 
'J'ilTrS  19.3.  2 
nnS  183.  6,  215.  1.  a 

nns  77.  1, 78. 1 
nins  139.  2 
n'rns  21 6.  2.  6 
r:hs  207.  1.  d 

rins  197.  a,  216.  1.  e 
t\T)^  61.  1.  b 
niBnS  203.  5.  a 

ins  50.  1 

nns  141. 1  (p.  175) 

b  231.  1,    233,   242.    6, 

267.  b,  272.  2.  a 
Xb  11.  1.  a,  6 
fcib  51.  4.  a,  235.  1 

r"5J!<b,  "^nstb,  i2'':nKb 

57.  2  (2)  a 

ij^sb,  ■'Sixb,  l^nxb 

57.  2  (2)  a 
CTS^sb  14.  a 

nixb  159.  2 

t2Nb  11.  1.  a 

t:sb  156.  3 

nbsb^l  39.  4.  a 

inbsb,  D^n'bxb  57.  3 

(2)  a 


INDEX    III. 


373 


nibxb  57.  2.  (2)  a 
nS5b  207.  2.  c 
nbsb  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 
2.  c,  231.  3.  a 

n2"in  sib  27 

ab  61.    3,    186.   2.   c, 
197.  &,  215.  1 

Db|:nb  208.  3.  c? 
anb  141.  1  (p.  175) 
anb  61.  3,  200.  c,  216. 
1,217, 221. 1,  3,222 
anbi  61. 1.  a 
i:r\nab  104.  k 

inb  235.    3  (1),    237. 
2(2) 

'jn'^ab  220.  1.  h 
np-nnb  220.  1.  h 
ir^ab  90  (pass.) 

N^nb  196.  d,  209.  2.  6 

y'bnb  125.  2 
inb  80.  2.  6 

•jnb  207.  1.  5,  215.  1.  a 

npnb  200.  6 
rp,  ns^nb  35.  1 
©nb,  tjab  82.  1.  a  (1) 

©n"b  90  (pass.) 

oirab  104.  h 

nab  (nanb)  53.  2.  « 

V^±i  125.  2 
mC.^b  231.  4.  a 
n^b  148.  2 
Mb   148.  2 
in'lb  148.  2 

npn'ib  104.  (7 


hb  27 

t 

nanb,  nanb  63.  1.  a, 

T      TV'  V      V   - 

214.  1.  6,  216.  2.  6 
nnb  141.  2  (p.  175) 

tjrb  119. 1 

ni^nb  112.  2,  i77.  1 

D^nb  231.  5.  a 

npsnb  91. 6 
biTatonb  I80.  a 
niaizjnb  94.  h 
TisTsrib  94.  h 
lb  11.  1.  6 

ib  51.  4.  a 
^b  239.  1 

nnb  200.  a 

inb  194.  2.  a,  210 

&b^b  4.  a 
nisbib,  see  n«bb 

•'b^b  194.  2.  h 
■ib^b  239.  2  (3) 
D-'b^b  187.  1.  e 
]^b  158.  3 
nb  207.  2.  a 

x^tpnb  113.  2 

O'l^nb   208.  4 
i.'^nb  216.  1.  a 

•ibnb  61.  1 
p-'bnb  113.  2 
onb  77.  2 

Onb  92.  d,  121.  1 
onb  60.  1.  «,  61,  2.  a, 
184.  b,  197.  6 

D^nb  139.  2 
nwnb  63. 1. 6 


nbrib  61. 1 
nins  nenb  43.  6 
-nnnnb  i4i.  6 
nitjnb  175. 2 

D'^nHb  203.  5.  h 
Dn^tjb  53.  2.  a 

^F'^^'  '^'^"^^  231.  3.  a 
b^b  184.  6,  200.  a,  208. 
3.  c 

nb^b  61.  6 

•J^b  158.  2,  3 

nb'^b  148. 1 

-nnp^b   14.   a,    24.  h 

57.  2  (3)  (z 
tfb  65.  a 
tyb,  Tjb  151.  1 

nab  151.  1,  240.  2 
-blab  13.  a 

•jab  239.  2  (3) 

npab,  ^lab  151.  1 
nab  61.  2, 151. 1 
nab  151. 1 
ninab  22.  a 
•inab  151. 1 

nSbbl87.  \.e,  207.  2.  a 

•jabb  94.  b 

niab  78.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

ni3b  92.  </ 

-'iiab  92.  c 

^m72b  86.  6  (2  f.) 

n^b,  nisb  231.  4.  a 

T    T    '  T   T 

ittb  233.  a 

nn-nriab  219. 1.  a 

nE5T3b  219.  \.a 


374 


INDEX    III. 


inS'^ttb  220.  1.  h 
Tab  237.  2  (1) 

n^:72b  45.  2 
nbyiab  219.  \.  a 

1?12b  237.  2  (2),  267.  i 
ITTX  "jyTab  239.  2  (2) 

'inr^iab  246.  2.  a 

712^  pb  4.  a 

n::b  237. 2  (1) 
n:bi  156.  4 

□■•pb  156.  2 

npbb  237.  2  (1) 
bsib  131.  2 
bisrb  22.  a 
Tn3?b  11,3.  2 

Vbl   156.  4 

Dbi:?b  16.  2.  a 
mas'b  237.  2  (2) 
ni:yb  173.  2 
"ifcyb  94.  J,  113.  2 
nnsb  22.  « 

^Bb  237.  2  (2) 

"•rsb  194.  2 

■"ISb  237.  2  (2),   267.  h 

yb  156.  2 

N3^b ,  Nhsb  22.  a 
pnib  no.  1 
npb,  -inipb  132.  2 
npb  132.  2 
njjb  (n]^bi3)  53.  2.  a, 

93.  e 
nnpb  16.  3.  A,  127.  3 
^:npb-i  100.  2.  a  (1) 

?b  60.  2.  a,  127.  1' 


ninpb  64.2, 127. 1,132.2 
p^b  141.  1  Cp.  175) 
n«npb  57.  2  (3)  a,  237. 
2(3) 

K'nb  148.  1 
nhb  231.  4.  a 

nnnb  231.  4.  a 
D?7annb  119.  1 

ni"lb  231.  4.  a 

nstob  131.  4 
pniob  119.  1 

nbiSTpb  219.  \.  a 
rT^aTDb  94.7.,  231.  5.  a 
•jiOb  197.  b 
TOCb  51.  4 

nbT?b,  nbirb  60.  2.  a 
*7tt©b  94.  b 
nb  54.  2,  148.  2 
nnb  231.  4.  o 
Tjb  nnb  35. 1 

ip,  tt  see  I'D 

nStt  235.  3  (1) 

D'lXt!  93.  a 

nXtt  207.  1./,  226 

b-TIXI?  93.  6 

"''IJfl'a  207.  2.  a 

n^^Xp  195.  3 

"n'«)3  190.  b,  191.  5.  rt, 

200.  c 
D'i:TSb  203.  2 

^"yn^ri  237.  2  (1) 

bsx^   190.  a,    191.  5, 
197.  6 


nbDi5)2   191.  5.  a,  207. 

1.  e 
W^  00.  4 

DDCN^  19.  2,  119.  3 
nCS^  119.  3 

i"'rrsT3  33.  2 

DTCS?^  33.  2 

n^bsst-a  195.  3 

nStt  237.  2  (1) 
D"nN7a  i03.  4,  226 

rT.:ni3  :^o7.  2.  b 
tnri'jnp  63.  1.  a 
■^n-jnia  eo.  1.  a 
in)?  164.  2 
■in^b^i?  237.  2  (4) 
tTirrn^  119.  1,  221. 

2.  a 
"i^sn^  25 

nsntt  197.  i,  200.  c, 

£07.  1.  b 

''n^a^Ta  61.  e 
11^^12,  r\y)2  55. 2.  a 
b'^^ia  200.  c 
nbb-a^a  142.  1 

•TirilS  207.  \.  c 
1?)a  190.  6,  207.  2,  210. 
a,  215.  1.  6,  216.  \.a 
ny5l3  205 
nW^  216.  1.  b 
TT-ni^  :.07.  1.  b 

caia  61.  5 

"7^  207.  2.  a 
p37'Q  95.  a 
n^3";tt  219.  1 


INDEX    III. 


375 


ma'l^    66.   2    (2)   b, 

219.  1 
Tl^  141.  5 

rrq  i84.  h 

r^^yQ  i90.  6,  i9i.  4 

•ji-ri  190.  6,  207.  1./ 
yi-ll?  235.  2  (3) 

X^ya  190.  6 

''3'«"IT3  216.  \.d 

^yp2  167.  1 

n^  190.  h 
'S'TQ  190.  6 
'IDPr'lb  220.  1.  h 

ni2,  nri,  nia  75.  1, 

196.  a 

nnT3  141.  2  (p.  175) 
maima  i98.  a  (3) 
rrriya  i77.  1 
b  nxbn^  237.  2  (4) 
D^Dbn^a  94.  c,  151.  1 
uryq  75.  1 
n-'ir:?  nt?  63.  1.  a 

nDSTO  191.  4,  198.  a 
(3),  207.  1.  a,  216. 
1.  6 

ni^y^i^n^  95.  e 

"ITO  60.  4.  a,  235.  3  (2) 

nibnnia  112.  3 
n«iia  197.  d 
n^axi'a  205 
icn^tt  167.  2 
uiia  157.  1 
b^)a,  bitj  237.  1 
bbitt  141.  4 


noi'a  200.  c 

'iD^tt  150.  5 
nOTO  190.  d 
"ipiiD  200.  <• 

^yi^  190.  b 

nn^i'a  90 
niarra  207.  1.  a 

TSitt  140.  6 
N2i)2  191.  5.  a 

Nariia  (I's)  94.  p,  i65.  2 

X2i^  (i?b)  165.  2 
■iXSiTQ  60.  .3.  f,  216.  l.rt 
nS2l^  167.  2' 

;n^ra  150.  4 

r^niU  207.  2.  a 

n''a-n''a,  o^rniu  59.  « 
^©■nitt  216.  1.  « 

ntDi)3   191.  3,  5.  a,  200. 

c,  215.  1 
^n^©il3  61.  6.  a 
nniG  61.  2,  183.  6,  208. 

3.  c,  217 

ni^  57. 2  (5) 

nni'a  61.  6.  a 
^tm  221.  5.  a 

narp  60.  2. «,  190.  «, 
191. 3, 197. 6, 200.  a, 

215.  1.  b 

nat'a  126.  1 
D'^ninaTia  220.  1.  b 

Dnn3T"53  220.  2.  a 
riTl?  24.  a,  75.  1 
17^  53.  2.  o,   111.  2.  c 
3ibT^  207.  1.  a,  210.  e 


ni-QTia  191.  5 
nini3TT2  207.  1.  a 
T^T^TtJ  161.  2 
nn-ira  219.  1.  6 
p'1T12  200.  c 
TiSnTa  164.  4 

nnn^a  54.  1,  205.  6 
bbin^a  142.  1 
bn73  140.  5 

D"''^bn^  190.  b 

D^'abrna  94.  e 
t^)?'^n^  207.  1.  d 
thn-Q  190.  a 

n;n^  197. 6,  200.  c, 

209.  1 

^n:rn2  220.  1.  b 

p:n)3  190.  a 
DSDnia   ISO.  a 

D^nssn-a  iso.  a 
D^i^n-a  94.  e 

D->in2n^  180.  a 
IpTO  190.  a 

nnrra  19.  2.  ^>,  i96. 6 

nintnio,  ninori^  60. 

3.  o,  216.  2.  a 
pOTl^  207.  2.  6 

nar:^  191.  4 
rsW2  197.  6,  200.  c 
^nub  220.  1.  b 
innis'D,  inrjE^a  24.  b 

''l^nP^  168.  a,  174.  1 

nisbi:^  i67.  1 
T]bubT:p  161.  2 
nsTsi:^  167.  1 


376 


INDEX   III. 


■'S^t:)?  21G.  1.  c  Vhl2  82.  1.  a  (1) 

"SUQ  190.  a  Sbia   (v.)  TV.  3,    82.  1. 

■'^Dia  60.3.  c,  216.  1.  a        a  (1) 


63.  2.  a,   217.  221 
5,  222 
65.  a 


TJ^!  200.  a 
STJ12   196.  rf 

T    T      - 

■"la  75.  1,  196.  a 
Tl^lp  220.  2.  6 
-^711;^^   13.  a 
in^DiTS,   HD-*!;   57.    2 
(2)6 


n;;i3  (adj.)  90  ^ 
N5^  166.  2 
N?13  165.  2  . 
nxb)2  201.  1.  a 
niiJb^  166.  2 

ms!3Ta  166.  2 

tr^blZ  201.  1.  a 


n^'Q  201.  1,  203.  5.  c  nSSb^  57.  2  (3)  a,  214. 
^IT-a  57.  2  (2)  1.  b 

□■'2^'a^'a  150.  1  D-'DS':^  11.  1.  J 

mpT13  11.  \.  a  irODSb)?  220.  2.  c 

npr)2  61.  4,  207.  1.  e  nx'b^   166.  2 


1^;»'a    4.  a 
npS-itt   150.  4 

"Tiir^'a  190.  b 

■•DTD'^P  57.  2  (2) 

ntD-''a  190.  6,  191.  4 
Qi-nc'^'a  210.  c 

2?ifiyi2  200.  c 
^■212  260.  2  (1) 
n^brp,  DbDl?  94.  a 
nbb'a  53.  2.  a 
CD'S   190.  & 
npT3  77.  2,  80.  2 
bniDTp  54.  3,  180.  a 

rrcra  21 6.  1.  6 

niDTS  98.  1.  fl,  125.  1 
^"12^3  216.  1.  a 

whtyiz  95.  a 

"E'lTSTa   2()7.  1.  a 

Tunisia  220.  2.  a 


•TlNbia  33.  1,  61.  6.  a, 

218 
inbr  237.  2  (2) 
1^2512  220.  1.  6 

•jab^  191.  3 
nb^  200.  6,  e 

T     ■  ' 

'ib^  165.  3 
HD^bia   198.  o  (2) 
HDlb^  98.  \.a 
■jib^  207.  1.  c 
•^irS'h'Q  92.  6 

nbia  187.  1.  a 

^rf^lZ  216.  1.  a 
12)112  92.  rf 

-jbia,  !t:b'a80. 1,  92.  c 
D^b^a,  vbia  199.  a 

r^^  217 

ns^b^  217 
-Tfbia  89 


.  b2a-?jb^  44.  a 
nsbia  11.  1.  a 
nsbi?  211,  217,  222 

frari-!jbl2  44.  a 
I3b^  11.  1.  a 
isbia  66.  2  (2)  a 
i^b^  61.  1 

niDb72  22.  fl,  209.  3,  217 

nibbi?  64.  2 

^Db^    11.  1.  a 

^Dbia  61.  1,  216.  2,  2.  a 

•'Dbia  89  (f.  s.) 

ni'^Dbti  62.  2 

B^pbia  64.  2 

•j^Db^  199.  a 

p";S-i5b)2  61.  6.  a,  195. 

3,  218.  a 
U2\l2  75.  1 
bbl2  141.  4 
^^b^   191.  2 

nby^ab^D  235.  2  (3) 
^rsb^a  53.  3.  Of,  111.  2.  <• 

^Itb'Q  237.  2  (2) 

nipb^  191.  5 
Tripbia  190.  a 

D':npb)a  190.  a,  203.  2 

■'DCb^  93.  a 

"^nbia  164.  2 
niypbia  51.  4 

I^SIpia  139.  3 
nilSrJtt  24.  b,  190.  a 


INDEX    III. 


377 


O'^n'a'a  209.  1,  a 
"^lya  191.  5.  a 

D-'SbT3'a  167.  1 
Toh-an  191.  5.  a,  211, 
214.  1.  b 

rdzyy^  61. 1.  h 
^'^fy3W2^  45.  3 

'nZ'Q  190.  h 

D^n'liaT?  24.  h,  190.  a 

•I©Ta^  93.  e 

Tbtt'qyZ  198.  a  (3),  214. 

1.  6,  221.  2.  a 
ITS  174.  5 
•JID  232,  233,  242.  a,  260, 

1,  267.  b 

va  4. « 

r^Va  96.  o,  6,  122.  2, 

131.  6 
1312,  "13^  140.  6 
niip  207.  1.  c 
Di:^  207.  1.  c 
?y:'nT2"Q  24.   b 
n272  160.  5 
^p2   61.   6.  a,    199.    6, 

232.  a 
^S^   232.  a 
7\'i_TCl  127.  2 

ni'^;?:^  209.  2. « 

rnr^ia  4.  a 

n:Ta  i96. 6, 211.  a 

-n3T2  19.  2.  a 

Ca  54.  2.  a,  207.  2.  a 

npTO  140.  5 

nDl3  54.  2.  a 


^^P^   140.  5 
tJD^  190.  h,  216.  1. 
HDDT?  216.   1.  b 
']'2UCi  190.  a 
■jipi?  93.  e 

ni:5D^  50.  2 

D'^S^pi?  167.  1 
TaOT?  200.  c 
Db'Q  139.  2 
"IDCtJ    190.  a,   191. 
215.  1,  b 

trtrq  53.  2.  a 
nnp^  94.  e 
nr\npi2  54.  4 

"••la:?)?  216.  1.  a 

ninayiQ,  nina:?^ 

1.  b 
b  *ia?x]  237.  2  (2) 

■)'7?12  200.  c 

ny-a  210 

Tiyia  190.6,210.0, 

1.  « 

liyi2  207.  1.  c 

tr^sii  161.  4 
n^;T5?iD  54.  3,  221. 
D^nry^  94.  e 

tsytt  60.    3.  0,   183 

207.  2.  a 
"jytt  78.  1,  121.  1 

on"^?!?  221.  2.  6 

U^VQ   201.  1 

■j^yi?  200.  c 

il^VlZ  61.  6.  a 
TyU  158.  3 


tOV^  196.  6 

a      ■'nDSna  194.  2.  a 

bT/2  190.  6 

b?)2  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  2 
b?'a  237.  2  (1) 
byb  190.  b 

nb^'a  190.  6 
cb?'a  119.  3 

ny^  237.  2  (1) 
4,     ')?'D  190.  6 

tj"n-nD?'a  60.  4.  a 

T\^Tq  216.  1.  a 

mbnyi?  216.  2.  a 

"iDnytt  216.  2.  a 

nnyp  60.  3.  c 
207.  rite?^  209.  1 

"lto?73  200.  a,   215.  1 

bS)2  191.  1 

''DStt  237.  2  (2) 

D'i'7]:Sia  95.  a 
216.  'lE'a  140.  5 

riPB)2  191.  2,  215.  1.  6 

r.irS^  221.  7.  a 

7^  156.  2 
6.  6  NSri2  11.  1.  b 

N2^  57.  2  (2),  163 
.   b,     ODSiSb   61.  1.  r,  164.  4 

^^Tq  89  (f.  pi.) 

nXSSb  57.  2  (2),  205 

Dnsi^^  104.  i 

nrnxsa  io4.  i 

Dnha^  220.  2.  a 
iSia  190.  b,  200.  or 
niStt  190.  b 


378 


INDEX    III. 


nistt  -207.  1.  c 

T\r\2'Q   198.  c 
to  140.  5 
yST3  190.  6 
nySTS  191.  5 
P^y2  150.  5 
1S)a  190.  i,  210 

•insia  194.  1 

D'^niTQ   197.  (/ 
D^n^^  207.  2.  a 

•^n^ia  164.  2 

pi?  186.  2.  c 
©■IplS  191.  5.  a 
m-^-Q  24.  6,  190.  a 
''C'lpTa   216.  2.  « 
DDTTlpia  104.  h,    221. 

3.  a 
Dipl2  197.    ft,    200.   o, 

216.  1 
b"»i:pi3  217.  a 

TJpl2  95.  a 
''T2ipi2  61.  6.  a 
bpl2  200.  a,  215.  1.  6 
DD^pl?  221.  3.  a 
■•D^bbpTQ  90  (3  pi.) 
r.3p^  165.  3 

nrp-a  221.  7 
•'n::pT2  90  (2  f.) 
nysp-a  210.  2.  a 
•^snpia  107.  1 

^S7pTa  216.  1.  a 

nnpi3  24.  6 
nnpia  95.  a 
■npnpia  lei.  2 


sntt  196.  d 

nS-112   217 

ni^i-a  217 
nsni?  220.  1.  6 
in55"i"a  220.  1. 6 
niicsn^  201.  1 
\nicsni3  214.  2.  b 
yaiiQ  80.  2.  ^» 

f3"ll3   191.  3,  215.  1.  b 

r\r:-}i2  22.  a 
DD"inia  119.  3 
n'lnia  114 
nn-b  34,  141.  1 
nnia  34 
n-ni2  61.  5 

in-Q  172.  2 

D^n;ini2  161.  4 
Diainp  161.  4 
pn-a  190.  b 
nnia  215. 1.  6 
pm-a  191.  5,  207.  2.  K 

210.  c 
n'^nb  24.  c,  93.  e 
niiin'a  i98. «  (4) 

?J*li3  190.  6 
nsni2  190.  « 

nnsnia  58.  2.  «,  210.  f. 

214.  1.  b,  216.  2.  6 

nnsn-a  lu 
:?nTa  i4o.  5 

ny-113    190.  6 

^ny-i-Q  220.  1. 6 
n-^yn)?  190. 6 
"iTa  141.  5 


rnn-Q  21 6. 1. 6 
tyya  60.  4.  a 

D^ma  203.  5 
n-xt^  106.  2,  191.  4 

n^ira  221.  6.  a 
niira  190.  «,  191.  2 

im'TS  191.  1 

D"'b^ii'aTr'a  180.  a 
iri?'53  164.  2 
rnsta  3.  1.  a 
"lar-a  215.  1.  6 

nSTT'D  191.  4 

rnniiria  161.  4 

riflirip  (inf.)  125.  2 

nncia  215.  1. 6 
nnira  54.  1, 205.  b 
n'^Tri3  2io 
^.n^n-'ra  104.  k 

22t'0  200.  c 

nsra  95.  a 

^^t'g ,  13©T3  89  (m.  pi.) 

nb?ira  207.  1.  a 
trz^'G'Q  27. 

•jSTT'a  200.  c,  e 
•^DSTTtt  66.  2  (2)  c 
tfbra  95.  a 
rr^XO^  139.  3 
D'^212ra   191.  5 
DP5"'2Tr'a  00.  3.  a 

"TQirip  217 

n"1T2Tr'a  214.  1,  217 

npyir'a  207.  1.  a 

nriECa  214.  1.  b 

rnEca  61.  1.  i 


INDEX    III. 


379 


inriBTSp  60.  3.  a 

'^usirj'a  92.  b 

''b^STlJl?  61.  6.  a,  218 
plBU  190.  h 

ii?Tria  80.  2. 5,  93.  e 

qipllJ)?   190.  a 
ni"ltDT2  210.  c 

nniTTa  54.  1,  205.  6 

Offiia  141.  1  (p.  1V5) 
t^T\-m  126.  1 

Dn"''innir?2  90  (2  m.), 

176.  1 
'ini^'a  22.  h,  223.  1.  a 

n^nir^  22. 6 

nia  57.  2  (5),  82.  1.  a 

(1),  153.  1,  156.  2  bis 
n^  54.  1 

D'lps'irna  82.  5.  a 
nnb  34 
nn^  34 

nPia  86.  6  (2  m.) 

pirna  185.  2.  b,  207.  i.c 
npirra  ee.  2  (2)  c 
nbia^n^  218.  a 
nnnnp  94.  a 
nnriT2  237.  2  (1) 
n^nip  201.  1, 207.  2.  a 
nasn^  96. 6 
ns5briT2  24.  o,  75. 1 

nl?r'^ri^  141. 6 

5?>n)2  80.  2.  b 

niybn^  51.  4 
nhp  190.  b 

)7\1Z  215.  1.  a 


Q'^in^  208.  4 

?rc>n^  141.  6 

pn^  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

l^inrna  141.  5* 
nn^  54.  2,  205./ 

N3  46 

ND  240.  2,  263.  1.  a 

niiD  200.  a 

''n'^N3  60.  3.  a,  61.  6.  a 

•    T    :  V  ' 

nnXD   168.  a,  174.  1 
niiip  57.  2  (2)  a,  187. 

1.  d 
lisp  174.  1 

niss  159.  1 

niSD  56.  4 

iTnxb  111.  2.  c? 
nx;  90  ( ixm.) 
Sli«:  121.  1 

nSSSp  60.  3.  6  (2) 
D^SISS?  187.  2.  c 
yXp  82.  5.  «,  121.  1 
f  S?3  60.  4.  a,  92.  d 
m'SiJD  63.  1.  a 

iT^nii^s:  63.  i.  a 

"iSp  121.  1 
D^nSp   140.  2 
IN  ©Sip   120.  2 
Sinp  50.  1,  82.  5.  a 
sap  207.  1.  b 

nnb  219.  1.  b 

^^'r\'2'2'\   65.  6 

nsinp  198.  «  (2) 

1]2X3^D133  51.  4 


^^sn^D^ap  51.  4 

■jinp  158.  4 

nthp  141. 1 

1-Thp  140.  2 

n^np  165.  3 

IDhp  159.  1 

d^pap  159.  3 

bap  82.  1.  a  (1),  84.  3. 
a(l) 

bnpn  132.  3 

bab  90 

nba:  (2>y)  i4i.  i 

pi  bas  35.  1 

inbap  221.  2.  6 

"^nbap  221.  2.  b 

^nbap  221.  2.  6 

^ntap  158.  4 

yap  50. 1 

npap  141.  1 

mL^pasi  99.  3 

nap  140.  2 

ibj?hp  83.  c  (2),  122.  2 

na;ip  219. 1 

^?P  237.  1 

-";5r  99.  3 

ynpp  91.  a 

1^5:   184.  a,  197.  a,  208, 

3.  b 
nniSp   184.  ff,  198.  a.  2 

^riro  140.  2 

qi3p   131.  5 
np-'pp    196.  b 

rrbjp  91. 5, 173.  2 

lbi^3   140.  2 


380 


INDEX     III. 


nib^s  173.  2 
^r^.";?  173.  1 
n-'b:?  173.  1 

?h3   131.  4 
r\^2'J^2  00.  3.  a 
n?5ib  207.  1.  e 

nina?  140.  2 

TDM  80.  2.  a  (3),  84. 

3.  a  (2),  130.  1 
i:  (v.)  156.  2 
"Ti:  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

(p.  175) 
^np  156.  2 
UJi-p  57.  2  (5) 
nb"D    173.  2 
nip  84.  3.  a  (3),  125. 

yn:  i3i.  i 
n^n;  112.  2 
bnp  121.  1 
nxbro  so.  2.  6 
Vbn?  187.  2.  c 

DHp   118.  2 

tysn:  60.  3.  a 
nn:  200.  c,  207. 1.  6 
D'^nn:  203.  3 
nir^^D  149. 1 
•^yr.  149. 1 
nniD  142. 1 
nip  156.  1 
ni:,  ni:  157.  1 
nn'^pis  221.  7.  a 

inblD  149.  1 
11D^3  83.  c  (2),    150. 
(p.  182) 


yi3,  yi:  157. 1 

TZJpiD   149.  1 

nno"i:  13.  b 

Tip   158.  4 

brp   82.  1.  a  (3),   84.  3. 

ibTD  86.  «,  141.  1 

^bip  86.  « 

nb  00.  2 

S2np  03.  1.  6 
3  nXSTO  63.  1.  6 

nanp  105.  i 
ornnp  i64.  2 

nnpi  100.  2.  a  (2),  156. 4 

'inpi  156.  4 
3  D'^'a^n:  i87.  2.  a 

TT^np   185.  2 

mrin:  205 
bnp  80.  1 

bm  60.  3.  a 

bnp  131.  1 

bn?  140.  2 

nbn?  60.  3.  o,  61.  6.  a 

nbriD  60.  3.  a 

ibn:  141.  1 

mabnsT  99.  3 

T"bn;  113.  1 

nbriD  196.  b 

nbn:  141.  2 

onp  77.  2 

on?  60.  4.  a,  131.  1 

inn^n?  111.  1 

3  WIZTj^i  140.  2 

■jn?  135.  2 


i:n3  53.  2.  ff,  71.  a  (1) 

''prn?  140.  2, 141.  2 

inp  140.  2 

nn:  135.  2, 140.  2 

^nn;  141.  1 

nrn?  197. 6,  205,  211 

•jnrnp  193.  1 

nnp  131.  1 

rnp  (y'y)  140.  2 

irnp  (JE)  131. 1 

rrjp  79.  3.  a 

npp  131.  3 

nirjp  172.  5,  209.  3.  a 
©it23    131.  3 
^^ipp  172.  1 
1^1:33   172.  1 
X^-JS  207.  1.  6 
'i3'i')ai:3  173.  1 
urpr^:  i64.  2,  173.  1 

yi33  60.  3.  c,  184.  a 

ybp   131.  4 

TC2  184.  a,  216.  1.  e 

ypb  126.  1 
'irjp  131.  3 
ni:p  51.  1 

nyjb  207.  1.  a 
''S  53.  3.  a 
nT3  59.  a 

nrr^?  i87.  2.  c 

Dp^3  105.  a 
P3:'i3  187.  1.  c 
1T3   158.  2 
D7''3   105.  a 
51XS3  24.  6 


INDEX    III. 


381 


nsp2  207.  2.  6 
TOD  210 
liDD  159.  3 

npiba  159.  1 

njiDD  159.  1 
TOD   237.  1 

:nn3b  127.  1 

DDD  50.  2 
qbDD  91.  h 
nnSOpD  86.  h  (2  m.) 
"IS3D  83.  c  (2) 
TOD  216.  1.  h 
■iTOD  194.  2 

nabD  80. 2. 6   - 

n^bp  91.  d 
Vh}  159.  3 
Dhbp  91.  h,  119.  1 
nipbp  132.  2 

nnia:  9i.  e 
^:\bp  159. 1    ' 
TTiy:  159. 1 

^Di)3p   159.  1 
bil3p  159.  1 

n''biy2p  159.  3 
nb'jap  200.  b,  e 
iV-ap  159.  1 

DPibp  141.  2 
Dttp,  D^p  140.  2 
X2^D  207.  1.  b,  209. 
3.  6 
I    ^nSS^p  60.  1.  a 
Dnpl2p   141.  2 

'.n'ap  (I'y)  159.  1 
n"aD  185.  2 


npr^DD  45.  4, 97. 1 

DD   174.  5 

nop  135.  2,  140.  2 

nXSpp  164.  5 

TODD   141.  1 

TODp  140.  2 

nop   3.    1.  «,    131.  3, 

165.  1 
r^iDp  (K.  fut.)  157.  3 
r^iOp  (Ni.)  159.  1 

D'^^iCp  159.  3 

\nD,nDD  11.  1.  a 

ini^Dp     66.    2    (2)    c, 
159.  1 

?fDp  50.  1 

^0?   184 

TODD  220.  1.  b 

^^r:^  216.  2.  a 

Cpp  141.  3  (p.  175) 

TOS31  99.  3 

nsppn  99. 3 

DTOyp  111.  3.  a 
"liyp  159.  1 
^^n^yp  62.  2 
D^'l^S^p  201.  1.  h 
byp   197.  a,  200.  c 
D^b?p  203.  2,  208.  4 
Dbyp  60.  3.  a,  112.  3 

irdiv'^,,  Q'l'abyp  112. 

0?p   82.  \.  a  (2) 
nWD  32.  3.  a 

psyp  187.  2.  c 
n?p  121. 1 

n?P  58.  1,  184.  6 


nyb  184.  6 

TO?D  58.  1 

ynyp  111.  3.  h 
riwi^y  172.  3 
^nb^sp  159. 1 

7"iBp  159.  1 

anisisp  159.  1 

D^2£iSp   159.  3 
nisbBp  235.  3  (3) 

rsbsD  166.  1 

nsbSp  166.  1,  205.  c 

nnxbsp  166. 1 

ibSp  106.  a 
^D'lbSp  173.  1 

"•n^bsp  173. 1 

bbSp  92.  a 

issn  61.  4 

^Bp  179.  2.  « 

TCBp50.  2,  102.1,  197.8^ 

200.  c 
D^b^nSp  187.  2.  a 
V  217 
asp  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

n^D  217 
riMsi  99.  3 
nsp  61.  2 

p^tDifp  54.  4,  96.  6 
^DbSD  65.  a 
3   "ip^Sp  86.  b  (2  m.) 
nSp  50.  3,  51.  1 
■iSp  131.  3 
TOSp  24.  b,  98.  1.  a 

ry^ii':  24.  &,  106.  6 
onnsD  104.  j 


3S2 


INDEX  III. 


m:  140.  1 
r^2'p:  i;n.  3 

123]?3  91.  c? 
Tp3  185.  2.  b 
n^Z   174.  3 

iioip:  24.  c 

b-Jp3   217 

Dnbp:  159.  1 

•'PP,  X"*)??  185.    2.  c?, 

209.  2 
n-ip?   173.  1 

•^n^pD  173.  1 

bp3,  bp3  140.  2 
•'n'JpS   141.  2 
Dp3  217 
np3    131.  3 
ni2p3  217 

T  It  : 

:Pp3  179.  2.  a 
iinp?  91.  h,  16G.  3 
"13  43.  a,  200.  a 
«-l3  97.  2.  a 
^nS  183.  b 
^nsl  99.  .3,  147.  5 
ISSn:   1(51.  3 
'  p3  140.  2 
«to3  82.  5.  a 
«te3   131.  3 
Xto3   131.  4 
Nfe3  (Pi.)  165.  2 
ixiri3  164.  4 
T;STC3  164.  4 
1«3  165.  3 

»W:  57.  2  (3)  a,  86.  6 
(3  pi),  164.  3 


■>^te3   165.  3 
«©3  177.  3 
SC3  165.  2 
bi?©3  119.  1 
aiTSl   150.  3 
mars  205 
i:'lT2J3    141.  2 
'ip'^Tr?  220.  1.  b 
WtZ  207.  2.  e 
D""©!^   140.  5 
?jr2  S4.  3.  a  (3) 
n2t*2   51.  4 
bir3  84.  3.  a  (2) 
rfbljjp   124.  a 

ro^brs  97.  1 
nm'3  141. 1 
nm'3  141. 1 

''3TB3  92.  c 
tirs  50.  2 
r.plD3  53.  3.  o,  128 

nnirp  24.  c 

nnPTTS  83.  c  (2) 

wncs  172.  3 
pn3  11.  1.  ft 
D3in3  11.  1.  J 

?fn2   50.  1,  80.  2.  a 

84.  3.  a  (2) 
in:   130.  1,  132.  1 

■jh:,  ')n  131.  4 
■■jn?  130.  1.  ft 

^SM    24.  c 

D'^:n3  11.  1.  J 

'n3n3  101.  3.  a 

yn:  50.  1 


yr,3  131.  3 
^rn:pn3  24.  b 
-in:  125.  3 

Cn3  50.  1 

Dnn3  132. 1 


rn^'D  200.  b,  207.  1./ 

D;^nSD  203.  3 

2b,  nhO  134.  1,  139.2 

nno  138 
nap  141.  4 

•^sinno,  'ipn.nD  104.  /, 

139.  1 
•ip^ap.  139.   1 

ininp  61.  3 
a^no  11.  1.  b 

2^20  235.  3  (1) 

2^2b  90 

"?J2D  19.  2.  a 

iDSC  24.  b,  221.  5.  a 

^DID  19.  1,  45.  2 

bac    187.  1.  a 

ibaC  24.  b,  221.  6.  a 

nbap  3.  1.  a 

"1?D  51.  1 
(3),  n^nSD  187.  2.  c 

aaio  137,  141.  4 

TD  184.  b 

nniO  186.  2.  a 

C^O  58.  1 

ncID  58.  1  J 

•^CID  62.  2 

•^D'O  66.  1  (2)  b 

VD^D  62.  2 


INDEX    III. 


,383 


nsiO  1 86.  2.  e 

11D  3.  1.  a 

nh^D  53.  2.  a,  220.  1.  h 

nnp  119. 1 
Tnnq  92.  0, 122.  1 

Tip  197.  6,  200.  r,  d 
?fP0  51.  1,141.  2  (p.  175) 
bsD  3.  1.  ff,   51.  1,  80. 

2.  «  (1) 
TfPpp  138 
npo  3.  1.  a,  51.  1 

nnbp  125.  1 
bpbp  141.  5 

nibpbp  187. 1.^,207.2.  a 
pbo  84.  3.  a  (2) 
Obp  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 

nbb  197.  b 
"nao  195. 1 
j^nnD'ap  104.  i 

n:p  18.3.  &,  184.  h 
D'^n;]2p  207.  1.  a 
D^spap  207.  2.  a 
TiS:©  195.  1 
^yp  19.  2.  a,  89 
n^yp^  234.  a 
?yo  131.  3 

n?p,  n?b  122.  2 
myp  51.  1 

qo  200.  c,  207.  2.  a 

nsp  3. 1.  a 

•EDI    156.  4 

"Sp  50.  1 

r^SD    141.  3  (p.  175) 

nSD  61,  4 


Dino  210.  a 
V"^?,  VI^P  60.  3.  c 
ns:^"ip  68.  a 
irp  184.  h 
rri'dPD  104.  ^ 

nnp  217 
nnnp  217 
innp  m.  2  (2)  a 

ay  197.  b,  200.  c,  215. 

1.  a 
IV  {ohh?)  19.  2.  a 
W  112.  5.  c 

nny  65 

V  Kt 

in^ny  111.  3.  a 
^W  220.  2.  6 
1W  65 
iinyi  61.  1.  a 
I'lny  216.  1.  a 
•1^1?  61.  1 

in^"inb  195.  3 
jt;w  220. 1.  b 

tr\'2V  22.  a 
W  112.  5.  6 

inny  194. 1, 209. 2, 217 
n^np3?  62.  2 
ninijy  62.  2 
D^^nny,  ni"iay  62.  2 
n^nns?  217 
?]nny  106.  a 
npW  106.  a,  127.  2 

nh?  200.  c 
•lys  112. 5.  a 

35y  186.  2.  6 


biy  185.  2.  6 
b??  197.  c 

nbsy  197.  c 

n?  237.  1,  238.  1,  267.  h 
^y  65.  a 

12?  43.  a 
niy  112.  6.  a 
ni3?  184.  b 
tmV  209.  3 
"il?  238.  1.  a 
13  iy  239.  2  (2) 
5l"iy  112.  5.  a 
W  112.  5.  a 

■"niy  220.  2.  a 

n.)iy  186.  2.  & 

liy  235.  3  (1),  236 

"TiV  161.  1 

Tiy  (v.)  157.  1 

X^^V  156.  1 

biy,  b^:^  184.  6,  216. 

1.  (? 
b-^y  161.  1 

nbiy  51. 1,  208.  3.  c 
ib^y  221.  5.  6 
bb^y  142.  1 
bbiy  141.  5 

12?1   Dbiy  63.  1.  c 

nnb^y  61.  6.  a 

X\V  156.  1 
'j'ly   200.  c 
■JDiy  141.  4 
D^y'iy  187.  1.  « 

?liy  201.  1 


384 


INDEX     III. 


■p"?:?   179.  2.  a 

Ti:?  200.  a 

-C^y  (v.)  57.  2  (5)  a, 

161.  1 
n:^y  (adj.)  187.  1.  b 
pliy  193.  2 
n-i;iy   198.  a  (.3),  201.  1 
n^y  161.  1 
ry,  T3>  65.  a 
T3?  200.  b,  207.  2 
b-ST?  11.  1.  a,  168.  ffl 

nnr:^  98.  i 

!j':':i3TS'  22.  a 
^2f:^  61.  6.  a 

tynry  in.  3.  a 
■^;raT3?  io4.  y 

TW  60.  3.  b  (1),  184 
ITS',  "ITS'  221.  6 
Tl-yy  61.  5 

iry  112.  5. 6 
nr?  184 
mr?  196.  6 
nnnry  6i.  6.  a 
n-jy  112.  5.  b 

n^ipy  209.  1.  a 

q^j?  195.  1 

D-'Sbi:?  207.  1,  a 
n-J^  50.  1,  112.  5.  6 
n^'J?  214.  1.  b 
•^y  53.  3.  a 
"J*y  201.  1 
V'^y   199.  a 

'\'^y  184.  ft,  197.  a,  208. 
3.  c  bis,  217 


nir?  203.  5.  a 
nW  216.  1.  (/ 
•i:^?  221.  5.  6 

^rr^rs?  220.  2.  c 
ns;^y  156.  1 

^"^y  208.  3.  c 

Ty  197.  fl,  200.  b,  207. 

1./ 
nTy220.  1.  b,  221.  5.  6 

D'I"'?  207.  2.  c 
Tt^?  197.  ffl 

©^nsy  195.  1 

•JD:?,  HD^  51.  4 

W  112.  5.  a 

b?237.  1,  238.  1,  267.6 

by  186.  2.  c 

n^by  51.  1 

D'^'a^b?  201.  1. 6 

Tby   112.  5.  c 

Tby  185.  2.  6 

'iTby  111.  3.  a 

''Tby  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.  a 

"^by  238.  1.  a 

■"by  3.  4 
■ji^by  19.3.  1 

n^b-ibj?  198.  a  (4) 
•JS'by  239.  2  (3) 
Dby  112.  5.  6 

n;?y-^y  237. 2  (2) 
nsby  93.  c 

''B-by  237.  2  (2) 

•j^by  112.  5.  c 
nnby  6i.  6.  a 

Oy  197.  6,  207.  2.  a 


Cy  237.  1 

niay  no.  i 

lb?  60.  .3.  b  (1) 
l^iay  65,  89  (m.  pi.) 
^Ttty  60.  1.  a 

"••i^zy  111.  3.  u 

r,n^?  4.5.  2,  106.  a 

n^^'i'Ey  209.  2,  210.  (J 
^ry  199. 6 

•'ISy  214.  2 
tjTGy  65.  a 
P^^?  3.  4 
D^):ry  207.  2.  a 
pby  185.  2.  6,  207.  l.c, 
217 

p^y  184 

nry  208.  3.  b 

nnby  3.  4 

"'nsy  24.  b,  216.  2.  a 

nsy  174.  3 

i:y  185.  2.  d 

n^:y  eo.  3. 6  (1) 
irizy  174.  a 

''Dy  185.  2.  d 
i1\^y  104.  b 
fpy  198,  217 
]2y   141.  4 

n::y  19 8, 217 
'';:?  139. 1 

DDB:y  221.  5.  e 

p:y  50. 1 
■»npsy  24.  b 
Dnicy  141.  2 

D^SSy  208.  3.  d 


INDEX   III. 


385 


bs^  112.  5.  a 

nsy  200.  a 

"133?  208.  3.  h 
D-'ISy  60.  5.  b  (2) 

nnsy  6i.  6.  « 


jninn?,  nin-ii?  45.  5.  a  nnto?  214. 1.  h,  223. 1 
lan:?  22.  a  nnic?  i96.  t?,  224 

n^i?''ai?  62. 2. 6, 209.  liii?^  210. 5, 227. 3 


a'^nto:^  208. 3.  «,  225. 1 

nhir?  225.  1.  a 
tWV  172.  1 
pitjy  185.  2.  c 
"JTT:?  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  h 
^tV  216.  1.  e 
rva^t  200.  c,  216.  1.  h    i^-nj^TTSJ  17.  2 

nyny  i87.  i.  e  m»5>  79.  2, 112.  5. 5, 

125.  3 
mri?  197.  a 
^T^tV  224.  a 

nnniry  207. 1.  c/ 


2.  a 

D^a'l?  208.  4 
f?  43.  a,  185.  2  c?,  198,  ^^ly  60.  3.  6  (l) 

217  "lyin?!  187.  1.  e 

■jin^y  193.  2  '''i:?  216.  1.  a 

DD^nst:?  24.  5,  216.  2.  a  fin:?  210.  a 
na?  184.  6  C'S),  217       HD"!)?   111.  3.  a 

my  198 
n:'nb^?  203.  5 

n?y  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1.  t\'^V  80.  2.  h 

a  (2)  bsny  193.  2.  c 

DSy  197.  6,  200.  c  to-ny  197.  a 
Up  217 

niasy  217 

T      I    T 

nsy  50.  3,  112.  5.  6 

DD^nnsry  24.  h 

X:^'^..   220.  2.  a 

npy  112.  5.  h 

Spy  200.  c,  c?,  215.  1.  h  ^TUy   (part.)  172.  5 

nm,  npy  239. 2  (2)  iicy  172.  2 
ninpy  24.  5, 216.  2.  a  iiyy  172.  2 
^i-ininpy  24. 6  itoy  62.  2.  c 

^3py  24.  6,  216.  2.  a      m^lTy  172.  5,  209.  3.  a 

"ipy  185.  2.  6  n-^icy  221. 7.  a 

^p'pp?  188  tj'^tey  201.  2 

nnpy  195.  1,  207.  2.  5  "^Ti^??  227. 1 

«py  112. 5.  a  n-^ipy  86.  b  (1  c) 

©Jjy  187.  1.  b  ''Pr^'^TOy  102.  1.  a 

ny  156.  2  ^toy  62.  2.  c 

sny  118. 1  niuy  224 


my  197.  6 


niijy  200.  a 

nintey  24.  s,  216.  2.  a  ny  43. «,  197. 6, 200.  <•, 

nto?   172.  2  207.  2,  215.  1.  6 

nioy  62.  2.  c  "iry  so.  2 

bsnir?,  bx-ntey  13. 6  npy  219.  1.  a 

Wy  (pret.)  62.  2.  c         'ipy  194.  2 

Ony  112.  5.  a 

pny  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
nny  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

XS  11.  1.  h 
"l^nSS  189.  2.  c 
tjnJitS  104.  c 
:tJ"lSB  104.  5 

iy;^s  125.  2 

bi?n"lB  57.  2  (2)  b 

^^17T[■^  13.  6 

nicy  80.  2.  6,   112.  5.  a  Di'i'lB  56.  1,  193.  2.  c 


386 


INDEX    III. 


f-^no  103.  2.  c 

Dns  nnD  33. 1.  a,  219, 
1.  b 

HE   11.  1.  b 

HD  185.  2.  d,  209.  1.  o, 

215.  2.  6,  220.  1.  c 
nb  235.  3  (4) 
ns  11.  1.  b 
f^E  179.  2.  a 
TlD  139.  1 

n-ii3  141.  4 

TTD  141.  1  (p.  175) 

nnD  78. 1 
nrjB  184. 6 

nnsS  198,  211.  a 
■'HD    131.  3 

nns  131.  4 

ni2D  125.  3 
■>£  61.  6.  a 
n^D   198.  c 
'n^E,  VS  62.  2 
Cjb^B   59.  a,   195.  1, 

197.  a,  200.  b 
^mr^b-^B  220.  1.  i 
Sbfl   18.  2.  c 
SbD  92.  c  • 
33D  92.  c 
Cabp    59.    a,    195.   1, 

197.  a,  200.  b,  208. 

3.  a 
D^'jbB  06.  2  (2)  c 
"uZ^bB   207.  1.  c 

n-jj-^bs  198 

^•J-^bB    216.  1.  6 


nb-'bB    198.  a  (2) 
n^rbs  198.  a  (4) 
bbB  141.  1  (p.  175) 
■'Sbbs  68.  a,  75.  3 

■«:bbi«  ^D'bs  75.  3 
^ncbB  194.  1 

TlbB  199.  6 

■jB  239.  1 

n:B  143.  a 

P:B  39.  4.  a 

n^:B  197.  b,  201.  1 

i^a'^DD  220.  2.  c 

i^^:B   194.  2 

•'n-'iB^  100.  2.  a  (1) 

nDB  187.  1.  b 

bCB  208.  3.  b 

b?B   76.  2,  83.  6,  84.  3. 

a  (3),  118.  2 
bys  60.  1.  «,  61.  2,  4, 

208.  3 
ibs^B  60.  3.  b  (2),  221. 

5.  a 
ibys  221.  5.  a 
"ibys   60.  3.  6  (2) 
Tjbl^B  61.  1 
QDbys  19.  2 

a:;E  6o.  i,  63.  2.  o, 

197.  6,  200.  c,d 
12B  50.  2,  125.  3 

"ipS  SO.  2.  «  (4) 
nps    89 

^n;:B  86.  a 

"^npB   106.  5 
D-^nipB  187.  2 


n;>B  187. 1 
r!ip-n;:E43.  6,  I88 

ns  197.  c 

Xns  18.  2.  f,  61.  2.  a, 

209.  3.  b 
nSIB  11.  1.  a 

nsnb  199 

ia"lB  207.  1.  b 
nip"l"lB   207.  1.  a 
n^B  197.  c 
Di"i;inB  207.  1.  b 

■jins  193.  2 

■'nS  194.  2 

nnB  50.  1, 79.  2 
nniB  187.  1.  d 

i"IB   57.  2  (4),  184.  b, 

221.  5.  c 
n;^'^.E  62.  2.  r,  209.  1.  a 
"^I^IB  62.  2.  6 
y^ns  210.  a 
TDhB  216.  1.  a 
niD-lB  200.  c 
ynB  200.  a 
nyiD  11.  1.  a 

nyns  io4.  d 

"IBIB  141.  4 

■j^ns  50.  2 

7"1B  200.  c 

pnS  50.  1 

tDnB  210.  a,  216.  1.  a 

ir"IB  50.  3 

©■^B  119.  1 

TTD"1B50.  3,  68.  o,  180.  o 

DDTTIB   104.  //,  119.  1 


INDEX    III. 


387 


rnh  196.  b,  209.  1.  a 
^fiJDI  100.  2.  a  (2) 
12122  80.  2.  a  (l),  84. 
3.  a  (3) 

nr\T2;s  200.  b 

OniDE  156.  1 
ns  197.  a,  200.  6,  207. 
2.  a 

ni?ns  235.  2  (1) 

cans   215.  1.  a 

inins  139.  2 

nps  80. 1 

inns  106.  «,  125.  2 

"ns  208.  3.  (^ 

Vnbns  iss 

S2  148.  3 

ns:2  (n.)  216.  1.  6 

:n5?2  {v.)  148.  3,  164.  5 

r\p^2  148.  3,  164.  3 

a^bsS  208.  3.  a 

•5X2   201.  1 

•ixax^  216.  1.  a 

n^X25«2  188.  a 

rS2  148.  2 

•inS2?  148.  2 

TjnS2   30.  2 

S32  200.  «,  215.  2.  c 

0^X32   56.  4 

n^xias  53.  4 

•'32  208.  3.  d 
n^32  209.  2.  6 
n^nS    165.  3 
12  207.  2.  a 


p^*!?  187.  1 

pil  84.  3.  a  (2) 

pis  184,  198.  a  (2) 

p-!2  65.  a 

p"^]?  80.   1 

np*T2  198.  a  (2),  216. 

"inpns   65.  a 

tfnp-ns  92.  d 
nh2  50.  1 

nni  197.  a 

0:^nn2  19.  2,  203.  5, 

208.  4 
12  174.  5 
ns?12   11.  1.  a 
"li«^2  200.  c,   215.  1, 

216.  1.  d 

rm  174.  5 

n^2  57.  2  (2) 
^n^12  11.  1.  a 

o^n^i2,  Qn*iT2  11. 1. 

pis  207.  1.  c 
"l^  (v.)  50.  3 
•T^lS  (n.)  51.  3 
pnS  51.  2 
pn2  92.  d 
nri2  50.  1 
nn2  185.  2.  6 
■IS  209.  2 
T2  208.  3.  c 
*1>2  187.  1.  a 

T    - 

is'T'2  210.  <? 

prs  187.  1.  c 

Sbp"^?  14.  a 
b2  207.  2.  a 


nbS  82.  1.  a  (2) 

ninbs  57.  i 

nn>2  57.  1,  210.  e 
ibbs  139.  1 
ibb2  20.  2,  221.  6.  6 
2  D'^bba  209.  2.  a 
ni")2b2  195.  3 
yb2  197.  a,  200.  c,  216. 
1.  e 

wbi  198 

bsbs  187.  1.  c,  207.  2. 

o,  216.  2 
D-ibsbS  16.  3.  6 
S132  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (l) 
iJ-QS  (adj.)  185.  2.  & 
I'TaS  22.  tb,  216.  2.  a 
T\m  80.  2.  a  (1) 

mas  165.  3 

•^ntti  164.  2 
a  *'?r\'Q2  102.  2,  104.  / 

*':^nnri2  24.  b,  92.  a 
•linriiss  24.  a 

511D2,  q^22  185.  2 
-IP32  200.  a 
^^5^2   119.  3 
py2  51.  2,  121.  1 
1B2  (part.)  172.  5 
'?iB2  197.  i 
n2iB2  219.  1 
''3iB2  194.  2 
liB2  197.   c,  200.  a, 

207.  1,  d 
*j&2  50.  1 
P3B2  132.  I 


3SS 


INDEX   III. 


SJES  141.  2  (p.  175) 
?1"1D^  68.  a,  195.  2 
■jnJSS  193.2.6,  208.  3. 
p2  148.  3 
•j^pS  86.  6  (3  pi.) 
nps  148.  2 
nn2  216.  1.  a 
nSTia  98.  1.  a 

nins  200.  a 

nn?  50.    3,    141.    3 
(p.  175) 

nitp  156.  4 

DSp  11.  1.  a 
DSp  156.  3 
nitp  196.  6 
np  139.  2 

nap  184.  5 

Top  19.  2,  141.  1 

niap  104.  rf 
bap  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
n>np,  i>ap  19.  2.  <•, 

221.  5.  a 

D7-bap  19.  2 
i:np  141.  3 
T3p  »2.  rf 

nsap  92.  e 
I^Sap  92.  c,  101.  3.  ff, 
104.  A 

nnp  78.  1 
lap  200.  c 
inap  104.^* 
triTp  185.  2.  & 
n"'oiTp  201.  2 


Dnp_  65.  a 
"ipnp  187.  1.  e 
a  rJnp  80.  2.  a  (l),  82.  1. 
«(2) 
«?7p  208.  3.  b 
"CJ'ip  92.  c 
mp    92.  c  ' 
n^t&Tp  19.  2 

nnp  121. 1 

rbnp  197.  d 

TOp  194.  1 

yaip  50. 1 
'sn^'p  11. 1.  & 

S^'^P,  5^?)?  174.  3 

''n'l^p,  ^ni.'^p  174.  2 

bip  200.  a 
Up  153.  2,  155 

nriip,  ri^a-ip  157.  2 
i^ip  34 

^12'^'p  34 
D^'aip  156.  2 
»3ip  83.  c  (1) 
n^'^ttip  198.  a  (4) 
pp  179.  2.  a 

nisnp  57.  2  (3)  a 
'inrnp  21. 1 
np  132.  2 

n'^  53.  2.  a,  132.  2 

■inp   132.  2 

Onp  132.  2 

-nnp  60.  3.  c,  132.  2 

nnp  132.  2 

"'rnp  132.  2 

^irjp  19.  2,  221.5.  a 


bnt2p  217 

b-Jp  51.   3,   83,   83.   6, 

8.5.  2,  103 
br)p  183.  a 
bCp   217 
•j::;?  185.  2,  207.  2.  5, 

217 
•jbp  (adj.)  185.  2 
pp  (v.)    82.    1.   a  (3X 

84.  3.  a  (1) 
''S^p  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 
"ll2p  80.  2.  a  (1) 

ni-j-^p  187. 1.  c 

U^'P   83.  c(l),   154.  1, 
161.  1 

tJitt^    59.  cr,   187.   1.  C 

^:^'^p  220.  1.  b 

■}ibp^P  187.  1.  e 
T^P  200.  a 
l!?P   141.  1 
^^;i  100.  2.  a  (2) 

riibp  214.  2 
riibp  141.  2 

bbp  84.  3.  a  (2) 

bbp  141.  4 

nbbp  20.  2 

ncbp  198.  a  (3) 

bpbp  141.  4 

bpbp   187.  1.  e 

Dp  57.  2  (5),    153.  1, 

185.  2.  a 
Ci73p  59.  a,  187.  1.  c 
D^'ap  156.  2 
b^p,  b^p  82.  1.  o  (1) 


INDEX    III. 


389 


?,>T3;?  24.  c 

n:)3p  61.  4,  66.  2  (2), 

157.  2 
^lap  208.  3.  6 
r\)3l?  59 
1)5  215.  1.  b 
i?2p  92.  (?,  166.  3 
inj<3p  166.  2 
n3j5  200.  c 

nbp  172.  2 

i2j?  172.  2 
-]^3p  215.  1.  c 

t:p  141.  1  (p.  1V5) 

|3p  80.  2.  & 
•laSp  54.  3 
•"^IDp  89  (f.  s.) 
nop  84.  3.  a  (3) 
-DD]5  87 

ODp  141.  3  (p.  175) 
nnsp  196.  c 
S2|?    50.  1 

nap  18.  2.  c 
^nap  220.  1.  b 

I^P  184.  6 
•T'Sp  185.  2.  a 
tap  141.  1  (p.  175) 
nap   50.  1,  2,   84.  3.    a 

(3),  125.  3 
OD-iap   106.  a 
nap  196.  J,  211.  a 
«"1p  179.  1.  a 
S5np  166.  2 
ii'lp  167.  1 

riiiinp  i66.  2 


^X'np  104.  c 
nb^b  snp^  35.  1 
■jxnp  60.  3.  c,  98.  2, 

164.  3 
nxnp  166.  1 

ri^np  166.  2 

n-np  77.  3,  78.  2,  82. 

1.  a  (2),  118.  1 

nnp  (imp.)  119. 1 
nnp  185.  2.  A 
nnp  200.  a 

-nnp  19.  2.  a 
nnnp  98.  1.  a 

innp'  39.  4.  a 

ODnnp  19.  2,  119.-3 
"}n-lp  19.  2.  6,  193.  2 
•"iSnp  216.  1.  a 
D^-lp  200.  c 
nnp  179.  1.  a 

ninp  185.  2.  6 
ri-np  187.  1.  b 
«mp  11.  1.  a 
«n"ip  196.  t/ 
••rnp  89  (f.  s.) 

ff^p  118.  1 
•J'lp  197.  a 

ni^-np  203.  5.  a 
•'.anp  214.  2 
wp,  ^-^inp  221.  4 

0??'l|?,    D:^3np  203.  1, 

208.  4 
bb'}'i>  193.  2.  c 

ynp  50.  2 

5!pnp  187.  1.  e 


npnp  161.  2 
nispirp  207. 1.  e 

3Trp  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

n©p  210 
ni©p  216. 1.  <^ 

mp  61.  4,  183.  6 
"iCp  80.  2.  a  (2) 

n-fiip  80. 1 

ntlTOp  125.  1 
tJffip  141.  3  (p.  175) 
JniCp   197.  6,  199.  <f 
m^  187.  1.  a 

ariir^p  24.  b 

nhCp  216.  2.  a 

nii'i  77. 2,  79. 1,  80. 1, 

114 

nsn  172. 2 

IK*!   172.  2 
^?!5-\  26,  121.  1 

^:n^ir\  57.  2  (3)  « 
ni^n  172.  2 
tiixn  172.  2 

••S^  60.  3.  b  (2) 

ni^iin  207.  2.  rf 

*|iT2J''Sn  227.  1.  a 

mcxn  156.  3 
sn'Tasi  11. 1.  a 
Jiii3sn  156.  3 

^5X'-1   102.  3 

1UX-I   11.  1.  a  bis 

tJXn  156.  3 

rS5n  61.  2.  a,  207.  1./ 

pTUX-l  11.  1.  & 


390 


INDEX     III. 


•jiCSn  193.  1,  227.  1 
npTSSI  235.  3  (3) 
D^CSn   57.  2  (3)  a 
n^CSn    198.  a  (4) 

an  (■»>)  153. 1 

nn,  11  (yy)  82.  i.  a(3) 

an  217 

an  C'y)  is 8.  3 

an  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

aan  ui.  i  (p.  175), 

179.  2.  a 

i^inaan  250. 2  (2)  a 
nan  179.  2.  « 
nan  235.  3  (3) 
nan  172.  3, 174.  5 
lan  C"':?)'  156.  4 
'lan  141. 1 
lah  139.  1 
ian,  xian  197.  a,  209. 

3,  226 

nian  eo.  3.  a 
B^'nian  203.  4,  226 

D^an  249.  1.  a 

'ly-'an  227. 1 
n^rian  227.  3 
yan,  yah  227.  3 

Diyan  207.  1.  a 
fan  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ran  i58. 1 
nan  235. 3  (3) 
'>nan33. 1,  61.6.  o,  218 
wn  84.  3.  a  (2) 
bin  50.  1 

^T)  197.  fl,  217 


""b^n  194.  2 

D'lb;;-)  203.  5.  a 
y^h   126.  1 

"I"?  0")?)   53.  2.  6,  150. 
1  (p.  182) 

in  (yy)  139.  2 
nn,  nnn  i48.  3 
nnn  (inf.)  us.  2 

Cinn  78. 1 
5lhn  114 
•i:iBnn  114 

iS-in  19.  2.  a 

nnn  i48.  2 

^nnn  i48. 2 

oann  22.  a 

ann  iss.  3 

nnn  57.  2  (5)  a,  ise.  1 

nin  184.  6 

mn  197.  b 

mn  161.  1 
bain  186.  2. « 
Din  80.  2.  a  (4) 
D^in  157. 1 

pn  179.  1.  a 

f2?in  141.  4 
tjin  57.  2  (2)  a 
ann,ainn  197.  ft,  200. « 
D^nn  187. 1 
pinn  185.  2.  h 
bnn  197.  c,  200.  b 
onn  118.  2 
nnn  119.  1 

^T]")  61.  2.  a,  197.  h 

n^nn  196.  c 


CWn  201.  1,  208.  3.  a 

ynn  80. 2.  «  (3) 
nsnn  119.  3 
pnn  185.  2.  b 
pnn  119.  1 
npnn  119.  3 
a-jn  84.  3.  «  (2) 

ttSuJn  68.  o,  180.  a 

"in  184.  6 

ain  (v.)  153.  2,   155, 

158.  2,  3 
a^n  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nia'^n  158.  1 

p^n  186.  2.  c 
Dp^n  235.  2  (1) 
©■^n  186.  2.  c 
'jittj'^n  57.  2  (2)  a,  227. 

1.  a 
^n  50.  1,  186.  2.  c 

aan  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ian  141.  1 
tyan  i4i.  1  (p.  175) 
ban  50.  1 
nban  i98.  a  (2) 

112h  139.  1 

"'i'i'an  199.  b 

rv6-\  208.  3.  6 

"•pn^nn  104.  yt 
isn,  -"sn  141.  1 

■jSn  139.  3 

l.sn  141.  5 

yn  60.  2,  215.  1.  e 

ayn  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (2) 

ayn  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 


INDEX    III. 


391 


ni^n  139.  2 

ny'l  186.  2.  a,  215.  e 

inyn  220.  1.  6 

i:?ni  141.  1 

'':?n  221.  3.  a 
Tjyn  221.  3.  a 

b?n  114 

•jS^n  122.  1 
■JS^n  187.  1.  (/,  207.  2. 
yyn  141.  3  (p.  175) 
'^Dny'^   220.  1.  b 
SSI  186.  2.  a 
KSn   92.  (f,  166.  3 
nSBI    164.  5 
^3S2"1  165.  2 
inSiSn  165.  2 
nsn  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nan  i65.  i 

TlSSn  177.  3 
Si2n  179.  1.  a 
■J^^n  199.  a 

y^n  141.  4 
pn  50.  1 

apn   84.  3.  a  (2) 
npT  186.  2.  a 
Dp   186.  2.  a 
yp  126.  1 
^?P"1  106.  a,  125.  2 
ppn  179.  2.  a 
tJn  (^'i?)  186.  2.  c 
TJJn,  tJn  C'b)  148.  3 

3?Tan  198.  « 

nyffi-l  198.  a  (1) 
D^nyttj-I   203.  5 


'i&Wn,  ^&TCn  22.  a,  216. 

2.  a 
©T»l  141.  5 
TTTSn  141.  5 

men  (v.)  148.  2 
man  (n.)  i84.  b 

fnriffll  148.  2 

pinn  200.  a,  207. 1.  c 

urn  197.  6,  208.  3.  b 

Sto  131.  3 

^S^TD,  ^Sto   16.  2.  a,  45. 

5.  a 
ni^TO   3.  1.  a 
nS5TB  16.  2.  a,  61.  2.  a, 

131.  4 

ni^iri  6i.  2.  a 
ynto  82.  1.  a  (2) 
?3to  185.  2.  6 

:n?nto  127.  1 
"into  3.  1.  a 

^iiO  141.  1  (p.  175) 
rr^to   185.  2.  d,  200.  r, 

210,  215.  2,  221.  7 
^n'lTl)  220.  1.  b 
^itg  185.  2.  d 

nto  201. 1, 215.  2 
•'"into  19. 2 

i<ilU  131.  4 

niii?  158.  3 

D^.iU  158.  3 

n^^to  158.  3 

"IW  3.  1.  a,  179.  2.  a 

into  184.  i 


pnto  51. 2 
Dt:to,  I'jto  51.  4 

i:t3to  106.  a 
Kito  184.  b 

in'^to  221.  7.  a 

Tto  221.  7.  a 

n^to  158. 2, 3 

n^to  158.  2,  3  bis 
ni3^1C  158.  3 

to^to  158. 2 

•JDto  51.  1 

bDto  3.  1.  a,  79.  2 

n^^Dto  3.  1.  a,    51.  4.  a 

•iDto  3.  1.  a 

ibto  184.  ft,  207.  l.b' 

itto  156.  4 

ni3to  82.  1.  a  (2) 

^TOto,  -^nisto  216. 1. 6 
ip^to  104.  y 
S;to  82.  1.  a  (1) 
nsJSto  87,  166.  2 
nSlto   104.  /i 

^x:to  102. 3 
?iN::to  60.  1,  164.  4 
nsbto  166.  2 
''nspto  164. 1 
^•'nsDto  220.  2.  a 
n?to  3.  1.  a,  121. 1 
"i:?to  207. 1.  b 
nni^to  51. 1 
nnyto  19  8.  & 
nni^to  200.  b 
wtoi  27,  57.  2  (2)  b, 
220.  1.  6 


3S2 


INDEX   III. 


nSTD   3.    1.  o,    199.   d, 

217,  221.  2.  4 
■jETT  50.  1 
■^nSC   216.  2.  a 

nn^ninpTiJ  221.  1 
Dn^nSTT  221.  1 

1TD  207.  2.  a 

mir  179.  2.  a 
■'■nis  199.  c 

D^Eynin  os. « 
onD^.to  104.  i 

pnT»  185.  2.  6 

™  141.  1  (p.  175) 

^nniD  61.  6.  a 

ris  131.  4 
on©  90  (^«ss.) 

•ID  53.  2.  a,  74 

nansj©  45.  5.  a 
bis^D  197.  6 
i:xo  57.  2  (3)  a 

D"^i:S{Tr  156.  3 

Ti-js;n  57.  2  (3)  a 

5i?TD   78.  1,  121.  1 

bSTT,  ^b»D  119.  2 

nbs©  119.  3 

^:ibSTD   119.  2 
■^2lbKO   118.  3 
•'nbs©  119.  2 
!lbSTn    104.  a 
•Tbso   119.  2 
DnbSTT  119.  2 
KSi?®   122.  1 
1:NC  187.  1.  (/,  207.2 


TCNT2   139.  3 
nxc  183.  h 
n-^lXC    198.  o  (4) 
no  53.  2.  a,    144.    3, 

148.  3 
-2TD,  nnC   148.  3 

niB  157. 1 

latJ  11.  1.  a 

in©  34 

'IS©   34 
in©    39.  4.  a 
?^mS  200.  c,  210.  a 
rraTD  198.  a  (4) 

•jnn^n©  220. 1.  h 

"Oltl  51.  2,  197.  6 

luntj  216.  2 
•ino  221.  5.  c 
lyia©  227. 1 

ni3»  198.  a  (4) 
b^bS©  24.  6 
"h'lt  24.  6 

nbia©  3.  1.  a,  200.  h, 
207.  1.  </ 

ninia  157.  2 

yno  216.  1.  e 

nyrnr  223.  1 

CynC  208.  3.  a,  225.  1 
D^yn©  203.  3 

n:y3T»  223.  1.  a 

DD"^ny20  221.  2.  b 
D"^nyn«203.4,  223.  l.a 
apySO  223.  1.  a,   250. 
2  (2)  a 
b  "irnr  .3.  1.  a 


13©,  nac  126.  2 

nnC  84.  3.  a  (3),  86.  h 

nnc  148.  2 

nnc  144.  3, 148.  2 

nSC  197.  b,  221.  6.  a 
■jinaC  193.  2.  a 

•^nnc,  '^rao  hb.  2 

b^©  197.  a 
nao   216.  1.  e 
10  207.  2.  a 
in©  139.  2 
110  141.  4 
nil©  93.  tt 
'IIITD  141.  1 
lilTD  139.  2 
^ntD  199.  c. 
Dn©  45.  5.  a 
X"!©  61.  2.  a 
n^TlJ  157.  1 

nic  (nittj;?)  53.  2. 6, 

148.  2 

^nsnio  104.  c 
ninij,  nn^oi57.  2 

^mCJ  11.  1.  a 

nni©  141.  4 

ntt^i©  207.  1.  a 
■J^^^SITl:   199.  a 
nnO  194.  2.  a 
rC  161.  1 
by^TT  186.  2 
"lyitj   186.  2.  a 
■LiBiO  186.  2.  a 
"lEi©  200.  a 
plO  207.  1.  / 


INDEX    III. 


393 


pittj  197.  a 

n^O  3.  1.  a 

ni©  (v.)  158.  3 

lie  (n.)  197.  c,  201.  1, 

207.  1./. 
•'nilJiO  92.  h,  174.  1 
•jirilZJ  207.  2.  b 
'inU?  60.3.6  (2),  119.  4 

nn-iO  141.  1 

Ti-d  60.  4.  o,   141.  1 

rrjniD  ii9.  3 
n^n©  199.  <^ 
"ihia  185.  2.  J 
nhin©  188 
nni^  78.  2 
^nn®  121.  2 
DDnn©  119. 1 

r.DT2J  200.  6 
W'^lt  156.  3 

nh-'O  187.  1.  c 

ib^©,  ■'p'bi©  55.  2.  a 
™  158.  2,  3 
HT©  220.  1.  h 
T\'^tt  158.  2,  3 
ini©  221.  5.  h 
•JO   139.  2 
SD©  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nbo  87 

SDO    87 

nnoTD  98.  1 

m3DT»  106.  a 
•"23©  106.  a 
biDTD   184 
I'uir  90  {pass.) 


XOt  87 

riD©    80.  2,  82.  1.  a  (2) 

"inD©  216.  1.  6 

^:riDO  127.  2 

?;i3nD©  127.  2 
ririDO  60.  2.  a,  127.  1 
bD©  3.  1.  a 
bb©  82.  1.  a  (3),   84.  3. 

a  (1),  85.  2 
:"'nbDlD65.a,  82.  l.a(.3) 
inbb©  65.  a 
DDTJ?  183.  6 
DD«  65 
■ipDO  221.  5.  c 
1?©   82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 

«(1) 
)bT»  87 

pitj  90  (i)as5.) 
•"pSto  61.  6.  a 
P3D©  132.  1 
•'PIDTO   90  (2  f.) 
nDT»   3.  1.  o,  125.  3 
"ID©   185.  2 
-b©  131.  3 
b©  139.  2 
•Jji^b©  68.  a 

n^Tinnb©  195.  3 

lb©  185.  2.  (^ 
lb©  184.  b 

nn  lb©  21.  1 

n^nib©  187.  2 
a^b©  187. 2 
•innb©  168.  a 

rib©  80.  2.  a  (1),  124 


nbtD  60.  1 

nb©  125.  2 
nb©  126. 1 
nb©  126. 1 
nnb©  125. 1 

221.  3.  a 
126.  1 

•jnb©  200.  a 
iirnb©  45.  4 

pnb©  123.  5.  a 
t2b©  84.  3.  a  (2) 

•>!?©  54.  2 

©^b©  210.  a 
''©^b©  199.  b 

i©ib©  227.  1 
n^©ib©  227.  3 

nri©ib©  219. 1.  a 

nDb©  92.  d 
bb©  141.  3  (p.  175) 
Cb©  84.  3.  a  (2) 
nb©  92.  d 

nb©  92.  c 
nb©  93.  a 

^725©  92.  c 
"ipb©  194.  2.  a 
-©b©  215.  1.  c 
©b©  51.  3 

n©b©  220.  1.  b 
n©b©  223. 1 

O-^UJb©  225.  1 
n-'ffib©  207.  1.  a 

nirb©  235.  2  (1) " 
t|in©b©  220. 1.  b 

nDP©b©   250.  2  (2)  a 


394 


INDEX     III. 


nn«b«  250.  2  (2)  a 

?jnb©  53.  2.  a 

DTD  235.  1 

DC   43.  a,  200.  cf,  215. 

1.  h 
^•at  80.  2.  o  (3) 
n72©  219.  1.  a 
i^TT  221.  3.  a 
nil2©  G4.  2 
ni^T?  139.  2 
nriipTQffi  86.  &  (2  m.) 
^m  66.  2  (2)  c 

D'^ia©  10.  « 

D'^'a©  201.  1,  203.  5.  c 
n)0''^©  219.  1 

'':"''aiij  227.  1 

W20  82.  1.  rt  (2),  84.  3. 
a  (1),  141.  3  (p.  1V5) 
Wdt  90 
■})?©  79,  2,   84.  3.  a  (2) 

nj'atj  223.  1 

D'>3i3p  225.  1 

ntoy  n:b©  224.  « 

yiaiD  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1. 

«'(2) 
y^C  60.  1.  a 
ybO  65.  h 
'Sizt  184.  ft 
yiaiij  60.  \.  a 
viz-q  60.  1 
r.yT3W  125. 1 
nyisB  98.  1, 125.  1 
''Vizi:  125.  2 

T^r^iaiS   106.  a 


DD?^«  125.  2 

"jyTSffl  89  (f.  pi.),    98.  2, 

127.  1 
ni:3>T3TD  127.  2 
i:3?^0  125.  1 

py^atD  127.  1 
n^iaiij  205 

in^t!©  106.  a 
n-QTC   77.  2 
"TaiS  186.  2.  a 

-nn^ffi  125. 1 
nn)3©  19.  2 
nn^o  104.  e 

TD^TB   197.  ft 
•J©  197.  o,  217 
KStJ  196.  (/ 

sinr  177.  3 

n:ffi  200.0,(7,  211,216.1 

inisTD  141.  2 

•"pT!?  227.  1 

D"^?©  203.  4,  223.  1 

-iTCyn  n^stj  251.  4.  « 

^D"*:©  250.  2  (2)  a 
n^30  235.  3  (3) 
■;3«  141.  1  (p.  175) 
ll©  141.  5 
nSC  196.  5 

n''n:tp  203.  3 
ypiij  126.  1 

TSt:?©  195.  2 

byiij  208.  3.  ft 

•iby©  216.  2 

yyo  141. 2  (p.  175) 

"lyO  197.  ft 


S^'??'©,  '''^y.'^„   60.  3.  a 
11-1?©  3.  1.  a 

nn^i??©  187.  2.  c 

Vtvtm.  3.ft(2),  141.6 
U^VV$lt  187.  2.  ft 
tfiSO  89 

nnptj  214.  1 

1I3BTD  89  (m.  pi.) 

•fS©   80.  2.  ff  (2) 

Tfb©   89 

nDBTS  13.  ft,  86.  ft  (3  pi.) 

nSETT  22.  a 

be©  82.  1.  a  (1) 

bS©  87 

nbs©  196.  c 

•JSTC  207.  2.  ft 
r?D©    196.  ft 

TnS©  187.  2.  c 

nins©  203.  5.  a 

D^•:2©  203.  5.  a 

1^'pt^  131.  3 

1p©   209.  3 
f'p©   187.  2 
D'^ap©,  niiap©  208.  3.  a 
PP©   141.  2  (p.  175) 
np©  199.  d 
nirp©  216.  2,  216.  2.  a 
■'©S'-n©  60.  4.  a 
t!^3l©22.ff,  51.2,  68.a 
^■n©  60.  4.  G,  221.  6.  ft 
?jnn©  221.  6.  ft 
©1©  208.  3.  ft 
©n©,  ©1©  83.  c  (1), 
9J.  ft,  122.  2 


INDEX    III. 


395 


T\t'}-ta  187.  1.  e 

W^mW  19.  2 

tot  43.  a 

niBTD  223.  1 

•"TSTJ?  227.  1 

QiffiTr  225.  1 

mo  200.  a 

nn©  50,  1,  179.  2.  a 

in©  172.  2 

im»,  nin©  i72.  2 

"^n©  209.  2.  & 

n^rno  209.  2.  b 

"jn-in®  250.  2  (2)  a 
n^PX  22.  6,  223.  1.  a 

ai?n  51. 1 
bnsn  111.  2.  a 
^T-^.T  ^naxn)  35. 1 
"j^nasn  64, 2 
•nhsin  111.  2.  a 
^nnxneo.  3.C,  111. 2.  e 

ixn  57,  2  (3)  a,  184,  b 

'I'aiNn  216,  1.  c 

Thsn  111,  2,  a 
inbDxn  60,  3.  c  (?), 

93.  0,  111.  2.e 

nabDsn  91.  c 

5lbsn  111,  2.  a 

■•lasn  216.  1,  c 
:n3^.sn  ss  (f,  pi,) 
'jn'ash  88  (m,  pi.) 

HDXP  200.  5,  216,  1.  b 
•jlSpS^h  151,  2 
•^SDXn  112.  3 


^y}^V\  112.  3 

iiijtr,  i-i^n  60.  3,  i  (2) 
n2-ib?r\  157.  3 
"i^mn  190 
nr.Kpi  111.  2, 6 

N3r\  111,  2,  6,  177.  3 

nrxhn  157,  3 
;555nri  ss  (f,  pi.) 
n:55nn  157,  3 
"•n^inn  88  (3  f.),  i67.  3 
njbnan  iis.  4 
nxinri  97.  i.  a 
nnsinn  220. 1.  b 
nni5inn88(3f.),  167, 3 

Tinsi3n88(3f,),167.3 

Tian  140.  3 
■Jinn  192.  2 
pian  140,  3 
ispnnn  105,  b 
m^r^  88  (3  f,  pi.) 
^Si-^nn  26 
^TS-^nn  160,  3 
nsani  172,  4 
nr^nn  172.  3 

bnn  190,  b,  197,  a 

bnn  190.  b 
b>nn  190 
■jani  158.  2 
•jrynn  172. 1 
npyan  126.  1 
•^sn^nri  105. 6 
5?H!an  126. 1 

^iCJ^nn  88  (m.  pi.) 
i©pnn^  234,  a 


'is'inri  120.  3 
"^sDnnn  105,  6 
npn2;,nn  128 
b'^.^nn  99.  3 
•j^y^^n  126. 1 
mrii  158. 2 
pfni72,  1 
jb^n  174,  4 
ban  66, 1  (1),  173,  3 
n>5n  172,  3 
nbani  173,  3 
nshn  158, 2 
inibTO-^n  220,  2,  c 

;5t5m   88  (f,  pi.) 

^^pa^n  88  (2  f,) 

■ippann  105.  a,  d 

na'jni  09,  3 

'J^-ia'Tn  55.   2.  a,   88 

(m.  pi.) 
^^'^3'jn  88  (m,  pi,) 

nna-n  92,  e 
nnn  139.  3 
irnn  192,  2 
''::^s3'jn  105,  c 
nibnn  172, 3 

l^^'E'in  172,  I 

:ynnT  147.  5 
NC'in  45.  2 
'inh  61.  2 
^nr\  30.  1 
ninn  190,  b,  197.  &, 

200.  a 

n^nn  172,  3 
^-i^nn  88  (f.  pi.) 


396 


INDEX    III. 


nr'^nn,  nrnn  ii.  i.n 
nsia^nn  i60.  3 
^nsnn  94.  c 
bnn  140.  5 
nbnn  i90.  6 

*ybnn  19.  1,  60.  3.  h  (2), 
11-2.  2,  151.  1 

r|\n5nn  220.  2.  a 
nnni  1V2.  4 
rc^nnn  11 8.  4 
^i-inn^  172.  3 
i^nnn  24.  c,  142.  3 
in  185.  2.  d 
sin  57.  2  (3)  a 
™in  190.  6 
•fin  63.  2.  «,  184.  6 
•fin  216.  1.  d 

n:nDin  220.  1.  6 
■jriDin  105.  e 

^■1™   90,  151.  3 

?lDin  22.  6,  151.  2 
Pioin  151.  2 
nnyin  207.  1.  a 
"lin  217 
nnin  217 
i^TS^nin  104./ 
rnrin  190. 6, 192.  2 

''3Cin  216.  1.  a 

nnirn  157.  3 
,';7D-jn  88  (f.  pi.) 
nns-jn  61.  4.  a 
■"bin  111.  2.  6 
ni:Tn  190.  b,  199.  rf 
•i^Tni  (3  f.)  172.  3 


''?"'?'?'  53.  3.  a,  111.  2.  c 

sanni  166.  4 
nibiann  201. 1 
bann  eo.  3.  a 
Tnn  172.  4 
rnhi  111.  2. 6 
nrnn  172.  4 

Tin  16.  2.  a 

l^b-'nn  158.  2 
bnni  158.  2 
bnn  140.  3 
n>nn  190.  ft 
PD;isibnn  220.  2.  c 
nr^Tin  ui.  2 
c^nn  190.  a 

fT?^^J?^  104.  e 

ni:nn  190.  b 
""nbrin  220.  2.  a 

Cnni  60.  1.  a,  157.  3 

ynn  173.  3 
trnni  157.  z 
*i2n;rnn  105.  e 
nnn  237.  1,  238. 1 
^nr?  02)  131.  1 
■>nnn  194.  2 

DO^^ni?  238.  1.  b 

■^s  nnn  239.  2  (2) 
onnn  233. 1.  b 
■•pnnn  233.  1.  b 
^nif^n  147.  4 
■jiD^n  193.  1 

ja^T\  190.  ft,  197.  ft 

p:^ni  150.  3 
mr^'^n  11.  1.  ft 


ntey-^n  113. 1 
np^n  147.  4 
ovn  190.  ft 

©:^n  208.  3.  c 

niats^n  147.  2 
n:^ffi^n  147.  4 
^"is?n  101.  3.  a 

rtDnn   172.  4 

^^nani  88  (f.  pi.) 
nmnn  119. 1 
bDn  172.  4 
nbDn  177.  3 
•jsn  50. 1 
nG2n  54.  2 

•J^IDn  192.  2 

-nnsn  88  (2  f.) 
xbn^  172.  4 

nsbn  190.  ft,  198.  a  (3) 

nisbn  177.  3 
nbnn  147.  5 
nnbn  147.  2 
nbn  50.  1 

n-^sibn  56.  4, 177.  3 
"j^nbm  119.  1 

i"T2bn  105.  a 

iDbn  65.  ft 

!^r9^J!>  61.  4.  a,  151.  1 

'ntibn  88 
'i^'abn  192.  2 

"l^r^^  1^^  158.  2 
on   186.  2.  r,  207.  2 
D'n  (v.)  139.  2 
oh  (n.)  186.  2.  c 
n^n   143.  a 


INDEX    III. 


397 


npn^n  lis.  4 
iDji^'jani  161.  3 
nrui'on  i57.  3 
bi^ari  i83.  c 
■jm^^n  157.  3 
nsr.TOn  i57.  3 
n^n  175.  3 

■^n'QPl  (2  m.)  172.3,175.3 
D'^'an  53.  3.  a 

iiaxb^an  io4./ 

IDib^ni  99.  3 

DTOn  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175) 
15)3Fl  54.  3,  141.  2 

nnpTon  6i.  6.  a 
VQrr\  175.  3 
bi^^n  60.  1.  a 
nrs2i2ri  i65.  2 
';jS2^r\  60.  1.  a 
rcp^an  i4i.  2 
•ram  175.  3 

"Il2n  140.  5 

^iiain  111.  2.  6 
n^-ran  192.  2 
D^n^n'an  i87.  2.  c 

tJTDr\  157.  3 

in  53. 2.  a 

:n;B55:n  11 8.  4 
rnc^sn  131. 2 
nbn  157.  3 
ci^Dn  131.  2 
n:n  132.  1 
I'lan  192.  2 
npn^  60.  1.  a 
n^ri:n  205.  c 


nron  131. 1 
^np'i:ni  150.  2,  161.  5 
nsn^in  104.  h 
sirsn  131.  6 
i5©3n  102.  2 
ns^son  61.  3, 136.  2, 

141.  2 

?ypr\  140.  5 

C|pr\  111.  2.  h,  151.  2 

nyp  51. 1, 121. 1 

D3?r\  60.  4.  a 
l^'lhypl  88  (m.  pi.) 
DWn  19.  2,  111.  3.  a 

■^nin^n  88 
nayni  111. 1 
nnayni  97. 1.  a 
n23iyn25, 88(f.pl.),9l.c 
n2^yn,  ns^yn  157.  3 
n?ni  172.  4 
nyn  51.  3 

STl^yn  198.  a  (3) 

ryni  140. 1 

3|yri  91.  6 

nr^n  60.  4 
tD?ni  (^'3^)  157.  3 
nbyn  216.  1.  a 
^ib^ni  140.  5 

™"'^?PiT  172.  3 
ThVT\  60.  3.  c 

■j^n^yni  99.  3.  a 
y^zvr\  192.  2, 200.  c 
n3^;?n,  nssyn  172.  3 
y?n  141. 2  (p.  175) 
ns:?n  97. 1.  a 
:"i)pyr\  126.  2 


*1?n  197.  6 
■I?n   60.  4.  a 

lynn  174.  4 
wn  173. 3 
nir3?ri  172.  3 
?i)-ntD?pi  27 
'^wr^  55. 2.  a,  88. 2.  / 
nnicyn  105. 6 
nn^{B^\  192. 2. « 
'inshi  111.  2. 6 
n^sn  192.  2 
D^-^niuiBn  16I.  5 
nps^sp  157.  3 
nps^sn,  ns:t^spii57. 3 

TbtT\  190.  h 

l^ni  172.  4 

27£r\1    150.  3 
D?Bni  99.  3.  a,   119.  1 
5lBn  141.  3  (p.  175) 
^S'ljpBn  105.  h 

nsn  140.  5 

•j^UTTEn  88  (m.  pi.) 

npsisn  147.  2 
rc'i'iisn  161.  3 
nrlssn  141.  2 
nsban  141.  2 
^sajjri  139.  1 

n^jpn  190.  5,  198.  a  (3) 

nsDipn88(f.pi.),  161. 3 
np^'ipn  160.  3 
bpn  140. 1 
Ipn  50. 1 
i^ph  46 
7"pn  157.  3 

i5':?I?P>!!  166.  4 


398 


INDEX   III. 


n;snpr\  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
lanpn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
•j^anpni  99.  3.  a 

©pm  174.  4 

nnpn  95.  a 
xnn  3.5.  2 

i5-irii    172.  4 

ns-in  172.  3 

'>2Snn  105.  e 

2•^^\^  172.  4 
nanni  175.  3 
n^3"iri  190.  b 
•'nbann  94. «,  115 
"nPi  147.  2 

n72inr\192.2.a,  216.1.5 

nnin  88  (3f.pl.),  147.2 

in-IFI   147.  3 
iSn  156.  4 

np^in  190.  b 
n:T2Tai-ip  161.  4 
yiiFi  140.  3 
nsTpBnn  92.  e 
rriann  192.  2.  a 
n:9^nn88(3f.pi.),9i.c 

■j^P  190.  b 
npFl  97.  1.  a 

ri:nn  88  (f.  pi.) 
yin  (v.)  140.  5 
:i")r;)  175. 3 
D^'Din  201.  2 
nrfi-in  i65.  3 
pni  140.  5 
•jnnn  172.  4 
'in^r-^n,  ^insrnn  93.  a 
niiNTsn  165.  2 


n:sirn  i64.  2 
^:;jir5TiJri  lei.  2 
rraiTCn  61.  4.  a,  205.  c 
b2irn  97.  2 

^b>»t!tJn   180.  a 

n:Tsn  i64.  2 
n:3ii3n  157.  3 
npnirn  ei.  4, 160.  3 
nnnirn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
nnirn,  ninTrn  65. « 
np-'nmjn  157.  3 
DiQii^n  54.  2 

ny^TSn  190.  &,  192.  2.0, 
198.  a  (3) 

inncneo.  3.6(2),i20. 1 
nnirn  119.  1 
■'on  172.  4 
^y^tr\  227. 1 
npD-i^n  91.  c 
npirn  88.  (f.  pi.) 
n:nb©n  88  (3  f.  pi.), 

105.  b 

-■DbtJn  97.  2 
ipbtcn  95.  a 
mrn  147.  4 
nn^^cn  105.  d 

T\12tr\  65.  b 
•J^ltJirn  88  (m.  pi.) 
yiDn  216.  1.  e 

:?Tcn  60.  3.  c 
ny©n  223. 1 

W^VXOP,  208.  3.  fl,  225. 1 

nyryirn  142.  1 
iffini  158.  2 
nrsncn  iis.  4 


^^nsncn  88  (2  f.) 
yncn  i76.  3 
npDBPTDn,    npsBrrn 

96.  b 

nn  131.  4 
-nn  61.  5 
:ybann  126. 1 
nnnn  142.  2 

n^nn  60.  4.  a,  176.  3 

nnp  (nnn;)  53.  2.  6, 

132.  1 

•Tinriri  126.  2 
npDbnnn  96. 6 
bnbnrn  16I.  2 
nnnn  i76.  3 
•T^jniDi!^  94.  a 
•^nn  61.  5,  131.  4 

:C2nn^,  176.  3 

Dnn  140.  1 
n:x^i'cnn  16I.  3 

JDBPri   142.   2 

■jnn  132. 1 
J^pnrii  105.  a 
NT2?:nn  166.  5 
ynn  172.  4 
:bDnn  142.  2 
i^bcnn  166.  5 
arsnpi  99.  3.0, 119. 1 
jbncnn  96.  b 
n^nn  53.  3.  b,  150.  3 

(p.  182) 

isnn  25 
:-inhT  150.  3 

ynnn  60.  4.  a,  176.  3 

nrj'jicnn  I61.  3 


I]:<^DEX    IT. 

HEBKEW  GRAMMATICAL   TERMS. 


pttn  nx  b^ntJD  7.  3.  a  ^2^3  11.  c 


ni'^nii?  2  n^ns  46 

nbDT  miiu  'jri'^s  7.  3    "injp  iibi  s^ns  46 

mcS!  31  M^'15'?  29.  6 

smo  mabtj  ■>:s7.  3,a  ^-^n;!  )^tib  199 


nD3  "]?2  21.  1 
i:ira  85.  1. « 
D'^:^?a  76.  1  * 

S^3?a  45.  4.  a 
pjn  ©>■!  23.  ] 
bp  ^S3.■^  21.  1 
ny->^"n  i«n  229.  1 
nbijTEn  sn  230. 1 
iipD-ciJin  7.  3 

rai'X)  9.  1,  243.  2.  a^ 

tf^sn  11  99. 1 

nDT   196 

Cl'jn  16.  3.  a 

pin-in  45.  4.  a 

D?!?  28 

sn-it:  29.  6 

n''123  76.  2 
011133  71.  c 


Dinn  "jiTrb  199 
ni?©  "jiTZJb  199 

?fi-\i?^  45.  4.  a 

nsi'iia  71.  c 
nnDitt  212 

nibl2  70.  a 

Dipbia  28 
b-'jjb'a  32 

ynbtt  32 

nnic^a  10.  46 

piS^  26 
lipia  85.  1.  a 
qptl  43 

isibx  nrD  moia  7. 

3.  a 

r^ni?  44 
nir;;?  28.  6 
n:  16.  2 


nppD  71.  c 
273  16.  2 

nnp3  196 
ni^'P?  2 

pics  qiO  36.  1 
•JlttO  212 
Di^n?  28 
nay  85.  1  a 
Tny  85.  1.  a 
Qibys  70.  a 
1112  85.  1.  a 
i"lp  46 

ninp  sibi  inp  46 

nsn  27 

innD-a  v"  ^^^^  ^-  3.  a 

«1T2J,  S1T»  16.  1 

n:3n  is  I'aibTr'  7. 3.  a 
ni^©  70.  a 
nscisn  ni'ao  223. 1 
nrn  irsxbi:©  7.  3.  a 
niy^:n  12 


Names  of  the  letters  §  2,  their  signification  §5.  5 
Names  of  the  vowels  §  12,  their  signification  §  12.  5 
Names  of  the  accents  §  29,  their  signification  §  29.  6 
Names  of  the  verbal  species  §76.  1,  2. 
Designations  of  imperfect  verbs  §  76.  3. 


POSTSCEIPT 


The  folded  leaf  which  follows  contains  a  general  view  of 
the  inflQctions  of  the  various  kinds  of  verbs,  perfect  and  im- 
perfect, the  rules  for  the  changes  to  which  nouns  are  liable, 
the  personal  pronouns  in  their  separate  and  suffixed  forms, 
and  the  different  vowels  assumed  by  the  itiseparable  prefixes 
and  the  interrogative  Jra .  It  is  designed  to  be  taken  out 
of  the  book  and  mounted  upon  pasteboard.  The  student 
will  thus  have  the  most  material  parts  of  the  grammar  brought 
together  and  exhibited  to  his  eye  upon  a  single  page. 

Two  sections  of  the  grammar  have  been  inadvertently 
numbered  141  and  two  150.  To  prevent  embarrassment 
from  this  cause  in  the  use  of  the  indexes,  the  page  is  almost 
always  added  when  the  second  of  the  duplicate  sections  is 
intended. 


GENERAL   VIEW  OF  THE   VERB 


rEEIEIIIIC. 

P.,1,^ 

ioni. 

>G.a 

va«L 

it 

'■ 

i 

' 

A 

■=' 

S^ 

i?r= 

■^ 

!« 

^5= 

'=5.: 

1= 

-a: 

=5 

«?; 

-rt 

'■- 

ifV! 

■n« 

■*»= 

rrs 

r-i; 

r^ 

r=^: 

r^ 

C^r 

r:i 

KIlJiJ. 

it?: 

t;;: 

■;!p: 

-ir. 

-K 

:^: 

~: 

— 

Krh 

.-■S 

'■' 

rbtr-: 

r--. 

rite 

r-i^ 

r=;: 

r-: 

■:=?" 

r-.~ 

rxzT. 

rS 

r-,., 

ifcp 

■te 

in; 

-;= 

•ri: 

'—■z 

■--: 

^- 

»?•. 

~:? 

■•-■ 

ri-ffi 

r-x? 

ri»5 

T- 

r-:: 

r-^- 

r-;: 

■r~? 

rsi-; 

r'; 

r.d. 

iSP 

Tt:? 

Ito 

-■?= 

-i; 

li; 

It- 

=r? 

KI-: 

-'? 

.,„. 

Pibp 

rrr? 

rt(i5 

T'?= 

r-5"- 

r^ 

r--;-. 

r-~ 

rsLZ-z 

r"' 

kTrf- 

T^- 

yhi-i 

r-y-CT 

^"n 

Itr 

"■.-- 

z-pn 

„~~ 

-Si- 

,.,. 

*r^^ 

P^'" 

t-r--- 

ri'- 

Fc6n 

r-n 

rzi- 

r"->~ 

r.-™ 

>j-i'=7 

rr„,,i,.i. 

Vcpn 



<.,.- 

.v._ 

psjn 

LC~ 

IISIBTI 

::;.■.- 

rsi=: 

*T 

.... 

^*W7 

rssu 

^'SfJ 

FTjir 

ll;.l.i,ul 

MSBP.-, 

■TS;rn 

S*a>7 

")f'^J 

•riT«7 

:«Tri 

Dt.;Tn 

ss:3Ti 

niirn 

"" 

rt«Ern 

n^?n, 

r^HKv' 

5^:fer7 

r-snr; 

roiiT^n 

^Stvi 

i;rrFi>- 

rKa-avi 

■J-ySTT' 

K.I, 

t-^u 

—J 

i-»; 

t-Ss 

_.. 

:t^ 

l-u- 

n-.p 

»-i^ 

riS; 

''"""■ 

i=S 

-!ij 

i»j 

'^'i: 

ras 

-° 

r:= 

="P 

«-j 

r55  . 

/™,t 

~i^<ri 

nr??: 

r:::i*;r 

rrjcn 

"~tep 

i-np: 

TO- 

ys;: 

--5=: 

■'?: 

/™.;J. 

-■xjn 

rrnrn 

nriton 

rnr^-in 

-:i;n 

■nirrt 


•rsTrr       i^sn:       "^'or       "aJsn;'      aiTPP:        sdt^':      craipn*       K2'^: 
nrtrnri    nji^ann   njnVi^i^'n    ixta^  npiSpcn    fljais^nFi  nsua-iptri     naiBnri 


liif-i 


Vcpn 

T;jn 

i!<--1 

■-VtSv! 

»T!" 

Tirn 

S-»xn 

T-ite: 

it,-n 

T:-n 

iitjri 

rite, 

.«, 

bBi; 

.li? 

iS3 

^V-a 

itii.l.ii. 

Vipn 

Tb~ 

i»i- 

nb,n 

iiui,r«.l 

i?P 

-rarr- 
-irs 

bsjpn 

b»3 

rVnian 
rSii 

^. 

ixE 

™ 

bisa 

r,5, 

N,,^ 

i?f= 

-ijj 

bs;: 

-bo: 

iSEV 

lEJ-; 

i«=? 

nViE^ 

IW. 

iop-o 

-Er= 

b«a 

rbVj 

n'sann 


niUipMi       yj;rn       Ttfrn       ikfpn 


^Pr        ft: 


ss-yr-      m}s,m  \ 


nKi'l.ENSluN    i>K    NOUNS. 


I.    T)ir  rcminiiio  mding  p. 

I .  lu  a  iiDiiilr  ullimnlf  llion  u  nn  rliaiiinv 

i.  Ifthr  ulliiiialc  i*  inix»l  ti  S-|{lu>Inl.'  t<>nu  i»  n.lnjXc^l 

11.    Tlic  romininf  n..  U,.-  ).liinl  o*    ..r  n.  oud  (In*  diinl  a\. 
In  A  miinl  uUimMc, 
1 .  TW»  11  rpjcclwl  "-if'iit  fmiii  luoTinijrIUblo*,  or  when  tlip 

ptTcnliiig  \wiv\  in  a  {iiTtoiiic  KniiirU. 
S.  Tbe  fliial  Irllvr  u  iXnMfA  iii  iiouiu  fMni  roiitmctnl  A 
lwil»,  in  tliiiw  III  wliirli  niiMKinaiira  aincurniitf  at  tin 
«•»<)  lm*r  o«il™-<ctl,  uid  III  a  (rw  olIirA- 
8.  S4nlinl,.i. .  f-ni,>,   (|„ir  priiimn  moiiwilUInc  fonii  before 

""■  '■"" Ii"k-n.  in  Ik  iiliiiid  nnd  orriMioun^ 

'"   ''"    ''"  '   ■'">    '""TUT   iirHonir   KniiifU,  ftud   iho 
..ngiiv.!  *.... .  I  Mt  il.i>  iiioHwjlWble  Ult  uway. 
Ill  •  ■im|ih>  ulliitMlf. 

S.  »  ADd  1  nrelj  oour.  k«  f  301)  3 
Id  the  prntih, 

KuncU  and  TWw  an  irjertn),  wccpt  fhfti  imima  in 


■t^^TRq       btana      n^mp       5&:no      aiir^a 


Dbr. 


=ibT:3      tyb-iprv      «?sP'J 


Kail 


nmiinine  imiiu  in  "..  if  drn^rd  tnm  f*^kekk».  mwrt  fmtonic 
'•»pI"'»l">dd»i»lh.-ironpiialxtHrrf:  if,,..,   t|,cv  «mmlv 

K«m«inc  «.««,  in  r.  ™Wi.,.tr  .h.  pJu«l  for  U„i„^,„,„ ending. 
and  ri.h«  rqocl  tW  p,T«d„,  ™«w  or  ,«t«  „  t.  uhal  it  wJd 
l>aw  been  d^  n.  hid  uot  bwn  aitpctided. 


_I.#Tho  fcminino  n.  Ixcomcs  r. ;  the  dual  o\  md  ihc  piuial  b* 

i.  In  a  minwl  iiltiiiinlf,  Kamctn  ia  ghortcncd  to  I'ntuJih-  g©  i 
Ttaxs  wlioii  preccdctl  l>y  |irDtuiiic  Knnicts. 

3.  In  0  timiilo  ultimoto  n_  bocoiim  n. . 

4.  Koiiiots  and  Twre  are  rej«tcd  from  the  syllnElc  ptircdinc  tli 
arcml ;  mid  if  tin.  oowion.  «  roiicurrenoc  of  vo«cUi-«  <vuso„q,us 
■lion  vou-c]  u  iiiK-rtt-d  bolwucn  tJioiu. 


I.    Rcfbiv  the  grave  nufGncs  (m. :  cp,  T?,  on,  ]ri). 

Nouni  of  Iwlli  gcndora  aad  of  all  nuinbos  lake  the  form  of 

11.    Ikfiiro  the  light  siiRiscs, 

i.  Siugiikr  or  iilunU  noun*  with  a  frminine  ending  adopt  the 

constnict  fomi.  only  changing  p.  m  r. . 
S.  SinguUr  or  |>I«nd  noiim  not  having  a  fcminiiM.  rodi„g  ^j 

(he  taiiic  fonii  as  before  the  alMolnic  pluni  louiination 
a.  DmI  nouns  rrtain  the  fomi  which  they  lave  befnv  the 
absolute  dual  tcnuioatioa 

ni.   Man  all  suffixes.  ,^tc  or  liglil. 

1.  ScphoUic  noattt*  in  ttw  nintmlar  revrri  to  tbfir  moixMyUabJc 

fomi.  as  helbnr  the  feminine  ending  ». 
3.  >'bal  letters  which  air  dmdilrd  in  lh<-  plnral.  cr  ia  which  i 

tin>  coitMimnt«  hrira  eoakiocd.  are  dniUtd.  | 

3.  Final  n,  b  dropped 


PERSONAL    PRONOUNS 

-  3.  <1=,) 


ixsErAruuLE  prepusitionj 
Pniiinij  form, 

Bcfon.-  vowdlts.  Oonsoii..,,,. 
Btfoiv  GulluraU  mlh  Compound  Sb-i«, 
Before  nioiio»yllnW„  and  accented  sjuite. 
Wilb  the  conlmcted  wide. 

■  Abo  befon  tba  Ubbb  3.  * 

Tire  rumsmov  n.  m  n.-rraiio<!invE.  rm 

Before  strong  rt>nv>iiBnu 

IVfoTv  vo»,.Ue«  cMu„„„u  and  sliong 

"rfore  »eal  pittuniU. 

Befoi.-  guttural,  mu,  Kamna. 


™tliir.J 


•  Bql  wilt  .  aiqturtt'' 


w 


New  York,  August,  1873. 


JOHN    WILEY    8c    SON'S 

LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS, 


15    ASTOR    PLACE, 

Under  the  Mercantile  Library  and  Trade  SoUerooms. 

*-*-* 

AGRICULTURE. 

DOWNING.  FRUITS  AND  FRUIT-TREES   OF   AMERICA;    or  the 

Culture,  Propagation,  and  Management  in  the  Garden  and. 
Orchard,  of  Fruit-trees  generally,  with  descriptions  of  all  the: 
finest  varieties  of  Fniit,  Native  and  Foreign,  cultivated  in  this 
country.  By  A.  J.  Downing.  Second  revision  and  con  ection,. 
with  large  additions.  By  Chas.  Downing.  1  vol.  8\o,  over 
1100  pages,  with  several  hundred  outline  engravings.     Price, 

with  Supplement  for  1872 $5  00 

"As  a  work  of  reference  it  has  no  equal  in  this  country,  and  deserves  a  place  in 
the  Library  of  every  Pomolo^ist  in  America." — Marshall  P.  Wilder. 

♦»  ,  ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF  FRUITS;  or,  Fnoits  and  Fruit- 
Trees  of  America.  Part  1. — Apples.  With  an  Appendix 
containing  many  new  varieties,  and  brought  down  to  1873. 
By  Chas.  Downing.  With  numerous  outline  engravings.  8vo, 
fuU  cloth $2  50 

»*  ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF  FRUITS;  or,  Fruits  and  Fruit- 
Trees  of  America.  Part  2. — Ciiekkies,  (tRAPES,  Peaches, 
Pears,  &c.  With  an  Appendix  containing  many  new  varie- 
ties, and  brought  down  to  1872.  By  Chas.  Downing.  With 
numerous  outline  engravings.     8vo,  full  cloth |2  50 

*»  FRUITS  AND  FRUIT-TREES  OF  AMERICA.     By  A.  J. 

Downing.  First  revised  edition.  By  Chas.  Downing  12mo, 
cloth $2  00 

*♦  SELECTED   FRUITS.     From   Downing's  Fruits   and  Fniit- 

Trees  of  America.  With  some  new  varieties,  including  their 
Culture,  Propagation,  and  Management  in  the  Garden  and 
Orchard,  with  a  Guide  to  the  selection  of  Fruits,  with  refer- 
ence to  the  Time  of  Ripening.  By  Chas.  Downimg.  Illus- 
trated with  upwards  of  four  hundred  outlines  of  Apples, 
Cherries,  Grapes,  Plums,  Pears,  &c.     1  vol.,  12mo. . .  ..$2  50 

«»  LOUDON'S  GARDENING  FOR  LADIES,  AND  COM- 
PANION TO  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN.  Second 
American  from  third  London  edition.  Edited  by  A.  J. 
Downing.     1  vol.,  12mo $2  00. 

DOWNING  &        THE   THEORY    OF    HORTICULTURE,      By  J.  Lindley. 
LINDLEY.  With  additions  by  A.  J.  Downing.     12mo,  cloth $2  00 

DOWNING.  COTTAGE  RESIDENCES.  A  Series  of  Designs  for  Rural 
Cottages  and  Cottage  VUlas,  with  Garden  Grounds.  By  A. 
J.  Downing.  Containing  a  revised  List  of  Trees,  Shrubs, 
and  Plants,  and  the  most  recent,  and  best  selected  Fruit,  with 
some  account  of  the  newei  dtyle  of  Gardens.  By  Henry 
Winthrop  Sargent  and  Charles  Downing.  With  many  new- 
designs  in  Rural  Architecture.  By  George  E  Harney, 
Architect.     1  vol.  4to #G  00> 


92  JOHN   WILEY   &   son's   LIST   OF   PUBLICATIONS. 

DOWNING  &         HINTS    TO    PERSONS    ABOUT    BUILDING    IN    THE 

WIGHTWICK.  COUNTRY.       By    A.    J.     Downing.       And    HINTS    TO 

YOUNG    ARCHITECTS,   calculated   to    facilitate    theij 

practical    operations.       By    George    Wightwick,    Architect. 

Wood  eug-ravings.     8vo,  cloth $2  00 

KEMP.  LANDSCAPE  GARDENING  ;  or.  How  to  Lay  Out  a  Gar- 
den. Intended  as  a  general  guide  in  choosing,  forming, 
or  improving  an  estate  (from  a  quaiter  of  an  acre  to  a  hun- 
dred acres  in  extent),  with  reference  to  both  design  and  exe- 
cution. With  nunicrouH  fine  wood  engravings.  By  Edward 
Kemp.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth ^2  ~>0 

LIEBIC.  CHEMISTRY   IN   ITS    APPLICATION   TO   AGRICUL- 

TURE, &c.     By  Ju.stu.s  Von  Liebig.     12mo,  cloth.. .  .|1  00 

»♦  LETTERS  ON  MODERN  AGRICULTURE.  By  Baron 
Von  Liebig.  Edited  by  John  Blyth,  IM.D.  With  addenda 
by  a  practical  Agricultuilst,  embracing  valuable  suggestions, 
adapted  to  the  wants  of  American  Farmers.  1  vol.  12mo, 
cloth $1  00 

••  PRINCIPLES  OF  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY,  with 

special  reference  to  the  late  researches  made  in  England.  By 
Justus  Von  Liebig.     1  vol.  12mo 75  cents.. 

PARSONS.  HISTORY  AND  CULTURE  OF  THE  ROSE.  By  S.  B. 
Parsons.      1  vol.  12mo $1  25 

ARCHITECTURE. 

DOWNING.  COTTAGE  RESIDENCES  ;  or.  a  Scries  of  Designs  for  Rural 
Cottages  and  Cottage  Villas  and  their  Gardens  anc^  Grounds, 
adapted  to  North  America.  By  A  J.  Downing.  Containing 
a  revised  List  of  Trees,  Shnibs,  Plants,  and  the  most  recent 
and  best  selected  Fruits.  With  some  account  of  the  newer 
style  of  Gardens,  by  Henry  Wentworth  Sargent  and  Charles 
Downing.  With  many  new  designs  in  Rural  Architecture  by 
George  E.  Harney,  Architect ^0  00 

DOWNING  &  HINTS    TO    PERSONS    ABOUT    BUILDING    IN    THE 

WIGHTWICK.  COUNTRY.       By    A.    J.     Downing.       And    HINTS    TO* 

YOUlVG    ARCHITECTS,    calculated   to   facilitate    their 

practical    operations.       By   George    Wight  wick,    Architect. 

With  many  wood-cuts.     8vo,  cloth $2  00 

HATFIELD.  THE    AMERICAN   HOUSE    CARPFNTER.      A  Treatise 

upon  Architecture,  Cornices,  and  IVIouldings.  Framing,  Doors, 
Windows,  and  Stairs  ;  together  with  the  most  import,ant 
principles  of  Practical  Geometiy.  New.  thoroughly  revised, 
and  improved  edition,  with  about  150  additional  pages,  and 
numerous  additional    plates.     By   R.    G.    Hatfield.     1    vol. 

8vo $3  50 

NOTICES  OF  THE  WORK. 
*•  The  clearest  and  most  thorouijhly  practical  work  on  Mie  subject.'' 
"This  work  is  a  most  e.xccUeiit  one,  very  coniprt-heiisive,  anil  lucidly  arranged." 
"This  work  commends  itself  by  its  practical  oxcellence." 

"  It  is  a  valuable  addition  to  the  lilir.iry  of  the  architect,  and  almost  indi-rpensabto 
to  every  scientitic  iniistor-nu'chanic." — A".  A'.  Journal. 

HOLLY  CARPENTERS'  AND  JOINERS'  HAND-BOCK,  contain- 
ing  a  Treati.se  on  Framing,  Roofs,  etc.,  and  useful  lUiles  and 
Tables.     By  H.  W.  Holly.     1  vol.  18mo,  cloth $0  75 

«»  THE  ART  OF  SAW-FILING  SCIENTIFICALLY 
TREATED  AND  EXPLAINED.  With  Directions  for 
putting  in  order  all  kinds  of  Saws.  By  H.  W.  Holly.  18mo, 
cloth !?0  75 

«USKIN  SEVEN  LAMPS  OF  ARCHITECTURE.  1  voL  12mo, 
cloth,  plates $1  75 


JOHN    WILEY    &    son's    LIST    OF    PUBLICATIONS.  93 

RUSKIN.  LECTURES   ON  ARCHITECTURE    AND   PAINTING. 

1  vol.  12mo,  cloth,  platea $1  50 

♦'  LECTURE  BEFORE  SOCIETY  OP  ARCHITECTS.   0  15 

WOOD.  A     TREATISE     ON     THE     RESISTANCE     Or     MA- 

TERIALS, and  an  Appendix  on  the  Preservation  of  Timber. 
By   De  Volson  Wood,   Prof,   of  Eng-ineering,    University  of 

Michigan.     1  vol.  8vo,  cloth $3  50 

This  work  is  used  as  a  Text-Book  in  Iowa  Unirersity,  Iowa  Agricultural  College, 
Illinois  Industrial  University,  Sheffield  Scientific  School,  Kew  Havun,  Cooper 
Institute,  New  York,  Polj-technio  College,  Brooklyn,  University  of  Michigan, 
and  other  institutions. 

"  A  TREATISE  ON  BRIDGES.  Designed  as  a  Text-book  and 
for  Practical  Use.  By  De  Volson  Wood.  1  vol.  8vo,  nu- 
merous illustrations, $3  00 

ASSAYING-ASTRONOMY. 

BODEMANN.  A  TREATISE  ON  THE  ASSAYING  OF  LEAD,  SILVER, 
COPPER,  GOLD,  AND  MERCURY.  By  Bodemann 
and  Kerl.  Translated  by  W.  A.  Goodyear.  1  vol.  12nio, 
cloth $3  50 

MITCHELL.  A    MANUAL    OF    PRACTICAL   ASSAYING.      By  John 

Mitchell.  Third  edition,  edited  by  WQliam  Crookes.  1  vol. 
thick  8vo,  cloth |10  00 

NORTON.  A  TREATISE  ON  ASTRONOMY,  SPHERICAL  AND 
PHYSICAL,  with  Astronomical  Problems  and  Solar,  Lunar, 
and  other  Astronomical  Tables  for  the  use  of  Colleges  and 
Scientific  Schools.  By  WUliam  A.  Norton.  Fourth  edition, 
revised,  remodelled,,  and  enlarged.  Numerous  plates.  8vo, 
cloth $3  50 

BIBLES,  &c. 

BACSTER.  THE  COMMENTARY  WHOLLY  BIBLICAL.     Contents: 

— The  Commentary  :  an  Exposition  of  the  Old  and  New  Tes- 
taments in  the  very  words  of  Scripture.  3204  pp.  11.  An 
outline  of  the  Geography  and  History  of  thei  Nations  men- 
tioned in  Scripture.  III.  Tables  of  Measures,  Weights,  and 
Cnins.  IV.  An  Itinerary  of  the  Children  of  Israel  from 
Egypt  to  the  Promised  Land.  V.  A  Chronological  compara- 
tive Table  of  the  Kings  and  Prophets  of  Israel  and  Judah. 
VI.  A  Chart  of  the  World's  History  from  Adam  to  the  Third 
Century,  A.  D.  VII.  A  complete  Series  of  Illustrative  Maps. 
IX.  A  Chronological  Arrangement  of  the  Old  and  New  Tes- 
taments. X.  An  Index  to  Doctiines  and  Subjects,  with 
numerous  Selected  Passages,  quoted  in  full.  XI.  An  Index 
to  the  Names  of  Persons  mentioned  in  Scripture.  XII.  An 
Index  to  the  Names  of  Places  found  in  Scripture.  XIII. 
The  Names,  Titles,  and  Characters  of  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord, 
as  revealed  in  the  Scriptures,  methodically  arranged. 

2  volumes  4to,  cloth $19  50 

2  volumes  4to,  half  morocco,  gilt  edges 2G  00 

2  volumes  4to,  morocco,  gilt  edges 35  00 

3  volumes  4to,  cloth 20  00 

3  volumes  4to,  half  morocco,  gilt  edges 33  00 

3  volumes  4ti  >,  morocco,  gilt  edges 40  00 

BLANK-PAGED     THE  HOLY  SCRIPTURES   OF  THE  OLD  AND  NEW 
BIBLE.  TESTAMENTS;   with  copious  references  to  parallel  and 

illustrative  passages,  and  the  alternate  pages  ruled  for  MS. 
notes. 
This  edition  of  the  Scriptures  contains  the  Anthorized  Versi«n,  illustrated  by  th« 
references  of  "Bagster's  Polyglot  Bible,"  and  enriched  with  accurate  ninpa, 
useful  tables,  and  an  Index  o£  Subjects. 

1  vol.  8vo,  half  morocco $8  50 

1  vol.  8vo,  morocco. 10  50 


9^  JOHN  WILEY  &  son's  list  of  publications. 

THE  TREASURY  Containing  the  authorized  English  version  of  the  Holy  Scriptnres, 
BIBLE.  interleaved  with  a  Trcasviry  of  more  than  500,000  Parallel 

Passages  from   Canne,  Brown,  Blayney,  Scott,  and  others. 
■\Vith  numerous  illustrative  notes, 

1  vol. ,  half  bound $7  50 

1  vol. ,  morocco 10  00 

COMMON    PRAYER.    48mo    Size. 

(Done  in  London  expressly  fur  us.) 

COMMON  No.  1.  Gilt  and  red  edges,  imitation  morocco $0  02^ 

PRAYER.  No.  2.  Gilt  and  red  edges,  rims 87i 

No.  3.  Gilt  and  red  edges,  best  morocco  and  calf 1  25 

No.  4.  Gilt  and  red  edges,  best  morocco  and  calf,  rims. .    1  50 

BOOK-KEEPING. 

JONES.  BOOKKEEPING  AND  ACCOUNTANTSHIP.  Elementary 
and  Practical.  In  two  jiarts,  with  a  Key  for  Teachers.  By 
Thomas  .Jones,  Accountant  and  Teacher.  1  volume  Svo 
cloth |2  50 

"  BOOKKEEPING  AND  ACCOUNTANTSHIP.  School  Edi- 
tion.    By  Thomas  Jones.     1  vol.  Svo,  half  roan f  1  50 

•*  BOOKKEEPING    AND    ACCOUNTANTSHIP,       Set    of 

Blanks.     In  G  parts.     By  Thomas  .Jones $1  50 

•*  BOOKKEEPING     AND     ACCOUNTANTSHIP.       Double 

Entry;    Results   obtained   from   Single   Entry;    Equation  of 
Payments,  etc.     By  Thomas  Jones.     1  vol.  thin  Svo. .  .§0  75 

CHEMISTRY, 

CRAFTS.  A    SHORT    COURSE    IN    QUALITATIVE    ANALYSIS; 

with  the  new  notation.      By  Prof.   J.   M.   Crafts.      Second 
edition.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth $1  50 

JOHNSON'S           A  MANUAL  OP  QUALITATIVE  CHEMICAL  ANALY- 
FRESENIUS.           SIS.     By  C.   R.   Frcseuius.     Edited  by  S.  "W.  Johnson,  Pro- 
fessor  in   Sheffield   Scientific   School,   Yale   College.     With 
Chemical  Notation  and  Nomenclatui'e.  old  and  new.     1  vol. 
Svo,  cloth $4  50 

**  A  SYSTEM  OF  INSTRUCTION  IN  QUANTITATIVE 
CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS.  By  C.  R.  Fresenius.  From 
latest  editions,  edited,  with  additions,  by  Prof.  S.  W.  John- 
son. "With  Chemical  Notation  and  Nomenclature,  old  and 
new ..  $0  00 

KIRKWOOD  COLLECTION    OF    REPORTS     (CONDENSED)     AND 

OPINIONS  OF   CHEMISTS  IN  REGARD  TO  THE 
USE  OF  LEAD  PIPE   FOR  SERVICE  PIP.E,  in  the 

Distribution  of  "Water  for  the  Supply  of  Cities.     By  Jas.  P. 
Kirkwood.      Svo,  cloth !?1  50 

MILLER.  ELEMENTS   OF   CHEMISTRY,   THEORETICAL  AND 

PRACTICAL.     By  AVm.  Allen  MUler.     3  vols.  Svo.  .|;1S  00 

•»  Part  I.— CHEMICAL  PHYSICS.     1  vol.  Svo §1  00 

*•  .     Part  II.— INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.     1  vol.  Svo 0  00 

•«  Part  III.— ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.     1  vol.  Svo 10  00 

"Dr.  MiUor'R  ChoiTiistry  is  a  work  of  wtiirh  the  author  hn.s  pvery  ron=on  to  feel 
prniiil.  It  is  now  by  far  the  Inrt'ost  Rini  most  accurately  WTitten  'I'reiitise  on 
Chemistry  in  tlio  Kiii;lif.h  lanKU:iKO,"  etc. — Dublin  Mtil.  Jatirnal. 

•♦  MAGNETISM  AND  ELECTRICITY.  By  Wm.  Allen  Millei. 
1  vol.  Svo $2  50 


JOBS  WILEY  &  son's  LIST  OF  PUBLICATIOKH,  95 

MUSPRATT.  CHEMISTRY  — THEORETICAL,  PRACTICAL,  AND 
ANALYTICAL — as  applied  and  relating  to  the  Arts  and 
Manufactures.  By  Dr.  Sheridan  Muspratt.  2  vols.  8vo, 
cloth,  $18.00;  half  russia $24  00 

NO  AD.  A  MANUAL  OF  QUALITATIVE  AND  QUANTITATIVE 
CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS.  For  the  use  of  Students.  By 
H.  M.  Noad,  author  of  "Manual  of  Electricity."  1  vol. 
12mo.     (London.)     Complete $6  00 

"  QUANTITATIVE   ANALYSIS.     1  vol.  cloth 4  00 

PERKINS.  AN  ELEMENTARY  MANUAL  OF  QUALITATIVE 
CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS.  By  Maurice  Perkms.  13mo, 
cloth $1  00 

DRAWING  AND  PAINTING. 
BOUVIER  HANDBOOK   ON   OIL  PAINTING.     Handbook   of   Young 

AND  OTHERS.  Artists  and  Amateurs  in  Oil  Painting;    being  chiefly  a  con- 

densed compilation  from  the  celebrated  Manual  of  Bouvier, 
with  additional  matter  selected  from  the  labors  of  Merriwell, 
De  Montalbert,  and  other  distinguished  Continental  writers 
»  on   the    art.      In   7   parts.      Adapted   for    a    Text-Book   in 

Academies  of  both  sexes,  as  well  as  for  self-Lustruction. 
Appended,  a  new  Explanatory  and  Critical  Vocabulary.     By 

an  American  Artist.     13mo,  cloth $2  00 

COE.  PROGRESSIVE   DRAWING  BOOK.      By  Benj.   H»  Coe. 

One  vol.,  cloth $3  50 

''  DRAWING  FOR  LITTLE  FOLKS  ;  or,  Fiist  Lessons  for 

the  Nursery.     30  drawings.     Neat  cover $0  20 

"  FIRST  STUDIES  IN  DRAWING.      Containing  Elementary 

Exerci.ses,  Drawings  from  Objects,  Animals,  and  Rustic 
Figures.     Complete  in  t/urc  nmnher.s  of  18  studies  each,  in 

neat  covers.     Each $0.20 

"  COTTAGES.     An  Introduction  to  Landscape  Drawing.      Con- 

taiiiimi  73  StKJi/'s:     Complete  in  four  numbers  of  18  studies 

each,  in  neat  covers.     Each $0.20 

"  EASY    LESSONS    IN    LANDSCAPE.       Complete   in   four 

numbers  of  10  Studies  each.    J n  neat  8vo  cover.    Each,  $0  20 

"  HEADS,  ANIMALS,  AND  FIGUR.ES.     Adapted  to'pencU 

Drawing.     Complete  in  three  numbers  of  10  Studies  each. 

In  neat  8vo  covers.     Each $0  30 

COPY  BOOK,  WITH  INSTRUCTIONS $0  87^ 

RUSKIN.  THE  ELEMENTS  OF  DRAWING.  In  Thi-ee  Letters  to 
Beginners.     By  John  Ruskin.     1  vol.  12mo $1  00 

"                        THE  ELEMENTS  OF  PERSPECTIVE.     AiTanged  for  the 
use  of  Schools.     By  John  Ruskin $1  00 

SMITH.  A  MANUAL   OF   TOPOGRAPHICAL   DRAWING.      By 

Prof.  R.  S.  Smith.  Second  edition.  1  vol.  8vo,  cloth, 
plates $3  00 

"  MANUAL  OF  LINEAR  PERSPECTIVE.  Form,  Shade, 
Shadow,  and  Reflection.  By  Prof.  R.  S.  Smith.  1  vol.  8vo 
plates,  cloth $3  00 

WARREN.  CONSTRUCTIVE     GEOMETRY     AND     INDUSTRIAL 

DRAWING.  By  S.  Edward  Warren,  Professor  in  the  Mas- 
sachusetts Insritute  of  Technology,  Boston: — 

I.   ELEMENTARY  WORKS. 

1.  ELEMENTARY  FREE-HAND  GEOMETRICAL  DRAWING. 
A  series  of  progressive  exercises  on  regular  liaes  and  forms, 
including  systematic  instruction  in  lettering ;  a  training  of 
the  eye  and  hand  for  all  who  are  learning  to  draw.     13mo, 

cloth,  many  cuts 7;")  ots. 

Vols.  1  and  3,  bound  in  1  vol $1  75  . 


9<>  JOHN   WILEY   &   son's    LIST   OF   PUBLICATIONS. 

ELEMENTARY  WORKS.— Continued. 

WARRtN                3.  TLAXE  PROBLEMS  IN  ELEMENTARY  GE0:METRY.    Witk 
numerous  wood-cuts.     12mo,  cloth $1  25 

3.  DRAFTING    INSTRUMENTS    AND    OPERATIONS.       Con- 

taining full  information  about  all  the  instruments  and 
material.s  used  by  tlie  dniftsniou,  with  full  directions  for  their 
use.    With  plates  and  wood-cuts.    One  vol.  12mo,  cloth,  $1  25 

4.  ELEMENTARY  PROJECTION  DRAWING.     Revised  and  en- 

larged edition.  In  five  divisions.  This  and  the  last  volume 
are  favorite  text-books,  esjiecially  valuable  to  all  Mechanical 
Artisans,  and  are  particularly  recoiuiiu^ndcd  for  the  use  of  all 
higher  public  and  private  schools.  New  revised  and  enlarged 
edition,  with  numerous  wood-cuts  and  plates.     (1872. )    1 2mo, 

cloth $1  r,o 

5.  ELEMENTARY  LINEAR  PERSPECTIVK  OF  FORMS  AND 

SHADOWS.  Part  I.— Primitive  Methods,  with  an  Introduc- 
tion. Part  II. — Derivative  Methods,  with  Notes  on  Aerial 
Pei-spective.  and  many  Practical  Examples.  Numerous  wood- 
cuts.    1  vol.  12mo,  cloth $1  00 

n.   HIGHER  WORKS. 

These  are  desig-ned  principally  for  Schools  of  Engineering  and 
Architecture,  and  for  the  members  generally  of  those  professions; 
and  th''  first  three  are  also  designed  for  uae  in  those  colleges  which 
provide  courses  of  study  adapted  to  the  jireliminary  general 
training  of  candidates  for  the  scientific  professions,  as  well  as  for 
those  technical  schools  which  undertake  that  training  themselves. 

1.  GENERAL    PROBLEMS    OF    ORTHOGRAPHIC    PROJEC- 

TIONS. The  foundation  course  for  the  subsequent  theo- 
retical and  practical  works.  A  new  edition  of  this  work  will 
soon  appear. 

2.  GENERAL  PROBLEMS  OF  SHADES  AND  SHADOWS.  A 

wider  range  of  problems  than  can  elsewhere  be  found  in 
English,  and  the  principles  of  shading.  1  vol.  Svo,  with 
numerous  plates.     Cloth $3  50 

3.  HIGHER  LINEAR  PERSPECTRT;:.     Distinguishel  by  its  con- 

cise summary  of  various  methods  of  perspective  construction ; 
a  full  set  iif  standard  problems,  and  a  careful  discussion  of 
special  higher  ones.  With  numerous  large  plates,  8vo, 
cloth |4  00 

4.  ELEMENTS  OF  MACHINE  CONSTRUCTION  AND  DRAW- 

ING ;  or.  Machine  Dra\vings.  With  some  elements  of  descrip- 
tive and  rational  cinematics.  A  Text-Book  for  Schools  of 
Civil  and  lilechanical  Engineering,  and  for  the  use  of  Me- 
chanical Establishments,  Artisans,  and  Inventors.  Containing 
the  principles  of  gearings,  screw  propellers,  valve  motions,  and 
governors,  and  many  standard  and  novel  examjiles,  mostly  from 
present  American  practice.  By  S.  Edward  WaiTen.  2  vols, 
bvo.  1  vol.  text  and  cuts,  and  1  vol.  large  plates. .  ,  .$7  50 
A  FEW  FROM  M.\NY  TESTIMONIALS. 

**It  seems  to  me  that  your  Work.s  unl.v  need  a  thorough  exiiminntion  to  be  intro- 
duced and  permanently  used  in  nil  the  Scientific  and  Ensrineerinp  Schools. " 
— Prof.  J.  G.  FOX.  Cotleyidte  and  Enuineeriiiu  Institute,  Stir  iDrk  City. 

**I  have  us»^d  KPveral  of  yonr  Elementary  Works,  and  believe  them  to  be  better 
adapted  to  the  purposes  of  instmition  than  any  others  wiih  which  I  am 
acquainted.'"— H.  F.  WALLlNt},  Prof,  of  Civil  and  7'opograpkiail  Engi 
■tiffrhiff,  Liifat/elte  College,  Kaxion,  Pa. 

**your  Works  appear  to  nie  to  fill  a  very  important  pap  in  the  literature  of  the 
Rubjeota  treated.  Any  efTort  to  draw  Artisans,  etc.,  away  from  the  'rule  of 
Lhumb,' and  ttive  thou  an  insight  into  principles,  is  in  the  ri^rht  dircLiion, 
and  meets  my  heartiest  approval.  This  m  the  riistinpuishincr  feature  ot  voui 
Bleinriitary  Works."— Prof.  H.  L.  KUSTIS,  Luir react  >S<.ie'itiJic  isctiuul 
CaiiilnUilge,  3/a.ts. 

**Tli"  aiulicir  lia"!  hnppil.v  divided  the  stibjectt  into  two  creat  portions:  tl.efoimet 
embraiing  tho^e  I'rocesties  mid  i>roblerus  proper  to  be  taught  to  all  students  ia 
Institutions  of  Elementary  Instruction  :  the  latter,  tho.se  snited  to  advanced 
student-^  preparing;  foe  lechniial  purposes.  'J'he  Kln.a-utary  Books  ciijTlit  to 
be  used  in  all  High  S<;hcpols  ami  Aearieniies;  the  Higher  ones  in  .'^h(Hdao/ 
Technology ."—WM.  \V.  FOIAVELL,  PrusidetU  of  L'niveraUy  of  Jiinnenota. 


JOHN    WILEY   &   SON  S    LIST   OF   PUBLICATIONS. 


97 


DYEING,  &c. 
MACFARLANE.  A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON  DYEING  AND  CALICO- 
PRINTING.  Including  the  latest  Inventions  and  Improve- 
ments. With  an  Appendix,  comprising  definitions  of  chemical 
terms,  with  tables  of  Weights,  Measures,  &c.  By  an  expe- 
rienced Dyer.  With  a  supplement,  containing  the  most 
recent  discoveries  in  color  chemistry.  By  Bobert  Macfarlane. 
1  vol.  8vo $5  00 

REIMANN.  A  TREATISE  ON  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  ANILINE 

AND  ANILINE  COLORS.  By  M.  Reimann.  To  which 
is  added  the  Report  on  the  Coloring  Matters  derived  from 
Coal  Tar,  as  shown  at  the  French  Exhibition,  1867.  By  Dr. 
Hofmann.  Edited  by  Wm.  Crookes.  1  vol.  8vo,  cloth,  $2  50 
"Dr.  Reiraann's  portion  of  the  Treatise,  written  in  concise  language,  is  profoundly 
practical,  giving  the  minutest  details  of  the  processes  for  obtaining  all  the 
more  imjiurtant  colors,  with  woodcuts  of  apparatus.  Taken  in  conjunction 
with  Hofnmnn's  Report,  we  have  now  a  complete  history  of  Coal  Tar  Dyes, 
both  theoretical  aiid  practical." — Chemiat  and  Druggist. 

ENGINEERING. 

AUSTIN.  A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON  THE  PREPARATION, 

COMBINATION,  AND  APPLICATION  OF  CALCA- 
REOUS AND  HYDRAULIC  LIMES  AND  CEMENTS. 

To  which  is  added  many  useful  recipes  for  various  scientific, 
mercantile,  and  domestic  purposes.  By  James  G.  Austin. 
1  vol.  12mo $3  00 

COLBURN  LOCOMOTIVE  ENGINEERING  AND  THE  MECHAN- 

ISM  OF  RAILWAYS.  A  Treatise  on  the  Principles  and 
Construction  of  the  Locomotive  Engine,  Railway  Carriages, 
and  Railway  Plant,  with  examples.  Illustrated  by  Sixty-four 
large  engTavings  and  two  hundred  and  forty  woodcuts.  By 
Zerah    Colburn.     Complete,    20   parts,    $15.00;    or  2   vols. 

cloth $16  00 

Or,  half  niorccco,  gilt  top $20  00 

KNIGHT.  THE  MECHANICIAN  AND  CONSTRUCTOR  FOR  EN- 

t  GINEERS.     Comprising  Forgin;,^  Planing,  Lining,  Slotting, 

Shaping,    Turning,    Screw-cutting,    &c.       Illustrated    with 

ninety-six  plates.      By  Cameron  Knight.      1   vol.    4to,   half 

morocco $15  00 

MAHAN.                  AN  ELEMENTARY  COURSE  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEER- 
ING, for  the  use  of  the  Cadets  of  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy. 
By  D.    H.  Mahan.      1   vol.    8vo,  with  numerous  woodcuts. 
New  edition.       Edited   bv   Prof.    De  Volson   Wood.       Full 
cloth : $5  00 

"  DESCRIPTIVE  GEOMETRY,  as  applied  to  the  Drawing  ot 
Fortifications  and  Stone-Cutting.  For  the  use  of  the  Cadets 
of  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy.  By  Prof.  D.  H.  Mahan. 
1  vol.  8vo.     Plates $1  50 

«•  INDUSTRIAL  DRAWING.  Comprising  the  Description  and 
Uses  of  Drawing  Instruments,  the  Construction  of  Plane 
Figures,  the  Projections  and  Sections  of  Gc. metrical  SoUds; 
Architectural  Elements,  Mechanism,  and  Topographical 
Drawing.  With  remarks  on  the  method  of  Teaching  the 
subject.  For  the  use  of  Academies  and  Common  Schools. 
By  Prof.  D.  H.  Mahan.  1  vol.  8vo.  Twenty  steel  plates. 
Full  cloth ■ $3  00 

«  A  TREATISE  ON  FIELD  FORTIFICATIONS.  Contain- 
ing instructions  on  the  Methods  of  Laying  Out,  Constmotiog, 
Defending,  and  Attacking  Entrenchments.  With  the  General 
OutHnes,  also,  of  the  Arrangement,  the  Attack,  and  Defence 
of  Permanent  Fortifications.  By  Prof.  D.  II.  Mahan.  New 
edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  1  vol.  8vo,  full  cloth,  with 
plates ..p  50 

«  .  ELEMENTS  OF  PERMANENT  FORTIFICATIONS.  By 
Prof.  D.  H.  Mahaa.  1  vol.  8vo,  with  numerous  large  plates. 
Cloth $6  50 


98 


JOHN   WILEY  &   SON  S   LIST   OF  PUBLICATIOmL 


MAHAN.  ADVANCED  GUARD,  OUT-POST,  and  Detachment  Servic* 

of  Troops,  with  the  Essential  Principles  of  Stratcf^  and 
Grand  Tactics.  For  the  use  of  Officers  of  the  Militia  said 
Volunteers.      By  Prof.   D.   H.   Mahan.      New  edition,   with 

large  additions  and  12  plates.     1  vol.  18mo.  cloth !^1  50 

MAHAN  MECHANICAL,      PRINCIPLES     OF     ENGINEERING 

&  MOSELY.  AND  ARCHITECTURE.    By  Ileiuy  Mostly,  M..\..  F.R.S. 

From  la.st  London   edition,  with   considerable  additions,  by 

Prof.  D.  11.  Mahan,  LL.D.,  of  the  U.   S.  Military  Academy. 

1  vol.  8vo.  700  pag-es.     With  numerous  cuts.     Cloth.  .  .$.">  Oft 

MAHAN  HYDRAULIC  MOTORS.     Translated  from  the  French  Coum 

&  BR  ESSE.  de  INIecauique,  appliquOe  par  i\I.  Bresse.      By  Lieut.   F.  A. 

Mahan,   and  revised  by  Prof.  D.    H.   Mahaa      1  vol.  8vo. 

plates $2  50 

WOOD.  A    TREATISE     ON    THE     RESISTANCE     OF    MATE- 

RIALS, and  an  Ajipondix  on  the  Preservation  of  Timber. 
By  De  Yolson  Wood,  Professor  of  Engineering,  University  of 

Michigan.     1  vol.  8vo,  cloth $2  50 

A  TREATISE  ON  BRIDGES.  Designed  as  a  Text-book  and 
for  Practical  Use.  B_v  De  Volson  Wood.  1  vol.  8vo,  nume- 
rous illustrations,  cloth $3  00 

CREEK. 

BACSTER.  GREEK    TESTAMENT,    ETC.       The    Critical    Greek    and 

English  New  Testament  in  Parallel  Columns,  consisting  of 
the  Greek  Text  of  Scholz,  readings  of  Griesbach,  etc.,  etc. 

1  vol.  18mo,  half  morocco §3  00 

**  do.  Full  morocco,  gilt  edges 4  50 

**  With  Lexicon,  by  T  S.  Green.     Half-bound 4  50 

**  do.     Full  morocco,  gilt  edges 6  00 

**  do.     With  Cimcordance  and  Lexicon.     Halfmor. ,    6  00 

**  do.     Liinp  morocco 7  50 

**  THE  ANALYTICAL  GREEK  LEXICON  TO  THE  NEW 

TESTAMENT.  In  which,  by  an  alphabetical  arrangement, 
is  found  every  word  in  the  Greek  text  in  every  foim  in  which 
it  (ifrpefirs— that  is  to  say,  every  occun-ent  person,  number, 
tense  or  mood  of  verbs,  every  case  and  number  of  nouns,  pro- 
nouns, vfcc. ,  is  placed  in  its  alphabetical  order,  fully  explained 
by  a  careful  grammatical  analysis  and  referred  to  its  root,  so 
that  no  uncertainty  as  to  the  grammatical  structure  of  any 
word  can  perfjlex  the  beginner,  but,  assured  of  the  precise 
grammatical  force  of  any  word  he  may  desire  to  interpret,  he 
is  able  immediately  to  apply  his  knowledge  of  the  English 
meaning  of  the  root  with  accuracy  and  satisfaction.     1  vol. 

small  4to,  half  bound $G  50 

»                      GREEK-ENGLISH    LEXICON    TO    TESTAMENT.      By 
T.  S.  Green.     Half  morocco  §1  50 


GREEN. 


LETTERIS. 


HEBREW. 

A  GRAMMAR  OF  THE  HEBREW  LANGUAGE.  With 
copious  Appendixes.  By  W.  H.  Green,  D.D.,  Profe.ssor  in 
Princet  ai  Theological  Seminary.     1  vol.  8vo,  clth. . .  .^:}  50 

AN  ELEMENTARY  HEBREW  GRAMMAR.  With 
Tables.  Reading  Exercises,  and  Vocabulary.  By  Prof.  W.  H. 
Green,  D.D.      1  vol.  iL'mo,  cloth $1  50 

HEBREW  CHRESTOMATHY;  or,  Lessons  m  Readij^-  and 
Writing  Hebrew.  By  Prof.  W.  H.  Green,  D.D.  1  vol.  8vo, 
cloth |2  00 

A  NEW  AND  BEAUTIFUL  EDITION  OF  THE  HE- 
BREW BIBLE.  Revised  and  carefully  examined  by  :\Iyer 
LcNT  Letteris.     1  vol.  8vo,  with  key,  marble  edges $2  '50 

"ThiseditiiiM  has  n  larco  nnd  much  more  li"(;il)lo  type  th.in  the  known  onevohuna 
editions,  nnd  tho  ininli  is  excellent,  while  the  niiiiin  of  I.KiTKitis  is  n  snfticient 
guarantee  tor  con'eetucss."  -Jiev.  Dr.  J.  M.  WIt;E,  EdUor  qf  tlie  I6UA£UT& 


JOHN  WILEY  ft  SDK's  LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS, 


99 


BACSTER'S  BAGSTER'9    COMPLETE    EDITION    OF    GESENIUS* 

CESENf\JS.  HEBREW  AND    OHALDEH   LEXICON.       In    large 

clear,  and  perfect  type.      Translated  and  edited  with  addi- 
tions and  corrections,  by  S.  P.  Tregelles,  LL.D. 
In  this  edition  great  care  has  been  taken  to  guard  the  student  from  Neologian 

tendencies  by  suitable  remarks  whenever  needed. 
"  The  careful  revisal  to  which  the  Lexicon  has  been  subjected  by  a  faithful  and 
Orthodox  translator  exceedingly  enhances  the  practical  value  of  this  edition." 
— Edinburgh  EcclenioHtlcal  Journal. 

Small  4to,  half  bound $7  50 

BACSTER'S  NEW  POCKET  HBBREW  AND  ENGLISH  LEXICON. 

The  arrangement  of  this  Manual  Lexicon  combines  two 
things — the  etymological  order  of  roots  and  the  alphabetical 
order  of  words.  This  arrangement  tends  to  lead  the  learner 
onward;  for,  as  he  becomes  more  at  home  with  roots  and 
derivatives,  he  learns  to  turn  at  once  to  the  root,  without  first 
searching  for  the  particular  word  in  its  alphabetic  order.     1 

vol.  18mo,  cloth $3  00 

"This  is  the  most  beautiful,  and  at  the  same  time  the  most  cnn-eot  and  peifect 
Manual  Hebrew  Lexicon  we  have  ever  used." — Eclectic  Jieoiew. 

IRON,  METALLURGY,  &c. 

BODEMANN.  A  TREATISE  ON  THE  ASSAYING  OF  LEAD,  SILVER, 
COPPER,  GOLD,  AND  MERCURY.  By  Bodemann  & 
Kerl.     Translated  by  W.  A.   Goodyear.     1  vol.  12mo,  $2  50 

CROOKES.  A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON  METALLURGY.     Adap- 

ted from  the  last  German  edition  of  Prof.  Kerl's  Metallurgy. 
By  William  Crookes  and  Ernst  Rohrig.     In  three  vols,  thick 

8vo.     Price $30  00 

Separately.  Vol.  1.  Lead,  Silver,  Zinc,  Cadmium,  Tin,  Mer- 
cury, Bismuth,  Antimony,  Nickel,  Arsenic,  Gold,  Platinum, 

and  Sulphur $10  00 

Vol.  2.  Copper  and  Iron 10  00 

Vol.  3.    Steel,  Fuel,  and  Supplement 10  00 

FAIRBAIRN.  CAST   AND   WROUGHT   IRON   FOR    BUILDING.     By 

Wm.  Fairbaiin.     8vo,  cloth $3  00 

FRENCH.  HISTORY  OF  IRON  TRADE,  FROM  1621  TO  1857.  By 
B.  F.  French.     8vo,  cloth $2  00 

KIRKWOOD  COLLECTION     OF     REPORTS     (CONDENSED)    AND 

OPINIONS  OF  CHEMISTS  IN  REGARD  TO  THE 
USE  or  LEAD  PIPE  FOR  SERVICE  PIPE,  in  the 

Distribution  of  Water  for  the  Supply  of  Cities.  By  I.  P. 
Kirkwood,  C.E.     8vo,  cloth $150 

LESLEY.  THE  IRON  MANUFACTURER'S  GUIDE  TO  THE 
FURNACES,  FORGES,  AND  ROLLING-MILLS  OP 
THE  UNITED  STATES.  By  J.  P.  Lesley.  With  maps 
and  plates.     1  vol.  8vo,  cloth $8  00 


MACHINISTS-MECHANICS. 

FITZGERALD.  THE  BOSTON  MACHINIST.  A  complete  School  for  the 
Apprentice  and  Advanced  Machinist.  13y  W.  Fitzgerald.  1 
vol.  18mo,  cloth $0  75 

HOLLY.  SAW  FILING.  The  Art  of  Saw  Filing  Scientifically  Treated 
and  Explained.  With  Directions  for  putting  in  order  all  kinds 
of  Saws,  from  a  Jeweller's  Saw  to  a  Steam  Saw-mill.  Illuf?- 
trated  by  forty -four  engi'avings.  Third  edition.  By  H.  W. 
Holly.     1  vol. '  l8mo,  cloth $0  75 

KNIGHT.  THE  MECHANISM  AND   ENGINEER  INSTRUCTOR. 

Comprising  Forging.  Planing,  Lining,  Slotting,  Shapuig, 
Turning,  Screw-Cutting,  etc.,  etc.  By  Cameron  Knight.  1 
vol.  4to,  half  morocco $15  OC 


100  JOHN  WILEY  &   son's   LIST   OF   PUBLICATIONS. 

TURNING,  &c.  LATHE,  THE,  AND  ITS  USES,  ETC.;  or,  Instruction  in 
the  Art  of  Turning  Wood  and  Metal.  Iiicludiii},'  a  -inscrip- 
tion of  the  most  modem  appHances  for  the  ornamentation  of 
plane  and  curved  surfaces,  with  a  description  also  of  an 
entirely  novel  fonu  of  Luthc  for  Eccentric  and  Rose  lin^ne 
Turning,  a  Lathe  and  Turning  Machine  combined,  and  other 
valuable  matter  relating  to  the  Art.  1  vol.  8vo,  copiously 
illustrated.       Including  Supplement.     8vo,  cloth $7  00 

"The  most  complete  work  on  the  subject  ever  published." — American  Artisan. 

"Here  is  an  invaluuble  book  to  the  practical  workman  and  amateur." — Lomlon 
Wtekly  llme.'i. 

TURNING,  &c.  SUPPLEMENT  AND  INDEX  TO  LATKE  AND  ITS 
USES.     Large  type.     Paper,  8vo ^0  90 

WILLIS.  PRINCIPLES  OF  MECHANISM.     Designed  for  the  use  of 

Students  in  the  Universities  and  for  Engineering  Students 
generally.  IJy  R  .l)crt  \Villis,  M.D  ,  F.R.S..  President  of  the 
British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  &c.,  &c. 

Second  edition,  enlarged.     1  vol.  8vo,  cloth $7  50 

%•  It  ought  to  be  in  every  large  Jfachine  Workshop  Office,  in  evory  Scho<j|  of 
Mechanical  Kngineerine  at  least,  and  in  the  hands  of  every  rrofi!ii-«or  of 
Mechanics,  ic— Prof.  S.  EDWABD  WAIUIEN. 

MANUFACTURES. 

BOOTH.  NEW  AND  COMPLETE  CLOCK  AND  WATCH 
MAKERS'  MANUAL.  Comprising  descriptions  of  the 
various  gearings,  escapements,  and  Compensations  now  in 
use  in  French,  S^viss,  and  English  clocks  and  watches.  Patents, 
Tools,  etc. ,  with  directions  for  cleaning  and  repaii-ing.  With 
numerous  engravings.  Compiled  from  the  French,  with  an 
Appendix  containing  a  History  of  Clock  and  AVatch  Alaking  in 
America.  By  Mary  L.  Booth.  With  numerous  plates.  1 
vol.   V2mo,  cloth $2  00 

CELDARD.  HANDBOOK    ON    COTTON    MANUFACTURE;     or,    A 

Guide    to    Machine-Building,    Spinning,    and    Weaving. 

With  practical  examples,  all  needful  calculations,  and  many 
useful  and  important  tables.  The  whole  intended  to  be  a 
complete  yet  compact  authority  for  the  manufacture  of 
cotton.  By  James  Geldard.  With  steel  engravings.  1  vol. 
12mo,  cloth $2  50 

MEDICAL,  &c. 

BULL.  HINTS  TO  MOTHERS  FOR  THE  MANAGEMENT  OF 
HEALTH  DURING  THE  PERIOD  OF  PREG- 
NANCY, AND  IN  THE  LYING-IN  ROOM.  With  an 
exposure  of  popular  errors  in  connection  with  those  subjects. 
By  Thomas  Bull,  M.D.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth $1  00 

FRANCKE.  OUTLINES  OF  A  NEW  THEORY  OF  DISEASE,  applied 

to  Hydropathy,  showing  that  water  is  thi'  only  true  remedy. 
With  observations  on  the  errors  committed  in  the  practice  of 
Hydropathy,  notes  on  the  cure  of  cholera  by  cold  water,  and 
a  criticpie  on  Priessiiitz's  mode  of  treatment.  Intended  foi 
popular  use.  By  the  late  H.  Francke.  Translated  from  the 
German  by  Robert  Blakie,  M.D.     1  vol    12mo,  cloth. .  .$1   50 

GREEN.  A  TREATISE  ON  DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES. 

Comprising  an  intjuiry  into  the  History,  Pathology,  Causes, 
and  Treatment  of  those  Affections  of  the  Throat  called  Bron- 
chitis, Clironic  Larj'ngitis,  Clergyman's  Sore  Throat,  etc.,  eta 
By  Horace  Green,  M. D.  Fourth  edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 
1  vol.  Bvo,  cloth |3  06 

«  A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON  PULMONARY  TUBER- 
CULOSIS,  embracing  its  Hi.story,  Patbolog}',  and  Treat- 
ment. By  Horace  Green,  M.D.  Colored  plate.s.  1  vol.  Bvo, 
cloth. i^  OC 


JOHN    WILEY    &    SON  S   LIST    OF    PUBLICATIONS. 


101 


CREEM.  OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE3   PATHOLOGY  OF  CROUP 

With  Remarks  on  its  Treatment  by  Topical  Medications,  lij 
Horace  Green,  M.D.     1  toI.  8vo,  cloth f  1  25 

«*  ON  THE   SURGICAL   TREATMENT   OP  POLYPI   OF 

THE  LARYNX,  AND  CEDEMA  OF  THE  GLOTTIS. 

By  Horace  Green,  M.D.     1  vol.  8vo. ,$1  25 

"  FAVORITE  PRESCRIPTIONS  OF  LIVING  PRACTI- 
TIONERS. With  a  Toxicolojjical  Table,  exhibitmg  the 
Symptoms  of  Poisoning,  the  Antidotes  for  each  Poison,  and 
the  Test  proper  for  their  detection.  By  Horace  Green.  1 
vol.  8vo,  cloth ,^^2  50 

TILT.  ON    THE    PRESERVATION    OF    THE    HEALTH    OF 

WOMEN  AT  THE  CRITICAL  PERIODS  OF  LIFE. 

By  E.  G.  Tilt,  M.  D.     1  vol.  18mo,  cloth iJO  50 

VON  DUBEN.  GUSTAF  VON  DUBEN'S  TREATISE  ON  MICRO- 
SCOPICAL DIAGNOSIS.  With  71  engravings.  Trans- 
lated, with  additions,  by  Prof.  Louis  Bauer,  M.D.  1  vol.  8vo, 
cloth $1  GO 

MINERALOGY. 

BRUSH.  ON  BLOW-PIPE  ANALYSIS.     By  Prof.  Geo.  J.  Brush,     (In 

pre^Jaration. ) 

DANA.  DESCRIPTIVE  MINERALOGY.     Comprising  the  most  re- 

cent Discoveries.  Fifth  edition.  Almost  entirely  re-written 
and  greatly  enlarged.  Containing  nearly  900  pages  8vo.  and 
upwards    of    GOO    wood    engravings.       By    Prof.    J.    Dana. 

Cloth $  1 0  00 

"We  have  used  a  2:ood  many  works  on  Mineralogy,  but  have  met  Tsdth  none  that 
begin  to  compare  witli  this  in  luiness  of  plan,  detail,  and  execution." — 
American  Journal  of  Muting. 

DANA  &  BRUSH.  APPENDIX  TO  DANA'S  MINERALOGY,  bringmg  the 
work  down  to  1872.     By  Prof.  G.  J.  Brush.     3vo $0  50 

DANA.  DETERMINATIVE   MINERALOGY.      1   vol.      (In   prepa- 

ration.) 

"  A  TEXT-BOOK   OF   MINERALOGY.      1   vol.      (In  prepa- 

ration. ) 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

BAILEY.  THE  NEW  TALE  OF  A  TUB.  An  adventure  m  verse.  By 
F.  W.  N.  Bailey.     With  illustrations.     1  vol.  8vo $0  75 

CARLYLE.  ON  HEROES,  HERO-WORSHIP,  AND  THE  HEROIC  IN 

HIST0R7.  Six  Lectures.  Reported,  with  emeudations  and 
additions.     By  Thomas  Carlyle.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth. .  .$0  75 

CATLIN.  THE    BREATH    OF    LIFE;    or,    Mai-Respiration   and    its 

Effects  upon  the  E-'joyments  and  Lifa  of  Man.  By  Geo. 
Catlin.     With  numerous  wood  engravings.     1  voL  8vo,  $0  75 

CHEEVER.  CAPITAL  PUNISHMENT.    A  Defence  of.     l^y  Rev.  George 

B.  Cheever,  D.D.     Cloth $0  50 

"  HILL  DIFFICULTY,  and  other  Miscellanies.  By  Rev. 
George  B.  Cheever,  D.D.     1  voL  12mo,  cloth $1  00 

w  JOURNAL  OF  THE  PILGRIMS  AT  PLYMOU  TH  ROCK. 
By  Geo.  B.  Cheever,  D.D.     1  vol  12mo.  cloth $1  00 

•  WANDERINGS  OF   A   PILGRIM  IN  THE  ALPS.      By 

George  B.  Cheever,  D.D.     1  vol.  12ino,  cloth ^1   00 

«  WANDERINGS  OF  THE  RIVER  OF  THE  WAT3R  OF 

LIFE.     By    Rev.    Dr.    George   B.    Cheever.      I   vol.    ]2iiio, 

cloth ^1  00 

CONYBEARE.        ON  INFIDELITY.     12mo,  cloth 100 

CHi..D'S  BOOK  OF  FAVORITE  STORIES.  Large  colored  platea  4to, 
cloth $1  50 


102 


JOUN    WILEY    &    son's    LIST    OF    PUBLICATIONS. 


EDWARDS.  FREE  TOWN  LIBRARIES.  The  Formation,  MannfeBineixt 
and  History  in  Britain,  France,  Germanj,  and  America. 
Together  with  brief  notices  of  book-colleotors,  and  ol  the 
resi)cctive  phices  of  deposit  of  their  surviving  collections. 
By  Edward  Edwards.     1  vol.  thick  8vo $4  00 

GREEN.  THE  PENTATEUCH  VINDICATED  FROM  THE  AS* 
PERSIONS  OF  BISHOP  COLENSO.  I'.y  AVm.  Henry 
Green,  Prof.  Theological  !?eminary,  Princeton,  N.  J.  1  vol 
12mo,  cloth $1  25 

COURAUD.  PHRENO-MNEMOTECHNY;    or,    The    Art   of  Memory. 

The  scries  of  Lectures  cxjilauatory  of  the  principles  of  the 
gystem.    By  Francis  Fauvel-Gouraud.    1  vol.  Hvo,  cloth,  ^2  00 

*'  PHRENO-MNEMOTECHNIC  DICTIONARY.  Bemg  a 
Philosophical  Classification  of  all  the  Homophonic  Words  of 
the  English  Language.  To  be  used  in  the  application  of  the 
Phreno-Mnemotechnic  Principles.  By  Francis  Fauvel-Gou- 
raud.    1  vol  8vo,  cloth $2  00 

LEILA  ADA.     12mo,  cloth 1  00 

LEILA  ADA'S  RELATIVES.     12mo,  cloth. 1  00 

CATALOGUE  OF  AMERICAN  BOOKS.  The  American 
Catalogue  of  Books,  fmm  January',  18C1,  to  January,  1866. 
Compiled  by  James  Kelly.     1  vol.  8vo,  net  cash $5  00 

CATALOGUE   OF   AMERICAN  BOOKS.      The  American 

Catal-ogue  of  Books  from  January,   18(J(J,  to  January,  1871. 
Compiled  by  James  Kelly.     1  vol.  8vo,  net $7  50 

COLLECTION  OF  GENUINE  SCOTTISH  MELODIES. 
For  the  Pinno-Forte  or  Harmonium,  in  kej-s  suitable  for  the 
voice.  Harmonized  by  C.  H.  Morine.  Edited  by  Geo.  Alex- 
ander.    1  vol.  4to,  half  calf ^10  00 

A  COMPARATIVE  GRAMMAR  OF  THE  FRENCH, 
ITALIAN,  SPANISH,  AND  PORTUGUESE  LAN- 
GUAGES.    By  Edwin  A.  Notley.     1  vol. ,  cloth $5  00 

POLAR  MAGNETISM.  First  and  Second  Lectures.  By  John 
A.  Parker.     Each $0  25 

NON-EXISTENCE  OF  PROJECTILE  FORCES  IN 
NATURE.     By  John  A.  Parker $0  25 

A  POCKET  BIBLE.     Illustrated.     12mo,  cloth $1  00 

PROVERBIAL  PHILOSOPHY.     12mo 1  00 

THE  COMPLETE  ANGLER;  or,  The  Contemplative  Man's 
&  COTTON.  Recreation,  by  Isaac  Walton,  and  Instructions  how  to  Angle 
for  a  Trout  or  Grayling  in  a  Clear  Stream,  by  Charles 
Cotton,  with  copious  notes,  for  the  most  ]iart  original.  A 
bililiograjihical  preface,  giving  an  account  of  fisliing  and 
Fishing  Books,  from  the  earliest  antiquity  to  the  time  ot 
Walton,  and  a  notice  of  Cotton  and  his  writings,  by  Rev. 
Dr.  Bethuuc.  To  which  is  added  an  appendix,  mcluding 
the  most  complete  catalogue  of  books  in  angling  ever  printed, 
&c.  Also  a  general  index  to  the  whole  work.  1  vol.  12mo, 
cloth i?3  00 

WARREN.  NOTES  ON  POLYTECHNIC  OR  SCIENTIFIC  SCHOOLS 

IN   THE    UNITED    STATES.      Their  Nature,   Position, 
Aims,  and  Wants.     By  S.  Edward  Warren.     Paper...  .$0  40 

WILLIAMS.  THE  MIDDLE  KINGDOM.  A  Survey  of  the  Geography, 
Goveininent,  Education,  Social  Life,  Arts.  Religion,  «S:c.,  of 
the  Chin(>se  Empire  and  its  Inhabitants.  Witli  a  now  map  of 
the  Empire.  By  S.  Wells  Williams.  Fourth  edition,  in 
2  vols |4  00 


HEICHWAY. 


KELLY. 


VIAVER'S 


NOTLEY. 


PARKER. 


STORV  OF 

TUPPER 

WALTON 


JOHN   WILEY   &    son's    LIST    OV  PUBLICATIONS. 


103 


RUSKIN, 


RUSKIN. 


Vol.  1.— Part  1. 
Vol.  2.— Part  3. 
Vol.  3.— Part  4. 
Vol.  4.— Part  5 
Vol.  5.— Part  6. 


Part 
Part  9.  Ideas  of 


RUSKIN'S    WORKS. 

Uniform  iii  size  and  »tyle. 

MODERN  PAINTERS.    5  vols,  tinted  paper,  beveUed  boards 
plates,  in  box $1«  UU 

MODERN  PAINTERS.     5  vols,  half  calf 27  00 

u  "  "      without  plates 12  00 

.4  u  a  "        half  calf,    20  00 

General  Principles.     Part  2.  Truth. 
Of  Ideas  of  Beauty. 
Of  Many  Things. 
Of  Mountain  Beauty. 
Leaf  Beauty.     Part  7.   Of  Cloud  Beauty. 
8.'  Ideas  of  Relation  of  Invention.  Formal 
Relation  of  Invention,  Spiritual. 

STONES  OF  VENICE.  3  vols.,  on  tinted  paper,  hovelled 
boards,  in  box ^^  ^^ 

STONES  OF  VENICE.  3  vols.,  on  tinted  P-iP^i,  ^^alf 
calf *^^'  ^^ 

STONES  OF  VENICE.     3  vols.,  cloth 6  00 

Vol.  1. — The  Foundations. 
Vol.  2. — The  Sea  Stories. 
Vol.  3.— The  Fall. 

SEVEN  LAMPS  OF  ARCHITECTURE.  With  illustrations, 
drawn  and  etched  by  the  authors.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth,  $1  75 

LECTURES  ON  ARCHITECTURE  AND  PAINTING. 
With  Ulustrations  drawn  by  the  author.  1  vol.  Ip™?, 
cloth •••^^  '^^ 

THE  TWO  PATHS.  Being  Lectures  on  Art,  and  its  Appli- 
cation to  Decoration  and  Manufacture.  With  plates  and 
cuts.     1  vol.  13mo,  cloth *^1  -5 

THE  ELEMENTS  OF  DRAWING.  In  Three  Letters  to 
Beoinners.  With  iUustrations  drawn  by  the  author.  1  vol 
12mo,  cloth ^1  ^^ 

THE  ELEMENTS  OF  PERSPECTIVE.  Arrangred  for  the 
use  of  Schools.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth |l  00 

THE  POLITICAL  ECONOMY  OF  ART.  1  voL  12mo, 
cloth 

PRE-RAPHAELITISM- 

NOTES    ON    THE    CONSTRUCTION    OF 
SHEEPFOLDS. 

KING  OF  THE  GOLDEN  RIVER;  or,  The 
Black  Brothers.    A  Legend  of  Stiria. 

SESAME  AND  LILIES.  Three  Lectures  on  Books,  Women, 
&c  1-  Of  Kings'  Treasuries.  2.  Of  Queens'  Gardens.  3. 
Of  the  Mystery  of  Life.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth $1  50 

AN  INQUIRY  INTO  SOME  OF  THE  CONDITIONS  AT 
PRESENT  AFFECTING  "THE  STUDY  OF  AR- 
CHITECTURE" IN  OUR  SCHOOLS.  1  vol.  12mo, 
paper 

THE    ETHICS   OF   THE    DUST.      Ten  Lectures 

on  the   Elements  of    Crystallization.      1    vol, 


.$1  00 


1    vol.   12mo, 
cloth,  $1  00 


to 


$0  15 
Little 


Housewives,    on  the   JbUements  oi    urytn-auizai-i^^i^      \]  ()k 

12mo,  cloth. ^^  "^ 

"UNTO  THIS  LAST."    Four  Essays  on  the  First  Principles  of 
Political  Economy.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth $1  UU 


104  JOHN    WILEY    &    son's    LIST    OF    PURLICATIONS. 

RUSKIN  THE  CROWN  OF  WILD  OLIVE.    Three  Lectures  on  Work, 

Tniflic.  aii.l  War.      1    vol.  I'Jiiio.  doth !{;1   OG 

"  TIME  AND  T1D£!   BY  WEARE   AND  TYNE.      Twenty- 

five  Letters  to  a  Workingman  ou  the  Laws  of  Work.     1  vol. 

12iiio,   doth $1  00 

•♦  THE  QUEEN  OF  THE  AIR.     Being  a  Study  of  tho  Greek 

ISIyths  of  Ch)ud  and  Storm.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth    .^1  00 

*  LECTURES  ON  ART.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth 1  00 

«♦  FORS  CLAVIGERA.     Letters  to  the  Workmen  and  Labouxern 

of  Great  liriUiiu.  Part  1.  1  vol.  12mo.  cloth,  plates,  if; I  00 
••  FORS  CLAVIGERA.     Letters  to  the  Workmen  and  Labourers 

of  Great  Britain.  Part  2.  1  vol.  12mo.  cloth,  p'ates.  $1  00 
••  MUNERA    PULVERIS.      Six    Essays    on    the    Elements    of 

Political  Economy.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth !j;l  00 

**  ARATRA    PENTELICL     Six  Lectures  on  th^  E'ements  of 

Sculpture,  given  before  the  University  of  0.\tord.     liy  .Tohu 

Ruskiu.     12mo,  cloth,  §1  50,  or  with  plates $3  00 

**  THE    EAGLE'S    NEST.     Ten  Lectures  on  the  relation   of 

Natural  Science  to  Art.     1  vol.  12mo !;^1   50 

BEAUTIFUL  PRESENTATION  VOLUMES. 

J'rtnUd  or-  tinted raper,  and  eleoantly  bound  in  crape  cloth  exl/a,  bevelled  boar-da.  r/Hf  head. 

RUSKIN.  THE    TRUE    AND    THE    BEAUTIFUL   IN    NAIURB, 

ART,  MORALS,  AND  RELIGION.  Selected  from  the 
Works  of  John  Ruskin,  A.M.  With  a  notice  of  the  author  by 
Mrs.    L.   0.  TutbiU.     Portrait.     1    vol.   12mo,    cloth,  plain, 

$2.00 ;  cloth  extra,  gilt  head $3  50 

"  ART  CULTURE.     Consisting  of  the  Laws  of  Art  selected  from 

the  W^orks  of  John  Ruskm,  and  compiled  by  Rpv.  W.  H, 
Piatt,  for  the  use  of  Schools  and  Colleges  as  well  as  the 
general  public.  A  beautiful  volume,  with  many  illustrations. 
1  vol.  12mo,  cloth  (shortly). 

"  PRECIOUS  THOUGHTS:  Moral  and  Religious.  Gathered 
from  the  Works  of  John  Ruskin,  A.M.  By  Mrs.  L.  C. 
TuthiU.  1  vol.  12mo,  cloth,  plain,  $1.50.  Extra  cloth, 
gilt  head ^2  00 

*«  SELECTIONS     FROM     THE     WRITINGS     OF     JOHN 

RUSKIN.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth  extra,  gilt  head !{;2  50 

«  SELECTIONS     FROM     THE     WRITINGS     OF     JOHN 

RUSKIN.     1  vol.  12mo,  plain  cloth $2  00 

«•  SESAME  AND  LILIES.     1  voL  12mo $1  75 

••  ETHICS  OF  THE  DUST.     12mo 1  75 

••  CROWN  OF  WILD  OLIVE.     12mo 1  50 

RUSKIN'S    BEAUTIES. 
•*  THE  TRUE  AND  BEAUTIFUL  '] 

PRECIOUS  THOUGHTS.  \  ^^he^d.^""^'  '''°*^  $i;%"o 

CHOICE    SELECTIONS.  J  "^     do.,  lialf  calf .  .  .10  00 

RUSKIN'S  POPULAR  VOLUMES. 
CROWN    OF   WILD   OLIVE.     SESAME    AND    LILIES. 
QUEEN  OF  THE  AIR.     ETHICS    OF    THE    DUST. 
4  vols,  in  box,  cloth  extra,  gilt  head $0  00 

RUSKIN'S  WORKS. 

ReviKed  cdilit'ii. 

RUSKIN.  Vol.  l.—SESAMiJ  AND  LILIES.  Three  Lectures.  By  John 
Ruskin,  LL.D.  1.  Of  King's  Treasuries.  2.  Of  Queens' 
Gardens.  8.  Of  the  Mystery  of  Life.  1  vol.  8vo,  cloth, 
$2.00.     Large  paper |2  50 


JOHN    WILEY   &   son's   LIST   OF   PUBLICATIONS.  105 

RUSKIN'S  WORKS, 

Reviftecl  edilin??. 

"  Vol.  2.-MUNERA  PULVERIS.     Six  Essays  on  the  Elements 

of  Political  Economy.      By  John  Ruskin.      1  volume  8vo, 

cloth $2  00 

Large  piiper 2  50 

"  Vol.  8.— ARATRA   PENTELICI.     Six  Lectures  on  the  ¥^r- 

ments  of  Sculpture,  given  before  the  University  of  Oxforu 

By  John  Ruskin.     1  vol.  8vo $1  00 

Large  paper 4  50 

"  THE  POETRY  OF  ARCHITECTURE:   VUla  and  Cottage. 

With   numerous   plates.      By  Kata   Phusin.      1    vol.    12mo, 

cloth $1  50 

Kata  Phusin  is  the  supposed  Nom  de  Plume  of  John  Ruskin. 

«'  FORS  CLAVIGERA.  Letters  to  the  Workmen  and  Laborers 
of  great  Britain.     Part  3.     1  vol.  12mo,  cloth .f  1  50 

RUSKIN-COMPLETE  WORKS. 
Thk  Complete  Works  op  John  Ruskin.     27  vols.,  extra  cloth,  in  a  box.  .$40  00 
Ditto  27  vols.,  extra  cloth.     Plates...  48  00 

Ditto  Bound  in  17  vols.,  half  calf.  do 70  00 

SHIP-BUILDING,  &c. 
BOURNE.  A  TREATISE  ON  THE  SCREW  PROPELLER,  SCREW 
VESSELS,  AND  SCREW  ENGINES,  as  adapted  for 
Purposes  of  Peace  and  War.  Illustrated  by  numerous  wood- 
ents  and  engravings.  By  John  Bourne.  New  edition.  1867. 
1  vol.  4to,  cloth,  $18.00 ;  half  russia $24  00 

WATTS.  RANKINE  (W.  J.  M.)  AND  OTHERS.  Ship-BuUding,  Theo- 
retical and  Practical,  consisting  of  the  Hydraulics  of  Sbip- 
BuUding,  or  Buoyancy,  Stability,  Speed  and  Design — The 
Geometry  of  Ship-Building,  or  Modelling,  Drawing,  and 
Laying  Off — Strength  of  Materials  as  ajiplied  to  Ship-Building 
— Practical  Ship-Building — Masts,  Sails,  and  Rigging — Marine 
Steam  Engineering — Ship-Building  for  Purposes  of  War.  By 
Isaac  Watts,  C.B.,  W.  J.  M.  Rankine,  C.B.,  Frederick  K. 
Barnes,  James  Robert  Napier,  etc.  Illustrated  with  numerous 
fine  engravings  and  woodcuts.  Complete  in  oO  numbers, 
boards,  $35.00;  1  vol.  foUo,  cloth,  $37.50;  half  russia,  $40  00 
WILSON  (T.  D.)  SHIP-BUILDING,  THEORETICAL  AND  PRACTICAL, 
lu  Five  Divisions.  —Division  I.  Naval  Architecture.  TI.  Lay- 
ing Down  and  Taking  off  Ships.  III.  Ship-Building-  IV. 
Masts  and  Spar  Making.  V.  Vocabulary  of  Terms  used — 
intended  as  a  Text-Book  and  for  Practical  Use  in  Public  and 
Private  Ship-Yards.  By  Theo.  D.  Wilso-.i,  Assistant  Naval 
Constructor,  U.  S.  Navy ;  Instructor  of  N.'.,val  Construction, 
U.  S.  Naval  Academy;  Member  of  Uir-  Institution  of  Naval 
Architects,  England.  With  numerous  plates,  lithogiaphic 
and  wood.     1  vol.  8vo.  $7  50 

SOAP. 
MORFIT.                A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON  THE  MANUFACTURE 
OF  bOAPS.    With  numerous  wood-cuts  and  elaborate  work- 
ing drawings.      By  Campbell  Morfit.  M.D.,  F.C.S.      1  voL 
8vo S20  90 

STEAM   ENGINE. 
TROWBRIDGE.     TABLES,    WITH     EXPLANATIONS,    OF    THE    NON- 
CONDENSING    STATIONERY    STEAM     ENGINE, 
and  of  High-Pressure  Steam  Boilers.     By  Prof.  W.  P.  Trow- 
bridge,   of    Yale    College    Scientific    School.      1    vol.    4to, 

plates $1*  50 

♦♦  TREATISE    ON   THE    GENERATION    AND    UTILIZA- 

TION OF  HEAT  THROUGH  THE  r.lEDIUM  OF 
STEAM  AND  STEAM  BOILERS.  Designed  as  a  Text- 
Book  and  for  Pracdcal  use.  By  Prof.  W.  P.  Trowbridge. 
Very  fully  illustrated.     1  vol.  8vo  (shortly). 


IOC  JOHN   WILEY   &    son's   LIST   OF   PUBLICATIONS. 

TURNING,  &c. 
THE  '  ATHE,  AND  ITS  USES,  ETC.  On  Instructions  in  thfi  Art  of  Tuminf 
Wood  aud  JMctal.  lucludiuy  a  description  oi'  the  most  modem 
appliances  for  the  ornamentation  of  plane  and  curved  surfaces. 
With  a  description,  also,  of  an  entirely  novel  form  of  Lathe 
for  Eccentric  imd  Rose  Engine  Turning,  a  Lathe  and  Turning 
Machine  combined,  and  other  valuable  matter  relating  to  the 

Art.     1  vol.  8vo,  copiously  illustrated,  cloth $7  OO 

•♦  SUPPLEMENT  AND  INDEX  TO  SAME.     Taper... $0  90 

VENTILATION. 

LEEDS  (L.  W.).  A  TREATISE  ON  VENTILATION.  Comprising  Seven  Lec- 
tures delivered  before  the  Franklin  Institute,  showing  the 
great  want  of  improved  methods  of  Ventilation  in  our  build- 
iug.s,  giving  the  chemical  and  phy.siological  process  of  res- 
piration, comparing  the  effects  of  the  various  methods  of 
heating  and  lighting  upon  the  ventilation,  ifcc.  Illustrated 
by  many  plans  of  all  classes  of  public  and  private  buildings, 
showing  their  present  delects,  and  the  best  means  of  im- 
proving them.  By  Lewis  W.  Leeds  1  vol.  8vo,  with  nu- 
merous wood-cuts  and  colored  plates.     Cloih $2  50 

"  It  ouKht  to  be  in  the  nands  of  every  family  in  the  country." — Technologist. 

"Kothing  could  he  cluiirer  than  the  author's  exposition  of  the  principles  of  the 
)irinciiilps  and  i)racticp  of  both  good  and  bad  vcuiilation.'" — Van  NoatraiuCi 
Eiiijiiieering  ilaiUKine. 

"The  work  is  every  way  worthy  of  the  wido?t  circulation."' — Scii'ntiflc  American. 

REID.  VENTILATION  IN  AMERICAN  DWELLINGS.    With  a 

series  of  diagrams  presenting  examples  in  dilfereut  classes 
of  habitations.  By  David  BosweU  Reid,  M.D.  To  which  is 
added  an  introductory  outline  of  the  progress  of  improvement 
in  ventilation.     By  Elisha  Hams,  M.D.     1  vol.  12mo,  $1  50 

WEIGHTS,   MEASURES,  AND  COINS. 

TABLES  OF  WEIGHTS,  MEASURES,  COINS,  Ac,  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  ENGLAND,  with  their 
Equivalents  in  the  French  Decimal  System.  Arranged  by  T. 
T.  Egleston,  Professor  of  Mineralogy,  School  of  Mines, 
Columbia  College.     1  vol.  ISmo $0  ih 

"It  is  a  most  useful  work  for  all  chemists  and  others  who  have  occasion  to  make 
the  conversions  from  one  system  to  another." — AvierUMii  Chemint. 

"Every  mechanic  should  have  these  tables  at  hand," — American  BorolOffiocU 
Journal. 

J.  W.  &,  SON  are  Agents  for  and  keep  in  stock 
SAMUEL  BAGSTER  &  SONS'  PUBLICATIONS, 

LONDON  TRACT  SOCIETY  PUBLICATIONS, 
COLLINS'  SONS  &  CCS  BIBLES, 

MURRAY'S  TRAVELLER'S  GUIDES, 

WEALE'S  SCIENTIFIC  SERIEa 
FvM  Cato-jogtien  gratis  on  application. 


J.  W.  &  SON  import  to  order,  for  t'ae  TRADE  AND  PUBLIC, 

BOOKS,     I^EI^IOnDIC^LS,     &c., 

rnosi 

•^*  JOHN  WILEY  &  SON'S  Complete  Classified  Catalogue  of  tho  most  yala- 
able  and  latest  scientific  publications  suppUed  gratis  to  order. 


PJ4564  .G79  1873 

A  grammar  of  the  Hebrew  language. 

lmii"ii  i'°"  ^''^°'°9'"'  Seminary-Speer  Library 


1    1012  00076  0472 


i':^:l^}^&ifmf>''' 


(^>P^vt  I- 


'l^'^-^:.